ICG HOLDINGS INC
S-4, 1997-04-01
TELEPHONE COMMUNICATIONS (NO RADIOTELEPHONE)
Previous: TERRACE HOLDINGS INC, NT 10-K, 1997-04-01
Next: BROADWAY FINANCIAL CORP DE, NT 10-K, 1997-04-01





       AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON APRIL 1, 1997
                                                   REGISTRATION NO. 333-
     ===========================================================================
                          SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                                WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                                ---------------------
                                       FORM S-4
               REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                                ----------------------
                                  ICG HOLDINGS, INC.
                (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)

                               ICG COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                      (REGISTRANT WITH RESPECT TO THE GUARANTY)

              COLORADO                4813, 4899               84-1158866
              DELAWARE                4813, 4899               84-1342022
          (State or other         (Primary Standard         (I.R.S. Employer
          jurisdiction of             Industrial         Identification Number)
          incorporation or       Classification Code
           organization)               Number)

                ICG HOLDINGS, INC.                   ICG COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
               9605 E. MAROON CIRCLE                  9605 E. MAROON CIRCLE
                   P.O. BOX 6742                          P.O. BOX 6742
         ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO 80155-6742          ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO 80155-6742
                  (303) 572-5960                          (303) 572-5960

       (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
                    of each registrant's principal executive offices)

                     JAMES D. GRENFELL, EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT
                                9605 E. MAROON CIRCLE
                                    P.O. BOX 6742
                            ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO 80155-6742
                                    (303) 572-5960
 (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
                      of agent for service for each registrant)

                                   WITH A COPY TO:

                                 LEONARD GUBAR, ESQ.
                                  REID & PRIEST LLP
                                 40 WEST 57TH STREET
                              NEW YORK, NEW YORK  10019
                                    (212) 603-2000
                                ----------------------
          APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED  SALE TO THE PUBLIC:   AS
     SOON AS PRACTICABLE AFTER THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES EFFECTIVE.

          IF THE SECURITIES BEING  REGISTERED ON THIS FORM ARE BEING  OFFERED IN
     CONNECTION WITH THE FORMATION OF A HOLDING COMPANY AND  THERE IS COMPLIANCE
     WITH GENERAL INSTRUCTION G, CHECK THE FOLLOWING BOX:   []
                               -----------------------

                           CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
      =========================================================================
                                         PROPOSED
                                         MAXIMUM      PROPOSED
      TITLE OF EACH CLASS                OFFERING      MAXIMUM
              OF             AMOUNT       PRICE       AGGREGATE     AMOUNT OF
          SECURITIES          TO BE         PER       OFFERING    REGISTRATION
       TO BE REGISTERED    REGISTERED  SECURITY(1)    PRICE(1)         FEE
      -------------------------------------------------------------------------
      11 5/8% SENIOR
      EXCHANGE DISCOUNT  
      NOTES DUE 2006         176,000     $567.66     $99,908,160   $30,275.20
      -------------------------------------------------------------------------
      GUARANTY OF THE            
      NOTES                    ---         ---           ---          (2)
      -------------------------------------------------------------------------
      NEW EXCHANGEABLE                        
      PREFERRED STOCK        100,000   $1,000.00    $100,000,000   $30,303.03
      -------------------------------------------------------------------------
      TOTAL                    ---         ---           ---       $60,578.23
      =========================================================================

     (1)  DETERMINED SOLELY FOR THE PURPOSES OF CALCULATING THE REGISTRATION FEE
          IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 457(F)(2) PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT
          OF 1933, AS AMENDED.
     (2)  PURSUANT TO RULE 457(N)  UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED,
          NO SEPARATE FEE IS PAYABLE FOR THE GUARANTY.
                    ---------------------------------------------

          THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS  REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE
     OR  DATES  AS MAY  BE  NECESSARY  TO DELAY  ITS  EFFECTIVE  DATE UNTIL  THE
     REGISTRANT SHALL FILE  A FURTHER AMENDMENT  WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES  THAT
     THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE
     WITH SECTION  8(A) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933,  AS AMENDED, OR UNTIL THE
     REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  SHALL  BECOME  EFFECTIVE  ON   SUCH  DATE  AS  THE
     SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT  TO SAID SECTION 8(A),
     MAY DETERMINE.
     ===========================================================================

     <PAGE>

                                  ICG HOLDINGS, INC.
                                CROSS REFERENCE SHEET
                  PURSUANT TO ITEM 501(B) OF REGULATION S-K SHOWING
                              LOCATION IN PROSPECTUS OF
                                  ITEMS OF FORM S-4

          A. INFORMATION ABOUT THE TRANSACTION

     1.   Forepart of the Registration
          Statement and Outside          Facing Page of Registration Statement;
          Front Cover Page               Cross Reference Sheet; Outside Front
          of Prospectus  . . . . . . . . Cover Page of Prospectus

     2.   Inside Front and Outside
          Back Cover Page of             Inside Front Cover Page of Prospectus;
          Prospectus . . . . . . . . . . Outside Back Cover Page of Prospectus

     3.   Risk Factors, Ratio            Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors;
          of Earnings to Fixed           Summary Historical and Pro Forma
          Charges and Other Information  Financial and Statistical Information

     4.   Terms of the Transaction . . . The Exchange Offers; Description of
                                         New Notes; Description of New
                                         Preferred Stock; Certain United States
                                         Federal Income Tax Considerations

     5.   Pro Forma Financial 
          Information  . . . . . . . . . Not Applicable

     6.   Material Contracts with 
          the Company Being Acquired . . Not Applicable

     7.   Additional Information 
          Required for Reoffering 
          by Persons and Parties 
          Deemed to Be Underwriters  . . Not Applicable

     8.   Interests of Named Experts
          and Counsel  . . . . . . . . . Legal Matters; Experts

     9.   Disclosure of Commission
          Position on Indemnification
          for Securities Act Liabilities Not Applicable

          B. INFORMATION ABOUT THE REGISTRANT

     10.  Information with Respect       Prospectus Summary; Description of New
          to S-3 Registrants . . . . . . Notes; Description of New Preferred
                                         Stock

     11.  Incorporation of 
          Certain Information 
          by Reference . . . . . . . . . Information Incorporated by Reference

     12.  Information with Respect
          to S-2 or S-3 
          Registrants  . . . . . . . . . Not Applicable

     13.  Incorporation of 
          Certain Information 
          by Reference . . . . . . . . . Not Applicable

     14.  Information with 
          Respect to Registrants 
          Other Than S-3 or 
          S-2 Registrants  . . . . . . . Not Applicable

          C. INFORMATION ABOUT THE COMPANY TO BE ACQUIRED

     15.  Information with Respect 
          to S-3 Companies . . . . . . . Not Applicable

     16.  Information with Respect 
          to S-2 or S-3 Companies  . . . Not Applicable

     17.  Information with Respect 
          to Companies Other 
          Than S-3 or S-2 Companies  . . Not Applicable

          D. VOTING AND MANAGEMENT INFORMATION

     18.  Information if 
          Proxies, Consents or
          Authorizations Are 
          to Be Solicited  . . . . . . . Not Applicable

     19.  Information if 
          Proxies, Consents or
          Authorizations Are Not 
          to Be Solicited or in 
          an Exchange Offer  . . . . . . Not Applicable

     <PAGE>

                     SUBJECT TO COMPLETION. DATED APRIL 1, 1997.
                                  OFFER TO EXCHANGE
                                   ALL OUTSTANDING
                        11 5/8% SENIOR DISCOUNT NOTES DUE 2007
                                         FOR
                   11 5/8% SENIOR EXCHANGE DISCOUNT NOTES DUE 2007
                                          OF
                                  ICG HOLDINGS, INC.
                                    GUARANTEED BY
                               ICG COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

                                         AND

                                  OFFER TO EXCHANGE
                                   ALL OUTSTANDING
                             EXCHANGEABLE PREFERRED STOCK
                             MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE 2008
                       (EXCHANGEABLE AT THE OPTION OF HOLDINGS)
                                         FOR
                           NEW EXCHANGEABLE PREFERRED STOCK
                             MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE 2008
                       (EXCHANGEABLE AT THE OPTION OF HOLDINGS)
                                          OF
                                  ICG HOLDINGS, INC.
                          ----------------------------------

                                 THE EXCHANGE OFFERS
                    WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME,
                         ON __________, 1997 UNLESS EXTENDED
                          ----------------------------------

          ICG Holdings, Inc., a Colorado corporation ("Holdings"), hereby offers
     upon the terms  and subject to the conditions set  forth in this Prospectus
     and the accompanying Letter of  Transmittal (the "Letter of  Transmittal"),
     (i) to exchange (the "Note Exchange Offer") its outstanding 11  5/8% Senior
     Discount Notes  due  2007  (the "Old  Notes"),  of which  an  aggregate  of
     $176,000,000 in principal  amount at maturity is outstanding as of the date
     hereof, for an equal principal amount  of newly issued 11 % Senior Exchange
     Discount  Notes  due 2007  (the  "New  Notes") and  (ii)  to  exchange (the
     "Preferred Stock  Exchange Offer")  its outstanding  Exchangeable Preferred
     Stock  (the "Old Preferred Stock") for an  equal amount of newly issued New
     Exchangeable Preferred  Stock (the  "New  Preferred Stock").  The form  and
     terms of the  New Notes will be the  same as the form and terms  of the Old
     Notes except that the New Notes will be registered under the Securities Act
     of  1933, as  amended (the  "Securities Act"),  and will  not bear  legends
     restricting the transfer thereof. The  form and terms of the New  Preferred
     Stock will be the  same as the  form and terms of  the Old Preferred  Stock
     except that the New Preferred Stock will be registered under the Securities
     Act and  will not  bear legends restricting  the transfer thereof.  The New
     Preferred Stock  will be entitled to the benefits of the Second Amended and
     Restated Articles of Incorporation of Holdings, filed with the Secretary of
     State of the  State of Colorado on March 10,  1997, governing the Preferred
     Stock  (the "Amended  Articles"). The  New  Notes will  be entitled  to the
     benefits of the Indenture, dated as of March 11, 1997,  governing the Notes
     (the  "Indenture"). The New Notes and the  Old Notes are sometimes referred
     to herein collectively  as the "Notes" or the "Senior  Discount Notes." The
     Old  Notes and the  Old Preferred  Stock are  sometimes referred  to herein
     collectively  as  the "Old  Securities,"  and the  New  Notes  and the  New
     Preferred Stock are sometimes  referred to herein collectively as  the "New
     Securities."  The New  Preferred  Stock and  the  Old Preferred  Stock  are
     sometimes  referred to herein as  the "Preferred Stock."  The Note Exchange
     Offer and  the Preferred  Stock Exchange  Offer are  sometimes collectively
     referred to herein as the "Exchange Offers." 
                               (Continued on next page)
                                     -----------

     SEE "RISK FACTORS" AT PAGE 17 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN RISKS THAT SHOULD
         BE CONSIDERED BY ELIGIBLE HOLDERS IN EVALUATING THE EXCHANGE OFFERS.
                                     -----------

       THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES
          AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS
            THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES
               COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS
                 PROSPECTUS.  ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
                                  CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

     <PAGE>

          There will  not be any payment  of interest on the New  Notes prior to
     September 15, 2002. Interest  on the New Notes will be paid  in cash at the
     rate  of 11 5/8%  per annum on  each March 15  and September 15, commencing
     September 15, 2002, to holders of record on the immediately preceding March
     1 and  September 1,  respectively. Payment  of the New  Notes is  fully and
     unconditionally  guaranteed (the "Note  Guarantee") by  ICG Communications,
     Inc.,  a  Delaware corporation  ("ICG").  Holdings is  an  indirectly owned
     subsidiary of ICG  (ICG together  with Holdings, the  "Company"). Prior  to
     these Exchange Offers there has been no public market for any securities of
     Holdings and there can be no assurance that such a market will develop. See
     "Description of New Notes."  

          On  or after  March 15,  2002, the  New Notes  are redeemable,  at the
     option of Holdings, in whole or in part, at the redemption prices set forth
     herein plus accrued and unpaid interest to  the date of redemption.  Upon a
     Change  of  Control  (as  herein  defined),  the  Company  is  required  to
     repurchase  all of  the outstanding  Notes at  101% of  the accreted  value
     thereof plus accrued  interest to the date  of repurchase. At December  31,
     1996,  Holdings  and ICG  had,  on an  unconsolidated  basis, approximately
     $686.4 million of senior  indebtedness, including capital lease obligations
     (which amounts do not include the New Notes and the Note Guarantee).

          Dividends  on the New Preferred Stock at a  rate of 14% per annum will
     be cumulative from the date  of issuance and are payable quarterly  in cash
     or, on or prior to March 15, 2002, at the option of Holdings, in additional
     shares of New Preferred Stock, on each March 15, June 15, September 15  and
     December 15, commencing  June 15, 1997. Holdings is required  to redeem the
     New Preferred Stock at the liquidation preference of $1,000 per share, plus
     accrued and  unpaid dividends on  March 15, 2008.  The New  Preferred Stock
     will  be redeemable, in whole or in part, at the option of Holdings, at any
     time  on  or  after  March  15,  2002.  The  New  Preferred  Stock will  be
     exchangeable, in whole but not in part, at the option of Holdings, into 14%
     Senior Subordinated Exchange Debentures due 2008 of Holdings (the "Exchange
     Debentures"). If  issued, the  Exchange Debentures  will be redeemable,  in
     whole or in part, at the option of Holdings, at any time on or  after March
     15, 2002.

          The Company will accept for exchange  any and all Old Securities which
     are properly tendered in the  Exchange Offers prior to 5:00 p.m.,  New York
     City time, on __________, 1997 (if and as extended, the "Expiration Date").
     Tenders of Old Securities may be withdrawn at any time  prior to 5:00 p.m.,
     New  York City time,  on the Expiration  Date. The Exchange  Offers are not
     conditioned upon any minimum  number of shares of Old Preferred Stock being
     tendered for exchange. Old Notes may be tendered only in integral multiples
     of $1,000.

          Based  on a previous interpretation by the staff of the Securities and
     Exchange Commission  (the "Commission") set  forth in no-action  letters to
     third parties, the Company believes that the New Securities issued pursuant
     to the Exchange  Offers may  be offered  for resale,  resold and  otherwise
     transferred  by  a  holder thereof  (other  than  (i)  a broker-dealer  who
     purchases  such New Securities directly from the Company to resell pursuant
     to Rule 144A  or any other available exemption under  the Securities Act or
     (ii)  a person that is an  affiliate of the Company  (within the meaning of
     Rule  405  under   the  Securities  Act))   without  compliance  with   the
     registration  and prospectus  delivery  provisions of  the Securities  Act,
     provided that  the holder or  any other  such person is  acquiring the  New
     Securities in its ordinary course of business and is not participating, and
     has no arrangement  or understanding with any person to participate, in the
     distribution  of the New Securities.  Holders of Old  Securities wishing to
     accept  the Exchange  Offers  must  represent  to  the  Company  that  such
     conditions have been met.

          Each broker-dealer that  receives New Securities  for its own  account
     pursuant to the  Exchange Offers  must acknowledge that  it will deliver  a
     Prospectus  in connection  with any  resale of  such New  Securities.   The
     Letter of Transmittal states that  by so acknowledging and by delivering  a
     prospectus,  a broker-dealer  will not  be deemed  to admit  that it  is an
     "underwriter," within the meaning of the Securities Act, in connection with
     resales of New  Securities received  in exchange for  Old Securities  where
     such Old  Securities were  acquired by  such broker-dealer  as a  result of
     market-making activities  or  other trading  activities.   The Company  has
     agreed that,  for a period of  90 days after  the Expiration Date,  it will
     make this Prospectus available  to any broker-dealer for use  in connection
     with any such resale. See "Plan of Distribution."

          The  Company believes that  none of the registered  holders of the Old
     Securities is an affiliate (as such  term is defined in Rule 405 under  the
     Securities Act)  of the Company.  Prior to this  Exchange Offer, there  has
     been no public  market for the Old Securities. The  Company does not intend
     to list the New Securities  on any securities exchange or to  seek approval
     for  quotation  through any  automated quotation  system.  There can  be no
     assurance that an active market for the New Securities will develop. To the
     extent that  a market for the New Securities does develop, the market value
     of the New Securities will depend on market conditions (including yields on
     alternative  investments),  general   economic  conditions,  the  Company's
     financial  condition and other conditions.  Such conditions might cause the
     New Notes,  to the  extent that  they are actively  traded, to  trade at  a
     significant discount from face value. The Company has not entered  into any
     arrangement  or  understanding  with  any  person  to  distribute  the  New
     Securities to be received in the Exchange Offers.

          The  Company will not receive  any proceeds from  the Exchange Offers.
     The  Company has  agreed to bear  the expenses  of the  Exchange Offers. No
     underwriter is being used in connection with the Exchange Offers.

                  The date of this Prospectus is ___________, 1997.

     <PAGE>

          THIS  PROSPECTUS INCORPORATES  DOCUMENTS  BY REFERENCE  WHICH ARE  NOT
     PRESENTED HEREIN OR DELIVERED HEREWITH.  THESE DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE UPON
     REQUEST  ADDRESSED TO ICG COMMUNICATIONS, INC., 9605 E. MAROON CIRCLE, P.O.
     BOX 6742,  ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO  80155-6742, ATTENTION:   INVESTOR RELATIONS
     (TELEPHONE  NUMBER (800) 408-4253). IN  ORDER TO INSURE  TIMELY DELIVERY OF
     THE DOCUMENTS, ANY REQUEST SHOULD BE MADE BY __________, 1997.

                                AVAILABLE INFORMATION

          The  Company has filed with the Commission a Registration Statement on
     Form  S-4  under the  Securities  Act with  respect  to the  New Securities
     offered   hereby.  As  permitted  by  the  rules  and  regulations  of  the
     Commission,  this   Prospectus  omits  certain  information,  exhibits  and
     undertakings   contained  in  the   Registration  Statement.   For  further
     information  with respect  to the  Company and  the New  Securities offered
     hereby,  reference is  made to  the Registration  Statement, including  the
     exhibits thereto and the financial statements, notes and schedules filed as
     a  part  thereof.  ICG  is  and  has  been  subject  to  the  informational
     requirements  of the  Securities  Exchange Act  of  1934, as  amended  (the
     "Exchange Act"). Summary financial information  with respect to Holdings is
     contained  in the Exchange Act  reports of ICG.  The Registration Statement
     (and the  exhibits and schedules thereto), as  well as the periodic reports
     and  other information filed by  ICG with the  Commission, may be inspected
     and copied at the Public Reference Section of the Commission  at Room 1024,
     Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,  Washington, D.C. 20549 and at the
     regional offices of  the Commission located  at 7  World Trade Center,  New
     York, New York  10007 and Suite 1400, Northwestern  Atrium Center, 500 West
     Madison Street, Chicago, Illinois 60661-2511.  Copies of such materials may
     be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the Commission, Room 1024,
     Judiciary  Plaza, 450 Fifth Street,  N.W., Washington, D.C.  20549, and its
     public reference facilities in New York, New York  and Chicago, Illinois at
     the prescribed rates. Such materials may also be accessed electronically by
     means  of the Commission's home page on the Internet at http://www.sec.gov.
     Statements contained in  this Prospectus as to the contents of any contract
     or  other document  are  not necessarily  complete,  and in  each  instance
     reference is  made to the  copy of  such contract or  document filed as  an
     exhibit to  the Registration Statement, each such statement being qualified
     in all respects by such reference.  In addition, reports, proxy  statements
     and other information concerning the Company can be inspected and copied at
     the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., 31 Milk Street, 11th
     Floor, Boston, Massachusetts  02109. 

          No person is authorized in connection with any offering made hereby to
     give  any information or to make any representation other than as contained
     in this Prospectus or the accompanying Letter of Transmittal, and, if given
     or made,  such information  or representation  must not  be relied  upon as
     having been authorized  by the Company.   Neither  this Prospectus nor  the
     accompanying  Letter of Transmittal or both together constitute an offer to
     sell or a solicitation of an offer  to buy any security other than the  New
     Securities  offered hereby, nor  does it constitute  an offer to  sell or a
     solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered hereby to any person
     in  any  jurisdiction  in which  it  is  unlawful  to  make such  offer  or
     solicitation to such person. Neither the delivery of this Prospectus or the
     accompanying  Letter of  Transmittal or  both together,  nor any  sale made
     hereunder  shall  under  any   circumstances  imply  that  the  information
     contained herein is correct as of any date subsequent to the date hereof.

                        INFORMATION INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

          The following documents have been filed by ICG with the Commission and
     are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Prospectus:


          1.   Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year  ended September 30, 1996
               (File No. 1-11052).
          2.   Transition Report on  Form 10-K  for the  transition period  from
               October 1, 1996 to December 31, 1996 (File No. 1-11052).
          3.   Current Report on  Form 8-K dated February 21, 1997  (File No. 1-
               11052).
          4.   Current  Report on Form 8-K dated  February 25, 1997 (File No. 1-
               11052).

                                       -2-
     <PAGE> 

          All  documents subsequently  filed  by the  Company  or ICG  with  the
     Commission pursuant to  Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d)  of the Exchange
     Act, after the date of this Prospectus and prior to the termination of this
     offering,  shall be  deemed  to  be  incorporated  by  reference  into  the
     Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is  a part and to be a part
     hereof from the date of such filing. Any statement contained  in a document
     incorporated or deemed to  be incorporated by reference in  this Prospectus
     shall  be  deemed  to  be  modified  or superseded  for  purposes  of  this
     Prospectus to the extent that a statement contained herein or  in any other
     subsequently filed document which also  is or is deemed to  be incorporated
     by  reference in this Prospectus modifies or supersedes such statement. Any
     statement  so modified  or superseded  shall not  be deemed,  except as  so
     modified or superseded, to constitute a part of this Prospectus.

          The Company hereby undertakes to provide without charge to each person
     to whom this Prospectus is delivered,  upon oral or written request of such
     person,  a copy of  any and all  information that has  been incorporated by
     reference into  this Prospectus (not including exhibits  to the information
     unless such exhibits are  specifically incorporated by reference into  such
     information).  Requests  for  information  should be  addressed  to:    ICG
     Communications,  Inc.,  9605 E.  Maroon Circle,  P.O. Box  6742, Englewood,
     Colorado 80155-6742, Attention: Investor Relations (telephone  number (800)
     408-4253).

                                 --------------------

          Until  ___________, 1997  (90  days after  the  date of  the  Exchange
     Offers), all dealers offering  transactions in the New Securities,  whether
     or not participating in the  Exchange Offers, may be required to  deliver a
     Prospectus.

                                       -3-
     <PAGE>

                                  PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

          The  following  summary  is qualified  in  its  entirety  by the  more
     detailed  information appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus as well as the
     information appearing  in the  documents incorporated by  reference herein.
     Unless  the  context  otherwise  requires,  the term  "Company"  means  the
     combined business  operations of ICG  and its  subsidiaries, including  ICG
     Holdings  (Canada),  Inc. ("Holdings  (Canada)")  and  Holdings; the  terms
     "fiscal" and "fiscal year" refer to ICG's fiscal year ending September  30;
     and all  dollar amounts  are in  U.S. dollars. The  Company has  elected to
     change its  fiscal year  end to  December 31  from September 30,  effective
     January 1, 1997. Industry  figures were obtained from reports  published by
     the  Federal  Communications Commission  ("FCC"),  the  U.S. Department  of
     Commerce,  Connecticut  Research (an  industry  research organization)  and
     other industry sources, which  the Company has not  independently verified.
     Certain information  contained  in  this  Prospectus with  respect  to  the
     Company's plans and  strategy for  its business and  related financing  are
     forward-looking  statements  (as  such  term  is  defined  in  the  Private
     Securities Litigation Reform Act). Such statements are subject to risks and
     uncertainties and, as a  result, actual results may differ  materially from
     those expressed in  or implied  by such forward-looking  statements. For  a
     discussion  of  important risks  of an  investment  in the  New Securities,
     including factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from
     forward-looking statements, see "Risk Factors."  Investors should carefully
     consider  the  information  set  forth  under  the  caption "Risk  Factors"
     including the risks relating to historical and anticipated operating losses
     and negative cash flow.

                                     THE COMPANY

          The  Company  is one  of the  largest  providers of  competitive local
     telephone  services in  the  United  States,  based  on  estimates  of  the
     industry's 1996 revenue. Competitive local exchange carriers ("CLECs") seek
     to  provide  an  alternative  to  the  incumbent  local  exchange  carriers
     ("ILECs")  for a  full range  of telecommunications  services in  the newly
     opened  regulatory environment. As a CLEC, the Company operates networks in
     three regional  clusters covering  major metropolitan statistical  areas in
     California,  Colorado and  the  Ohio Valley,  and in  three markets  in the
     Southeast. The Company is  expanding its geographic focus to  include Texas
     and Oklahoma  (and may also expand  to Arkansas and  Louisiana) through its
     recently announced  joint venture with  Central and South  West Corporation
     ("CSW") that will develop and market telecommunications services, including
     local  exchange  telephone services,  in  these markets.  The  Company also
     provides  a wide range of network systems integration services and maritime
     and international satellite transmission services. As a leading participant
     in the  rapidly growing competitive local  telecommunications industry, the
     Company has  experienced significant growth, with  total revenue increasing
     from  $29.5  million for  fiscal 1993  to $190.7  million for  the 12-month
     period ended December 31, 1996. 

          The Federal  Telecommunications Act  of 1996  (the "Telecommunications
     Act")   and  several  pro-competitive  state  regulatory  initiatives  have
     substantially changed the telecommunications regulatory  environment in the
     United  States. Due  to  these  regulatory  changes,  the  Company  is  now
     permitted  to  offer  all  interstate and  intrastate  telephone  services,
     including  local dial tone, and  is developing a  full set of complementary
     services  such as long distance and data transmission services. The Company
     has begun offering competitive local dial tone services in California,
     Colorado, Ohio and Alabama, and intends to begin offering local dial tone
     services in most of its other markets during the  first half of 1997. The 
     Company has 14 high capacity digital telephony switches (and one additional
     switch located in Phoenix which will be operational through April 1997, 
     after which it will be relocated) and 11 data communications switches in
     operation  to  support  its  services,  and  plans  to  install  additional
     telephony and data switches as demand warrants. To facilitate the expansion
     of  its services,  the  Company has  entered  into agreements  with  Lucent
     Technologies, Inc. ("Lucent") and Northern Telecom Inc. ("Nortel"), and has
     reached a  non-binding agreement in principle  with Cascade Communications,
     Inc.  ("Cascade"), to  purchase a  full range  of switching  systems, fiber
     optic  cable,  network electronics,  software  and  services. See  "-Recent
     Developments."

          In conjunction with the increase of its service offerings, the Company
     is  continuing to  invest  significant  resources  to  expand  its  network
     footprint.  This expansion  is being  undertaken through  a combination  of
     constructing owned  facilities,  entering into  long-term  agreements  with
     other telecommunications carriers and establishing strategic alliances with
     utility companies. 

                                       -4-
     <PAGE> 

     TELECOM SERVICES 

          The Company  operates networks  in  the following  markets within  its
     three regional  clusters: California  (Sacramento, San  Diego  and the  Los
     Angeles and  San Francisco metropolitan areas);  Colorado (Denver, Colorado
     Springs and Boulder);  and the Ohio  Valley (Akron, Cincinnati,  Cleveland,
     Columbus, Dayton  and Louisville). The  Company also  operates networks  in
     Birmingham,  Charlotte and Nashville.  The Company will  continue to expand
     its network  through construction,  leased facilities, and  strategic joint
     ventures, such as the recently announced  joint venture with CSW that  will
     initially serve Austin and  Corpus Christi, Texas and Tulsa,  Oklahoma. The
     joint  venture may also develop  business opportunities in  other cities in
     Texas, Oklahoma,  Arkansas and Louisiana. The  Company's operating networks
     have grown  from approximately 168 fiber  route miles at the  end of fiscal
     1993 to  approximately 2,385  fiber route  miles as of  December 31,  1996.
     Telecom Services revenue has increased from $4.8 million for fiscal 1993 to
     $109.0 million for the 12-month period ended December 31, 1996. 

          Strategy 

          The Company's objective is  to become the dominant alternative  to the
     ILEC  in the  markets  it serves.  In furtherance  of  this objective,  the
     Company  has  developed  strategies   to  leverage  its  extensive  network
     footprint,  its  considerable  expertise   in  the  provision  of  switched
     telecommunications  services, and  its  established customer  base of  long
     distance carriers.  In  addition, the  Company  has begun  to  aggressively
     market  its  broad range  of  telecommunications services  to  business end
     users. Key elements of this strategy are: 

          Expand  Service Offerings.   The Company's  focus is to provide a wide
     range  of local, long distance and data communications services to business
     and  carrier customers within the Company's service areas, with an emphasis
     on  local dial  tone  services. The  Company  believes that  customers  are
     increasingly  demanding  a  broad,   full  service  approach  to  providing
     telecommunications  services.  By  offering   a  wide  array  of  services,
     management  believes  the  Company will  be  able  to  capture high  volume
     business accounts.  To this end, the  Company plans to  complement its core
     competitive  local  exchange services  with  competitive  local toll,  long
     distance  and data  communications services  tailored to  the needs  of its
     customers. 

          Market Services  to  End  Users  and  Carriers.      The  Company  has
     historically marketed its services primarily to long distance  carriers and
     resellers and its  "first to market" advantage has enabled  it to establish
     relationships  with  such carriers  and  resellers. As  competition  in the
     provision  of  local  telephone  services  increases,  these  carriers  and
     resellers  are attempting to  expand their service  offerings by developing
     and  delivering  local telephone  services  and new  enhanced  products and
     services, which the Company  is able to provide  its carrier customers  for
     resale.  In  addition, the  Company is  expanding  its sales  and marketing
     efforts  to  include end  user  business customers.  Management  believes a
     targeted  end user  strategy can  accelerate its  penetration of  the local
     services  market and better  leverage the Company's  network investment. In
     support  of  this entrance  into  the  end  user  market,  the  Company  is
     substantially expanding  its distribution  channels  through a  significant
     increase in its direct sales force and marketing personnel. 

          Concentrate  Markets in Regional Clusters.   The Company believes that
     by focusing  on regional  clusters  it will  be  able to  more  effectively
     service its  customers' needs and  efficiently market, operate  and control
     its networks.  As a result,  the Company  has concentrated its  networks in
     regional clusters serving major  metropolitan areas in California, Colorado
     and the Ohio Valley. The Company also operates networks in the Southeast in
     Birmingham, Charlotte and Nashville. The Company is currently expanding its
     network footprint  to include  Texas and Oklahoma  (and may also  expand to
     Arkansas and Louisiana) in partnership with CSW. 

          Expand Alliances with Utilities.   The Company has  established and is
     actively  pursuing  strategic  alliances  with utility  companies  to  take
     advantage  of  their  existing  fiber optic  infrastructures  and  customer
     relationships. This approach affords the Company the opportunity to license
     or lease fiber optic facilities on a long-term basis in a more timely, cost
     effective manner  than by  constructing facilities. In  addition, utilities
     possess conduit and other facilities that enable the Company to more easily
     install additional fiber  to extend  existing networks in  a given  market.
     Finally,  management  expects  these  strategic alliances  to  combine  the
     Company's expertise in providing  high quality telecommunications  services

                                       -5-
     <PAGE>

     with the utility's name recognition and customer relationships in marketing
     telecommunications products and services to the utility's customer base. 

     NETWORK SERVICES

          Through  the  Company's  wholly  owned  subsidiary,  ICG  Fiber  Optic
     Technologies, Inc.  ("FOTI"), the  Company supplies information  technology
     services  and selected  networking  products, focusing  on network  design,
     installation, maintenance and support for a variety of end users, including
     Fortune  1000  firms  and  other large  businesses  and  telecommunications
     companies. Revenue from Network Services was $60.4 million for the 12-month
     period ended December 31, 1996. 

     SATELLITE SERVICES

          The Company's  Satellite Services  operations provide  satellite voice
     and  data  services to  major  cruise lines,  commercial  shipping vessels,
     yachts, the U.S.  Navy and offshore oil platforms. The  Company also owns a
     teleport facility which provides  international voice and data transmission
     services.  Revenue  for  the  Satellite Services  operations  (adjusted  to
     reflect the sale of certain teleport  assets) was $11.4 million for  fiscal
     1995 and $21.3 million for the 12-month period ended December 31, 1996. 

     RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

          CSW Agreement.     In  January 1997,  the  Company announced  a  joint
     venture with  CSW which will develop and market telecommunications services
     in Texas  and Oklahoma (and may also expand to Arkansas and Louisiana). The
     new  company,  CSW/ICG  ChoiceCom, L.P.  ("ChoiceCom"),  will  be based  in
     Austin, Texas and will initially serve Austin and Corpus Christi, Texas and
     Tulsa, Oklahoma with  local telephone, long distance and  data transmission
     services. ChoiceCom also expects to develop business opportunities in other
     cities in Texas, Oklahoma, Arkansas and Louisiana. 

          Lucent  Agreement.    In September 1996,  the Company entered  into an
     equipment purchase  agreement with Lucent  for advanced  telecommunications
     products and services. Lucent will provide the Company with a full range of
     systems,  software and services which will be  used by the Company to build
     and expand the Company's advanced communications networks, including 5ESS -
     2000  switching systems,  synchronous  optical  network  equipment,  access
     equipment,   power   plants,   application   software   systems,   Advanced
     Intelligence Network  platforms, data  networking products and  fiber optic
     cable. Lucent has also agreed to provide  engineering, installation, onsite
     technical support and other professional services. 

          Cascade Agreement.    The Company has reached a  non-binding agreement
     in principle with  Cascade for  the purchase of  data switching  components
     that will enable the Company to provide high-speed data connectivity to its
     customers.  The  Company expects  to  execute  the  agreement shortly.  The
     agreement  also provides  for the  purchase of  high-speed frame  relay and
     asynchronous  transfer mode  ("ATM") switching  products. In  addition, the
     Company will utilize turnkey services from Cascade for product planning and
     deployment  of the  initial product  launch, including  program management,
     network design, onsite operations support and training.  The Company 
     recently began offering its data communications services in California and
     Colorado and plans to deploy similar networks in its Ohio markets in the 
     first half of 1997. 

          Nortel Agreement.     In December  1996, the  Company entered into  an
     equipment and software  licensing agreement with Nortel  under which Nortel
     will provide the Company with telecommunications equipment and software. 

          Network  Expansion.     The Company  continues  to expand  its network
     footprint through several strategic  initiatives with utility companies and
     others.  These include a 30-year  agreement and two  indefeasible rights of
     use ("IRU") agreements with  the Los Angeles Department of Water  and Power
     for 105  miles of fiber  optic capacity in  Los Angeles,  including Century
     City,  West Los Angeles, Mid-Wilshire and Sherman Oaks; a 15-year agreement
     with the  City of Burbank, California  to lease fiber optic  capacity on an
     11.5  mile network;  and  a  ten-year  agreement  and  three  ten-year  IRU

                                       -6-
     <PAGE>
 
     agreements with the City of Alameda  Bureau of Electricity, under which the
     Company will have access to approximately seven miles of fiber optic cable.

     FINANCING

          In April 1996, the Company raised net  proceeds of $433.0 million from
     the issuance of 12 1/2% Senior Discount  Notes due 2006 (the "12 1/2% 
     Notes") and 14 1/4% Exchangeable Preferred Stock  Mandatorily Redeemable
     2007 (the "14 1/4% Preferred Stock") of Holdings (the "1996 Offering").

          In March  1997, Holdings  completed a  private offering  (the "Private
     Offering") of (i) the Old Notes which are guaranteed on  a senior unsecured
     basis by ICG (the "Note Guarantee"), and (ii) the Old Preferred  Stock, for
     aggregate  gross  proceeds  of  approximately  $199.9 million.  The Company
     believes  that its  liquidity will  be improved  because the Notes  and the
     Preferred Stock  do not require  the payment of  cash interest and  of cash
     dividends, respectively, prior to 2002. 

          The Preferred Stock accrues  dividends quarterly at an annual  rate of
     14% per annum. Dividends are payable  quarterly in cash or, on or  prior to
     March  15, 2002, at  the sole option  of Holdings, in  additional shares of
     Preferred Stock.

          Management believes that  the net proceeds from the  Private Offering,
     amounts expected to  be available through vendor financing arrangements and
     the funds  remaining from  the 1996  Offering will  permit  the Company  to
     expand its telecom  services business as currently planned and  to fund its
     operating deficits for approximately 19 months.


                                 THE EXCHANGE OFFERS

     The Note Exchange 
          Offer.......   The Company  is offering to  exchange $1,000  principal
                         amount of New Notes for each $1,000 principal amount of
                         Old Notes that are  properly tendered and accepted. The
                         Company will  issue the New Notes on  or promptly after
                         the Expiration  Date. The New  Notes will be  fully and
                         unconditionally   guaranteed   by   ICG.    There   are
                         $176,000,000  aggregate  principal  amount at  maturity
                         ($99,908,160  original   issue  price)  of   Old  Notes
                         outstanding. See "The Exchange Offers."

     The Preferred Stock
     Exchange Offer...   The  Company is offering  to exchange one  share of New
                         Preferred Stock  for each share of  Old Preferred Stock
                         that  is properly  tendered and  accepted. The  Company
                         will issue the New Preferred Stock on or promptly after
                         the Expiration  Date. There  are 100,000 shares  of Old
                         Preferred Stock outstanding. See "The Exchange Offers."
     Resale of New 
     Securities......    Based  on  an  interpretation   by  the  staff  of  the
                         Commission set  forth  in no-action  letters issued  to
                         third  parties,  including   "Exxon  Capital   Holdings
                         Corporation"  (available May 13, 1988), "Morgan Stanley
                         & Co. Incorporated" (available June 5, 1991), "Mary Kay
                         Cosmetics,  Inc." (available  June 5,  1991), "Warnaco,
                         Inc."   (available   October  11,   1991)   and  "K-III
                         Communications  Corp." (available  May  14, 1993),  the
                         Company believes that New Securities issued pursuant to
                         the Exchange Offers in  exchange for Old Securities may
                         be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred
                         by any holder thereof (other than any such holder which
                         is an "affiliate" of the Company within the meaning  of
                         Rule 405 under  the Securities Act) without  compliance
                         with   the   registration   and   prospectus   delivery
                         provisions  of the Securities  Act, provided  that such

                                       -7-
     <PAGE>

                         New Securities  are acquired in the  ordinary course of
                         such holder's  or any other such  person's business and
                         that such  holder  or  any other  such  person  has  no
                         arrangement  or   understanding  with  any   person  to
                         participate in the distribution of such New Securities.
                         Under no circumstances may  this Prospectus be used for
                         an  offer   to  resell  or  other   retransfer  of  New
                         Securities. In  the event that the  Company's belief is
                         inaccurate,  holders of New Securities who transfer New
                         Securities  in  violation  of the  prospectus  delivery
                         provisions  of   the  Securities  Act  and  without  an
                         exemption  from  registration   thereunder  may   incur
                         liability thereunder.  The Company  does not  assume or
                         indemnify holders against such liability.  The Exchange
                         Offers are  not being  made  to, nor  will the  Company
                         accept surrenders  for exchange  from,  holders of  Old
                         Securities  (i)  in  any  jurisdiction   in  which  the
                         Exchange Offers or the  acceptance thereof would not be
                         in  compliance with the securities or  blue sky laws of
                         such jurisdiction or  (ii) if any holder is  engaged or
                         intends  to  engage  in   a  distribution  of  the  New
                         Securities.  Each  broker-dealer   that  receives   New
                         Securities  for its  own  account in  exchange for  Old
                         Securities, where such Old Securities  were acquired by
                         such  broker-dealer   as  a  result   of  market-making
                         activities   or   other   trading    activities,   must
                         acknowledge  that  it  will  deliver  a  prospectus  in
                         connection with any resale  of such New Securities. The
                         Company  has  not  entered   into  any  arrangement  or
                         understanding with  any person  to  distribute the  New
                         Securities to  be received in the  Exchange Offers. See
                         "Plan of Distribution."

     Expiration Date..   The Exchange  Offers will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York
                         City  time, on  __________,  1997 unless  extended,  in
                         which case  the term  "Expiration Date" shall  mean the
                         latest  date and time to which  the Exchange Offers are
                         extended. The Company will  accept for exchange any and
                         all Old  Securities which are properly  tendered in the
                         Exchange Offers prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time,
                         on  the  Expiration  Date. The  New  Securities  issued
                         pursuant to the Exchange Offers will be delivered on or
                         promptly after the Expiration Date.

     Conditions to the
     Exchange Offers..   The  Company may  terminate the  Exchange Offers  if it
                         determines  that  its  ability  to  proceed   with  the
                         Exchange Offers could be materially impaired due to any
                         legal  or governmental  action,  any new  law, statute,
                         rule or regulation, any  interpretation by the staff of
                         the Commission  of any  existing law, statute,  rule or
                         regulation  or  the  failure  to obtain  any  necessary
                         approvals of  governmental agencies  or holders of  the
                         Old Securities. The Company does not  expect any of the
                         foregoing conditions to occur, although there can be no
                         assurances that such conditions will not occur.

     Procedures for
     Tendering Old Notes
     and Old Preferred
     Stock...........    Each holder of Old Securities wishing to participate in
                         the Exchange  Offers must  complete, sign and  date the
                         Letter of  Transmittal,  or  a  facsimile  thereof,  in
                         accordance with  the instructions contained  herein and
                         therein, and  mail or otherwise deliver  such Letter of
                         Transmittal, or such facsimile, together with  such Old
                         Notes  or such Old Preferred Stock, as the case may be,
                         and any other required documentation to Norwest  Banks,
                         as exchange agent for the Notes (the "Exchange Agent"),
                         or  to  American Stock  Transfer  &  Trust Company,  as
                         transfer agent for  the Preferred Stock (the  "Transfer
                         Agent") at the addresses set forth herein. By executing
                         the  Letter of Transmittal,  each holder will represent
                         to  the  Company  that,  among other  things,  the  New
                         Securities acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offers are

                                       -8-
     <PAGE>

                         being obtained  in the  ordinary course of  business of
                         the  person receiving  such New Securities,  whether or
                         not  such  person has  an arrangement  or understanding
                         with any  person to participate in  the distribution of
                         such New Securities and that neither the holder nor any
                         such other person is an "affiliate," as defined in Rule
                         405 under the Securities Act, of the Company.

     Special Procedures
     for Beneficial
     Owners..........    Any  beneficial   owner   whose  Old   Securities   are
                         registered in the name  of a broker, dealer, commercial
                         bank, trust  company or other nominee and who wishes to
                         tender  such  Old  Securities  in  the  Exchange Offers
                         should  contact such  registered  holder  promptly  and
                         instruct such  registered  holder  to  tender  on  such
                         beneficial owner's  behalf.  If such  beneficial  owner
                         wishes to tender on such owner's own behalf, such owner
                         must, prior  to completing and executing  the Letter of
                         Transmittal  and delivering its  Old Securities, either
                         make  appropriate arrangements to register ownership of
                         the  Old Securities  in such  owner's name or  obtain a
                         properly  completed  bond  power  from  the  registered
                         holder. The transfer  of registered ownership may  take
                         considerable  time and may not be  able to be completed
                         prior to the Expiration Date.

     Guaranteed Delivery
          Procedures..   Holders of Old Securities who wish to  tender their Old
                         Securities and whose Old Securities are not immediately
                         available or who cannot deliver their Old Securities or
                         the Letter of Transmittal to  the Exchange Agent or the
                         Transfer  Agent,  as  the case  may  be,  prior to  the
                         Expiration  Date,  must  tender  their  Old  Securities
                         according to  the  guaranteed delivery  procedures  set
                         forth  in  "The   Exchange  Offer-Guaranteed   Delivery
                         Procedures."

     Withdrawal Rights.  Tenders of Old Securities may be withdrawn at any  time
                         prior  to  5:00  p.m.,  New  York  City  time,  on  the
                         Expiration Date.
     Certain Federal
     Income Tax 
     Considerations...   For  a  discussion  of   certain  federal  income   tax
                         considerations relating  to  the exchange  of  the  New
                         Notes for the Old Notes and the New Preferred Stock for
                         the  Old Preferred  Stock,  see "Certain  United States
                         Federal Income Tax Considerations."

     Exchange Agent...   Norwest  Banks  is the  Exchange  Agent.  Its telephone
                         number is (612) 667-4070. The  address of the  Exchange
                         Agent is  set  forth in  "The Exchange  Offers-Exchange
                         Agent."

     Transfer Agent...   American Stock Transfer & Trust Company is the Transfer
                         Agent.  Its  telephone number  is  (212) 936-5100.  The
                         address of the Transfer  Agent is as set forth  in "The
                         Exchange Offers-Transfer Agent."

                                    THE NEW NOTES

     Aggregate Amount.   $176,000,000 principal amount at  maturity ($99,908,160
                         original  issue  price)  of  11  5/8%  Senior  Exchange
                         Discount Notes due March 15, 2007.

     Yield and Interest  From  and after March 15, 2002, the New Notes will bear
                         interest, which will be  payable in cash, at a  rate of
                         11  5/8% per annum on  each March 15  and September 15,
                         commencing September 15, 2002.

                                       -9-
     <PAGE>

     Optional Redemption On  or  after March  15, 2002,  the  New Notes  will be
                         redeemable at the  option of Holdings,  in whole or  in
                         part, at  the redemption prices set  forth herein, plus
                         accrued and unpaid interest  to the date of redemption.
                         See "Description of New Notes-Optional Redemption."

     Optional Redemption 
     Upon Public Equity 
     Offering.........   At any time, or from time to time, on or prior to March
                         15, 2000, Holdings may, at its option, redeem New Notes
                         having a principal amount of up to 35% of the principal
                         amount  of  the  Old   Notes  initially  issued,  at  a
                         redemption  price equal  to  111 5/8%  of the  Accreted
                         Value of such New Notes on the date of redemption, with
                         the proceeds  of one  or more Public  Equity Offerings.
                         See "Description of New Notes-Optional Redemption."

     Guarantee........   The New Notes will be guaranteed on a senior, unsecured
                         basis by ICG.

     Ranking..........   The New  Notes and the  Note Guarantee will  be senior,
                         unsecured    obligations    of   Holdings    and   ICG,
                         respectively, will rank pari  passu in right of payment
                         with all existing  and future unsecured, unsubordinated
                         obligations and will  be senior in right  of payment to
                         all  existing and  future subordinated  indebtedness of
                         Holdings  and ICG.  At December  31, 1996, Holdings and
                         ICG  had,  on  an  unconsolidated  basis, approximately
                         $686.4  million  of senior  indebtedness  (which amount
                         does not include the Old Notes and the Note Guarantee),
                         including  capitalized  lease   obligations.  ICG   and
                         Holdings are each holding  companies. The New Notes and
                         the  Note Guarantee will be effectively subordinated to
                         all  liabilities  (including  trade  payables)  of  the
                         subsidiaries of  ICG and  Holdings and at  December 31,
                         1996,  the subsidiaries  of Holdings  had approximately
                         $162.5 million of  liabilities (excluding  intercompany
                         payables),  including  $104.9 million  of indebtedness.
                         ICG  and Holdings  are  expected  to incur  substantial
                         amounts of  indebtedness  in  the  future,  subject  to
                         compliance    with   the   terms   of   the   Company's
                         indebtedness, and  preferred stock.  See "Risk Factors-
                         Substantial Indebtedness; Ability to Service  Debt" and
                         "-Holding  Company  Reliance  on  Subsidiaries'  Funds;
                         Priority  of  Creditors;   Subordination  of   Exchange
                         Debentures."

     Certain Covenants.  The Indenture  contains certain covenants  which, among
                         other things, restrict the ability of ICG, Holdings and
                         their  Restricted Subsidiaries  (as defined  herein) to
                         incur additional indebtedness;  create liens; engage in
                         sale-leaseback  transactions;  pay  dividends  or  make
                         distributions in respect of  their capital stock (other
                         than  permitted dividends with respect to the Preferred
                         Stock   and   the  14   1/4%  Preferred   Stock);  make
                         investments  or make certain other restricted payments;
                         sell assets;  create  restrictions on  the  ability  of
                         Restricted Subsidiaries to make certain payments; issue
                         or  sell  stock  of  certain  subsidiaries;  enter into
                         transactions with stockholders or affiliates; and, with
                         respect to ICG and Holdings, consolidate, merge or sell
                         all   or   substantially  all   of   its   assets.  See
                         "Description of New Notes-Covenants."

     Change of Control.  Upon a Change of  Control (as defined herein), Holdings
                         is  required to make an offer to purchase the New Notes
                         at  a purchase price  equal to  101% of  their Accreted
                         Value on the date of purchase plus accrued interest, if
                         any. See "Description  of New  Notes-Repurchase of  New
                         Notes upon a Change of Control."

                                       -10-
     <PAGE>

                               THE NEW PREFERRED STOCK

     Preferred Stock..   100,000 shares of New Exchangeable Preferred Stock.

     Dividends........   Cumulative  at 14%  per  annum. All  dividends will  be
                         payable  quarterly in cash or, on or prior to March 15,
                         2002,  at the  sole option  of Holdings,  in additional
                         shares  of  Preferred  Stock,  on March  15,  June  15,
                         September 15  and December 15 of  each year, commencing
                         June  15, 1997.  Dividends on  the New  Preferred Stock
                         will accrue and be cumulative from the date of issuance
                         thereof. For federal income tax purposes, distributions
                         with  respect  to  the  New  Preferred  Stock  are  not
                         expected to qualify as dividends and will be treated as
                         a  return of  capital until  Holdings has  earnings and
                         profits  as determined under  applicable federal income
                         tax  principles. See  "Certain  United  States  Federal
                         Income  Tax  Considerations-Tax Consequences  to United
                         States Holders-Dividends on the New Preferred Stock."

     Liquidation 
     Preference.......   $1,000 per share, plus accrued and unpaid dividends.

     Voting...........   Holders of  the New Preferred Stock will have no voting
                         rights except as provided by law and as provided in the
                         Amended Articles.  In the event that  dividends are not
                         paid for any four quarters, whether or not consecutive,
                         or  upon certain  other  events  (including failure  to
                         comply with covenants and  failure to pay the mandatory
                         redemption  price  when   due),  then  the  number   of
                         directors  constituting  Holdings'  Board of  Directors
                         will be adjusted to permit the holders of the  majority
                         of  the then  outstanding New  Preferred Stock,  voting
                         separately  as a  class,  to elect  two directors.  See
                         "Description of New Preferred Stock-Voting Rights."

     Mandatory 
     Redemption.......   Holdings is required to  redeem the New Preferred Stock
                         on March 15, 2008 (subject to the legal availability of
                         funds  therefor) at  a  redemption price  equal to  the
                         liquidation   preference,   plus  accrued   and  unpaid
                         dividends to  the redemption date. See  "Description of
                         New Preferred Stock-Mandatory Redemption."

     Optional Redemption On  or after March 15, 2002, the New Preferred Stock is
                         redeemable, at the  option of Holdings, in whole  or in
                         part, at  the redemption prices set  forth herein, plus
                         accrued and  unpaid dividends to  the redemption  date.
                         See  "Description  of   New  Preferred   Stock-Optional
                         Redemption."

     Optional
     Redemption Upon
     Public Equity
     Offering.........   At any time, or from time to time, on or prior to March
                         15, 2000, Holdings may, at its option, redeem shares of
                         Old  Preferred Stock  having  an aggregate  liquidation
                         preference of  up to  35% of the  aggregate liquidation
                         preference  of  all  shares   of  New  Preferred  Stock
                         originally issued  at a redemption price  equal to 114%
                         of the liquidation preference thereof, plus accrued and
                         unpaid dividends  to  the  redemption  date,  with  the
                         proceeds of  one or  more Public Equity  Offerings. See
                         "Description    of    New   Preferred    Stock-Optional
                         Redemption."

     Ranking..........   The  New Preferred Stock  will rank  (i) senior  to all
                         common stock of Holdings and to all other capital stock
                         of Holdings  unless the  terms of such  stock expressly

                                       -11-
     <PAGE>
                         provide that it ranks senior to or on a parity with the
                         New Preferred Stock; (ii) on a  parity with any capital
                         stock of Holdings the  terms of which expressly provide
                         that  it will rank on  a parity with  the New Preferred
                         Stock, including the 14 1/4% Preferred Stock; and (iii)
                         junior to  all capital stock  of Holdings the  terms of
                         which expressly  provide  that  such  stock  will  rank
                         senior to the New  Preferred Stock. See "Description of
                         New Preferred Stock-Ranking."

     Optional Exchange
     Feature..........   The New  Preferred Stock is  exchangeable into Exchange
                         Debentures  at the option of Holdings, in whole but not
                         in part,  subject to (i) such  exchange being permitted
                         by  the terms  of  the Indenture,  the indenture  under
                         which the 12 1/2% Notes were issued (the "12 1/2% Notes
                         Indenture") and  the indenture under which  the 13 1/2%
                         Senior Discount Notes due  September 15, 2005 (the "13
                         1/2 Notes")  of Holdings  were issued  (the "13  1/2%
                         Notes Indenture"), and  (ii) the conditions described
                         in the Amended Articles  being satisfied. See  
                         "Description of New  Preferred  Stock-Exchange"  and
                         "Description  of Exchange Debentures."

     Certain Covenants.  The  Amended Articles contain  certain covenants which,
                         among other  things, restrict the  ability of  Holdings
                         and  its Restricted  Subsidiaries  to incur  additional
                         indebtedness  and issue preferred  stock; create liens;
                         pay dividends or make distributions in respect of their
                         capital  stock  (other  than permitted  dividends  with
                         respect  to  the  Preferred   Stock  and  the  14  1/4%
                         Preferred  Stock); make  investments  or  make  certain
                         other   restricted   payments;   sell  assets;   create
                         restrictions on the ability of  Restricted Subsidiaries
                         to  make  certain  payments;  issue or  sell  stock  of
                         Restricted Subsidiaries; enter  into transactions  with
                         stockholders or affiliates;  incur senior  subordinated
                         indebtedness;  and, with  respect  to each  of ICG  and
                         Holdings,   consolidate,   merge   or   sell   all   or
                         substantially all  of its assets.  See "Description  of
                         New Preferred Stock-Certain Covenants."

     Change of Control   Upon a Change of Control, Holdings is required to  make
                         an offer  to purchase the shares of New Preferred Stock
                         at a purchase price equal  to 101% of their liquidation
                         preference on  the date  of purchase, plus  accrued and
                         unpaid  dividends  to   the  date   of  purchase.   See
                         "Description of New Preferred Stock-Change of Control."


                               THE EXCHANGE DEBENTURES

     Exchange 
     Debentures.......   14%  Senior Subordinated Exchange  Debentures due March
                         15, 2008 in  an aggregate principal amount equal to the
                         aggregate  liquidation preference  of, and  accrued but
                         unpaid   dividends   on,   the   New   Preferred  Stock
                         outstanding on the Exchange Date (as defined herein).

     Interest Payment 
          Dates.......   March 15 and September 15 of each year, commencing with
                         the first  of such dates  to occur  after the  Exchange
                         Date.  On or prior to  March 15, 2002,  the Company may
                         pay  interest  on the  Exchange  Debentures by  issuing
                         additional Exchange Debentures.

     Optional 
          Redemption..   On or after March 15, 2002, the Exchange Debentures are
                         redeemable, at the  option of Holdings, in  whole or in
                         part, at  the redemption prices set  forth herein, plus
                         accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date. See
                         "Description     of    Exchange     Debentures-Optional
                         Redemption."

                                       -12-
     <PAGE>

     Optional Redemption 
     Upon Public 
     Equity Offering..   At any time, or from time to time, on or prior to March
                         15, 2000, Holdings may,  at its option, redeem Exchange
                         Debentures having  a principal  amount equal to  35% of
                         the  liquidation  preference  of  the  Preferred  Stock
                         initially issued at a redemption price equal to 114% of
                         the principal  amount thereof, plus accrued  and unpaid
                         interest to  the redemption date, with  the proceeds of
                         one or  more Public Equity Offerings.  See "Description
                         of Exchange Debentures-Optional Redemption."

     Guarantee........   ICG will guarantee the  Exchange Debentures on a senior
                         subordinated    unsecured    basis   (the    "Debenture
                         Guarantee").

     Ranking..........   The  Exchange  Debentures will  be  senior subordinated
                         Indebtedness   (as   defined   herein)   of   Holdings,
                         subordinated  to  the prior  payment  when  due of  the
                         principal  of, and  premium,  if any,  and accrued  and
                         unpaid  interest on,  all  existing and  future  Senior
                         Indebtedness (as defined herein) of Holdings (including
                         the New Notes) and senior to the prior payment when due
                         of  the principal and premium, if  any, and accrued and
                         unpaid  interest on,  all subordinated  Indebtedness of
                         Holdings.  ICG's guarantee  of the  Exchange Debentures
                         will  be  senior   subordinated  Indebtedness  of  ICG,
                         subordinated  to  the prior  payment  when  due of  the
                         principal  of, and  premium,  if any,  and accrued  and
                         unpaid  interest  on, all  existing  and future  Senior
                         Guarantor  Indebtedness  (as  defined  herein)  of  ICG
                         (including the Note Guarantee)  and senior to the prior
                         payment  when due of the principal  of, and premium, if
                         any,   and  accrued   and  unpaid   interest  on,   all
                         subordinated Indebtedness of ICG.

     Certain Covenants.  The  indenture under which the Exchange Debentures will
                         be  issued  (the "Exchange  Debenture  Indenture") will
                         contain  certain covenants  which, among  other things,
                         restricts  the  ability  of  ICG,  Holdings  and  their
                         Restricted    Subsidiaries    to    incur    additional
                         indebtedness;  create  liens;  pay  dividends  or  make
                         distributions in  respect of their capital  stock; make
                         investments  or make certain other restricted payments;
                         sell  assets;  create restrictions  on  the  ability of
                         Restricted Subsidiaries to make certain payments; issue
                         or  sell  stock  of  certain  subsidiaries; enter  into
                         transactions  with  stockholders  or affiliates;  incur
                         senior subordinated indebtedness; and, with  respect to
                         each of  ICG and  Holdings, consolidate, merge  or sell
                         all   or  substantially   all  of  their   assets.  See
                         "Description of Exchange Debentures-Certain Covenants."

     Registration 
     Requirements.....   The Exchange  Debentures may not be  issued unless such
                         issuance is  registered under the Securities  Act or is
                         exempt from registration.

     Change of Control.  Upon a Change of Control, Holdings  is required to make
                         an  offer  to purchase  the  Exchange  Debentures at  a
                         purchase price equal to  101% of their principal amount
                         on the date  of purchase plus accrued interest, if any.
                         See  "Description  of  Exchange   Debentures-Change  of
                         Control."

                                     RISK FACTORS

          See  "Risk  Factors,"  immediately   following  this  Summary,  for  a
     discussion of  certain  risks  that  should be  considered  by  prospective
     investors in connection with  the Exchange Offers and an  investment in the
     New  Securities, including the risks  related to historical and anticipated
     operating losses, negative cash flow and substantial indebtedness.

                                       -13-
     <PAGE>

      SUMMARY HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA FINANCIAL AND STATISTICAL INFORMATION(1)
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT STATISTICAL DATA)

                                               YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                     ------------------------------------------
                                                                      PRO FORMA
                                     1994         1995       1996     1996 (2)
                                     -----        -----     -----     ---------
     STATEMENT  OF  OPERATIONS
     DATA:(3)
     Revenue:
       Telecom services  . . . .    $14,854      32,330    87,681       87,681
       Network services  . . . .     36,019      58,778    60,116       60,116
       Satellite services(4) . .      8,121      20,502    21,297       21,297
       Other . . . . . . . . . .        118           -         -            -
                                      -----       -----    ------       ------
         Total revenue . . . . .     59,112     111,610   169,094      169,094
     Operating loss  . . . . . .    (15,226)    (46,814)  (73,252)     (73,252)
     Interest expense  . . . . .     (8,481)    (24,368)  (85,714)     (97,708)
     Minority interests,
      including preferred stock
      dividends  . . . . . . . .        435      (1,123)  (25,306)     (39,697)
     Net loss  . . . . . . . . .   $(23,868)    (76,648) (184,107)    (210,492)
     Loss per share. . . . . . .   $  (1.56)      (3.25)    (6.83)       (7.81)
     Weighted average number
      of shares outstanding(5) .     15,342      23,604    26,955       26,955

     OTHER DATA:
     EBITDA(6) . . . . . . . . .    $(7,068)    (30,190)  (42,884)     (42,884)
     Capital expenditures(7) . .     54,921      88,495   175,148      175,148
     Ratio of earnings to
      combined fixed charges
      and preferred stock
      dividends(8) . . . . . . .          -           -         -            -

     STATISTICAL DATA:(9)
     Telecom services:
       Buildings connected:
        On-net . . . . . . . . .        226         280       478
        Off-net  . . . . . . . .          -       1,095     1,589
                                       ----       -----    ------
         Total buildings connected      226       1,375     2,067
       Customer circuits in         
        service (VGEs)(11) . . .    224,072     430,535   630,697
       Switches operational  . .          1          13        14
       Switched minutes of use            2         283     1,635
        (in millions)  . . . . .
       Fiber route miles:(13)
         Operational . . . . . .        323         627     2,143
         Under construction. . .          -           -         -
       Fiber strand miles:(14)
         Operational . . . . . .     14,959      27,150    70,067
         Under construction. . .          -           -         -
       Wireless route miles(15)         606         568       491
     Satellite services:
         Very small aperture           
           terminals ("VSATs") .        810         626       835
         C-Band
           installations(16) . .          -          28        48
         L-Band
           installations(17) . .          -           -       109


                                     THREE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                   -------------------------------------
                                                             PRO FORMA
                                   1995           1996          1996(2)
                                   -----          -----        ---------
     STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
     DATA:(3)
     Revenue:
       Telecom services  . . .     13,513          34,787        34,787
       Network services  . . .     15,718          15,981        15,981
       Satellite services(4) .      6,168           6,188         6,188
       Other . . . . . . . . .         -               -             -
                                  -------         -------       -------
          Total revenue  . . .     35,399          56,956        56,956
     Operating loss  . . . . .    (15,258)        (27,051)      (27,051)
     Interest expense  . . . .    (15,215)        (24,454)      (27,453)
     Minority interests,
      including preferred
      stock dividends  . . . .     (3,215)         (4,988)       (8,586)
     Net loss  . . . . . . . .    (34,642)        (49,823)      (56,420)
     Loss per share. . . . . .      (1.38)          (1.56)        (1.77)
     Weighted average 
      number of shares 
      outstanding(5) . . . . .     25,139          31,840        31,840

     OTHER DATA:
     EBITDA(6) . . . . . . . .    (10,339)        (17,226)      (17,226)
     Capital expenditures(7) .     25,852          78,238        78,238
     Ratio of earnings to
      combined fixed charges
      and preferred stock
      dividends(8) . . . . . .         -               -             -

     STATISTICAL DATA:(9)
     Telecom services:
      Buildings connected:
       On-net  . . . . . . . .        304             522
       Off-net . . . . . . . .      1,235           1,547(10)
                                  -------         -------
       Total buildings
        connected  . . . . . .      1,539           2,069
      Customer circuits in
       service (VGEs)(11)  . .    488,405         748,528
      Switches operational . .         13              14(12)
      Switched minutes of use
       (in millions) . . . . .        235             607
      Fiber route miles:(13)
        Operational  . . . . .        637           2,385
        Under construction . .          -             735
      Fiber strand
        miles:(14)
        Operational  . . . . .     28,779          75,490
        Under construction . .          -          33,747
      Wireless route
         miles(15) . . . . . .        545             506
     Satellite services:
       Very small aperture
        terminals ("VSATs")           633             860
       C-Band
        installations(16)  . .         33              54
       L-Band
        installations(17)  . .          -             204


                                                          December 31, 1996
                                                          ------------------
                                                         Actual    Pro Forma(2)
                                                        -------    -------------
     BALANCE SHEET DATA:
     Cash and short-term 
        investments  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   $392,535       584,343
     Working capital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    361,601       533,409
     Property and equipment, 
        net  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    403,932       403,932
     Total assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    944,133     1,139,741
     Current portion of long-term debt 
       and capital lease obligations . . . . . . . .     25,500        25,500
     Long-term debt and capital 
       lease obligations, less current portion . . .    761,504       861,412
     14 1/4% Preferred Stock of Holdings 
       (redeemable) ($164.8 million 
        liquidation value) . . . . . . . . . . . . .    159,120       159,120
     Preferred Stock of Holdings 
      (redeemable) offered hereby 
      ($100.0 million liquidation value) . . . . . .          -        95,700
     Common Stock and additional paid-in capital . .    302,560       302,560
     Accumulated deficit . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   (368,640)     (368,640)
     Stockholders' deficit . . . . . . . . . . . . .   $(66,080)      (66,080)


                                 (Accompanying notes are on the following page)

                                       -14-
     <PAGE>

     (1)  The  Summary  Historical  and  Pro  Forma  Financial  and  Statistical
          Information relates to ICG and its subsidiaries. All of ICG's business
          is conducted through Holdings and its subsidiaries.  
     (2)  Pro  Forma Statement of Operations and Balance Sheet Data reflects the
          receipt of the  net proceeds  from the Private  Offering and  interest
          expense on $99.9 million  gross proceeds of Senior Discount  Notes and
          preferred stock dividends on  $100.0 million liquidation preference of
          Preferred  Stock,  without giving  effect  to  any increased  interest
          income  on  available  cash  or  the capitalization  of  any  interest
          associated with  construction  in  progress,  as if  such  events  had
          occurred at the  beginning of  the periods presented  or, for  balance
          sheet purposes, on the balance sheet date.
     (3)  During fiscal 1996, the  Company changed its method of  accounting for
          long-term telecom services contracts  to recognize revenue as services
          are provided. The effect of this change in accounting for the  periods
          presented was not significant. 
     (4)  Revenue  from Satellite  Services is  generated through  the Company's
          satellite (voice and  data) operations and,  after January 1995,  also
          includes revenue from maritime communications  operations. The Company
          completed  the sale of  four of its  teleports in March  1996, and has
          reported results of  operations from these assets through December 31,
          1995. 
     (5)  Weighted average number of shares outstanding for fiscal years 1994
          and 1995 represents Holdings (Canada) common shares outstanding.
          Weighted average number of shares outstanding for fiscal 1996
          represents Holdings (Canada) common shares outstanding for the period
          October 1, 1995 through August 2, 1996, and represents ICG Common
          Stock and Holdings (Canada) Class A common shares (owned by third 
          parties) outstanding for the period August 5, 1996 through September
          30, 1996.  Weighted average number of shares outstanding for the 
          three-month period ended December 31, 1996 represents ICG Common 
          Stock and Holdings (Canada) Class A common shares (owned by third 
          parties) outstanding for the period October 1, 1996 through December
          31, 1996.
     (6)  EBITDA consists of operating  loss plus depreciation and amortization.
          EBITDA  is  provided because  it  is a  measure commonly  used  in the
          telecommunications   industry.  EBITDA  is  presented  to  enhance  an
          understanding of the  Company's operating results and  is not intended
          to represent cash  flow or  results of operations  in accordance  with
          generally accepted  accounting  principles ("GAAP")  for  the  periods
          indicated.  EBITDA  is  not  a  measurement  under  GAAP  and  is  not
          necessarily  comparable  with  similarly  titled  measures  of   other
          companies. 
     (7)  Capital expenditures include assets  acquired under capital leases and
          through the issuance of debt or warrants. 
     (8)  For fiscal 1994, 1995 and 1996 and the three months ended December 31,
          1995  and 1996,  earnings were  insufficient to  cover combined  fixed
          charges and preferred stock dividends by $24.8 million, $77.3 million,
          $188.5 million,  $31.3 million and  $50.6 million, respectively.  On a
          pro  forma basis  giving  effect  to the  Private  Offering as  if  it
          occurred on October 1, 1995 and without giving effect to any increased
          interest income on additional available  cash or the capitalization of
          any interest associated with  construction in progress, earnings would
          have been  insufficient to  cover  fixed charges  and preferred  stock
          dividends  by $214.9 million and $57.2 million for fiscal 1996 and the
          three  months ended  December 31,  1996, respectively.  Combined fixed
          charges and preferred stock dividends consist  of interest charges and
          amortization of  debt  expense  and  discount or  premium  related  to
          indebtedness, whether expensed or  capitalized, that portion of rental
          expense  the Company believes to  be representative of interest (i.e.,
          one-third of rental expense) and preferred stock dividends. 
     (9)  Amounts presented are for  12-month and three month periods  ended, or
          as of, September 30 and December 31, respectively. 
     (10) Buildings  connected  off-net  declined  from September  30,  1996  to
          December 31, 1996 due to the sale of the Company's 50% interest in the
          Phoenix joint venture. 
     (11) Customer circuits  in service is  measured in voice  grade equivalents
          ("VGEs"). 
     (12) The switch located  in Melbourne, Florida is  in the process of  being
          relocated and is not included in the statistical data. 
     (13) Fiber route  miles refers to the number of miles of fiber optic cable,
          including leased fiber. As of December 31, 1996, the Company had 2,385
          fiber route miles, of  which 312 fiber route  miles were leased  under
          operating  leases.  Fiber  route miles  under  construction represents
          fiber under construction and fiber which is expected to be operational
          within six months. 
     (14) Fiber  strand miles  refers  to  the  number  of  fiber  route  miles,
          including leased fiber, along  a telecommunications path multiplied by
          the number of fiber strands along  that path. As of December 31, 1996,
          the Company had 75,490 fiber strand miles, of which 5,936 fiber strand
          miles  were leased  under operating leases.  Fiber strand  miles under

                                       -15-
     <PAGE>

          construction represents  fiber under  construction and fiber  which is
          expected to be operational within six months. 
     (15) Wireless  route  miles represents  the total  distance of  the digital
          microwave paths  between Company transmitters  which are  used in  the
          Company's telecom services networks. 
     (16) C-Band  installations  service cruise  ships,  U.S.  Navy vessels  and
          offshore oil platform installations.
     (17) L-Band installations service smaller maritime installations, and  both
          mobile and fixed land-based units. 

                                       -16-
     <PAGE>

                                     RISK FACTORS

          An investment in  the New  Securities offered hereby  involves a  high
     degree  of  risk.  The following  risk  factors,  together  with the  other
     information set forth  in this  Prospectus and appearing  in the  documents
     incorporated by reference herein,  should be considered when evaluating  an
     investment in the New Securities. 
      
     HISTORICAL AND ANTICIPATED FUTURE OPERATING LOSSES AND NEGATIVE CASH FLOW

          The  Company has incurred and expects to continue to incur significant
     operating and  net losses. For the  12 months ended December  31, 1996, the
     Company had revenue of  approximately $190.7 million, an operating  loss of
     approximately  $85.0  million,  interest  expense  of  approximately  $95.0
     million and a net loss of approximately $199.3 million. The Company expects
     to  continue to generate negative cash flow from operating activities while
     it  emphasizes  development,  construction  and expansion  of  its  telecom
     services business  and until the  Company establishes a  sufficient revenue
     generating customer  base. The  Company's operating loss,  interest expense
     and net loss are each expected to increase as a result of the  continuation
     of  the Company's  expansion  strategy. In  addition,  the Company  had  an
     accumulated deficit of approximately $368.6  million at December 31,  1996.
     There  can  be no  assurance  that  the  Company  will achieve  or  sustain
     profitability  or positive  cash flow  in the  future or  at any  time have
     sufficient resources  to make payments  on its indebtedness,  including the
     Notes and, if issued, the Exchange Debentures, or cash dividends on, or the
     mandatory redemption price of, the Preferred Stock. See "Summary Historical
     and Pro Forma  Financial and Statistical Information," including  the notes
     thereto.

     SUBSTANTIAL INDEBTEDNESS; ABILITY TO SERVICE DEBT

          The Company is more highly leveraged than its competitors. At December
     31, 1996,  on a pro forma basis giving  effect to the Private Offering, the
     Company  would  have  had  approximately $891.3  million  of  indebtedness,
     including capitalized  lease obligations.  The accretion of  original issue
     discount on the Notes, the 13 1/2%  Notes and the 12 1/2% Notes will  cause
     an  increase in indebtedness of  approximately $524.8 million  by March 15,
     2002. In addition, the Preferred Stock and the Exchange Debentures issuable
     in  exchange for  the  Preferred  Stock  may  pay  dividends  or  interest,
     respectively, through the issuance of additional shares of Preferred  Stock
     or Exchange Debentures, as the case may be, through March 15, 2002, and the
     14  1/4% Preferred Stock and  the 14 1/4%  Subordinated Exchange Debentures
     due May  1, 2007 (the "14  1/4% Exchange Debentures") issuable  in exchange
     for the 14 1/4% Preferred Stock,  may pay dividends or interest through the
     issuance  of  additional shares  of  14 1/4%  Preferred  Stock  or 14  1/4%
     Exchange Debentures,  as  the  case  may  be,  through  May  1,  2001.  The
     Indenture,  the Amended Articles governing the terms of the Preferred Stock
     and the 14  1/4% Preferred Stock, the  12 1/2% Notes  Indenture and the  13
     1/2%  Notes Indenture  limit,  but  do  not  prohibit,  the  incurrence  of
     additional  indebtedness  by  ICG,  Holdings and  their  subsidiaries.  The
     Company anticipates  that ICG, Holdings  and their subsidiaries  will incur
     substantial  additional  indebtedness  in  the  future.  Although  the  net
     proceeds  from the Private Offering  are expected to  enhance liquidity and
     improve the Company's financial flexibility in the near term, the Company's
     total  indebtedness, interest  expense  and dividend  requirements will  be
     significantly increased as a result of the Private Offering. 

          The  level   of  the  Company's  indebtedness   could  have  important
     consequences to holders of the Notes,  the Preferred Stock and the Exchange
     Debentures, including the  following: (i) the debt  service requirements of
     any additional indebtedness could make it more difficult for the Company to
     make payments on the Notes and to pay cash dividends  on, and the mandatory
     redemption price of, the Preferred  Stock and, if issued, to  make payments
     on  the Exchange Debentures; (ii) the ability  of the Company to obtain any
     necessary   financing  in   the   future  for   working  capital,   capital
     expenditures, debt service requirements or  other purposes may be  limited;
     (iii) a substantial portion of the Company's cash flow from  operations, if
     any, must  be dedicated  to the  payment of principal  and interest  on its
     indebtedness and  other obligations  (including dividends on  the Preferred
     Stock when required to be paid in cash) and will not be available for other
     purposes;  (iv)  the  Company's  level  of  indebtedness  could  limit  its

                                       -17-
     <PAGE>

     flexibility  in planning for, or reacting  to, changes in its business; (v)
     the Company is more highly leveraged than all of its competitors, which may
     place it  at a competitive disadvantage; and (vi) the Company's high degree
     of indebtedness will make it more vulnerable in the event  of a downturn in
     its business. 

          The Company has been experiencing  substantial negative EBITDA and, on
     a  pro  forma  basis after  giving  effect  to  the Private  Offering,  the
     Company's  earnings  before  combined  fixed charges  and  preferred  stock
     dividend  requirements would have been insufficient to cover combined fixed
     charges and preferred stock  dividend requirements for fiscal 1996  and the
     three  months ended December 31,  1996 by approximately  $214.9 million and
     $57.2 million, respectively. In addition, for the same periods on the  same
     pro  forma basis,  the  Company's  EBITDA  minus capital  expenditures  and
     interest   expense  and   preferred   stock  dividends   would  have   been
     approximately $(339.2)  million and  $(132.2) million, respectively.  There
     can be no assurance that the Company  will be able to improve its  earnings
     before combined fixed  charges and  preferred stock dividends  or that  the
     Company  will be able to  meet its debt  service obligations, including its
     obligations on the  Notes, the Preferred Stock and, if issued, the Exchange
     Debentures. In the event the Company's  cash flow is inadequate to meet its
     obligations, the Company could face  substantial liquidity problems as  the
     Company has no revolving credit line. If the Company is  unable to generate
     sufficient cash flow or  otherwise obtain funds necessary to  make required
     payments, or  if the  Company otherwise  fails to  comply with the  various
     covenants  in its  indebtedness, it  would be  in default  under the  terms
     thereof,  which would permit the holders of such indebtedness to accelerate
     the  maturity of  such indebtedness  and could  cause defaults  under other
     indebtedness of the Company. Such defaults could result in a default on the
     Notes and, if  issued, the Exchange Debentures, and could delay or preclude
     payment of  interest or principal on the Notes and, if issued, the Exchange
     Debentures or the payment of cash dividends on, or the mandatory redemption
     price  of, the  Preferred Stock.  The ability  of the  Company to  meet its
     obligations will be dependent  upon the future performance of  the Company,
     which will be subject  to prevailing economic conditions and  to financial,
     business and other  factors, including  factors beyond the  control of  the
     Company.  See "Description  of New  Notes,"  "Description of  New Preferred
     Stock" and "Description of Exchange Debentures."


     SIGNIFICANT CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS
      
          The Company's  current plans for  expansion of existing  networks, the
     development of  new  networks, the  further  development of  the  Company's
     products and services  and the  continued funding of  operating losses  may
     require additional  cash from  outside sources. The  Company's arrangements
     with  utilities  require  it to  make  significant  cash  payments and  the
     development   of  the  Company's   networks  requires  significant  capital
     expenditures for  transmission equipment, switching facilities  and network
     build-out from the  utilities' fiber  backbone to end  user locations.  The
     Company  must also  purchase a  substantial amount  of equipment  and other
     assets  from vendors.  The  Company anticipates  that its  substantial cash
     requirements will continue into  the foreseeable future. Due to  the number
     of opportunities arising from  changes in the telecommunications regulatory
     environment and the cash required to take advantage of these opportunities,
     management believes that the  net proceeds from the Private  Offering, cash
     on  hand  and amounts  expected to  be  available through  vendor financing
     arrangements  will provide  sufficient funds  necessary for the  Company to
     expand its  telecom services business as currently  planned and to fund its
     operating deficits for approximately 19 months.  Additional sources of cash
     may include public  and private equity and debt financings of ICG, Holdings
     or their  subsidiaries, sales  of non-strategic assets,  capitalized leases
     and other financing arrangements. There can be no assurance that additional
     financing will be available to the Company or, if available, that it can be
     obtained  on  terms  acceptable to  the  Company.  Failure  to obtain  such
     financing could result in  the delay or abandonment  of some or all  of the
     Company's acquisition, development  and expansion  plans and  expenditures,
     which could  have a material adverse  effect on its business  prospects and
     limit  the  Company's  ability to  make  principal  and interest  payments,
     including on the Notes and, if  issued, the Exchange Debentures, or to make
     payments  of cash dividends on,  or the mandatory  redemption price of, the
     Preferred Stock. 

                                       -18-
     <PAGE>

     RISKS RELATED TO SWITCHED SERVICES STRATEGY

          The Company has 14  high capacity digital telephony switches  (and one
     additional switch  located in  Phoenix which  will  be operational  through
     April 1997, after which  it will be relocated)  and 11 data  communications
     switches  in  operation  to support  its  services,  and  plans to  install
     additional  telephony and  data  switches as  demand warrants.  The Company
     began  generating switched services revenue in the fourth quarter of fiscal
     1994.  Currently, the  Company is  experiencing negative  operating margins
     from the  provision of  switched services  while its  networks  are in  the
     development  and construction phases and  while the Company  relies on ILEC
     networks to terminate and originate a significant portion of its customers'
     switched traffic. The Company expects to realize improved operating margins
     from  switched services on  a given network  when (i) increased  volumes of
     traffic are  attained and build-out enables  such traffic to  be carried on
     the  Company's  own network  instead of  ILEC  facilities, and  (ii) higher
     margin enhanced  services  are  provided  to  customers  on  the  Company's
     network.  In addition,  the Company  believes that  the unbundling  of ILEC
     services  and the  implementation  of local  telephone number  portability,
     which are mandated by the Telecommunications Act, will reduce the Company's
     costs of providing switched  services and facilitate the marketing  of such
     services.  However, the  Company's switched  services strategy has  not yet
     been profitable and may not become profitable  due to, among other factors,
     lack  of customer demand, competition from other CLECs and downward pricing
     pressure  from  the ILECs.  In addition,  to  fully implement  its switched
     services strategy,  the Company must make  significant capital expenditures
     to  provide  additional  switching  capacity,  network  infrastructure  and
     electronic  components.  There  can  be no  assurance  that  the  Company's
     switched services strategy will be successful.
      
     RISKS RELATED TO LOCAL SERVICES STRATEGY

          The Company is a recent entrant in the newly created competitive local
     telecommunications services  industry. The local dial  tone services market
     has  only  recently  opened  to  competition  due  to  the passage  of  the
     Telecommunications Act and subsequent  state and Federal regulatory rulings
     designed  to implement  the  Telecommunications Act.  The  Company is  also
     initiating the provision of long distance and data communications services.
     The  Company believes that offering a full-service portfolio of local, long
     distance  and data products  is the  best method  for gaining  market share
     among business customers and reducing  customer churn. However, the Company
     has only recently  begun providing local  and data communications  services
     and has not  deployed its long distance products. The  Company will have to
     make  significant operating  and capital  investments  in order  to provide
     local  dial  tone  services.  There  are  numerous  operating  complexities
     associated with providing these  services. The Company will be  required to
     develop  new products, services  and systems and  will need to  develop new
     marketing initiatives  and hire and train a new sales force responsible for
     selling  these  services.  The Company  will  also  need  to implement  the
     necessary billing  and collecting systems  for these services.  The Company
     may face significant competition from the Regional Bell Operating Companies
     ("RBOCs"),  whose core business is  providing local dial  tone service. The
     RBOCs,  who currently  are  the dominant  providers  of services  in  their
     markets,  are expected to mount  a significant competitive  response to new
     entrants  in their  market,  such  as the  Company.  The  Company may  face
     significant  competitive product  and pricing pressures  from the  RBOCs in
     these markets, as well as from other CLECs as they enter these markets. 

     HOLDING COMPANY RELIANCE ON SUBSIDIARIES' FUNDS; PRIORITY OF CREDITORS; 
     SUBORDINATION OF EXCHANGE DEBENTURES

          ICG and Holdings are  each holding companies. The sole  material asset
     of  ICG consists  of the  common stock  of Holdings  (Canada) and  the sole
     material  asset  of  Holdings (Canada)  consists  of  the  common stock  of
     Holdings. The principal asset  of Holdings consists of common stock  of its
     subsidiaries. Holdings  intends to loan or contribute a substantial portion
     of  the  net  proceeds  from  the  Private  Offering  to  certain  of   its
     subsidiaries. Holdings must rely upon dividends and other payments from its
     subsidiaries  to generate  the  funds necessary  to  meet its  obligations,
     including  the payment  of  principal and  interest on  the  Notes and  the
     Exchange Debentures and the payment of cash dividends on, and the mandatory
     redemption  price of,  the Preferred  Stock. The  subsidiaries are  legally

                                       -19-
     <PAGE>

     distinct  from Holdings and have no obligation, contingent or otherwise, to
     pay  amounts due  with respect  to the  Notes, the  Preferred Stock  or, if
     issued,  the  Exchange  Debentures or  to  make  funds  available for  such
     payments.  Holdings'  subsidiaries will  not  guarantee  the Notes  or,  if
     issued, the Exchange Debentures.  The ability of Holdings'  subsidiaries to
     make such payments to Holdings will  be subject to, among other things, the
     availability  of funds,  the terms  of  each subsidiary's  indebtedness and
     applicable  state laws.  In particular,  several of  Holdings' subsidiaries
     have entered into  credit facilities,  certain of which  are guaranteed  by
     ICG,  which  prohibit  or  restrict  the  payment  of  dividends  by  those
     subsidiaries to  Holdings. Claims  of creditors of  Holdings' subsidiaries,
     including trade creditors, will generally have priority as to the assets of
     such subsidiaries over  the claims of Holdings and the holders of Holdings'
     and  ICG's  indebtedness  and Preferred  Stock,  including  the Notes,  the
     Preferred  Stock and, if issued, the  Exchange Debentures. Accordingly, the
     Notes   and,  if  issued,  the  Exchange  Debentures  will  be  effectively
     subordinated  to   the  liabilities  (including  trade   payables)  of  the
     subsidiaries  of  Holdings.  At  December 31,  1996,  the  subsidiaries  of
     Holdings  had  approximately  $162.5   million  of  liabilities  (excluding
     intercompany   payables  to   Holdings),   including  $104.9   million   of
     indebtedness.  The Exchange Debentures, if issued, would be subordinate in
     right of payment  to the prior  payment in full of  the Notes, the  12 1/2%
     Notes, the  13  1/2%  Notes  and  all  other  existing  and  future  senior
     indebtedness  of the  Company. As  of December  31, 1996, after  giving pro
     forma  effect to  the Private  Offering, ICG  and Holdings  would have  had
     approximately  $785.8  million  and  $786.3  million  of  Senior  Guarantor
     Indebtedness  and Senior  Indebtedness,  respectively, outstanding.  In the
     event  of a bankruptcy  or similar proceeding  of ICG and/or  Holdings, the
     assets  of ICG  and Holdings will  be available  to pay  obligations on the
     Exchange  Debentures and  ICG's  guarantee thereof  only  after all  senior
     indebtedness  of  ICG has  been satisfied  in full,  and  there may  not be
     sufficient assets remaining  to pay the  Exchange Debentures. In  addition,
     the Exchange Debentures,  if issued, will rank pari passu  with the 14 1/4%
     Exchange Debentures, if issued. See "Description of Exchange Debentures." 

          The Notes  will be unsecured, unsubordinated  indebtedness of Holdings
     and will be  guaranteed on  an unsecured  unsubordinated basis  by ICG.  At
     December 31, 1996,  the Company had, on a  consolidated basis, an aggregate
     of  approximately   $105.5  million  of   secured  indebtedness,  including
     capitalized lease obligations. In the  event such secured indebtedness goes
     into  default  and the  holders thereof  foreclose  on the  collateral, the
     holders  of secured indebtedness  will be  entitled to  payment out  of the
     proceeds  of their  collateral prior  to any  holders of  general unsecured
     indebtedness,  including the  Notes, notwithstanding  the existence  of any
     event of default with respect to  the Notes. The Indenture also permits the
     Company to incur additional secured indebtedness, to grant additional liens
     and, on or after May 1, 2001, to pay cash dividends on the Preferred Stock,
     the 14 1/4% Preferred Stock and, if issued, to pay interest on the Exchange
     Debentures  and  the  14   1/4%  Exchange  Debentures  at  any   time.  See
     "Description  of   New  Notes-Covenants."  In  the   event  of  bankruptcy,
     liquidation  or   reorganization  of   the  Company,  holders   of  secured
     indebtedness will have a claim,  prior to the claim  of the holders of  the
     Notes,  on the  assets  of  the  Company  securing  such  indebtedness.  In
     addition, to  the extent that the value  of such collateral is insufficient
     to  satisfy  such  secured   indebtedness,  holders  of  amounts  remaining
     outstanding on  such secured indebtedness (as well  as other unsubordinated
     creditors of the Company, including holders of the 12 1/2% Notes and the 
     13 1/2% Notes) would be entitled to share pari passu with the Notes with 
     respect to any other assets of ICG  and Holdings.  Assets remaining  after
     satisfaction  of the  claims of holders of secured indebtedness may not be
     sufficient to pay amounts due on any or all of the Notes then outstanding.
     Payments on the  Preferred Stock and,  if issued, the Exchange Debentures
     will also be subject to the prior claims of secured creditors. 

     CERTAIN FINANCIAL AND OPERATING RESTRICTIONS

          The  12 1/2%  Notes  Indenture,  the  13  1/2%  Notes  Indenture,  the
     Indenture,  the terms  of the  14 1/4%  Preferred Stock,  the terms  of the
     Preferred Stock, and,  if the 14 1/4%  Exchange Debentures or the  Exchange
     Debentures  are  issued, the  14  1/4%  Exchange  Debenture Indenture,  the
     Exchange  Debenture Indenture and other  indebtedness of the Company impose
     significant  operating  and financial  restrictions  on  the Company.  Such
     restrictions affect, and in certain cases significantly  limit or prohibit,
     among  other things,  the  ability  of  the  Company  to  incur  additional
     indebtedness or create  liens on  its assets, pay  dividends, sell  assets,

                                       -20-
     <PAGE>

     engage  in mergers or acquisitions  or make investments.  Failure to comply
     with such  covenants could limit the  ability of the Company  to make other
     borrowings or  result in  a default thereunder,  in which case  the lenders
     will be able  to accelerate  the maturity of  the applicable  indebtedness.
     Moreover,  the instruments  governing the  Company's material  indebtedness
     contain cross-default provisions  which provide that a  default under other
     indebtedness  will  be  considered  a  default  under the  indebtedness  in
     question. In the event that a cross-default were triggered, the maturity of
     substantially  all  of  the   Company's  approximately  $891.3  million  of
     indebtedness (at December 31, 1996, on a pro forma basis giving effect to 
     the Private Offering) would be accelerated and become immediately due and
     payable. As a result,  the  Company  would  not  be  able to  satisfy  all
     of  its  debt obligations.  There can be  no assurance that  the Company 
     will  be able to comply with such covenants in the future. A default under
     such indebtedness could result in  an acceleration of the Notes and,  if 
     issued, the Exchange Debentures, in which case the holders of the Notes,
     the Preferred Stock and the Exchange Debentures may not be paid in full. 

     PAYMENTS  DUE ON  INDEBTEDNESS  PRIOR TO  MATURITY  AND REDEMPTION  OF  THE
     SECURITIES; REFINANCING RISK 

          As of December 31,  1996, an aggregate of approximately  $92.8 million
     of capitalized lease obligations was due  prior to December 31, 2001 and an
     aggregate accreted  value of  approximately $685.8 million  was outstanding
     under the 12 1/2%  Notes and 13 1/2% Notes.  The 12 1/2% Notes and  13 1/2%
     Notes  require payments  of  interest to  be  made  in cash  commencing  on
     November  1, 2001 and  March 15, 2001,  respectively, and mature  on May 1,
     2006 and  September 15, 2005, respectively, and the 14 1/4% Preferred Stock
     requires payments  of dividends  to be  made in  cash commencing August  1,
     2001.  As  of December  31, 1996,  the Company  had  $6.5 million  of other
     indebtedness that matures prior to December 31, 2001.  The Company may also
     have additional payment obligations prior to such time, the amount of which
     cannot presently be determined. The net proceeds from the Private Offering,
     cash on hand  and amounts expected to be available through vendor financing
     arrangements  will provide  sufficient funds  necessary for the  Company to
     expand its Telecom Services  business as currently planned and to  fund its
     operating deficits  for approximately  19 months. Accordingly,  the Company
     may  have  to refinance  a substantial  amount  of indebtedness  and obtain
     substantial  additional funds prior to March 2001. The Company's ability to
     obtain  additional sources of cash will depend  on, among other things, its
     financial  condition  at the  time,  the  restrictions in  the  instruments
     governing its indebtedness and  other factors, including market conditions,
     beyond the  control of the Company. Additional  sources of cash may include
     public  and private equity and  debt financings by  ICG, Holdings and their
     subsidiaries, sales  of non-strategic assets, capitalized  leases and other
     financing arrangements. There can be no  assurance that the Company will be
     able to refinance such indebtedness, including such capitalized  leases, or
     obtain such additional funds, and  if the Company is unable to  effect such
     refinancings  or obtain  additional funds,  the Company's  ability  to make
     principal and  interest payments on  its indebtedness, including  the Notes
     (and  if issued,  the  Exchange  Debentures),  or  make  payments  of  cash
     dividends  on, or the mandatory  redemption price of,  the Preferred Stock,
     would be adversely affected. 

     RISKS RELATED TO RAPID EXPANSION OF BUSINESS

          The  continued  rapid  expansion  and  development  of  the  Company's
     business  will  depend on,  among other  things,  the Company's  ability to
     successfully implement its sales  and marketing strategy, evaluate markets,
     lease fiber from utilities, design fiber backbone routes, secure financing,
     install facilities, acquire rights  of way and building access,  obtain any
     required  government  authorizations,  implement  interconnection  to,  and
     collocation with, facilities owned by ILECs and obtain appropriately priced
     unbundled network  elements  from the  ILECs, all  in a  timely manner,  at
     reasonable costs  and on satisfactory  terms and  conditions. In  addition,
     such  expansion may involve acquisitions  which, if made,  could divert the
     resources and management time  of the Company and require  integration with
     the  Company's  existing  networks  and service  offerings.  The  Company's
     ability  to effectively  manage  its rapid  expansion  will require  it  to
     continue to  implement and improve its operating,  financial and accounting
     systems and to expand, train and manage its employee base. The inability to
     effectively  manage its  planned expansion  could have  a material  adverse
     effect on the Company's  business, growth, financial condition  and results
     of operations. 

                                       -21-
     <PAGE>

     COMPETITION

          The  Company  operates  in  an  increasingly  competitive  environment
     dominated  by  ILECs such  as the  RBOCs and  GTE Corporation  ("GTE"). The
     Company's current competitors include  RBOCs, GTE, independent ILECs, other
     CLECs,  network  systems  integration  service   providers,  microwave  and
     satellite     service     providers,    teleport     operators,    wireless
     telecommunications providers and private networks built by large end users.
     Potential competitors include cable  television companies, utilities, local
     telephone companies outside their current local service areas and the local
     access   operations   of   long   distance   carriers.   Consolidation   of
     telecommunications  companies, including pending mergers between certain of
     the   RBOCs,  and   the  formation  of   strategic  alliances   within  the
     telecommunications   industry,  as   well   as  the   development  of   new
     technologies,  could give rise to increased competition. One of the primary
     purposes  of   the  Telecommunications  Act  is   to  promote  competition,
     particularly  in  the  local  telephone  market.  Since  enactment  of  the
     Telecommunications Act, several telecommunications companies have indicated
     their intention  to  aggressively  expand their  ability  to  address  many
     segments of  the telecommunications  industry, including segments  in which
     the Company  participates  and expects  to participate.  For example,  AT&T
     Corp.  and MCI  Communications  Corp. are  entering  the local  markets  as
     competitors of the Company.  This may result in more  participants than can
     ultimately be successful in a given market. 

          As a recent  entrant in  the telecom services  industry, the  Company,
     like other  CLECs, has not  achieved a significant market  share. The ILECs
     have long-standing  relationships with their customers,  have the potential
     to subsidize  services with revenue from  a variety of  businesses and have
     benefitted from certain state and federal regulations that, until recently,
     favored   the   incumbent   operator   over   potential   competitors.  The
     Telecommunications Act, other recent state legislative actions, and current
     federal   and  state  regulatory  initiatives  provide  increased  business
     opportunities  for  the  Company  by  removing  or  substantially  reducing
     barriers  to local  exchange  competition. However,  these new  competitive
     opportunities   are  expected   to  be   accompanied  by   new  competitive
     opportunities for the ILECs, as the Telecommunications Act removes previous
     restrictions on  the provision of  long distance services by  the RBOCs and
     GTE. It is also  expected that increased  local competition will result  in
     increased pricing  flexibility for, and relaxation  of regulatory oversight
     of, the ILECs. If the ILECs are permitted to engage in increased volume and
     discount   pricing   practices  or   charge   CLECs   increased  fees   for
     interconnection   to  their  networks,  or  if  the  ILECs  seek  to  delay
     implementation of interconnection to  their networks, the Company's results
     of operations  and  financial condition  could  be adversely  affected.  In
     addition,  the Company  has experienced  declining access  unit  prices and
     increasing price competition which have been more than offset by increasing
     network usage.  The  Company expects  to continue  to experience  declining
     access unit prices for  the foreseeable future.  There can be no  assurance
     that the Company will be able  to achieve or maintain adequate market share
     or revenue,  or compete effectively in  any of its markets.  Certain of the
     Company's interconnection  agreements do not contain  "most favored nation"
     pricing  clauses.  The Company  believes it  is  entitled to  "most favored
     nation"  pricing  provisions under  federal law,  but  this issue  is being
     litigated.  If this litigation is  finally judicially resolved adversely to
     the Company's position, the Company will  be subject to the risk that other
     CLECs may obtain more favorable pricing  terms from ILECs. In addition, the
     success of the Company's strategy of leasing or licensing fiber optic cable
     from  utilities depends  upon  the ability  to  connect  end users  to  the
     Company's   network.   Such   connections   require   significant   capital
     expenditures, time and effort and, in some cases, end users targeted by the
     Company may already  be connected  to another competitor.  There can be  no
     assurance  regarding the number  of end users  the Company will  be able to
     connect to its network.

     REGULATION

          The  Company operates  in an  industry that is  undergoing substantial
     regulatory change as a result of the passage of the Telecommunications Act.
     As a non-dominant carrier, the Company must file tariffs for its interstate
     services and its rate must be reasonable. Pursuant to authority granted  in
     the Telecommunications Act, however, the FCC has indicated its intention to
     lessen   certain  regulatory  requirements  for  providers  of  competitive
     services. In  addition, the  FCC may  have the authority,  which it  is not
     presently  exercising,  to  impose  restrictions on  foreign  ownership  of

                                       -22-
     <PAGE>

     communications  services  providers  not  utilizing  radio facilities.  The
     Company  must obtain  and  maintain  certain  FCC  authorizations  for  its
     satellite and  wireless services.  The Company currently  provides maritime
     communication services pursuant to  an experimental license and a  grant of
     Special Temporary Authority ("STA"). The Company's experimental license has
     been renewed  by the FCC on several occasions. In January 1997, the Company
     submitted   an  application  for  the   modification  and  renewal  of  the
     experimental  license, which  was due  to expire  on  February 1,  1997. On
     January 30, 1997,  the Company  was granted the  STA. Although the  Company
     expects that  the FCC  will  issue a  permanent license,  there  can be  no
     assurance  the  Company  will be  granted  a  permanent  license, that  the
     experimental license currently being used to provide maritime services will
     be renewed for a further  term or that any license granted by  the FCC will
     not require substantial payments from the Company. 

          State regulatory  agencies regulate  the Company's provision  of local
     dial tone and  other intrastate  common carrier services.  In general,  the
     Company  is required to obtain certification from the relevant state public
     utilities commission prior to  the initiation of intrastate service  and is
     also  required to file tariffs listing the  rates, terms, and conditions of
     intrastate services  provided. In  addition, local authorities  control the
     Company's access to municipal rights of way. Any failure to maintain proper
     federal  and state tariffing or state  certification, or noncompliance with
     federal,  state or local laws or regulations, could have a material adverse
     effect on the Company.

          The  Telecommunications  Act  generally   requires  ILECs  to  provide
     interconnection  and  nondiscriminatory access  to  ILEC  networks on  more
     favorable terms than were  previously available. The Telecommunications Act
     imposes  a  variety  of  new  duties  on  the  ILECs  in  order to  promote
     competition  in  the  markets  for  local  exchange  and  access  services,
     including the duty to  negotiate in good faith with  competitors requesting
     interconnection  to the ILEC network.  However, negotiations with each ILEC
     have sometimes  involved considerable  delays and the  resulting negotiated
     agreements may not necessarily be obtained on terms and conditions that are
     acceptable to the Company. In such instances,  the Company may petition the
     proper state regulatory agency  to arbitrate disputed issues. In  addition,
     following state review  either party in the negotiations  can appeal to the
     FCC or federal  court. There can be no  assurance that the Company  will be
     able  to negotiate acceptable new interconnection  agreements with ILECs or
     that if state  regulatory authorities  impose terms and  conditions on  the
     parties  in arbitration, such  terms will be acceptable  to the Company. On
     August 8,  1996, the FCC adopted rules  and policies implementing the local
     competition  provisions  of the  Telecommunications  Act,  which rules,  in
     general,  are favorable to new  competitive entrants. The  FCC's rules have
     been  challenged in  the federal  courts of  appeals by  GTE, RBOCs,  large
     independent ILECs  and state regulatory  commissions. On October  15, 1996,
     the U.S.  Court of  Appeals for  the Eighth  Circuit issued  a stay of  the
     implementation of  certain of the  FCC's rules, to  be in effect  until the
     Court issues  a decision on the  merits of the FCC's rules.  The Court 
     stayed implementation of the  pricing provisions of  the FCC's  rules, and
     of the "most favored nation" rules, which enable new entrants to "pick and 
     choose" elements of established interconnection  agreements. The  Court's 
     stay does  not affect the implementation of the FCC's other interconnection
     rules, and  does not affect the statutory requirements  of the Tele-
     communications Act, including the  statutory requirements that ILECs 
     conduct  negotiations and enter into interconnection agreements with 
     competitive carriers.  Although the Company believes that  the  Tele-
     communications  Act and  other  state  and  federal regulatory initiatives
     that favor increased competition are advantageous to the Company,  there
     can be no  assurance that changes in  current or future state  or federal
     regulations, including changes that may result from Court review  of  the
     FCC's  interconnection  rules,  or  increased  competitive opportunities 
     resulting from such changes, will not have a material adverse effect on 
     the Company.

     DEPENDENCE ON KEY CUSTOMERS

          The Company's  five largest customers accounted  for approximately 28%
     of the  Company's consolidated revenue in fiscal 1996 and 30% for the three
     months ended December 31, 1996. The loss of, or decrease  of business from,
     one or more of these customers could have a material adverse effect on  the
     business, financial  condition and  results of  operations of  the Company.
     While the Company actively markets its products and  services, there can be
     no assurance  that the  Company will  be able to  attract new  customers or
     retain its existing customers. 

                                       -23-
     <PAGE>

     RISKS OF ENTRY INTO LONG DISTANCE BUSINESS

          In  order  to  offer its  end  user customers  a  complete  package of
     telecommunications  services, the  Company expects  to begin  offering long
     distance  services in  the first  half of  1997. Although  the  Company has
     extensive experience  in  the  telecommunications  business,  including  an
     executive  team   with  sales,  marketing  and   long  distance  management
     expertise, the  Company has  no direct experience  providing long  distance
     services. The long  distance business is  extremely competitive and  prices
     have declined substantially in recent years and are expected to continue to
     decline.  As a  new  entrant in  the long  distance  business, the  Company
     expects  to generate low or negative gross margins and substantial start-up
     expenses  as it rolls out its  long distance service offerings. The Company
     does not expect long  distance services to  generate a material portion  of
     its revenues over the near term. 

          Long distance telecommunications services will involve the origination
     of  traffic from  end  user customers,  either  directly connected  to  the
     Company's  network or  through  facilities leased  from  the ILEC,  to  the
     Company's  telecommunications  switches. The  Company  will  rely on  other
     carriers to provide transmission and termination services for a majority of
     its long distance traffic and will therefore be dependent on such carriers.
     The Company is expected to enter into  resale agreements with long distance
     carriers  to  provide it  with  long distance  transmission  services. Such
     agreements typically provide for the resale of long distance services on  a
     per  minute basis (some with minimum volume commitments). Where the Company
     anticipates higher volumes of traffic, it may lease point-to-point circuits
     on a  monthly or  longer term  fixed cost basis.  The negotiation  of these
     agreements involves estimates of future supply and demand for long distance
     telecommunications  transmission  capacity  as  well as  estimates  of  the
     calling  pattern and traffic levels  of the Company's  future long distance
     customers.  Should the Company fail to meet its minimum volume commitments,
     if any, pursuant  to these resale  agreements, it may  be obligated to  pay
     underutilization charges. Likewise, the  Company may underestimate its need
     for  long distance  facilities  and therefore  be  required to  obtain  the
     necessary transmission capacity  through more expensive means. There can be
     no  assurance that  the  Company will  acquire  long distance  capacity  on
     favorable  terms or that the  Company can accurately  predict long distance
     prices and  volumes so  that it  can generate  positive gross  margins. The
     success  of the Company's  entry into  the long  distance business  will be
     dependent upon, among  other things,  the Company's ability  to select  new
     equipment  and software  and integrate  these into  its networks,  hire and
     train qualified personnel, enhance its billing, back-office and information
     systems to  accommodate  long  distance  services  and  the  acceptance  of
     potential customers of  the Company's long  distance service offerings.  If
     the Company's long distance transmission business fail to generate positive
     gross  margins or if  the Company fails  in any of  the foregoing respects,
     such failure  may have a material adverse effect on the Company's business.
     In  addition, a  majority  of the  Company's  Telecom Services  revenue  is
     derived from long distance carrier customers. The Company is subject to the
     risk that its entry into  the long distance business will adversely  affect
     its relationship with its long distance carrier customers. 

     RISKS OF ENTRY INTO DATA TRANSMISSION BUSINESS

          To complement  its telecommunications services offerings, the Company
     recently began offering  data transmission services in California and 
     Colorado and expects to  begin offering  data transmission services in 
     its Ohio markets in the first half of 1997. These services,  which include
     frame relay and  ATM, are targeted at the Company's existing and potential
     customers with substantial data  communications  requirements.  Although
     the  Company has extensive experience in the telecommunications business,
     including an executive team with significant  telecommunications expertise,
     the Company has  no direct experience  providing data  transmission  
     services. The  data  transmission  business is extremely competitive and 
     prices have declined substantially in recent years and are expected  to 
     continue to decline. As a new  entrant in the data transmission business,
     the  Company expects  to generate  low or  negative  gross margins and 
     substantial  start-up expenses as  it rolls out its data transmission 
     service  offerings. The Company does not  expect data transmission services
     to generate  a material portion of its  revenues over the near term. In 
     providing  these services, the Company will be  dependent  upon vendors
     for assistance in the planning  and deployment of its initial  data  
     product offerings,  as  well as  ongoing  training and  support.  The
     success of the Company's entry into the data transmission business will be 
     dependent upon, among other things, the Company's ability to select new

                                       -24-
     <PAGE>

     equipment  and software  and integrate  these into  its networks,  hire and
     train qualified personnel, enhance its billing, back-office and information
     systems to  accommodate data transmission services  and customer acceptance
     of the  Company's service  offerings. No  assurance can be  given that  the
     Company will be successful with respect to these matters. If the Company is
     not  successful with  respect to  these matters,  there may  be a  material
     adverse effect on the Company's business. 

     DEPENDENCE ON BILLING, CUSTOMER SERVICE AND INFORMATION SYSTEMS

          Sophisticated  information and  processing  systems are  vital to  the
     Company's  growth  and  its  ability  to  monitor  costs,  bill  customers,
     provision customer  orders and achieve operating  efficiencies. Billing and
     information systems  for the  Company's historical  lines of business  have
     been  produced  largely  in-house  with  partial  reliance  on  third-party
     vendors.  These systems have generally met the  Company's needs due in part
     to the  Company's low volume of  bills. As the Company  commences providing
     dial  tone and long distance  services, the need  for sophisticated billing
     and information systems will  increase significantly. The Company's current
     dial  tone platform billing plans rely on delivery of products and services
     by third  party vendors. Additionally,  the Company is  developing customer
     service centers to provision  orders. Information systems are vital  to the
     success of these centers, and the information systems for these centers are
     largely being developed by third party vendors. The inability  of (i) these
     vendors to deliver proposed products and services in a timely and effective
     manner, (ii)  the Company to adequately identify all of its information and
     processing needs, or  (iii) the  Company to upgrade  systems as  necessary,
     could have a material adverse impact on the ability of the Company to reach
     its objectives, on its financial condition and results of operations and on
     its ability to  pay interest and principal on the  Notes and cash dividends
     on, and the mandatory redemption price of, the Preferred Stock. 

     RISKS RELATED TO JOINT VENTURES AND STRATEGIC ALLIANCES

          The  Company  has  formed a  joint  venture with  CSW  and  has formed
     strategic alliances with utility companies to lease fiber optic facilities.
     The  Company expects to continue  to enter into  strategic alliances, joint
     ventures and other similar arrangements in the future. The other parties to
     such  existing arrangements, and to  arrangements in which  the Company may
     subsequently  participate, may at any time have economic, business or legal
     interests  or goals  that  are inconsistent  with  those of  the  strategic
     alliance, joint venture  or similar arrangement or those of the Company. In
     addition,  a joint venture  partner may be  unable to meet  its economic or
     other obligations to the venture, which, depending  upon the nature of such
     obligations, could adversely affect the Company. 

     RAPID TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGE

          The telecommunications  industry is  subject to rapid  and significant
     changes  in  technology. The  effect  of  technological changes,  including
     changes   relating  to   emerging   wireline   and  wireless   transmission
     technologies, on the business of the Company cannot be predicted. 

     DEPENDENCE ON RIGHTS OF WAY AND OTHER THIRD PARTY AGREEMENTS

          The  Company  must obtain  easements,  rights of  way,  franchises and
     licenses  from  various private  parties,  including  actual and  potential
     competitors, and local governments in order to construct and maintain fiber
     optic networks.  There can  be no  assurance that  the Company will  obtain
     rights of way and franchise agreements to expand its networks or that these
     agreements will be on terms  acceptable to the Company, or that  current or
     potential competitors will not  obtain similar rights of way  and franchise
     agreements.  Because certain  of  these agreements  are  short-term or  are
     terminable  at  will, there  can  be  no assurance  that  the Company  will
     continue to have access to existing rights of way and  franchises after the
     expiration of  such  agreements.  An  important element  of  the  Company's
     strategy  is  to enter  into long-term  agreements  with utilities  to take
     advantage of their existing facilities and to license or lease their excess
     fiber capacity. The Company  has entered into contracts and  is negotiating
     letters of intent with  several utilities, however other CLECs  are seeking

                                       -25-
     <PAGE>

     to  enter into  similar  arrangements  and have  bid  and  are expected  to
     continue  to bid  against  the  Company  for  future  licenses  or  leases.
     Furthermore,  utilities are required by state or local regulators to retain
     the  right to  "reclaim" fiber licensed  or leased  to the  Company if such
     fiber is needed for the utility's  core business. There can be no assurance
     that the  Company will be able  to obtain additional licenses  or leases on
     satisfactory  terms  or  that such  arrangements  will  not  be subject  to
     reclamation.  If a franchise, license or lease agreement was terminated and
     the Company  was forced to remove  or abandon a significant  portion of its
     network,  such  termination could  have a  material  adverse effect  on the
     Company. 

     KEY PERSONNEL

          The  efforts of  a  small  number  of  key  management  and  operating
     personnel  will largely determine the Company's success. The success of the
     Company also  depends in part  upon its ability  to hire and  retain highly
     skilled  and  qualified  operating,  marketing,   financial  and  technical
     personnel.    The   competition    for   qualified    personnel   in    the
     telecommunications industry  is intense and,  accordingly, there can  be no
     assurance  that  the  Company will  be  able  to hire  or  retain necessary
     personnel. The loss  of certain  key personnel could  adversely affect  the
     Company. 

     ORIGINAL  ISSUE   DISCOUNT;  POSSIBLE  UNFAVORABLE  TAX   AND  OTHER  LEGAL
     CONSEQUENCES FOR HOLDERS OF NOTES,  PREFERRED STOCK AND EXCHANGE DEBENTURES
     AND THE COMPANY 

          The  Notes will  be  issued  at  a  substantial  discount  from  their
     principal amount at maturity. Although cash interest will not accrue on the
     Notes prior to  March 15, 2002, and there  will be no periodic  payments of
     cash interest  on the  Notes prior  to September  15, 2002, original  issue
     discount ("OID"),  which is  the difference between  the stated  redemption
     price  at maturity and the  issue price of the Notes,  will accrue from the
     issue  date of  the  Notes.  OID  will be  includible  as  interest  income
     periodically   (including  for  periods  to  March  15,  2002)  in  a  U.S.
     noteholder's gross income for  U.S. federal income tax purposes  in advance
     of receipt of the cash payments to which the income is attributable. 

          If a  bankruptcy case is  commenced by or  against Holdings  under the
     U.S. Bankruptcy Code after the issuance of the Notes, the claim of a holder
     of a Note with respect to the principal amount thereof may be limited to an
     amount equal  to the sum  of (i) the initial  offering price and  (ii) that
     portion of  the OID that is  not deemed to constitute  "unmatured interest"
     for purposes of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. Any OID that was not amortized as
     of any such bankruptcy filing would constitute "unmatured interest." 

          The  Company  does  not  presently have  any  current  or  accumulated
     earnings and profits as  determined under United States federal  income tax
     principles and it is  unlikely to have current or accumulated  earnings and
     profits in  the foreseeable future.  As a  result, until such  time as  the
     Company  does have  earnings and  profits, distributions  on  the Preferred
     Stock will be treated as a nontaxable return of capital and will be applied
     against  and reduce  the adjusted  tax basis  (but not  below zero)  on the
     Preferred Stock in the hands of each holder, thus increasing  the amount of
     any gain  (or reducing  the amount  of any loss)  which would  otherwise be
     realized  by such  holder  upon the  disposition  of the  Preferred  Stock.
     Consequently, distributions with  respect to the  Preferred Stock will  not
     qualify as dividends for federal income tax purposes and, as a result, will
     be treated as a return of capital. 

          Upon  a  redemption  of  Preferred  Stock  in  exchange  for  Exchange
     Debentures,  the  holder will  have  capital  gain  or loss  equal  to  the
     difference  between the issue price of the Exchange Debentures received and
     the holder's adjusted basis  in the Preferred Stock redeemed, except to the
     extent all or a portion of the Exchange Debentures received is treated as a
     dividend payment. Because of Holdings' option through March 15, 2002 to pay
     interest  on  the  Exchange   Debentures  by  issuing  additional  Exchange
     Debentures,  any  Exchange Debentures  issued prior  to  that date  will be
     treated  as  issued  with OID,  unless  under  special  rules for  interest
     holidays the amount of  OID is treated as de minimis. Holders would have to
     accrue  all  such OID  into income  over the  entire  term of  the Exchange
     Debentures,  but would  not treat  the  receipt of  stated interest  on the
     Exchange Debentures as interest for federal income tax purposes. 

                                       -26-
     <PAGE>   

          The  Exchange Debentures may be  subject to the  rules for "applicable
     high yield discount obligations," in which case the Company's deduction for
     OID  on the  Exchange  Debentures will  be  substantially deferred,  and  a
     portion of such deduction may be disallowed. 

          For a discussion of these and  other relevant tax issues, see "Certain
     United States Federal Income Tax Considerations." 

     ABSENCE OF PUBLIC MARKET

          The Notes and the Preferred Stock are, and the Exchange Debentures, if
     issued, will be, new issues  of securities for which there is  currently no
     active  trading market.  If  any such  securities  are traded  after  their
     initial issuance, they may trade at a discount from their  initial offering
     price,  depending upon prevailing  interest rates,  the market  for similar
     securities and other factors, including general economic conditions and the
     financial condition, performance of, and prospects for the Company. 

                                 THE EXCHANGE OFFERS

     PURPOSE AND EFFECT OF THE EXCHANGE OFFERS

          The Old Securities were sold by Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (the
     "Placement Agent") on March 11,  1997 to a limited number of  institutional
     investors  (the "Purchasers").  In  connection with  the  sale of  the  Old
     Securities, the Company and the Purchasers entered into registration rights
     agreements  dated March  11,  1997 (collectively  the "Registration  Rights
     Agreements"), which require the Company (i)  to cause the Old Securities to
     be registered under the Securities Act  or (ii) to file with the Commission
     a  registration  statement under  the Securities  Act  with respect  to New
     Securities identical in all material respects to the Old Securities and  to
     use  its  best  efforts to  cause  such  registration  statement to  become
     effective  under the Securities Act. The Company is further obligated, upon
     the effectiveness of that  registration statement, to offer the  holders of
     the  Old Securities the  opportunity to  exchange their  Old Notes  and Old
     Preferred Stock for a like principal amount of New Notes and a  like number
     of  shares of  New  Preferred Stock,  respectively,  which will  be  issued
     without a restrictive legend and may  be reoffered and resold by the holder
     without restrictions or limitations under the Securities Act. Copies of the
     Registration  Rights  Agreements   have  been  filed  as  exhibits  to  the
     Registration Statement of  which this  Prospectus is a  part. The  Exchange
     Offers are being  made pursuant  to the Registration  Rights Agreements  to
     satisfy  the  Company's  obligations  thereunder. The  term  "Holder"  with
     respect  to  the  Exchange Offers  means  any  person  in  whose  name  Old
     Securities are  registered on the Company's  books or any other  person who
     has obtained a properly completed assignment from the registered holder.

          In  order to  participate  in  the  Exchange  Offers,  a  Holder  must
     represent to the Company, among other  things, that (i) the New  Securities
     acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offers are being obtained in the ordinary
     course of business of the person receiving  such New Securities, whether or
     not  such person is the Holder, (ii) neither  the Holder nor any such other
     person is engaging in or  intends to engage in  a distribution of such  New
     Securities,  (iii) neither  the Holder  nor any  such  other person  has an
     arrangement  or  understanding  with  any  person  to  participate  in  the
     distribution  of such New  Securities, and (iv) neither  the Holder nor any
     such other person is an "affiliate," as defined under Rule  405 promulgated
     under the Securities Act, of the Company.  In  the event that any Holder of
     Old  Securities cannot make the requisite representations to the Company in
     order to participate in the Exchange Offers, such Holder may be entitled to
     have such  Holder's Old  Securities  registered in  a "shelf"  registration
     statement on an appropriate form pursuant to Rule 415  under the Securities
     Act.

          Based on a previous  interpretation by the staff of the Commission set
     forth  in  no-action  letters  issued to  third-parties,  including  "Exxon
     Capital  Holdings Corporation" (available May  13, 1988), "Morgan Stanley &
     Co.  Incorporated" (available  June 5,  1991), "Mary  Kay Cosmetics,  Inc."
     (available  June 5, 1991), "Warnaco, Inc." (available October 11, 1991) and

                                       -27-
     <PAGE>

     "K-III Communications Corp." (available May 14, 1993), the Company believes
     that  the New  Securities issued  pursuant to  the Exchange  Offers may  be
     offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred  by any Holder of such
     New  Securities (other than any such Holder  which is an "affiliate" of the
     Company within the meaning  of Rule 405  under the Securities Act)  without
     compliance  with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the
     Securities  Act,  provided that  such New  Securities  are acquired  in the
     ordinary   course  of  such  Holder's  business  and  such  Holder  has  no
     arrangement  or  understanding  with  any  person  to  participate  in  the
     distribution of such New Securities. Any Holder who tenders in the Exchange
     Offers  for the  purpose  of participating  in  a distribution  of  the New
     Securities  cannot  rely  on  such  interpretation  by  the  staff  of  the
     Commission and must  comply with the  registration and prospectus  delivery
     requirements  of the Securities Act  in connection with  a secondary resale
     transaction.  Under no  circumstances may  this Prospectus  be used  for an
     offer  to resell, resale or other retransfer  of the New Securities. In the
     event  that  the  Company's  belief  is  inaccurate,  Holders  of  the  New
     Securities who  transfer  New Securities  in  violation of  the  prospectus
     delivery provisions of  the Securities  Act and without  an exemption  from
     registration thereunder may incur  liability thereunder.  The Company  does
     not assume or indemnify Holders against such liability. The Exchange Offers
     are not being made to, nor will the Company accept  surrenders for exchange
     from, Holders of Old Securities in  any jurisdiction in which the  Exchange
     Offers  or the  acceptance  thereof would  not be  in  compliance with  the
     securities or blue sky  laws of such jurisdiction. Each  broker-dealer that
     receives New Securities for its own account in exchange for Old Securities,
     where such Old  Securities were acquired by such  broker-dealer as a result
     of market-making  activities or other trading  activities, must acknowledge
     that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New
     Securities.     The  Company  has  not  entered  into  any  arrangement  or
     understanding  with any  person  to distribute  the  New Securities  to  be
     received in the Exchange Offers. See "Plan of Distribution."

     TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFERS

          Upon  the  terms  and subject  to  the conditions  set  forth  in this
     Prospectus and in the Letters  of Transmittal, the Company will  accept any
     and all Old  Securities validly  tendered and not  withdrawn prior to  5:00
     p.m., New  York City time, on  the Expiration Date. The  Company will issue
     $1,000 principal amount of New Notes in exchange  for each $1,000 principal
     amount of outstanding Old  Notes surrendered pursuant to the  Note Exchange
     Offer.   However, Old Notes may  be tendered only in  integral multiples of
     $1,000.

          The form and terms of  the New Notes will be the same as  the form and
     terms of the Old Notes  except that the New Notes will be  registered under
     the Securities Act and hence will not bear legends restricting the transfer
     thereof. The New  Notes will evidence the same  debt as the Old  Notes. The
     New  Notes  will be  issued  under  and entitled  to  the  benefits of  the
     Indenture, which also  authorized the issuance of the Old  Notes, such that
     both  series will be treated as a single class of debt securities under the
     Indenture. The form and  terms of the New Preferred Stock  will be the same
     as the  form and  terms  of the  Old Preferred  Stock except  that the  New
     Preferred Stock will  be registered under the Securities Act and hence will
     not  bear legends restricting the transfer thereof. The New Preferred Stock
     will  evidence the  same  rights, privileges  and  obligations as  the  Old
     Preferred Stock. The New Preferred Stock will be issued  under and entitled
     to the benefits of the Amended Articles which also authorized the  issuance
     of the  Old Preferred Stock,  such that  both series will  be treated  as a
     single class of equity securities under the Amended Articles.

          As  of the date  of this Prospectus,  $176,000,000 aggregate principal
     amount at maturity  of the Old  Notes and 100,000  shares of Old  Preferred
     Stock  are outstanding.  This  Prospectus,  together  with  the  Letter  of
     Transmittal, is being sent to  all registered Holders of the Old  Notes and
     Old Preferred Stock.

          The  Company intends to conduct the Exchange Offers in accordance with
     the provisions  of the  Registration Rights  Agreements and the  applicable
     requirements of  the Exchange  Act, and  the rules and  regulations of  the
     Commission thereunder. Old Notes  that are not tendered for exchange in the
     Note Exchange  Offer will remain  outstanding and  will be entitled  to the
     rights  and benefits such Holders  have under the  Indenture. Old Preferred

                                       -28-
     <PAGE>

     Stock that is not tendered for exchange under the Preferred  Stock Exchange
     Offer will remain  outstanding and will  be entitled to  the rights as  set
     forth in the Amended Articles.

          The  Company shall  be deemed  to have  accepted validly  tendered Old
     Securities when,  as and if  the Company shall  have given oral  or written
     notice thereof to the Exchange Agent or the Transfer Agent, as the case may
     be.  The Exchange Agent will act as agent for the tendering Holders for the
     purposes of receiving the New Notes from the Company and the Transfer Agent
     will act as agent for  the tendering Holders for the purposes  of receiving
     the New Preferred Stock from the Company.

          If any tendered Old  Securities are not accepted for  exchange because
     of  an invalid  tender, the  occurrence of  certain other events  set forth
     herein or  otherwise, certificates for  any such unaccepted  Old Securities
     will  be  returned, without  expense, to  the  tendering Holder  thereof as
     promptly as practicable after the Expiration Date.

          Holders who tender  Old Securities in the Exchange Offers  will not be
     required   to  pay  brokerage  commissions  or  fees  or,  subject  to  the
     instructions in the Letter  of Transmittal, transfer taxes with  respect to
     the  exchange pursuant  to the  Exchange Offers. The  Company will  pay all
     charges and expenses, other than  certain applicable taxes described below,
     in connection with the Exchange Offers. See "-Fees and Expenses."

     EXPIRATION DATE; EXTENSIONS; AMENDMENTS

          The term "Expiration Date," shall  mean 5:00 p.m., New York  City time
     on  __________, 1997, unless the  Company, in its  sole discretion, extends
     the Exchange  Offers, in which case  the term "Expiration Date"  shall mean
     the latest date and time to which the Exchange Offers are extended.

          In  order to extend the  Exchange Offers, the  Company will notify the
     Exchange  Agent and the Transfer Agent of  any extension by oral or written
     notice and will  mail to  the registered Holders  an announcement  thereof,
     prior to 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on  the next business day after the
     then Expiration Date.

          The Company reserves the right,  in its sole discretion, (i)  to delay
     accepting any Old Securities, to extend the Exchange Offers or to terminate
     the  Exchange Offers  if any  of the  conditions set  forth below  under "-
     Conditions" shall not have been satisfied by giving  oral or written notice
     of such  delay, extension  or  termination to  the Exchange  Agent and  the
     Transfer Agent or  (ii) to amend  the terms of  the Exchange Offers  in any
     manner.  Any such delay in acceptances, extension, termination or amendment
     will  be followed  as promptly  as practicable  by oral  or written  notice
     thereof to the registered Holders. If either Exchange Offer is amended in a
     manner  determined  by the  Company to  constitute  a material  change, the
     Company  will promptly  disclose such  amendment by  means of  a prospectus
     supplement  that will  be distributed  to the  registered Holders,  and the
     Company will  extend  the Exchange  Offers  for a  period  of five  to  ten
     business days, depending  upon the  significance of the  amendment and  the
     manner  of disclosure  to the  registered Holders,  if the  Exchange Offers
     would otherwise expire during such five to ten business day period.

          Without limiting the manner in which  the Company may choose to make a
     public  announcement of any  delay, extension, amendment  or termination of
     the  Exchange  Offers, the  Company shall  have  no obligation  to publish,
     advertise,  or otherwise  communicate any  such public  announcement, other
     than by making a timely release to an appropriate news agency.

          Upon  satisfaction or  waiver of  all the  conditions to  the Exchange
     Offers,  the Company will accept,  promptly after the  Expiration Date, all
     Old Securities properly tendered and will issue the New Securities promptly
     after  acceptance of the Old Securities. See "-Conditions." For purposes of
     the  Exchange Offers, the Company shall be deemed to have accepted properly
     tendered Old Securities for exchange when, as and if the Company shall have
     given oral or written notice thereof  to the Exchange Agent or the Transfer
     Agent, as the case may be.

                                       -29-
     <PAGE>

          In all cases,  issuance of the New Securities  for Old Securities that
     are accepted for exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offers will be made only
     after timely  receipt by the Exchange  Agent or the Transfer  Agent, as the
     case  may  be,  of  a  properly  completed  and  duly  executed  Letter  of
     Transmittal  and all other required documents;  provided, however, that the
     Company  reserves the absolute right to waive any defects or irregularities
     in the tender  or conditions of  the Exchange Offers.  If any tendered  Old
     Securities  are not  accepted for  any reason  set forth  in the  terms and
     conditions of  the Exchange Offers or if Old Securities are submitted for a
     greater principal amount, or a greater number of shares, respectively, than
     the Holder desires to  exchange, then such unaccepted or  non-exchanged Old
     Securities  evidencing  the unaccepted  portion,  as  appropriate, will  be
     returned without expense  to the  tendering Holder thereof  as promptly  as
     practicable after the expiration or termination of the Exchange Offers.

     CONDITIONS

          Notwithstanding  any other term  of the  Exchange Offers,  the Company
     will not be required to exchange any New Securities for  any Old Securities
     and may  terminate the  Exchange Offers  before the  acceptance of  any Old
     Securities for exchange, if:

               (a)  any action or proceeding is instituted or threatened in  any
     court or  by or before any governmental agency with respect to the Exchange
     Offers which, in the Company's reasonable judgment, might materially impair
     the ability of the Company to proceed with the Exchange Offers; or

               (b)  any law, statute, rule or regulation is proposed, adopted or
     enacted, or any existing law, statute, rule or regulation is interpreted by
     the staff of the  Commission, which, in the Company's  reasonable judgment,
     might materially  impair the  ability of  the Company  to proceed  with the
     Exchange Offers; or

               (c)  any governmental approval or approval by Holders of the  Old
     Securities has  not been obtained, which approval the Company shall, in its
     reasonable  judgment, deem necessary  for the consummation  of the Exchange
     Offers as contemplated hereby.

          If the Company  determines in its  sole discretion that  any of  these
     conditions are not satisfied, the Company may (i) refuse to  accept any Old
     Securities and return all tendered Old Securities to the tendering Holders,
     (ii)  extend the  Exchange Offers  and retain  all Old  Securities tendered
     prior to the  expiration of the Exchange  Offers, subject, however, to  the
     rights  of Holders  who  tendered such  Old  Securities to  withdraw  their
     tendered  Old Securities or  (iii) waive  such unsatisfied  conditions with
     respect  to  the  Exchange Offers  and  accept  all  properly tendered  Old
     Securities  which have  not been  withdrawn. If  such waiver  constitutes a
     material  change to the Exchange Offers, the Company will promptly disclose
     such waiver by means of a prospectus supplement that will be distributed to
     the registered Holders, and the Company will extend the Exchange Offers for
     a period of five to  ten business days, depending upon the  significance of
     the  waiver and the manner of disclosure  to the registered Holders, if the
     Exchange Offers would otherwise expire during such five to ten business day
     period.

     PROCEDURES FOR TENDERING

          To tender in  the Exchange  Offers, a Holder  must complete, sign  and
     date the Letter of  Transmittal, or facsimile thereof, have  the signatures
     thereon  guaranteed if required  by the Letter of  Transmittal, and mail or
     otherwise  deliver  such Letter  of Transmittal  or  such facsimile  to the
     Exchange  Agent, with  respect to  the Notes, or  the Transfer  Agent, with
     respect to the Preferred Stock prior  to the Expiration Date.  In addition,
     either (i)  certificates for such  Old Securities  must be received  by the
     Exchange Agent or Transfer Agent, as the case may be, along with the Letter
     of Transmittal, or  (ii) a  timely confirmation of  book-entry transfer  (a
     "Book-Entry Confirmation")  of such  Old Securities,  if such  procedure is
     available, into the  Exchange Agent's  or Transfer Agent's  account at  the
     Depository Trust  Company (the "Book-Entry Transfer  Facility") pursuant to
     the procedure for book-entry  transfer described below must be  received by
     the  Exchange Agent or  Transfer Agent,  as the case  may be,  prior to the

                                       -30-
     <PAGE>

     Expiration  Date, or  (iii)  the Holder  must  comply with  the  guaranteed
     delivery procedures  described  below.   To  be tendered  effectively,  the
     Letter of Transmittal  and other required documents must be received by the
     Exchange Agent or Transfer  Agent, as the case  may be, at the  address set
     forth below under "-Exchange Agent; Transfer Agent" prior to the Expiration
     Date.

          The tender  by a Holder which is not withdrawn prior to the Expiration
     Date will constitute an  agreement between such Holder  and the Company  in
     accordance with  the terms and subject  to the conditions set  forth herein
     and in the Letter of Transmittal.

          THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF OLD SECURITIES AND THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
     AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS TO  THE EXCHANGE AGENT OR TRANSFER  AGENT,
     AS THE CASE MAY BE,  IS AT THE ELECTION AND RISK OF THE  HOLDER. INSTEAD OF
     DELIVERY BY MAIL,  IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT HOLDERS USE  AN OVERNIGHT OR HAND
     DELIVERY SERVICE. IN ALL CASES, SUFFICIENT TIME SHOULD BE ALLOWED TO ASSURE
     DELIVERY  TO THE  EXCHANGE AGENT  OR TRANSFER  AGENT, AS  THE CASE  MAY BE,
     BEFORE  THE EXPIRATION  DATE. NO  LETTER OF  TRANSMITTAL OR  OLD SECURITIES
     SHOULD  BE  SENT  TO THE  COMPANY.  HOLDERS  MAY  REQUEST THEIR  RESPECTIVE
     BROKERS, DEALERS,  COMMERCIAL BANKS, TRUST COMPANIES OR  NOMINEES TO EFFECT
     THE ABOVE TRANSACTIONS FOR SUCH HOLDERS.

          Any beneficial owner whose  Old Securities are registered in  the name
     of a broker,  dealer, commercial bank, trust  company or other  nominee and
     who  wishes to  tender should  contact the  registered Holder  promptly and
     instruct such  registered  Holder  to tender  on  such  beneficial  owner's
     behalf.  If such  beneficial  owner wishes  to tender  on such  owner's own
     behalf, such owner must,  prior to completing  and executing the Letter  of
     Transmittal  and  delivering  such  owner's  Old  Securities,  either  make
     appropriate  arrangements to  register ownership  of the Old  Securities in
     such  owner's name  or  obtain a  properly  completed assignment  from  the
     registered  Holder.   The  transfer   of  registered  ownership   may  take
     considerable time.

          Signatures on a  Letter of Transmittal or  a notice of  withdrawal, as
     the case may be, must be  guaranteed by an Eligible Institution (as defined
     below)  unless the Old Securities tendered pursuant thereto is tendered (i)
     by a  registered Holder  who has not  completed the  box entitled  "Special
     Payment Instructions" or "Special  Delivery Instructions" on the Letter  of
     Transmittal or (ii) for  the account of an Eligible Institution (as defined
     below).   In the  event that  signatures on  a Letter  of Transmittal  or a
     notice of  withdrawal, as the case  may be, are required  to be guaranteed,
     such guarantor must  be a member  firm of a registered  national securities
     exchange  or of  the National  Association of  Securities Dealers,  Inc., a
     commercial bank or trust company having  an office or correspondent in  the
     United  States or an "eligible guarantor institution" within the meaning of
     Rule 17Ad-15 under the Exchange Act (an "Eligible Institution").

          If the  Letter of Transmittal  is signed  by a person  other than  the
     registered Holder of any Old Securities listed therein, such Old Securities
     must  be endorsed  or accompanied  by a  properly completed  bond  or stock
     power, as  the  case may  be,  signed by  such  registered Holder  as  such
     registered Holder's name appears on such Old Securities.

          If the  Letter of Transmittal or  any Old Securities or  bond or stock
     powers  are  signed  by  trustees,  executors,  administrators,  guardians,
     attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary
     or representative capacity,  such persons should so  indicate when signing,
     and  unless waived by the Company,  evidence satisfactory to the Company of
     their authority to so act must be submitted with the Letter of Transmittal.

          All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of
     receipt), acceptance of tendered Old  Securities and withdrawal of tendered
     Old  Securities will be  determined by the Company  in its sole discretion,
     which determination will  be final  and binding. The  Company reserves  the
     absolute right to reject  any and all Old Securities  not properly tendered
     or any  Old Securities  the Company's  acceptance of  which  would, in  the
     opinion of counsel for the Company,  be unlawful. The Company also reserves
     the right to waive  any defects, irregularities or conditions of  tender as

                                       -31-
     <PAGE>

     to particular Old Securities. The Company's interpretation of the terms and
     conditions of the Exchange Offers (including the instructions in the Letter
     of Transmittal) will  be final and binding on all  parties.  Unless waived,
     any  defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of Old Securities
     must be cured within such time as the Company shall determine. Although the
     Company intends to notify Holders of defects or irregularities with respect
     to tenders  of Old Securities, none of the Company, the Exchange Agent, the
     Transfer Agent, or any  other person shall incur any  liability for failure
     to give such notification.  Tenders of Old Securities will not be deemed to
     have been  made until  such defects  or irregularities  have been  cured or
     waived.  Any Old Securities received by the Exchange Agent  or the Transfer
     Agent, as the case may be, that  are not properly tendered and as to  which
     the  defects  or  irregularities have  not  been cured  or  waived  will be
     returned by the Exchange Agent, or the Transfer  Agent, as the case may be,
     to  the tendering  Holders,  unless otherwise  provided  in the  Letter  of
     Transmittal, as soon as practicable following the Expiration Date.

          In addition, the Company reserves the right in its sole  discretion to
     purchase  or make  offers for  any Old  Securities that  remain outstanding
     subsequent  to  the Expiration  Date  or,  as  set  forth  above  under  "-
     Conditions,"  to terminate the Exchange Offers and, to the extent permitted
     by applicable law, purchase Old Securities in the open market, in privately
     negotiated  transactions or otherwise. The  terms of any  such purchases or
     offers could differ from the terms of the Exchange Offers.

          By  tendering, each Holder will  represent to the  Company that, among
     other  things, (i)  the New  Securities acquired  pursuant to  the Exchange
     Offers are  being obtained in the ordinary course of business of the Person
     receiving  such New Securities, whether  or not such  person is the Holder,
     (ii) neither the Holder nor any such other person is engaging in or intends
     to engage in a distribution of such New Securities (iii) neither the Holder
     nor any such  other person  has an  arrangement or  understanding with  any
     Person to participate in the distribution of such New  Securities, and (iv)
     neither the  Holder nor any such other Person is an "affiliate," as defined
     in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, of the Company.

          In  all  cases,  issuance of  New  Securities  that  are accepted  for
     exchange  pursuant to the  Exchange Offers will  be made  only after timely
     receipt by the  Exchange Agent or  Transfer Agent of certificates  for such
     Old Securities or a  timely Book-Entry Confirmation of such  Old Securities
     into the Exchange  Agent's or  Transfer Agent's account  at the  Book-Entry
     Transfer  Facility, a  properly  completed  and  duly  executed  Letter  of
     Transmittal  and  all  other  required   documents.  If  any  tendered  Old
     Securities  are not  accepted for  any reason  set forth  in the  terms and
     conditions of the Exchange Offers or  if Old Securities are submitted for a
     greater principal amount or greater  number of shares, as the case  may be,
     than the Holder desires  to exchange, such unaccepted or  non-exchanged Old
     Securities will be returned without expense to the tendering Holder thereof
     (or, in the case of Old Securities tendered by book-entry transfer into the
     Exchange  Agent's or  Transfer Agent's account  at the  Book-Entry Transfer
     Facility pursuant  to the  book-entry transfer procedures  described below,
     such non-exchanged Old Securities will be credited to an account maintained
     with such Book-Entry  Transfer Facility) as  promptly as practicable  after
     the expiration or termination of the Exchange Offers.

     BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER

          Each  of the Exchange  Agent and the  Transfer Agent each  will make a
     request to establish an account  with respect to the Old Notes and  the Old
     Preferred  Stock, respectively,  at  the Book-Entry  Transfer Facility  for
     purposes of  the Exchange Offers within two business days after the date of
     this Prospectus, and any financial institution that is a participant in the
     Book-Entry Transfer Facility's systems may make book-entry delivery  of Old
     Securities by causing the Book-Entry Transfer to transfer such Old Notes or
     Old  Preferred  Stock into  the Exchange  Agent's  or the  Transfer Agent's
     account, respectively,  at the  Book-Entry Transfer Facility  in accordance
     with such Book-Entry Transfer  Facility's procedures for transfer. However,
     although delivery  of Old  Securities  may be  effected through  book-entry
     transfer  at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility, the Letter of Transmittal or
     facsimile thereof,  with any  required signature  guarantees and  any other
     required  documents, must, in  any case, be transmitted  to and received by
     the Exchange  Agent or  the Transfer  Agent, as  the  case may  be, at  the
     address  set forth below under "-Exchange Agent; Transfer Agent" "-Transfer

                                       -32-
     <PAGE>

     Agent"  on or  prior to  the  Expiration Date  or  the guaranteed  delivery
     procedures described below must be complied with.

     GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES

          Holders who  wish to  tender their  Old Securities  and (i) whose  Old
     Securities are not immediately  available or (ii) who cannot  deliver their
     Old Securities, the Letter  of Transmittal or any other  required documents
     to the Exchange Agent  or the Transfer  Agent, as the case  may be, or  the
     Transfer Agent, as the case may be prior to the Expiration Date, may effect
     a tender if:

               (a)  The tender is made through an Eligible Institution;

               (b)   Prior to  the Expiration Date,  the Exchange  Agent or  the
     Transfer Agent,  as the case may be or the  Transfer Agent, as the case may
     be, receives from such  Eligible Institution a properly completed  and duly
     executed  Notice of Guaranteed Delivery (by facsimile transmission, mail or
     hand delivery)  setting  forth the  name  and address  of the  Holder,  the
     certificate  number(s) of  such Old Notes  or Old  Preferred Stock  and the
     principal amount  of Old Notes or  number of shares of  Old Preferred Stock
     tendered stating that  the tender  is being made  thereby and  guaranteeing
     that, within five New York Stock Exchange trading days after the Expiration
     Date,  the Letter of Transmittal  (or facsimile thereof)  together with the
     certificate(s)  representing the Old Notes  or Old Preferred  Stock and any
     other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal will be deposited  by
     the Eligible  Institution with the Exchange Agent or the Transfer Agent, as
     the case may be; and 

               (c)  Such properly completed  and executed Letter of  Transmittal
     (or facsimile  thereof), as  well  as the  certificate(s) representing  all
     tendered Old Notes  or Old Preferred Stock in proper  form for transfer and
     other documents required by the Letter  of Transmittal are received by  the
     Exchange Agent or Transfer Agent, as the case may be, within  five New York
     Stock Exchange trading days after the Expiration Date.

          Upon request to the Exchange Agent or the Transfer Agent,  as the case
     may be, a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery will be sent to Holders who wish to
     tender  their Old Notes or Old Preferred  Stock according to the guaranteed
     delivery procedures set forth above.

     WITHDRAWAL OF TENDERS

          Except  as otherwise provided herein, tenders of Old Securities may be
     withdrawn  at  any time  prior to  5:00 p.m., New  York  City time,  on the
     Expiration Date.

          To  withdraw a  tender of  Old  Securities in  the Exchange  Offers, a
     written  or facsimile transmission notice of withdrawal must be received by
     the Exchange  Agent or  the Transfer  Agent,  as the  case may  be, or  the
     Transfer  Agent, as the  case may be,  at its respective  address set forth
     herein prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on  the Expiration Date. Any
     such notice  of withdrawal must (i)  specify the name of  the person having
     deposited  the  Old Securities  to  be  withdrawn  (the "Depositor"),  (ii)
     identify  the Old  Securities to  be withdrawn  (including  the certificate
     number or),  (iii)  be signed  by  the Holder  in the  same  manner as  the
     original  signature  on  the  Letter  of  Transmittal  by  which  such  Old
     Securities were  tendered (including any required  signature guarantees) or
     be accompanied by documents of transfer sufficient to have the Trustee with
     respect to the  Old Notes, or  the Transfer Agent  with respect to  the Old
     Preferred Stock, register  the transfer of such Old Securities  in the name
     of the person withdrawing the tender and (iv) specify the name in which any
     such  Old Securities are  to be registered,  if different from  that of the
     Depositor.  All  questions   as  to  the  validity,  form  and  eligibility
     (including time  of receipt)  of such  notices will  be  determined by  the
     Company, whose determination shall be final and binding on all parties. Any
     Old  Securities  so withdrawn  will  be  deemed not  to  have  been validly
     tendered for purposes of the Exchange  Offers and no New Securities will be
     issued  with respect  thereto unless  the Old  Securities so  withdrawn are
     validly retendered. Any Old Securities which have been tendered but which 
     are not accepted for payment will be returned to the Holder thereof without

                                       -33-
     <PAGE>
 
     cost to such  Holder as soon as practicable after  withdrawal, rejection of
     tender or  termination  of  the Exchange  Offers.  Properly  withdrawn  Old
     Securities may be retendered  by following one of the  procedures described
     above under "-Procedures for Tendering" at any time prior to the Expiration
     Date.

     EXCHANGE AGENT; TRANSFER AGENT

          Norwest  Banks  has  been appointed  as  Exchange  Agent  of the  Note
     Exchange  Offer.  Questions  and  requests  for  assistance,  requests  for
     additional copies of this  Prospectus or of the  Letter of Transmittal  and
     requests for Notice of Guaranteed Delivery  with respect to the exchange of
     the Old  Notes  should be  directed  to  the Exchange  Agent  addressed  as
     follows:

      By Registered Mail or Certified     By Overnight Courier:
      Mail:

      Norwest Banks                       Norwest Banks
      Corporate Trust Section             Corporate Trust Section
      P.O. Box 1517                       NorthStar East Building
      Minneapolis, MN  55480-1517         Sixth and Marquette
                                          Avenues
                                          Minneapolis, MN  55479-
                                          0113

      By Telephone:                       By Facsimile:

      (612) 667-4070                      (612) 667-4972

          American Stock  Transfer & Trust  Company has been  appointed Transfer
     Agent of the  Preferred Stock  Exchange Offer. Questions  and requests  for
     assistance, requests for additional copies of this Prospectus or the Letter
     of  Transmittal and requests for Notice of Guaranteed Delivery with respect
     to  the Old Preferred  Stock should be  addressed to the  Transfer Agent as
     follows:

      By Registered Mail, Certified              By Telephone:
      Mail or Overnight Courier:
                                                 (212) 936-5100
      American Stock Transfer &
      Trust Company                              By Facsimile:
      40 Wall Street
      New York, NY  10005                        (718) 236-4588

     FEES AND EXPENSES

          The  expenses of soliciting  tenders will be paid  by the Company. The
     principal  solicitation   is  being  made  by   mail;  however,  additional
     solicitation  may be made by telecopier, telephone or in person by officers
     and regular employees of the Company and its affiliates.

          The Company has not retained any dealer-manager in connection with the
     Exchange Offers and will not make any payments to brokers-dealers or others
     soliciting acceptances of  the Exchange Offers. The Company,  however, will
     pay the Exchange Agent and the Transfer Agent reasonable and customary fees
     for  their   services  and  will   reimburse  them  for   their  reasonable
     out-of-pocket expenses in connection therewith.

          The  cash  expenses to  be incurred  in  connection with  the Exchange
     Offers will be paid by the Company and are estimated in the aggregate to be
     approximately $100,000.  Such expenses include registration  fees, fees and
     expenses of the Exchange Agent and the Transfer Agent, accounting and legal
     fees and printing costs, among others.

                                       -34-
     <PAGE>

          The  Company will pay  all transfer taxes,  if any, applicable  to the
     exchange  of  the  Old Securities  pursuant  to  the  Exchange Offers.  If,
     however, certificates representing New  Securities for principal amounts or
     number of shares not tendered or  accepted for exchange are to be delivered
     to, or  are  to be  issued  in  the name  of,  any person  other  than  the
     registered  Holder of  Old  Securities tendered,  or  if tendered  the  Old
     Securities are registered in the name  of, any person other than the person
     signing the Letter of Transmittal, or if a transfer tax is imposed for  any
     reason  other than  the  exchange of  the Old  Securities  pursuant to  the
     Exchange  Offers, then  the  amount of  any  such transfer  taxes  (whether
     imposed on the registered Holder  or any other persons) will be  payable by
     the tendering Holder. If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes  or
     exemption  therefrom is not submitted  with the Letter  of Transmittal, the
     amount of such  transfer taxes  will be billed  directly to such  tendering
     Holder.

                                       -35-
     <PAGE>

                               DESCRIPTION OF NEW NOTES

          The New  Notes are to be issued under  an Indenture, dated as of March
     11,  1997  (the "Senior  Discount  Notes  Indenture"), among  Holdings,  as
     issuer,  ICG,  as  guarantor (including  its  successors  and assigns,  the
     "Guarantor"), and  Norwest Bank Colorado, National  Association, as Trustee
     (the "Trustee"). A copy of the Senior Discount Notes Indenture is available
     upon  request from Holdings. The following summary of certain provisions of
     the Senior  Discount Notes Indenture does not purport to be complete and is
     subject  to, and  is qualified  in its  entirety by  reference to,  all the
     provisions  of   the  Senior   Discount  Notes  Indenture,   including  the
     definitions of certain terms therein and those terms made a part thereof by
     the  Trust Indenture Act of  1939, as amended  (the "Trust Indenture Act").
     Whenever particular  defined terms of  the Senior Discount  Notes Indenture
     not  otherwise defined  herein  are referred  to,  such defined  terms  are
     incorporated herein by reference.  References herein to "$" refers  to U.S.
     dollars. 

     GENERAL

          The New Notes  will be  unsecured senior obligations  of Holdings  and
     will mature  on March 15, 2007.  After March 15, 2002, interest  on the New
     Notes will  accrue at the rate  of 11 5/8%  per annum from the  most recent
     Interest  Payment Date  to which  interest has been  paid or  provided for,
     payable  semiannually (to  Holders of  record at  the close of  business on
     March 1 or September 1 immediately  preceding the Interest Payment Date) on
     March 15 and September 15 of each year, commencing September 15, 2002. 
      
          Although  for U.S. federal income tax purposes a significant amount of
     original  issue discount, taxable as ordinary income, will be recognized by
     a  Holder of  New Notes  as such  discount is  amortized from  the date  of
     issuance of  the New Notes, Holders of New Notes  will not receive any cash
     payments of  interest  on the  New  Notes  until September  15,  2002.  See
     "Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations." 

          Principal of, premium, if any,  and interest on the New Notes  will be
     payable,  and the New Notes may be  exchanged or transferred, at the office
     or agency of Holdings  (which initially will be the corporate  trust office
     of  the Trustee at 1740 Broadway,  Denver, Colorado); provided that, at the
     option of Holdings, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to  the
     address of the Holders as such address appears in the Security Register. 
      
          The New  Notes will be issued  only in fully registered  form, without
     coupons, in denominations of $1,000 of principal amount at maturity and any
     integral multiple thereof. See "-Book Entry; Delivery and Form." No service
     charge will be  made for any  registration of transfer  or exchange of  New
     Notes, but  Holdings may require payment  of a sum sufficient  to cover any
     transfer tax  or other  similar governmental charge  payable in  connection
     therewith. 
      
          Subject  to the covenants  in their  Indebtedness and  applicable law,
     Holdings and ICG may issue  additional New Notes under the  Senior Discount
     Notes  Indenture. The New Notes,  together with any  New Notes subsequently
     issued, will be treated as a single class for all purposes under the Senior
     Discount Notes Indenture. 
      
     OPTIONAL REDEMPTION

          The New Notes will be redeemable,  at Holdings' option, in whole or in
     part,  at any time  or from time  to time, on  or after March  15, 2002 and
     prior  to maturity,  upon not  less than  30 nor  more than 60  days' prior
     notice  mailed by  first class  mail to  each Holder's  last address  as it
     appears  in  the Security  Register,  at  the following  Redemption  Prices
     (expressed in percentages  of principal amount  at maturity), plus  accrued
     and unpaid interest,  if any, to the Redemption Date  (subject to the right
     of Holders of  record on the  relevant Regular  Record Date that  is on  or

                                       -36-
     <PAGE>
 
     prior to the Redemption Date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment
     Date), if redeemed  during the 12-month period  commencing March 15  of the
     years set forth below: 
      
                                   Year           Percentage
                                   ----           ---------

                         2002  . . . . . . . .   105.81250%
                         2003  . . . . . . . .   102.90625%
                         2004 and thereafter .   100.00000%

          In addition, at any time on or  prior to March 15, 2000, Holdings may,
     at its  option from  time to  time, redeem  New Notes  having an  aggregate
     principal amount of  up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of all New
     Notes issued in  the Private Offering, at  a redemption price equal  to 111
     5/8% of the Accreted Value thereof on the redemption date, with proceeds of
     one or  more Public  Equity Offerings  of Common  Stock of  (A) ICG or  (B)
     Holdings,  provided  that (i),  with respect  to  a Public  Equity Offering
     referred to  in  clause (A)  above,  cash proceeds  of such  Public  Equity
     Offering in  an amount sufficient to effect the  redemption of New Notes to
     be so redeemed are contributed by ICG  to Holdings prior to such redemption
     and used  by Holdings  to effect such  redemption and (ii)  such redemption
     occurs within 180 days after consummation of such Public Equity Offering. 
      
          In the case  of any partial redemption, selection of the New Notes for
     redemption will be made by the Trustee in compliance with the  requirements
     of  the principal  national securities exchange,  if any, on  which the New
     Notes  are  listed or,  if  the New  Notes  are  not listed  on  a national
     securities exchange, on a  pro rata basis or by  lot; provided that no  New
     Note of $1,000 in principal amount at maturity or less shall be redeemed in
     part. If  any  New Note  is to  be redeemed  in  part only,  the notice  of
     redemption relating  to  such  New Note  shall  state the  portion  of  the
     principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new New Note in principal amount
     equal to  the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued  in the name of the
     Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original New Note. 

     GUARANTEE

          Holdings'   obligations  under   the   New   Notes   are   fully   and
     unconditionally guaranteed  on a senior  basis by  the Guarantor;  provided
     that the Note Guarantee shall  not be enforceable against the Guarantor  in
     an amount  in excess  of the net  worth of the  Guarantor at the  time that
     determination of such net  worth is, under applicable law,  relevant to the
     enforceability of such  Note Guarantee.  Such net worth  shall include  any
     claim of the Guarantor against Holdings for reimbursement. 

     RANKING
      
          The  New Notes  and  the  Note  Guarantee  will  be  senior  unsecured
     indebtedness of Holdings  and ICG,  respectively, will rank  pari passu  in
     right of  payment with all  existing and  future unsecured,  unsubordinated
     indebtedness  and will be  senior in right  of payment to  all existing and
     future subordinated indebtedness  of Holdings and  ICG. See "Risk  Factors-
     Substantial Indebtedness;  Ability to  Service Debt" and  "-Holding Company
     Reliance on  Subsidiaries' Funds;  Priority of Creditors;  Subordination of
     Exchange Debentures." 
      
     CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
      
          Set  forth below is a summary of  certain of the defined terms used in
     the  covenants and other provisions of the Senior Discount Notes Indenture.
     Reference is  made  to the  Senior Discount  Notes Indenture  for the  full
     definition of all  terms as well as any other  capitalized term used herein
     for which no definition is provided. 

          "Accreted  Value"  is defined  to mean,  for  any Specified  Date, the
     amount calculated pursuant  to (i),  (ii), (iii)  or (iv)  for each  $1,000
     principal amount at maturity of New Notes: 

                                       -37-
     <PAGE>

          (i) if the Specified Date occurs on one of the following dates (each a
     "Semi-Annual Accrual Date"), the  Accreted Value will equal the  amount set
     forth below for such Semi-Annual Accrual Date: 
      
                                                     Accreted
                        Semi-Annual Accrual Date      Value
                         -----------------------     --------
                        March 11, 1997  . . . .       $567.66
                        September 15, 1997  . .       $601.41
                        March 15, 1998  . . . .       $636.36
                        September 15, 1998  . .       $673.35
                        March 15, 1999  . . . .       $712.49
                        September 15, 1999  . .       $753.90
                        March 15, 2000  . . . .       $797.72
                        September 15, 2000  . .       $844.09
                        March 15, 2001  . . . .       $893.15
                        September 15, 2002  . .       $945.07
                        March 15, 2002  . . . .     $1,000.00

          (ii) if the Specified Date occurs before the first Semi-Annual Accrual
     Date, the Accreted Value will equal the sum of (a) the original issue price
     and (b)  an amount equal to the  product of (1) the  Accreted Value for the
     first Semi-Annual Accrual Date less  the original issue price multiplied by
     (2) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days from the issue
     date of the New Notes to the Specified Date, using a 360-day year of twelve
     30-day  months, and the denominator of which  is the number of days elapsed
     from the issue date of the New Notes to the first Semi-Annual Accrual Date,
     using a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months; 

          (iii)  if the  Specified Date occurs  between two  Semi-Annual Accrual
     Dates, the Accreted Value will equal the sum of  (a) the Accreted Value for
     the Semi-Annual Accrual Date immediately  preceding such Specified Date and
     (b)  an amount  equal to  the product  of (1)  the Accreted  Value for  the
     immediately following Semi-Annual Accrual Date less the Accreted  Value for
     the  immediately preceding  Semi-Annual Accrual  Date  multiplied by  (2) a
     fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days from the immediately
     preceding Semi-Annual Accrual Date  to the Specified Date, using  a 360-day
     year of twelve 30-day months, and the denominator of which is 180; or 
      
          (iv) if the Specified  Date occurs after the last  Semi-Annual Accrual
     Date, the Accreted Value will equal $1,000.  

          "Adjusted Consolidated Net Income" means for any period, the aggregate
     net  income (or loss) of the Guarantor  and its Restricted Subsidiaries for
     such period determined in conformity with GAAP; provided that the following
     items  shall  be excluded  in  computing Adjusted  Consolidated  Net Income
     (without duplication): (i)  the net income  of any Person  (other than  net
     income  attributable to a Restricted Subsidiary) in which any Person (other
     than the  Guarantor or  any of  its Restricted  Subsidiaries)  has a  joint
     interest and the  net income of any Unrestricted Subsidiary,  except to the
     extent of the amount  of dividends or other distributions actually  paid to
     the Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries by such other Person or
     such Unrestricted  Subsidiary  during  such  period; (ii)  solely  for  the
     purposes of  calculating the amount of Restricted Payments that may be made
     pursuant  to  clause  (C) of  the  first  paragraph of  the  "Limitation on
     Restricted  Payments" covenant described below (and in such case, except to
     the  extent includable pursuant  to clause (i)  above), the  net income (or
     loss)  of any  Person accrued  prior to  the date  it becomes  a Restricted
     Subsidiary or is  merged into or consolidated with the  Guarantor or any of
     its Restricted Subsidiaries or all or substantially all of the property and
     assets  of such  Person  are  acquired  by  the Guarantor  or  any  of  its
     Restricted Subsidiaries; (iii) the net income of any  Restricted Subsidiary
     to  the extent  that  the declaration  or payment  of dividends  or similar
     distributions by such Restricted  Subsidiary of such  net income is not  at
     the time  permitted by the  operation of the  terms of  its charter or  any
     agreement,   instrument,  judgment,   decree,  order,   statute,  rule   or
     governmental regulation applicable to  such Restricted Subsidiary; (iv) any
     gains  or losses (on  an after-tax basis) attributable  to Asset Sales; (v)
     except for purposes of  calculating the amount of Restricted  Payments that

                                       -38-
     <PAGE>

     may  be  made  pursuant  to  clause  (C)  of  the  first  paragraph of  the
     "Limitation on  Restricted Payments"  covenant described below,  any amount
     paid  or accrued as  dividends on preferred  stock of the  Guarantor or any
     Restricted Subsidiary owned by Persons other than  the Guarantor and any of
     its  Restricted   Subsidiaries;  and  (vi)  all   extraordinary  gains  and
     extraordinary losses. 
      
          "Adjusted Consolidated  Net Tangible Assets" means the total amount of
     assets of  the Guarantor and  its Restricted Subsidiaries  (less applicable
     depreciation,  amortization and  other valuation  reserves), except  to the
     extent  resulting from write-ups of capital  assets (excluding write-ups in
     connection with accounting for acquisitions in conformity with GAAP), after
     deducting  therefrom (i) all current  liabilities of the  Guarantor and its
     Restricted   Subsidiaries  (excluding  intercompany  items)  and  (ii)  all
     goodwill, trade  names, trademarks, patents, unamortized  debt discount and
     expense  and other like intangibles, all as  set forth on the most recently
     available quarterly or annual  consolidated balance sheet of the  Guarantor
     and its Restricted Subsidiaries, prepared in conformity with GAAP.

          "Affiliate" means, as applied to any Person, any other Person directly
     or indirectly  controlling,  controlled by,  or  under direct  or  indirect
     common  control  with,  such  Person.  For  purposes  of  this  definition,
     "control" (including,  with correlative meanings, the  terms "controlling,"
     "controlled by" and "under common control with"), as applied to any Person,
     means the possession,  directly or indirectly,  of the  power to direct  or
     cause the direction of the management and policies of  such Person, whether
     through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. 
      
          "Asset Acquisition" means (i) an investment by the Guarantor or any of
     its  Restricted Subsidiaries  in any  other Person  pursuant to  which such
     Person  shall become a  Restricted Subsidiary of the  Guarantor or shall be
     merged into or  consolidated with the  Guarantor or any  of its  Restricted
     Subsidiaries;  provided that  such  Person's primary  business is  related,
     ancillary  or  complementary to  the businesses  of  the Guarantor  and its
     Restricted  Subsidiaries  on  the  date  of  such  investment  or  (ii)  an
     acquisition by the Guarantor  or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries  of the
     property  and assets of any  Person other than the  Guarantor or any of its
     Restricted Subsidiaries that constitute substantially all of a  division or
     line of  business of  such Person;  provided that the  property and  assets
     acquired are related, ancillary  or complementary to the businesses  of the
     Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of such acquisition. 
      
          "Asset Sale" means any sale, transfer or other disposition  (including
     by way  of merger,  consolidation or  sale-leaseback  transactions) in  one
     transaction or  a series of related transactions by the Guarantor or any of
     its Restricted Subsidiaries  to any Person other than the  Guarantor or any
     of its Restricted  Subsidiaries of (i) all  or any of the Capital  Stock of
     any  Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) all  or substantially all  of the property
     and assets of an operating  unit or business of the Guarantor or any of its
     Restricted  Subsidiaries  or (iii)  any other  property  and assets  of the
     Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries outside the ordinary course
     of business  of the Guarantor  or such  Restricted Subsidiary and,  in each
     case, that is  not governed by the provisions of  the Senior Discount Notes
     Indenture  applicable to mergers, consolidations and sales of assets of the
     Guarantor;  provided that the meaning of "Asset Sale" shall not include (A)
     sales or  other dispositions of  inventory, receivables  and other  current
     assets,  and (B)  dispositions of  assets of  the Guarantor  or any  of its
     Restricted   Subsidiaries,  in  substantially  simultaneous  exchanges  for
     consideration  consisting  of  any  combination  of  cash,  Temporary  Cash
     Investments  and assets that are  used or useful  in the telecommunications
     business  of  the  Guarantor  or  its  Restricted  Subsidiaries,  if   such
     consideration has an aggregate fair market value substantially equal to the
     fair market  value of the  assets so  disposed of; provided,  however, that
     fair  market  value shall  be  determined in  good  faith by  the  Board of
     Directors  of  Holdings,  whose   determination  shall  be  conclusive  and
     evidenced  by a  Board Resolution  delivered to  the Trustee;  and provided
     further  that  any  cash or  Temporary  Cash  Investments  received by  the
     Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to any transaction
     described in clause  (B) above shall be  applied in accordance with  clause
     (A) or  (B) of  the  first paragraph  of the  "Limitation  on Asset  Sales"
     covenant. 

                                       -39-
     <PAGE>

          "Average Life" means, at any date of determination with respect to any
     debt  security, the  quotient  obtained  by dividing  (i)  the  sum of  the
     products of (a) the number of years from such date of  determination to the
     dates  of each successive scheduled principal payment of such debt security
     and (b) the amount of  such principal payment by  (ii) the sum of all  such
     principal payments. 

          "Capital Stock" means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares,
     interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated, whether
     voting or non-voting) in equity of such Person, whether now outstanding  or
     issued  after the date of  the Senior Discount  Notes Indenture, including,
     without limitation, all Common Stock and preferred stock. 
      
          "Capitalized Lease" means, as applied to any Person,  any lease of any
     property  (whether real, personal or mixed) of which the discounted present
     value of  the rental obligations  of such Person  as lessee, in  conformity
     with  GAAP, is  required to  be capitalized  on the  balance sheet  of such
     Person; and  "Capitalized Lease  Obligations" means the  discounted present
     value of the rental obligations under such lease. 
      
          "Change  of Control"  means such  time  as (i)  a "person"  or "group"
     (within  the meaning  of Sections 13(d)  and 14(d)(2) of  the Exchange Act)
     becomes the ultimate "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the
     Exchange Act)  of Voting Stock having more than 40%  of the voting power of
     the total  Voting Stock of  the Guarantor  on a fully  diluted basis;  (ii)
     individuals who on  the Closing Date  constitute the Board of  Directors of
     the  Guarantor (together with any new directors whose election by the Board
     of  Directors  or   whose  nomination  for  election   by  the  Guarantor's
     stockholders  was approved by a vote of at  least a majority of the members
     of  the Board of Directors  then in office  who either were  members of the
     Board of  Directors on the Closing Date or whose election or nomination for
     election was previously  so approved) cease for any  reason to constitute a
     majority of the members of  the Board of Directors then in office; or (iii)
     all  of  the Common  Stock of  Holdings is  not  beneficially owned  by the
     Guarantor. 
      
          "ChoiceCom"  means  CSW/ICG   ChoiceCom,  L.P.,  a   Delaware  limited
     partnership.
      
          "Closing Date" means  the date on which the Senior  Discount Notes are
     originally issued under the Senior Discount Notes Indenture. 
      
          "Consolidated  EBITDA" means, for any  period, the sum  of the amounts
     for  such period of (i) Adjusted Consolidated Net Income, (ii) Consolidated
     Interest  Expense,  (iii)  income taxes,  to  the  extent  such amount  was
     deducted in calculating Adjusted Consolidated Net Income (other than income
     taxes  (either  positive or  negative)  attributable  to extraordinary  and
     non-recurring gains  or  losses  or  sales of  assets),  (iv)  depreciation
     expense, to the  extent such  amount was deducted  in calculating  Adjusted
     Consolidated  Net  Income, (v)  amortization  expense, to  the  extent such
     amount was  deducted in calculating  Adjusted Consolidated Net  Income, and
     (vi)  all other non-cash  items reducing  Adjusted Consolidated  Net Income
     (other than items that will require cash payments and for  which an accrual
     or reserve is, or is required by GAAP to be, made), less all non-cash items
     increasing  Adjusted  Consolidated  Net  Income, all  as  determined  on  a
     consolidated basis for  the Guarantor  and its  Restricted Subsidiaries  in
     conformity with GAAP; provided that, if any Restricted  Subsidiary is not a
     Wholly Owned  Restricted Subsidiary,  Consolidated EBITDA shall  be reduced
     (to the extent not otherwise reduced in accordance with GAAP)  by an amount
     equal  to  (A)  the   amount  of  the  Adjusted  Consolidated   Net  Income
     attributable to such Restricted Subsidiary  multiplied by (B) the  quotient
     of (1) the number of shares of outstanding Common Stock  of such Restricted
     Subsidiary not owned on the last day of such period by the Guarantor or any
     of its Restricted Subsidiaries divided by (2) the total number of shares of
     outstanding Common Stock of such  Restricted Subsidiary on the last  day of
     such period. 

          "Consolidated Interest  Expense" means, for any  period, the aggregate
     amount of  interest in respect  of Indebtedness (including  amortization of
     original issue discount on any Indebtedness and the interest portion of any

                                       -40-
     <PAGE>

     deferred payment  obligation, calculated  in accordance with  the effective
     interest method  of accounting; all  commissions, discounts and  other fees
     and charges owed with respect to letters  of credit and bankers' acceptance
     financing;  the  net costs  associated with  Interest Rate  Agreements; and
     Indebtedness that is  Guaranteed or secured by the Guarantor  or any of its
     Restricted  Subsidiaries) and all but the principal component of rentals in
     respect of Capitalized Lease  Obligations paid, accrued or scheduled  to be
     paid or  to be  accrued by  the Guarantor  and its  Restricted Subsidiaries
     during such period; excluding, however, without duplication, (i) any amount
     of such interest  of any Restricted  Subsidiary if the  net income of  such
     Restricted  Subsidiary   is  excluded   in  the  calculation   of  Adjusted
     Consolidated  Net Income pursuant to clause (iii) of the definition thereof
     (but  only in  the same  proportion as  the net  income of  such Restricted
     Subsidiary is  excluded from the  calculation of Adjusted  Consolidated Net
     Income pursuant  to clause (iii)  of the definition  thereof) and  (ii) any
     premiums,  fees  and expenses  (and  any amortization  thereof)  payable in
     connection with the  offering of the 13 1/2% Notes  and the warrants issued
     therewith, the  12 1/2% Notes, the  14 1/4% Preferred Stock,  the New Notes
     and/or  the  Preferred Stock,  all as  determined  on a  consolidated basis
     (without taking into account  Unrestricted Subsidiaries) in conformity with
     GAAP.  

          "Consolidated  Net  Worth"  means,   at  any  date  of  determination,
     stockholders'  equity as set forth on the most recently available quarterly
     or  annual consolidated balance sheet  of the Guarantor  and its Restricted
     Subsidiaries (which shall  be as of a date  not more than 90 days  prior to
     the  date  of  such computation,  and  which shall  not  take  into account
     Unrestricted Subsidiaries),  less any  amounts  attributable to  Redeemable
     Stock  or   any  equity  security  convertible  into  or  exchangeable  for
     Indebtedness, the  cost of treasury stock  and the principal amount  of any
     promissory notes  receivable  from the  sale of  the Capital  Stock of  the
     Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, each item to be determined
     in conformity with GAAP (excluding the effects of foreign currency exchange
     adjustments  under  Financial  Accounting   Standards  Board  Statement  of
     Financial Accounting Standards No. 52). 

          "Currency  Agreement" means  any foreign  exchange contract,  currency
     swap  agreement  or  other similar  agreement  or  arrangement  designed to
     protect  the  Guarantor  or  any of  its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  against
     fluctuations  in currency values to or under  which the Guarantor or any of
     its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party or a beneficiary on the Closing Date
     or becomes a party or a beneficiary thereafter. 

          "Default" means any event that is,  or after notice or passage of time
     or both would be, an Event of Default. 

          "FOTI"   means  ICG   Fiber  Optic   Technologies  Inc.,   a  Colorado
     corporation.

          "14 1/4%  Preferred Stock" means  the 14  1/4% Exchangeable  Preferred
     Stock mandatorily  redeemable May 1,  2007 of  Holdings, and any  shares of
     preferred stock issued as payment in kind dividends thereon. 
      
          "GAAP" means  generally accepted  accounting principles in  the United
     States of America  as in effect  as of August  8, 1995, including,  without
     limitation,  those  set forth  in the  opinions  and pronouncements  of the
     Accounting Principles Board  of the American Institute  of Certified Public
     Accountants and  statements and pronouncements of  the Financial Accounting
     Standards  Board  or  in such  other  statements by  such  other  entity as
     approved  by a significant segment of the accounting profession. All ratios
     and  computations contained in the Senior Discount Notes Indenture shall be
     computed in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis, except that
     calculations  made for purposes of determining compliance with the terms of
     the  covenants and  with  other provisions  of  the Senior  Discount  Notes
     Indenture  shall be made without  giving effect to  (i) the amortization of
     any expenses  incurred in connection with the offering of the 13 1/2% Notes
     and the warrants issued therewith, the 12 1/2% Notes, the 14 1/4% Preferred
     Stock,  the  New  Notes and/or  the  Preferred  Stock  and  (ii) except  as
     otherwise provided, the  amortization of any amounts required  or permitted
     by Accounting Principles Board Opinion Nos. 16 and 17. 
      
          "Guarantee"  means any  obligation,  contingent or  otherwise, of  any
     Person  directly  or  indirectly  guaranteeing any  Indebtedness  or  other
     obligation of any other Person and, without limiting  the generality of the
     foregoing, any obligation, direct or  indirect, contingent or otherwise, of
     such  Person (i) to  purchase or pay  (or advance  or supply funds  for the

                                       -41-
     <PAGE>

     purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation of such other
     Person  (whether  arising by  virtue  of  partnership  arrangements, or  by
     agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services,
     to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise)
     or  (ii) entered  into for  purposes of  assuring in  any other  manner the
     obligee of  such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof or
     to protect  such obligee against  loss in respect  thereof (in whole  or in
     part); provided  that the term  "Guarantee" shall not  include endorsements
     for  collection or deposit  in the  ordinary course  of business.  The term
     "Guarantee" used as a verb has a corresponding meaning. 
      
          "Holdings  (Canada)"  means  ICG   Holdings  (Canada),  Inc.  and  its
     successors and assigns. 

          "ICG" means ICG Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and  its
     successors and assigns. 
      
          "Incur" means, with  respect to  any Indebtedness,  to incur,  create,
     issue, assume, Guarantee or otherwise become liable for or with respect to,
     or  become responsible for, the payment of, contingently or otherwise, such
     Indebtedness,  including an  Incurrence of  Indebtedness by  reason  of the
     acquisition of more  than 50% of the Capital Stock  of any Person; provided
     that neither  the accrual of interest  nor the accretion of  original issue
     discount  shall be  considered  an  Incurrence  of Indebtedness.  The  term
     "Incurrence" has a corresponding meaning. 

          "Indebtedness"  means, with  respect  to any  Person  at any  date  of
     determination (without  duplication), (i)  all indebtedness of  such Person
     for borrowed money, (ii) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds,
     debentures, notes or  other similar instruments,  (iii) all obligations  of
     such Person in  respect of letters  of credit or other  similar instruments
     (including  reimbursement  obligations  with  respect  thereto),  (iv)  all
     obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of
     property or  services, which  purchase price  is due  more than  six months
     after the date of placing  such property in service or taking  delivery and
     title  thereto or the completion  of such services,  except Trade Payables,
     (v) all obligations of such Person as lessee under Capitalized Leases, (vi)
     all Indebtedness  of other Persons secured  by a Lien on any  asset of such
     Person,  whether  or  not such  Indebtedness  is  assumed  by such  Person;
     provided that  the amount of such  Indebtedness shall be the  lesser of (A)
     the  fair market value of such asset  at such date of determination and (B)
     the  amount of such Indebtedness,  (vii) all Indebtedness  of other Persons
     Guaranteed  by such Person to the extent such Indebtedness is Guaranteed by
     such  Person  and (viii)  to  the  extent not  otherwise  included in  this
     definition,  obligations  under  Currency   Agreements  and  Interest  Rate
     Agreements. The amount  of Indebtedness of any Person at  any date shall be
     the  outstanding balance at such  date of all  unconditional obligations as
     described above and,  with respect to  contingent obligations, the  maximum
     liability  upon  the  occurrence of  the  contingency  giving  rise to  the
     obligation, provided (i)  that the  amount outstanding at  any time of  any
     Indebtedness issued  with original  issue  discount is  the original  issue
     price of such Indebtedness and (ii) that Indebtedness shall not include (A)
     any amount of money borrowed, at the time of the Incurrence of  the related
     Indebtedness, for the purpose  of pre-funding any interest payable  on such
     related  Indebtedness or  (B) any  liability for  federal, state,  local or
     other taxes. 

          "Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio" means, as at any date of determination,
     the  ratio of (i)  the aggregate amount  of Indebtedness of  the Guarantor,
     Holdings  and their Restricted Subsidiaries  on a consolidated  basis as at
     the date of determination  to (ii) the Consolidated EBITDA of the Guarantor
     for the then most recent  four full fiscal quarters for which  reports have
     been  filed pursuant  to the  "Commission Reports  and Reports  to Holders"
     covenant described  below  (such  four  full fiscal  quarter  period  being
     referred to  herein as the  "Four Quarter Period");  provided that (x)  pro
     forma effect shall be given to any Indebtedness Incurred from the beginning
     of  the Four  Quarter Period  through the  Transaction Date  (including any
     Indebtedness Incurred on the Transaction  Date), to the extent  outstanding
     on  the Transaction Date, (y) if during  the period commencing on the first
     day  of  such  Four  Quarter  Period  through  the  Transaction  Date  (the
     "Reference  Period"), the  Guarantor,  Holdings or  any  of the  Restricted
     Subsidiaries  shall have engaged in any Asset Sale, Consolidated EBITDA for
     such  period  shall  be reduced  by  an  amount  equal  to the  EBITDA  (if
     positive), or increased  by an amount  equal to the  EBITDA (if  negative),
     directly attributable  to the assets  which are the  subject of such  Asset
     Sale and any  related retirement of Indebtedness as if  such Asset Sale and

                                       -42-
     <PAGE>

     related retirement  of Indebtedness had occurred  on the first day  of such
     Reference  Period or  (z) if  during such  Reference Period  the Guarantor,
     Holdings or  any of the  Restricted Subsidiaries shall have  made any Asset
     Acquisition,  Consolidated EBITDA of the Guarantor shall be calculated on a
     pro forma basis as if such Asset Acquisition and any  related financing had
     occurred on the first day of such Reference Period. 

          "Investment"  in any Person means any direct or indirect advance, loan
     or  other extension  of credit  (including, without  limitation, by  way of
     Guarantee  or similar arrangement;  but excluding advances  to customers in
     the ordinary course of business that are, in conformity with GAAP, recorded
     as  accounts receivable  on  the  balance sheet  of  the  Guarantor or  its
     Restricted  Subsidiaries)  or capital  contribution  to  (by means  of  any
     transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or
     services for the account or use  of others), or any purchase or acquisition
     of Capital  Stock, bonds,  notes, debentures or  other similar  instruments
     issued by, such Person  and shall include the  designation of a  Restricted
     Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary. For purposes of the definition of
     "Unrestricted  Subsidiary" and  the  "Limitation  on  Restricted  Payments"
     covenant described below,  (i) "Investment" shall  include the fair  market
     value  of the assets (net  of liabilities) of  any Restricted Subsidiary of
     the Guarantor at  the time that such Restricted Subsidiary of the Guarantor
     is  designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary and shall exclude the fair market
     value of the assets (net of liabilities)  of any Unrestricted Subsidiary at
     the time  that  such Unrestricted  Subsidiary  is designated  a  Restricted
     Subsidiary of the Guarantor and (ii) any property transferred to or from an
     Unrestricted  Subsidiary shall  be valued at  its fair market  value at the
     time of such transfer, in each case as determined by the Board of Directors
     in good faith. 

          "Lien" means  any mortgage,  pledge,  security interest,  encumbrance,
     lien  or charge of any kind (including, without limitation, any conditional
     sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof, any
     sale with  recourse against the seller  or any Affiliate of  the seller, or
     any agreement to give any security interest).  

          "MTN"  means Maritime  Telecommunications  Network,  Inc., a  Colorado
     corporation, and its successors. 
      
          "Net Cash  Proceeds" means  (a) with  respect to  any Asset  Sale, the
     proceeds of  such Asset  Sale  in the  form of  cash  or cash  equivalents,
     including  payments in  respect  of deferred  payment  obligations (to  the
     extent corresponding to the principal, but not interest, component thereof)
     when received in the form of cash or cash equivalents (except to the extent
     such obligations are financed or sold with recourse to the Guarantor or any
     Restricted Subsidiary of the Guarantor) and proceeds from the conversion of
     other property received when converted to cash or cash equivalents, net  of
     (i) brokerage commissions and  other fees and expenses (including  fees and
     expenses of counsel  and investment  bankers) related to  such Asset  Sale,
     (ii)  provisions for all taxes (whether or  not such taxes will actually be
     paid or are payable) as  a result of such Asset Sale without  regard to the
     consolidated  results of  operations of  the  Guarantor and  its Restricted
     Subsidiaries, taken as a  whole, (iii) payments made to  repay Indebtedness
     or any  other obligation outstanding  at the time  of such Asset  Sale that
     either (A) is secured  by a Lien on the  property or assets sold or  (B) is
     required to be paid as a result  of such sale and (iv) appropriate  amounts
     to  be provided  by  the Guarantor  or  any  Restricted Subsidiary  of  the
     Guarantor as a reserve  against any liabilities associated with  such Asset
     Sale,  including,  without  limitation, pension  and  other post-employment
     benefit  liabilities,  liabilities  related  to  environmental matters  and
     liabilities  under any  indemnification  obligations  associated with  such
     Asset Sale, all as determined in conformity with GAAP and  (b) with respect
     to any issuance or sale of Capital  Stock, the proceeds of such issuance or
     sale in the form of cash or cash equivalents, including payments in respect
     of  deferred  payment  obligations  (to  the  extent  corresponding  to the
     principal, but not interest,  component thereof) when received in  the form
     of cash or  cash equivalents  (except to  the extent  such obligations  are
     financed  or  sold  with  recourse  to  the  Guarantor  or  any  Restricted
     Subsidiary  of the  Guarantor) and  proceeds from  the conversion  of other
     property  received when  converted  to cash  or  cash equivalents,  net  of
     attorney's  fees,  accountants' fees,  underwriters'  or placement  agents'
     fees, discounts  or commissions  and brokerage,  consultant and  other fees
     incurred in connection with  such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or
     payable as a result thereof. 

                                       -43-
     <PAGE>

          "Offer to Purchase" means an offer  to purchase New Notes by  Holdings
     from  the Holders  commenced by mailing  a notice  to the  Trustee and each
     Holder stating: (i) the covenant pursuant  to which the offer is being made
     and that all New Notes  validly tendered will be accepted for  payment on a
     pro rata basis;  (ii) the purchase  price and the  date of purchase  (which
     shall be a Business Day no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from
     the date  such notice is mailed)  (the "Payment Date"); (iii)  that any New
     Note not tendered  will continue to accrue interest pursuant  to its terms;
     (iv) that, unless Holdings defaults  in the payment of the purchase  price,
     any New Note accepted for  payment pursuant to the Offer to  Purchase shall
     cease to  accrue interest on and  after the Payment Date;  (v) that Holders
     electing to  have a New  Note purchased pursuant  to the Offer  to Purchase
     will be required to surrender the New Note, together with the form entitled
     "Option of  the Holder to  Elect Purchase" on the  reverse side of  the New
     Note completed, to the Paying Agent  at the address specified in the notice
     prior to the close  of business on  the Business Day immediately  preceding
     the Payment  Date; (vi)  that Holders  will be entitled  to withdraw  their
     election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business
     on  the  third  Business Day  immediately  preceding  the  Payment Date,  a
     telegram, facsimile transmission or  letter setting forth the name  of such
     Holder,  the principal  amount of New  Notes delivered  for purchase  and a
     statement that  such Holder is  withdrawing his election  to have such  New
     Notes purchased; and (vii) that Holders whose New Notes are being purchased
     only in part will be issued new New Notes equal in  principal amount to the
     unpurchased  portion of the New  Notes surrendered; provided  that each New
     Note purchased and each  new New Note issued shall be in a principal amount
     of  $1,000 or  integral multiples  thereof. On  the Payment  Date, Holdings
     shall  (i) accept for  payment on  a pro rata  basis New  Notes or portions
     thereof tendered  pursuant to an Offer  to Purchase; (ii) deposit  with the
     Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the purchase price of all New Notes or
     portions thereof so accepted; and (iii) deliver, or cause to  be delivered,
     to the Trustee all New Notes or portions thereof so  accepted together with
     an  Officers' Certificate  specifying  the New  Notes  or portions  thereof
     accepted for payment  by Holdings. The Paying Agent shall  promptly mail to
     the Holders  of New Notes  so accepted  payment in an  amount equal to  the
     purchase price, and  the Trustee  shall promptly authenticate  and mail  to
     such Holders  a new New Note  equal in principal amount  to any unpurchased
     portion of  the New Note surrendered; provided that each New Note purchased
     and each new New Note  issued shall be in  a principal amount of $1,000  or
     integral  multiples thereof. Holdings will publicly announce the results of
     an Offer to  Purchase as soon  as practicable after  the Payment Date.  The
     Trustee shall  act as the Paying  Agent for an Offer  to Purchase. Holdings
     will comply with Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities
     laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are
     applicable, in the event that Holdings  is required to repurchase New Notes
     pursuant to an Offer to Purchase. 

          "Ohio LINX" means ICG Ohio LINX, Inc., an Ohio corporation.
      
          "Permitted  Investment"  means  (i)  an  Investment  in  a  Restricted
     Subsidiary or  a Person  which will,  upon the  making of  such Investment,
     become a Restricted Subsidiary or be merged or consolidated with or into or
     transfer or convey all or substantially all its assets to, the Guarantor or
     a Restricted  Subsidiary; provided that  such person's primary  business is
     related,  ancillary or complementary to the businesses of the Guarantor and
     its  Restricted Subsidiaries  on  the  date  of  such  Investment;  (ii)  a
     Temporary Cash  Investment; (iii) payroll,  travel and similar  advances to
     cover matters  that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to
     be  treated as expenses in accordance with  GAAP; (iv) loans or advances to
     employees made in the ordinary  course of business in accordance  with past
     practice of the Guarantor or its Restricted Subsidiaries and that do not in
     the  aggregate  exceed  $2 million  at  any  time  outstanding; (v)  stock,
     obligations or securities received  in satisfaction of judgments; and  (vi)
     Investments in an amount not to exceed, at any one time outstanding, all of
     the net cash proceeds received by the Guarantor from the sale of its Common
     Stock (to  a Person other than  one of its Subsidiaries)  after the Closing
     Date. 

          "Permitted Liens" means (i) Liens for taxes, assessments, governmental
     charges  or claims that  are being contested  in good faith  by appropriate
     legal  proceedings promptly  instituted  and diligently  conducted and  for
     which  a  reserve  or other  appropriate  provision,  if any,  as  shall be
     required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made; (ii) statutory Liens
     of landlords and carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, suppliers, materialmen,
     repairmen or other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business

                                       -44-
     <PAGE>

     and with respect to amounts  not yet delinquent or being contested  in good
     faith by  appropriate legal proceedings promptly  instituted and diligently
     conducted and for  which a reserve or other appropriate  provision, if any,
     as shall  be required in conformity  with GAAP shall have  been made; (iii)
     Liens  incurred or  deposits made  in  the ordinary  course of  business in
     connection  with workers'  compensation,  unemployment insurance  and other
     types of social security;  (iv) Liens incurred or  deposits made to  secure
     the  performance   of  tenders,  bids,  leases,   statutory  or  regulatory
     obligations,  bankers'  acceptances, surety  and  appeal  bonds, government
     contracts, performance and return-of-money bonds and other obligations of a
     similar  nature incurred in the  ordinary course of  business (exclusive of
     obligations  for the payment of  borrowed money); (v)  easements, rights of
     way,  municipal and  zoning ordinances  and similar  charges, encumbrances,
     title defects or other irregularities that do not materially interfere with
     the ordinary course  of business of the Guarantor or  any of its Restricted
     Subsidiaries; (vi)  Liens (including extensions and  renewals thereof) upon
     real  or personal property acquired  after the Closing  Date; provided that
     (a) such Lien is  created solely for the  purpose of securing  Indebtedness
     Incurred,  in accordance  with  the "Limitation  on Indebtedness"  covenant
     described below, (1) to finance the cost (including the cost of improvement
     or construction) of the item of property or assets subject thereto and such
     Lien is created  prior to, at  the time of or  within six months  after the
     later  of  the   acquisition,  the  completion   of  construction  or   the
     commencement of  full operation of  such property  or (2) to  refinance any
     Indebtedness  previously  so  secured,  (b) the  principal  amount  of  the
     Indebtedness secured by such Lien does not exceed 100% of such cost and (c)
     any such  Lien shall not  extend to or  cover any property or  assets other
     than  such item of  property or assets  and any improvements  on such item;
     (vii)  leases or  subleases  granted  to  others  that  do  not  materially
     interfere with  the ordinary course  of business  of the Guarantor  and its
     Restricted  Subsidiaries,  taken  as  a  whole;  (viii)  Liens  encumbering
     property or  assets under  construction  arising from  progress or  partial
     payments  by a  customer of  the Guarantor  or its  Restricted Subsidiaries
     relating to such property or assets; (ix) any interest or title of a lessor
     in the  property subject to any  Capitalized Lease or operating  lease; (x)
     Liens  arising from  filing  Uniform Commercial  Code financing  statements
     regarding  leases; (xi)  Liens on  property of,  or on  shares of  stock or
     Indebtedness  of, any  corporation existing  at the  time  such corporation
     becomes, or becomes  a part  of, any Restricted  Subsidiary; provided  that
     such  Liens do  not  extend to  or  cover any  property  or  assets of  the
     Guarantor  or any Restricted Subsidiary  other than the  property or assets
     acquired;  (xii)  Liens  in  favor  of  the  Guarantor  or  any  Restricted
     Subsidiary; (xiii) Liens arising from the rendering of a final  judgment or
     order against the Guarantor  or any Restricted Subsidiary of  the Guarantor
     that  does not  give rise  to  an Event  of Default;  (xiv) Liens  securing
     reimbursement obligations with  respect to letters of credit  that encumber
     documents and other  property relating to  such letters  of credit and  the
     products  and proceeds thereof; (xv) Liens  in favor of customs and revenue
     authorities arising  as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties
     in  connection with  the  importation  of  goods; (xvi)  Liens  encumbering
     customary  initial deposits and margin  deposits, and other  Liens that are
     either within the general parameters customary in the industry and incurred
     in the ordinary  course of  business, in each  case, securing  Indebtedness
     under  Interest  Rate  Agreements   and  Currency  Agreements  and  forward
     contracts, options, future contracts, futures options or similar agreements
     or arrangements designed  to protect the Guarantor or any of its Restricted
     Subsidiaries from  fluctuations in the  price of commodities;  (xvii) Liens
     arising  out of conditional  sale, title retention,  consignment or similar
     arrangements for the sale  of goods entered into by the Guarantor or any of
     its  Restricted   Subsidiaries  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business  in
     accordance  with the  past practices  of the  Guarantor and  its Restricted
     Subsidiaries prior  to the Closing Date;  and (xviii) Liens on  or sales of
     receivables. 

          "Preferred  stock" or  "preferred stock"  means, with  respect  to any
     Person, any and all shares,  interests, participations or other equivalents
     (however  designated,  whether  voting  or  non-voting)  of  such  Person's
     preferred  or preference stock, whether now outstanding or issued after the
     date of the Senior Discount Notes Indenture, including, without limitation,
     all series and classes of such preferred or preference stock. 
      
          "Preferred  Stock" means the preferred stock of Holdings issued on the
     Closing Date  and any shares of  preferred stock issued as  payment in kind
     dividends thereon.
      
          "Public Equity Offering" means a bona fide underwritten primary public
     offering  of Common  Stock of  ICG  or Holdings  pursuant  to an  effective
     registration statement under the Securities Act.  

                                       -45-
     <PAGE>

          "Redeemable  Stock" means any class or  series of Capital Stock of any
     Person that by its terms or otherwise is (i) required  to be redeemed prior
     to the Stated Maturity of  the New Notes, (ii) redeemable at the  option of
     the holder  of such class or series  of Capital Stock at  any time prior to
     the  Stated  Maturity  of  the  New Notes  or  (iii)  convertible  into  or
     exchangeable for Capital Stock referred  to in clause (i) or (ii)  above or
     Indebtedness  having a scheduled maturity  prior to the  Stated Maturity of
     the  New Notes; provided that  any Capital Stock  that would not constitute
     Redeemable  Stock but  for provisions  thereof giving  holders thereof  the
     right to  require such Person  to repurchase  or redeem such  Capital Stock
     upon the occurrence  of an "asset  sale" or  "change of control"  occurring
     prior to  the  Stated  Maturity  of the  New  Notes  shall  not  constitute
     Redeemable  Stock if  the "asset  sale" or  "change of  control" provisions
     applicable to  such Capital Stock are  no more favorable to  the holders of
     such  Capital Stock than the  provisions contained in  "Limitation on Asset
     Sales" and  "Repurchase of New  Notes Upon  a Change of  Control" covenants
     described below  and such  Capital Stock  specifically  provides that  such
     Person  will  not repurchase  or  redeem any  such  stock pursuant  to such
     provision  prior to  the Guarantor's  repurchase of such  New Notes  as are
     required to be  repurchased pursuant to the "Limitation on Asset Sales" and
     "Repurchase  of New  Notes Upon  a Change  of Control"  covenants described
     below. 

          "Restricted Subsidiary"  means any  Subsidiary of the  Guarantor other
     than an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 

          "Significant  Subsidiary" means,  at  any date  of determination,  any
     Restricted   Subsidiary  of   the   Guarantor  that,   together  with   its
     Subsidiaries,  (i)  for  the most  recent  fiscal  year  of the  Guarantor,
     accounted for more than  10% of the consolidated revenues  of the Guarantor
     and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) as of the end of such  fiscal year,
     was the owner of  more than 10% of the consolidated assets of the Guarantor
     and its Restricted  Subsidiaries, all  as set  forth on  the most  recently
     available  consolidated  financial statements  of  the  Guarantor for  such
     fiscal year. 

          "Specified Date" means any  redemption date, any date of  purchase for
     any purchase  of New Notes pursuant  to the "Limitation on  Asset Sales" or
     "Repurchase  of New  Notes upon  a Change  of Control"  covenants described
     below or any date on which the New Notes are due and payable after an Event
     of Default. 
      
          "StarCom" means  StarCom International  Optics Corporation,  a British
     Columbia corporation, and its subsidiaries. 

          "Stated  Maturity" means, (i) with  respect to any  debt security, the
     date  specified in such debt security as  the fixed date on which the final
     installment of  principal of such debt security is due and payable and (ii)
     with  respect to any  scheduled installment of principal  of or interest on
     any debt  security, the date specified  in such debt security  as the fixed
     date on which such installment is due and payable. 

          "Strategic    Investor"   means    any   Person    engaged    in   the
     telecommunications  business  which  has  a  net  worth  or  equity  market
     capitalization of at least $1 billion. 

          "Strategic Investor Subordinated Indebtedness" means  all Indebtedness
     of  Holdings owed to a Strategic Investor that is contractually subordinate
     in right of payment to  the New Notes to at least the  following extent: no
     payment of  principal  (or premium,  if any)  or interest  on or  otherwise
     payable in respect of such Indebtedness may be made (whether as a result of
     a  default  or otherwise)  prior  to the  payment  in full  of  all of  the
     Guarantor's  and  Holdings'  obligations  under the  New  Notes,  provided,
     however,  that  prior  to the  payment  of  such  obligations, interest  on
     Strategic Investor Subordinated Indebtedness may be payable solely  in kind
     or in Common Stock (other than Redeemable Stock) of the Guarantor. 

          "Subsidiary"  means,  with respect  to  any  Person, any  corporation,
     association or  other  business  entity  of  which more  than  50%  of  the
     outstanding Voting Stock is  owned, directly or indirectly, by  such Person
     and one or more other Subsidiaries of such Person. 

                                       -46-
     <PAGE>
      
          "Temporary Cash Investment"  means any  of the  following: (i)  direct
     obligations  of the  United States  of  America or  any  agency thereof  or
     obligations  fully and unconditionally  guaranteed by the  United States of
     America  or any agency thereof, (ii) time deposit accounts, certificates of
     deposit and money  market deposits maturing within 270 days  of the date of
     acquisition thereof, bankers' acceptances with maturities not exceeding 270
     days, and overnight bank deposits, in each case issued by or with a bank or
     trust company  which is organized  under the laws  of the United  States of
     America, any state thereof or any  foreign country recognized by the United
     States, and which bank or trust company has  capital, surplus and undivided
     profits  aggregating in  excess of  $100 million  (or the  foreign currency
     equivalent  thereof) and has outstanding  debt which is  rated "A" (or such
     similar  equivalent rating) or higher by at least one nationally recognized
     statistical  rating  organization  (as  defined   in  Rule  436  under  the
     Securities Act) or any  money-market fund sponsored by a  registered broker
     dealer or mutual fund distributor, (iii) repurchase obligations with a term
     of not more  than 30 days for underlying securities  of the types described
     in clause (i)  above entered  into with a  bank meeting the  qualifications
     described  in clause (ii) above,  (iv) commercial paper,  maturing not more
     than 180 days after the date of acquisition, issued by a corporation (other
     than an Affiliate  of the Guarantor)  organized and in existence  under the
     laws  of the  United States of  America, any  state thereof  or any foreign
     country recognized  by the United  States of America  with a rating  at the
     time  as  of which  any investment  therein is  made  of "P-1"  (or higher)
     according to Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or "A-1" (or higher) according
     to  Standard & Poor's Ratings Group,  and (v) securities with maturities of
     six months  or  less from  the  date of  acquisition  issued or  fully  and
     unconditionally guaranteed by any  state, commonwealth or territory  of the
     United  States  of  America, or  by  any  political  subdivision or  taxing
     authority thereof,  and rated  at least  "A" by  Standard &  Poor's Ratings
     Group or Moody's Investors Service, Inc. 

          "Trade Payables"  means,  with respect  to  any person,  any  accounts
     payable  or  any  other debt  or  monetary  obligation  to trade  creditors
     created, assumed  or Guaranteed by such  Person or any of  its Subsidiaries
     arising  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business  in  connection  with  the
     acquisition of goods or services. 

          "13 1/2%  Notes" means the 13  1/2% Senior Discount Notes  due 2005 of
     Holdings  guaranteed by  Holdings (Canada)  and ICG  on a  senior unsecured
     basis. 

          "13 1/2% Notes  Indenture" means the  Indenture dated as of  August 8,
     1995,  as amended,  among  Holdings,  Holdings  (Canada)  and  the  Trustee
     pursuant to which Holdings issued the 13 1/2% Notes. 

          "Transaction Date"  means,  with  respect  to the  Incurrence  of  any
     Indebtedness  by the Guarantor or  any of its  Restricted Subsidiaries, the
     date  such  Indebtedness  is  to  be  Incurred  and,  with  respect  to any
     Restricted Payment, the date such Restricted Payment is to be made. 

          "12 1/2%  Notes" means the 12  1/2% Senior Discount Notes  due 2006 of
     Holdings  guaranteed by  Holdings (Canada)  and ICG  on a  senior unsecured
     basis. 

          "12 1/2% Notes  Indenture" means the Indenture  dated as of  April 30,
     1996, as  amended,  among  Holdings,  Holdings  (Canada)  and  the  Trustee
     pursuant to which Holdings issued the 12 1/2% Notes. 

          "Unrestricted Subsidiary"  means (i)  any Subsidiary of  the Guarantor
     that  at  the time  of determination  shall  be designated  an Unrestricted
     Subsidiary by the Board of Directors  in the manner provided below and (ii)
     any  Subsidiary of an Unrestricted  Subsidiary. The Board  of Directors may
     designate any Restricted Subsidiary  of the Guarantor (including  any newly
     acquired  or newly formed Subsidiary of the Guarantor), other than Holdings
     or   a  Subsidiary  that  has  given  a  Subsidiary  Guarantee,  to  be  an
     Unrestricted  Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary  owns any Capital Stock of,
     or  owns or  holds  any  Lien on  any  property of,  the  Guarantor or  any
     Restricted Subsidiary; provided  that either  (A) the Subsidiary  to be  so
     designated has total assets of $1,000 or less or (B) if such Subsidiary has
     assets  greater than $1,000, that such designation would be permitted under
     the "Limitation on Restricted Payments" covenant described below. The Board

                                       -47-
     <PAGE>

     of Directors may designate  any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be  a Restricted
     Subsidiary of the Guarantor; provided that immediately after  giving effect
     to  such  designation (x)  the Guarantor  could  Incur $1.00  of additional
     Indebtedness under the  first paragraph of the "Limitation on Indebtedness"
     covenant described below and (y) no  Default or Event of Default shall have
     occurred and be continuing. Any such  designation by the Board of Directors
     shall be evidenced  to the Trustee  by promptly filing  with the Trustee  a
     copy  of the  Board  Resolution giving  effect to  such designation  and an
     Officers' Certificate  certifying that  such designation complied  with the
     foregoing provisions. 

          "Voting Stock" means, with respect to any Person, Capital Stock of any
     class  or kind  ordinarily having  the power  to vote  for the  election of
     directors, managers  or other voting members of  the governing body of such
     Person. 

          "Wholly  Owned" means, with respect  to any Subsidiary  of any Person,
     such  Subsidiary if 98%  or more of  the outstanding Capital  Stock in such
     Subsidiary (other than any  director's qualifying shares or  Investments by
     foreign nationals mandated by  applicable law) is  owned by such Person  or
     one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person. 

          "Zycom" means Zycom Corporation, an Alberta, Canada corporation.

     COVENANTS

     Limitation on Indebtedness

          (a)  Under  the terms  of  the Senior  Discount  Notes Indenture,  the
     Guarantor will not, and will not permit any of  its Restricted Subsidiaries
     to,  Incur  any Indebtedness  (other than  the  New Notes,  the Guarantor's
     Guarantee thereof and Indebtedness existing  on the Closing Date); provided
     that the Guarantor  and Holdings  may Incur Indebtedness  if, after  giving
     effect  to  the  Incurrence  of  such  Indebtedness  and  the  receipt  and
     application  of the  proceeds therefrom,  the Indebtedness to  EBITDA Ratio
     would be greater than zero and less than 5:1.   

          Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  Guarantor  and  any  Restricted
     Subsidiary  (except as  specified  below) may  Incur each  and  all of  the
     following: (i) Indebtedness of the Guarantor or Holdings outstanding at any
     time,  which Indebtedness  generates  gross proceeds  to  the Guarantor  or
     Holdings  of up to  $400 million, less  the gross proceeds  of Indebtedness
     permanently  repaid as  provided  under  the  "Limitation on  Asset  Sales"
     covenant described  below; provided that (A)  Indebtedness generating gross
     proceeds to the Guarantor or Holdings of up to $150 million may be Incurred
     under this clause (i) with no additional requirements and (B)  prior to, or
     contemporaneously with,  the Incurrence  of Indebtedness generating  all or
     any part  of the remaining $250 million of gross proceeds referred to under
     this clause (i), the Guarantor or Holdings shall have issued or shall issue
     preferred stock  (which has a final  stated redemption date later  than the
     Stated  Maturity  of the  13  1/2%  Notes) generating  an  amount  of gross
     proceeds equal to or  greater than the  amount of Indebtedness so  Incurred
     and  (x)  with respect  to  preferred  stock issued  on  the  same date  as
     Indebtedness Incurred under this  clause (i)(B), having a dividend  rate of
     no more  than 2.75 percentage points  higher than the interest  rate on the
     Indebtedness so Incurred, and (y) with respect to preferred stock issued at
     any  other time which  will be applied  to satisfy the  criteria under this
     clause (i)(B), having  a secondary market  yield, on the  same date as  the
     Indebtedness so Incurred, which  a nationally recognized investment banking
     firm certifies to the Trustee is no more than 2.75 percentage points higher
     than the interest rate on the Indebtedness  that is being Incurred pursuant
     to this  clause (i)(B); (ii)  Indebtedness to the  Guarantor or any  of its
     Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that any subsequent issuance
     or transfer of  any Capital Stock  which results in  any such Wholly  Owned
     Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or
     any subsequent transfer of  such Indebtedness (other than to  the Guarantor
     or another Wholly  Owned Restricted  Subsidiary) shall be  deemed, in  each
     case, to constitute  an Incurrence  of such Indebtedness  not permitted  by
     this clause  (ii); (iii) Indebtedness  issued in exchange  for, or the  net
     proceeds  of  which  are used  to  refinance  or  refund, then  outstanding
     Indebtedness, other than Indebtedness Incurred under clause (i), (ii), (v),

                                       -48-
     <PAGE>

     (vi), (viii), (ix), (xi)  or (xii) of this paragraph, and  any refinancings
     thereof in an  amount not to  exceed the amount  so refinanced or  refunded
     (plus  premiums,  accrued  interest,  fees  and  expenses);  provided  that
     Indebtedness the  proceeds of which are used to refinance or refund the New
     Notes or Indebtedness that is pari passu with, or subordinated  in right of
     payment to,  the New Notes  or the Note  Guarantee shall only  be permitted
     under this clause (iii) if (A) in case the New Notes are refinanced in part
     or the Indebtedness to be  refinanced is pari passu  with the New Notes  or
     the  Note Guarantee, such new Indebtedness, by its terms or by the terms of
     any  agreement or  instrument pursuant  to which  such new  Indebtedness is
     outstanding, is expressly made pari passu  with, or subordinate in right of
     payment to, the  remaining New Notes or the Note Guarantee, as the case may
     be, (B)  in case the Indebtedness to be refinanced is subordinated in right
     of  payment to the New Notes or  the Note Guarantee, such new Indebtedness,
     by its terms  or by the terms  of any agreement  or instrument pursuant  to
     which  such new Indebtedness is issued or remains outstanding, is expressly
     made  subordinate in  right  of  payment  to  the New  Notes  or  the  Note
     Guarantee, as the case may be, at least to the extent that the Indebtedness
     to be refinanced is subordinated to the New Notes or the Note Guarantee, as
     the case may be and (C) such new Indebtedness, determined as of the date of
     Incurrence of such  new Indebtedness, does not  mature prior to  the Stated
     Maturity of the Indebtedness to be  refinanced or refunded, and the Average
     Life of  such new Indebtedness is  at least equal to  the remaining Average
     Life of the Indebtedness to be refinanced or refunded; and provided further
     that  in  no  event  may  Indebtedness  of  the  Guarantor  or  Holdings be
     refinanced by means of any Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary of the
     Guarantor or Holdings,  as the case may be, pursuant  to this clause (iii);
     (iv) Indebtedness (A)  in respect  of performance, surety  or appeal  bonds
     provided  in the ordinary course of business, (B) under Currency Agreements
     and Interest Rate Agreements; provided that such agreements do not increase
     the  Indebtedness of the  obligor outstanding at  any time other  than as a
     result of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates or interest rates
     or  by reason of fees, indemnities and compensation payable thereunder; and
     (C) arising  from agreements  providing for indemnification,  adjustment of
     purchase price or  similar obligations,  or from Guarantees  or letters  of
     credit,  surety bonds  or  performance bonds  securing  any obligations  of
     Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to such agreements,
     in any  case Incurred in connection  with the disposition of  any business,
     assets  or Restricted  Subsidiary  of Holdings  (other  than Guarantees  of
     Indebtedness Incurred by  any Person acquiring  all or any portion  of such
     business,  assets or Restricted Subsidiary  of Holdings for  the purpose of
     financing  such  acquisition), in  a principal  amount  at maturity  not to
     exceed the gross proceeds  actually received by Holdings or  any Restricted
     Subsidiary  in connection  with such disposition;  (v) Indebtedness  of the
     Guarantor or, to the extent the proceeds referred to  below are contributed
     to Holdings, Holdings, not  to exceed, at  any one time outstanding,  twice
     the amount of Net Cash Proceeds received by the Guarantor after the Closing
     Date from the issuance and sale of its Capital Stock (other than Redeemable
     Stock); provided that such Indebtedness does not mature prior to the Stated
     Maturity of  the New  Notes and  has an Average  Life longer  than the  New
     Notes;   (vi)   Strategic   Investor   Subordinated   Indebtedness;   (vii)
     Indebtedness  of  the Guarantor  or Holdings,  to  the extent  the proceeds
     thereof are immediately used  after the Incurrence thereof to  purchase New
     Notes, 13 1/2% Notes and/or 12 1/2% Notes  tendered in an Offer to Purchase
     or an offer to  purchase, as the case may be, made as  a result of a Change
     of Control or a change  of control, as the case may be; (viii) Indebtedness
     of  any Restricted  Subsidiary of  the Guarantor  Incurred pursuant  to any
     credit agreement  (including equipment leasing or  financing agreements) of
     such Restricted Subsidiary in  effect on August 8,  1995 (or any  agreement
     refinancing  Indebtedness under such credit agreement), up to the amount of
     the  commitment under  such  credit  agreement  on  August  8,  1995;  (ix)
     Indebtedness of the Guarantor or Holdings, in an amount not  to exceed $100
     million  at  any  one time  outstanding,  consisting  of  Capitalized Lease
     Obligations  with  respect to  assets  that  are  used  or  useful  in  the
     telecommunications   business   of   the  Guarantor   or   its   Restricted
     Subsidiaries;  (x) Indebtedness  Incurred  to defease  the New  Notes; (xi)
     Indebtedness  of any  Person that  becomes a  Restricted Subsidiary  of the
     Guarantor  after March  31, 1996,  which Indebtedness  exists or  for which
     there is a commitment to  lend at the time such Person becomes a Restricted
     Subsidiary and subsequent Incurrences thereof ("Acquired Indebtedness"), in
     an accreted amount not to exceed $50 million at any one time outstanding in
     the aggregate  for all  such Restricted  Subsidiaries;  provided that  such
     Acquired Indebtedness does not exceed  65% of the consideration (calculated
     by including the Acquired Indebtedness as a part of such consideration) for
     the  acquisition of  such Person;  (xii) Indebtedness  of the  Guarantor or
     Holdings,  in  an amount  not  to  exceed  $30  million  at  any  one  time
     outstanding, consisting of  letters of credit and similar arrangements used
     to   support  obligations  of  the  Guarantor  or  any  of  its  Restricted

                                       -49-
     <PAGE>

     Subsidiaries  with respect  to the  acquisition of  (by purchase,  lease or
     otherwise), construction of, or  improvements on, assets that will  be used
     or  useful in  the  telecommunications business  of  the Guarantor  or  its
     Restricted Subsidiaries;  and (xiii)  Indebtedness Incurred to  finance the
     cost (including the cost of design, development, construction, installation
     or integration) of  assets, equipment or  inventory used or  useful in  the
     telecommunications business  of  the Guarantor  or  any of  its  Restricted
     Subsidiaries that  is acquired  by the Guarantor  or any of  its Restricted
     Subsidiaries after the Closing Date. 

          (b)  For purposes of determining any particular amount of Indebtedness
     under  this "Limitation  on  Indebtedness" covenant,  Guarantees, Liens  or
     obligations  with  respect to  letters  of  credit supporting  Indebtedness
     otherwise included in the determination of such particular amount shall not
     be  included. For purposes of determining  compliance with this "Limitation
     on Indebtedness" covenant, in the event that an item of  Indebtedness meets
     the criteria of more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in the
     above clauses, Holdings, in  its sole discretion, shall classify  such item
     of Indebtedness and only be required to include the amount and type of such
     Indebtedness in one of such clauses. 

     Limitation on Restricted Payments

          So long  as any of the  New Notes are outstanding,  the Guarantor will
     not,  and will  not  permit  any  Restricted  Subsidiary  to,  directly  or
     indirectly, (i) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on its
     Capital  Stock held  by Persons  other  than the  Guarantor or  any of  its
     Restricted  Subsidiaries  (other than  dividends  or distributions  payable
     solely  in  shares of  its or  such  Restricted Subsidiary's  Capital Stock
     (other than Redeemable Stock) of the same class  held by such holders or in
     options, warrants or other  rights to acquire such shares of  Capital Stock
     and  other than  pro  rata dividends  or distributions  on Common  Stock of
     Restricted  Subsidiaries),  (ii)  purchase,  redeem,  retire  or  otherwise
     acquire  for value  any shares  of Capital  Stock of  the Guarantor  or any
     Restricted  Subsidiary  (including options,  warrants  or  other rights  to
     acquire  such shares  of  Capital Stock)  held by  Persons  other than  the
     Guarantor  or any of its  Wholly Owned Restricted  Subsidiaries (except for
     Capital Stock of ChoiceCom, MTN, StarCom, Ohio LINX, FOTI and  Zycom to the
     extent the  consideration therefor consists  solely of Common  Stock (other
     than  Redeemable Stock) of the Guarantor transferred in compliance with the
     Securities Act), (iii) make any voluntary or optional principal payment, or
     voluntary   or  optional   redemption,  repurchase,  defeasance   or  other
     acquisition or retirement  for value,  of Indebtedness of  Holdings or  the
     Guarantor that is subordinated in right of payment to the New Notes or  the
     Note Guarantee, as the case may be, or (iv) make any Investment, other than
     a  Permitted Investment, in any Person (such  payments or any other actions
     described  in  clauses  (i)  through (iv)  being  collectively  "Restricted
     Payments") if,  at the time  of, and after  giving effect to,  the proposed
     Restricted Payment:  (A) a Default or Event  of Default shall have occurred
     and  be continuing,  (B) the Guarantor  could not  Incur at  least $1.00 of
     Indebtedness under the first paragraph of the "Limitation  on Indebtedness"
     covenant or (C) the  aggregate amount expended for all  Restricted Payments
     (the amount so  expended, if other than  in cash, to be  determined in good
     faith  by the Board of  Directors, whose determination  shall be conclusive
     and evidenced  by a Board Resolution) after the date of the Senior Discount
     Notes Indenture shall exceed the sum of (1)  50% of the aggregate amount of
     the  Adjusted Consolidated Net Income (or, if the Adjusted Consolidated Net
     Income  is a  loss, minus  100% of  such amount)  (determined by  excluding
     income resulting from transfers of assets by the  Guarantor or a Restricted
     Subsidiary to  an Unrestricted Subsidiary)  accrued on  a cumulative  basis
     during the period (taken  as one accounting period) beginning  on the first
     day of the fiscal quarter immediately following the Closing Date and ending
     on the last  day of the last fiscal quarter  preceding the Transaction Date
     for which reports have  been filed pursuant to the "Commission  Reports and
     Reports  to  Holders" covenant  plus (2)  the  aggregate Net  Cash Proceeds
     received by the Guarantor after the Closing Date from the issuance and sale
     permitted  by  the Senior  Discount Notes  Indenture  of its  Capital Stock
     (other than Redeemable  Stock) to a Person  who is not a  Subsidiary of the
     Guarantor,  or from the issuance to a Person who is not a Subsidiary of the
     Guarantor of any options, warrants or other rights to acquire Capital Stock
     of the  Guarantor (in each case,  exclusive of any Redeemable  Stock or any
     options, warrants or other rights that  are redeemable at the option of the
     holder, or are required to be redeemed, prior to the Stated Maturity of the
     New Notes) plus  (3) an amount  equal to the  net reduction in  Investments
     (other than  reductions in Permitted  Investments) in any  Person resulting
     from payments of  interest on Indebtedness, dividends,  repayments of loans

                                       -50-
     <PAGE>
   
     or advances, or other transfers of assets, in each case to the Guarantor or
     any  Restricted  Subsidiary  (except to  the  extent  any  such payment  is
     included in the calculation  of Adjusted Consolidated Net Income),  or from
     redesignations  of Unrestricted  Subsidiaries  as  Restricted  Subsidiaries
     (valued in  each case as provided in  the definition of "Investments"), not
     to  exceed the amount of  Investments previously made  by the Guarantor and
     its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Person. 
      
          The foregoing provision  shall not be violated  by reason of: (i)  the
     payment  of any  dividend  within 60  days  after the  date of  declaration
     thereof if, at said date of declaration, such payment would comply with the
     foregoing paragraph;  (ii) the redemption, repurchase,  defeasance or other
     acquisition or retirement for value of Indebtedness that is subordinated in
     right  of payment to the New  Notes or the Note Guarantee,  as the case may
     be,  including premium, if  any, and accrued and  unpaid interest, with the
     proceeds of, or in  exchange for, Indebtedness Incurred under  clause (iii)
     of the second paragraph of the "Limitation on Indebtedness" covenant; (iii)
     the repurchase, redemption  or other  acquisition of Capital  Stock of  the
     Guarantor or Holdings (or options, warrants or other rights to acquire such
     Capital Stock) and  with respect to  any preferred  stock of Holdings,  the
     payment  of accrued  dividends  thereon in  exchange  for,  or out  of  the
     proceeds  of  a substantially  concurrent issuance  or  sale of,  shares of
     Capital Stock (other than  Redeemable Stock) of the Guarantor  or Holdings;
     provided that  the redemption  of any  preferred stock  and the payment  of
     accrued  dividends thereon  pursuant  to any  mandatory redemption  feature
     thereof and any  redemption of any other Capital Stock  and with respect to
     any  preferred stock, the payment of accrued dividends thereon (or options,
     warrants or other rights to acquire such Capital Stock) shall  be deemed to
     be "substantially concurrent" with  such issuance and sale if  the required
     notice with respect to such redemption is irrevocably given by a date which
     is no later than  five Business Days after receipt of  the proceeds of such
     issuance and sale and such redemption and payment is consummated within the
     period provided for  in the documents providing for  the redemption of such
     preferred stock or  the documents  governing the redemption  of such  other
     Capital Stock, as the case may  be; (iv) the acquisition of Indebtedness of
     Holdings or  the Guarantor which is subordinated in right of payment to the
     New Notes or the Note  Guarantee, as the case  may be, in exchange for,  or
     out of  the proceeds of, a substantially  concurrent offering of, shares of
     the  Capital  Stock of  the Guarantor  (other  than Redeemable  Stock); (v)
     payments or  distributions, in  the nature  of satisfaction of  dissenters'
     rights,  pursuant to  or  in connection  with  a consolidation,  merger  or
     transfer of assets that complies with the provisions of the Senior Discount
     Notes Indenture applicable to mergers, consolidations and transfers of  all
     or  substantially  all  of  the property  and  assets  of  Holdings or  the
     Guarantor;  (vi) Investments, not to  exceed $10 million  in the aggregate,
     each  evidenced  by  a senior  promissory  note  payable  to Holdings  that
     provides that it will become  due and payable prior to (or, in  the case of
     acceleration, concurrently with) any required repayment (including pursuant
     to an Offer to Purchase in connection with a  Change of Control) of the New
     Notes; (vii) Investments, not to exceed  $5 million in the aggregate,  that
     meet the  requirements of  clause (vi)  above; provided  that the  Board of
     Directors of the Guarantor shall have determined,  in good faith, that each
     such Investment under this clause (vii) will enable the Guarantor, Holdings
     or  one of their Restricted Subsidiaries to obtain additional business that
     it  might not  be able  to obtain  without the  making of  such Investment;
     (viii) with  respect to  preferred stock  permitted to  be issued and  sold
     under  the "Limitation  on  the Issuance  of  Capital Stock  of  Restricted
     Subsidiaries"  covenant, the  payment (A)  of dividends  on  such preferred
     stock in additional shares of preferred  stock and (B) of cash dividends on
     such preferred stock and accrued interest on unpaid dividends, in each case
     after  May  1, 2001;  (ix)  the repurchase,  in the  event  of a  Change of
     Control, of preferred stock  of Holdings or the Guarantor  and Indebtedness
     of  Holdings  or the  Guarantor into  which such  preferred stock  has been
     exchanged;  provided  that prior  to repurchasing  such preferred  stock or
     Indebtedness,  Holdings or the  Guarantor, as the  case may be,  shall have
     made a  Change of Control Offer  to repurchase the New  Notes in accordance
     with  the terms  of the Senior  Discount Notes  Indenture (and  an offer to
     repurchase  other  Indebtedness,  if  required by  the  terms  thereof,  in
     accordance  with  the  indenture  or other  document  governing  such other
     Indebtedness) and shall have accepted and paid for any New Notes (and other
     Indebtedness) properly tendered in  connection with such Change of  Control
     Offer  for  the  New  Notes  or change  of  control  offer  for  such other
     Indebtedness; and (x) the  issuance of Indebtedness permitted to  be issued
     under  the Senior Discount Notes Indenture in exchange for preferred stock;
     provided that  the  Incurrence  of  such  Indebtedness  complies  with  the
     "Limitation on Indebtedness" covenant; provided that, except in the case of

                                       -51-
     <PAGE>

     clauses (i) and  (iii), no Default or Event of  Default shall have occurred
     and be continuing or occur as a consequence of the  actions or payments set
     forth therein. 
      
          Each Restricted Payment permitted  pursuant to the preceding paragraph
     (other than the Restricted  Payment referred to in clauses  (ii), (viii)(A)
     and (x)  thereof), and the Net  Cash Proceeds from any  issuance of Capital
     Stock referred  to in clause (iii) or (iv) shall be included in calculating
     whether  the  conditions of  clause  (C)  of the  first  paragraph  of this
     "Limitation  on Restricted Payments" covenant have been met with respect to
     any subsequent  Restricted Payments. Notwithstanding the  foregoing, in the
     event the proceeds  of an issuance  of Capital Stock  of the Guarantor  are
     used for the redemption,  repurchase or other acquisition of the New Notes,
     or  Indebtedness that is pari  passu with the New  Notes, then the Net Cash
     Proceeds  of such  issuance shall be  included in  clause (C)  of the first
     paragraph  of this "Limitation on Restricted Payments" covenant only to the
     extent  such proceeds are not used for such redemption, repurchase or other
     acquisition of such Indebtedness. 

     Limitation on Dividend and  Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted
     Subsidiaries 

          So long  as any of the  New Notes are outstanding,  the Guarantor will
     not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary  to, create or otherwise
     cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual  encumbrance or
     restriction of any kind on the ability of any Restricted  Subsidiary to (i)
     pay dividends or make  any other distributions permitted by  applicable law
     on any Capital  Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary owned  by the Guarantor
     or any other Restricted  Subsidiary, (ii) pay any Indebtedness owed  to the
     Guarantor  or any other Restricted Subsidiary, (iii) make loans or advances
     to the Guarantor or any other Restricted Subsidiary or (iv) transfer any of
     its property or assets to the Guarantor or any other Restricted Subsidiary.

          The  foregoing  provisions  shall  not restrict  any  encumbrances  or
     restrictions: (i) existing on the Closing Date in the Senior Discount Notes
     Indenture  or any other  agreement in effect  on the Closing  Date, and any
     extensions,  refinancings,  renewals or  replacements  of  such agreements;
     provided  that the  encumbrances and  restrictions in any  such extensions,
     refinancings,  renewals  or  replacements  are no  less  favorable  in  any
     material respect to  the Holders  than those  encumbrances or  restrictions
     that are then in effect and that are being extended, refinanced, renewed or
     replaced;  (ii)  existing  under or  by  reason  of  applicable law;  (iii)
     existing  with respect  to any  Person or  the property  or assets  of such
     Person  acquired by the Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary, existing at
     the time of  such acquisition  and not incurred  in contemplation  thereof,
     which encumbrances or restrictions are not applicable to any Person  or the
     property  or assets of any Person other than such Person or the property or
     assets of such Person so acquired; (iv)  in the case of clause (iv) of  the
     first  paragraph  of  this  "Limitation  on   Dividend  and  Other  Payment
     Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries" covenant, (A) that restrict
     in  a  customary  manner the  subletting,  assignment  or  transfer of  any
     property  or asset  that is  a  lease, license,  conveyance or  contract or
     similar  property or  asset, (B)  existing by  virtue  of any  transfer of,
     agreement  to transfer, option  or right with  respect to, or  Lien on, any
     property  or assets  of  the Guarantor  or  any Restricted  Subsidiary  not
     otherwise  prohibited by the Senior Discount Notes Indenture or (C) arising
     or  agreed  to in  the ordinary  course of  business,  not relating  to any
     Indebtedness,  and that do not,  individually or in  the aggregate, detract
     from the  value of property  or assets of  the Guarantor or  any Restricted
     Subsidiary  in any  manner  material to  the  Guarantor or  any  Restricted
     Subsidiary;  (v)  with respect  to  a  Restricted  Subsidiary  and  imposed
     pursuant  to an  agreement  that has  been  entered into  for  the sale  or
     disposition  of  all  or substantially  all  of the  Capital  Stock  of, or
     property  and  assets  of,  such  Restricted  Subsidiary;  or  (vi) imposed
     pursuant to preferred  stock of  Holdings issued under  clause (vi) of  the
     "Limitation  on  the  Issuance and  Sale  of  Capital  Stock of  Restricted
     Subsidiaries"  covenant,  or  exchange  debentures  or  exchange  notes  of
     Holdings  issued in exchange therefor; provided  that such restrictions (A)
     may  include  a  prohibition   (x)  on  payments  on  Capital   Stock  upon
     liquidation,  winding-up and dissolution of Holdings and (y) on the payment
     of dividends  on and the  making of any  distribution on, or  the purchase,
     redemption, retirement or other  acquisition for value of Capital  Stock of
     Holdings if dividends  or other amounts on such  preferred stock are unpaid
     and  (B) any restrictions imposed  pursuant to preferred  stock of Holdings
     other  than pursuant to  clause (A) shall  be no more  restrictive than the
     restrictions  contained in  the Senior  Discount Notes  Indenture (assuming

                                       -52-
     <PAGE>

     that references to  the Guarantor  in the Senior  Discount Notes  Indenture
     were replaced  with  references to  Holdings).  Nothing contained  in  this
     "Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted
     Subsidiaries"  covenant  shall  prevent  the Guarantor  or  any  Restricted
     Subsidiary from (1) creating, incurring, assuming or suffering to exist any
     Liens  otherwise permitted  in the  "Limitation on  Liens" covenant  or (2)
     restricting the  sale or other  disposition of  property or  assets of  the
     Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that secure Indebtedness of
     the Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
      
     Limitation  on the  Issuance  and  Sale  of  Capital  Stock  of  Restricted
     Subsidiaries 

          Under  the terms of the Senior Discount Notes Indenture, the Guarantor
     will not sell, and will not  permit any Restricted Subsidiary, directly  or
     indirectly, to issue  or sell, any shares of Capital  Stock of a Restricted
     Subsidiary (including options, warrants or  other rights to purchase shares
     of such  Capital Stock)  except  (i) to  the Guarantor  or  a Wholly  Owned
     Restricted  Subsidiary; (ii)  issuances  or sales  to foreign  nationals of
     shares of Capital Stock  of foreign Restricted Subsidiaries, to  the extent
     required  by applicable law; (iii)  if, immediately after  giving effect to
     such  issuance  or  sale,  such   Restricted  Subsidiary  would  no  longer
     constitute  a Restricted Subsidiary; (iv)  with respect to  Common Stock of
     ChoiceCom, MTN,  StarCom and Zycom; provided that  the proceeds of any such
     sale under  clause (iv) shall be  applied in accordance with  clause (A) or
     (B)  of the  first paragraph  of the  "Limitation on Asset  Sales" covenant
     described below;  (v) with respect to  Common Stock of FOTI;  provided that
     FOTI shall  not retain  any net  proceeds from such  sales or  issuances in
     excess of $10 million  in the aggregate and  any net proceeds in  excess of
     such $10  million shall be  received by, or  paid promptly by  FOTI to, the
     Guarantor,  Holdings  or any  Wholly  Owned  Restricted Subsidiary  of  the
     Guarantor; and (vi) with  respect to (A) preferred stock of Holdings having
     an  initial liquidation  preference  of  up to  $250  million  and (B)  any
     preferred  stock of Holdings issued  as dividends on  such preferred stock;
     provided that such  preferred stock does  not require the  payment of  cash
     dividends prior to May 1, 2001. 

     Limitation on Issuances of Guarantees by Restricted Subsidiaries

          The Guarantor will  not permit any Restricted  Subsidiary, directly or
     indirectly, to Guarantee any Indebtedness  of Holdings or any  Indebtedness
     of the  Guarantor ("Guaranteed  Indebtedness"), unless (i)  such Restricted
     Subsidiary simultaneously executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to
     the  Senior  Discount   Notes  Indenture  providing  for   a  Guarantee  (a
     "Subsidiary  Guarantee") of  payment of  the New  Notes by  such Restricted
     Subsidiary and  (ii) such Restricted Subsidiary waives  and will not in any
     manner whatsoever  claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any rights of
     reimbursement, indemnity  or subrogation  or any  other rights against  the
     Guarantor, Holdings or  any other Restricted Subsidiary as a  result of any
     payment  by  such Restricted  Subsidiary  under  its Subsidiary  Guarantee;
     provided that this paragraph  shall not be  applicable to any Guarantee  of
     any Restricted Subsidiary that (x) existed at the time such Person became a
     Restricted Subsidiary and (y)  was not Incurred in  connection with, or  in
     contemplation  of,  such Person  becoming a  Restricted Subsidiary.  If the
     Guaranteed Indebtedness  is (A) pari passu  with the New Notes  or the Note
     Guarantee, then the Guarantee of such Guaranteed Indebtedness shall be pari
     passu  with,  or   subordinated  to,  the   Subsidiary  Guarantee  or   (B)
     subordinated to the New Notes or  the Note Guarantee, then the Guarantee of
     such  Guaranteed  Indebtedness  shall  be subordinated  to  the  Subsidiary
     Guarantee  at least  to  the extent  that  the Guaranteed  Indebtedness  is
     subordinated to the New Notes or the Note Guarantee, as the case may be. 
      
          Notwithstanding  the   foregoing,  any   Subsidiary  Guarantee  by   a
     Restricted  Subsidiary  shall  provide  by  its  terms  that  it  shall  be
     automatically  and unconditionally  released  and discharged  upon (i)  any
     sale, exchange or transfer, to any Person not an Affiliate of the Guarantor
     of all  of Holdings' and each Restricted  Subsidiary's Capital Stock in, or
     all or substantially all  the assets of, such Restricted  Subsidiary (which
     sale, exchange or transfer is not  prohibited by the Senior Discount  Notes
     Indenture) or (ii) the release or discharge of the Guarantee which resulted
     in the creation of such Subsidiary Guarantee, except a discharge or release
     by or as a result of payment under such Guarantee. 

                                       -53-
     <PAGE>

     Limitation on Transactions with Shareholders and Affiliates
      
          Under  the terms of the Senior Discount Notes Indenture, the Guarantor
     will  not, and will  not permit any  Restricted Subsidiary  to, directly or
     indirectly, enter into, renew or extend any transaction (including, without
     limitation, the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of property or assets, or
     the  rendering of any  service) with any  holder (or any  Affiliate of such
     holder) of  5% or more of  any class of  Capital Stock of the  Guarantor or
     with  any Affiliate of the  Guarantor or any  Restricted Subsidiary, except
     upon fair and reasonable terms  no less favorable to the Guarantor  or such
     Restricted  Subsidiary  than  could  be  obtained,  at  the  time  of  such
     transaction or  at the  time of  the execution of  the agreement  providing
     therefor,  in a comparable arm's-length  transaction with a  Person that is
     not such a holder or an Affiliate. 
      
          The foregoing limitation  does not limit,  and shall not apply  to (i)
     transactions (A) approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the
     Board  of  Directors or  (B)  for  which  the  Guarantor  or  a  Restricted
     Subsidiary  delivers to  the  Trustee a  written  opinion of  a  nationally
     recognized  investment banking firm stating that the transaction is fair to
     the Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view;
     (ii)  any transaction solely  between the Guarantor  and any of  its Wholly
     Owned  Restricted Subsidiaries  or solely  between Wholly  Owned Restricted
     Subsidiaries; (iii) the payment of reasonable and customary regular fees to
     directors  of  the Guarantor,  Holdings or  Holdings  (Canada) who  are not
     employees  of  the  Guarantor,  Holdings  or Holdings  (Canada);  (iv)  any
     payments  or  other  transactions  pursuant to  any  tax-sharing  agreement
     between the Guarantor and any other Person with which the Guarantor files a
     consolidated  tax  return  or  with  which  the  Guarantor  is  part  of  a
     consolidated group for  tax purposes;  or (v) any  Restricted Payments  not
     prohibited   by   the  "Limitation   on   Restricted   Payments"  covenant.
     Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  any  transaction  covered  by  the  first
     paragraph  of  this  "Limitation  on  Transactions  with  Shareholders  and
     Affiliates"  covenant and not covered by clauses  (ii) through (iv) of this
     paragraph, the aggregate amount of which  exceeds $2 million in value, must
     be  approved or determined to be fair in  the manner provided for in clause
     (i)(A) or (B) above. 

     Limitation on Liens

          Under  the terms of the Senior Discount Notes Indenture, the Guarantor
     will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary  to, create, incur,
     assume  or suffer to exist any  Lien on any of its  assets or properties of
     any character,  or any  shares  of Capital  Stock  or Indebtedness  of  any
     Restricted Subsidiary,  without making effective  provision for all  of the
     New Notes  (or, in  the case  of  a Lien  on assets  or properties  of  the
     Guarantor, the Note Guarantee) and  all other amounts due under the  Senior
     Discount  Notes Indenture to be  directly secured equally  and ratably with
     (or,  if  the  obligation  or  liability to  be  secured  by  such  Lien is
     subordinated in  right of payment to  the New Notes or  the Note Guarantee,
     prior to) the obligation or liability secured by such Lien. 
      
          The  foregoing limitation does not apply  to (i) Liens existing on the
     Closing Date;  (ii) Liens granted after  the Closing Date on  any assets or
     Capital Stock of  Holdings (Canada),  Holdings or any  of their  Restricted
     Subsidiaries  created in favor of the Holders;  (iii) Liens with respect to
     the assets of a Restricted Subsidiary granted by such Restricted Subsidiary
     to  the Guarantor  or  a  Wholly  Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary  to  secure
     Indebtedness owing to  the Guarantor or  such other Restricted  Subsidiary;
     (iv)  Liens securing  Indebtedness which  is Incurred to  refinance secured
     Indebtedness which is  permitted to be Incurred  under clause (iii)  of the
     second  paragraph of  the "Limitation  on Indebtedness"  covenant; provided
     that such Liens  do not extend  to or cover any  property or assets  of the
     Guarantor, Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the property or
     assets  securing the Indebtedness being  refinanced; (v) Liens with respect
     to assets  or properties of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary
     after the Closing Date; provided that such Liens do not  extend to or cover
     any  assets  or properties  of  the  Guarantor  or  any of  its  Restricted
     Subsidiaries other than the assets or properties of  such Person subject to
     such  Lien on  the date such  Person becomes  a Restricted  Subsidiary; and
     provided further that such  Liens are not incurred in  contemplation of, or
     in  connection with,  such  Person becoming  a Restricted  Subsidiary; (vi)

                                       -54-
     <PAGE>

     Permitted  Liens; or (vii) Liens, solely in favor of Acquired Indebtedness,
     on  Capital Stock  of Persons  that become  Restricted Subsidiaries  of the
     Guarantor after the Closing Date. 
      
     Limitation on Sale-Leaseback Transactions

          Under  the terms of the Senior Discount Notes Indenture, the Guarantor
     will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to,  enter into any
     sale-leaseback  transaction  involving  any  of its  assets  or  properties
     whether  now  owned  or hereafter  acquired,  whereby  the  Guarantor or  a
     Restricted Subsidiary sells or transfers such assets or properties and then
     or thereafter leases  such assets or properties or any  part thereof or any
     other  assets  or  properties  which  the  Guarantor   or  such  Restricted
     Subsidiary,  as the case may be, intends  to use for substantially the same
     purpose or purposes as the assets or properties sold or transferred. 
      
          The  foregoing  restriction  does  not  apply  to  any  sale-leaseback
     transaction if (i) the lease is  for a period, including renewal rights, of
     not  in  excess of  three  years;  (ii) the  lease  secures  or relates  to
     industrial revenue  or pollution  control bonds;  (iii) the transaction  is
     between the Guarantor and any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or between
     Wholly  Owned  Restricted  Subsidiaries;  or  (iv)  the Guarantor  or  such
     Restricted Subsidiary, within six months after the  sale or transfer of any
     assets or properties is completed, applies  an amount not less than the net
     proceeds received  from such sale in  accordance with clause (A)  or (B) of
     the first paragraph of  the "Limitation on Asset Sales"  covenant described
     below. 

     Limitation on Asset Sales
      
          Under  the terms of the Senior Discount Notes Indenture, the Guarantor
     will not, and  will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, consummate any
     Asset Sale, unless (i) the consideration  received by the Guarantor or such
     Restricted  Subsidiary is at  least equal to  the fair market  value of the
     assets  sold or  disposed of  and (ii)  at least  75% of  the consideration
     received consists of  cash or Temporary Cash Investments.  In the event and
     to the extent that the  Net Cash Proceeds received by the Guarantor  or its
     Restricted Subsidiaries from one  or more Asset Sales occurring on or after
     the  Closing Date  in any  period of  12 consecutive  months exceed  10% of
     Adjusted  Consolidated  Net  Tangible  Assets (determined  as  of  the date
     closest  to  the  commencement   of  such  12-month  period  for   which  a
     consolidated  balance  sheet  of Holdings  and  its  Subsidiaries  has been
     prepared),  then the Guarantor shall or shall cause the relevant Restricted
     Subsidiary to (i)  within six months  after the date  Net Cash Proceeds  so
     received  exceed 10% of Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets (A) apply
     an  amount equal  to  such excess  Net Cash  Proceeds to  permanently repay
     unsubordinated Indebtedness  of the Guarantor or  Holdings, or Indebtedness
     of any Restricted  Subsidiary other than Holdings, in each  case owing to a
     Person other than the  Guarantor or any of  its Restricted Subsidiaries  or
     (B) invest an equal amount, or the amount not so applied pursuant to clause
     (A)  (or enter into  a definitive agreement committing  to so invest within
     six months after  the date of such agreement),  in property or assets  of a
     nature or type  or that  are used  in a business  (or in  a company  having
     property and assets of a nature or type, or  engaged in a business) similar
     or  related to the  nature or type  of the  property and assets  of, or the
     business  of, the Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries existing on the
     date  of such  investment (as  determined  in good  faith by  the Board  of
     Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive and evidenced by a Board
     Resolution)  and (ii) apply (no later than  the end of the six-month period
     referred to in clause (i)) such excess Net Cash Proceeds (to the extent not
     applied pursuant to clause (i)) as  provided in the following paragraphs of
     this  "Limitation on Asset  Sales" covenant. The amount  of such excess Net
     Cash Proceeds  required to be  applied (or to  be committed to  be applied)
     during such  six-month period as set  forth in clause (i)  of the preceding
     sentence  and not applied  as so required  by the end  of such period shall
     constitute "Excess Proceeds." 

          If, as of the first day of any calendar month, the aggregate amount of
     Excess Proceeds not theretofore subject to an Offer to Purchase pursuant to
     this  "Limitation on  Asset Sales"  covenant totals  at least  $10 million,
     Holdings must commence,  not later than the fifteenth Business  Day of such
     month,  and consummate an Offer to Purchase from  the Holders on a pro rata
     basis an aggregate Accreted Value of New Notes equal to the Excess Proceeds

                                       -55-
     <PAGE>

     on such date, at a  purchase price equal to  101% of the Accreted Value  of
     the New Notes, plus, in each case, accrued interest (if any) to the date of
     purchase. 

     Repurchase of New Notes upon a Change of Control
      
          Holdings must commence, within 30  days of the occurrence of  a Change
     of Control,  and consummate  an Offer  to Purchase for  all New  Notes then
     outstanding,  at a  purchase  price equal  to 101%  of  the Accreted  Value
     thereof,  plus accrued interest (if any) to  the date of purchase. Prior to
     the mailing of the notice to Holders commencing such Offer to Purchase, but
     in any  event within  30 days  following  any Change  of Control,  Holdings
     covenants  to (i)  repay in  full all  indebtedness of Holdings  that would
     prohibit the repurchase of the New Notes pursuant to such Offer to Purchase
     or  (ii) obtain any requisite consents under instruments governing any such
     indebtedness  of  Holdings  to permit  the  repurchase  of  the New  Notes.
     Holdings shall first  comply with  the covenant in  the preceding  sentence
     before it  shall be  required  to repurchase  New  Notes pursuant  to  this
     "Repurchase of New Notes upon a Change of Control" covenant. 
      
          If  Holdings is unable  to repay  all of  its indebtedness  that would
     prohibit repurchase of the New Notes or is unable to obtain the consents of
     the holders of indebtedness, if any, of Holdings outstanding at the time of
     a  Change  of Control  whose consent  would be  so  required to  permit the
     repurchase  of New Notes, then  Holdings will have  breached such covenant.
     This breach will constitute  an Event of Default under the  Senior Discount
     Notes Indenture if it continues  for a period of 30 consecutive  days after
     written notice  is given to  Holdings by the  Trustee or the  Holders of at
     least 25%  in aggregate principal amount  of the New  Notes outstanding. In
     addition, the failure by Holdings to repurchase New Notes at the conclusion
     of the  Offer to Purchase will  constitute an Event of  Default without any
     waiting period or notice requirements. 
      
          There can be  no assurance  that Holdings will  have sufficient  funds
     available  at the time  of any Change  of Control to make  any debt payment
     (including repurchases of New Notes) required by the foregoing covenant (as
     well as may  be contained in  other securities of  Holdings which might  be
     outstanding  at  the  time).  The  above  covenant  requiring  Holdings  to
     repurchase the New Notes  will, unless the  consents referred to above  are
     obtained, require Holdings to repay all indebtedness then outstanding which
     by its  terms would prohibit such  New Note repurchase, either  prior to or
     concurrently with such New Note repurchase. 

     Commission Reports and Reports to Holders

          Whether or not Holdings or the  Guarantor is required to file  reports
     with the  Commission, if  any New  Notes are  outstanding Holdings  and the
     Guarantor  shall  file  with the  Commission  all  such  reports and  other
     information as  they  would be  required  to file  with  the Commission  by
     Sections  13(a) or  15(d) under  the Securities  Exchange  Act of  1934, as
     amended. See "Available Information." Holdings shall supply the Trustee and
     each Holder, or shall supply to the Trustee for forwarding  to each Holder,
     without cost to such Holder, copies of such reports or other information. 
      
     Events of Default
      
          The following  events will be  defined as  "Events of Default"  in the
     Senior Discount Notes Indenture: (a) default in the payment of principal of
     (or premium, if any, on) any New Note when the same becomes due and payable
     at maturity, upon acceleration, redemption or otherwise; (b) default in the
     payment of interest on any New Note when the same becomes due  and payable,
     and such  default continues for a  period of 30  days; (c) Holdings  or the
     Guarantor defaults in the performance of  or breaches any other covenant or
     agreement  of  Holdings  or the  Guarantor  in  the  Senior Discount  Notes
     Indenture or under the New Notes and such default or breach continues for a
     period of  30 consecutive  days after  written  notice to  Holdings or  the
     Guarantor  by  the Trustee  or  the Holders  of  25% or  more  in aggregate
     principal  amount at  maturity  of the  New Notes;  (d)  there occurs  with

                                       -56-
     <PAGE>

     respect to any issue  or issues of Indebtedness of Holdings,  the Guarantor
     or any Significant  Subsidiary having  an outstanding  principal amount  at
     maturity of $10 million or more in the aggregate for all such issues of all
     such  Persons, whether such Indebtedness  now exists or  shall hereafter be
     created,  (I) an  event of default  that has  caused the  holder thereof to
     declare  such Indebtedness  to  be  due and  payable  prior  to its  Stated
     Maturity  and such Indebtedness  has not  been discharged  in full  or such
     acceleration  has not  been rescinded or  annulled within  30 days  of such
     acceleration and/or  (II) the failure  to make a  principal payment at  the
     final (but not any interim) fixed maturity and such defaulted payment shall
     not  have been  made, waived  or extended  within 30  days of  such payment
     default; (e) any final judgment or order (not covered by insurance) for the
     payment of money  in excess of  $10 million in the  aggregate for all  such
     final   judgments  or  orders  against   all  such  Persons  (treating  any
     deductibles,  self-insurance  or retention  as  not  so covered)  shall  be
     rendered against Holdings, the Guarantor or any  Significant Subsidiary and
     shall not  be paid  or discharged,  and there  shall  be any  period of  30
     consecutive days following entry of the final judgment or order that causes
     the aggregate amount for all such final judgments or orders outstanding and
     not paid  or discharged  against all  such  Persons to  exceed $10  million
     during which  a stay  of enforcement  of such final  judgment or  order, by
     reason  of a pending  appeal or  otherwise, shall not  be in  effect; (f) a
     court having jurisdiction in the premises enters a decree or  order for (A)
     relief  in respect of Holdings, the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary
     in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other
     similar law  now or  hereafter in  effect, (B) appointment  of a  receiver,
     liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator  or similar official
     of Holdings,  the Guarantor  or any  Significant Subsidiary  or for  all or
     substantially all of the property and assets of  Holdings, the Guarantor or
     any  Significant Subsidiary  or (C) the  winding up  or liquidation  of the
     affairs  of Holdings, the Guarantor  or any Significant  Subsidiary and, in
     each case,  such decree or order shall remain unstayed  and in effect for a
     period  of 30  consecutive  days; or  (g) Holdings,  the  Guarantor or  any
     Significant Subsidiary (A) commences a voluntary case  under any applicable
     bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect,  or
     consents to the entry of an  order for relief in an involuntary  case under
     any  such law, (B) consents to the appointment of or taking possession by a
     receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar
     official  of Holdings, the Guarantor  or any Significant  Subsidiary or for
     all  or  substantially all  of  the property  and  assets of  Holdings, the
     Guarantor  or  any  Significant  Subsidiary  or  (C)  effects  any  general
     assignment for the benefit of creditors. 
      
          If an  Event of Default (other  than an Event of  Default specified in
     clause  (f) or  (g)  above that  occurs  with respect  to  Holdings or  the
     Guarantor)  occurs  and  is  continuing under  the  Senior  Discount  Notes
     Indenture,  the  Trustee  or  the Holders  of  at  least  25% in  aggregate
     principal amount at maturity of the New Notes, then outstanding, by written
     notice  to Holdings (and  to the  Trustee if  such notice  is given  by the
     Holders), may,  and  the Trustee  at  the request  of such  Holders  shall,
     declare the Accreted  Value of, premium,  if any, and accrued  interest, if
     any, on the New Notes to be immediately due and payable. Upon a declaration
     of  acceleration,  such Accreted  Value of,  premium,  if any,  and accrued
     interest, if any, shall be  immediately due and payable. In the  event of a
     declaration of acceleration because an Event of Default set forth in clause
     (d)  above has occurred and is continuing, such declaration of acceleration
     shall  be  automatically rescinded  and annulled  if  the event  of default
     triggering such Event of Default  pursuant to clause (d) shall  be remedied
     or  cured by Holdings, the Guarantor or the relevant Significant Subsidiary
     or waived by the holders of  the relevant Indebtedness within 60 days after
     the  declaration of  acceleration  with respect  thereto.  If an  Event  of
     Default  specified  in clause  (f)  or (g)  above  occurs  with respect  to
     Holdings  or the  Guarantor, the  Accreted Value of,  premium, if  any, and
     accrued  interest, if  any, on  the New  Notes then outstanding  shall ipso
     facto become and be immediately due  and payable without any declaration or
     other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder. The Holders of at least
     a majority  in principal amount  of the  outstanding New  Notes by  written
     notice  to Holdings  and to the  Trustee, may  waive all  past defaults and
     rescind  and annul a declaration  of acceleration and  its consequences if,
     among other  things, (i)  all existing  Events of  Default, other than  the
     nonpayment of the Accreted Value of,  premium, if any, and accrued interest
     on  the New  Notes  that have  become  due solely  by  such declaration  of
     acceleration, have  been cured or waived and  (ii) the rescission would not
     conflict  with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction.
     For  information as  to  the waiver  of  defaults, see  "-Modification  and
     Waiver." 

                                       -57-
     <PAGE>
      
          The Holders  of at least  a majority in aggregate  principal amount of
     the  outstanding  New Notes  may  direct  the  time, method  and  place  of
     conducting  any proceeding  for  any remedy  available  to the  Trustee  or
     exercising  any trust  or  power conferred  on  the Trustee.  However,  the
     Trustee may refuse to follow  any direction that conflicts with law  or the
     Senior Discount Notes Indenture,  that may involve the Trustee  in personal
     liability, or  that the  Trustee  determines in  good faith  may be  unduly
     prejudicial to the rights of Holders of New Notes not joining in the giving
     of such direction and may take any other action it deems proper that is not
     inconsistent with any such direction received  from Holders of New Notes. A
     Holder may  not pursue any remedy with respect to the Senior Discount Notes
     Indenture or the New Notes unless: (i) the Holder gives the Trustee written
     notice of a continuing Event of  Default; (ii) the Holders of at  least 25%
     in  aggregate  principal amount  of outstanding  New  Notes make  a written
     request  to the Trustee to pursue the  remedy; (iii) such Holder or Holders
     offer  the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any costs,
     liability or expense;  (iv) the Trustee  does not comply  with the  request
     within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of indemnity; and
     (v) during  such 60-day  period, the  Holders of  a  majority in  aggregate
     principal  amount of the  outstanding New Notes  do not give  the Trustee a
     direction that is inconsistent with the request. However, such  limitations
     do not apply to the right of any Holder of a New Note to receive payment of
     the principal  of, premium,  if any, or  interest on, such  New Note  or to
     bring  suit for the  enforcement of any  such payment, on  or after the due
     date  expressed in  the New  Notes, which  right shall  not be  impaired or
     affected without the consent of the Holder.  

          The Senior Discount  Notes Indenture will require  certain officers of
     Holdings and the Guarantor to certify, on or before a date not more than 90
     days  after the end of each fiscal year of the Guarantor, that a review has
     been conducted of the activities of Holdings, or the Guarantor, as the case
     may  be, and its Restricted Subsidiaries and Holdings', or the Guarantor's,
     and  its Restricted  Subsidiaries'  performance under  the Senior  Discount
     Notes  Indenture and  that Holdings  and the  Guarantor have  fulfilled all
     obligations thereunder,  or, if there has been a default in the fulfillment
     of any such  obligation, specifying  each such default  and the nature  and
     status thereof. Holdings and the Guarantor will also be obligated to notify
     the Trustee  of any default or defaults in the performance of any covenants
     or agreements under the Senior Discount Notes Indenture. 
      
     Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets
      
          Neither Holdings nor the Guarantor shall consolidate with,  merge with
     or into,  or sell, convey, transfer,  lease or otherwise dispose  of all or
     substantially  all  of  its   property  and  assets  (as  an   entirety  or
     substantially  an  entirety  in one  transaction  or  a  series of  related
     transactions) to, any Person  (other than a consolidation or merger with or
     into  a Wholly  Owned  Restricted Subsidiary  with  a positive  net  worth;
     provided  that, in  connection with  any such  merger or  consolidation, no
     consideration (other than Common Stock in the surviving Person, Holdings or
     the  Guarantor) shall  be  issued or  distributed  to the  stockholders  of
     Holdings  or the  Guarantor) or  permit any  Person to  merge with  or into
     Holdings or  the Guarantor unless: (i)  Holdings or the Guarantor  shall be
     the  continuing  Person, or  the  Person  (if other  than  Holdings  or the
     Guarantor)  formed  by such  consolidation or  into  which Holdings  or the
     Guarantor is  merged or that acquired or leased such property and assets of
     Holdings  or the  Guarantor shall  be a  corporation organized  and validly
     existing under the laws of the United States of America or any jurisdiction
     thereof and shall  expressly assume, by a  supplemental indenture, executed
     and delivered to  the Trustee, all  of the obligations  of Holdings or  the
     Guarantor, as  the case may be, under  the Senior Discount Notes Indenture;
     (ii) immediately after  giving effect  to such transaction,  no Default  or
     Event of Default shall  have occurred and be continuing;  (iii) immediately
     after giving effect  to such transaction on a pro  forma basis, Holdings or
     the  Guarantor, as the  case may be,  or any Person  becoming the successor
     obligor of the  New Notes or the Note Guarantee, as  the case may be, shall
     have a Consolidated Net Worth equal to or greater than the Consolidated Net
     Worth of Holdings or the  Guarantor, as the case may be,  immediately prior
     to  such  transaction;  (iv)  immediately  after   giving  effect  to  such
     transaction on  a  pro forma  basis Holdings,  or any  Person becoming  the
     successor obligor of  the New Notes,  as the  case may be,  could Incur  at
     least $1.00 of Indebtedness under the first paragraph of the "Limitation on
     Indebtedness"  covenant;  and  (v)  Holdings delivers  to  the  Trustee  an
     Officers' Certificate (attaching the arithmetic computations to demonstrate
     compliance with clauses (iii) and (iv) above) and an Opinion of Counsel, in

                                       -58-
     <PAGE>

     each  case stating  that such  consolidation, merger  or transfer  and such
     supplemental indenture complies with this provision and that all conditions
     precedent  provided  for  herein relating  to  such  transaction have  been
     complied with; provided, however,  that clauses (iii) and (iv) above do not
     apply if, in the good faith determination of the  Board of Directors of the
     Guarantor, whose determination  shall be evidenced  by a Board  Resolution,
     the principal purpose of  such transaction is part of a  plan to change the
     jurisdiction  of incorporation of Holdings  or the Guarantor  to a state of
     the United States; and provided further that any such transaction shall not
     have as one of its purposes the evasion of the foregoing limitations. 

     DEFEASANCE

          Defeasance  and Discharge.   The Senior Discount  Notes Indenture will
     provide that  Holdings will be deemed  to have paid and  will be discharged
     from any and all obligations  in respect of the New Notes on  the 123rd day
     after the  deposit  referred to  below, and  the provisions  of the  Senior
     Discount Notes  Indenture will no longer  be in effect with  respect to the
     New Notes (except for, among other matters, certain obligations to register
     the  transfer or  exchange of  the New  Notes, to  replace stolen,  lost or
     mutilated New  Notes, to maintain  paying agencies  and to hold  monies for
     payment in trust) if, among other things, (A) Holdings or the Guarantor has
     deposited  with  the  Trustee,  in  trust,  money  and/or  U.S.  Government
     Obligations that through the  payment of interest and principal  in respect
     thereof in  accordance with  their terms  will provide money  in an  amount
     sufficient  to pay the principal of, premium,  if any, and accrued interest
     on the New Notes on the Stated Maturity of such payments in accordance with
     the terms  of the Senior  Discount Notes Indenture  and the New  Notes, (B)
     Holdings has  delivered to the Trustee (i) either (x) an Opinion of Counsel
     to  the effect  that Holders will  not recognize  income, gain  or loss for
     federal income tax purposes as a result of Holdings' exercise of its option
     under this "Defeasance" provision and will be subject to federal income tax
     on the same amount  and in the same manner  and at the same times  as would
     have  been the  case  if such  deposit,  defeasance and  discharge had  not
     occurred, which Opinion of Counsel must be based upon (and accompanied by a
     copy of) a ruling of the Internal Revenue Service to the same effect unless
     there has been a change in applicable federal income tax law after the date
     of the  Senior Discount Notes  Indenture such  that a ruling  is no  longer
     required or (y) a ruling directed to the Trustee received from the Internal
     Revenue Service to the same effect as the aforementioned Opinion of Counsel
     and (ii)  an Opinion  of Counsel  to the  effect that  the creation  of the
     defeasance trust does  not violate the Investment  Company Act of  1940 and
     after the  passage of 123 days  following the deposit, the  trust fund will
     not be subject to the effect of Section 547 of the United States Bankruptcy
     Code or Section 15 of the New York Debtor and Creditor Law, (C) immediately
     after  giving effect to  such deposit  on a  pro forma  basis, no  Event of
     Default, or event that after the giving  of notice or lapse of time or both
     would become an Event of Default, shall have occurred and  be continuing on
     the date of such deposit or during the period ending on the 123rd day after
     the date of such deposit,  and such deposit shall not result in a breach or
     violation  of,  or  constitute a  default  under,  any  other agreement  or
     instrument  to which  Holdings or  the  Guarantor is  a party  or by  which
     Holdings or the  Guarantor is bound and (D)  if at such time the  New Notes
     are listed on a national securities exchange, Holdings has delivered to the
     Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the New  Notes will not be
     delisted as a result of such deposit, defeasance and discharge. 

          Defeasance of  Certain Covenants and  Certain Events  of Default.  The
     Senior Discount Notes Indenture further will provide that the provisions of
     the Senior  Discount  Notes Indenture  will  no longer  be in  effect  with
     respect to clauses (iii) and (iv) under "-Consolidation, Merger and Sale of
     Assets" and all the covenants  described herein under "-Covenants,"  clause
     (c) under "-Events of Default" with  respect to such covenants and  clauses
     (iii)  and  (iv) under  "-Consolidation, Merger  and  Sale of  Assets," and
     clauses (d)  and (e) under  "Events of Default"  shall be deemed  not to be
     Events of Default, upon, among other things, the deposit  with the Trustee,
     in  trust, of  money and/or  U.S. Government  Obligations that  through the
     payment of interest  and principal  in respect thereof  in accordance  with
     their terms will provide money in an amount sufficient to pay the principal
     of, premium, if  any, and accrued interest on  the New Notes on  the Stated
     Maturity of  such  payments in  accordance  with the  terms of  the  Senior
     Discount  Notes  Indenture  and the  New  Notes,  the  satisfaction of  the
     provisions  described  in clauses  (B)(ii), (C)  and  (D) of  the preceding
     paragraph and  the delivery by  Holdings to  the Trustee of  an Opinion  of

                                       -59-
     <PAGE>

     Counsel  to the  effect  that, among  other things,  the  Holders will  not
     recognize income, gain or loss for  federal income tax purposes as a result
     of  such deposit and defeasance of  certain covenants and Events of Default
     and will be subject  to federal income  tax on the same  amount and in  the
     same  manner and at  the same  times as  would have been  the case  if such
     deposit and defeasance had not occurred. 
      
          Defeasance and Certain Other Events of Default.  In the event Holdings
     exercises  its  option  to  omit  compliance  with  certain  covenants  and
     provisions of the Senior  Discount Notes Indenture with respect  to the New
     Notes as described in the immediately preceding paragraph and the New Notes
     are  declared due  and payable  because of  the occurrence  of an  Event of
     Default that remains applicable, the amount of money and/or U.S. Government
     Obligations  on deposit with the Trustee  will be sufficient to pay amounts
     due on the New  Notes at the time of  their Stated Maturity but may  not be
     sufficient  to  pay  amounts due  on  the  New Notes  at  the  time of  the
     acceleration resulting from such  Event of Default. However, Holdings  will
     remain liable for such payments and the Note Guarantee with respect to such
     payments will remain in effect. 

     MODIFICATION AND WAIVER

          Modifications and  amendments of  the Senior Discount  Notes Indenture
     may be made by Holdings, the Guarantor and the  Trustee with the consent of
     the Holders  of not less than  a majority in aggregate  principal amount at
     maturity  of the  outstanding New  Notes; provided,  however, that  no such
     modification  or amendment may, without the consent of each Holder affected
     thereby,  (i) change  the  Stated  Maturity of  the  principal  of, or  any
     installment of interest on, any New Note, (ii)  reduce the principal amount
     at maturity of,  or premium, if any, payable upon the redemption of, or the
     rate  of interest  on, any New  Note, (iii)  adversely affect  any right of
     repayment at the  option of  any Holder of  any New  Note, (iv) change  the
     currency in which principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, any New
     Note is payable, (v) impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement
     of  any payment  on or  after the  Stated Maturity  (or, in  the case  of a
     redemption, on or after the Redemption Date)  of any New Note, (vi) waive a
     default in the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the
     New  Notes, (vii) reduce the percentage in  principal amount at maturity of
     outstanding New Notes the consent of  whose Holders is necessary for waiver
     of  compliance  with  certain  provisions  of  the  Senior  Discount  Notes
     Indenture or for waiver of certain defaults or (viii) release the Guarantor
     from its Note Guarantee. 

     NO PERSONAL  LIABILITY OF INCORPORATORS, SHAREHOLDERS, OFFICERS, DIRECTORS,
     OR EMPLOYEES 
      
          The  Senior Discount Notes Indenture provides that no recourse for the
     payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any of the New
     Notes  or for any claim based thereon  or otherwise in respect thereof, and
     no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of Holdings
     or  the Guarantor in the Senior Discount  Notes Indenture, or in any of the
     New  Notes or  because  of the  creation  of any  Indebtedness  represented
     thereby,  shall  be had  against  any  incorporator, shareholder,  officer,
     director, employee or controlling person of Holdings or the Guarantor or of
     any  successor Person  thereof. Each  Holder, by  accepting the  New Notes,
     waives and releases all such liability. 

     CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE
      
          The Senior Discount Notes Indenture  provides that, except during  the
     continuance of  a Default, the Trustee  will not be liable,  except for the
     performance  of such duties  as are specifically  set forth  in such Senior
     Discount  Notes  Indenture. If  an  Event of  Default  has occurred  and is
     continuing,  the Trustee will use the same  degree of care and skill in its
     exercise as a  prudent person would exercise under the circumstances in the
     conduct of such person's own affairs. 
      
          The  Senior  Discount Notes  Indenture  and  provisions of  the  Trust
     Indenture Act incorporated by reference therein contain  limitations on the
     rights  of the  Trustee, should  it become  a creditor  of Holdings  or the

                                       -60-
     <PAGE>

     Guarantor, to  obtain payment of claims  in certain cases or  to realize on
     certain property  received by it in respect of any such claims, as security
     or otherwise. The  Trustee is  permitted to engage  in other  transactions;
     provided,  however, that if it  acquires any conflicting  interest, it must
     eliminate such conflict or resign. 

     BOOK ENTRY; DELIVERY AND FORM

          So long as The  Depository Trust Company  ("DTC"), or its nominee,  is
     the registered owner or holder of the Global New Note, DTC or such nominee,
     as the case may  be, will be considered the sole owner or holder of the New
     Notes represented by such Global New Note for all purposes under the Senior
     Discount Notes  Indenture  and the  New Notes.  No beneficial  owner of  an
     interest in  the Global New  Note will  be able to  transfer that  interest
     except in accordance with DTC's applicable procedures, in addition to those
     provided  for under the Senior Discount Notes Indenture and, if applicable,
     those of Euroclear System ("Euroclear") and Cedel Bank S.A. ("Cedel").

          Payments of  the principal of,  and interest on, the  Global New Notes
     will be made to DTC or its nominee,  as the case may be, as the  registered
     owner  thereof. Holdings will have  no responsibility or  liability for any
     aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial
     ownership interests in the Global New Notes or for maintaining, supervising
     or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.

          Holdings  expects that DTC or its nominee, upon receipt of any payment
     of principal or  interest in respect of  the  Global New Note,  will credit
     participants'  accounts with  payments  in amounts  proportionate to  their
     respective  beneficial interests in the principal amount of such Global New
     Note, as shown on the  records of DTC or its nominee. Holdings also expects
     that  payments by  participants to  owners of  beneficial interest  in such
     Global New Note held through such participants will be governed by standing
     instructions  and customary practices, as  is now the  case with securities
     held for the accounts of customers  registered in the names of nominees for
     such  customers.  Such  payments  will   be  the  responsibility  of   such
     participants.

          Transfers between participants in DTC will be effected in the ordinary
     way  in  accordance  with  DTC  rules. Transfers  between  participants  in
     Euroclear and Cedel will be effected in the ordinary way in accordance with
     their respective rules and operating procedures.

          Holdings understands that  DTC will  take any action  permitted to  be
     taken by a holder of New Notes (including the presentation of New Notes for
     exchange  as  described  below)  only  at the  direction  of  one  or  more
     participants to whose account the DTC  interests in the Global New Notes is
     credited and only  in respect of  such portion of  the aggregate  principal
     amount of New  Notes as to  which such participant  or participants has  or
     have given such  direction. However, if there is an  Event of Default under
     the New  Notes, DTC will exchange the Global New Notes for Certificated New
     Notes, which it will distribute to its participants.

          Holdings understands: DTC is a limited purpose trust company organized
     under the  laws of the State  of New York, a  "banking organization" within
     the  meaning of  New York  Banking  Law, a  member of  the Federal  Reserve
     System,  a  "clearing  corporation"  within  the  meaning  of  the  Uniform
     Commercial  Code  and  a  "Clearing  Agency"  registered  pursuant  to  the
     provisions of  Section 17A  of the  Exchange Act. DTC  was created  to hold
     securities for its participants and facilitate the clearance and settlement
     of  securities transaction  between  participants  through electronic  book
     entry changes in accounts of its participants, thereby eliminating the need
     for  physical movement  of  certificates and  certain other  organizations.
     Indirect access to  the DTC system  is available to  others such as  banks,
     brokers,  dealers  and trust  companies that  clear  through or  maintain a
     custodial relationship  with a  participant, either directly  or indirectly
     ("indirect participants").

          Although DTC, Euroclear and Cedel are expected to follow the foregoing
     procedures in order to  facilitate transfers of interest in  the Global New
     Notes among  participants of  DTC, Euroclear and  Cedel, they are  under no
     obligation  to perform  or continue  to perform  such procedures,  and such
     procedures  may  be  discontinued  at  any  time.  Holdings  will  have  no

                                       -61-
     <PAGE>

     responsibility  for the  performance by  DTC, Euroclear  or Cedel  or their
     respective  participants  or  indirect  participants  of  their  respective
     obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations.

          Certificated New Notes.  If DTC is at any  time unwilling or unable to
     continue as a depositary for the Global New Note and a successor depositary
     is   not  appointed  by  Holdings  within  90  days,  Holdings  will  issue
     Certificated New Notes in exchange for the Global New Note.


                          DESCRIPTION OF NEW PREFERRED STOCK

          The  New  Preferred  Stock will  be  issued  pursuant  to the  Amended
     Articles. The summary  contained herein  of certain provisions  of the  New
     Preferred Stock does  not purport to  be complete and  is qualified in  its
     entirety by reference to the provisions  of the Amended Articles, a copy of
     which is available from  Holdings upon request. The definitions  of certain
     terms used in  the Amended Articles  and in the  following summary are  set
     forth below. See "-Certain Definitions." References herein to "$" refers to
     U.S. dollars. 
      
     GENERAL

          Holdings  is authorized to issue  1,000,000 shares of preferred stock,
     without par  value. On  the  date of  this  Prospectus, 266,647  shares  of
     preferred  stock   are  outstanding.  Holdings'  Board   of  Directors  has
     authority, without  further action by stockholders of  Holdings (Canada) or
     ICG, to  authorize  the issuance  of  classes of  such preferred  stock  of
     Holdings from time to time  in one or more series, with  such designations,
     preferences  and  relative  rights  within  the limits  prescribed  by  the
     Colorado Business Corporation  Act (the  "CBCA"), as may  be determined  by
     Holdings'  Board of  Directors.  The Board  of  Directors of  Holdings  has
     authorized the issuance of up to 1,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, which
     consist  of 150,000 shares of the  14 1/4% Preferred Stock, plus additional
     shares of 14 1/4% Preferred Stock which may be used to pay dividends on the
     14 1/4% Preferred Stock if  Holdings elects to pay dividends  in additional
     shares of 14 1/4% Preferred Stock and the 100,000 shares of Preferred Stock
     issued in the Private  Offering, plus additional shares of  Preferred Stock
     which  may be  used to  pay dividends  on the  Preferred Stock  if Holdings
     elects to pay dividends  in additional shares of Preferred  Stock. Holdings
     will file the Amended Articles  with the Secretary of State of  Colorado as
     required  by Colorado law. See  "-Exchange." The New  Preferred Stock, when
     issued by Holdings and  paid for by the Placement Agent, will be fully paid
     and  non-assessable, and the holders thereof will not have any subscription
     or  preemptive  rights related  thereto.  American Stock  Transfer  & Trust
     Company, 40  Wall Street,  46th floor,  New York, New  York 10005,  will be
     transfer agent and registrar  (the "Transfer Agent") for the  New Preferred
     Stock. 
      
     RANKING
      
          The New Preferred  Stock will, with respect  to dividend distributions
     and  distributions  upon the  liquidation,  winding-up  and dissolution  of
     Holdings, rank (i) senior to all classes of common stock of Holdings and to
     each other class of capital stock or series of  preferred stock established
     after the date of this Memorandum by Holdings' Board of Directors the terms
     of  which do not expressly  provide that it ranks senior  to or on a parity
     with the New Preferred Stock as to dividend distributions and distributions
     upon the liquidation, winding-up  and dissolution of Holdings (collectively
     referred to with the common stock of Holdings as "Junior Securities"); (ii)
     on a parity with the 14 1/4% Preferred Stock and any class of capital stock
     or  series of preferred stock issued by Holdings established after the date
     of  this Memorandum  by Holdings'  Board of  Directors, the terms  of which
     expressly provide that such class or series will  rank on a parity with the
     New Preferred Stock as to dividend distributions and distributions upon the

                                       -62-
     <PAGE>

     liquidation, winding-up and dissolution  of Holdings (collectively referred
     to  as  "Parity  Securities");  and  (iii)  subject  to certain  conditions
     described  below, junior  to  each  class of  capital  stock or  series  of
     preferred  stock  issued by  Holdings established  after  the date  of this
     Memorandum  by Holdings' Board of  Directors, the terms  of which expressly
     provide  that such class  or series will  rank senior to  the New Preferred
     Stock  as to  dividend  distributions and  distributions upon  liquidation,
     winding-up and dissolution of Holdings (collectively referred to as "Senior
     Securities"). The New  Preferred Stock will be  subject to the  issuance of
     series  of  Junior Securities,  Parity  Securities  and Senior  Securities;
     provided that Holdings  may not issue  any new  class of Senior  Securities
     without the approval of the holders of at least a majority of the shares of
     New Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting or consenting, as the case may
     be, separately as one class, except that without the approval of holders of
     the New Preferred Stock, Holdings may issue shares of Senior Securities (1)
     in exchange for, or the proceeds of which are used to redeem or repurchase,
     all, but not less than all, shares of New Preferred Stock then outstanding,
     or (2) in  exchange for, or  the proceeds of which  are used to  repay, any
     outstanding Indebtedness of Holdings. 

     DIVIDENDS
      
          Holders of New  Preferred Stock will be entitled  to receive, when, as
     and  if declared  by Holdings'  Board of  Directors,  out of  funds legally
     available  therefor,   dividends  on  the  New   Preferred  Stock,  payable
     quarterly.  All  dividends will  be cumulative,  whether  or not  earned or
     declared, on a daily basis from the  date of issuance of the New  Preferred
     Stock  and will  be payable  quarterly  in arrears  on March  15, June  15,
     September 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing on June 15, 1997. The
     Amended Articles provide that on or before March 15, 2002, Holdings may, at
     its  option,  pay  dividends  in  cash or  in  additional  fully  paid  and
     non-assessable  shares   of  New   Preferred  Stock  having   an  aggregate
     liquidation  preference equal to the amount of such dividends. However, the
     13  1/2% Notes  Indenture,  the  12 1/2%  Notes  Indenture and  the  Senior
     Discount Notes  Indenture contain limitations  on Holdings' ability  to pay
     dividends  in cash prior to May 1,  2001. The Amended Articles provide that
     after March 15, 2002, dividends may be paid only in cash. Future agreements
     of Holdings, Holdings  (Canada) or ICG  could restrict the payment  of cash
     dividends  by Holdings. If any dividend (or portion thereof) payable on any
     dividend payment date  on or before March 15, 2002 is  not declared or paid
     in full in cash or in shares  of New Preferred Stock as described above  on
     such dividend payment date,  the amount of the accrued and  unpaid dividend
     will  bear interest  at  the dividend  rate  on  the New  Preferred  Stock,
     compounding quarterly from such  dividend payment date until paid  in full.
     If any dividend (or portion  thereof) payable on any dividend  payment date
     after  March 15,  2002 is  not declared  or paid  in full  in cash  on such
     dividend payment date,  the amount of the accrued and  unpaid dividend will
     bear interest at the dividend rate on the  New Preferred Stock, compounding
     quarterly from such dividend payment date until paid in full. 
      
          No full dividends may be declared  or paid or funds set apart for  the
     payment of  dividends on any Junior  Security or Parity Securities  for any
     period  unless full cumulative dividends  on the New  Preferred Stock shall
     have been  or contemporaneously are  declared and paid in  full or declared
     and, if payable in  cash, a sum in cash  set apart for such payment  on the
     New Preferred Stock. If full  dividends are not so paid, the  New Preferred
     Stock will share dividends pro rata with the Parity Securities. 
      
     OPTIONAL REDEMPTION
      
          The  New Preferred Stock may  be redeemed (subject  to contractual and
     other  restrictions with respect thereto  and to the  legal availability of
     funds therefor) at  any time or, from  time to time, on or  after March 15,
     2002,  in whole or in  part, at the  option of Holdings,  at the redemption
     prices  (expressed as a  percentage of the  liquidation preference thereof)
     set forth below, plus an amount in cash equal to all accumulated and unpaid
     dividends (including an amount in cash equal to a prorated dividend for the
     period from the dividend  payment date immediately prior to  the redemption
     date  to the redemption date, subject to  the right of holders of preferred

                                       -63-
     <PAGE>

     stock on a record date to receive  dividends on a dividend payment date) if
     redeemed during the 12-month period beginning March 15 of each of the years
     set forth below: 
      

                                  Year           Percentage
                                  ----           ---------

                          2002  . . . . . . .    107.0000%
                          2003  . . . . . . .    104.6667%
                          2004  . . . . . . .    102.3333%
                          2005 and thereafter    100.0000%

          In  addition, on  or prior  to March  15, 2000,  Holdings may,  at its
     option from  time to time, redeem  shares of New Preferred  Stock having an
     aggregate liquidation preference  of up to 35% of the aggregate liquidation
     preference  of all  shares of  New  Preferred Stock  issued in  the Private
     Offering, at a redemption price equal to 114% of the liquidation preference
     thereof (subject to the right of holders of New Preferred Stock on relevant
     record  dates to receive dividends due on relevant dividend payment dates),
     plus an amount in cash equal to a prorated dividend for the period from the
     dividend  payment  date immediately  prior to  the  redemption date  to the
     redemption  date, with proceeds of  one or more  Public Equity Offerings of
     Common Stock of (A) Holdings or (B) ICG, provided that (i) with respect  to
     a Public  Equity Offering referred to in clause (B) above, cash proceeds of
     such  Public  Equity  Offering  in  an  amount  sufficient  to  effect  the
     redemption of New Preferred Stock to  be so redeemed are contributed by ICG
     to Holdings  prior to such redemption  and used by Holdings  to effect such
     redemption  and  (ii)  such   redemption  occurs  within  180   days  after
     consummation of such Public Equity Offering. 

          No  optional redemption may be authorized or made unless prior thereto
     full unpaid  cumulative dividends shall have  been paid or a  sum set apart
     for such payment on the New Preferred Stock. 
      
          In the event of partial redemptions of New Preferred Stock, the shares
     to be redeemed will be determined pro rata, except that Holdings may redeem
     such shares  held by any holder of fewer  than 100 shares without regard to
     such pro rata redemption requirement. The Senior Discount  Notes Indenture,
     the 12  1/2% Notes Indenture and  the 13 1/2% Notes  Indenture restrict the
     ability  of  Holdings  to  redeem  the  New  Preferred  Stock,  and  future
     agreements may contain similar provisions.  See "Description of New Notes."
     Notice of redemption shall be mailed by first class mail at least 30 but no
     more  than  60 days  before  the  redemption date  to  each  holder of  New
     Preferred  Stock to  be  redeemed at  its  registered address.  If  any New
     Preferred Stock  is to be redeemed  in part, the notice  of redemption that
     related  to  such New  Preferred  Stock  shall  state  the portion  of  the
     liquidation  preference to be redeemed.  New shares of  New Preferred Stock
     having  an aggregate liquidation preference equal to the unredeemed portion
     will be issued  in the name of the holder thereof  upon cancellation of the
     original share of New Preferred Stock and, unless Holdings fails to pay the
     redemption  price  on  the  redemption  date,  after  the  redemption  date
     dividends  will cease  to  accrue on  the New  Preferred  Stock called  for
     redemption. 

     MANDATORY REDEMPTION
      
          The New  Preferred  Stock  will  be subject  to  mandatory  redemption
     (subject to the legal availability of  funds therefor but without regard to
     any  contractual or  other restriction  with respect  thereto) in  whole on
     March  15, 2008  at a  price,  payable in  cash, equal  to the  liquidation
     preference thereof, plus all  accumulated and unpaid dividends to  the date
     of  redemption. Future agreements of Holdings, Holdings (Canada) or ICG may
     restrict or prohibit Holdings  from redeeming the New Preferred  Stock, but
     Holdings will  be required to redeem  the New Preferred Stock  on March 15,
     2008, notwithstanding any such restriction. 

                                       -64-
     <PAGE>
      
     CHANGE OF CONTROL
      
          Upon the occurrence of a Change  of Control, Holdings will be required
     (subject to any contractual and other restrictions with respect thereto and
     to the legal availability of funds therefor) to make an  offer (the "Change
     of Control Offer") to each holder  of New Preferred Stock to repurchase all
     or any part of  such holder's New Preferred Stock at a  cash purchase price
     equal to 101% of the liquidation preference thereof, plus an amount in cash
     equal to  all accumulated  and unpaid  dividends per share  to the  date of
     purchase (including an amount in cash equal to a prorated dividend from the
     dividend payment date  immediately preceding  the date of  purchase to  the
     date of purchase). The Change of Control Offer must be made within 30  days
     following a Change  of Control, must remain  open for at  least 30 and  not
     more than 40 days and must comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under
     the  Exchange Act and any other applicable securities laws and regulations.
     Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  Holdings will  not be  required to  make a
     Change of Control Offer if  any of the New Notes, 12 1/2% Notes  or 13 1/2%
     Notes are outstanding upon the occurrence of a Change of Control unless all
     of the New Notes, 12 1/2% Notes and 13 1/2% Notes tendered pursuant  to the
     "Change of Control Offers" with respect thereto are repurchased as a result
     of such Change of  Control, in which case the date on  which all New Notes,
     12  1/2% Notes  and 13  1/2% Notes  (and any  other Indebtedness  or Senior
     Securities  of Holdings having provisions similar to Section 4.04(x) of the
     Senior Discount Notes Indenture) are so repurchased will, under the Amended
     Articles, be deemed to  be the date on which  such Change of Control  shall
     have occurred. 
      
          "Change  of Control"  means such  time as  (i)  a "person"  or "group"
     (within the meaning  of Sections  13(d) and 14(d)(2)  of the Exchange  Act)
     becomes the ultimate "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the
     Exchange  Act) of Voting Stock having more  than 40% of the voting power of
     the total  Voting Stock of ICG  on a fully diluted  basis; (ii) individuals
     who on the Closing Date constitute  the Board of Directors of ICG (together
     with any  new directors whose election  by the Board of  Directors or whose
     nomination for election by ICG's stockholders was approved by a  vote of at
     least a majority  of the members of  the Board of Directors then  in office
     who either were members  of the Board of  Directors on the Closing  Date or
     whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease
     for any  reason to constitute  a majority of  the members  of the Board  of
     Directors then in office; or (iii) all  of the Common Stock of Holdings  is
     not beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by ICG. 

          None of the provisions in the Amended Articles relating to  a purchase
     upon a Change  of Control can  be waived by  Holdings' Board of  Directors.
     Holdings  could, in the future, enter  into certain transactions, including
     certain recapitalizations of  Holdings, that would not constitute  a Change
     of  Control, but would increase  the amount of  indebtedness outstanding at
     such  time.  If a  Change  of  Control were  to  occur,  Holdings would  be
     obligated to offer  to repurchase all of  the New Notes, the 12  1/2% Notes
     and the 13 1/2% Notes prior to making an offer to  repurchase shares of New
     Preferred Stock, and  there can  be no assurance  that Holdings would  have
     sufficient funds  to pay the purchase price for all shares of New Preferred
     Stock  that Holdings is  required to purchase.  In the  event that Holdings
     were  required  to  purchase  outstanding  shares  of  New Preferred  Stock
     pursuant to  a Change of Control Offer, Holdings expects that it would need
     to seek  third-party financing,  to the extent  it does not  have available
     funds, to meet its purchase obligations. However, there can be no assurance
     that  Holdings would  be  able  to  obtain  such  financing.  In  addition,
     Holdings'  ability to purchase  the New Preferred  Stock may be  limited by
     other then-existing agreements and by restrictions imposed by the CBCA. 

     LIQUIDATION PREFERENCE

          Upon  any  voluntary  or   involuntary  liquidation,  dissolution   or
     winding-up  of Holdings, holders of New Preferred Stock will be entitled to
     be paid, out of the assets  of Holdings available for distribution,  $1,000
     per share, plus an amount in cash equal to accumulated and unpaid dividends
     thereon  to the  date  fixed  for  liquidation, dissolution  or  winding-up
     (including an amount  equal to a prorated dividend for  the period from the
     last dividend payment date  to the date fixed for  liquidation, dissolution
     or winding-up), before any  distribution is made on any  Junior Securities,
     including,  without  limitation,  Holdings   Common  Stock.  If,  upon  any
     voluntary  or   involuntary  liquidation,  dissolution  or   winding-up  of
     Holdings, the amounts payable with  respect to the New Preferred Stock  and
     all other Parity  Securities are not paid  in full, the holders  of the New
     Preferred Stock and the Parity Securities will share equally and ratably in

                                       -65-
     <PAGE>

     any distribution of  assets of Holdings with  respect to the  New Preferred
     Stock  and  Parity  Securities,  in  proportion  to  the  full  liquidation
     preference  and accumulated and unpaid dividends to which each is entitled.
     After  payment  of  the full  amount  of  the  liquidation preferences  and
     accumulated and unpaid dividends to which they are entitled, the holders of
     shares  of New  Preferred  Stock  will  not  be  entitled  to  any  further
     participation in any distribution of assets of Holdings. However, a merger,
     consolidation  or  sale  of  substantially all  of  Holdings'  assets  that
     complies  with   the  provisions   described  below  under   the  "Mergers,
     Consolidation  and Sale  of Assets" covenant  shall be  deemed not  to be a
     liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Holdings. 
      
          The Amended Articles do  not contain any provision requiring  funds to
     be set aside  to protect the  liquidation preference  of the New  Preferred
     Stock. The CBCA provides that no distribution to shareholders of a Colorado
     corporation (including  a  dividend  or a  purchase,  redemption  or  other
     acquisition of shares, but  not including the payment of  dividends through
     the issuance of capital stock), may be made if, after giving effect to such
     distribution, (i) the  corporation would not  be able to  pay its debts  as
     they become due  in the usual course of business  or (ii) the corporation's
     total assets  would be less than the sum of  its total liabilities plus the
     amount that would be needed, if the corporation were to be dissolved at the
     time  of  the  distribution,  to  satisfy  the  preferential   rights  upon
     dissolution of shareholders whose preferential rights are superior to those
     receiving the distribution. A corporation's board of directors may base its
     determination  that a  distribution is  not prohibited  by the  restriction
     described in the foregoing sentence either on financial statements prepared
     on the basis  of accounting  practices and principles  that are  reasonable
     under the  circumstances or  on a  fair valuation or  other method  that is
     reasonable under the circumstances. 

     VOTING RIGHTS

          Holders of  the New  Preferred Stock will  have no voting  rights with
     respect to any  matters except as  provided by law or  as set forth  in the
     Amended Articles. The Amended Articles provide that if (i) (a) dividends on
     the New Preferred Stock are in arrears and have not been paid (or if, after
     March  15, 2002,  such  dividends have  not  been paid  in  cash) for  four
     quarterly  periods (whether  or  not consecutive),  (b)  Holdings fails  to
     discharge  any  redemption obligation  with  respect to  the  New Preferred
     Stock,  (c) a breach  or violation by Holdings  of the provisions described
     below  under "-Exchange"  occurs, or  Holdings  fails to  exchange Exchange
     Debentures  for  the  New Preferred  Stock  tendered  for  exchange on  the
     Exchange Date (as  defined below),  whether or not  Holdings satisfies  the
     conditions to  permit such exchange, (d) Holdings fails to make a Change of
     Control  Offer  or cash  payment with  respect thereto  if required  by the
     provisions set  forth above under  "-Change of  Control," (e)  a breach  or
     violation  of the  provisions  described below  under "-Certain  Covenants"
     occurs and is not remedied within 30 days after notice  thereof to Holdings
     by  holders  of 25%  or  more  of the  liquidation  preference  of the  New
     Preferred Stock then outstanding, or (f) a default occurs on the obligation
     to  pay principal of, interest on or  any other payment obligation when due
     (a  "Payment Default")  at  final  maturity,  on one  or  more  classes  of
     Indebtedness  of  Holdings  or  any Subsidiary  of  Holdings,  whether such
     Indebtedness exists on the  Closing Date or is incurred  thereafter, having
     individually or in  the aggregate  an outstanding principal  amount of  $10
     million or more, or  any other Payment Default occurs  on one or more  such
     classes  of  Indebtedness and  such class  or  classes of  Indebtedness are
     declared due and payable prior to their respective maturities, and (ii)  in
     the case of clauses  (e) and (f), such event continues for  a period of 180
     days or more, then the number of directors' constituting Holdings' Board of
     Directors will  be adjusted to  permit the holders  of the majority  of the
     then  outstanding New  Preferred Stock,  voting separately  as a  class, to
     elect  two directors.  Such voting rights  and the  term of  office of such
     elected directors  will continue until  such time as  (i) all dividends  in
     arrears on the  New Preferred Stock are paid  in full (and, in the  case of
     dividends payable with respect to any period after March 15, 2002, are paid
     in cash) and (ii) any failure, breach or default referred to in clause (b),
     (c), (d), (e) or (f)  is remedied, at which time the term  of any directors
     elected pursuant to the  provisions of this paragraph shall  terminate. For
     the  purpose of  determining  the number  of  quarterly periods  for  which
     accrued dividends have not  been paid, any accrued and unpaid dividend that
     is  subsequently paid  shall  not be  treated as  unpaid.  Each such  event
     described  in clauses  (a) through  (f) above  is referred  to herein  as a
     "Voting  Rights  Triggering Event."  Within 15  days  of the  time Holdings
     becomes aware  of the occurrence of  any default referred to  in clause (f)

                                       -66-
     <PAGE>

     above, Holdings shall give notice thereof  to holders of the New  Preferred
     Stock at  their addresses as  they appear  on the records  of the  Transfer
     Agent. 
      
          The  Amended Articles  provide that  upon the  occurrence of  a Voting
     Rights  Triggering Event,  the number  of directors  constituting Holdings'
     Board of Directors will be increased  by two directors, whom the holders of
     the New  Preferred Stock will be  entitled to elect. Whenever  the right of
     the  holders of New  Preferred Stock  to elect  directors shall  cease, the
     number  of directors  constituting  Holdings' Board  of  Directors will  be
     restored to  the  number  of  directors  constituting  Holdings'  Board  of
     Directors  prior to  the time or  event which  entitled the  holders of New
     Preferred Stock to elect directors. 

          Any vacancy occurring  in the office of a  director elected by holders
     of the New Preferred Stock may  be filled by the remaining director elected
     by  such holders unless and  until such vacancy shall be  filled by vote of
     such holders. 
      
          The Amended Articles  provide that,  except as stated  above under  "-
     Ranking,"  Holdings will not issue  any class of  Senior Securities without
     the affirmative vote or  consent of holders of at  least a majority of  the
     shares  of New Preferred Stock  then outstanding, voting  or consenting, as
     the case may be, separately as one class. The Amended Articles also provide
     that Holdings may not amend the  Amended Articles so as to affect adversely
     the specified rights,  preferences, privileges or voting  rights of holders
     of  shares of  the New  Preferred Stock  or authorize  the issuance  of any
     additional shares of New  Preferred Stock (other than  to pay dividends  in
     kind on  New Preferred Stock), without  the affirmative vote or  consent of
     the  holders  of at  least  a majority  of  the outstanding  shares  of New
     Preferred Stock, voting  or consenting, as  the case may be,  separately as
     one class; provided, however,  that the amendment of the  provisions of the
     Amended  Articles  so as  to  authorize  or  create,  or  to  increase  the
     authorized  amount of, any of  Holdings' Junior Securities  or to authorize
     the issuance of or  to authorize or create any  Parity Security (up to  the
     amount  of  authorized  preferred stock)  shall  not  be  deemed to  affect
     adversely  the voting  rights,  rights, privileges,  or preferences  of the
     holders of  shares  of New  Preferred  Stock. The  holders  of at  least  a
     majority  of the  outstanding  shares of  New  Preferred Stock,  voting  or
     consenting, as  the case may  be, separately as  one class, may  also waive
     compliance with any provision of the Amended Articles. 
      
          Under Colorado law, holders of New Preferred Stock will be entitled to
     vote as  a separate voting group  upon a proposed amendment  to the Amended
     Articles that requires a shareholder vote,  whether or not entitled to vote
     thereon by the  Amended Articles, if the  amendment would: (i) increase  or
     decrease the aggregate number of authorized shares of preferred stock; (ii)
     effect an exchange or reclassification of all or part of the shares of  the
     New Preferred Stock into shares of another class or series; (iii) effect an
     exchange or reclassification, or  create the right of  exchange, of all  or
     part of  the shares of another class or series into shares of New Preferred
     Stock; (iv)  change the  designation, preferences, limitations  or relative
     rights of all or part of the shares of New Preferred  Stock; (v) change the
     shares of all or part of the New Preferred Stock into a different number of
     shares of  New Preferred Stock;  (vi) create a  new class of  shares having
     rights or preferences with respect to distributions or dissolution that are
     prior, superior, or substantially  equal to the New Preferred  Stock; (vii)
     increase the rights,  preferences, or  number of authorized  shares of  any
     class   that,  after  giving  effect  to  the  amendment,  have  rights  or
     preferences with respect to distributions or to dissolution that are prior,
     superior,  or substantially  equal to  the New  Preferred Stock;  or (viii)
     cancel or otherwise affect  rights to distributions or dividends  that have
     accumulated but have not yet been declared on all  or part of the shares of
     New Preferred Stock. Under Colorado law, if an amendment that  entitles two
     or more series of a class of shares to vote as separate voting groups would
     affect those two or more series in the same or a substantially similar way,
     the  shares of  all the  series so  affected are  instead required  to vote
     together as a single voting group rather than as separate voting groups. 
      
          In  general, except as otherwise provided in the Amended Articles, the
     voting rights described  in the  foregoing paragraph will  not apply to  an
     amendment to  the Amended Articles that  is approved by Holdings'  Board of
     Directors, without being subject to any requirement for shareholder action,
     establishing the preferences, limitations, and relative rights of any class

                                       -67-
     <PAGE>

     or series of  Holdings preferred  stock already authorized  by the  Amended
     Articles  at  the  time of  such  amendment.  Under  the Amended  Articles,
     Holdings' Board of Directors has the authority to authorize the issuance of
     classes or series of preferred stock up  to the 1,000,000 shares authorized
     without  further action  by shareholders,  including without any  voting by
     holders  of New  Preferred Stock  under  Colorado law  as described  in the
     preceding  paragraph. See  "-General." Notwithstanding  the  foregoing, the
     Amended  Articles provide  that Holdings  will not  authorize or  issue any
     class of  Senior Securities without  the affirmative  vote of holders  of a
     majority  of  the   shares  of  Preferred  Stock  then  outstanding  voting
     separately as  a class, except as described  above under "-Ranking." See "-
     Voting Rights." 

     CERTAIN COVENANTS

     Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of New Preferred Stock
      
          (a)  Under the terms of  the Amended Articles, Holdings will  not, and
     will   not  permit  any  of  its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  to,  Incur  any
     Indebtedness  (other  than  the  New Notes,  the  Exchange  Debentures  and
     Indebtedness existing on the  Closing Date) or issue any  Redeemable Stock;
     provided that Holdings may Incur Indebtedness or issue Redeemable Stock if,
     after  giving effect to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness or the issuance
     of such Redeemable  Stock and the receipt  and application of  the proceeds
     therefrom, the Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio  would be greater than zero and
     less than 5:1. 

          Notwithstanding the  foregoing, Holdings and any Restricted Subsidiary
     (except as  specified below) may Incur  each and all of  the following: (i)
     Indebtedness of Holdings or any  Restricted Subsidiary or Redeemable  Stock
     of Holdings outstanding at any time, which Indebtedness or Redeemable Stock
     generates gross proceeds to Holdings  of up to $900 million, less  (without
     duplication)  the  gross proceeds  of  Indebtedness  permanently repaid  as
     provided under the "Limitation on Asset Sales" covenant contained in the 13
     1/2% Notes Indenture, the 12 1/2%  Notes Indenture and the Senior  Discount
     Notes Indenture; (ii)  Indebtedness to  ICG, Holdings or  any of  Holdings'
     Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that any subsequent issuance
     or transfer  of any Capital  Stock which results  in any such  Wholly Owned
     Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or
     any subsequent transfer of  such Indebtedness (other than to  ICG, Holdings
     or another Wholly  Owned Restricted  Subsidiary) shall be  deemed, in  each
     case, to constitute  an Incurrence  of such Indebtedness  not permitted  by
     this clause (ii); (iii) Indebtedness or Redeemable Stock issued in exchange
     for, or the net  proceeds of which  are used to  refinance or refund,  then
     outstanding  Indebtedness  or  Redeemable  Stock,  other  than Indebtedness
     Incurred  or Redeemable  Stock issued  under clause  (i), (ii),  (v), (vi),
     (viii), (ix), (x)  or (xi) of this paragraph, and  any refinancings thereof
     in  an amount  not to  exceed the  amount so  refinanced or  refunded (plus
     premiums, accrued interest, accrued dividends, fees and expenses); provided
     that such new Indebtedness or  Redeemable Stock, determined as of  the date
     of Incurrence of  such new  Indebtedness or issuance  of Redeemable  Stock,
     does not mature prior to the Stated  Maturity of the Indebtedness or have a
     mandatory redemption date prior to the Redeemable Stock to be refinanced or
     refunded, and the Average Life  of such new Indebtedness is at  least equal
     to the  remaining Average  Life of  the  Indebtedness to  be refinanced  or
     refunded;  and  provided  further that  in  no  event  may Indebtedness  or
     Redeemable Stock of Holdings be refinanced  by means of any Indebtedness or
     Redeemable  Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings pursuant to this
     clause  (iii); (iv) Indebtedness (A)  in respect of  performance, surety or
     appeal  bonds  provided  in the  ordinary  course  of  business, (B)  under
     Currency  Agreements  and  Interest  Rate Agreements;  provided  that  such
     agreements do not increase  the Indebtedness of the obligor  outstanding at
     any  time other  than  as  a result  of  fluctuations  in foreign  currency
     exchange  rates or interest  rates or  by reason  of fees,  indemnities and
     compensation payable thereunder; and  (C) arising from agreements providing
     for indemnification,  adjustment of purchase price  or similar obligations,
     or from Guarantees  or letters of credit, surety bonds or performance bonds
     securing  any obligations of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
     pursuant to such  agreements, in any case  Incurred in connection with  the
     disposition of any  business, assets or  Restricted Subsidiary of  Holdings
     (other than Guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any Person acquiring all
     or  any  portion  of such  business,  assets  or  Restricted Subsidiary  of
     Holdings for the  purpose of  financing such acquisition),  in a  principal

                                       -68-
     <PAGE>

     amount at  maturity not to exceed  the gross proceeds actually  received by
     Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection  with such disposition;
     (v)  Indebtedness  or  Redeemable Stock  of  Holdings,  to  the extent  the
     proceeds referred to below  are contributed to Holdings, not  to exceed, at
     any one time outstanding, twice the amount of Net Cash Proceeds received by
     ICG after the Closing Date from the issuance and sale of  its Capital Stock
     (other than  Redeemable Stock); provided  that such  Indebtedness does  not
     mature prior  to the final  mandatory redemption date of  the New Preferred
     Stock;   (vi)   Strategic   Investor   Subordinated   Indebtedness;   (vii)
     Indebtedness  or Redeemable Stock of  Holdings, to the  extent the proceeds
     thereof  are immediately used after  the Incurrence or  issuance thereof to
     purchase  New Preferred  Stock  or preferred  stock, as  the  case may  be,
     tendered in a Change of Control Offer  or a change of control offer, as the
     case may be; (viii)  Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary  of Holdings
     Incurred  pursuant to any credit agreement of such Restricted Subsidiary in
     effect on August 8,  1995 (or any agreement refinancing  Indebtedness under
     such  credit agreement),  up to  the amount  of the  commitment under  such
     credit agreement  (including equipment leasing or  financing agreements) on
     August 8, 1995;  (ix) Indebtedness of Holdings, in an  amount not to exceed
     $100 million at any  one time outstanding, consisting of  Capitalized Lease
     Obligations  with respect  to  assets  that  are  used  or  useful  in  the
     telecommunications business of Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries; (x)
     Indebtedness  or Redeemable Stock of  any Person that  becomes a Restricted
     Subsidiary of Holdings  after the Closing  Date, which Indebtedness  exists
     or, with  respect to such Indebtedness  for which there is  a commitment to
     lend, at  the time such  Person becomes a  Restricted Subsidiary and,  with
     respect to such Indebtedness,  the subsequent incurrence thereof ("Acquired
     Indebtedness"), in an accreted amount not  to exceed $50 million at any one
     time  outstanding in the  aggregate for  all such  Restricted Subsidiaries;
     provided  that  such  Acquired Indebtedness  does  not  exceed  65% of  the
     consideration (calculated by including such Acquired Indebtedness as a part
     of such consideration) paid by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for
     the acquisition of such Person; (xi) Indebtedness of Holdings, in an amount
     not to  exceed  $30 million  at  any one  time outstanding,  consisting  of
     letters of credit and  similar arrangements used to support  obligations of
     Holdings  or any  of  its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  with  respect  to  the
     acquisition  of (by  purchase,  lease or  otherwise),  construction of,  or
     improvements   on,  assets   that   will  be   used   or  useful   in   the
     telecommunications business of Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries; and
     (xii)  Indebtedness Incurred  to finance  the cost  (including the  cost of
     design, development, construction, installation or  integration) of assets,
     equipment or inventory used or useful in the telecommunications business of
     ICG or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries that is acquired by ICG or any of
     its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date. 

          (b)  For purposes of determining any particular amount of Indebtedness
     under this "Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of New Preferred Stock"
     covenant,  Guarantees,  Liens or  obligations  with respect  to  letters of
     credit supporting  Indebtedness otherwise included in  the determination of
     such particular amount shall  not be included. For purposes  of determining
     compliance  with  this  "Incurrence of  Indebtedness  and  Issuance of  New
     Preferred  Stock" covenant, in  the event that  an item of  Indebtedness or
     Redeemable  Stock  meets the  criteria of  more than  one  of the  types of
     Indebtedness or Redeemable  Stock described in the above clauses, Holdings,
     in  its  sole  discretion, shall  classify  such  item  of Indebtedness  or
     Redeemable  Stock and only  be required to  include the amount  and type of
     such Indebtedness or Redeemable Stock in one of such clauses. 

     Limitation on Restricted Payments

          So long as  any shares  of the  New Preferred  Stock are  outstanding,
     Holdings  will not,  and  will not  permit  any Restricted  Subsidiary  to,
     directly  or  indirectly,  (i) declare  or  pay any  dividend  or  make any
     distribution  on Junior Securities held  by Persons other  than Holdings or
     any of its Restricted Subsidiaries  (other than dividends or  distributions
     payable  solely in  shares of  its or  such Restricted  Subsidiary's Junior
     Securities  (other than Redeemable  Stock) of the  same class  held by such
     holders or in options, warrants  or other rights to acquire such  shares of
     Junior Securities and  other than  pro rata dividends  or distributions  on
     Common Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries); (ii) purchase, redeem,  retire or
     otherwise acquire for value any shares  of Junior Securities of Holdings or
     any  Restricted Subsidiary (including options,  warrants or other rights to
     acquire  such shares  of  Junior Securities)  held  by Persons  other  than
     Holdings or any  of its  Wholly Owned Restricted  Subsidiaries (except  for
     Junior Securities  of ChoiceCom, MTN, StarCom, Ohio LINX, FOTI and Zycom to

                                       -69-
     <PAGE>

     the  extent the  consideration  therefor consists  solely  of common  stock
     (other than Redeemable  Stock) of ICG or Junior Securities  of Holdings, in
     each case, transferred  in compliance  with the Securities  Act); or  (iii)
     make any Investment, other than a Permitted Investment, in any Person (such
     payments  or any other actions described in clauses (i) through (iii) being
     collectively  "Restricted Payments") if, at  the time of,  and after giving
     effect to,  the proposed Restricted  Payment: (A)  an event referred  to in
     clauses (i)(a) through (i)(f) under "Voting Rights" shall have occurred and
     be continuing, (B) Holdings could not Incur at least $1.00 of  Indebtedness
     under the first paragraph  of the "Incurrence of Indebtedness  and Issuance
     of New Preferred Stock" covenant, (C) the aggregate amount expended for all
     Restricted  Payments (the amount so expended, if  other than in cash, to be
     determined in good  faith by  the Board of  Directors, whose  determination
     shall be  conclusive and evidenced by a Board Resolution) after the date of
     the  Amended Articles  shall exceed  the sum  of (1)  50% of  the aggregate
     amount  of  the  Adjusted Consolidated  Net  Income  (or,  if the  Adjusted
     Consolidated Net Income  is a loss, minus 100% of  such amount) (determined
     by excluding income  resulting from transfers  of assets  by Holdings or  a
     Restricted  Subsidiary   to  an  Unrestricted  Subsidiary)   accrued  on  a
     cumulative  basis  during  the  period (taken  as  one  accounting  period)
     beginning on  the first day of the fiscal quarter immediately following the
     Closing  Date  and ending  on  the  last day  of  the  last fiscal  quarter
     preceding the Transaction Date  for which reports have been  filed pursuant
     to the "Reports" covenant plus (2) the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received
     by  Holdings after  the  Closing  Date  (x) from  the  issuance  and  sale,
     permitted  by  the  Amended  Articles,  of  Junior Securities  (other  than
     Redeemable Stock) to  a Person who is not a Subsidiary of Holdings, or from
     the  issuance  to a  Person who  is  not a  Subsidiary  of Holdings  of any
     options,  warrants or other rights to acquire Junior Securities of Holdings
     (in  each case, exclusive of any  Redeemable Stock or any options, warrants
     or other  rights that are  redeemable at the  option of the holder,  or are
     required to  be redeemed, prior to the Stated Maturity of the New Preferred
     Stock) or (y) as  a capital contribution from ICG plus  (3) an amount equal
     to the net  reduction in  Investments (other than  reductions in  Permitted
     Investments)  in  any  Person  resulting  from  payments   of  interest  on
     Indebtedness,  dividends,  repayments  of   loans  or  advances,  or  other
     transfers  of assets, in each case to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary
     (except to  the extent any such  payment is included in  the calculation of
     Adjusted Consolidated  Net Income), or from  redesignations of Unrestricted
     Subsidiaries as Restricted Subsidiaries (valued in each case as provided in
     the definition of "Investments"),  not to exceed the amount  of Investments
     previously  made by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Person
     or (D) dividends  on the New Preferred  Stock shall not  have been paid  in
     full as provided in the Amended Articles. 
      
          The  foregoing provision shall  not be violated by  reason of: (i) the
     payment  of  any dividend  within  60 days  after  the date  of declaration
     thereof if, at said date of declaration, such payment would comply with the
     foregoing paragraph;  (ii) the repurchase, redemption  or other acquisition
     of Junior Securities  of Holdings (or options, warrants or  other rights to
     acquire  such Junior Securities) and with respect to any Junior Securities,
     the payment  of accrued dividends thereon,  in exchange for, or  out of the
     proceeds  of  a substantially  concurrent issuance  or  sale of,  shares of
     Junior Securities (other than Redeemable Stock) of Holdings; provided  that
     the  redemption of any preferred stock pursuant to any mandatory redemption
     feature thereof and  any redemption of any other Junior  Securities and, in
     each case, the payment  of accrued dividends thereon (or  options, warrants
     or other rights to acquire such  Junior Securities) and with respect to any
     Junior Securities,  the  payment of  accrued  dividends thereon,  shall  be
     deemed to be  "substantially concurrent" with such issuance and sale if the
     required notice with  respect to such redemption is irrevocably  given by a
     date which  is  no later  than  five Business  Days  after receipt  of  the
     proceeds  of such  issuance and  sale  and such  redemption and  payment is
     consummated within the period  provided for in the document  governing such
     preferred stock or  the documents  governing the redemption  of such  other
     Junior Securities, as the case may  be; (iii) payments or distributions, in
     the  nature  of  satisfaction of  dissenters'  rights,  pursuant  to or  in
     connection with a consolidation, merger or transfer of assets that complies
     with  the  provisions  of  the  Amended  Articles  applicable  to  mergers,
     consolidations  and transfers of all  or substantially all  of the property
     and assets  of Holdings;  (iv) Investments,  not to  exceed $10  million in
     aggregate, each evidenced by  a senior promissory note payable  to Holdings
     that provides  that it will  become due and  payable prior to  any required
     repurchase (including pursuant to an Offer to Purchase in connection with a
     Change of  Control) of  the New  Preferred Stock; (v)  Investments, not  to
     exceed $5 million in  the aggregate, that meet  the requirements of  clause

                                       -70-
     <PAGE>

     (iv) above;  provided that the  Board of  Directors of Holdings  shall have
     determined, in good faith, that each such Investment  under this clause (v)
     will  enable Holdings  or  one of  its  Restricted Subsidiaries  to  obtain
     additional business  that it might not be able to obtain without the making
     of such Investment;  (vi) with respect to Junior Securities permitted to be
     issued and sold by the "Limitation on Issuance and Sale of Capital Stock of
     Restricted Subsidiaries"  covenant, the  payment (A)  of dividends  on such
     Junior Securities in additional shares of Junior Securities and (B) of cash
     dividends on such Junior Securities in an amount not to exceed the dividend
     rate thereon and accrued interest  on unpaid dividends, in each  case after
     May 1, 2001; (vii) the repurchase, in the event of a  Change of Control, of
     Junior  Securities of Holdings and Indebtedness of Holdings into which such
     Junior Securities have been exchanged; provided that  prior to repurchasing
     such Junior Securities or  Indebtedness, Holdings shall have made  a Change
     of Control  Offer  to  repurchase the  shares  of New  Preferred  Stock  in
     accordance  with  the  terms  of  the Amended  Articles  (and  an  offer to
     repurchase  other  Indebtedness,  if  required  by the  terms  thereof,  in
     accordance with  the  indenture  or  other document  governing  such  other
     Indebtedness)  and shall  have  accepted and  paid  for any  shares of  New
     Preferred Stock  (and other  Indebtedness) properly tendered  in connection
     with such Change of Control  Offer for the shares of New Preferred Stock or
     change  of  control  offer for  such  other  Indebtedness;  and (viii)  the
     issuance  of Indebtedness permitted to be issued under the Amended Articles
     in  exchange  for preferred  stock; provided  that  the Incurrence  of such
     Indebtedness complies with the "Incurrence  of Indebtedness and Issuance of
     New  Preferred Stock" covenant; provided that, except in the case of clause
     (i), no Default  or Event of Default shall have  occurred and be continuing
     or occur as a consequence of the actions or payments set forth therein. 

          Each Restricted Payment permitted  pursuant to the preceding paragraph
     (other  than the  Restricted Payments  referred to  in clauses  (vi)(A) and
     (viii) thereof),  and the  Net Cash  Proceeds from any  issuance of  Junior
     Securities referred to  in clause  (ii), shall be  included in  calculating
     whether  the conditions  of  clause  (C) of  the  first  paragraph of  this
     "Limitation  on Restricted Payments" covenant have been met with respect to
     any subsequent  Restricted Payments. Notwithstanding the  foregoing, in the
     event  the proceeds of  an issuance of  Junior Securities are  used for the
     redemption,  repurchase or other acquisition of the New Preferred Stock, or
     Parity Securities,  then the Net  Cash Proceeds  of such issuance  shall be
     included  in  clause (C)  of  the first  paragraph of  this  "Limitation on
     Restricted Payments" covenant only to the extent such proceeds are not used
     for such redemption, repurchase or other acquisition of New Preferred Stock
     or Parity Securities. 
      
     Limitation on Dividend and  Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted
     Subsidiaries 
      
          So long as any shares of New Preferred Stock are outstanding, Holdings
     will  not, and  will not  permit any  Restricted Subsidiary  to, create  or
     otherwise  cause  or suffer  to exist  or  become effective  any consensual
     encumbrance or  restriction of any  kind on the  ability of  any Restricted
     Subsidiary to (i) pay  dividends or make any other  distributions permitted
     by applicable  law on any Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary owned
     by Holdings or any  other Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) pay  any Indebtedness
     owed to  Holdings or any other  Restricted Subsidiary, (iii) make  loans or
     advances  to Holdings or any  other Restricted Subsidiary  or (iv) transfer
     any  of  its  property  or  assets  to  Holdings  or  any other  Restricted
     Subsidiary. 
      
          The  foregoing  provisions  shall  not restrict  any  encumbrances  or
     restrictions: (i) existing on the Closing Date  in any agreements in effect
     on  the  Closing  Date,  and  any  extensions,  refinancings,  renewals  or
     replacements  of  such  agreements;  provided  that  the  encumbrances  and
     restrictions in any such extensions, refinancings, renewals or replacements
     are no  less favorable in  any material respect to  the holders of  the New
     Preferred  Stock than those encumbrances  or restrictions that  are then in
     effect and that are  being extended, refinanced, renewed or  replaced; (ii)
     existing under or by reason of applicable law; (iii) existing  with respect
     to any Person or the property or assets of such Person acquired by Holdings
     or any Restricted  Subsidiary, existing at the time of such acquisition and
     not incurred  in contemplation thereof, which  encumbrances or restrictions
     are not applicable  to any Person or  the property or assets of  any Person
     other  than  such Person  or  the  property or  assets  of  such Person  so
     acquired; (iv) in the  case of clause (iv) of  the first paragraph of  this
     "Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted
     Subsidiaries"  covenant,  (A)  that  restrict  in  a customary  manner  the

                                       -71-
    <PAGE>

     subletting,  assignment or  transfer of  any property  or asset  that is  a
     lease,  license, conveyance or contract  or similar property  or asset, (B)
     existing by virtue  of any transfer  of, agreement to  transfer, option  or
     right with respect to,  or Lien on, any  property or assets of Holdings  or
     any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise prohibited by the  Amended Articles
     or (C)  arising  or agreed  to  in the  ordinary  course of  business,  not
     relating  to  any Indebtedness,  and that  do not,  individually or  in the
     aggregate, detract from the value of  property or assets of Holdings or any
     Restricted  Subsidiary in any manner material to Holdings or any Restricted
     Subsidiary;  or (v)  with respect  to a  Restricted Subsidiary  and imposed
     pursuant  to an  agreement  that has  been  entered into  for  the sale  or
     disposition  of all  or  substantially  all of  the  Capital  Stock of,  or
     property and assets  of, such Restricted  Subsidiary. Nothing contained  in
     this  "Limitation  on Dividend  and  Other  Payment Restrictions  Affecting
     Restricted Subsidiaries" covenant shall  prevent Holdings or any Restricted
     Subsidiary from (1) creating, incurring, assuming or suffering to exist any
     Liens  otherwise permitted  in the  "Limitation on  Liens" covenant  or (2)
     restricting the sale or other disposition of property or assets of Holdings
     or  any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that secure Indebtedness of Holdings
     or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
      
     Limitation  on  Issuances   and  Sale  of   Capital  Stock  of   Restricted
     Subsidiaries
      
          Under the terms of  the Amended Articles, Holdings will  not sell, and
     will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to issue
     or sell, any shares of Capital  Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary (including
     options, warrants or other rights to purchase shares of such Capital Stock)
     except  (i) to  Holdings  or a  Wholly  Owned Restricted  Subsidiary;  (ii)
     issuances  or sales  to foreign  nationals  of shares  of Capital  Stock of
     foreign Restricted Subsidiaries, to the extent  required by applicable law;
     (iii) if, immediately after  giving effect to such  issuance or sale,  such
     Restricted Subsidiary  would no longer constitute  a Restricted Subsidiary;
     (iv)  with respect to  Common Stock of  ChoiceCom, MTN,  StarCom and Zycom;
     provided that  the proceeds  of any  such sale under  clause (iv)  shall be
     reinvested in the business  of Holdings and its Restricted  Subsidiaries or
     used  to  repay  Indebtedness   of  Holdings  or  any  of   its  Restricted
     Subsidiaries or Senior Securities; and (v)  with respect to Common Stock of
     FOTI; provided  that FOTI shall not retain any net proceeds from such sales
     or issuances in excess of $10 million in the aggregate and any net proceeds
     in excess  of such $10  million shall be  received by, or paid  promptly by
     FOTI to, Holdings or any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings. 

     Limitation on Transactions with Shareholders and Affiliates

          Under the  terms of the Amended Articles,  Holdings will not, and will
     not permit  any Restricted  Subsidiary to,  directly  or indirectly,  enter
     into, renew or  extend any transaction (including,  without limitation, the
     purchase, sale, lease  or exchange of property or assets,  or the rendering
     of any service) with any holder (or any Affiliate of such  holder) of 5% or
     more of any  class of Capital  Stock of Holdings or  with any Affiliate  of
     Holdings  or any  Restricted Subsidiary,  except upon  fair  and reasonable
     terms  no less  favorable to  Holdings or  such Restricted  Subsidiary than
     could be obtained, at  the time of such transaction  or at the time  of the
     execution of the agreement providing therefor, in a comparable arm's-length
     transaction with a Person that is not such a holder or an Affiliate. 

          The foregoing limitation does not limit, and shall not apply to (i) 
     transactions (A) approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the
     Board of  Directors of Holdings or  (B) for which Holdings  or a Restricted
     Subsidiary delivers to the Transfer Agent a written opinion of a nationally
     recognized  investment banking firm stating that the transaction is fair to
     Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view; (ii)
     any  transaction  solely  between Holdings  and  any  of  its Wholly  Owned
     Restricted  Subsidiaries  or   solely  between   Wholly  Owned   Restricted
     Subsidiaries; (iii) the payment of reasonable and customary regular fees to
     directors of Holdings who are not employees of  Holdings; (iv) any payments
     or other transactions pursuant  to any tax-sharing agreement (or  a similar
     agreement that is not materially adverse to the interests of holders of the
     New  Preferred  Stock) between  Holdings and  any  other Person  with which
     Holdings files a consolidated tax return  or with which Holdings is part of
     a consolidated group for  tax purposes; or (v) any Restricted  Payments not
     prohibited   by  the   "Limitation   on   Restricted  Payments"   covenant.
     Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  any  transaction  covered  by  the  first
     paragraph  of  this  "Limitation  on  Transactions  with  Shareholders  and

                                       -72-
     <PAGE>

     Affiliates" covenant and  not covered by clauses (ii) through  (iv) of this
     paragraph, the aggregate amount of which exceeds $2  million in value, must
     be approved or determined to be  fair in the manner provided for in  clause
     (i)(A) or (B) above. 

     Limitation on Liens

          Under  the terms of the Amended  Articles, Holdings will not, and will
     not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or suffer to
     exist  any  Lien on  any  of its  assets  or properties,  now  or hereafter
     acquired, or  any  shares  of  Capital  Stock of  or  Indebtedness  of  any
     Restricted Subsidiary. 
      
          The foregoing  limitation does not apply to  (i) Liens existing on the
     Closing Date;  (ii) Liens granted after  the Closing Date on  any assets or
     Capital Stock of Holdings  or its Restricted Subsidiaries created  in favor
     of the holders of the New Preferred Stock;  (iii) Liens with respect to the
     assets  of a Restricted Subsidiary granted by such Restricted Subsidiary to
     Holdings or a  Wholly Owned  Restricted Subsidiary  to secure  Indebtedness
     owing  to Holdings or such other Restricted Subsidiary; (iv) Liens securing
     Indebtedness which is  Incurred to refinance secured Indebtedness  which is
     permitted to be Incurred under clause (iii) of the second  paragraph of the
     "Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance  of New Preferred Stock" covenant;
     provided  that such Liens do not extend  to or cover any property or assets
     of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the property  or assets
     securing  the Indebtedness  being  refinanced; (v)  Liens  with respect  to
     assets or properties  of any  Person that becomes  a Restricted  Subsidiary
     after the Closing Date; provided that such Liens do not extend  to or cover
     any assets or properties of Holdings or  any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
     other than the assets or properties of such  Person subject to such Lien on
     the  date such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; and provided further
     that such  Liens are  not incurred  in contemplation of,  or in  connection
     with, such Person becoming a  Restricted Subsidiary; (vi) Permitted  Liens;
     and (vii) Liens securing Indebtedness. 
      
     Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets
      
          Holdings  shall not  consolidate with,  merge with  or into,  or sell,
     convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of
     its property and assets (as an entirety or substantially an entirety in one
     transaction or a series of related transactions) to, any Person (other than
     a consolidation or merger with or into a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary
     with  a positive  net worth;  provided that,  in  connection with  any such
     merger or consolidation, no  consideration (other than Common Stock  in the
     surviving  Person  or  Holdings) shall  be  issued  or  distributed to  the
     stockholders of  Holdings)  or permit  any  Person to  merge with  or  into
     Holdings unless: (i) Holdings shall be the continuing Person, or the Person
     (if  other  than  Holdings) formed  by  such  consolidation  or into  which
     Holdings  is merged or that acquired or  leased such property and assets of
     Holdings  shall be a corporation  organized and validly  existing under the
     laws of  the United States of  America or any jurisdiction  thereof and the
     New Preferred  Stock shall  be converted into  or exchanged  for and  shall
     become  shares of  such  successor  company,  having  in  respect  of  such
     successor or  resulting company substantially the  same powers, preferences
     and  relative  participating,  optional or  other  special  rights and  the
     qualifications, limitations or restrictions  thereon that the New Preferred
     Stock had  immediately prior  to such transaction;  (ii) immediately  after
     giving effect to such  transaction, no event referred to  under clauses (a)
     through (e) under "-Voting Rights" or any default, breach or violation that
     would become such an event  after the giving of notice, the passage of time
     or both, shall  have occurred  and be continuing;  (iii) immediately  after
     giving effect  to such transaction  on a pro  forma basis, Holdings  or any
     Person  becoming the successor  issuer of the  New Preferred Stock,  as the
     case may  be, shall have a Consolidated Net Worth  equal to or greater than
     the   Consolidated  Net  Worth  of  Holdings   immediately  prior  to  such
     transaction;  (iv) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a
     pro  forma basis Holdings,  or any Person becoming  the successor issuer of
     the New Preferred Stock, as the case  may be, could Incur at least $1.00 of
     Indebtedness under the first paragraph  of the "Incurrence of  Indebtedness
     and Issuance of New Preferred Stock" covenant; and (v) Holdings delivers to
     the  Transfer  Agent an  Officers'  Certificate  (attaching the  arithmetic
     computations to demonstrate  compliance with clauses (iii)  and (iv) above)
     and an  Opinion of Counsel,  in each case stating  that such consolidation,

                                       -73-
     <PAGE>

     merger or transfer  complies with  this provision and  that all  conditions
     precedent  provided  for herein  relating  to  such  transaction have  been
     complied with; provided, however,  that clauses (iii) and (iv) above do not
     apply if,  in the  good faith  determination of the  Board of  Directors of
     Holdings, whose determination shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution, the
     principal  purpose of  such transaction  is part  of a  plan to  change the
     jurisdiction  of  incorporation of  Holdings to  a  different state  of the
     United States; and  provided further  that any such  transaction shall  not
     have as one of its purposes the evasion of the foregoing limitations. 

     Senior Subordinated Indebtedness

          So long as any shares of New Preferred Stock are outstanding, Holdings
     will not Incur any  Indebtedness, other than the Exchange  Debentures, that
     is   expressly  made  subordinated  in  right  of  payment  to  any  Senior
     Indebtedness (as defined in  the Exchange Debenture Indenture) unless  such
     Indebtedness, by  its terms and by the terms of any agreement or instrument
     pursuant to which such  Indebtedness is outstanding is expressly  made pari
     passu with, or  subordinate in right of payment to, the Exchange Debentures
     pursuant  to provisions substantially similar to those contained in Article
     Eleven of  the Exchange  Debenture Indenture;  provided that the  foregoing
     limitations shall  not apply to  distinctions between categories  of Senior
     Indebtedness  that exist by  reason of any  Liens or Guarantees  arising or
     created in respect of some but not all Senior Indebtedness. 
      
     Reports

          So long as any shares of New Preferred Stock are outstanding, Holdings
     shall  file with the Commission  the annual reports,  quarterly reports and
     the  information, documents  and  other reports  required  to be  filed  by
     Holdings with the Commission pursuant to  Sections 13 or 15 of the Exchange
     Act, whether  or  not Holdings  has  or is  required  to  have a  class  of
     securities registered under the Exchange Act, at the time it is or would be
     required to  file the same  with the Commission  and, within 15  days after
     Holdings  is or  would be  required to  file such  reports,  information or
     documents with the Commission. 

     EXCHANGE
      
          Holdings may, at the sole option of the Board of Directors (subject to
     the legal availability of funds therefor),  exchange all, but not less than
     all, of the outstanding shares of New Preferred Stock, including any shares
     of  New  Preferred Stock  issued as  payment  for dividends,  into Exchange
     Debentures  at  any  time following  the  date on  which  such  exchange is
     permitted by the terms of the Senior Discount Notes Indenture,  the 12 1/2%
     Notes  Indenture and  the 13   1/2%  Notes Indenture  and the terms  of all
     then-existing Indebtedness of  Holdings, and subject to the  conditions set
     forth in the next succeeding paragraph. Presently, the  Exchange of the New
     Preferred Stock for Exchange Debentures would be restricted by covenants in
     such indentures relating to the incurrence of Indebtedness. There can be no
     assurance that  the conditions  in such covenants  for the exchange  of New
     Preferred  Stock  for Exchange  Debentures will  be  satisfied or  that the
     exchange will occur or that future Indebtedness  of Holdings would not also
     restrict  an exchange. See "Description of New  Notes."  In order to effect
     such exchange, Holdings shall (a) if necessary to satisfy the condition set
     forth  in clause  (B) in  the following  paragraph  based upon  the written
     advice  of  counsel to  Holdings, file  a  registration statement  with the
     Commission relating to the exchange, and (b) if a registration statement is
     filed with the Commission pursuant  to clause (a), use its best  efforts to
     cause  such  registration statement  to be  declared  effective as  soon as
     practicable  by the Commission unless the opinion referred to in clause (B)
     in the following paragraph shall have been subsequently delivered. 
      
          Prior  to initiating  such  exchange, Holdings  shall certify,  to the
     satisfaction of the trustees under the 13 1/2% Notes Indenture, the 12 1/2%
     Notes Indenture and the Senior Discount Notes Indenture, that such exchange
     is permitted under such respective  Indentures. Holdings shall also provide
     such Trustees with an Officer's Certificate setting  forth with specificity
     the basis for  Holdings' conclusion that such exchange is  so permitted. In
     order to effectuate such exchange, Holdings shall send  a written notice of
     exchange by mail to each holder of record of shares of New Preferred Stock,

                                       -74-
     <PAGE>
 
     which  notice shall state (i) that Holdings is exchanging the New Preferred
     Stock  into Exchange Debentures pursuant  to the Amended  Articles and (ii)
     the date  fixed for exchange (the "Exchange Date"), which date shall not be
     less than 15 days  nor more than 60 days  following the date on  which such
     notice  is  mailed  (except  as  provided  in  the  last sentence  of  this
     paragraph). On the Exchange  Date, if the  conditions set forth in  clauses
     (A)  through (E) below are satisfied and  if the exchange is then permitted
     under the Senior Discount  Notes Indenture, the 12 1/2% Notes Indenture and
     the  13 1/2% Notes Indenture,  Holdings shall issue  Exchange Debentures in
     exchange  for the New  Preferred Stock as  provided in  the next paragraph,
     provided that on  the Exchange Date:  (A) there shall be  legally available
     funds sufficient therefor (including, without limitation, legally available
     funds  sufficient  therefor  under  Section  7-106-401  (or  any  successor
     provision)  of  the CBCA);  (B) a  registration  statement relating  to the
     Exchange Debentures shall have been declared effective under the Securities
     Act prior  to such  exchange  and shall  continue to  be  effective on  the
     Exchange Date  or Holdings shall have obtained a written opinion of counsel
     that  an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act
     is  available for  such exchange  and that  upon receipt  of such  Exchange
     Debentures  pursuant  to  such  exchange  made  in  accordance   with  such
     exemption, each holder of an Exchange Debenture that is not an Affiliate of
     Holdings  will not be subject to any restrictions imposed by the Securities
     Act upon  the resale  of such  Exchange Debenture,  and  such exemption  is
     relied  upon  by Holdings  for such  exchange;  (C) the  Exchange Debenture
     Indenture  and the trustee thereunder  shall have been  qualified under the
     Trust Indenture  Act of 1939,  as amended (the "Trust  Indenture Act"); (D)
     immediately after giving effect  to such exchange,  no Default or Event  of
     Default (each as defined  in the Exchange Debenture Indenture)  would exist
     under  the  Exchange  Debenture  Indenture;  and  (E)  Holdings shall  have
     delivered to the Trustee  under the Exchange Debenture Indenture  a written
     opinion  of counsel, dated the date of exchange, regarding the satisfaction
     of the conditions set forth in clauses  (A), (B) and (C). In the event that
     (i) the  issuance  of  the Exchange  Debentures  is not  permitted  on  the
     Exchange Date or (ii) any of the conditions set forth in clause (A) through
     (E)  of the  preceding sentence  are not  satisfied on  the Exchange  Date,
     Holdings shall use its  best efforts to satisfy such conditions  and effect
     such exchange as soon as practicable. 
      
          Upon  any exchange pursuant to the preceding paragraph, the holders of
     outstanding shares of  New Preferred  Stock will be  entitled to receive  a
     principal  amount of Exchange Debentures for shares of New Preferred Stock,
     the liquidation preference  of which,  plus the amount  of accumulated  and
     unpaid dividends (including  a prorated  dividend for the  period from  the
     immediately preceding dividend payment  date to the date of  exchange) with
     respect to  which, equals  such principal  amount. The  Exchange Debentures
     will be issued  in registered  form, without  coupons. Exchange  Debentures
     issued in exchange for New Preferred  Stock will be in principal amounts of
     $1,000 and integral multiples  thereof to the extent practicable,  and will
     also be issued in principal amounts less than $1,000 so that each holder of
     New  Preferred  Stock will  receive  certificates  representing the  entire
     principal  amount of  Exchange  Debentures  to  which  its  shares  of  New
     Preferred Stock entitle it, provided that  Holdings may, at the sole option
     of the  Board  of Directors,  subject  to the  restrictions in  the  Senior
     Discount Notes Indenture, the 12 1/2% Notes Indenture and the 13 1/2% Notes
     Indenture and any of its other then-existing Indebtedness, pay cash in lieu
     of issuing an Exchange Debenture in a principal amount less than $1,000. On
     and  after the  date of  exchange, dividends  will cease  to accrue  on the
     outstanding shares of New Preferred Stock, and all rights of the holders of
     New Preferred Stock (except  the right to receive the  Exchange Debentures,
     an  amount in  cash, to  the extent  applicable, equal  to the  accrued and
     unpaid  dividends to the Exchange Date, and  if Holdings so elects, cash in
     lieu  of  any Exchange  Debenture which  is  in an  amount that  is  not an
     integral multiple of $1,000) will terminate. The person entitled to receive
     the Exchange Debentures issuable upon such exchange will be treated for all
     purposes as the registered holder of such Exchange Debentures. 

          ICG  and  Holdings  will comply  with  the  provisions  of Rule  13e-4
     promulgated pursuant to the  Exchange Act in connection with  any exchange,
     to the extent applicable. 

                                       -75-
     <PAGE>

     NEW PREFERRED STOCK BOOK ENTRY; DELIVERY AND FORM

          So long as DTC, or its nominee, is the registered owner or holder of a
     Global  New Preferred Stock  Certificate, DTC or such  nominee, as the case
     may be, will  be considered the sole  owner or holder of the  New Preferred
     Stock  represented by such Global  New Preferred Stock  Certificate for all
     purposes  under  the  Amended Articles  and  the  New  Preferred Stock.  No
     beneficial  owner  of  an  interest  in  the  Global  New  Preferred  Stock
     Certificate will be  able to  transfer that interest  except in  accordance
     with DTC's applicable procedures,  in addition to those provided  for under
     the Amended Articles.

          Payments  made  with  respect  to  the  Global  New   Preferred  Stock
     Certificate will be made  to DTC or its nominee, as the case may be, as the
     registered owner thereof. Holdings will have no responsibility or liability
     for any aspect  of the records relating  to or payments made  on account of
     beneficial ownership interests  in the  Global New Preferred  Stock or  for
     maintaining,  supervising  or  reviewing   any  records  relating  to  such
     beneficial ownership interests.

          Holdings expects that DTC or its nominee, upon receipt of any payments
     made   with  respect  to  the  Global  New  Preferred  Stock,  will  credit
     participants'  accounts with  payments  in amounts  proportionate to  their
     respective  beneficial interests in the amount of such Global New Preferred
     Stock as shown on the records of DTC or its nominee. Holdings  also expects
     that  payments by  participants to  owners of  beneficial interest  in such
     Global  New Preferred Stock held through such participants will be governed
     by standing instructions and  customary practices, as is now  the case with
     securities held for  the accounts of customers  registered in the  names of
     nominees  for such customers. Such  payments will be  the responsibility of
     such participants.

          Transfers between participants in DTC will be effected in the ordinary
     way in accordance with DTC rules and will be settled in same-day funds.

          The Company understands that DTC will  take any action permitted to be
     taken by a holder of New Preferred Stock (including the presentation of New
     Preferred Stock  for exchange as described below)  only at the direction of
     one  or more participants to whose account  the DTC interests in the Global
     New Preferred Stock is credited and only in respect  of such portion of the
     aggregate  liquidation preference of New  Preferred Stock as  to which such
     participant or participants has or have given such direction.

          The  Company  understands:  DTC  is a  limited  purpose  trust company
     organized under the laws of the State of New York, a "banking organization"
     within the meaning of New York Banking Law, a member of the Federal Reserve
     System,  a  "clearing  corporation"  within  the  meaning  of  the  Uniform
     Commercial  Code  and  a  "Clearing  Agency"  registered  pursuant  to  the
     provisions of  Section 17A  of the  Exchange Act. DTC  was created  to hold
     securities for its participants and facilitate the clearance and settlement
     of  securities transaction  between  participants  through electronic  book
     entry changes in accounts of its participants, thereby eliminating the need
     for  physical movement  of  certificates and  certain other  organizations.
     Indirect access to  the DTC system  is available to  others such as  banks,
     brokers,  dealers  and trust  companies that  clear  through or  maintain a
     custodial relationship  with a  participant, either directly  or indirectly
     ("indirect participants").

          Although DTC is expected  to follow the foregoing procedures  in order
     to  facilitate  transfers of  interest in  the  Global New  Preferred Stock
     Certificate among participants of DTC, it is under no obligation to perform
     or  continue to  perform  such  procedures,  and  such  procedures  may  be
     discontinued at any time.  The Company will have no responsibility  for the
     performance by  DTC or its respective participants or indirect participants
     of  its respective  obligations under  the rules  and procedures  governing
     their operations.

     CERTIFICATED NEW PREFERRED STOCK

          If DTC is at any time unwilling  or unable to continue as a depositary
     for  the Global  New  Preferred Stock  and  a successor  depositary  is not
     appointed  by Holdings within 90 days, Holdings will issue Certificated New
     Preferred Stock in exchange for the Global New Preferred Stock Certificate.

                                       -76-
     <PAGE>

     CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

          Set  forth below  are  certain  defined  terms  used  in  the  Amended
     Articles. Reference is made to the Amended Articles for the full definition
     of such terms, as well as any other capitalized terms used herein for which
     no definition is provided. 
      
          "Adjusted  Consolidated  Net  Income"   means,  for  any  period,  the
     aggregate  net income (or loss) of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries
     for  such  period determined  in conformity  with  GAAP; provided  that the
     following items  shall be excluded  in computing Adjusted  Consolidated Net
     Income (without duplication): (i) the net income of any  Person (other than
     net income attributable  to a  Restricted Subsidiary) in  which any  Person
     (other  than Holdings  or any of  its Restricted Subsidiaries)  has a joint
     interest  and the net income of any  Unrestricted Subsidiary, except to the
     extent of the  amount of dividends or other distributions  actually paid to
     Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries by such other Person or such
     Unrestricted Subsidiary during such period; (ii) solely for the purposes of
     calculating  the amount of Restricted Payments that may be made pursuant to
     clause  (C) of  the  first  paragraph  of  the  "Limitation  on  Restricted
     Payments" covenant described above (and in  such case, except to the extent
     includable  pursuant to clause (i) above), the  net income (or loss) of any
     Person accrued prior  to the date it becomes a  Restricted Subsidiary or is
     merged  into or  consolidated  with  Holdings  or  any  of  its  Restricted
     Subsidiaries or all or substantially all of the property and assets of such
     Person  are acquired  by Holdings  or any  of its  Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (iii) the  net income of any  Restricted Subsidiary to the  extent that the
     declaration  or  payment  of dividends  or  similar  distributions by  such
     Restricted Subsidiary  of such net income  is not at the  time permitted by
     the operation  of the terms  of its charter  or any agreement,  instrument,
     judgment,  decree,   order,  statute,   rule  or   governmental  regulation
     applicable to such  Restricted Subsidiary; (iv) any gains or  losses (on an
     after-tax  basis) attributable to Asset  Sales; (v) except  for purposes of
     calculating the amount of Restricted Payments that may be made pursuant  to
     clause  (C) of  the  first  paragraph  of  the  "Limitation  on  Restricted
     Payments" covenant described above, any amount paid or accrued as dividends
     on  preferred stock  of  Holdings or  any  Restricted Subsidiary  owned  by
     Persons other than  Holdings and  any of its  Restricted Subsidiaries;  and
     (vi) all extraordinary gains and extraordinary losses. 
      
          "Affiliate" means, as applied to any Person, any other Person directly
     or indirectly  controlling,  controlled by,  or  under direct  or  indirect
     common  control  with,  such  Person.  For  purposes  of  this  definition,
     "control" (including, with  correlative meanings, the  terms "controlling,"
     "controlled by" and "under common control with"), as applied to any Person,
     means  the possession,  directly or indirectly,  of the power  to direct or
     cause the direction of  the management and policies of such Person, whether
     through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. 
      
          "Asset Acquisition" means (i) an investment by Holdings or any  of its
     Restricted Subsidiaries in any  other Person pursuant to which  such Person
     shall become a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings or shall be merged into or
     consolidated with  Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided
     that such Person's primary business  is related, ancillary or complementary
     to  the businesses of Holdings and  its Restricted Subsidiaries on the date
     of  such investment  or  (ii) an  acquisition  by Holdings  or  any of  its
     Restricted Subsidiaries of the property and assets of any Person other than
     Holdings   or  any   of  its   Restricted  Subsidiaries   that  constitutes
     substantially  all of  a  division  or line  of  business  of such  Person;
     provided  that the property and  assets acquired are  related, ancillary or
     complementary to the businesses of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries
     on the date of such acquisition. 
      
          "Asset Sale" means any sale, transfer  or other disposition (including
     by  way of  merger,  consolidation or  sale-leaseback transactions)  in one
     transaction or a series of  related transactions by Holdings or any  of its
     Restricted  Subsidiaries to any  Person other than  Holdings or any  of its
     Restricted  Subsidiaries of  (i) all  or any  of the  Capital Stock  of any
     Restricted  Subsidiary, (ii) all or  substantially all of  the property and
     assets  of an  operating  unit  or  business  of Holdings  or  any  of  its
     Restricted  Subsidiaries or (iii) any other property and assets of Holdings
     or  any of  its  Restricted Subsidiaries  outside  the ordinary  course  of
     business  of Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary and, in each case, that

                                       -77-
     <PAGE>

     is  not governed by the provisions  described under "-Merger, Consolidation
     and Sale  of Assets;" provided that  the meaning of "Asset  Sale" shall not
     include (A) sales or other dispositions of inventory, receivables and other
     current assets,  and (B) dispositions of  assets of Holdings or  any of its
     Restricted  Subsidiaries,  in  substantially  simultaneous   exchanges  for
     consideration  consisting  of  any  combination  of  cash,  Temporary  Cash
     Investments  and assets that are  used or useful  in the telecommunications
     business of Holdings or its  Restricted Subsidiaries, if such consideration
     has an aggregate fair market  value substantially equal to the fair  market
     value of the  assets so disposed  of; provided, however,  that fair  market
     value  shall  be determined  in good  faith by  the  Board of  Directors of
     Holdings, whose  determination  shall  be conclusive  and  evidenced  by  a
     resolution of the Board of Directors delivered to the Transfer Agent. 

          "Average Life" means, at any date of determination with respect to any
     debt  security, the  quotient  obtained  by dividing  (i)  the sum  of  the
     products  of (a) the number of years from such date of determination to the
     dates  of each successive scheduled principal payment of such debt security
     and  (b) the amount of such  principal payment by (ii) the  sum of all such
     principal payments. 
      
          "Capital Stock" means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares,
     interests, participation or other equivalents (however designated,  whether
     voting or non-voting) in equity of such  Person, whether now outstanding or
     issued  after   the  date  of  the  Amended  Articles,  including,  without
     limitation, all Common Stock and preferred stock. 
      
          "Capitalized Lease" means, as  applied to any Person, any lease of any
     property  (whether real, personal or mixed) of which the discounted present
     value  of the rental  obligations of such  Person as  lessee, in conformity
     with  GAAP, is  required to  be capitalized  on the  balance sheet  of such
     Person; and  "Capitalized Lease  Obligations" means the  discounted present
     value of the rental obligations under any such Capitalized Lease. 

          "ChoiceCom"   means  CSW/ICG  ChoiceCom,   L.P.,  a  Delaware  limited
     partnership.
      
          "Closing  Date" means  the  date  on  which  the  Preferred  Stock  is
     originally issued under the Amended Articles. 
      
          "Consolidated  EBITDA" means, for any  period, the sum  of the amounts
     for  such period of (i) Adjusted Consolidated Net Income, (ii) Consolidated
     Interest  Expense,  (iii)  income taxes,  to  the  extent  such amount  was
     deducted in calculating Adjusted Consolidated Net Income (other than income
     taxes  (either  positive or  negative)  attributable  to extraordinary  and
     non-recurring gains  or  losses  or  sales of  assets),  (iv)  depreciation
     expense, to the  extent such  amount was deducted  in calculating  Adjusted
     Consolidated  Net  Income, (v)  amortization  expense, to  the  extent such
     amount was  deducted in calculating  Adjusted Consolidated Net  Income, and
     (vi)  all other non-cash  items reducing  Adjusted Consolidated  Net Income
     (other than items that will require cash payments and for  which an accrual
     or reserve is, or is required by GAAP to be, made), less all non-cash items
     increasing  Adjusted  Consolidated  Net  Income, all  as  determined  on  a
     consolidated  basis  for  Holdings   and  its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  in
     conformity with GAAP;  provided that, if any Restricted Subsidiary is not a
     Wholly Owned  Restricted Subsidiary,  Consolidated EBITDA shall  be reduced
     (to the extent not otherwise reduced in accordance with GAAP)  by an amount
     equal  to  (A)  the   amount  of  the  Adjusted  Consolidated   Net  Income
     attributable to such Restricted Subsidiary  multiplied by (B) the  quotient
     of (1) the number of shares of outstanding Common Stock  of such Restricted
     Subsidiary not owned on the  last day of such period by Holdings  or any of
     its Restricted  Subsidiaries divided by (2)  the total number of  shares of
     outstanding Common Stock of such  Restricted Subsidiary on the last day  of
     such period. 
      
          "Consolidated Interest  Expense" means, for any  period, the aggregate
     amount of  interest in respect  of Indebtedness (including  amortization of
     original issue discount on any Indebtedness and the interest portion of any
     deferred payment  obligation, calculated  in accordance with  the effective
     interest method  of accounting; all  commissions, discounts and  other fees
     and charges owed with  respect to letters of credit and bankers' acceptance

                                       -78-
     <PAGE>

     financing;  the  net costs  associated with  Interest Rate  Agreements; and
     Indebtedness that  is  Guaranteed or  secured  by Holdings  or any  of  its
     Restricted  Subsidiaries) and all but the principal component of rentals in
     respect of Capitalized Lease  Obligations paid, accrued or scheduled  to be
     paid or to  be accrued by Holdings  and its Restricted  Subsidiaries during
     such  period; excluding, however,  without duplication,  (i) any  amount of
     such  interest  of any  Restricted  Subsidiary if  the net  income  of such
     Restricted  Subsidiary   is  excluded   in  the  calculation   of  Adjusted
     Consolidated  Net Income pursuant to clause (iii) of the definition thereof
     (but  only in  the same  proportion as  the net  income of  such Restricted
     Subsidiary is  excluded from the  calculation of Adjusted  Consolidated Net
     Income pursuant  to clause (iii)  of the  definition thereof) and  (ii) any
     premiums,  fees  and expenses  (and  any amortization  thereof)  payable in
     connection with the  offering of the 13 1/2% Notes  and the warrants issued
     therewith, the  12 1/2% Notes, the  14 1/4% Preferred Stock,  the New Notes
     and/or the New Preferred Stock, all  as determined on a consolidated  basis
     (without taking into account  Unrestricted Subsidiaries) in conformity with
     GAAP. 
      
          "Consolidated  Net  Worth"  means,   at  any  date  of  determination,
     stockholders'  equity as set forth on the most recently available quarterly
     or  annual  consolidated balance  sheet  of  Holdings  and  its  Restricted
     Subsidiaries  (which shall be as of  a date not more than  90 days prior to
     the date  of  such computation,  and  which  shall not  take  into  account
     Unrestricted Subsidiaries),  less  any amounts  attributable to  Redeemable
     Stock  or   any  equity  security  convertible  into  or  exchangeable  for
     Indebtedness, the cost  of treasury stock and  the principal amount  of any
     promissory notes receivable from the sale  of the Capital Stock of Holdings
     or  any  of its  Restricted  Subsidiaries, each  item to  be  determined in
     conformity  with GAAP (excluding  the effects of  foreign currency exchange
     adjustments  under   Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  Statement  of
     Financial Accounting Standards No. 52). 
      
          "Currency  Agreement" means  any  foreign exchange  contract, currency
     swap  agreement  or  other similar  agreement  or  arrangement  designed to
     protect Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries against fluctuations
     in  currency values  to or under  which Holdings  or any  of its Restricted
     Subsidiaries is a party or a  beneficiary on the Closing Date or  becomes a
     party or a beneficiary thereafter. 

          "Event of Default" means  a Voting Rights Triggering Event  as defined
     above under "-Voting Rights." 
      
          "FOTI"   means  ICG   Fiber  Optic   Technologies  Inc.,   a  Colorado
     corporation.
      
          "14 1/4% Preferred Stock" means the 14 1/4% Exchangeable Preferred 
     Stock mandatorily redeemable May 1, 2007 of Holdings, and any shares of 
     preferred stock issued as payment in kind dividends thereon. 

          "GAAP" means  generally accepted  accounting principles in  the United
     States of  America as in  effect as of  August 8, 1995,  including, without
     limitation,  those  set forth  in the  opinions  and pronouncements  of the
     Accounting Principles Board of  the American Institute of  Certified Public
     Accountants and  statements and pronouncements of  the Financial Accounting
     Standards  Board  or in  such  other statements  by  such  other entity  as
     approved  by a significant segment of the accounting profession. All ratios
     and computations contained in the Indenture shall be computed in conformity
     with GAAP applied on a consistent  basis, except that calculations made for
     purposes of determining compliance with the terms of the covenants and with
     other provisions  of the Indenture  shall be made without  giving effect to
     (i)  the amortization  of  any expenses  incurred  in connection  with  the
     offering of the  13 1/2% Notes  and the warrants  issued therewith, the  12
     1/2%  Notes, the  14 1/4%  Preferred Stock,  the New  Notes and/or  the New
     Preferred  Stock and (ii) except as otherwise provided, the amortization of
     any amounts required  or permitted by  Accounting Principles Board  Opinion
     Nos. 16 and 17. 

          "Guarantee"  means any  obligation,  contingent or  otherwise, of  any
     Person  directly  or  indirectly  guaranteeing any  Indebtedness  or  other
     obligation of any other Person and, without  limiting the generality of the
     foregoing, any obligation, direct or indirect,  contingent or otherwise, of
     such Person  (i) to purchase  or pay  (or advance or  supply funds for  the
     purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation of such other

                                       -79-
     <PAGE>

     Person (whether  arising  by  virtue of  partnership  arrangements,  or  by
     agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services,
     to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise)
     or  (ii) entered  into for  purposes of  assuring in  any other  manner the
     obligee  of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof or
     to  protect such obligee  against loss in  respect thereof (in  whole or in
     part); provided that  the term "Guarantee"  shall not include  endorsements
     for collection or  deposit in  the ordinary  course of  business. The  term
     "Guarantee" used as a verb has a corresponding meaning. 
      
          "Holdings" means ICG Holdings, Inc. and its successors and assigns. 

          "Holdings  (Canada)"  means  ICG   Holdings  (Canada),  Inc.  and  its
     successors and assigns. 
      
          "ICG" means ICG Communications, Inc. and its successors and assigns.
      
          "Incur" means,  with respect  to any Indebtedness,  to incur,  create,
     issue, assume, Guarantee or otherwise become liable for or with respect to,
     or  become responsible for, the payment of, contingently or otherwise, such
     Indebtedness, including  an  Incurrence of  Indebtedness by  reason of  the
     acquisition  of more than 50% of the  Capital Stock of any Person; provided
     that neither the accrual  of interest nor the  accretion of original  issue
     discount shall be considered an Incurrence of Indebtedness. 
      
          "Indebtedness"  means, with  respect  to any  Person  at any  date  of
     determination (without  duplication), (i)  all indebtedness of  such Person
     for borrowed money, (ii) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds,
     debentures, notes  or other similar  instruments, (iii) all  obligations of
     such Person in  respect of letters of  credit or other similar  instruments
     (including  reimbursement  obligations  with  respect  thereto),  (iv)  all
     obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of
     property or  services, which  purchase price  is due  more than six  months
     after  the date of placing such property  in service or taking delivery and
     title  thereto or the completion  of such services,  except Trade Payables,
     (v) all obligations of such Person as lessee under Capitalized Leases, (vi)
     all Indebtedness of other  Persons secured by a  Lien on any asset  of such
     Person,  whether  or  not such  Indebtedness  is  assumed  by such  Person;
     provided that  the amount of such  Indebtedness shall be the  lesser of (A)
     the fair market value of such asset  at such date of determination and  (B)
     the  amount of such Indebtedness,  (vii) all Indebtedness  of other Persons
     Guaranteed by such Person to the extent such Indebtedness is Guaranteed  by
     such  Person and  (viii)  to  the extent  not  otherwise included  in  this
     definition,  obligations  under  Currency  Agreements  and   Interest  Rate
     Agreements. The amount of Indebtedness  of any Person at any date  shall be
     the  outstanding balance at such  date of all  unconditional obligations as
     described above  and, with respect  to contingent obligations,  the maximum
     liability  upon  the  occurrence of  the  contingency  giving  rise to  the
     obligation, provided  (i) that  the amount outstanding  at any time  of any
     Indebtedness issued  with original  issue discount  is  the original  issue
     price of such Indebtedness and (ii) that Indebtedness shall not include (A)
     any amount of money borrowed,  at the time of the Incurrence of the related
     Indebtedness, for the purpose  of pre-funding any interest payable  on such
     related  Indebtedness or  (B) any  liability for  federal, state,  local or
     other taxes. 
      
          "Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio" means, as at any date of determination,
     the  ratio of (i) the aggregate amount  of Indebtedness of Holdings and its
     Restricted  Subsidiaries  on  a  consolidated  basis  as  at  the  date  of
     determination (the "Transaction  Date") to (ii) the  Consolidated EBITDA of
     Holdings  for the  then most  recent four  full fiscal  quarters for  which
     reports  have been filed pursuant to the "Reports" covenant described above
     (such four full fiscal quarter period being referred to herein as the "Four
     Quarter Period"); provided that (x) pro forma effect shall be  given to any
     Indebtedness Incurred from the beginning of the Four Quarter Period through
     the  Transaction   Date  (including   any  Indebtedness  Incurred   on  the
     Transaction Date), to the  extent outstanding on the Transaction  Date, (y)
     if  during the  period commencing  on the  first day  of such  Four Quarter
     Period through the  Transaction Date (the "Reference  Period"), Holdings or
     any  of the Restricted Subsidiaries  shall have engaged  in any Asset Sale,
     Consolidated EBITDA for such period shall  be reduced by an amount equal to
     the EBITDA (if positive), or increased by an amount equal to the EBITDA (if
     negative), directly attributable  to the  assets which are  the subject  of

                                       -80-
     <PAGE>

     such Asset Sale and any related retirement of Indebtedness as if such Asset
     Sale and related  retirement of Indebtedness had occurred  on the first day
     of such Reference Period or (z) if during such Reference Period Holdings or
     any of the Restricted  Subsidiaries shall have made any  Asset Acquisition,
     Consolidated EBITDA of Holdings shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as
     if  such Asset Acquisition  and any related  financing had  occurred on the
     first day of such Reference Period. In calculating this ratio  for purposes
     of  the Amended Articles, the  amount of outstanding  Indebtedness shall be
     deemed  to include the liquidation  preference of any  preferred stock then
     outstanding. 

           "Investment" in any Person means any direct or indirect advance, loan
     or  other extension  of credit  (including, without  limitation, by  way of
     Guarantee or  similar arrangement; but  excluding advances to  customers in
     the ordinary course of business that are, in conformity with GAAP, recorded
     as accounts receivable on the  balance sheet of Holdings or its  Restricted
     Subsidiaries) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer  of cash
     or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the
     account or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock,
     bonds, notes,  debentures  or other  similar  instruments issued  by,  such
     Person and shall include  the designation of a Restricted Subsidiary  as an
     Unrestricted Subsidiary.  For purposes  of the definition  of "Unrestricted
     Subsidiary" and the "Limitation  on Restricted Payments" covenant described
     above, (i) "Investment" shall include  the fair market value of  the assets
     (net  of liabilities) of any Restricted Subsidiary  of Holdings at the time
     that such Restricted  Subsidiary of Holdings is designated  an Unrestricted
     Subsidiary and  shall exclude the fair  market value of the  assets (net of
     liabilities)  of  any  Unrestricted  Subsidiary   at  the  time  that  such
     Unrestricted Subsidiary  is designated a Restricted  Subsidiary of Holdings
     and (ii) any  property transferred  to or from  an Unrestricted  Subsidiary
     shall be  valued at its fair market value at  the time of such transfer, in
     each case as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith. 

          "Lien"  means any  mortgage,  pledge, security  interest, encumbrance,
     lien  or charge of any kind (including, without limitation, any conditional
     sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof, any
     sale with  recourse against the seller  or any Affiliate of  the seller, or
     any agreement to give any security interest). 
      
          "MTN"  means Maritime  Telecommunications  Network,  Inc., a  Colorado
     corporation, and its successors. 
      
          "Net Cash Proceeds"  means, (a) with  respect to  any Asset Sale,  the
     proceeds  of  such Asset  Sale in  the form  of  cash or  cash equivalents,
     including  payments  in respect  of  deferred payment  obligations  (to the
     extent corresponding to the principal, but not interest, component thereof)
     when received in the form of cash or cash equivalents (except to the extent
     such obligations  are financed  or sold  with recourse  to Holdings  or any
     Restricted Subsidiary  of Holdings)  and proceeds  from  the conversion  of
     other property received when converted to cash or cash equivalents,  net of
     (i) brokerage commissions and  other fees and expenses (including  fees and
     expenses of counsel  and investment  bankers) related to  such Asset  Sale,
     (ii) provisions for all taxes  (whether or not such taxes will  actually be
     paid or are  payable) as a result of such Asset  Sale without regard to the
     consolidated  results   of  operations  of  Holdings   and  its  Restricted
     Subsidiaries, taken as a  whole, (iii) payments made to  repay Indebtedness
     or any other  obligation outstanding at  the time of  such Asset Sale  that
     either (A) is secured  by a Lien on the  property or assets sold or  (B) is
     required to  be paid as a result of  such sale and (iv) appropriate amounts
     to be  provided by Holdings or  any Restricted Subsidiary of  Holdings as a
     reserve against any liabilities associated with such Asset Sale, including,
     without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit  liabilities,
     liabilities  related to  environmental  matters and  liabilities under  any
     indemnification  obligations  associated  with  such  Asset  Sale,  all  as
     determined in  conformity with GAAP and (b) with respect to any issuance or
     sale of Capital Stock, the proceeds of such issuance or sale in the form of
     cash or cash equivalents, including payments in respect of deferred payment
     obligations  (to  the  extent  corresponding  to  the  principal,  but  not
     interest, component  thereof) when  received in  the form  of cash  or cash
     equivalents (except to  the extent  such obligations are  financed or  sold
     with recourse to  Holdings or  any Restricted Subsidiary  of Holdings)  and
     proceeds from the conversion  of other property received when  converted to
     cash  or  cash equivalents,  net  of  attorney's fees,  accountants'  fees,

                                       -81-
     <PAGE>

     underwriters'  or  placement agents'  fees,  discounts  or commissions  and
     brokerage,  consultant  and other  fees  incurred in  connection  with such
     issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a result thereof. 

          "New Notes"  means the New Notes  Due 2007 of  Holdings, guaranteed by
     ICG on a senior unsecured basis and issued on the Closing Date.  

          "Offer to Purchase" means an offer to purchase shares of New Preferred
     Stock by  Holdings from the  Holders commenced by  mailing a notice  to the
     Transfer  Agent and each Holder stating: (i) the covenant pursuant to which
     the offer is  being made and that all shares of New Preferred Stock validly
     tendered  will be  accepted  for payment  on  a pro  rata  basis; (ii)  the
     purchase price and  the date of purchase (which shall be  a Business Day no
     earlier than 30 days  nor later than 60 days  from the date such  notice is
     mailed) (the "Payment Date"); (iii) that any shares of New Preferred  Stock
     not tendered  will continue to accrue dividends pursuant to its terms; (iv)
     that, unless Holdings defaults  in the payment of  the purchase price,  any
     shares of New Preferred Stock accepted for payment pursuant to the Offer to
     Purchase shall cease to accrue dividends on and after the Payment Date; (v)
     that Holders  electing to have any shares  of New Preferred Stock purchased
     pursuant to the Offer to Purchase  will be required to surrender the shares
     of New  Preferred Stock together with a form entitled "Option of the Holder
     to Elect Purchase" (the form of which will be mailed with  such notice), to
     the Paying Agent  at the address specified in the notice prior to the close
     of business on  the Business  Day immediately preceding  the Payment  Date;
     (vi) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying
     Agent receives, not later than the  close of business on the third Business
     Day  immediately   preceding  the  Payment  Date,   a  telegram,  facsimile
     transmission  or  letter  setting  forth  the  name  of  such  Holder,  the
     liquidation preference of the  shares of New Preferred Stock  delivered for
     purchase and a  statement that such  Holder is withdrawing his  election to
     have such shares of  New Preferred Stock purchased; and  (vii) that Holders
     whose shares of  New Preferred Stock are being purchased  only in part will
     be  issued new  shares  of New  Preferred Stock  equal  to the  liquidation
     preference of the unpurchased portion of the  shares of New Preferred Stock
     surrendered;  provided that each share of New Preferred Stock purchased and
     each new share of New Preferred Stock issued shall be in a principal amount
     of  $1,000 or  integral multiples  thereof. On  the Payment  Date, Holdings
     shall (i) accept for  payment on a pro rata  basis shares of New  Preferred
     Stock or portions  thereof tendered pursuant to an Offer  to Purchase; (ii)
     deposit with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the purchase price of
     all shares of  New Preferred Stock  or portions thereof,  so accepted;  and
     (iii) deliver, or cause to  be delivered, to the Transfer Agent  all shares
     of New Preferred  Stock or portions thereof,  so accepted together  with an
     Officers'  Certificate specifying  the  shares of  New  Preferred Stock  or
     portions thereof accepted for  payment by Holdings. The Paying  Agent shall
     promptly mail to the Holders of shares of New Preferred  Stock so accepted,
     payment in  an amount equal to  the purchase price, and  the Transfer Agent
     shall promptly  authenticate and  mail to  such Holders  new shares of  New
     Preferred Stock equal in liquidation preference  to any unpurchased portion
     of the shares of New Preferred Stock surrendered;  provided that each share
     of New  Preferred Stock purchased and each new share of New Preferred Stock
     issued shall  be in  a principal  amount  of $1,000  or integral  multiples
     thereof.  Holdings  will  publicly announce  the  results  of  an Offer  to
     Purchase as soon as practicable after  the Payment Date. The Transfer Agent
     shall  act as  the Paying  Agent for  an Offer  to Purchase.  Holdings will
     comply with Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws
     and  regulations thereunder  to the  extent such  laws and  regulations are
     applicable, in  the event that Holdings is required to repurchase shares of
     New Preferred Stock pursuant to an Offer to Purchase. 
      
          "Ohio LINX" means ICG Ohio LINX, Inc., an Ohio corporation.
      
          "Permitted  Investment"  means  (i)  an  Investment  in  a  Restricted
     Subsidiary  or a  Person which  will, upon  the making of  such Investment,
     become a Restricted Subsidiary or be merged or consolidated with or into or
     transfer or  convey all or substantially  all its assets to,  Holdings or a
     Restricted  Subsidiary; provided  that  such Person's  primary business  is
     related, ancillary or complementary  to the businesses of Holdings  and its
     Restricted  Subsidiaries on the date  of such Investment;  (ii) a Temporary
     Cash Investment;  (iii)  payroll,  travel and  similar  advances  to  cover
     matters that  are expected at  the time of  such advances ultimately  to be
     treated  as expenses in  accordance with  GAAP; (iv)  loans or  advances to

                                       -82-
     <PAGE>

     employees made  in the ordinary course of  business in accordance with past
     practice of Holdings or its Restricted  Subsidiaries and that do not in the
     aggregate exceed $2 million at any time outstanding; (v) stock, obligations
     or securities received in  satisfaction of judgments; (vi)  Indebtedness of
     ICG or Holdings (Canada) owed to  Holdings, in an amount not to exceed  the
     reasonable expenses of ICG or  Holdings (Canada), as the case may  be, as a
     holding company that are  actually incurred, and  paid, by ICG or  Holdings
     (Canada); provided that such  Indebtedness of ICG or Holdings  (Canada), as
     the case may  be, is  evidenced by an  unsubordinated promissory note  that
     provides that  it will be paid prior to any mandatory redemption of the New
     Preferred  Stock  if such  payment would  be  necessary to  effectuate such
     redemption; and  (vii) Investments in an  amount not to exceed,  at any one
     time  outstanding, all of the  Net Cash Proceeds  received by Holdings from
     the  sale of  Common Stock  of ICG  (to a  person other  than one  of ICG's
     Subsidiaries) after the Closing Date. 
      
          "Permitted Liens" means (i) Liens for taxes, assessments, governmental
     charges  or claims that  are being contested  in good faith  by appropriate
     legal  proceedings promptly  instituted  and diligently  conducted and  for
     which  a  reserve  or other  appropriate  provision,  if any,  as  shall be
     required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made; (ii) statutory Liens
     of landlords and carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, suppliers, materialmen,
     repairmen or other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business
     and with respect to amounts  not yet delinquent or being contested  in good
     faith by  appropriate legal proceedings promptly  instituted and diligently
     conducted and for  which a reserve or other appropriate  provision, if any,
     as shall  be required in conformity  with GAAP shall have  been made; (iii)
     Liens  incurred or  deposits made  in  the ordinary  course of  business in
     connection  with workers'  compensation,  unemployment insurance  and other
     types of social security;  (iv) Liens incurred or  deposits made to  secure
     the  performance   of  tenders,  bids,  leases,   statutory  or  regulatory
     obligations,  bankers'  acceptances, surety  and  appeal  bonds, government
     contracts, performance and return-of-money bonds and other obligations of a
     similar  nature incurred in the  ordinary course of  business (exclusive of
     obligations  for the payment of  borrowed money); (v)  easements, rights of
     way,  municipal and  zoning ordinances  and similar  charges, encumbrances,
     title defects or other irregularities that do not materially interfere with
     the  ordinary course  of  business of  Holdings  or any  of its  Restricted
     Subsidiaries; (vi)  Liens (including extensions and  renewals thereof) upon
     real  or personal property acquired  after the Closing  Date; provided that
     (a) such Lien is  created solely for the  purpose of securing  Indebtedness
     Incurred, in accordance  with the "Incurrence of Indebtedness  and Issuance
     of New Preferred Stock" covenant  described above, (1) to finance the  cost
     (including the cost of improvement or construction) of the item of property
     or assets subject thereto and such Lien is created prior to, at the time of
     or within six months after the later of the acquisition,  the completion of
     construction or the commencement of full  operation of such property or (2)
     to  refinance any  Indebtedness previously  so secured,  (b) the  principal
     amount of the  Indebtedness secured by  such Lien does  not exceed 100%  of
     such cost and (c) any such Lien  shall not extend to or cover any  property
     or assets other than such  item of property or assets and  any improvements
     on  such item;  (vii) leases  or subleases  granted to  others that  do not
     materially interfere with the  ordinary course of business of  Holdings and
     its  Restricted Subsidiaries, taken  as a  whole; (viii)  Liens encumbering
     property or  assets under  construction  arising from  progress or  partial
     payments  by a customer of Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries relating
     to such property or assets; (ix) any  interest or title of a lessor in  the
     property subject to  any Capitalized  Lease or operating  lease; (x)  Liens
     arising from filing Uniform  Commercial Code financing statements regarding
     leases; (xi)  Liens on property of,  or on shares of  stock or Indebtedness
     of,  any  corporation existing  at the  time  such corporation  becomes, or
     becomes a part of, any  Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such  Liens do
     not extend to or cover any property or assets of Holdings or any Restricted
     Subsidiary other than the property or assets acquired; (xii) Liens in favor
     of Holdings or  any Restricted  Subsidiary; (xiii) Liens  arising from  the
     rendering of  a final judgment or order  against Holdings or any Restricted
     Subsidiary  that does  not give rise  to an  Event of  Default; (xiv) Liens
     securing  reimbursement obligations with respect to  letters of credit that
     encumber  documents and other property  relating to such  letters of credit
     and  the products and proceeds thereof; (xv)  Liens in favor of customs and
     revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs
     duties in connection with the importation of goods; (xvi) Liens encumbering
     customary  initial deposits and margin  deposits, and other  Liens that are
     either within the general parameters customary in the industry and incurred
     in the ordinary  course of  business, in each  case, securing  Indebtedness
     under  Interest  Rate  Agreements   and  Currency  Agreements  and  forward

                                       -83-
     <PAGE>

     contracts, options, future contracts, futures options or similar agreements
     or  arrangements  designed to  protect Holdings  or  any of  its Restricted
     Subsidiaries from fluctuations  in the price  of commodities; (xvii)  Liens
     arising out  of conditional sale,  title retention, consignment  or similar
     arrangements for the sale of goods  entered into by Holdings or any  of its
     Restricted Subsidiaries in  the ordinary course  of business in  accordance
     with the past practices  of Holdings and its Restricted  Subsidiaries prior
     to the Closing Date; and (xviii) Liens on or sales of receivables. 
      
          "Preferred  stock" or  "preferred  stock" means,  with respect  to any
     Person,  any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents
     (however  designated,  whether  voting  or  non-voting)  of  such  Person's
     preferred  or preference stock, whether now outstanding or issued after the
     date of the Amended Articles, including, without limitation, all series and
     classes of such preferred or preference stock. 
      
          "Public Equity Offering" means a bona fide underwritten primary public
     offering of  Common Stock  of  ICG or  Holdings  pursuant to  an  effective
     registration statement under the Securities Act. 
      
          "Redeemable Stock" means any class  or series of Capital Stock of  any
     Person that by its terms or otherwise  is (i) required to be redeemed prior
     to the mandatory redemption date of the shares of New Preferred Stock, (ii)
     redeemable at the option of the  holder of such class or series of  Capital
     Stock at any time prior  to the mandatory redemption date of  the shares of
     New  Preferred Stock, or (iii) convertible into or exchangeable for Capital
     Stock  referred to  in clause (i)  or (ii)  above or  Indebtedness having a
     scheduled maturity prior to the mandatory redemption date of the shares  of
     New  Preferred  Stock;  provided that  any  Capital  Stock  that would  not
     constitute  Redeemable  Stock but  for  provisions  thereof giving  holders
     thereof  the right  to require  such Person  to repurchase  or redeem  such
     Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a "change  of control" occurring prior
     to the mandatory redemption date of the shares of New Preferred Stock shall
     not  constitute Redeemable  Stock  if the  "change  of control"  provisions
     applicable to  such Capital Stock are  no more favorable to  the holders of
     such Capital Stock than the provisions contained in the "Change of Control"
     covenant described above and such Capital Stock specifically  provides that
     such Person will not repurchase  or redeem any such stock pursuant  to such
     provision prior to Holdings' repurchase of New Preferred Stock as described
     above under "-Change of Control." 

          "Restricted Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of Holdings other than an
     Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
      
          "Senior Discount Notes Indenture"  means the Indenture dated  as March
     11, 1997  among Holdings,  ICG and  the Trustee pursuant  to which  the New
     Notes will be issued. 
      
          "StarCom" means  StarCom International Optics  Corporation, a  British
     Columbia corporation, and its subsidiaries. 
      
          "Strategic    Investor"    means   any    Person   engaged    in   the
     telecommunications  business  which  has  a  net  worth  or  equity  market
     capitalization of at least $1 billion. 
      
          "Strategic Investor Subordinated Indebtedness" means  all Indebtedness
     of  Holdings owed to a Strategic Investor that is contractually subordinate
     in right  of payment to the shares  of New Preferred Stock  to at least the
     following extent: no payment of principal (or  premium, if any) or interest
     on  or  otherwise  payable in  respect  of such  Indebtedness  may  be made
     (whether  as a result  of a default  or otherwise) prior to  the payment in
     full of  all of  Holdings' obligations  under the  shares of New  Preferred
     Stock;  provided, however, that prior  to the payment  of such obligations,
     interest  on Strategic  Investor Subordinated  Indebtedness may  be payable
     solely in kind or in common  stock (other than Redeemable Stock) of ICG  or
     Holdings. 

          "Subsidiary"  means,  with respect  to  any  Person, any  corporation,
     association  or  other  business entity  of  which  more  than  50% of  the
     outstanding Voting Stock is  owned, directly or indirectly, by  such Person
     and one or more other Subsidiaries of such Person.  

                                       -84-
     <PAGE>

          "Temporary Cash  Investment" means any  of the  following: (i)  direct
     obligations  of the  United  States of  America or  any  agency thereof  or
     obligations fully and  unconditionally guaranteed by  the United States  of
     America  or any agency thereof, (ii) time deposit accounts, certificates of
     deposit and money market deposits  maturing within 270 days of the  date of
     acquisition thereof, bankers' acceptances with maturities not exceeding 270
     days, and overnight bank deposits, in each case issued by or with a bank or
     trust  company which is  organized under the  laws of the  United States of
     America, any state thereof or any foreign country recognized  by the United
     States, and which bank or trust company has capital, surplus and  undivided
     profits  aggregating in  excess of  $100 million  (or the  foreign currency
     equivalent thereof) and has  outstanding debt which is  rated "A" (or  such
     similar  equivalent rating) or higher by at least one nationally recognized
     statistical  rating  organization  (as  defined  in  Rule   436  under  the
     Securities Act) or any  money-market fund sponsored by a  registered broker
     dealer or mutual fund distributor, (iii) repurchase obligations with a term
     of not more than 30  days for underlying securities of the  types described
     in clause  (i) above entered  into with  a bank meeting  the qualifications
     described  in clause (ii) above,  (iv) commercial paper,  maturing not more
     than 180 days after the date of acquisition, issued by a corporation (other
     than an Affiliate of ICG) organized and in existence under the laws of  the
     United  States of  America,  any  state  thereof  or  any  foreign  country
     recognized by the United States of America with a rating at the time  as of
     which any  investment therein  is made  of "P-1"  (or higher)  according to
     Moody's  Investors Service, Inc. or "A-1" (or higher) according to Standard
     & Poor's Ratings Group, and (v) securities with maturities of six months or
     less  from  the date  of acquisition  issued  or fully  and unconditionally
     guaranteed by any  state, commonwealth or territory of the United States of
     America, or by any  political subdivision or taxing authority  thereof, and
     rated at least "A" by Standard & Poor's Ratings Group  or Moody's Investors
     Service, Inc. 
      
          "13 1/2%  Notes" means the 13  1/2% Senior Discount Notes  Due 2005 of
     Holdings  guaranteed by  ICG and  Holdings (Canada)  on a  senior unsecured
     basis. 

          "13 1/2% Notes  Indenture" means the  Indenture dated as of  August 8,
     1995, as  amended,  among  Holdings,  Holdings  (Canada)  and  the  Trustee
     pursuant to which Holdings issued the 13 1/2% Notes. 

          "Trade  Payables"  means, with  respect  to any  person,  any accounts
     payable  or  any  other debt  or  monetary  obligation  to trade  creditors
     created, assumed or Guaranteed  by such Person or  any of its  Subsidiaries
     arising  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business  in  connection  with  the
     acquisition of goods or services. 
      
          "Transaction Date"  means,  with  respect to  the  Incurrence  of  any
     Indebtedness  by  Holdings or  any of  its  Restricted Subsidiaries  or the
     issuance of any Redeemable Stock of Holdings, the date such Indebtedness is
     to be  Incurred or such  issuance is  to be made  and, with respect  to any
     Restricted Payment, the date such Restricted Payment is to be made. 
      
          "12 1/2%  Notes" means the 12  1/2% Senior Discount Notes  due 2006 of
     Holdings  guaranteed by  ICG and  Holdings (Canada)  on a  senior unsecured
     basis. 
      
          "12 1/2% Notes  Indenture" means the  Indenture dated as of  April 30,
     1996,  as  amended,  among  Holdings,  Holdings  (Canada) and  the  Trustee
     pursuant to which Holdings issued the 12 1/2% Notes. 

          "Unrestricted Subsidiary" means (i) any Subsidiary of Holdings that at
     the time of determination shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by
     the Board of Directors in the manner provided below and (ii) any Subsidiary
     of an Unrestricted  Subsidiary. The  Board of Directors  may designate  any
     Restricted Subsidiary of  Holdings (including any  newly acquired or  newly
     formed  Subsidiary of Holdings), other  than Holdings or  a Subsidiary that
     has given a Subsidiary  Guarantee, to be an Unrestricted  Subsidiary unless
     such Subsidiary owns any Capital Stock of, or owns or holds any Lien on any
     property of,  Holdings or any  Restricted Subsidiary; provided  that either
     (A) the Subsidiary to  be so designated has total assets  of $1,000 or less
     or  (B) if  such  Subsidiary  has assets  greater  than  $1,000, that  such
     designation  would  be  permitted   under  the  "Limitation  on  Restricted

                                       -85-
     <PAGE>

     Payments"  covenant described above.  The Board of  Directors may designate
     any  Unrestricted Subsidiary  to be  a Restricted  Subsidiary  of Holdings;
     provided  that immediately  after  giving effect  to  such designation  (x)
     Holdings could  Incur  $1.00 of  additional  Indebtedness under  the  first
     paragraph  of the "Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of New Preferred
     Stock"  covenant described above  and (y)  no Default  or Event  of Default
     shall have occurred and be continuing. Any such designation by the Board of
     Directors  shall be evidenced to the Transfer Agent by promptly filing with
     the  Transfer Agent  a copy  of the  resolution of  the Board  of Directors
     giving effect to  such designation and an Officers'  Certificate certifying
     that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions. 
      
          "Voting Stock" means, with respect to any Person, Capital Stock of any
     class  or kind  ordinarily having  the power  to vote  for the  election of
     directors,  managers or other voting members of  the governing body of such
     Person. 

          "Wholly  Owned" means, with respect  to any Subsidiary  of any Person,
     such  Subsidiary if 98%  or more of  the outstanding Capital  Stock in such
     Subsidiary  (other than any director's  qualifying shares or Investments by
     foreign nationals  mandated by applicable law)  is owned by such  Person or
     one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person. 

          "Zycom" means Zycom Corporation, an Alberta, Canada corporation. 


                          DESCRIPTION OF EXCHANGE DEBENTURES

          The  Exchange Debentures, if issued, will be issued under the Exchange
     Debenture Indenture  among Holdings,  ICG, as  guarantor, and  Norwest Bank
     Colorado, National Association,  as trustee  or such other  trustee as  may
     qualify under the  Trust Indenture  Act and  be selected  by Holdings  (the
     "Trustee"). A copy of the form of Exchange Debenture Indenture is available
     from  Holdings upon request. The  terms of the  Exchange Debentures include
     those stated in the Exchange Debenture Indenture and those made part of the
     Exchange  Debenture Indenture  by  reference to  the  Trust Indenture  Act.
     Prospective holders of the Exchange Debentures are referred to the Exchange
     Debenture  Indenture and the  Trust Indenture Act  for a  statement of such
     terms.  The  following  summary  of  certain  provisions  of  the  Exchange
     Debenture Indenture  does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and
     is  qualified in its entirety by reference  to, the Trust Indenture Act and
     to all of the provisions of the Exchange Debenture Indenture, including the
     definitions  of certain terms  therein and those  terms made a  part of the
     Exchange Debenture Indenture by  reference to the Trust Indenture  Act. The
     definitions of certain terms  used in the Exchange Debenture  Indenture and
     in  the following summary are set forth below under "-Certain Definitions."
     References herein to "$" refers to U.S. dollars. 
      
     GENERAL
      
          The  Exchange  Debentures will  be  general  unsecured obligations  of
     Holdings and will be limited in aggregate principal amount to the aggregate
     liquidation  preference  of the  New Preferred  Stock (including  shares of
     Preferred  Stock issued in payment  of dividends), plus  accrued and unpaid
     dividends, on  the date of  exchange of the  Preferred Stock  into Exchange
     Debentures  (plus any additional Exchange Debentures issued in lieu of cash

                                       -86-
     <PAGE>

     interest  as described herein). The  Exchange Debentures will  be issued in
     fully  registered  form  only  in  denominations  of  $1,000  and  integral
     multiples  thereof (other  than as described  in "Description  of Preferred
     Stock-Exchange" or with respect to additional Exchange Debentures issued in
     lieu of cash interest as described herein). The Exchange Debentures will be
     senior subordinated  obligations of Holdings, subordinated  to all existing
     and future Senior Indebtedness  of Holdings and senior to  all subordinated
     obligations of Holdings. 
      
          Principal  of, and  premium,  if any,  and  interest on  the  Exchange
     Debentures  will be payable, and  the Exchange Debentures  may be presented
     for registration of transfer or exchange, at the office of the Paying Agent
     and  Registrar. At Holding's option, interest, to  the extent paid in cash,
     may be paid  by check mailed to  the registered address  of Holders of  the
     Exchange Debentures as shown  on the register for the  Exchange Debentures.
     The Trustee will initially act as Paying Agent and Registrar.  Holdings may
     change  any Paying Agent and  Registrar without prior  notice to Holders of
     the Exchange Debentures.  Holders of the Exchange Debentures must surrender
     Exchange Debentures to the Paying Agent to collect principal payments.  

          The Exchange Debentures will  mature on March 15, 2008.  Each Exchange
     Debenture will bear interest from the Exchange Debenture Issue Date or from
     the most  recent interest payment date  to which interest has  been paid or
     provided for.  Interest will  be payable  semiannually in  cash (or,  on or
     prior to March 15, 2002, at  the option of Holdings, in additional Exchange
     Debentures,  subject to the  restrictions contained in  the Senior Discount
     Notes Indenture, the 12  1/2% Notes Indenture, the 13  1/2% Notes Indenture
     and any other agreement of Holdings,  Holdings (Canada) or ICG) in  arrears
     on each March 15 and September 15 commencing with the first such date after
     the Exchange Debenture Issue Date. Interest on the Exchange Debentures will
     be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve  30-day months and the
     actual number of days elapsed. 
      
          Because of Holding's option  through March 15, 2002 to pay interest on
     the  Exchange Debentures  by  issuing additional  Exchange Debentures,  any
     Exchange  Debentures issued prior  to that date  will be  treated as issued
     with OID, unless  under special rules  for interest holidays the  amount of
     OID is treated as de minimis. See "Certain United States Federal Income Tax
     Consequences." 
      
          Subject to  the covenants  in their  Indebtedness and  applicable law,
     Holdings  and  ICG  may  issue  additional Exchange  Debentures  under  the
     Exchange Debenture  Indenture. The  Exchange Debentures, together  with any
     Exchange  Debentures subsequently issued, will be treated as a single class
     for all purposes under 
     the Exchange Debenture Indenture. 

     GUARANTEE
      
          Holdings' obligations under the Exchange  Debentures will be fully and
     unconditionally  guaranteed   (the  "Debenture  Guarantee")  on   a  senior
     subordinated basis by ICG (in such context, the "Guarantor"); provided that
     the Debenture Guarantee shall  not be enforceable against the  Guarantor in
     an amount in  excess of  the net worth  of the Guarantor  at the time  that
     determination of such net worth  is, under applicable law, relevant  to the
     enforceability  of such Debenture  Guarantee. Such net  worth shall include
     any claim of the Guarantor against Holdings for reimbursement. 
      
     SUBORDINATION AND RANKING
      
          The Exchange  Debentures will  be senior subordinated  Indebtedness of
     Holdings, subordinated to  the prior payment when due of  the principal of,
     and  premium, if any, and accrued and  unpaid interest on, all existing and
     future Senior Indebtedness of Holdings and senior to the prior payment when
     due  of  the principal  of, and  premium, if  any,  and accrued  and unpaid
     interest on, all subordinated Indebtedness of Holdings. ICG's guarantee  of
     the Exchange  Debentures will be  senior subordinated Indebtedness  of ICG,
     subordinated  to the  prior  payment  when due  of  the  principal of,  and
     premium, if  any,  and accrued  and unpaid  interest on,  all existing  and

                                       -87-
     <PAGE>

     future Senior Guarantor Indebtedness of ICG and senior to the prior payment
     when due of  the principal of, and  premium, if any and  accrued and unpaid
     interest on, all subordinated Indebtedness of ICG. 

          Upon (a) any distribution to creditors of Holdings in a liquidation or
     dissolution  of Holdings  or in  a bankruptcy,  reorganization, insolvency,
     receivership  or similar proceeding relating to Holdings or its property or
     (b)  an assignment  for  the benefit  of creditors  or  any marshalling  of
     Holdings' assets and liabilities, the holders of Senior  Indebtedness shall
     be entitled to receive payment in full of all Obligations due in respect of
     such Senior Indebtedness  (including interest after the commencement of any
     such  proceeding   at  the   rate  specified   in  the   applicable  Senior
     Indebtedness) before holders of the  Exchange Debentures shall be  entitled
     to receive any payment  with respect to the Exchange Debentures.  Until all
     Obligations  with  respect to  Senior Indebtedness  are  paid in  full, any
     distribution  to which holders of the Exchange Debentures would be entitled
     shall  be  made  to holders  of  Senior  Indebtedness. Notwithstanding  the
     foregoing,  holders of the Exchange Debentures  may receive securities that
     are subordinated, at  least to the same extent as  the Exchange Debentures,
     to Senior Indebtedness  and any  securities issued in  exchange for  Senior
     Indebtedness. 
      
          In  addition, Holdings may not make any  payment upon or in respect of
     the Exchange Debentures (except  in such subordinated securities) if  (a) a
     default in the payment of any principal, premium, if any, interest or other
     Obligations with respect to  any Designated Senior Indebtedness  occurs and
     is continuing beyond any applicable grace period (whether upon maturity, as
     a result  of acceleration or otherwise) or (b) any other default occurs and
     is  continuing  with respect  to  any Designated  Senior  Indebtedness that
     permits holders  of such Designated  Senior Indebtedness to  accelerate its
     maturity, and  Holdings and the Trustee receive a notice of such default (a
     "Payment Blockage Notice") from the holders, or from the trustee,  agent or
     other  representative  of  the  holders,  of  any  such  Designated  Senior
     Indebtedness.  Payments on the Exchange Debentures may and shall be resumed
     upon the earlier of (i) the date  upon which the default is cured or waived
     or (ii) in the case of a default referred to in clause (b) above,  179 days
     after the date on which the applicable Payment Blockage Notice is received,
     unless  the  maturity  of  any  Designated  Senior  Indebtedness  has  been
     accelerated. No  new period of payment blockage may be commenced within 360
     days after the receipt by the Trustee of any prior Payment Blockage Notice.
     No  nonpayment default  that  existed  or was  continuing  on  the date  of
     delivery of  any Payment  Blockage Notice  to the Trustee  shall be,  or be
     made,  the basis  for  a subsequent  Payment  Blockage Notice  unless  such
     default shall have been cured  or waived for a period of not  less than 180
     days.  

          Upon (a) any  distribution to  creditors of  ICG in  a liquidation  or
     dissolution  of  ICG  or   in  a  bankruptcy,  reorganization,  insolvency,
     receivership or similar  proceeding relating to ICG or  its property or (b)
     an assignment  for the  benefit of  creditors or any  marshalling of  ICG's
     assets and  liabilities, the holders of Senior Guarantor Indebtedness shall
     be entitled to receive payment in full of all Obligations due in respect of
     such  Senior   Guarantor   Indebtedness  (including   interest  after   the
     commencement of any such proceeding at the rate specified in the applicable
     Senior Guarantor  Indebtedness) before  holders of the  Exchange Debentures
     shall be  entitled to  receive any  payment with  respect  to the  Exchange
     Debentures.  Until  all  Obligations   with  respect  to  Senior  Guarantor
     Indebtedness are paid  in full, any  distribution to  which holders of  the
     Exchange Debentures would be  entitled shall be  made to holders of  Senior
     Guarantor  Indebtedness.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  holders  of the
     Exchange Debentures may receive securities  that are subordinated, at least
     to  the same  extent  as  the  Exchange  Debentures,  to  Senior  Guarantor
     Indebtedness and  any securities issued  in exchange  for Senior  Guarantor
     Indebtedness. 
      
          ICG  may not  make any  payment upon  or in  respect of  its Debenture
     Guarantee  (except  in  subordinated  securities described  in  the  second
     paragraph above) if (a) a default in the payment of any principal, premium,
     if any, interest or other Obligations with respect to any Designated Senior
     Guarantor Indebtedness occurs and is continuing beyond any applicable grace
     period (whether upon maturity, as a result of acceleration or otherwise) or
     (b) any  other  default  occurs  and  is continuing  with  respect  to  any
     Designated  Senior  Guarantor Indebtedness  that  permits  holders of  such
     Designated Senior  Guarantor Indebtedness  to accelerate its  maturity, and
     ICG and the Trustee receive a  notice of such default (a "Guarantor Payment
     Blockage Notice")  from the holders,  or from the  trustee, agent or  other
     representative of  the holders,  of  any such  Designated Senior  Guarantor

                                       -88-
     <PAGE>

     Indebtedness.  Payments on the Exchange Debentures may and shall be resumed
     upon the earlier of (i) the date upon which  the default is cured or waived
     or (ii) in the case of a default referred  to in clause (b) above, 179 days
     after the date on which the applicable Guarantor Payment Blockage Notice is
     received,  unless   the  maturity   of  any  Designated   Senior  Guarantor
     Indebtedness has been accelerated. No new period of payment blockage may be
     commenced within  360 days after  the receipt by  the Trustee of  any prior
     Guarantor  Payment Blockage Notice.  No nonpayment default  that existed or
     was continuing on  the date of  delivery of any Guarantor  Payment Blockage
     Notice  to the Trustee  shall be,  or be made,  the basis  for a subsequent
     Guarantor Payment Blockage Notice unless such default shall have been cured
     or waived for a period of not less than 180 days. 
      
          The Exchange  Debenture Indenture  will further require  that Holdings
     promptly notify holders of  Senior Indebtedness if payment on  the Exchange
     Debentures is accelerated because of an Event of Default.  

          "Designated   Senior  Indebtedness"   under  the   Exchange  Debenture
     Indenture is defined to mean the Indebtedness specified in clause (i)(A) of
     the  definition of  Senior Indebtedness  and any  Indebtedness constituting
     Senior  Indebtedness that, at the  date of determination,  has an aggregate
     principal  amount  of  at  least  $25  million  and  that  is  specifically
     designated by Holdings in the instrument creating or evidencing such Senior
     Indebtedness as "Designated Senior Indebtedness." 
      
          "Designated   Senior  Guarantor   Indebtedness"  under   the  Exchange
     Debenture Indenture is defined to mean the Indebtedness specified in clause
     (i)(A)  of   the  definition  of  Senior  Guarantor  Indebtedness  and  any
     Indebtedness constituting  Senior Guarantor Indebtedness that,  at the date
     of determination, has an aggregate principal amount of at least $25 million
     and  that is  specifically designated  by the  Guarantor in  the instrument
     creating or  evidencing such  Senior Guarantor Indebtedness  as "Designated
     Guarantor Senior Indebtedness." 

          "Senior  Guarantor   Indebtedness"  means  (i)  Indebtedness   of  the
     Guarantor under its Guarantee of the  New Notes and its Guarantee under the
     Senior Discount Notes Indenture, its Guarantee of the 13 1/2% Notes and the
     12 1/2% Notes and  its Guarantee under the 13 1/2%  Notes Indenture and the
     12 1/2% Notes Indenture and  all fees, expenses and indemnities payable  in
     connection with any of the foregoing and (ii) all other Indebtedness of the
     Guarantor  (other than  the Debenture  Guarantee), including  principal and
     interest on such Indebtedness, unless such Indebtedness, by its terms or by
     the  terms  of  any   agreement  or  instrument  pursuant  to   which  such
     Indebtedness is issued,  is pari passu  with, or  subordinated in right  of
     payment  to, the  Debenture  Guarantee;  provided  that  the  term  "Senior
     Guarantor  Indebtedness" shall  not  include (a)  any  Indebtedness of  the
     Guarantor that, when  Incurred and  without respect to  any election  under
     Section  1111(b) of the United States Bankruptcy Code, was without recourse
     to the  Guarantor, (b) any Indebtedness of the Guarantor to a Subsidiary of
     the Guarantor or to a joint venture in which the Guarantor has an interest,
     (c) any Indebtedness  of the Guarantor, to the extent  not permitted by the
     "Limitation  on  Indebtedness" or  the  "Senior Subordinated  Indebtedness"
     covenants  described  below,  (d)   any  repurchase,  redemption  or  other
     obligation  in respect  of Redeemable  Stock, (e)  any Indebtedness  to any
     employee of the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries, (f) any liability for
     federal, state,  local or other taxes  owed or owing by  the Guarantor, (g)
     the Guarantor's  obligations with  respect to the  Convertible Subordinated
     Notes  or (h)  any trade  payables. Senior  Indebtedness will  also include
     interest  accruing subsequent to events  of bankruptcy of  the Guarantor at
     the  rate  provided for  in the  document  governing such  Senior Guarantor
     Indebtedness,  whether or not such interest is an allowed claim enforceable
     against the debtor in a bankruptcy case under federal bankruptcy law. 
      
          "Senior Indebtedness" means (i) Indebtedness of Holdings under the New
     Notes and the Senior Discount Notes Indenture, the 12 1/2% Notes and the 12
     1/2% Notes Indenture, the 13 1/2% Notes and the 13 1/2% Notes Indenture and
     all fees,  expenses and indemnities  payable in connection with  any of the
     foregoing  and  (ii) all  other Indebtedness  of  Holdings (other  than the
     Exchange   Debentures),   including   principal   and   interest  on   such
     Indebtedness, unless such Indebtedness, by its terms or by the terms of any
     agreement or instrument pursuant  to which such Indebtedness is  issued, is
     pari passu  with,  or subordinated  in right  of payment  to, the  Exchange
     Debentures; provided that the term  "Senior Indebtedness" shall not include
     (a) any Indebtedness of Holdings that, when Incurred and without respect to

                                       -89-
     <PAGE>

     any  election under Section 1111(b)  of the United  States Bankruptcy Code,
     was without  recourse to Holdings,  (b) any  Indebtedness of Holdings  to a
     Subsidiary  of Holdings  or to  a joint  venture in  which Holdings  has an
     interest, (c) any Indebtedness of Holdings, to the extent  not permitted by
     the "Limitation on Indebtedness"  or the "Senior Subordinated Indebtedness"
     covenants  described  below,  (d)   any  repurchase,  redemption  or  other
     obligation  in respect  of Redeemable  Stock, (e)  any Indebtedness  to any
     employee of  Holdings or  any of  its Subsidiaries,  (f) any  liability for
     federal, state, local or other taxes owed  or owing by Holdings or (g)  any
     trade  payables. Senior  Indebtedness will  also include  interest accruing
     subsequent to  events of bankruptcy of Holdings at the rate provided for in
     the document  governing  such  Senior Indebtedness,  whether  or  not  such
     interest is an allowed claim enforceable against the debtor in a bankruptcy
     case under federal bankruptcy law. 
      
          As  a result of the  subordination provisions described  above, in the
     event  of a liquidation or  insolvency, Holders of  the Exchange Debentures
     may  recover less ratably than other creditors  of Holdings or ICG. ICG and
     Holdings  are   expected  to   incur  substantial  amounts   of  additional
     indebtedness  in the  future, subject  to  compliance with  the limitations
     contained  in  the  Senior Discount  Notes  Indenture,  the  12 1/2%  Notes
     Indenture,  the  13  1/2%  Notes   Indenture  and  the  Exchange  Debenture
     Indenture. See  "Risk Factors-Substantial Indebtedness;  Ability to Service
     Debt" and "-Holding  Company Reliance on  Subsidiaries' Funds; Priority  of
     Creditors; Subordination of Exchange Debentures." 
      
     OPTIONAL REDEMPTION
      
          The Exchange Debentures will  be redeemable at Holdings' option  on or
     after March 15, 2002.  Thereafter, the Exchange Debentures will  be subject
     to redemption at the  option of Holdings, in whole or in  part, at any time
     upon  not less than 30 nor more than  60 days' prior notice mailed by first
     class  mail to  each Holder's last  address as  it appears  in the Security
     Register,  at the redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal
     amount) set forth below, plus  accrued and unpaid interest, if any,  to the
     applicable redemption  date (subject to  the right of Holders  of record on
     the relevant Regular Record Date that is on or prior to the redemption date
     to receive  interest due on an  Interest Payment Date),  if redeemed during
     the 12-month period beginning on March 15 of the years indicated below: 

                                   Year         Percentage
                                   ----         ----------

                               2002  . . . . .     107.0000%
                               2003  . . . . .     104.6667%
                               2004  . . . . .     102.3333%
                               2005 and        
                               thereafter. . .     100.0000%  

          In addition, at any  time on or prior to March 15, 2000, Holdings may,
     at its  option from  time to  time,  redeem Exchange  Debentures having  an
     aggregate principal amount  of up to 35%  of the liquidation  preference of
     the Preferred Stock  originally issued at a redemption price  equal to 114%
     of the principal amount thereof, with proceeds of one or more Public Equity
     Offerings of  Common Stock of  (A) Holdings or  (B) ICG, provided  that (i)
     with respect to the Public Equity Offering referred to in clause (B) above,
     cash  proceeds of  such Public Equity  Offering in an  amount sufficient to
     effect  the  redemption  of Exchange  Debentures  to  be  so  redeemed  are
     contributed  by ICG  to  Holdings  prior to  such  redemption  and used  by
     Holdings  to effect such redemption and  (ii) such redemption occurs within
     180 days after consummation of such Public Equity Offering. 

          If less than all  of the Exchange Debentures are to be redeemed at any
     time, the Trustee shall select the  Exchange Debentures to be redeemed on a
     pro rata basis, by  lot or in accordance with any other  method the Trustee
     considers fair  and  appropriate  (and  in such  manner  as  complies  with
     applicable legal and stock exchange requirements, if any); provided that no
     Exchange Debentures  with a  principal amount of  $1,000 or  less shall  be
     redeemed in part. Notice of redemption  shall be mailed by first class mail

                                       -90-
     <PAGE>

     at least  30 but no more  than 60 days  before the redemption date  to each
     Holder of Exchange Debentures to be  redeemed at its registered address. If
     any  Exchange Debenture  is  to be  redeemed  in part  only  the notice  of
     redemption  that related to such Exchange Debenture shall state the portion
     of the  principal  amount  to be  redeemed.  A new  Exchange  Debenture  in
     principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued in the name
     of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Exchange Debenture,
     and  after  the redemption  date,  interest  will cease  to  accrue  on the
     Exchange Debentures called for redemption. 
      
     REPURCHASE OF EXCHANGE DEBENTURES UPON A CHANGE OF CONTROL
      
          Upon the occurrence of a Change  of Control, Holdings will be required
     (whether or not funds are available therefor) to make an offer (the "Change
     of Control Offer") to each holder of Exchange Debentures to  repurchase all
     or any part of such  holder's Exchange Debentures at a cash  purchase price
     equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus  an amount in
     cash equal to accumulated and unpaid  interest, if any, accrued to the date
     of  purchase.  The Change  of Control  Offer must  be  made within  30 days
     following a Change  of Control, must remain  open for at  least 30 and  not
     more than 40 days and must comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under
     the  Exchange Act and any other applicable securities laws and regulations.
     Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  Holdings will  not be  required to  make a
     Change of Control  Offer if any of the New Notes,  12 1/2% Notes or 13 1/2%
     Notes are outstanding upon the occurrence of a Change of Control unless all
     of the New Notes, 12 1/2% Notes and 13  1/2% Notes tendered pursuant to the
     "Change of Control Offers" with respect thereto are repurchased as a result
     of such Change of Control, in which  case the date on which all New  Notes,
     12 1/2% Notes  and 13 1/2%  Notes (and any  other Indebtedness of  Holdings
     having provisions similar to  Section 4.04(x) of the Senior  Discount Notes
     Indenture) are so repurchased will, under the Exchange Indenture, be deemed
     to be the date on which such Change of Control shall have occurred. 
      
          "Change  of Control"  means such  time as  (i) a  "person"  or "group"
     (within the  meaning of Sections  13(d) and  14(d)(2) of the  Exchange Act)
     becomes the ultimate "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the
     Exchange Act)  of Voting Stock having more than 40%  of the voting power of
     the total  Voting Stock of ICG  on a fully diluted  basis; (ii) individuals
     who on the Closing Date constitute  the Board of Directors of ICG (together
     with any  new directors whose election  by the Board of  Directors or whose
     nomination for election by ICG's stockholders was approved by a  vote of at
     least a  majority of the members of  the Board of Directors  then in office
     who either were  members of the Board  of Directors on the Closing  Date or
     whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease
     for any reason  to constitute  a majority of  the members  of the Board  of
     Directors then  in office; or (iii) all of  the Common Stock of Holdings is
     not beneficially owned by ICG. 
      
          None of the provisions in the Exchange Debenture Indenture relating to
     a  purchase upon  a Change of  Control are  waivable by  Holdings' Board of
     Directors. Holdings could, in the  future, enter into certain transactions,
     including certain recapitalizations of  Holdings, that would not constitute
     a  Change of  Control,  but  would  increase  the  amount  of  indebtedness
     outstanding at  such time. If a  Change of Control were  to occur, Holdings
     would be obligated  to offer to  repurchase all of  the New Notes,  12 1/2%
     Notes and 13  1/2% Notes prior  to making an  offer to repurchase  Exchange
     Debentures,  and there  can  be  no  assurance  that  Holdings  would  have
     sufficient funds to pay the purchase price for all the  Exchange Debentures
     that  Holdings is  required to  purchase. In the  event that  Holdings were
     required to purchase  outstanding Exchange Debentures pursuant  to a Change
     of Control Offer,  Holdings expects that it would need  to seek third-party
     financing,  to the  extent it does  not have  available funds,  to meet its
     purchase obligations.  However, there  can be  no  assurance that  Holdings
     would be able  to obtain such financing. In  addition, Holdings' ability to
     purchase  Exchange  Debentures  may   be  limited  by  other  then-existing
     agreements. 

                                       -91-
     <PAGE>
      
     CERTAIN COVENANTS
      
      Limitation on Indebtedness
      
          (a)  Under  the  terms  of   the  Exchange  Debenture  Indenture,  the
     Guarantor will not, and will not permit  any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
     to,  Incur  any  Indebtedness  (other  than the  Exchange  Debentures,  the
     Debenture Guarantee and Indebtedness  outstanding on the Exchange Debenture
     Issue   Date);  provided  that   the  Guarantor  and   Holdings  may  Incur
     Indebtedness if, after giving effect to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness
     and the receipt and application of the proceeds therefrom, the Indebtedness
     to EBITDA Ratio would be greater than zero and less than 5:1. 
      
          Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  Guarantor  and  any  Restricted
     Subsidiary  (except as  specified below)  may  Incur each  and  all of  the
     following: (i) Indebtedness of the Guarantor or Holdings outstanding at any
     time,  which Indebtedness  generates  gross proceeds  to  the Guarantor  or
     Holdings of  up to $900  million, less the  gross proceeds  of Indebtedness
     permanently repaid  as  provided  under the  "Limitation  on  Asset  Sales"
     covenant described  below; (ii) Indebtedness to the Guarantor or any of its
     Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that any subsequent issuance
     or transfer of  any Capital Stock  which results in  any such Wholly  Owned
     Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or
     any subsequent transfer of  such Indebtedness (other than to  the Guarantor
     or another Wholly  Owned Restricted  Subsidiary) shall be  deemed, in  each
     case, to constitute  an Incurrence  of such Indebtedness  not permitted  by
     this clause  (ii); (iii) Indebtedness  issued in  exchange for, or  the net
     proceeds  of  which  are used  to  refinance  or  refund, then  outstanding
     Indebtedness, other than Indebtedness Incurred under clause (i), (ii), (v),
     (vi), (viii), (ix),  (xi) or (xii) of this  paragraph, and any refinancings
     thereof in an  amount not to  exceed the amount  so refinanced or  refunded
     (plus  premiums,  accrued  interest,  fees  and  expenses);  provided  that
     Indebtedness the  proceeds of  which are  used to  refinance or  refund the
     Exchange  Debentures  or   Indebtedness  that  is   pari  passu  with,   or
     subordinated  in  right  of payment  to,  the  Exchange  Debentures or  the
     Debenture  Guarantee shall only be permitted under this clause (iii) if (A)
     in case the  Exchange Debentures are refinanced in part or the Indebtedness
     to  be  refinanced is  pari  passu  with  the  Exchange Debentures  or  the
     Debenture Guarantee, as  the case  may be,  such new  Indebtedness, by  its
     terms or by the terms of any agreement or instrument pursuant to which such
     new  Indebtedness is  outstanding, is  expressly made  pari passu  with, or
     subordinate  in right of payment  to, the remaining  Exchange Debentures or
     the  Debenture Guarantee, as the case may  be, (B) in case the Indebtedness
     to be  refinanced  is subordinated  in  right of  payment to  the  Exchange
     Debentures  or  the Debenture  Guarantee,  as the  case  may  be, such  new
     Indebtedness,  by its terms or by the  terms of any agreement or instrument
     pursuant to which such  new Indebtedness is issued or  remains outstanding,
     is  expressly  made  subordinate  in  right  of  payment  to  the  Exchange
     Debentures or the Debenture Guarantee, as the case may be,  at least to the
     extent  that the  Indebtedness  to be  refinanced  is subordinated  to  the
     Exchange Debentures  or the Debenture Guarantee, as the case may be and (C)
     such new Indebtedness, determined as of the date of Incurrence  of such new
     Indebtedness,  does  not  mature  prior  to  the  Stated  Maturity  of  the
     Indebtedness to be refinanced or refunded, and the Average Life of such new
     Indebtedness is  at  least equal  to  the  remaining Average  Life  of  the
     Indebtedness to be refinanced or refunded; and provided further that  in no
     event  may Indebtedness of the Guarantor or Holdings be refinanced by means
     of  any Indebtedness  of  any Restricted  Subsidiary  of the  Guarantor  or
     Holdings,  as  the  case  may  be, pursuant  to  this  clause  (iii);  (iv)
     Indebtedness (A) in respect of performance, surety or appeal bonds provided
     in  the  ordinary course  of business,  (B)  under Currency  Agreements and
     Interest Rate Agreements; provided that such agreements do not increase the
     Indebtedness of  the obligor outstanding at any time other than as a result
     of fluctuations in foreign  currency exchange rates or interest rates or by
     reason of  fees, indemnities and  compensation payable thereunder;  and (C)
     arising  from  agreements  providing  for  indemnification,  adjustment  of
     purchase price or  similar obligations,  or from Guarantees  or letters  of
     credit,  surety bonds  or  performance bonds  securing  any obligations  of
     Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to such agreements,
     in any  case Incurred in connection  with the disposition of  any business,
     assets  or Restricted  Subsidiary  of Holdings  (other  than Guarantees  of
     Indebtedness Incurred  by any Person  acquiring all or any  portion of such
     business,  assets or Restricted Subsidiary  of Holdings for  the purpose of
     financing  such  acquisition), in  a principal  amount  at maturity  not to
     exceed the gross proceeds  actually received by Holdings or  any Restricted
     Subsidiary  in connection  with such disposition;  (v) Indebtedness  of the

                                       -92-
     <PAGE>

     Guarantor or, to the extent the proceeds referred  to below are contributed
     to Holdings, Holdings,  not to exceed,  at any one time  outstanding, twice
     the amount of Net Cash Proceeds received by the Guarantor after the Closing
     Date from the issuance and sale of its Capital Stock (other than Redeemable
     Stock); provided that such Indebtedness does not mature prior to the Stated
     Maturity of the Exchange Debentures and has an Average Life longer than the
     Exchange  Debentures; (vi)  Strategic  Investor Subordinated  Indebtedness;
     (vii) Indebtedness of the Guarantor or Holdings, to the extent the proceeds
     thereof  are  immediately used  after  the Incurrence  thereof  to purchase
     Exchange Debentures or  14 1/4%  Exchange Debentures, as  the case may  be,
     tendered in an Offer to Purchase made as a result of a Change of Control or
     a  change  of control,  as  the case  may  be; (viii)  Indebtedness  of any
     Restricted  Subsidiary of  the  Guarantor Incurred  pursuant to  any credit
     agreement  (including equipment  leasing or  financing agreements)  of such
     Restricted  Subsidiary  in  effect on  August  8,  1995  (or any  agreement
     refinancing  Indebtedness under such credit agreement), up to the amount of
     the  commitment under  such  credit  agreement  on  August  8,  1995;  (ix)
     Indebtedness of the Guarantor or Holdings, in an amount not  to exceed $100
     million  at  any  one time  outstanding,  consisting  of  Capitalized Lease
     Obligations  with  respect  to assets  that  are  used  or  useful  in  the
     telecommunications  business   of   the   Guarantor   or   its   Restricted
     Subsidiaries; (x) Indebtedness incurred to defease the Exchange Debentures;
     (xi) Indebtedness of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the
     Guarantor  after the Closing Date,  which Indebtedness exists  or for which
     there is a commitment to lend at the time such Person becomes a  Restricted
     Subsidiary,  and subsequent Incurrences  thereof ("Acquired Indebtedness"),
     in an accreted amount not to exceed $50 million at any one time outstanding
     in  aggregate for  all  such Restricted  Subsidiaries;  provided that  such
     Acquired Indebtedness does not exceed  65% of the consideration (calculated
     by including the Acquired  Indebtedness as part of such  consideration) for
     the  acquisition of  such Person;  (xii) Indebtedness  of the  Guarantor or
     Holdings,  in  an amount  not  to  exceed  $30  million  at  any  one  time
     outstanding, consisting of  letters of credit and similar arrangements used
     to   support  obligations  of  the  Guarantor  or  any  of  its  Restricted
     Subsidiaries  with respect  to the  acquisition of  (by purchase,  lease or
     otherwise), construction of, or  improvements on, assets that will  be used
     or  useful in  the  telecommunications business  of  the Guarantor  or  its
     Restricted Subsidiaries;  and (xiii)  Indebtedness Incurred to  finance the
     cost (including the cost of design, development, construction, installation
     or  integration) of assets,  equipment or inventory  used or useful  in the
     telecommunications business  of  the Guarantor  or  any of  its  Restricted
     Subsidiaries that is  acquired by  the Guarantor or  any of its  Restricted
     Subsidiaries after the Closing Date. 
      
          (b)  For purposes of determining any particular amount of Indebtedness
     under  this "Limitation  on  Indebtedness" covenant,  Guarantees, Liens  or
     obligations  with  respect to  letters  of  credit supporting  Indebtedness
     otherwise included in the determination of such particular amount shall not
     be  included. For purposes of determining  compliance with this "Limitation
     on Indebtedness" covenant, in the event that an item  of Indebtedness meets
     the criteria  of more than one  of the types of  Indebtedness or Redeemable
     Stock described in  the above  clauses, Holdings, in  its sole  discretion,
     shall classify such item  of Indebtedness or Redeemable  Stock and only  be
     required to include the amount and  type of such Indebtedness or Redeemable
     Stock in one of such clauses. 
      
      Limitation on Restricted Payments
      
          So  long  as  any of  the  Exchange  Debentures  are outstanding,  the
     Guarantor  will  not, and  will not  permit  any Restricted  Subsidiary to,
     directly  or indirectly,  (i)  declare or  pay  any  dividend or  make  any
     distribution  on its Capital  Stock (other than  dividends or distributions
     payable solely in  shares of  its or such  Restricted Subsidiary's  Capital
     Stock (other than Redeemable Stock) of  the same class held by such holders
     or in options, warrants or  other rights to acquire such shares  of Capital
     Stock) held  by Persons other than  the Guarantor or any  of its Restricted
     Subsidiaries  (and other than pro rata dividends or distributions on Common
     Stock  of  Restricted  Subsidiaries),  (ii)  purchase,  redeem,  retire  or
     otherwise acquire for value any shares of Capital Stock of the Guarantor or
     any Restricted Subsidiary  (including options, warrants or  other rights to
     acquire  such  shares of  Capital  Stock) held  by Persons  other  than the
     Guarantor  or any of its  Wholly Owned Restricted  Subsidiaries (except for
     Capital Stock of ChoiceCom, MTN, StarCom,  Ohio LINX, FOTI and Zycom to the
     extent the  consideration therefor consists  solely of Common  Stock (other
     than  Redeemable Stock) of the Guarantor transferred in compliance with the

                                       -93-
     <PAGE>
 
     Securities Act), (iii) make any voluntary or optional principal payment, or
     voluntary  or  optional  redemption,   repurchase,  defeasance,  or   other
     acquisition or retirement  for value,  of Indebtedness of  Holdings or  the
     Guarantor  that is  subordinated  in  right  of  payment  to  the  Exchange
     Debentures or the Debenture Guarantee, as the case may be; or (iv) make any
     Investment, other than a Permitted Investment, in any Person (such payments
     or   any  other  actions  described  in  clauses  (i)  through  (iv)  being
     collectively  "Restricted Payments") if, at  the time of,  and after giving
     effect  to, the  proposed Restricted  Payment: (A)  a  Default or  Event of
     Default shall have occurred  and be continuing, (B) the Guarantor could not
     Incur  at least  $1.00 of  Indebtedness under  the first  paragraph of  the
     "Limitation on Indebtedness"  covenant or (C) the aggregate amount expended
     for all Restricted Payments (the amount so expended, if other than in cash,
     to   be  determined  in  good  faith  by  the  Board  of  Directors,  whose
     determination shall  be conclusive  and  evidenced by  a Board  Resolution)
     after the date of the Exchange  Debenture Indenture shall exceed the sum of
     (1) 50% of  the aggregate amount  of the  Adjusted Consolidated Net  Income
     (or, if the Adjusted Consolidated  Net Income is a loss, minus 100% of such
     amount) (determined by excluding income resulting from transfers  of assets
     by  the Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary to an Unrestricted Subsidiary)
     accrued on a cumulative  basis during the period  (taken as one  accounting
     period)  beginning on  the  first day  of  the fiscal  quarter  immediately
     following the Closing Date  and ending on the  last day of the last  fiscal
     quarter  preceding the Transaction Date  for which reports  have been filed
     pursuant to the "Reports" covenant plus (2) the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds
     received by the Guarantor after the Closing Date from the issuance and sale
     permitted by the Exchange  Debenture Indenture of its Capital  Stock (other
     than  Redeemable  Stock)  to a  Person  who  is  not  a Subsidiary  of  the
     Guarantor,  or from the issuance to a Person who is not a Subsidiary of the
     Guarantor of any options, warrants or other rights to acquire Capital Stock
     of the  Guarantor (in each case,  exclusive of any Redeemable  Stock or any
     options, warrants  or other rights that are redeemable at the option of the
     holder, or are required to be redeemed, prior to the Stated Maturity of the
     Exchange Debentures)  plus  (3) an  amount equal  to the  net reduction  in
     Investments (other than reductions in  Permitted Investments) in any Person
     resulting from payments of  interest on Indebtedness, dividends, repayments
     of  loans or advances,  or other transfers  of assets, in each  case to the
     Guarantor  or  any Restricted  Subsidiary (except  to  the extent  any such
     payment  is  included in  the  calculation  of  Adjusted  Consolidated  Net
     Income), or from redesignations  of Unrestricted Subsidiaries as Restricted
     Subsidiaries  (valued in  each  case  as  provided  in  the  definition  of
     "Investments"),  not to exceed the amount of Investments previously made by
     the Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Person. 

          The  foregoing provision shall  not be violated by  reason of: (i) the
     payment  of  any dividend  within  60 days  after  the date  of declaration
     thereof if, at said date of declaration, such payment would comply with the
     foregoing paragraph;  (ii) the redemption, repurchase,  defeasance or other
     acquisition or retirement for value of Indebtedness that is subordinated in
     right of payment to the Exchange Debentures  or the Debenture Guarantee, as
     the  case  may be,  including  premium,  if  any, and  accrued  and  unpaid
     interest, with the proceeds  of, or in exchange for,  Indebtedness Incurred
     under   clause  (iii)  of  the  second  paragraph  of  the  "Limitation  on
     Indebtedness"   covenant;  (iii)   the  repurchase,  redemption   or  other
     acquisition  of Capital  Stock of  the Guarantor  or Holdings  (or options,
     warrants or other rights to acquire such Capital Stock) and with respect to
     any  preferred stock, the payment of accrued dividends thereon, in exchange
     for, or out of the proceeds  of a substantially concurrent issuance or sale
     of, shares of Capital Stock (other  than Redeemable Stock) of the Guarantor
     or Holdings; provided  that the redemption of  any preferred stock and  the
     payment of accrued dividends  thereon pursuant to any mandatory  redemption
     feature thereof  and any  redemption of any  other Capital  Stock and  with
     respect  to any preferred stock,  the payment of  accrued dividends thereon
     (or options, warrants or  other rights to acquire such Capital Stock) shall
     be deemed to  be "substantially concurrent" with such issuance  and sale if
     the required notice with respect to such redemption is irrevocably given by
     a date  which is  no later  than five  Business Days  after receipt  of the
     proceeds of  such issuance  and sale  and  such redemption  and payment  is
     consummated within the period  provided for in the documents  providing for
     the  redemption  of such  preferred stock  or  the documents  governing the
     redemption  of  such other  Capital Stock,  as the  case  may be;  (iv) the
     acquisition  of  Indebtedness  of  Holdings  or   the  Guarantor  which  is
     subordinated  in right  of  payment  to  the  Exchange  Debentures  or  the
     Debenture Guarantee, as the  case may be,  in exchange for,  or out of  the
     proceeds  of, a substantially concurrent offering of, shares of the Capital
     Stock  of  the Guarantor  (other than  Redeemable  Stock); (v)  payments or

                                       -94-
     <PAGE>

     distributions,  in  the  nature  of  satisfaction  of  dissenters'  rights,
     pursuant to or  in connection with  a consolidation, merger or  transfer of
     assets  that  complies  with  the  provisions  of  the  Exchange  Debenture
     Indenture applicable  to mergers,  consolidations and  transfers of  all or
     substantially all of the property and  assets of Holdings or the Guarantor;
     (vi) Investments, not to exceed $10 million in aggregate, each evidenced by
     a senior  promissory note payable  to Holdings that  provides that  it will
     become  due  and  payable  prior  to  (or,  in  the  case  of acceleration,
     concurrently with) any  required repayment (including pursuant  to an Offer
     to  Purchase  in  connection with  a  Change  of Control)  of  the Exchange
     Debentures; (vii) Investments, not  to exceed $5 million in  the aggregate,
     that meet the requirements of clause (vi) above; provided that the Board of
     Directors of the Guarantor shall have determined, in good faith,  that each
     such Investment under this clause (vii) will enable the Guarantor, Holdings
     or  one of their Restricted Subsidiaries to obtain additional business that
     it  might not  be able  to obtain  without the  making of  such Investment;
     (viii)  with respect to preferred stock permitted  to be issued and sold by
     the  "Limitation  on  Issuance and  Sale  of  Capital  Stock of  Restricted
     Subsidiaries" covenant,  the  payment (A)  of dividends  on such  preferred
     stock in additional shares of preferred stock and (B) of  cash dividends on
     such preferred stock and accrued interest on unpaid dividends, in each case
     after  May 1,  2001;  (ix) the  repurchase,  in the  event of  a  Change of
     Control, of preferred stock  of Holdings or the Guarantor  and Indebtedness
     of Holdings  or the  Guarantor  into which  such preferred  stock has  been
     exchanged;  provided that  prior to  repurchasing  such preferred  stock or
     Indebtedness, Holdings  or the  Guarantor, as the  case may be,  shall have
     made a  Change of Control  Offer to  repurchase the Exchange  Debentures in
     accordance with the terms of the Exchange Debenture Indenture (and an offer
     to  repurchase other  Indebtedness, if  required by  the terms  thereof, in
     accordance  with  the  indenture or  other  document  governing  such other
     Indebtedness)  and shall have accepted and paid for any Exchange Debentures
     (and other Indebtedness) properly  tendered in connection with  such Change
     of Control Offer for the Exchange Debentures or change of control offer for
     such  other Indebtedness; and (x) the issuance of Indebtedness permitted to
     be  issued under the Exchange Debenture Indenture in exchange for preferred
     stock;  provided that the Incurrence of such Indebtedness complies with the
     "Limitation on Indebtedness" covenant; provided that, except in the case of
     clauses  (i) and (iii), no Default or  Event of Default shall have occurred
     and be  continuing or occur as a consequence of the actions or payments set
     forth therein. 

          Each Restricted Payment permitted  pursuant to the preceding paragraph
     (other than the Restricted  Payment referred to in clauses  (ii), (viii)(A)
     and (x)  thereof), and the Net  Cash Proceeds from any  issuance of Capital
     Stock referred to in clause (iii)  or (iv) shall be included in calculating
     whether the  conditions  of  clause (C)  of  the first  paragraph  of  this
     "Limitation  on Restricted Payments" covenant have been met with respect to
     any subsequent  Restricted Payments. Notwithstanding the  foregoing, in the
     event  the proceeds of  an issuance of  Capital Stock of  the Guarantor are
     used  for the redemption, repurchase  or other acquisition  of the Exchange
     Debentures, or  Indebtedness  that is  pari  passu with  or  senior to  the
     Exchange Debentures, then the Net  Cash Proceeds of such issuance  shall be
     included  in  clause (C)  of the  first  paragraph of  this  "Limitation on
     Restricted Payments" covenant only to the extent such proceeds are not used
     for such redemption, repurchase or other acquisition of such Indebtedness. 
      
      Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted
      Subsidiaries 
      
          So  long  as  any of  the  Exchange  Debentures  are outstanding,  the
     Guarantor  will  not, and  will not  permit  any Restricted  Subsidiary to,
     create or  otherwise  cause or  suffer  to exist  or  become effective  any
     consensual  encumbrance or  restriction of any  kind on the  ability of any
     Restricted  Subsidiary to (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions
     permitted  by  applicable  law on  any  Capital  Stock  of such  Restricted
     Subsidiary  owned by the Guarantor or any other Restricted Subsidiary, (ii)
     pay  any Indebtedness  owed  to  the  Guarantor  or  any  other  Restricted
     Subsidiary,  (iii) make  loans or  advances to the  Guarantor or  any other
     Restricted Subsidiary or (iv) transfer any of its property or assets to the
     Guarantor or any other Restricted Subsidiary. 

          The  foregoing  provisions  shall  not restrict  any  encumbrances  or
     restrictions:  (i) existing  on the  Exchange Debenture  Issue Date  in the
     Exchange  Debenture  Indenture or  any other  agreements  in effect  on the
     Exchange Debenture  Issue Date, and any  extensions, refinancings, renewals
     or  replacements of  such agreements;  provided that  the encumbrances  and

                                       -95-
     <PAGE>

     restrictions in any such extensions, refinancings, renewals or replacements
     are no  less favorable in  any material respect  to the Holders  than those
     encumbrances or  restrictions that are  then in effect  and that are  being
     extended, refinanced, renewed or replaced; (ii) existing under or by reason
     of  applicable law;  (iii)  existing  with respect  to  any  Person or  the
     property  or  assets  of such  Person  acquired  by  the  Guarantor or  any
     Restricted Subsidiary, existing  at the  time of such  acquisition and  not
     incurred in  contemplation thereof, which encumbrances  or restrictions are
     not  applicable to any Person or the property or assets of any Person other
     than such Person or the property or assets of such Person so acquired; (iv)
     in the  case of clause (iv) of  the first paragraph of  this "Limitation on
     Dividend and  Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries"
     covenant,  (A)  that   restrict  in  a  customary  manner  the  subletting,
     assignment or transfer  of any property or asset that  is a lease, license,
     conveyance or contract or similar property or asset, (B) existing by virtue
     of any transfer of, agreement to transfer, option or right with respect to,
     or  Lien on,  any property  or assets  of the  Guarantor or  any Restricted
     Subsidiary not otherwise prohibited by  the Exchange Debenture Indenture or
     (C)  arising or agreed to in the  ordinary course of business, not relating
     to any Indebtedness,  and that  do not, individually  or in the  aggregate,
     detract  from  the value  of property  or assets  of  the Guarantor  or any
     Restricted  Subsidiary in  any  manner material  to  the Guarantor  or  any
     Restricted  Subsidiary; (v)  with respect  to a  Restricted Subsidiary  and
     imposed pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or
     disposition  of  all or  substantially  all  of the  Capital  Stock of,  or
     property  and assets  of,  such  Restricted  Subsidiary;  or  (vi)  imposed
     pursuant to preferred stock  of Holdings issued pursuant to clause  (vi) of
     the  "Limitation  on  Issuance and  Sale  of  Capital  Stock of  Restricted
     Subsidiaries"  covenant,  or  exchange  debentures  or  exchange  notes  of
     Holdings issued in  exchange therefor; provided that such  restrictions (A)
     may  include  a  prohibition   (x)  on  payments  on  Capital   Stock  upon
     liquidation,  winding-up and dissolution of Holdings and (y) on the payment
     of  dividends on and  the making of  any distribution on,  or the purchase,
     redemption,  retirement or other acquisition for value of, Capital Stock of
     Holdings if dividends or  other amounts on such preferred  stock are unpaid
     and  (B) any restrictions imposed  pursuant to preferred  stock of Holdings
     other than pursuant  to clause (A)  shall be no  more restrictive than  the
     restrictions contained  in the Exchange Debenture  Indenture (assuming that
     references  to  the Guarantor  in  the  Exchange  Debenture Indenture  were
     replaced  with   references  to   Holdings).  Nothing  contained   in  this
     "Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted
     Subsidiaries"  covenant  shall  prevent  the Guarantor  or  any  Restricted
     Subsidiary from (1) creating, incurring, assuming or suffering to exist any
     Liens  otherwise permitted  in the  "Limitation on  Liens" covenant  or (2)
     restricting  the sale  or other disposition  of property  or assets  of the
     Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that secure Indebtedness of
     the Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
      
      Limitation   on  Issuances  and  Sale   of  Capital  Stock  of  Restricted
      Subsidiaries
      
          Under  the terms  of the Exchange  Debenture Indenture,  the Guarantor
     will  not sell, and will not permit  any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or
     indirectly, to issue or sell,  any shares of Capital Stock of  a Restricted
     Subsidiary (including options, warrants or other  rights to purchase shares
     of  such Capital  Stock) except  (i)  to the  Guarantor or  a Wholly  Owned
     Restricted  Subsidiary; (ii)  issuances or  sales  to foreign  nationals of
     shares of Capital Stock  of foreign Restricted Subsidiaries, to  the extent
     required  by applicable law; (iii)  if, immediately after  giving effect to
     such  issuance  or  sale,  such  Restricted  Subsidiary   would  no  longer
     constitute  a Restricted Subsidiary; (iv)  with respect to  Common Stock of
     ChoiceCom, MTN, StarCom and Zycom;  provided that the proceeds of  any such
     sale under  clause (iv) shall be  applied in accordance with  clause (A) or
     (B) of  the first  paragraph of  the "Limitation  on Asset  Sales" covenant
     described  below; (v) with  respect to Common Stock  of FOTI; provided that
     FOTI shall  not retain any  net proceeds  from such sales  or issuances  in
     excess of $10 million  in the aggregate and  any net proceeds in  excess of
     such $10  million shall be  received by, or  paid promptly by  FOTI to, the
     Guarantor,  Holdings  or  any  Wholly Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary  of the
     Guarantor; and (vi) with respect to (A)  preferred stock of Holdings having
     an  initial liquidation  preference  of up  to  $250  million and  (B)  any
     preferred  stock of Holdings issued  as dividends on  such preferred stock;
     provided  that such  preferred stock does  not require the  payment of cash
     dividends prior to May 1, 2001. 

                                       -96-
     <PAGE>
      
      Limitation on Issuances of Guarantees by Restricted Subsidiaries
      
          The Guarantor will not permit  any Restricted Subsidiary, directly  or
     indirectly, to  Guarantee any Indebtedness of Holdings  or any Indebtedness
     of the  Guarantor ("Guaranteed  Indebtedness"), unless (i)  such Restricted
     Subsidiary simultaneously executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to
     the Exchange Debenture Indenture  providing for a Guarantee  (a "Subsidiary
     Guarantee") of  payment  of  the  Exchange Debentures  by  such  Restricted
     Subsidiary and (ii) such Restricted  Subsidiary waives and will not  in any
     manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of,  any rights of
     reimbursement, indemnity  or subrogation  or any  other rights  against the
     Guarantor, Holdings or any other  Restricted Subsidiary as a result of  any
     payment  by  such Restricted  Subsidiary  under  its Subsidiary  Guarantee;
     provided  that this paragraph shall  not be applicable  to any Guarantee of
     any Restricted Subsidiary that (x) existed at the time such Person became a
     Restricted Subsidiary  and (y) was not  Incurred in connection with,  or in
     contemplation  of, such  Person  becoming a  Restricted Subsidiary.  If the
     Guaranteed Indebtedness is (A)  pari passu with the Exchange  Debentures or
     the Debenture Guarantee, then the Guarantee of such Guaranteed Indebtedness
     shall be pari passu with,  or subordinated to, the Subsidiary  Guarantee or
     (B)  subordinated to the  Exchange Debentures  or the  Debenture Guarantee,
     then the Guarantee of such Guaranteed Indebtedness shall be subordinated to
     the  Subsidiary  Guarantee  at least  to  the  extent  that the  Guaranteed
     Indebtedness is  subordinated to the  Exchange Debentures or  the Debenture
     Guarantee, as the case may be. 
      
          If, on or  prior to the Exchange Debenture Issue  Date, any Restricted
     Subsidiary shall have Guaranteed any Guaranteed Indebtedness, the Guarantor
     shall  cause such  Restricted Subsidiary  to grant  a Subsidiary  Guarantee
     meeting  the  requirements  of  the preceding  paragraph.  Such  Subsidiary
     Guarantee shall be granted on the Exchange Debenture Issue Date. 
      
          Notwithstanding  the   foregoing,  any   Subsidiary  Guarantee  by   a
     Restricted  Subsidiary  shall  provide  by  its  terms  that  it  shall  be
     automatically  and unconditionally  released  and discharged  upon (i)  any
     sale, exchange  or  transfer,  to  any  Person  not  an  Affiliate  of  the
     Guarantor, of  all of  Holdings' and  each Restricted Subsidiary's  Capital
     Stock  in, or  all  or substantially  all the  assets  of, such  Restricted
     Subsidiary  (which  sale, exchange  or transfer  is  not prohibited  by the
     Exchange  Debenture  Indenture) or  (ii) the  release  or discharge  of the
     Guarantee which  resulted in  the creation  of  such Subsidiary  Guarantee,
     except a  discharge or  release by  or as a  result of  payment under  such
     Guarantee. 
      
     Limitation on Transactions with Shareholders and Affiliates
      
          Under the  terms of  the Exchange  Debenture Indenture,  the Guarantor
     will not,  and will not  permit any  Restricted Subsidiary to,  directly or
     indirectly, enter into, renew or extend any transaction (including, without
     limitation, the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of property or assets, or
     the  rendering of any  service) with any  holder (or any  Affiliate of such
     holder) of 5% or  more of any  class of Capital Stock  of the Guarantor  or
     with  any Affiliate of the  Guarantor or any  Restricted Subsidiary, except
     upon fair and reasonable terms  no less favorable to the Guarantor  or such
     Restricted  Subsidiary  than  could  be  obtained,  at  the  time  of  such
     transaction  or at  the time of  the execution  of the  agreement providing
     therefor,  in a comparable arm's-length  transaction with a  Person that is
     not such a holder or an Affiliate. 
      
          The foregoing limitation  does not limit, and  shall not apply to  (i)
     transactions (A) approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the
     Board  of  Directors  or  (B)  for  which  the  Guarantor  or  a Restricted
     Subsidiary  delivers to  the  Trustee a  written  opinion of  a  nationally
     recognized  investment banking firm stating that the transaction is fair to
     the Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view;
     (ii)  any transaction solely  between the Guarantor  and any  of its Wholly
     Owned  Restricted Subsidiaries  or solely  between Wholly  Owned Restricted
     Subsidiaries; (iii) the payment of reasonable and customary regular fees to
     directors  of  the Guarantor,  Holdings (Canada)  or  Holdings who  are not
     employees  of  the  Guarantor,  Holdings  (Canada) or  Holdings;  (iv)  any
     payments  or  other  transactions  pursuant to  any  tax-sharing  agreement

                                       -97-
     <PAGE>

     between the Guarantor and any other Person with which the Guarantor files a
     consolidated  tax  return  or  with  which  the  Guarantor  is  part  of  a
     consolidated group for  tax purposes;  or (v) any  Restricted Payments  not
     prohibited   by  the   "Limitation   on   Restricted  Payments"   covenant.
     Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  any  transaction  covered  by  the  first
     paragraph  of  this  "Limitation  on  Transactions  with  Shareholders  and
     Affiliates" covenant  and not covered by clauses  (ii) through (iv) of this
     paragraph,  the aggregate amount of which exceeds $2 million in value, must
     be approved or determined to be  fair in the manner provided for  in clause
     (i)(A) or (B) above. 
      
      Limitation on Liens
      
          Under  the terms  of the Exchange  Debenture Indenture,  the Guarantor
     will not, and will  not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create, incur,
     assume  or suffer to exist  any Lien on any of  its assets or properties of
     any character,  or  any shares  of  Capital Stock  or Indebtedness  of  any
     Restricted Subsidiary,  without making effective  provision for all  of the
     Exchange Debentures (or, in  the case of a Lien on  assets or properties of
     the Guarantor, the Debenture Guarantee) and all other amounts due under the
     Exchange Debenture  Indenture to  be directly  secured equally  and ratably
     with  (or, if the  obligation or  liability to be  secured by such  Lien is
     subordinated  in right  of  payment  to  the  Exchange  Debentures  or  the
     Debenture  Guarantee, prior to) the obligation or liability secured by such
     Lien. 
      
          The foregoing limitation does not  apply to (i) Liens existing on  the
     Closing Date;  (ii) Liens granted after  the Closing Date on  any assets or
     Capital Stock of  Holdings (Canada),  Holdings or any  of their  Restricted
     Subsidiaries created in favor of the  Holders; (iii) Liens with respect  to
     the assets of a Restricted Subsidiary granted by such Restricted Subsidiary
     to  the Guarantor  or  a  Wholly  Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary  to  secure
     Indebtedness owing  to the Guarantor  or such other  Restricted Subsidiary;
     (iv) Liens  securing Indebtedness  which is  Incurred to  refinance secured
     Indebtedness which  is permitted to be  Incurred under clause  (iii) of the
     second  paragraph of  the "Limitation  on Indebtedness"  covenant; provided
     that  such Liens do not  extend to or  cover any property or  assets of the
     Guarantor, Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the property or
     assets securing the  Indebtedness being refinanced; (v)  Liens with respect
     to  assets or properties of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary
     after the Closing  Date; provided that such Liens do not extend to or cover
     any  assets  or properties  of  the  Guarantor  or  any of  its  Restricted
     Subsidiaries other than the assets or properties  of such Person subject to
     such Lien  on the date  such Person  becomes a  Restricted Subsidiary;  and
     provided further that  such Liens are not incurred  in contemplation of, or
     in  connection with,  such Person  becoming  a Restricted  Subsidiary; (vi)
     Permitted  Liens;  (vii)  Liens  securing  Senior  Indebtedness  or  Senior
     Guarantor  Indebtedness;  or (viii)  Liens,  solely  in favor  of  Acquired
     Indebtedness,  on   Capital  Stock   of  Persons  that   become  Restricted
     Subsidiaries of the Guarantor after the Closing Date. 
      
      Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets
      
          Neither Holdings nor the Guarantor shall consolidate with,  merge with
     or into,  or sell, convey, transfer,  lease or otherwise dispose  of all or
     substantially  all  of  its   property  and  assets  (as  an   entirety  or
     substantially  an  entirety  in one  transaction  or  a  series of  related
     transactions) to, any Person  (other than a consolidation or merger with or
     into  a Wholly  Owned  Restricted Subsidiary  with  a positive  net  worth;
     provided  that, in  connection with  any such  merger or  consolidation, no
     consideration (other than Common Stock in the surviving Person, Holdings or
     the  Guarantor) shall  be  issued or  distributed  to the  stockholders  of
     Holdings  or the  Guarantor) or  permit any  Person to  merge with  or into
     Holdings or  the Guarantor unless: (i)  Holdings or the Guarantor  shall be
     the  continuing  Person, or  the  Person  (if other  than  Holdings  or the
     Guarantor)  formed  by such  consolidation or  into  which Holdings  or the
     Guarantor is  merged or that acquired or leased such property and assets of
     Holdings  or the  Guarantor shall  be a  corporation organized  and validly
     existing under the laws of the United States of America or any jurisdiction
     thereof and shall  expressly assume, by a  supplemental indenture, executed
     and delivered to  the Trustee, all  of the obligations  of Holdings or  the
     Guarantor, as the case may be, and under the Exchange  Debenture Indenture;
     (ii) immediately after  giving effect  to such transaction,  no Default  or
     Event of Default shall  have occurred and be continuing;  (iii) immediately
     after giving effect  to such transaction on a pro  forma basis, Holdings or

                                       -98-
     <PAGE>

     the  Guarantor, as the  case may be,  or any Person  becoming the successor
     obligor of the Exchange Debentures or the Debenture Guarantee, as the  case
     may be, shall have a  Consolidated Net Worth equal  to or greater than  the
     Consolidated Net  Worth of Holdings or  the Guarantor, as the  case may be,
     immediately prior to such transaction; (iv) immediately after giving effect
     to such transaction  on a pro forma basis Holdings,  or any Person becoming
     the successor obligor of the Exchange Debentures, as the case may be, could
     Incur at  least $1.00  of Indebtedness  under  the first  paragraph of  the
     "Limitation on  Indebtedness" covenant;  and (v)  Holdings delivers  to the
     Trustee an Officers' Certificate  (attaching the arithmetic computations to
     demonstrate compliance with clauses (iii) and (iv) above) and an Opinion of
     Counsel, in each case  stating that such consolidation, merger  or transfer
     and such supplemental indenture  complies with this provision and  that all
     conditions precedent provided for herein relating  to such transaction have
     been complied with; provided, however, that clauses (iii) and (iv) above do
     not apply if, in the good faith determination of  the Board of Directors of
     the   Guarantor,  whose  determination  shall   be  evidenced  by  a  Board
     Resolution, the principal purpose of such  transaction is part of a plan to
     change  the jurisdiction of incorporation of Holdings or the Guarantor to a
     state of the  United States; and provided further that any such transaction
     shall  not  have as  one  of  its purposes  the  evasion  of the  foregoing
     limitations. 
      
      Limitation on Asset Sales
      
          Under the  terms of  the Exchange  Debenture Indenture, the  Guarantor
     will not, and will not permit  any Restricted Subsidiary to, consummate any
     Asset Sale, unless (i) the consideration received by  the Guarantor or such
     Restricted Subsidiary is  at least equal  to the fair  market value of  the
     assets  sold or  disposed of  and (ii)  at least  75% of  the consideration
     received consists of cash or Temporary  Cash Investments. In the event  and
     to  the extent that the Net Cash Proceeds  received by the Guarantor or its
     Restricted Subsidiaries from one or more Asset  Sales occurring on or after
     the  Closing Date  in any  period of  12 consecutive  months exceed  10% of
     Adjusted Consolidated  Net  Tangible  Assets (determined  as  of  the  date
     closest  to  the  commencement   of  such  12-month  period  for   which  a
     consolidated  balance  sheet  of  Holdings and  its  Subsidiaries  has been
     prepared),  then the Guarantor shall or shall cause the relevant Restricted
     Subsidiary to  (i) within six  months after the  date Net Cash  Proceeds so
     received  exceed 10% of Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets (A) apply
     an amount  equal to  such excess  Net  Cash Proceeds  to permanently  repay
     unsubordinated Indebtedness  of the Guarantor or  Holdings, or Indebtedness
     of any Restricted Subsidiary other  than Holdings, in each case owing  to a
     Person other than  the Guarantor or any  of its Restricted Subsidiaries  or
     (B) invest an equal amount, or the amount not so applied pursuant to clause
     (A) (or enter into  a definitive agreement  committing to so invest  within
     six months after the  date of such agreement),  in property or assets  of a
     nature or type  or that  are used  in a business  (or in  a company  having
     property and assets of a  nature or type, or engaged in a business) similar
     or  related to the  nature or type  of the  property and assets  of, or the
     business  of, the Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries existing on the
     date  of  such investment  (as determined  in good  faith  by the  Board of
     Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive and evidenced by a Board
     Resolution) and (ii)  apply (no later than the end  of the six-month period
     referred to in clause (i)) such excess Net Cash Proceeds (to the extent not
     applied pursuant to clause (i)) as provided in the following paragraphs  of
     this "Limitation  on Asset Sales" covenant.  The amount of  such excess Net
     Cash  Proceeds required to  be applied (or  to be committed  to be applied)
     during such  six-month period as set  forth in clause (i)  of the preceding
     sentence and not  applied as so  required by the  end of such period  shall
     constitute "Excess Proceeds." 
      
          If, as of the first day of any calendar month, the aggregate amount of
     Excess Proceeds not theretofore subject to an Offer to Purchase pursuant to
     this  "Limitation on  Asset Sales"  covenant totals  at least  $10 million,
     Holdings  must commence,  not  later than  the  seventy-fifth Business  Day
     following the  first day of such month, and consummate an Offer to Purchase
     from  the Holders  on a  pro rata  basis an  aggregate principal  amount of
     Exchange  Debentures  equal  to the  Excess  Proceeds  on such  date,  at a
     purchase  price equal  to 101%  of the  aggregate principal  amount of  the
     Exchange Debentures, plus, in each  case, accrued interest (if any) to  the
     date of purchase. 

                                       -99-
     <PAGE>

     Senior Subordinated Indebtedness
      
          Neither the Guarantor nor Holdings  will incur any Indebtedness, other
     than the Exchange Debentures or the Debenture Guarantee, respectively, that
     is   expressly  made  subordinated  in  right  of  payment  to  any  Senior
     Indebtedness or Senior Guarantor Indebtedness, unless such Indebtedness, by
     its terms and by the terms of any agreement or instrument pursuant to which
     such  Indebtedness is  outstanding is  expressly made  pari passu  with, or
     subordinate  in right  of  payment  to,  the  Exchange  Debentures  or  the
     Debenture  Guarantee,  as   the  case  may   be,  pursuant  to   provisions
     substantially  similar to those contained in Article Eleven of the Exchange
     Debenture  Indenture; provided  that  the foregoing  limitations shall  not
     apply to distinctions between categories of  Senior Indebtedness that exist
     by reason of  any Liens or Guarantees arising or created in respect of some
     but not all Senior Indebtedness. 
      
     Reports
      
          So long as any  Exchange Debentures are outstanding, Holdings  and the
     Guarantor shall  file with  the Commission  the  annual reports,  quarterly
     reports and the  information, documents  and other reports  required to  be
     filed by Holdings with  the Commission pursuant to Sections 13 or 15 of the
     Exchange Act, whether or not Holdings has or is required to have a class of
     securities registered under the Exchange Act, at the time it is or would be
     required to file  the same with  the Commission and,  within 15 days  after
     Holdings  is or  would  be required  to file  such reports,  information or
     documents  with the Commission,  shall mail  such reports,  information and
     documents to the Trustee and to holders of the Exchange Debentures. 
      
     EVENTS OF DEFAULT
      
          The following events  will be defined  as "Events of  Default" in  the
     Exchange  Debenture Indenture: (a) default  in the payment  of principal of
     (or  premium, if any, on) any Exchange  Debenture when the same becomes due
     and payable at maturity, upon acceleration, redemption or otherwise whether
     or  not  such payment  is  prohibited  by Article  Eleven  of  the Exchange
     Debenture Indenture; (b) default in the payment of interest on any Exchange
     Debenture when the same becomes due and payable, and such default continues
     for  a period  of 30  days whether  or  not such  payment is  prohibited by
     Article Eleven of  the Exchange  Debenture Indenture; (c)  Holdings or  the
     Guarantor defaults in the performance of or breaches  any other covenant or
     agreement  of Holdings or the Guarantor in the Exchange Debenture Indenture
     or under the Exchange Debentures and such default or breach continues for a
     period of  30 consecutive  days after  written notice  to  Holdings by  the
     Trustee or the Holders of  25% or more in aggregate principal amount of the
     Exchange Debentures; (d) there  occurs with respect to any issue  or issues
     of Indebtedness  of Holdings, the  Guarantor or any  Significant Subsidiary
     having an outstanding  principal amount at maturity of  $10 million or more
     in  the aggregate  for all such  issues of  all such  Persons, whether such
     Indebtedness now  exists or  shall hereafter  be created,  (I) an event  of
     default that has caused the holder  thereof to declare such Indebtedness to
     be  due and payable prior to its  Stated Maturity and such Indebtedness has
     not been discharged in full or  such acceleration has not been rescinded or
     annulled within  30 days of  such acceleration and/or  (II) the failure  to
     make a principal payment at the final (but not any  interim) fixed maturity
     and such  defaulted payment shall  not have  been made, waived  or extended
     within  30 days of  such payment default;  (e) any final  judgment or order
     (not covered  by insurance)  for  the payment  of money  in  excess of  $10
     million in the aggregate for all such final judgments or orders against all
     such  Persons (treating any deductibles, self-insurance or retention as not
     so  covered) shall  be  rendered against  Holdings,  the Guarantor  or  any
     Significant Subsidiary and shall not be paid or discharged, and there shall
     be any  period of 30 consecutive days following entry of the final judgment
     or  order that causes the aggregate amount  for all such final judgments or
     orders outstanding and not  paid or discharged against all  such Persons to
     exceed  $10  million during  which  a  stay of  enforcement  of such  final
     judgment or order, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be
     in effect; (f) a court having  jurisdiction in the premises enters a decree
     or  order  for (A)  relief in  respect of  Holdings,  the Guarantor  or any

                                       -100-
     <PAGE>

     Significant  Subsidiary  in  an   involuntary  case  under  any  applicable
     bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, (B)
     appointment  of  a  receiver,  liquidator,  assignee,  custodian,  trustee,
     sequestrator  or  similar  official  of  Holdings,  the  Guarantor  or  any
     Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all  of the property and
     assets of Holdings, the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary or  (C) the
     winding up or liquidation of the affairs of Holdings, the  Guarantor or any
     Significant Subsidiary and, in each case, such decree or order shall remain
     unstayed  and  in effect  for  a  period of  30  consecutive  days; or  (g)
     Holdings,  the  Guarantor or  any  Significant Subsidiary  (A)  commences a
     voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar
     law now or  hereafter in effect, or  consents to the entry of  an order for
     relief  in an  involuntary case  under any  such law,  (B) consents  to the
     appointment of  or taking possession  by a receiver,  liquidator, assignee,
     custodian,  trustee,  sequestrator or  similar  official  of Holdings,  the
     Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary or for all  or substantially all of
     the  property  and assets  of Holdings,  the  Guarantor or  any Significant
     Subsidiary  or  (C)  effects any  general  assignment  for  the benefit  of
     creditors. 

          If an  Event of Default (other  than an Event of  Default specified in
     clause  (f) or  (g)  above that  occurs  with respect  to  Holdings or  the
     Guarantor) occurs and is continuing under the Exchange Debenture Indenture,
     the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of
     the Exchange  Debentures, then outstanding,  by written notice  to Holdings
     (and to  the Trustee if such notice is given  by the Holders), may, and the
     Trustee  at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal amount
     of,  premium,  if  any,  and  accrued interest,  if  any,  on  the Exchange
     Debentures  to  be  immediately due  and  payable.  Upon  a declaration  of
     acceleration, such principal amount, premium, if any, and accrued interest,
     if any, shall be immediately due and payable. In the event of a declaration
     of acceleration because an Event  of Default set forth in clause  (d) above
     has occurred and is  continuing, such declaration of acceleration  shall be
     automatically rescinded  and annulled if  the event  of default  triggering
     such Event of Default pursuant to clause (d) shall  be remedied or cured by
     Holdings, the Guarantor or the relevant Significant Subsidiary or waived by
     the  holders  of  the  relevant  Indebtedness  within  60  days  after  the
     declaration  of acceleration with respect  thereto. If an  Event of Default
     specified in clause (f) or (g) above occurs with respect to Holdings or the
     Guarantor,  the principal amount of, premium, if any, and accrued interest,
     if any, on the Exchange Debentures then outstanding shall ipso facto become
     and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or  other act on
     the part of the Trustee or any  Holder. The Holders of at least a  majority
     in principal  amount  of the  outstanding  Exchange Debentures  by  written
     notice  to Holdings  and to the  Trustee, may  waive all  past defaults and
     rescind  and annul a declaration  of acceleration and  its consequences if,
     among  other things, (i)  all existing  Events of  Default, other  than the
     nonpayment of the  principal of, premium,  if any, and accrued  interest on
     the  Exchange Debentures that have become due solely by such declaration of
     acceleration, have been cured or waived  and (ii) the rescission would  not
     conflict with any judgment or decree  of a court of competent jurisdiction.
     For  information as  to  the waiver  of  defaults, see  "-Modification  and
     Waiver." 
      
          The Holders  of at least a  majority in aggregate  principal amount of
     the outstanding Exchange Debentures  may direct the time, method  and place
     of conducting  any proceeding for  any remedy  available to the  Trustee or
     exercising  any trust  or  power conferred  on  the Trustee.  However,  the
     Trustee may refuse to follow  any direction that conflicts with law  or the
     Exchange  Debenture  Indenture, that  may involve  the Trustee  in personal
     liability, or  that the  Trustee determines  in good  faith  may be  unduly
     prejudicial to the rights of Holders  of Exchange Debentures not joining in
     the giving of such direction and may  take any other action it deems proper
     that  is not inconsistent with any  such direction received from Holders of
     Exchange Debentures. A Holder may not pursue any remedy with respect to the
     Exchange  Debenture Indenture  or the Exchange  Debentures unless:  (i) the
     Holder  gives the Trustee written notice of  a continuing Event of Default;
     (ii)  the  Holders  of  at  least 25%  in  aggregate  principal  amount  of
     outstanding  Exchange Debentures make a  written request to  the Trustee to
     pursue the remedy; (iii) such Holder or Holders offer the Trustee indemnity
     satisfactory to the Trustee  against any costs, liability or  expense; (iv)
     the  Trustee does not comply with the  request within 60 days after receipt
     of  the request  and the  offer of  indemnity; and  (v) during  such 60-day
     period, the Holders  of a  majority in  aggregate principal  amount of  the
     outstanding Exchange Debentures do not give the Trustee a direction that is
     inconsistent  with the request. However,  such limitations do  not apply to
     the  right of any Holder of an Exchange Debenture to receive payment of the
     principal  of, premium,  if  any, or  accrued  interest on,  such  Exchange
     Debenture  or to bring suit for the enforcement  of any such payment, on or

                                       -101-
     <PAGE>

     after the due date expressed in the Exchange Debentures, which  right shall
     not be impaired or affected without the consent of the Holder. 

          The  Exchange Debenture  Indenture  will require  certain officers  of
     Holdings and the Guarantor to certify, on or before a date not more than 90
     days after the end of each fiscal year of the Guarantor,  that a review has
     been conducted of the activities of Holdings, or the Guarantor, as the case
     may  be, and its Restricted Subsidiaries and Holdings', or the Guarantor's,
     and its  Restricted Subsidiaries' performance under  the Exchange Debenture
     Indenture  and  that   Holdings  and  the  Guarantor  have   fulfilled  all
     obligations thereunder, or, if there has been a  default in the fulfillment
     of any such  obligation, specifying each  such default and  the nature  and
     status thereof. Holdings and the Guarantor will also be obligated to notify
     the Trustee of any default or defaults in the performance  of any covenants
     or agreements under the Exchange Debenture Indenture. 

     LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

          Holdings may,  at  its option  and  at any  time,  elect to  have  its
     obligations discharged with respect  to the outstanding Exchange Debentures
     ("legal defeasance").  Such legal defeasance  means that Holdings  shall be
     deemed to have paid  and discharged the entire indebtedness  represented by
     the outstanding Exchange Debentures,  except for (a) the rights  of Holders
     of  outstanding Exchange Debentures to  receive payments in  respect of the
     principal  of,  and  premium,  if  any,  and  interest  on,  such  Exchange
     Debentures when  such payments are due,  or on the redemption  date, as the
     case  may  be,  (b) Holdings'  obligations  with  respect  to the  Exchange
     Debentures  concerning issuing temporary  Exchange Debentures, registration
     of  Exchange  Debentures, mutilated,  destroyed,  lost  or stolen  Exchange
     Debentures and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money
     for security payments held  in trust, (c) the rights, powers, trust, duties
     and immunities  of the  Trustee,  and Holdings'  obligations in  connection
     therewith and (d) the legal defeasance provisions of the Exchange Debenture
     Indenture. In  addition, Holdings may, at its option and at any time, elect
     to  have the  obligations  of Holdings  released  with respect  to  certain
     covenants that are described in the Exchange Debenture Indenture ("covenant
     defeasance")  and thereafter any  omission to comply  with such obligations
     shall  not constitute  a Default or  Event of  Default with  respect to the
     Exchange  Debentures.  In the  event  covenant  defeasance occurs,  certain
     events (not including non-payment, bankruptcy, receivership, rehabilitation
     and insolvency events) described  under "Events of Default" will  no longer
     constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Exchange Debentures. 
      
          In order to exercise  either legal defeasance or  covenant defeasance,
     (i) Holdings  must irrevocably deposit with the  Trustee, in trust, for the
     benefit  of the holders of  the Exchange Debentures,  cash in U.S. dollars,
     non-callable U.S. government obligations, or a combination thereof, in such
     amounts as  will be sufficient, in  the opinion of a  nationally recognized
     firm of independent public accountants selected by  the Trustee, to pay the
     principal  of,  and  premium, if  any,  and  interest  on, the  outstanding
     Exchange  Debentures on the stated  maturity or on  the applicable optional
     redemption date,  as the case may  be, of such principal  or installment of
     principal of, or premium, if any,  or interest on, the outstanding Exchange
     Debentures;  (ii)  in the  case of  legal  defeasance, Holdings  shall have
     delivered  to  the Trustee  an  opinion of  counsel  in  the United  States
     reasonably  acceptable  to the  Trustee  confirming that  (A)  Holdings has
     received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service
     a ruling  or (B) since  the Preferred Stock  Issue Date,  there has been  a
     change  in the  applicable federal income  tax law,  in either  case to the
     effect that, and based thereon such opinion of counsel  shall confirm that,
     the  holders of  the  outstanding Exchange  Debentures  will not  recognize
     income, gain or  loss for federal income tax  purposes as a result  of such
     legal defeasance  and will  be subject  to federal income  tax on  the same
     amounts, in the same  manner and at the same  times as would have  been the
     case if  such legal  defeasance  had not  occurred; (iii)  in  the case  of
     covenant  defeasance,  Holdings shall  have  delivered  to the  Trustee  an
     opinion  of counsel  in  the United  States  reasonably acceptable  to  the
     Trustee confirming that the holders of the outstanding Exchange  Debentures
     will not recognize income, gain or  loss for federal income tax purposes as
     a result  of such covenant defeasance and will be subject to federal income
     tax on the same amounts, in the same manner  and at the same times as would
     have been  the case if such  covenant defeasance had not  occurred; (iv) no
     Default or  Event of Default shall  have occurred and be  continuing on the
     date of  such deposit or, insofar  as Events of Default  from bankruptcy or

                                       -102-
     <PAGE>

     insolvency events  are concerned, at any  time in the period  ending on the
     123rd day  after the date of deposit; (v) such legal defeasance or covenant
     defeasance shall  not result in a  breach or violation of,  or constitute a
     default  under, the  Exchange  Debenture Indenture  or  any other  material
     agreement or instrument to which  Holdings is a party or by  which Holdings
     is bound;  (vi) Holdings shall have  delivered to the Trustee  an Officers'
     Certificate stating that  the deposit  was not  made by  Holdings with  the
     intent  of preferring  the holders  of Exchange  Debentures over  the other
     creditors  of Holdings or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying
     or defrauding  creditors of the Company or others; and (vii) Holdings shall
     have delivered to the  Trustee an Officers' Certificate  and an opinion  of
     counsel, each stating that  all conditions precedent relating to  the legal
     defeasance or the covenant defeasance have been complied with. 
      
     MODIFICATION AND WAIVER
      
          Modifications and  amendments of the Exchange  Debenture Indenture may
     be made by Holdings, the Guarantor and  the Trustee with the consent of the
     Holders of  not less than a  majority in aggregate principal  amount of the
     outstanding   Exchange  Debentures;   provided,  however,   that  no   such
     modification or  amendment may,  without  consent of  each Holder  affected
     thereby,  (i)  change  the Stated  Maturity  of  the principal  of,  or any
     installment  of  interest  on,  any Exchange  Debenture,  (ii)  reduce  the
     principal  amount of, or  any premium, if any,  payable upon the redemption
     of, or the  rate of interest  on, any Exchange  Debenture, (iii)  adversely
     affect the right of  repayment at the option of any  Holder of any Exchange
     Debenture, (iv) change the currency in  which principal of, or premium,  if
     any, or  interest on,  any Exchange  Debenture is  payable, (v)  impair the
     right to institute suit for the enforcement of any  payment on or after the
     Stated  Maturity (or,  in  the  case  of  a redemption,  on  or  after  the
     Redemption  Date) of  any Exchange Debenture,  (vi) waive a  default in the
     payment  of principal  of, premium,  if any,  or interest  on  the Exchange
     Debenture, (vii) reduce the  percentage in principal amount  of outstanding
     Exchange Debentures the consent of whose Holders is necessary for waiver of
     compliance with certain  provisions of the Exchange Debenture  Indenture or
     for  waiver  of certain  defaults, (viii)  release  the Guarantor  from its
     Debenture Guarantee or  (ix) modify any of the provisions of Article Eleven
     of the Exchange Debenture Indenture in a manner adverse to the Holders. 
      
     NO  PERSONAL LIABILITY OF INCORPORATORS, SHAREHOLDERS, OFFICERS, DIRECTORS,
     OR EMPLOYEES 
      
          The Exchange  Debenture Indenture provides  that no  recourse for  the
     payment  of the principal  of, premium, if  any, or interest on  any of the
     Exchange Debentures or for any claim based thereon  or otherwise in respect
     thereof,  and no  recourse  under  or  upon  any  obligation,  covenant  or
     agreement of Holdings or the Guarantor in the Exchange Debenture Indenture,
     or in any  of the Exchange  Debentures or  because of the  creation of  any
     Indebtedness represented  thereby, shall  be had against  any incorporator,
     shareholder, officer, director, employee  or controlling person of Holdings
     or  the Guarantor  or  of any  successor  Person thereof.  Each Holder,  by
     accepting the Exchange Debentures, waives and releases all such liability. 
      
     CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE
      
          The  Exchange Debenture  Indenture  provides that,  except during  the
     continuance of  a Default, the Trustee  will not be liable,  except for the
     performance of such duties  as are specifically set forth  in such Exchange
     Debenture Indenture. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing,
     the Trustee will use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise as a
     prudent person would  exercise under  the circumstances in  the conduct  of
     such person's own affairs. 
      
          The Exchange Debenture Indenture and provisions of the Trust Indenture
     Act  of  1939,  as  amended,  incorporated  by  reference  therein  contain
     limitations on  the rights of the  Trustee, should it become  a creditor of
     Holdings or the Guarantor, to obtain  payment of claims in certain cases or
     to  realize  on certain  property received  by it  in  respect of  any such
     claims, as  security or otherwise.  The Trustee is  permitted to engage  in
     other transactions; provided, however, that if it acquires  any conflicting
     interest, it must eliminate such conflict or resign. 

                                       -103-
     <PAGE>
      
     CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
      
          Set  forth  below  are certain  defined  terms  used  in the  Exchange
     Debenture Indenture.  Reference is made to the Exchange Debenture Indenture
     for  the full definition  of such terms,  as well as  any other capitalized
     terms used herein for which no definition is provided. 

          "Adjusted  Consolidated  Net  Income"   means,  for  any  period,  the
     aggregate  net income  (or  loss)  of  the  Guarantor  and  its  Restricted
     Subsidiaries for such  period determined in conformity  with GAAP; provided
     that  the  following  items  shall   be  excluded  in  computing   Adjusted
     Consolidated  Net Income (without duplication):  (i) the net  income of any
     Person (other than net  income attributable to a Restricted  Subsidiary) in
     which  any  Person  (other than  the  Guarantor  or any  of  its Restricted
     Subsidiaries) has a  joint interest and the net income  of any Unrestricted
     Subsidiary, except  to  the extent  of  the amount  of dividends  or  other
     distributions  actually  paid to  the Guarantor  or  any of  its Restricted
     Subsidiaries by such  other Person or  such Unrestricted Subsidiary  during
     such  period; (ii)  solely for  the purposes  of calculating the  amount of
     Restricted Payments  that may be made  pursuant to clause (C)  of the first
     paragraph  of the  "Limitation on  Restricted Payments"  covenant described
     above (and in such case, except to the extent includable pursuant to clause
     (i) above),  the net income  (or loss) of any  Person accrued prior  to the
     date it becomes a Restricted  Subsidiary or is merged into  or consolidated
     with the  Guarantor  or  any  of  its Restricted  Subsidiaries  or  all  or
     substantially all of the property and assets of such Person are acquired by
     the Guarantor or any of  its Restricted Subsidiaries; (iii) the net  income
     of any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent that the declaration  or payment
     of dividends or similar distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary of such
     net  income is not at the  time permitted by the operation  of the terms of
     its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute,
     rule or  governmental regulation applicable to  such Restricted Subsidiary;
     (iv) any  gains or losses  (on an  after-tax basis)  attributable to  Asset
     Sales;  (v) except  for purposes  of calculating  the amount  of Restricted
     Payments that  may be made pursuant to clause (C) of the first paragraph of
     the  "Limitation  on Restricted  Payments"  covenant  described above,  any
     amount paid or accrued as dividends  on preferred stock of the Guarantor or
     any Restricted Subsidiary owned by Persons other than the Guarantor and any
     of  its Restricted  Subsidiaries;  and  (vi)  all extraordinary  gains  and
     extraordinary losses. 
      
          "Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets" means  the total amount of
     assets of  the Guarantor and  its Restricted Subsidiaries  (less applicable
     depreciation,  amortization and  other valuation  reserves), except  to the
     extent  resulting from write-ups of  capital assets (excluding write-ups in
     connection with accounting for acquisitions in conformity with GAAP), after
     deducting  therefrom (i) all current  liabilities of the  Guarantor and its
     Restricted  Subsidiaries  (excluding  intercompany  items)  and  (ii)   all
     goodwill, trade  names, trademarks, patents, unamortized  debt discount and
     expense and other like intangibles,  all as set forth on the  most recently
     available quarterly or annual  consolidated balance sheet of  the Guarantor
     and its Restricted Subsidiaries, prepared in conformity with GAAP. 
      
          "Affiliate" means, as applied to any Person, any other Person directly
     or  indirectly controlling,  controlled  by, or  under  direct or  indirect
     common  control  with,  such  Person.  For  purposes  of  this  definition,
     "control" (including, with  correlative meanings, the  terms "controlling,"
     "controlled by" and "under common control with"), as applied to any Person,
     means the  possession, directly or  indirectly, of  the power to  direct or
     cause the direction of the management and policies  of such Person, whether
     through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. 
      
          "Asset Acquisition" means (i) an investment by the Guarantor or any of
     its  Restricted Subsidiaries  in any  other Person  pursuant to  which such
     Person shall become  a Restricted Subsidiary of  the Guarantor or shall  be
     merged  into or consolidated  with the Guarantor  or any of  its Restricted
     Subsidiaries;  provided that  such  Person's primary  business is  related,
     ancillary  or  complementary to  the businesses  of  the Guarantor  and its
     Restricted  Subsidiaries  on  the  date  of  such  investment  or  (ii)  an
     acquisition by the Guarantor or  any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of  the
     property and assets  of any Person other  than the Guarantor or any  of its

                                       -104-
     <PAGE>
 
     Restricted Subsidiaries that  constitute substantially all of a division or
     line  of business  of such  Person; provided  that the property  and assets
     acquired are related, ancillary  or complementary to the businesses  of the
     Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of such acquisition. 
      
          "Asset Sale" means any sale,  transfer or other disposition (including
     by  way  of merger,  consolidation or  sale-leaseback transactions)  in one
     transaction or a series of related  transactions by the Guarantor or any of
     its Restricted Subsidiaries  to any Person other than the  Guarantor or any
     of  its Restricted Subsidiaries of  (i) all or any of  the Capital Stock of
     any  Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) all  or substantially all  of the property
     and assets of an operating unit or business of the Guarantor  or any of its
     Restricted  Subsidiaries  or (iii)  any other  property  and assets  of the
     Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries outside the ordinary course
     of business of  the Guarantor or  such Restricted  Subsidiary and, in  each
     case, that  is not governed  by the  provisions of  the Exchange  Debenture
     Indenture  applicable to mergers, consolidations and sales of assets of the
     Guarantor; provided  that the meaning of "Asset Sale" shall not include (A)
     sales or  other dispositions  of inventory,  receivables and other  current
     assets,  and (B)  dispositions of  assets of  the Guarantor  or any  of its
     Restricted  Subsidiaries,  in  substantially  simultaneous   exchanges  for
     consideration  consisting  of  any  combination  of  cash,  Temporary  Cash
     Investments  and assets that are  used or useful  in the telecommunications
     business  of  the  Guarantor  or   its  Restricted  Subsidiaries,  if  such
     consideration has an aggregate fair market value substantially equal to the
     fair market value  of the assets  so disposed  of; provided, however,  that
     fair market  value  shall be  determined  in good  faith  by the  Board  of
     Directors  of ICG, whose determination shall be conclusive and evidenced by
     a Board  Resolution delivered to the Trustee; and provided further that any
     cash or  Temporary Cash Investments received by the Guarantor or any of its
     Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to any transaction described in clause (B)
     above shall be  applied in accordance with  clause (A) or (B)  of the first
     paragraph of the "Limitation on Asset Sales" covenant described above. 

          "Average Life" means, at any date of determination with respect to any
     debt  security, the  quotient  obtained  by dividing  (i)  the  sum of  the
     products of (a) the number of years  from such date of determination to the
     dates  of each successive scheduled principal payment of such debt security
     and (b) the  amount of such principal  payment by (ii) the sum  of all such
     principal payments. 
      
          "Capital Stock" means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares,
     interests, participation or other equivalents (however  designated, whether
     voting or non-voting) in equity of such Person, whether now  outstanding or
     issued after  the  date of  the  Exchange Debenture  Indenture,  including,
     without limitation, all Common Stock and preferred stock. 

          "Capitalized Lease" means, as applied to any Person, any lease of  any
     property  (whether real, personal or mixed) of which the discounted present
     value of the  rental obligations  of such Person  as lessee, in  conformity
     with  GAAP, is  required to  be capitalized  on the  balance sheet  of such
     Person; and  "Capitalized Lease  Obligations" means the  discounted present
     value of the rental obligations under such lease. 
      
          "ChoiceCom"  means   CSW/ICG  ChoiceCom,  L.P.,  a   Delaware  limited
     partnership. 

          "Closing  Date" means  the  date  on  which  the  Preferred  Stock  is
     originally issued under the Amended Articles. 
      
          "Consolidated  EBITDA" means, for any  period, the sum  of the amounts
     for  such period of (i) Adjusted Consolidated Net Income, (ii) Consolidated
     Interest  Expense,  (iii)  income taxes,  to  the  extent  such amount  was
     deducted in calculating Adjusted Consolidated Net Income (other than income
     taxes  (either  positive or  negative)  attributable  to extraordinary  and
     non-recurring  gains or  losses  or  sales  of assets),  (iv)  depreciation
     expense, to the  extent such  amount was deducted  in calculating  Adjusted
     Consolidated  Net Income,  (v)  amortization expense,  to  the extent  such
     amount was deducted  in calculating Adjusted  Consolidated Net Income,  and
     (vi) all  other non-cash items  reducing Adjusted  Consolidated Net  Income
     (other than  items that will require cash payments and for which an accrual
     or reserve is, or is required by GAAP to be, made), less all non-cash items

                                       -105-
     <PAGE>

     increasing  Adjusted  Consolidated  Net  Income, all  as  determined  on  a
     consolidated  basis for the  Guarantor and  its Restricted  Subsidiaries in
     conformity with GAAP; provided that, if any Restricted Subsidiary is  not a
     Wholly Owned  Restricted Subsidiary,  Consolidated EBITDA shall  be reduced
     (to the  extent not otherwise reduced in accordance with GAAP) by an amount
     equal  to  (A)  the   amount  of  the  Adjusted  Consolidated   Net  Income
     attributable  to such Restricted Subsidiary multiplied  by (B) the quotient
     of (1)  the number of shares of outstanding Common Stock of such Restricted
     Subsidiary not owned on the last day of such period by the Guarantor or any
     of its Restricted Subsidiaries divided by (2) the total number of shares of
     outstanding  Common Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary  on the last day of
     such period. 

          "Consolidated Interest  Expense" means, for any  period, the aggregate
     amount of interest  in respect of  Indebtedness (including amortization  of
     original issue discount on any Indebtedness and the interest portion of any
     deferred payment  obligation, calculated  in accordance with  the effective
     interest method of  accounting; all commissions,  discounts and other  fees
     and charges owed with respect to letters of credit  and bankers' acceptance
     financing; the  net  costs associated  with Interest  Rate Agreements;  and
     Indebtedness  that is Guaranteed or secured by  the Guarantor or any of its
     Restricted  Subsidiaries) and all but the principal component of rentals in
     respect of Capitalized Lease  Obligations paid, accrued or scheduled  to be
     paid  or to be  accrued by  the Guarantor  and its  Restricted Subsidiaries
     during such period; excluding, however, without duplication, (i) any amount
     of  such interest of  any Restricted Subsidiary  if the net  income of such
     Restricted  Subsidiary   is  excluded   in  the  calculation   of  Adjusted
     Consolidated  Net Income pursuant to clause (iii) of the definition thereof
     (but  only in  the same  proportion as  the net  income of  such Restricted
     Subsidiary is excluded  from the calculation  of Adjusted Consolidated  Net
     Income  pursuant to  clause (iii) of  the definition thereof)  and (ii) any
     premiums,  fees and  expenses  (and any  amortization  thereof) payable  in
     connection  with the offering of the 13  1/2% Notes and the warrants issued
     therewith, the  12 1/2% Notes, the  14 1/4% Preferred Stock,  the New Notes
     and/or  the  Preferred Stock,  all as  determined  on a  consolidated basis
     (without taking into account  Unrestricted Subsidiaries) in conformity with
     GAAP. 

          "Consolidated  Net  Worth"  means,   at  any  date  of  determination,
     stockholders'  equity as set forth on the most recently available quarterly
     or  annual consolidated balance sheet  of the Guarantor  and its Restricted
     Subsidiaries  (which shall be as  of a date not more  than 90 days prior to
     the  date  of  such computation,  and  which  shall not  take  into account
     Unrestricted  Subsidiaries), less  any amounts  attributable to  Redeemable
     Stock  or  any   equity  security  convertible  into  or  exchangeable  for
     Indebtedness, the cost  of treasury stock  and the principal amount  of any
     promissory notes  receivable from  the sale  of  the Capital  Stock of  the
     Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, each item to be determined
     in conformity with GAAP (excluding the effects of foreign currency exchange
     adjustments  under  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board   Statement  of
     Financial Accounting Standards No. 52). 
      
          "Convertible Subordinated Notes" means the 8% Convertible Subordinated
     Notes and the 7% Convertible Subordinated Notes of Holdings (Canada). 
      
          "Currency  Agreement" means  any foreign  exchange  contract, currency
     swap  agreement or  other  similar  agreement  or arrangement  designed  to
     protect  the Guarantor  or  any  of  its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  against
     fluctuations in currency values to  or under which the Guarantor or  any of
     its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party or a beneficiary on the  date of the
     Exchange   Debenture  Indenture  or  becomes  a   party  or  a  beneficiary
     thereafter. 
      
          "Default" means any event that is,  or after notice or passage of time
     or both would be, an Event of Default. 
      
          "Exchange Debenture Issue Date" means the date the Exchange Debentures
     are originally issued under the Exchange Debenture Indenture. 
      
          "FOTI"   means  ICG   Fiber  Optic   Technologies  Inc.,   a  Colorado
     corporation.

                                       -106-
     <PAGE>
      
          "14 1/4%  Exchange Debentures" means  the 14 1/4%  Senior Subordinated
     Exchange Debentures due 2007 of Holdings which may be issued upon  exchange
     of the 14 1/4% Preferred Stock by Holdings. 
      
          "14 1/4%  Preferred Stock"  means the  14 1/4%  Exchangeable Preferred
     Stock  mandatorily redeemable May  1, 2007 of  Holdings, and  any shares of
     preferred stock issued as payment in kind dividends thereon. 
      
          "GAAP" means  generally accepted  accounting principles in  the United
     States of  America as in  effect as of  August 8, 1995,  including, without
     limitation,  those  set forth  in the  opinions  and pronouncements  of the
     Accounting Principles  Board of the American Institute  of Certified Public
     Accountants and  statements and pronouncements of  the Financial Accounting
     Standards  Board  or  in such  other  statements  by such  other  entity as
     approved  by a significant segment of the accounting profession. All ratios
     and computations  contained in the  Exchange Debenture  Indenture shall  be
     computed in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis, except that
     calculations  made for purposes of determining compliance with the terms of
     the covenants and with other provisions of the Exchange Debenture Indenture
     shall be made without giving effect to (i) the amortization of any expenses
     incurred  in connection  with the  offering of  the 13  1/2% Notes  and the
     warrants issued therewith, the 12 1/2% Notes, the 14 1/4% Preferred Stock,
     the  New Notes  and/or the  Preferred  Stock and  (ii) except  as otherwise
     provided,  the  amortization  of  any  amounts  required  or  permitted  by
     Accounting Principles Board Opinion Nos. 16 and 17. 
      
          "Guarantee"  means any  obligation,  contingent or  otherwise, of  any
     Person  directly  or  indirectly  guaranteeing any  Indebtedness  or  other
     obligation  of any other Person and, without limiting the generality of the
     foregoing, any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise,  of
     such Person (i)  to purchase  or pay (or  advance or supply  funds for  the
     purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation of such other
     Person  (whether  arising  by virtue  of  partnership  arrangements, or  by
     agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services,
     to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise)
     or  (ii) entered  into for  purposes of  assuring in  any other  manner the
     obligee of such Indebtedness or other  obligation of the payment thereof or
     to  protect such obligee  against loss in  respect thereof (in  whole or in
     part); provided that  the term "Guarantee"  shall not include  endorsements
     for  collection or  deposit in  the ordinary course  of business.  The term
     "Guarantee" used as a verb has a corresponding meaning. 
      
          "Holdings  (Canada)"  means  ICG   Holdings  (Canada),  Inc.  and  its
     successors and assigns. 
      
          "Incur" means,  with respect  to any  Indebtedness, to  incur, create,
     issue, assume, Guarantee or otherwise become liable for or with respect to,
     or  become responsible for, the payment of, contingently or otherwise, such
     Indebtedness, including  an Incurrence  of Indebtedness  by  reason of  the
     acquisition of more than 50%  of the Capital Stock of any  Person; provided
     that  neither the accrual of  interest nor the  accretion of original issue
     discount shall  be  considered  an  Incurrence of  Indebtedness.  The  term
     "Incurrence" has a corresponding meaning. 
      
          "Indebtedness"  means, with  respect  to any  Person  at any  date  of
     determination (without  duplication), (i)  all indebtedness of  such Person
     for borrowed money, (ii) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds,
     debentures, notes  or other similar  instruments, (iii) all  obligations of
     such Person  in respect of letters  of credit or other  similar instruments
     (including  reimbursement  obligations  with  respect  thereto),  (iv)  all
     obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of
     property  or services,  which purchase  price is due  more than  six months
     after  the date of placing such property  in service or taking delivery and
     title  thereto or the completion  of such services,  except Trade Payables,
     (v) all obligations of such Person as lessee under Capitalized Leases, (vi)
     all Indebtedness of other  Persons secured by a  Lien on any asset of  such
     Person,  whether  or  not such  Indebtedness  is  assumed  by such  Person;
     provided that  the amount of such  Indebtedness shall be the  lesser of (A)
     the fair market value  of such asset at such date  of determination and (B)
     the  amount of such Indebtedness,  (vii) all Indebtedness  of other Persons
     Guaranteed by such Person to the extent such Indebtedness is  Guaranteed by
     such Person  and  (viii)  to the  extent  not otherwise  included  in  this
     definition,  obligations  under  Currency   Agreements  and  Interest  Rate
     Agreements. The amount of Indebtedness  of any Person at any date  shall be

                                       -107-
     <PAGE>
 
     the  outstanding balance at such  date of all  unconditional obligations as
     described above  and, with respect  to contingent obligations,  the maximum
     liability  upon  the  occurrence of  the  contingency  giving  rise to  the
     obligation,  provided (i)  that the amount  outstanding at any  time of any
     Indebtedness  issued with  original  issue discount  is the  original issue
     price of such Indebtedness and (ii) that Indebtedness shall not include (A)
     any  amount of money borrowed, at the time of the Incurrence of the related
     Indebtedness, for the purpose  of pre-funding any interest payable  on such
     related  Indebtedness or  (B) any  liability for  federal, state,  local or
     other taxes. 
      
          "Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio" means, as at any date of determination,
     the ratio  of (i) the  aggregate amount of  Indebtedness of  the Guarantor,
     Holdings  and their Restricted Subsidiaries  on a consolidated  basis as at
     the Transaction Date to (ii)  the Consolidated EBITDA of the  Guarantor for
     the then most recent four full fiscal quarters for which  reports have been
     filed  pursuant to the "Reports"  covenant described above  (such four full
     fiscal  quarter  period  being referred  to  herein  as  the "Four  Quarter
     Period");  provided that  (x)  pro  forma  effect shall  be  given  to  any
     Indebtedness Incurred from the beginning of the Four Quarter Period through
     the  Transaction   Date  (including   any  Indebtedness  Incurred   on  the
     Transaction Date), to the  extent outstanding on the Transaction  Date, (y)
     if  during the  period commencing  on the  first day  of such  Four Quarter
     Period  through   the  Transaction  Date  (the   "Reference  Period"),  the
     Guarantor, Holdings  or  any  of the  Restricted  Subsidiaries  shall  have
     engaged  in any  Asset Sale, Consolidated  EBITDA for such  period shall be
     reduced by an amount equal to the EBITDA (if positive),  or increased by an
     amount  equal to  the EBITDA  (if negative),  directly attributable  to the
     assets which are the subject of  such Asset Sale and any related retirement
     of  Indebtedness  as  if   such  Asset  Sale  and  related   retirement  of
     Indebtedness had occurred on the first day of such Reference  Period or (z)
     if during  such Reference  Period the  Guarantor, Holdings  or  any of  the
     Restricted Subsidiaries shall have made any Asset Acquisition, Consolidated
     EBITDA of the Guarantor shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as if such
     Asset  Acquisition and any related financing  had occurred on the first day
     of  such Reference Period.  In calculating this  ratio for purposes  of the
     Amended Articles, the amount of outstanding Indebtedness shall be deemed to
     include the liquidation preference of any preferred stock then outstanding.
      
         "Investment" in any Person means any direct or indirect advance, loan 
     or other  extension  of credit  (including,  without limitation, by way of
     Guarantee or  similar arrangement; but  excluding advances to  customers in
     the ordinary course of business that are, in conformity with GAAP, recorded
     as  accounts  receivable  on the  balance  sheet of  the  Guarantor  or its
     Restricted  Subsidiaries)  or  capital contribution  to  (by  means  of any
     transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or
     services for the account or use of others), or any  purchase or acquisition
     of Capital  Stock, bonds, notes,  debentures or  other similar  instruments
     issued by, such  Person and shall  include the designation of  a Restricted
     Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary. For purposes of the definition of
     "Unrestricted  Subsidiary"  and  the "Limitation  on  Restricted  Payments"
     covenant  described above, (i)  "Investment" shall include  the fair market
     value of the  assets (net of liabilities)  of any Restricted Subsidiary  of
     the Guarantor at the time that such Restricted Subsidiary  of the Guarantor
     is  designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary and shall exclude the fair market
     value of  the assets (net of liabilities) of any Unrestricted Subsidiary at
     the  time that  such  Unrestricted Subsidiary  is  designated a  Restricted
     Subsidiary of the Guarantor and (ii) any property transferred to or from an
     Unrestricted  Subsidiary shall be  valued at its  fair market  value at the
     time of such transfer, in each case as determined by the Board of Directors
     in good faith. 
      
          "Lien"  means any  mortgage, pledge,  security  interest, encumbrance,
     lien  or charge of any kind (including, without limitation, any conditional
     sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof, any
     sale with  recourse against the seller  or any Affiliate of  the seller, or
     any agreement to give any security interest). 
      
          "MTN"  means  Maritime Telecommunications  Network,  Inc.,  a Colorado
     corporation, and its successors. 
      
          "Net Cash  Proceeds" means, (a)  with respect to  any Asset Sale,  the
     proceeds  of  such Asset  Sale in  the form  of  cash or  cash equivalents,
     including  payments  in respect  of  deferred payment  obligations  (to the
     extent corresponding to the principal, but not interest, component thereof)
     when received in the form of cash or cash equivalents (except to the extent

                                       -108-
     <PAGE>
 
     such obligations are financed or sold with recourse to the Guarantor or any
     Restricted Subsidiary of the Guarantor) and proceeds from the conversion of
     other property received when  converted to cash or cash equivalents, net of
     (i) brokerage commissions and  other fees and expenses (including  fees and
     expenses of counsel  and investment  bankers) related to  such Asset  Sale,
     (ii) provisions for all taxes  (whether or not such taxes will  actually be
     paid or are payable) as  a result of such Asset Sale without  regard to the
     consolidated  results of  operations  of the  Guarantor and  its Restricted
     Subsidiaries, taken as a  whole, (iii) payments made to  repay Indebtedness
     or any other  obligation outstanding at  the time of  such Asset Sale  that
     either (A) is secured  by a Lien on the  property or assets sold or  (B) is
     required to be paid as a  result of such sale and (iv) appropriate  amounts
     to  be provided  by  the  Guarantor or  any  Restricted Subsidiary  of  the
     Guarantor as a reserve  against any liabilities associated with  such Asset
     Sale,  including,  without  limitation, pension  and  other post-employment
     benefit  liabilities,  liabilities  related  to  environmental matters  and
     liabilities  under any  indemnification  obligations  associated with  such
     Asset Sale,  all as determined in conformity with GAAP and (b) with respect
     to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock, the proceeds of such  issuance or
     sale in the form of cash or cash equivalents, including payments in respect
     of  deferred  payment  obligations  (to  the  extent corresponding  to  the
     principal, but not interest,  component thereof) when received in  the form
     of cash  or cash  equivalents (except  to the extent  such obligations  are
     financed  or  sold  with  recourse  to  the  Guarantor  or  any  Restricted
     Subsidiary  of the  Guarantor) and  proceeds from  the conversion  of other
     property  received when  converted  to cash  or  cash equivalents,  net  of
     attorney's  fees,  accountants'  fees, underwriters'  or  placement agents'
     fees, discounts  or commissions  and brokerage,  consultant and other  fees
     incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid  or
     payable as a result thereof. 

          "New Notes"  means the New  Notes Due 2007 of  Holdings, guaranteed by
     ICG on a senior unsecured basis and issued on the Closing Date. 
      
          "Offer  to Purchase" means an offer to purchase Exchange Debentures by
     Holdings from  the Holders commenced by mailing a notice to the Trustee and
     each Holder stating: (i) the covenant pursuant to which the  offer is being
     made and that all Exchange Debentures validly tendered will be accepted for
     payment on  a pro  rata  basis; (ii)  the purchase  price and  the date  of
     purchase (which shall be a Business  Day no earlier than 30 days nor  later
     than 60  days from the  date such notice  is mailed) (the  "Payment Date");
     (iii)  that any  Exchange Debenture  not tendered  will continue  to accrue
     interest pursuant to its terms; (iv) that, unless Holdings  defaults in the
     payment  of the purchase price, any Exchange Debenture accepted for payment
     pursuant  to the Offer  to Purchase shall  cease to accrue  interest on and
     after  the Payment  Date; (v)  that Holders  electing to  have  an Exchange
     Debenture purchased pursuant  to the Offer to Purchase will  be required to
     surrender the Exchange Debenture, together  with the form entitled  "Option
     of the  Holder to  Elect  Purchase" on  the reverse  side  of the  Exchange
     Debenture  completed, to the Paying  Agent at the  address specified in the
     notice prior  to the  close of  business on  the  Business Day  immediately
     preceding the Payment Date; (vi) that  Holders will be entitled to withdraw
     their election  if the Paying Agent  receives, not later than  the close of
     business  on the third Business Day immediately preceding the Payment Date,
     a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of such
     Holder, the principal amount of  Exchange Debentures delivered for purchase
     and a statement that such  Holder is withdrawing his election to  have such
     Exchange  Debentures  purchased;  and  (vii) that  Holders  whose  Exchange
     Debentures  are being purchased  only in part  will be  issued new Exchange
     Debentures  equal in  principal amount  to the  unpurchased portion  of the
     Exchange  Debentures  surrendered; provided  that  each  Exchange Debenture
     purchased and each  new Exchange Debenture issued  shall be in  a principal
     amount  of $1,000  or  integral multiples  thereof.  On the  Payment  Date,
     Holdings  shall  (i)  accept for  payment  on  a  pro  rata basis  Exchange
     Debentures or portions thereof  tendered pursuant to an Offer  to Purchase;
     (ii)  deposit with the  Paying Agent money  sufficient to pay  the purchase
     price  of all  Exchange Debentures  or portions  thereof, so  accepted; and
     (iii) deliver, or cause to be  delivered, to the Trustee or Transfer Agent,
     as  the case  may  be,  all Exchange  Debentures  or  portions thereof,  so
     accepted  together with  an Officers'  Certificate specifying  the Exchange
     Debentures or portions thereof accepted for payment by Holdings. The Paying
     Agent  shall promptly  mail  to  the  Holders  of  Exchange  Debentures  so
     accepted, payment in an amount equal to the purchase price, and the Trustee
     shall  promptly  authenticate  and mail  to  such  Holders  a new  Exchange
     Debenture  equal  in principal  amount to  any  unpurchased portion  of the
     Exchange  Debenture  surrendered;  provided that  each  Exchange  Debenture

                                       -109-
     <PAGE>

     purchased and  each new Exchange Debenture  issued shall be  in a principal
     amount  of $1,000  or integral  multiples thereof.  Holdings will  publicly
     announce  the results of an Offer to  Purchase as soon as practicable after
     the Payment Date. The Trustee shall act as the Paying Agent for an Offer to
     Purchase. Holdings  will comply with Rule 14e-1  under the Exchange Act and
     any other securities  laws and  regulations thereunder to  the extent  such
     laws and regulations are applicable, in the event that Holdings is required
     to repurchase Exchange Debentures pursuant to an Offer to Purchase. 
      
          "Ohio LINX" means ICG Ohio LINX, Inc., an Ohio corporation.
      
          "Permitted  Investment"  means  (i)  an  Investment  in  a  Restricted
     Subsidiary or  a Person  which will,  upon the  making of such  Investment,
     become a Restricted Subsidiary or be merged or consolidated with or into or
     transfer or convey all or substantially all its assets to, the Guarantor or
     a Restricted  Subsidiary; provided that  such person's primary  business is
     related,  ancillary or complementary to the businesses of the Guarantor and
     its  Restricted Subsidiaries  on  the  date  of  such  Investment;  (ii)  a
     Temporary Cash  Investment; (iii) payroll,  travel and similar  advances to
     cover matters  that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to
     be  treated as expenses in accordance with  GAAP; (iv) loans or advances to
     employees made in  the ordinary course of business  in accordance with past
     practice of the Guarantor or its Restricted Subsidiaries and that do not in
     the  aggregate  exceed  $2 million  at  any  time  outstanding; (v)  stock,
     obligations or securities  received in satisfaction of  judgments; and (vi)
     Investments in an amount not to exceed, at any one time outstanding, all of
     the net cash proceeds received by the Guarantor from the sale of its Common
     Stock (to  a Person other than  one of its Subsidiaries)  after the Closing
     Date. 

          "Permitted Liens" means (i) Liens for taxes, assessments, governmental
     charges or claims  that are being  contested in  good faith by  appropriate
     legal  proceedings promptly  instituted  and diligently  conducted and  for
     which  a  reserve  or other  appropriate  provision, if  any,  as  shall be
     required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made; (ii) statutory Liens
     of landlords and carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, suppliers, materialmen,
     repairmen or other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business
     and with respect  to amounts not yet delinquent or  being contested in good
     faith by  appropriate legal proceedings promptly  instituted and diligently
     conducted and for which  a reserve or other appropriate  provision, if any,
     as shall  be required in conformity  with GAAP shall have  been made; (iii)
     Liens  incurred or  deposits made  in the  ordinary course  of business  in
     connection  with workers'  compensation, unemployment  insurance and  other
     types of  social security; (iv)  Liens incurred or deposits  made to secure
     the  performance   of  tenders,  bids,  leases,   statutory  or  regulatory
     obligations,  bankers'  acceptances, surety  and  appeal bonds,  government
     contracts, performance and return-of-money bonds and other obligations of a
     similar  nature incurred in the  ordinary course of  business (exclusive of
     obligations  for the payment of  borrowed money); (v)  easements, rights of
     way,  municipal and  zoning ordinances  and similar  charges, encumbrances,
     title defects or other irregularities that do not materially interfere with
     the  ordinary course of business of the  Guarantor or any of its Restricted
     Subsidiaries; (vi)  Liens (including extensions and  renewals thereof) upon
     real  or personal property acquired  after the Closing  Date; provided that
     (a) such Lien is  created solely for  the purpose of securing  Indebtedness
     Incurred,  in accordance  with  the "Limitation  on Indebtedness"  covenant
     described above, (1) to finance the cost (including the cost of improvement
     or construction) of the item of property or assets subject thereto and such
     Lien is created  prior to, at the  time of or  within six months after  the
     later   of  the  acquisition,   the  completion  of   construction  or  the
     commencement of  full operation of  such property or  (2) to refinance  any
     Indebtedness  previously  so  secured,  (b) the  principal  amount  of  the
     Indebtedness secured by such Lien does not exceed 100% of such cost and (c)
     any such  Lien shall not  extend to or  cover any property or  assets other
     than such  item of property  or assets and  any improvements on  such item;
     (vii)  leases or  subleases  granted  to  others  that  do  not  materially
     interfere  with the  ordinary course of  business of the  Guarantor and its
     Restricted  Subsidiaries,  taken  as  a  whole;  (viii)  Liens  encumbering
     property  or assets  under construction  arising  from progress  or partial
     payments  by a  customer of  the Guarantor  or its  Restricted Subsidiaries
     relating to such property or assets; (ix) any interest or title of a lessor
     in  the property subject to  any Capitalized Lease  or operating lease; (x)
     Liens  arising from  filing  Uniform Commercial  Code financing  statements
     regarding  leases; (xi)  Liens on  property of,  or on  shares of  stock or
     Indebtedness  of, any  corporation existing  at the  time such  corporation

                                       -110-
     <PAGE>

     becomes, or becomes  a part  of, any Restricted  Subsidiary; provided  that
     such  Liens do  not  extend to  or  cover any  property  or  assets of  the
     Guarantor  or any Restricted Subsidiary  other than the  property or assets
     acquired;  (xii)  Liens  in  favor  of  the  Guarantor  or  any  Restricted
     Subsidiary; (xiii) Liens arising from the  rendering of a final judgment or
     order against the Guarantor  or any Restricted Subsidiary of  the Guarantor
     that does  not give  rise  to an  Event of  Default;  (xiv) Liens  securing
     reimbursement obligations with respect  to letters of credit that  encumber
     documents and  other property  relating to such  letters of credit  and the
     products and proceeds  thereof; (xv) Liens in favor of  customs and revenue
     authorities arising as a matter of  law to secure payment of customs duties
     in  connection  with the  importation  of  goods;  (xvi) Liens  encumbering
     customary  initial deposits and margin  deposits, and other  Liens that are
     either within the general parameters customary in the industry and incurred
     in the ordinary  course of  business, in each  case, securing  Indebtedness
     under  Interest  Rate  Agreements   and  Currency  Agreements  and  forward
     contracts, options, future contracts, futures options or similar agreements
     or arrangements designed to protect the Guarantor or any of  its Restricted
     Subsidiaries from fluctuations  in the price  of commodities; (xvii)  Liens
     arising out  of conditional sale,  title retention, consignment  or similar
     arrangements  for the sale of goods entered into by the Guarantor or any of
     its  Restricted  Subsidiaries   in  the  ordinary  course  of  business  in
     accordance  with the  past practices  of the  Guarantor and  its Restricted
     Subsidiaries prior  to the Closing Date;  and (xviii) Liens on  or sales of
     receivables. 

          "Preferred  stock" or  "preferred stock"  means, with  respect to  any
     Person, any and all shares, interests,  participations or other equivalents
     (however  designated,  whether  voting  or  non-voting)  of  such  Person's
     preferred  or preference stock, whether now outstanding or issued after the
     date of  the Exchange  Debenture Indenture, including,  without limitation,
     all series and classes of such preferred or preference stock. 

          "Public Equity Offering" means a bona fide underwritten primary public
     offering of  Common Stock  of  Holdings or  ICG  pursuant to  an  effective
     registration statement under the Securities Act. 
      
          "Redeemable Stock" means any class  or series of Capital Stock of  any
     Person that by  its terms or otherwise is (i) required to be redeemed prior
     to the Stated Maturity  of the Exchange Debentures, (ii)  redeemable at the
     option of the  holder of such class or series of  Capital Stock at any time
     prior  to  the  Stated  Maturity  of  the  Exchange  Debentures,  or  (iii)
     convertible  into or exchangeable for  Capital Stock referred  to in clause
     (i) or (ii) above or Indebtedness  having a scheduled maturity prior to the
     Stated Maturity of the Exchange Debentures; provided that any Capital Stock
     that  would  not constitute  Redeemable  Stock but  for  provisions thereof
     giving holders thereof the  right to require such  Person to repurchase  or
     redeem such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of an "asset sale" or "change
     of  control" occurring  prior  to  the  Stated  Maturity  of  the  Exchange
     Debentures shall not  constitute Redeemable  Stock if the  "asset sale"  or
     "change of control" provisions applicable to such Capital Stock are no more
     favorable  to the  holders  of  such  Capital  Stock  than  the  provisions
     contained  in  "Limitation  on Asset  Sales"  and  "Repurchase  of Exchange
     Debentures upon a  Change of  Control" covenants described  above and  such
     Capital Stock specifically provides that such Person will not repurchase or
     redeem any such  stock pursuant to such provision  prior to the Guarantor's
     or Holdings'  repurchase of such Exchange Debentures, as are required to be
     repurchased  pursuant to the "Limitation on Asset Sales" and "Repurchase of
     Exchange Debentures upon a Change of Control" covenants described above. 
      
          "Restricted Subsidiary"  means any  Subsidiary of the  Guarantor other
     than an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 

          "Significant  Subsidiary" means,  at  any date  of determination,  any
     Restricted   Subsidiary  of   the   Guarantor  that,   together  with   its
     Subsidiaries,  (i)  for  the most  recent  fiscal  year  of the  Guarantor,
     accounted for more  than 10% of the consolidated  revenues of the Guarantor
     and its Restricted Subsidiaries or  (ii) as of the end of such fiscal year,
     was the owner of more than 10% of the consolidated  assets of the Guarantor
     and its  Restricted Subsidiaries,  all as  set forth  on the  most recently
     available  consolidated  financial statements  of  the  Guarantor for  such
     fiscal year. 
      
          "StarCom" means  StarCom International  Optics Corporation, a  British
     Columbia corporation, and its subsidiaries. 

                                       -111-
     <PAGE>
      
          "Stated  Maturity" means, (i) with  respect to any  debt security, the
     date specified in such debt security  as the fixed date on which the  final
     installment of principal of such debt security is due and  payable and (ii)
     with respect to any  scheduled installment of principal  of or interest  on
     any debt  security, the date specified  in such debt security  as the fixed
     date on which such installment is due and payable. 
      
          "Strategic    Investor"   means    any    Person   engaged    in   the
     telecommunications  business  which  has  a  net  worth  or  equity  market
     capitalization of at least $1 billion. 

          "Strategic  Investor Subordinated Indebtedness" means all Indebtedness
     of  Holdings owed to a Strategic Investor that is contractually subordinate
     in right  of payment to the  Exchange Debentures to at  least the following
     extent:  no payment  of principal (or  premium, if  any) or  interest on or
     otherwise payable in respect of such Indebtedness may be made (whether as a
     result  of a default or  otherwise) prior to the payment  in full of all of
     the Guarantor's  and Holdings'  obligations under the  Exchange Debentures;
     provided,  however, that prior to the payment of such obligations, interest
     on  Strategic Investor Subordinated  Indebtedness may be  payable solely in
     kind or in Common Stock (other than Redeemable Stock) of the Guarantor. 

          "Subsidiary"  means,  with respect  to  any  Person, any  corporation,
     association  or  other  business  entity of  which  more  than  50% of  the
     outstanding Voting Stock is  owned, directly or indirectly, by  such Person
     and one or more other Subsidiaries of such Person. 
      
          "Temporary Cash  Investment" means  any of  the following:  (i) direct
     obligations  of the  United  States of  America  or any  agency  thereof or
     obligations fully and  unconditionally guaranteed by  the United States  of
     America  or any agency thereof, (ii) time deposit accounts, certificates of
     deposit and money market deposits  maturing within 270 days of the  date of
     acquisition thereof, bankers' acceptances with maturities not exceeding 270
     days, and overnight bank deposits, in each case issued by or with a bank or
     trust  company which is  organized under the  laws of the  United States of
     America, any state thereof  or any foreign country recognized by the United
     States, and which bank or trust  company has capital, surplus and undivided
     profits  aggregating in  excess of  $100 million  (or the  foreign currency
     equivalent thereof) and  has outstanding debt  which is rated "A"  (or such
     similar  equivalent rating) or higher by at least one nationally recognized
     statistical  rating  organization  (as  defined   in  Rule  436  under  the
     Securities Act) or any  money-market fund sponsored by a  registered broker
     dealer or mutual fund distributor, (iii) repurchase obligations with a term
     of not more than 30  days for underlying securities of the  types described
     in  clause (i) above  entered into with  a bank meeting  the qualifications
     described  in clause (ii) above,  (iv) commercial paper,  maturing not more
     than 180 days after the date of acquisition, issued by a corporation (other
     than an  Affiliate of the Guarantor)  organized and in existence  under the
     laws of  the United  States of  America, any state  thereof or  any foreign
     country  recognized by the  United States of  America with a  rating at the
     time as  of which  any  investment therein  is made  of  "P-1" (or  higher)
     according to Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or "A-1" (or higher) according
     to Standard &  Poor's Ratings Group, and (v) securities  with maturities of
     six  months  or less  from  the date  of  acquisition issued  or  fully and
     unconditionally guaranteed by  any state, commonwealth or  territory of the
     United  States  of  America, or  by  any  political  subdivision or  taxing
     authority thereof,  and rated  at least  "A" by Standard  & Poor's  Ratings
     Group or Moody's Investors Service, Inc. 
      
          "13 1/2%  Notes" means the 13  1/2% Senior Discount Notes  Due 2005 of
     Holdings  guaranteed by  Holdings (Canada)  and ICG  on a  senior unsecured
     basis. 

          "13 1/2% Notes Indenture"  means the Indenture  dated as of August  8,
     1995,  as amended,  among  Holdings,  Holdings  (Canada)  and  the  Trustee
     pursuant to which Holdings issued the 13 1/2% Notes. 

                                       -112-
     <PAGE>
      
          "Trade  Payables" means,  with  respect to  any  person, any  accounts
     payable  or  any  other debt  or  monetary  obligation  to trade  creditors
     created,  assumed or Guaranteed by  such Person or  any of its Subsidiaries
     arising  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business  in  connection  with  the
     acquisition of goods or services. 
      
          "Transaction  Date"  means,  with respect  to  the  Incurrence  of any
     Indebtedness  by the Guarantor or  any of its  Restricted Subsidiaries, the
     date  such Indebtedness  is  to  be  Incurred  and,  with  respect  to  any
     Restricted Payment, the date such Restricted Payment is to be made. 
      
          "12 1/2%  Notes" means the 12  1/2% Senior Discount Notes  due 2006 of
     Holdings  guaranteed by  Holdings (Canada)  and ICG  on a  senior unsecured
     basis. 
      
          "12 1/2%  Notes Indenture" means the  Indenture dated as of  April 30,
     1996,  as  amended,  among  Holdings, Holdings  (Canada)  and  the  Trustee
     pursuant to which Holdings issued the 12 1/2% Notes. 
      
          "Unrestricted Subsidiary"  means (i)  any Subsidiary of  the Guarantor
     that  at  the time  of determination  shall  be designated  an Unrestricted
     Subsidiary by the Board of Directors  in the manner provided below and (ii)
     any  Subsidiary of an Unrestricted  Subsidiary. The Board  of Directors may
     designate any  Restricted Subsidiary of the Guarantor  (including any newly
     acquired  or newly formed Subsidiary of the Guarantor), other than Holdings
     or  a  Subsidiary   that  has  given  a  Subsidiary  Guarantee,  to  be  an
     Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such  Subsidiary owns any Capital  Stock of,
     or owns  or  holds  any Lien  on  any property  of,  the Guarantor  or  any
     Restricted Subsidiary; provided  that either  (A) the Subsidiary  to be  so
     designated has total assets of $1,000 or less or (B) if such Subsidiary has
     assets  greater than $1,000, that such designation would be permitted under
     the "Limitation on Restricted Payments" covenant described above. The Board
     of Directors may designate  any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be  a Restricted
     Subsidiary of  the Guarantor; provided that immediately after giving effect
     to  such  designation (x)  the Guarantor  could  Incur $1.00  of additional
     Indebtedness under the first paragraph of  the "Limitation on Indebtedness"
     covenant described above and (y) no  Default or Event of Default shall have
     occurred and be continuing. Any such  designation by the Board of Directors
     shall be evidenced  to the Trustee  by promptly filing  with the Trustee  a
     copy  of the  Board  Resolution giving  effect to  such designation  and an
     Officers' Certificate  certifying that  such designation complied  with the
     foregoing provisions. 
      
          "Voting Stock" means, with respect to any Person, Capital Stock of any
     class  or kind  ordinarily having  the power  to vote  for the  election of
     directors, managers  or other voting members of  the governing body of such
     Person. 
      
          "Wholly  Owned" means, with respect  to any Subsidiary  of any Person,
     such  Subsidiary if 98%  or more of  the outstanding Capital  Stock in such
     Subsidiary (other  than any director's qualifying shares  or Investments by
     foreign nationals  mandated by applicable law)  is owned by  such Person or
     one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person. 
      
          "Zycom" means Zycom Corporation, an Alberta, Canada corporation.

                                       -113-
     <PAGE>

               CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS


          Reid  & Priest LLP,  counsel to the  Company, has advised  the Company
     that the following summary as  to legal matters expresses their  opinion as
     to  the  material  anticipated  federal  income  tax  consequences  of  the
     purchase, ownership and  disposition of  the New Notes,  the New  Preferred
     Stock and the Exchange Debentures.  Except where noted, it  deals only with
     New  Notes, New  Preferred Stock  and Exchange  Debentures held  as capital
     assets  by United States Holders and does not deal with special situations,
     such  as  those   of  dealers  in   securities  or  currencies,   financial
     institutions,  life insurance  companies,  persons holding  New Notes,  New
     Preferred Stock or Exchange Debentures as a part of a hedging or conversion
     transaction  or  a  straddle or  United  States  Holders whose  "functional
     currency"  is not  the U.S.  dollar. Furthermore,  the discussion  below is
     based upon  the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
     (the   "Code"),  and  regulations,  including  final  Treasury  regulations
     addressing debt instruments  issued with original issue  discount (the "OID
     Regulations"),  rulings and judicial  decisions thereunder  as of  the date
     hereof, and such authorities may be repealed, revoked or modified  so as to
     result in  federal income tax  consequences different from  those discussed
     below. In addition,  the discussion  below includes certain  matters as  to
     which  Holdings has made determinations which it believes are accurate. ALL
     PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS  ARE  ADVISED  TO  CONSULT THEIR  OWN  TAX  ADVISORS
     REGARDING THE FEDERAL,  STATE, LOCAL  AND FOREIGN TAX  CONSEQUENCES OF  THE
     PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND  DISPOSITION OF  THE NEW NOTES,  THE NEW  PREFERRED
     STOCK OR THE EXCHANGE DEBENTURES.

     EXCHANGE OF NEW PREFERRED STOCK OR NEW NOTES

          An exchange of the New Preferred Stock for the Old Preferred Stock, or
     the  New Notes for the Old Notes  should not constitute a taxable event for
     U.S. federal income tax purposes because the New Preferred Stock should not
     be considered to differ materially in kind or extent from the Old Preferred
     Stock and  the New Notes should  not be considered to  differ materially in
     kind or extent from the Old Notes. Rather, the New Preferred Stock received
     by a holder  should be treated as a continuation of the Old Preferred Stock
     in  the hands  of such  holder and  the New  Notes should  be treated  as a
     continuation of  the Old Notes  in the hands  of such holder.  As a result,
     holders who exchange  their Old Preferred Stock for New  Preferred Stock or
     their Old Notes for New Notes should not recognize any income, gain or loss
     for U.S. federal  income tax purposes  with respect to  such exchange.  The
     following  discussion assumes that an  exchange of New  Preferred Stock for
     Old Preferred Stock or  an exchange of New Notes for Old  Notes will not be
     treated as an exchange for federal income tax purposes.

     TAX CONSEQUENCES TO UNITED STATES HOLDERS

          As used herein, a "United States Holder" means a beneficial owner that
     is a citizen  or resident of the United States,  a corporation, partnership
     or other entity  created or organized  in or under  the laws of the  United
     States or any political subdivision thereof, an estate the income  of which
     is  subject  to United  States federal  income  taxation regardless  of its
     source, or  a trust the administration  of which is subject  to the primary
     supervision of  a court within the United States  and for which one or more
     fiduciaries  have the  authority to control  all substantial  decisions. An
     individual  may, subject to certain exceptions,  be deemed to be a resident
     (as opposed  to a non-resident  alien) of  the United States  by virtue  of
     being present in the United States on at least 31 days in the calendar year
     and for an aggregate of at least 183 days during a three-year period ending
     in the  current calendar year (counting  for such purposes all  of the days
     present  in  the  current  year,  one-third  of  the days  present  in  the
     immediately preceding year, and one-sixth of the days present in the second
     preceding  year). A "Non-United  States Holder" is  a holder that  is not a
     United States Holder.

                                       -114-
     <PAGE>

     DIVIDENDS ON THE NEW PREFERRED STOCK

          Distributions of cash or of additional New Preferred Stock on the  New
     Preferred Stock  will be treated as  dividends to United  States Holders to
     the extent of  Holdings' current  and accumulated earnings  and profits  as
     determined under  federal income  tax principles.  The amount  of Holdings'
     earnings and  profits at any time  will depend upon the  future actions and
     financial  performance  of  Holdings.  The  amount  of  a  distribution  of
     additional  New  Preferred  Stock will  equal  the  fair  market value  New
     Preferred Stock distributed on the date of the distribution.  

          Holdings  believes  that it  does not  presently  have any  current or
     accumulated earnings and  profits. Consequently, unless  Holdings generates
     earnings  and profits in the future,  distributions with respect to the New
     Preferred  Stock  may  not qualify  as  dividends  for  federal income  tax
     purposes.  To the  extent that  the  amount of  a distribution  on the  New
     Preferred  Stock exceeds  Holdings'  current and  accumulated earnings  and
     profits,  such  distributions will  be treated  as  a nontaxable  return of
     capital and  will be applied against  and reduce the adjusted  tax basis of
     the New Preferred Stock in the hands of each United States Holder  (but not
     below zero), thus increasing the amount of any gain (or reducing the amount
     of any loss) which would otherwise be realized by such United States Holder
     upon the sale or other taxable disposition of such New Preferred Stock. The
     amount of any such distribution which exceeds the adjusted tax basis of the
     New  Preferred Stock  in the  hands  of the  United States  Holder will  be
     treated as capital gain and will be either long-term or short-term  capital
     gain  depending on  the United States  Holder's holding period  for the New
     Preferred Stock.

          Under  Section  243  of  the  Code, corporate  United  States  Holders
     generally will  be able  to deduct  70% of the  amount of  any distribution
     qualifying   as  a  dividend.  There  are,  however,  many  exceptions  and
     restrictions  relating  to  the  availability  of  such  dividends-received
     deduction.  Section  246A  of   the  Code  reduces  the  dividends-received
     deduction allowed to  a corporate  United States Holder  that has  incurred
     indebtedness "directly attributable" to  its investment in portfolio stock.
     Section 246(c) of the Code requires  that, in order to be eligible  for the
     dividends-received  deduction,  a  corporate   United  States  Holder  must
     generally  hold the  shares of  New Preferred  Stock for  a 46-day  minimum
     holding  period or a 91-day  period in certain  circumstances. A taxpayer's
     holding period for these purposes is suspended during any period in which a
     United States Holder  has certain options  or contractual obligations  with
     respect  to  substantially  identical stock  or  holds  one  or more  other
     positions with respect to substantially identical stock that diminishes the
     risk of loss from holding the New Preferred Stock. A  proposal in President
     Clinton's fiscal 1998 budget  plan would (i) reduce the  dividends-received
     deduction from 70% to 50%, and (ii) modify the manner in which the 46 or 91
     -day minimum holding period is determined. In addition, another proposal in
     President  Clinton's fiscal 1998 budget plan  would eliminate the dividends
     received deduction for certain limited term preferred stock such as the New
     Preferred Stock. It is unclear whether and in what form such proposals will
     be enacted.

          Under Section  1059 of  the Code a  corporate United States  Holder is
     required to reduce its tax basis (but not  below zero) in the New Preferred
     Stock by the nontaxed portion of any "extraordinary dividend" if such stock
     has not been  held for more than two years before  the earliest of the date
     such  dividend is declared, announced or agreed to. Generally, the nontaxed
     portion of  an extraordinary dividend is the amount excluded from income by
     operation of the  dividends-received deduction provisions of Section 243 of
     the  Code. An extraordinary dividend  on the New  Preferred Stock generally
     would  be a dividend that (i) equals  or exceeds 5% of the corporate United
     States Holder's adjusted tax basis in the New Preferred Stock, treating all
     dividends  having ex-dividend dates within an 85-day period as one dividend
     or (ii) exceeds  20% of the corporate  United States Holder's  adjusted tax
     basis in such stock, treating all dividends having ex-dividend dates within
     a 365-day period as one dividend. In determining whether a dividend paid on
     the  New Preferred Stock is  an extraordinary dividend,  a corporate United
     States  Holder may  elect to substitute  the fair  market value  of the New
     Preferred Stock for such United  States Holder's tax basis for  purposes of
     applying these tests, provided such fair market value is established to the
     satisfaction  of the  Secretary of Treasury  as of  the day  before the ex-
     dividend date. An extraordinary dividend also currently includes any amount

                                       -115-
     <PAGE>

     treated as a  dividend in the case of  a redemption that is  either non-pro
     rata  as to  all  stockholders  or  in  partial  liquidation  of  Holdings,
     regardless of the stockholder's  holding period and regardless of  the size
     of  the dividend,  including a  redemption pursuant  to Holdings'  right to
     redeem the New Preferred Stock for cash or exchange the New Preferred Stock
     for Exchange  Debentures.  If  any  part of  the  nontaxed  portion  of  an
     extraordinary dividend is not applied to reduce the corporate United States
     Holder's tax basis  as a result  of the limitation  on reducing such  basis
     below  zero, such part will be treated as gain upon sale or exchange of the
     New Preferred Stock. However, a proposal in President Clinton's fiscal 1998
     budget plan would require gain on the nontaxed  portion of an extraordinary
     dividend to be  recognized at the  time when the extraordinary  dividend is
     paid rather than at the time of  the sale or exchange of the New  Preferred
     Stock to the  extent the basis of the  New Preferred Stock with  respect to
     which any extraordinary dividend  is received would be reduced  below zero.
     It is  unclear whether and in  what form such legislation  will be enacted.
     Special rules exist with respect to extraordinary dividends for  "qualified
     preferred dividends."  A qualified preferred dividend is any fixed dividend
     payable  with respect to  any share of  stock which (i)  provides for fixed
     preferred dividends payable not  less frequently than annually and  (ii) is
     not  in arrears  as  to dividends  at  the time  the  United States  Holder
     acquires  such stock. A qualified  preferred dividend does  not include any
     dividend payable with respect to  any share of stock if the  actual rate of
     return of such stock exceeds 15%.  Section 1059 does not apply to qualified
     preferred  dividends if the corporate United States Holder holds such stock
     for  more than  five years. If  the United  States Holder  disposes of such
     stock before  it has been held for more than five years, the amount subject
     to  extraordinary dividend  treatment with  respect to  qualified preferred
     dividends is limited  to the excess of the  actual rate of return  over the
     stated  rate of return. Actual or stated  rates of return are the actual or
     stated dividends  expressed as a percentage of the lesser of (1) the United
     States Holder's tax basis in  such stock or (2) the liquidation  preference
     of such  stock. CORPORATE UNITED STATES HOLDERS  ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR
     TAX  ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO  THE POSSIBLE APPLICATION  OF SECTION 1059 TO
     THEIR OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF THE NEW PREFERRED STOCK.

          A corporate  United States Holder's liability  for alternative minimum
     tax may be  affected by the  portion of the  dividends received which  such
     corporate United  States Holder deducts  in computing taxable  income. This
     results  from the fact that corporate stockholders are required to increase
     alternative minimum taxable income by 75% of the excess of current earnings
     and  profits (with  certain adjustments)  over alternative  minimum taxable
     income (determined without regard to earnings and profit adjustments or the
     alternative tax net operating loss deduction).

     REDEMPTION PREMIUM

          Under  Section  305(c)  of  the  Code  and  the   applicable  Treasury
     regulations  thereunder, if  the redemption  price  of New  Preferred Stock
     exceeds  its  issue price,  the  difference ("redemption  premium")  may be
     taxable as a constructive distribution of additional New Preferred Stock to
     the United  States Holder (treated as a dividend to the extent of Holdings'
     current and accumulated earnings  and profits and otherwise subject  to the
     treatment described above for distributions) over a certain period. Because
     the New Preferred  Stock provides for  an optional right  of redemption  by
     Holdings at a  price in excess  of the issue  price, United States  Holders
     could be required  to recognize  such redemption premium  under a  constant
     interest rate method similar to that  described below for accruing OID (see
     "-Original  Issue  Discount")   if,  based   on  all  of   the  facts   and
     circumstances, the optional redemption is more likely than not to occur. If
     stock may be  redeemed at more than  one time, the time and  price at which
     such redemption is most likely to occur must  be determined based on all of
     the  facts and  circumstances.  Applicable Treasury  regulations provide  a
     "safe harbor" under  which a right to  redeem will not  be treated as  more
     likely than not to occur if (i) the issuer and the United States Holder are
     not related within the meaning of the Treasury regulations; (ii)  there are
     no  plans,  arrangements or  agreements  that  effectively  require or  are
     intended to compel the issuer to  redeem the stock (disregarding, for  this
     purpose, a separate mandatory  redemption) and (iii) exercise of  the right
     to redeem would not reduce the yield of the  stock, as determined under the
     Treasury regulations.  Further, the Treasury regulations  provide that such
     redemption premium is not taxable  as a constructive distribution if  it is
     solely in the nature  of a penalty for  premature redemption. A  redemption
     premium is solely in the nature of a penalty for premature redemption if it
     is paid as a result of changes in economic or market  conditions over which

                                       -116-
     <PAGE>

     neither the  issuer nor the holder have  control. Regardless of whether the
     optional redemption  is  more  likely than  not  to occur  or  whether  the
     redemption premium  is solely  in the  nature of  a  penalty for  premature
     redemption,  constructive  dividend  treatment   will  not  result  if  the
     redemption  premium  does not  exceed  a de  minimis amount.  Based  on the
     Treasury  regulations,  Holdings  intends to  take  the  position  that the
     existence  of  Holdings' optional  redemption right  does  not result  in a
     constructive distribution to the United States Holders.

     REDEMPTION AND EXCHANGE FOR EXCHANGE DEBENTURES

          A  redemption of  shares of  the New  Preferred Stock  for cash  or an
     exchange of  the New  Preferred Stock  for  Exchange Debentures  will be  a
     taxable  transaction  on  which  a  United  States  Holder  will  generally
     recognize capital gain or loss (except to the extent of amounts received on
     the exchange that  are attributable  to declared dividends,  which will  be
     treated  in the same manner as distributions described above) provided that
     the  redemption (i) results in  complete termination of  the holder's stock
     interest  in Holdings  or (ii)  results in  a  "meaningful reduction"  in a
     United States  Holder's stock  interest in  Holdings. Whether a  redemption
     will  result in a meaningful  reduction depends on  the particular holder's
     facts  and circumstances. In  determining whether a  United States Holder's
     interest in Holdings has been reduced or terminated, the holder  is deemed,
     under  the constructive ownership rules  of Section 302(c)  of the Code, to
     own  any shares  of Holdings'  stock that  are owned,  or deemed  owned, by
     certain related  persons and entities and  any shares that such  holder, or
     related  person or  entity, has  the  right to  acquire by  exercise of  an
     option. If the redemption of  the New Preferred Stock does not  result in a
     complete  termination  or meaningful  reduction,  as  described above,  the
     transaction  would be  treated  as  a  distribution  of  cash  or  Exchange
     Debentures, as  the case may be.  Such distribution will be  treated in the
     same manner  as distributions  described above. However,  corporate holders
     should  be aware  that to  the  extent such  distribution is  treated as  a
     dividend it would  be an extraordinary  dividend under Section 1059  of the
     Code.  If  the redemption  of  the New  Preferred  Stock does  result  in a
     complete  termination or meaningful reduction, the  gain or loss recognized
     on such  exchange will  generally be  equal to  the difference  between the
     amount realized by the United States Holder of the New  Preferred Stock and
     such  United States Holder's adjusted tax  basis in the New Preferred Stock
     surrendered in the redemption.

          In the case of a redemption for cash, the amount realized will be  the
     cash  received  on the  redemption.  In  the case  of  an  exchange of  New
     Preferred  Stock for Exchange Debentures, the amount realized on receipt of
     the Exchange Debenture would be equal  to the "issue price" of the Exchange
     Debenture. Thus, the amount realized  on the exchange will be equal  to the
     issue  price of  the Exchange  Debentures  plus any  cash  received on  the
     exchange (other than cash received with respect to declared dividends). The
     issue price  of an Exchange  Debenture would  be equal to  its fair  market
     value  if  as of  the  exchange date  the  Exchange Debentures  or  the New
     Preferred Stock are traded on an established securities market on or at any
     time during  the 60-day period ending  30 days after the  exchange date. If
     neither the New Preferred Stock nor  the Exchange Debentures are so traded,
     the  issue price of  the Exchange Debentures would  be the stated principal
     amount of  the Exchange Debentures provided that  the yield on the Exchange
     Debentures is  equal to or  greater than the  "applicable federal rate"  in
     effect at the time  the Exchange Debenture is issued.  If the yield on  the
     Exchange  Debentures is less than  such applicable federal  rate, its issue
     price under Section 1274 of the Code would be equal to the present value as
     of the  issue date of all  payments to be made on  the Exchange Debentures,
     discounted at the  applicable federal rate. It cannot  be determined at the
     present time whether  the New  Preferred Stock or  the Exchange  Debentures
     will  be, at the relevant time, traded  on an established securities market
     within the meaning of the OID Regulations.

          Depending upon a United  States Holder's particular circumstances, the
     tax  consequences of holding  Exchange Debentures may  be less advantageous
     than  the  tax consequences  of holding  New  Preferred Stock  because, for
     example,  payments of  interest  on the  Exchange  Debentures will  not  be
     eligible  for any  dividends-received deduction  that may  be available  to
     corporate  United  States  Holders and  because,  as  discussed below,  the
     Exchange Debentures may be issued with OID.

                                       -117-
     <PAGE>

     PAYMENTS OF INTEREST ON THE NEW NOTES AND EXCHANGE DEBENTURES

          The stated interest on a New Note and, if issued with OID, an Exchange
     Debenture will not be treated as interest for federal income  tax purposes,
     but  instead will  be subject  to  the OID  rules described  below. If  the
     Exchange Debentures are not issued with  OID, then interest on an  Exchange
     Debenture generally will be  includible in a United States  Holder's income
     as ordinary income under the Holder's method of accounting.

          In  the event ICG  makes interest payments  to a United  States Holder
     pursuant to the Note Guarantee or the Debenture Guarantee, such Holder will
     be required to include in income, as ordinary income, any such amounts.

     ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT

          The New Notes were, and the Exchange Debentures, if issued in exchange
     for  New Preferred  Stock, may  be, issued  with OID, as  further discussed
     below. United States  Holders of  New Notes or  Exchange Debentures  issued
     with  OID will be subject to special  tax accounting rules, as described in
     greater  detail below.  Holders of  such New  Notes or  Exchange Debentures
     should be  aware that they generally  must include OID in  gross income for
     federal  income tax  purposes on  an annual  basis  under a  constant yield
     accrual method. As a result, Holders  will include OID in income in advance
     of the receipt of cash attributable  to that income. However, United States
     Holders of New Notes or Exchange Debentures issued  with OID generally will
     not be  required to include separately in  income cash payments received on
     such  Notes or Debentures, even  if denominated as  interest, to the extent
     such  payments  do not  constitute  qualified stated  interest  (as defined
     below).  The New  Notes and  Exchange Debentures  issued with  OID will  be
     referred to as "Original Issue  Discount Debentures." Holdings will  report
     to  United States  Holders of New  Notes on  a timely  basis the reportable
     amount of  OID and interest income based on its understanding of applicable
     law and,  if any  Exchange Debentures  are issued  with OID, Holdings  will
     report  such  amounts  to   United  States  Holders  of   such  Debentures.
     STOCKHOLDERS  ARE  URGED  TO  CONSULT THEIR  OWN  TAX  ADVISORS  AS  TO THE
     CONSEQUENCES OF OWNING EXCHANGE DEBENTURES.

          The amount of  OID, if any, on a debt instrument  is the excess of its
     "stated redemption price at maturity" over  its "issue price," subject to a
     statutorily  defined  de minimis  exception. The  "issue  price" of  a debt
     instrument issued for cash is equal  to the first price (excluding sales to
     bond houses and brokers) at  which price a substantial amount of  such debt
     instruments are sold. The "stated  redemption price at maturity" of  a debt
     instrument  is the  sum of  its principal  amount plus  all  other payments
     required  thereunder, other  than payments  of "qualified  stated interest"
     (defined generally as  stated interest that  is unconditionally payable  in
     cash or  in property (other  than the debt  instruments of the  issuer), at
     least annually at a single fixed rate that appropriately takes into account
     the length of intervals between payments).

          Because interest on the  New Notes is not payable until  September 15,
     2002, the stated interest on the New Notes will not be treated as qualified
     stated interest. In addition, the New Notes were issued at a price that was
     less than their stated principal amount. As a result, the New Notes will be
     treated as having been issued with OID  equal to the excess of their stated
     redemption  price at  maturity  (which will  be  equal to  the  sum of  the
     principal amount plus all payments of stated interest) over the issue price
     of  the Old Notes  (which will  be equal  to the initial  price at  which a
     substantial amount of Old  Notes were sold (excluding sales  to bond houses
     and brokers)).

          Because Holdings has the option through March 15, 2002 to pay interest
     on  the Exchange Debentures  by issuing additional  Exchange Debentures, if
     any Exchange  Debentures are issued  on or prior  to that date  none of the
     stated  interest on the Exchange  Debentures would be  treated as qualified
     stated interest unless under special rules for interest holidays the amount
     of OID is treated as de minimis. Any Exchange Debentures so issued would be
     treated as having been issued with OID  equal to the excess of their stated
     redemption price  at  maturity (which  will  be equal  to  the sum  of  the
     principal amount plus  all payments  of stated interest)  over their  issue
     price (which will be as described  under the "-Redemption and Exchange  for
     Exchange Debentures", above). Any  additional Exchange Debentures issued in

                                       -118-
     <PAGE>

     lieu of cash  would not be  treated as debt  instruments separate from  the
     Exchange Debentures upon which they were issued, but instead are aggregated
     with such Exchange Debentures.

          The  right to issue additional  Exchange Debentures in  lieu of paying
     cash  interest through  March  15,  2002 is  treated  for  purposes of  the
     original issue  discount provisions of the  Code as an option  to defer the
     interest  payments  on the  Exchange  Debentures  until maturity.  Treasury
     regulations provide that in the case of a debt instrument that provides the
     issuer  with an unconditional option or options exercisable during the term
     of the debt  instrument that, if exercised, require payments  to be made on
     the  debt instrument under an  alternative payment schedule,  the yield and
     maturity  of such  debt  instrument for  purposes  of calculating  OID  are
     determined by assuming the issuer exercises or does not exercise the option
     in a manner that minimizes the yield on the debt instrument.

          If the  issue  price of  the  Exchange Debentures  is equal  to  their
     principal amount,  the yield to maturity of  the Exchange Debentures if the
     option to  pay interest  with additional  Exchange Debentures is  exercised
     will be equal  to the  yield to maturity  if the  option is not  exercised.
     Accordingly, for purposes of calculating OID,  it would be assumed that
     Holdings will  not  exercise the  option  because exercise  of the  option
     will not minimize the  yield. If the  option was in fact  subsequently 
     exercised and additional  Exchange Debentures were  issued by Holdings in 
     lieu of  cash, such additional  Exchange  Debentures  would  be aggregated
     with  the  Exchange Debentures upon which they were issued, and OID would
     be calculated for the remainder of  the term of  the Exchange  Debentures
     based upon  an adjusted issue  price which includes the principal amount
     of the additional Exchange Debentures. As a result of such exercise, 
     United States Holders of Exchange Debentures would include OID in income
     in advance of the receipt of cash, regardless of such Holders' regular 
     methods of accounting.

          If  the  issue price  of the  Exchange Debentures  is less  than their
     principal amount, the yield to maturity of the Exchange  Debentures, if the
     option to  pay interest with  additional Exchange Debentures  is exercised,
     will be less than  the yield to  maturity if the  option is not  exercised.
     Accordingly,  for purposes  of calculating  OID, it  would be  assumed that
     Holdings will exercise the option because to do so will minimize the yield.
     If Holdings does in fact exercise its option and issues additional Exchange
     Debentures  in lieu of cash,  United States Holders  of Exchange Debentures
     will include OID in income in advance of the receipt of cash, regardless of
     such Holders' regular methods of accounting. If Holdings subsequently makes
     a cash payment  instead of exercising its option and  issuing an additional
     Exchange Debenture, the cash  payment made will be treated as  a prepayment
     of  the Exchange Debentures, partially retiring such Exchange Debentures on
     a  pro rata basis on  the date of such payment.  Such retirement would be a
     taxable exchange to the Holder of the Exchange Debenture.

          If the Exchange Debentures  are issued after March 15,  2002, Holdings
     would  not have  the  option  to  pay  interest  with  additional  Exchange
     Debentures.  In such  event,  (i) all  interest  payments on  any  Exchange
     Debenture issued will  be qualified  stated interest,  (ii) the  redemption
     price at maturity of any Exchange  Debenture will be equal to its principal
     amount, and (iii) any Exchange Debenture  will therefore be issued with OID
     only to the extent  its principal amount exceeds its issue  price (provided
     that such excess is not de minimis).

          The amount  of OID includible in  income by the  initial United States
     Holder of  an Original Issue  Discount Debenture is  the sum of  the "daily
     portions" of OID with respect to  the Original Issue Discount Debenture for
     each  day during the taxable year  or portion of the  taxable year in which
     such  United States Holder held  such Debenture ("accrued  OID"). The daily
     portion is determined by allocating  to each day in any "accrual  period" a
     pro rata portion of the OID allocable to that accrual  period. The "accrual
     period" for an  Original Issue Discount Debenture may be  of any length and
     may vary  in length over the term of the Original Issue Discount Debenture,
     provided  that each  accrual period  is no  longer than  one year  and each
     scheduled payment of  principal or interest occurs on the  first day or the
     final  day of an accrual period. The amount of OID allocable to any accrual
     period is an amount equal to the excess, if  any, of (a) the product of the
     Original  Issue Discount Debenture's adjusted issue  price at the beginning
     of such accrual period and  its yield to maturity (determined on  the basis
     of  compounding at the close  of each accrual  period and properly adjusted
     for the  length of the  accrual period) over  (b) the sum  of any qualified
     stated interest allocable  to the accrual period. OID allocable  to a final

                                       -119-
     <PAGE>

     accrual period is  the difference  between the amount  payable at  maturity
     (other than a payment of qualified stated interest) and  the adjusted issue
     price at the beginning of the final accrual period. The yield of a New Note
     is,  rounded to  two decimal places,  11.62%. Special rules  will apply for
     calculating  OID for an initial  short accrual period.  The "adjusted issue
     price" of  an Original  Issue Discount  Debenture at  the beginning  of any
     accrual period is equal to its issue price increased by the accrued OID for
     each prior accrual period (determined without regard to the amortization of
     any acquisition  or bond premium,  as described below)  and reduced by  any
     payments made on such  Debenture (other than qualified stated  interest) on
     or before the first day of the accrual period.

          Both  the New Notes and the  Exchange Debentures may be redeemed prior
     to  their  Stated  Maturity at  the  option of  Holdings.  For  purposes of
     computing the yield of such instrument, Holdings will be deemed to exercise
     or not exercise its option to redeem the Original Issue Discount Debentures
     in  a manner  that  minimizes  the yield  on  the  Original Issue  Discount
     Debentures. It is not anticipated that Holdings' ability to redeem prior to
     stated maturity would affect the yield of such instrument.

          In the  event of a  change of  control, Holdings will  be required  to
     offer  to repurchase all of the New  Notes and the Exchange Debentures. The
     right of  holders to require repurchase  upon a Change of  Control will not
     affect  the  yield or  maturity  date  of the  New  Notes  or the  Exchange
     Debentures provided that, based  on all the  facts and circumstances as  of
     the issue date, the payment  schedule on such Notes or  Exchange Debentures
     that does not reflect a change of control is significantly more likely than
     not  to occur.  Holdings does  not intend  to treat  the change  of control
     provisions  of the New  Notes or the  Exchange Debentures  as affecting the
     computation  of  the  yield  to  maturity  of  any  New  Notes or  Exchange
     Debentures.

          United States  Holders may elect to treat all interest on any New Note
     or Exchange Debenture as  OID and calculate the amount includible  in gross
     income under the constant yield method described above. For the purposes of
     this  election, interest  includes stated  interest, acquisition  discount,
     OID,  de minimis  OID,  market discount,  de  minimis market  discount  and
     unstated  interest,   as  adjusted  by  any  amortizable  bond  premium  or
     acquisition  premium. The election  is to be  made for the  taxable year in
     which the United States Holder acquired the New Note or Exchange Debenture,
     and may not be revoked without  the consent of the Internal Revenue Service
     (the  "IRS"). UNITED  STATES  HOLDERS SHOULD  CONSULT  WITH THEIR  OWN  TAX
     ADVISORS ABOUT THIS ELECTION.

     MARKET DISCOUNT ON RESALE OF NEW NOTES OR EXCHANGE DEBENTURES

          If  a United States Holder purchases an Exchange Debenture (other than
     an Original  Issue Discount Debenture) for  an amount less  than its stated
     redemption price  at maturity or, in the case of an Original Issue Discount
     Debenture, for  an amount that is  less than its adjusted  issue price, the
     amount of the difference will  be treated as "market discount" for  federal
     income tax purposes,  unless such difference  is less than  a specified  de
     minimis  amount.  However,  with respect  to  a  United  States Holder  who
     purchased  a New  Note at  original issuance,  such instrument will  not be
     treated as issued with market discount unless it is purchased for less than
     its issue price and the difference between the purchase price and the issue
     price  is greater  than  a specified  de minimis  amount. Under  the market
     discount rules,  a  United States  Holder  will be  required  to treat  any
     principal payment on  a New Note or an  Exchange Debenture, or any  gain on
     the sale,  exchange, retirement or  other disposition of  a New Note  or an
     Exchange Debenture as ordinary income to  the extent of the market discount
     which  has not previously been included in  income and is treated as having
     accrued on such New Note or Exchange  Debenture at the time of such payment
     or  disposition. In addition, the  United States Holder  may be required to
     defer, until the  maturity of the New Note or the Exchange Debenture or its
     earlier disposition  in a taxable  transaction, the  deduction of all  or a
     portion of the interest  expense on any indebtedness incurred  or continued
     to purchase or carry such New Note or Exchange Debenture.

          Any  market discount will be  considered to accrue  ratably during the
     period from the date of acquisition to the maturity date of the New Note or
     the Exchange Debenture, unless the United States Holder elects to accrue on
     a constant  interest method. A United  States Holder of  a New Note  or the

                                       -120-
     <PAGE>

     Exchange Debenture may elect to include market discount in income currently
     as it accrues  (on either a ratable or constant  interest method), in which
     case the  rule described  above regarding  deferral of  interest deductions
     will  not apply.  This  election  to  include  market  discount  in  income
     currently,  once made, applies to all  market discount obligations acquired
     on or after the  first taxable year to  which the election applies  and may
     not be revoked without the consent of the IRS.

     ACQUISITION PREMIUM; AMORTIZABLE BOND PREMIUM

          A United  States  Holder that  purchases  a New  Note or  an  Exchange
     Debenture for an amount that  is greater than its adjusted issue  price but
     equal to or  less than the sum  of all amounts payable  on the New Note  or
     Exchange Debenture  after the purchase  date, other  than qualified  stated
     interest, will  be considered to have  purchased such New Note  or Exchange
     Debenture at an "acquisition premium." Under the acquisition premium rules,
     the amount of OID, if any, which such United States Holder  must include in
     its gross  income with respect to  such New Note or  Exchange Debenture for
     any taxable year will be reduced by the portion of such acquisition premium
     properly allocable to such year.

          If at  the  time the  New Preferred  Stock is  exchanged for  Exchange
     Debentures  or  at the  time a  subsequent  United States  Holder purchases
     Exchange  Debentures,  the United  States Holder's  tax  basis in  any such
     Exchange Debenture exceeds the sum of  all amounts payable on the  Exchange
     Debenture  after the exchange date  or purchase date,  other than qualified
     stated interest,  such  excess may  constitute  "premium" and  such  United
     States  Holder will not be required to  include any OID in income. A United
     States  Holder  generally  may elect  to  amortize  bond  premium over  the
     remaining term of the  Exchange Debenture on a  constant yield method.  The
     amount amortized in any  year will be treated as a  reduction of the United
     States  Holder's interest income from the  Exchange Debenture. Bond premium
     on an Exchange  Debenture held by a United States Holder that does not make
     such  an election  will decrease  the gain or  increase the  loss otherwise
     recognized  on  disposition of  the  Exchange  Debenture. The  election  to
     amortize bond premium on a  constant yield method once made applies  to all
     debt  obligations  held or  subsequently  acquired by  the  electing United
     States Holder on or after the first day of the first  taxable year to which
     the election applies and may not be revoked without the consent of the IRS.

     REDEMPTION, SALE OR EXCHANGE OF NEW NOTES OR EXCHANGE DEBENTURES

          The adjusted tax basis of a United States Holder who receives Exchange
     Debentures in  exchange for New Preferred Stock  will, in general, be equal
     to the issue price of such Exchange Debentures, increased by OID and market
     discount  previously included  in income  by the  United States  Holder and
     reduced by  any amortized  premium and  any cash  payments on  the Exchange
     Debentures other than  qualified stated interest. A  United States Holder's
     tax basis in  a New Note will,  in general, be  the United States  Holder's
     cost  therefor, increased by OID and market discount previously included in
     income by  the United States Holder and reduced by any cash payments on the
     New Notes. Upon the redemption, sale, exchange or retirement of  a New Note
     or Exchange Debenture,  a United States Holder will recognize  gain or loss
     equal  to the difference between  the amount realized  upon the redemption,
     sale, exchange  or retirement (less any accrued  qualified stated interest,
     not previously taken  into account, which will be taxable  as such) and the
     adjusted tax basis of the New Note or Exchange Debenture. Such gain or loss
     will be capital gain or loss and  will be long-term capital gain or loss if
     at the  time of redemption,  sale, exchange or  retirement the New  Note or
     Exchange Debenture has been held for more than one year.

     APPLICABLE HIGH YIELD DISCOUNT OBLIGATIONS

          If  the yield to maturity on Original Issue Discount Debentures equals
     or  exceeds the sum  of (x)  the "applicable  federal rate"  (as determined
     under  Section 1274(d) of  the Code) in  effect for the  month in which the
     Original  Issue Discount Debentures are  issued (the "AFR")  and (y) 5% and
     the  OID on such Original  Issue Discount Debentures  is "significant," the
     Original  Issue Discount  Debentures  will be  considered "applicable  high
     yield discount obligations" ("AHYDOs") under Section 163(i) of the Code and

                                       -121-
     <PAGE>

     will be  subject to special  rules that will defer  Holdings' deduction for
     interest  (including  OID)  until  such  interest  is  actually  paid.  The
     "applicable federal rate" is 6.75% for long-term debt instruments issued in
     March 1997. 

          Moreover,  if the  yield to  maturity on  the Original  Issue Discount
     Debenture exceeds the  sum of (x) the AFR and (y)  6% (such excess shall be
     referred to  hereinafter as  the "Disqualified Yield"),  the deduction  for
     interest (including OID)  accrued on the Original Issue Discount Debentures
     will be permanently disallowed (regardless  of whether the Company actually
     pays such interest or OID  in cash or in  other property) for U.S.  federal
     income  tax purposes to the extent such  interest or OID is attributable to
     the  Disqualified   Yield  on   the  Original  Issue   Discount  Debentures
     ("Dividend-Equivalent  Interest"). For  purposes of  the dividends-received
     deduction, such Dividend-Equivalent Interest will be  treated as a dividend
     to the extent it is  deemed to have been paid out of  the Company's current
     or accumulated earnings and profits.

          Due to their maturity date, yield  to maturity, and amount of OID, the
     New  Notes will  not  be  subject to  the  applicable  high yield  discount
     obligation  rules described  above.  Because the  amount  of OID,  if  any,
     attributable to the  Exchange Debentures  will be determined  at such  time
     such Exchange Debentures are issued  and the AFR at the time  such Exchange
     Debentures   are  issued  in  exchange  for  New  Preferred  Stock  is  not
     predictable,  it is impossible to determine at  the present time whether an
     Exchange Debenture will be treated as an AHYDO.

     INFORMATION REPORTING AND BACKUP WITHHOLDING

          In general,  information reporting requirements will  apply to certain
     payments of dividends,  principal, interest,  OID, and premium  and to  the
     proceeds of sales of New Notes, Exchange Debentures and New Preferred Stock
     made to United States Holders other than certain exempt recipients (such as
     corporations). A 31% backup withholding tax will apply to such payments  if
     the  United States Holder fails to provide a taxpayer identification number
     or certification  of foreign or other  exempt status or fails  to report in
     full dividend and interest income.

          Any  amounts withheld  under  the  backup  withholding rules  will  be
     allowed as  a refund or a  credit against such United  States Holder's U.S.
     federal income tax liability provided the required information is furnished
     to the IRS.

     TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-UNITED STATES HOLDERS

     DIVIDENDS ON THE NEW PREFERRED STOCK

          Although, as  discussed above (see "Tax Consequences  to United States
     Holders--Dividends on the New  Preferred Stock"), distributions on the  New
     Preferred Stock will only be treated as dividends for United States federal
     income  tax  purposes to  the extent  of  Holdings' current  or accumulated
     earnings and  profits (as determined  under United States  tax principles),
     distributions paid to  a Non-United  States Holder of  New Preferred  Stock
     generally  will be subject to  withholding of United  States federal income
     tax at a  30% rate or such lower rate as  may be specified by an applicable
     income tax treaty. However, dividends  that are effectively connected  with
     the  conduct of a trade or business  by the Non-United States Holder within
     the United States or, if a tax treaty applies, are attributable to a United
     States permanent  establishment of  the Non-United  States Holder,  are not
     subject  to the withholding  tax, but instead are  subject to United States
     federal income tax on a net income basis at applicable graduated individual
     or  corporate rates. Any such effectively connected dividends received by a
     foreign  corporation may,  under certain  circumstances, be  subject  to an
     additional "branch profits tax" at a 30% rate or such lower  rate as may be
     specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

          Under current United States Treasury regulations, dividends paid to an
     address outside the United States are presumed to be  paid to a resident of
     such country (unless the  payor has knowledge to the contrary) for purposes
     of  the withholding  discussed above  and for  purposes of  determining the
     applicability of a tax  treaty rate. Under proposed United  States Treasury
     regulations not currently in effect, however, in the case of dividends paid
     after December 31, 1997 (December 31, 1999 in the case of dividends paid to

                                       -122-
     <PAGE>

     accounts  in existence  on or  before the date  that is  60 days  after the
     proposed  United  States  Treasury   regulations  are  published  as  final
     regulations),  a Non-United States Holder of New Preferred Stock who wishes
     to claim  the benefit  of an  applicable treaty rate  would be  required to
     satisfy applicable certification and other requirements. Currently, certain
     certification and disclosure requirements must be complied with in order to
     be  exempt from  the  withholding under  the  effectively connected  income
     exemption discussed above.

          If it is subsequently determined that some or all of  the distribution
     on the New Preferred Stock should be treated as a return of capital, a Non-
     United States Holder may obtain a refund of some or all of the tax withheld
     by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. A Non-United States
     Holder of  New Preferred Stock eligible for a reduced rate of United States
     withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any
     excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with  the
     IRS.

     INTEREST AND OID ON NEW NOTES AND EXCHANGE DEBENTURES

          Subject  to the  discussion  below concerning  backup withholding,  no
     withholding  of  United States  federal income  tax  will be  required with
     respect to the payment  by the Company or any paying  agent of principal or
     interest (which for purposes of this discussion includes OID) on a New Note
     or an exchange Debenture owned by a  Non-United States Holder, provided (i)
     that the  beneficial owner does  not actually or constructively  own 10% or
     more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of Holdings
     entitled to  vote within the meaning  of Section 871(h)(3) of  the Code and
     the regulations thereunder, (ii)  the beneficial owner is not  a controlled
     foreign corporation that  is related to  Holdings through stock  ownership,
     (iii) the beneficial owner is not a bank whose receipt of interest on a New
     Note or  an Exchange Debenture is described  in Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the
     Code  and  (iv) the  beneficial owner  satisfies the  statement requirement
     (described  generally below) set forth in Section 871(h) and Section 881(c)
     of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

          To satisfy the requirement  referred to in (iv) above,  the beneficial
     owner of such New Note or an Exchange Debenture, or a financial institution
     holding the New Note or an Exchange Debenture on behalf of such owner, must
     provide, in accordance with specified procedures, Holdings or its paying
     agent with a  statement to the effect  that the beneficial  owner is not  a
     U.S.  person. These requirements  will be met  if (1)  the beneficial owner
     provides his name and  address, and certifies, under penalties  of perjury,
     that he  is not a  U.S. person (which certification  may be made  on an IRS
     Form W-8 (or  successor form)) or (2)  a financial institution  holding the
     New  Note or  an  Exchange  Debenture on  behalf  of  the beneficial  owner
     certifies,  under  penalties  of  perjury,  that  such  statement  has been
     received by it and furnishes a paying agent with a copy thereof.

          Holdings will  not withhold federal income  tax on interest paid  to a
     Non-United States Holder if it receives IRS Form  4224 from that Non-United
     States  Holder, establishing that such income is effectively connected with
     the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, unless Holdings
     has  knowledge to  the  contrary. Interest  (including  OID) or  redemption
     premium paid to a Non-United States  Holder (other than a partnership) that
     is  effectively connected  with the  conduct by  the holder  of a  trade or
     business in  the United States  is generally taxed  at the  graduated rates
     that are applicable to United  States persons. In the case of  a Non-United
     States  Holder that is a corporation, such effectively connected income may
     also be subject  to the United States federal branch  profits tax (which is
     generally  imposed on a foreign corporation on the deemed repatriation from
     the United States of effectively  connected earnings and profits) at a  30%
     rate (unless the rate is reduced  or eliminated by an applicable income tax
     treaty and  the holder is a  qualified resident of the  treaty country). In
     the  case of  a partnership  that has  foreign partners (i.e.,  persons who
     would be Non-United  States Holders if they held the  New Notes or Exchange
     Debentures directly),  such effectively  connected income allocable  to the
     foreign  partner  would  generally  be  subject to  United  States  federal
     withholding tax (regardless of whether such income is, in fact, distributed
     to  such foreign  partner)  at a  35% rate,  if  the foreign  partner is  a
     corporation,  or  at  a  39.6%  rate,  if  the  foreign  partner  is not  a
     corporation. Any foreign partner of such a partnership would be entitled to
     a credit against his  United States federal income tax for his share of the
     withholding tax paid by the partnership.

                                       -123-
     <PAGE> 

     SALE,  EXCHANGE, REDEMPTION  OR OTHER  DISPOSITION OF  NEW NOTES,  EXCHANGE
     DEBENTURES AND NEW PREFERRED STOCK

          A Non-United States  Holder will  generally not be  subject to  United
     States federal  income  tax with  respect  to gain  recognized  on a  sale,
     exchange, redemption or other disposition of New Notes, Exchange Debentures
     or New  Preferred Stock unless (i) the gain is effectively connected with a
     trade or  business of the  Non-United States  Holder in the  United States,
     (ii) in  the case of  a Non-United States Holder  who is an  individual and
     holds the New Notes Exchange Debentures or New Preferred Stock as a capital
     asset,  such holder is present in the United States for 183 or more days in
     the  taxable  year of  the  sale  or other  disposition  and certain  other
     conditions are  met, (iii) the Non-United  States Holder is subject  to tax
     pursuant  to certain  provisions of  the Code  applicable to  United States
     expatriates, or (iv) in the case of the New Preferred Stock, Holdings is or
     has  been  a "U.S.  real property  holding  corporation" for  United States
     federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year
     period preceding  such disposition  or the  period  such Non-United  States
     Holder held the New Preferred Stock. Holdings believes that it has not been
     and  is not,  and it does  not anticipate  becoming, a  "U.S. real property
     holding corporation" for United States federal income tax purposes.

          Unless  shares of a United States corporation are treated as regularly
     traded  on  an established  securities  market  (as defined  in  applicable
     Treasury regulations), or another  exemption applies, upon a sale  or other
     disposition of such shares by a Non-United States Holder, the transferee of
     such shares would be required to withhold 10% of  the proceeds of such sale
     or  disposition  if   the  United  States  corporation   does  not  provide
     certification that it is not (and has not been during a specified period) a
     "U.S.  real property holding corporation" for  United States federal income
     tax purposes. Amounts  withheld with respect  to stock of  a United  States
     corporation  that is  not a  "U.S. real  property holding  corporation" for
     United States federal income tax purposes  may be refunded to a  Non-United
     States Holder who files an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. It is
     anticipated that the  New Preferred Stock will  not be treated as  publicly
     traded for purposes of applicable Treasury regulations.

          Gains derived by a Non-United States Holder (other than a partnership)
     from the sale or other disposition of New Notes, Exchange Debentures or New
     Preferred  Stock that  are effectively  connected with  the conduct  by the
     holder of a trade  or business in the United States are  generally taxed at
     the graduated rates  that are applicable  to United States persons.  In the
     case  of a Non-United States Holder that is a corporation, such effectively
     connected income may  also be subject to  the United States  branch profits
     tax (which  is generally  imposed on  a foreign  corporation on  the deemed
     repatriation from the  United States of effectively  connected earnings and
     profits) at  a 30% rate  (unless the rate  is reduced  or eliminated by  an
     applicable income tax treaty and the  holder is a qualified resident of the
     treaty  country). In  the case of  a partnership that  has foreign partners
     (i.e., persons who would be Non-United States Holders if they  held the New
     Notes,  Exchange  Debentures  or   New  Preferred  Stock,  directly),  such
     effectively  connected  income  allocable  to  the  foreign  partner  would
     generally be  subject to United States federal  withholding tax (regardless
     of whether such income is, in fact, distributed to such foreign partner) at
     a 35% rate, if the foreign partner is a corporation, or at a 39.6% rate, if
     the foreign partner  is not a  corporation. Any foreign  partner of such  a
     partnership would be entitled to a credit against his United States federal
     income tax for his share of the withholding tax paid by the partnership. If
     an  individual Non-United States Holder  falls under clause  (ii) above, he
     will be  subject to a  flat 30% tax  on the gain  derived from the  sale or
     other  disposition, which  may be  offset by  United States  capital losses
     recognized within the  same taxable year as such sale  or other disposition
     (notwithstanding the  fact  that he  is not  considered a  resident of  the
     United States).

                                       -124-
     <PAGE>

     FEDERAL ESTATE AND GIFT TAX

          New  Preferred Stock held by an individual Non-United States Holder at
     the time of death will be included in such holder's gross estate for United
     States  federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty
     provides otherwise.

          A New Note or  Exchange Debenture beneficially owned by  an individual
     who at the time of death is a Non-United  States Holder will not be subject
     to United States federal estate tax as a result of such individual's death,
     provided that such individual  does not actually or constructively  own 10%
     or more of the  total combined voting power of all classes  of stock of the
     Company entitled  to vote within  the meaning  of Section 871(h)(3)  of the
     Code and  provided that the interest payments with respect to such New Note
     or Exchange Debenture would  not have been, if received at the time of such
     individual's death,  effectively connected  with the  conduct  of a  United
     States trade or business by such individual.

          Any  Non-United States  Holder will  not be  subject to  United States
     federal  gift tax on  a transfer of  New Notes, Exchange  Debentures or New
     Preferred Stock, unless such  person is an individual who  is a domiciliary
     of the United States.

     INFORMATION REPORTING AND BACKUP WITHHOLDING

          No information reporting or  backup withholding will be  required with
     respect to  payments made  by Holdings  or any  paying agent to  Non-United
     States Holders if a statement described  in (iv) under "Tax Consequences to
     Non-United States  Holders-Interest  and  OID on  New  Notes  and  Exchange
     Debentures" has been received and the payor does not have  actual knowledge
     that  the beneficial  owner  is  a  United  States  person.  United  States
     information reporting and backup withholding generally will not apply under
     current law to  dividends paid to a Non-United States  Holder at an address
     outside  of  the United  States  that  is subject  to  the  30% withholding
     discussed above (or  that is not  so subject because  a tax treaty  applies
     that reduces or eliminates  such 30% withholding); provided the  payor does
     not  have definite  knowledge that  the payee  is  a United  States person.
     However,  under proposed United States Treasury regulations, in the case of
     dividends paid  after December 31, 1997  (December 31, 1999 in  the case of
     dividends paid to accounts  in existence on or  before the date that is  60
     days after the proposed United States Treasury regulations are published as
     final regulations), a Non-United  States Holder generally would be  subject
     to  backup  withholding  at  a   31%  rate,  unless  certain  certification
     procedures are complied with, either directly or through an intermediary.

          In  addition, backup  withholding and  information reporting  will not
     apply if payments of  interest or OID on a  New Note or Exchange  Debenture
     are paid or  collected by a foreign office of  a foreign custodian, nominee
     or other foreign agent on behalf of  the beneficial owner of such New  Note
     or  Exchange Debenture,  or if  a foreign  office of  a foreign  broker (as
     defined in applicable Treasury  regulations) pays the proceeds of  the sale
     of a  New Note, an Exchange Debenture  or New Preferred Stock to the owner
     thereof. If, however, such nominee, custodian, agent or broker is,  for 
     United States federal income tax purposes, a U.S. person, a controlled 
     foreign corporation or  a foreign  person that derives  50% or more  of
     its gross  income for certain periods from the conduct of a trade  or 
     business in the United States, such payments will not  be subject to 
     backup withholding but  will be subject to information reporting, unless
     (1) such custodian, nominee,  agent or broker has documentary evidence in
     its records that the beneficial owner  is not a  U.S. person  and certain
     other conditions  are met  or (2) the  beneficial  owner otherwise  
     establishes an  exemption. Temporary Treasury  regulations  provide that 
     the  Treasury is considering  whether backup withholding  will  apply 
     with respect to such  payments of interest or the proceeds of  a sale
     that are not subject  to backup withholding under the  current regulations.
     Under proposed United  States Treasury regulations not currently in effect,
     backup  withholding will not apply to such payments absent actual knowledge
     that the payee is a United States person.

          The  IRS recently  proposed regulations  (the "Proposed  Regulations")
     addressing certain withholding, certification, and information rules  (some
     of which have been mentioned above) which could affect the treatment of the

                                       -125-
     <PAGE>

     payment  of  the amounts  described above.  The Proposed  Regulations would
     require, in the  case of Exchange Debentures and New  Notes held by foreign
     partnerships, that  (i) the  certification described in  clause (iv)  under
     "Interest and OID on  New Notes and Exchange Debentures"  above be provided
     by  the  partners rather  than  by  the foreign  partnership  and (ii)  the
     partnership provide certain information, including a United States taxpayer
     identification  number.  A look-through  rule would  apply  in the  case of
     tiered partnerships.  The Proposed Regulations are proposed to be effective
     for payments made after December  31, 1997. There can be no  assurance that
     the Proposed Regulations will be adopted or as to the  provisions they will
     include  if and when adopted in temporary  or final form. Non-United States
     Holders  should consult  their tax  advisors  regarding the  application of
     these  rules  to  their  particular  situations,  the  availability  of  an
     exemption  therefrom, the  procedure for  obtaining such  an exemption,  if
     available, and  the  possible application  of  the proposed  United  States
     Treasury regulations addressing  the withholding and information  reporting
     rules.

          Payments  of  dividends,  interest or  OID  on  a  New Note,  Exchange
     Debenture or  New Preferred Stock,  paid to the  beneficial owner of  a New
     Note, Exchange Debenture or New  Preferred Stock by a United  States office
     of  a custodian,  nominee or  agent, or  the payment  by the  United States
     office of  a  broker of  the  proceeds of  sale  of a  New  Note,  Exchange
     Debenture or New Preferred Stock will be subject to both backup withholding
     and  information  reporting  unless   the  beneficial  owner  provides  the
     statement  referred to in (iv) under "Tax Consequences to Non-United States
     Holders-Interest  and OID  on New  Notes and  Exchange Debentures"  and the
     payor does not have actual knowledge that the beneficial owner  is a United
     States person or otherwise establishes an exemption.

          Any amounts  withheld  under  the backup  withholding  rules  will  be
     allowed as a  refund or a credit against such  Holder's U.S. federal income
     tax liability provided the required information is furnished to the IRS.

                                       -126-
     <PAGE>

                                 PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

          Except  as described below, a broker-dealer may not participate in the
     Exchange  Offers in connection with a distribution  of the New Notes or the
     New  Preferred Stock.  Each broker-dealer  that receives  New Notes  or New
     Preferred Stock for its  own account pursuant  to the Exchange Offers  must
     acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale
     of such  New Notes or  New Preferred Stock.  This Prospectus, as  it may be
     amended or supplemented from time  to time, may be used by  a broker-dealer
     in connection with resales of New Notes or New Preferred  Stock received in
     exchange for Old Notes or  Old Preferred Stock where such Old Notes  or Old
     Preferred  Stock were acquired as  a result of  market-making activities or
     other trading  activities. The Company has  agreed that for a  period of 90
     days after the Expiration Date, it will make this Prospectus, as amended or
     supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any
     such resale. In addition, until ____________ __, 1997 all dealers effecting
     transactions in  the New Notes  or New Preferred  Stock may be  required to
     deliver a prospectus.

          The Company will  not receive any proceeds from any  sale of New Notes
     or New Preferred Stock by broker-dealers. New Notes or New  Preferred Stock
     received by broker-dealers for  their own account pursuant to  the Exchange
     Offers  may be sold from  time to time  in one or more  transactions in the
     over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of
     options  on the New Notes or  New Preferred Stock or  a combination of such
     methods of  resale, at market prices  prevailing at the time  of resale, at
     prices related to such  prevailing market prices or negotiated  prices. Any
     such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through  brokers or
     dealers  who may  receive  compensation  in  the  form  of  commissions  or
     concessions from any such  broker-dealer and/or the purchasers of  any such
     New Notes or New Preferred Stock. Any broker-dealer  that resells New Notes
     that  were received  by it  for its  own account  pursuant to  the Exchange
     Offers and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such
     New  Notes or  New Preferred  Stock may  be deemed  to be  an "underwriter"
     within the meaning of the Securities Act and  any profit on any such resale
     of New Notes  or New  Preferred Stock  and any  commissions or  concessions
     received by any such persons may be deemed to  be underwriting compensation
     under  the Securities  Act.  The  Letter  of  Transmittal  states  that  by
     acknowledging  that it  will  deliver and  by  delivering a  prospectus,  a
     broker-dealer  will not  be deemed  to admit  that it  is  an "underwriter"
     within the meaning of the Securities Act.

          The Company has  agreed to pay  all expenses incident to  the Exchange
     Offers  other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers and
     expenses of counsel for the holders of the New Notes or New Preferred Stock
     and will indemnify the holders of the New Notes and the New Preferred Stock
     (including  any  broker-dealers)  against  certain  liabilities,  including
     liabilities under the Securities Act.


                                    LEGAL MATTERS

          The validity  of the  New Notes,  the New Note  Guarantee and  the New
     Preferred Stock  offered hereby will be  passed upon by Reid  & Priest LLP,
     New York, New York.  


                                       EXPERTS

          The consolidated financial statements of  the Company as of  September
     30, 1995 and 1996 and  December 31, 1996, and for each of the  years in the
     three-year  period ended September 30, 1996 and  for the three month period
     ended December 31, 1996, have been  incorporated by reference herein and in
     the  Registration  Statement, in  reliance upon  the  reports of  KPMG Peat
     Marwick  LLP, independent  certified  public  accountants, incorporated  by
     reference herein,  and  upon  the authority  of  said firm  as  experts  in
     accounting and auditing. 

                                       -127-
     <PAGE>

          The reports of  KPMG Peat Marwick LLP relating  to  the Company's  
     financial statements as of  September 30, 1995 and  1996 and  December 
     31, 1996 and for each of the three  years in the three year-period
     ended September 30,  1996, and  the three-month period  ended December
     31, 1996, and related  schedule, refer to a change in  the Company's 
     method of  accounting for long-term  telecom services contracts during 
     the year ended September 30, 1996. 

                                       -128-
     <PAGE>
 
     ===========================================================================

          No person has been authorized  to give any information or to  make any
     representations other  than those  contained  in this  Prospectus, and,  if
     given or made, such information or representations must not  be relied upon
     as having been authorized.  This Prospectus does not constitute an offer to
     sell or  the solicitation of an offer to buy  any securities other than the
     securities to which it  related or any offer to sell or the solicitation of
     an offer to buy such securities in any circumstances in which such offer or
     solicitation is unlawful. Neither  the delivery of this Prospectus  nor any
     sale made hereunder shall, under  any circumstances, create any implication
     that there has been no change in the affairs of the  Company since the date
     hereof  or that the information contained herein  is correct as of any time
     subsequent to its date.



                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS



     AVAILABLE INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2

     INFORMATION INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2

     PROSPECTUS SUMMARY  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4

     RISK FACTORS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17 

     THE EXCHANGE OFFERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27

     DESCRIPTION OF NEW NOTES  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  36

     DESCRIPTION OF NEW PREFERRED STOCK  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  62

     DESCRIPTION OF EXCHANGE DEBENTURES  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  86

     CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL
     INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

     PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

     LEGAL MATTERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

     EXPERTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127



     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

     ==========================================================================







                                  ICG HOLDINGS, INC.

                               ICG COMMUNICATIONS, INC.



                                     ------------
                                      PROSPECTUS
                                     ------------



                                    __________, 1997
    
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------

         
     <PAGE>

                                       PART II

                        INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

     ITEM 20. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

          As  permitted by  Section 7-3-101.5 of  the Colorado  Corporation Code
     (the "Colorado Code"),  Holdings' Second Amended  and Restated Articles  of
     Incorporation provide that Holdings  shall indemnify any and all  officers,
     directors, or  employees against expenses  incurred by them,  in connection
     with the defense of  any legal proceedings or threatened  legal proceedings
     to which such persons are made a party because of such positions if:

          (I)  He conducted himself in good faith;

          (II) He reasonably believed;

               (A)  In the case  of conduct  in his official  capacity with  the
                    corporation, that his conduct  was in the corporation's best
                    interest; or

               (B)  In  all other  cases,  that his  conduct  was at  least  not
                    opposed to the corporation's best interests; and

          (III)     In the case of any criminal proceeding, he had no reasonable
     cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

          Holdings'    By-laws   contain    a   similar    provision   requiring
     indemnification  of Holdings' directors and officers  to the fullest extent
     authorized by the Colorado Code.

          ICG's  Certificate of  Incorporation  provides that  ICG  will to  the
     fullest extent  permitted by the  General Corporation  Law of the  State of
     Delaware, as amended from  time to time (the "GCL"), indemnify  all persons
     whom it may  indemnify pursuant  thereto. ICG's By-laws  contain a  similar
     provision requiring indemnification of ICG's  directors and officers to the
     fullest extent  authorized by  the GCL.  The GCL permits  a corporation  to
     indemnify  its  directors  and  officers (among  others)  against  expenses
     (including  attorneys'   fees),  judgments,  fines  and   amounts  paid  in
     settlement  actually and reasonably incurred by them in connection with any
     action, suit  or proceeding brought (or threatened  to be brought) by third
     parties, if such directors or officers acted in good faith and  in a manner
     they reasonably believe  to be in or  not opposed to the best  interests of
     the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had
     no reasonable cause to believe their conduct  was unlawful. In a derivative
     action, i.e.,  one by or  in the right of  the corporation, indemnification
     may  be  made  for  expenses  (including  attorneys'  fees)   actually  and
     reasonably  incurred  by directors  and  officers  in  connection with  the
     defense or settlement of such action if they had acted in good faith and in
     a manner  they reasonably  believed to be  in or  not opposed  to the  best
     interests  of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made
     in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have
     been adjudged liable to the corporation  unless and only to the extent that
     the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought
     shall  determine  upon  application   that,  despite  the  adjudication  of
     liability but in  view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is
     fairly  and  reasonably entitled  to indemnity  of  such expenses.  The GCL
     further  provides that,  to the  extent  any director  or officer  has been
     successful on  the merits or  otherwise in defense  of any action,  suit or
     proceeding referred to in this paragraph, or in defense of any claim, issue
     or  matter therein,  such  person  shall  be indemnified  against  expenses
     (including attorneys'  fees) actually  and reasonably  incurred  by him  in
     connection therewith.  In  addition,  ICG's  Certificate  of  Incorporation
     contains a provision limiting the personal liability of ICG's directors for
     monetary  damages for  certain breaches  of their  fiduciary duty.  ICG has
     indemnification insurance  under which  directors and officers  are insured
     against certain liability that may incur in their capacity as such.

          See Item 22 of this Registration  Statement regarding the position  of
     the Securities  and Exchange Commission on  indemnification for liabilities
     arising under the Securities Act.

     ITEM 21. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

     (1)  Underwriting Agreement.  Not Applicable.
          ----------------------

     (2)  Plan of Acquisition, Reorganization, Arrangement, Liquidation or
          ----------------------------------------------------------------
          Succession.  None
          ----------

                                       II-1
     <PAGE>

     (3)  Articles of Incorporation.
          -------------------------

          3.1: Second  Amended and  Restated  Articles of  Incorporation of  ICG
               Holdings, Inc.

     (4)  Instruments defining the rights of security holders, including
          ---------------------------------------------------------------
          indentures.
          -----------

          4.1: Note Purchase  Agreement, dated September  16, 1993 [Incorporated
               by reference to  Annual Report on  Form 20-F for  the year  ended
               September 30, 1993, as filed on March 31, 1994].

          4.2: Note Purchase Agreement, dated  October 27, 1993 [Incorporated by
               reference  to Annual  Report  on Form  20-F  for the  year  ended
               September 30, 1993, as filed on March 31, 1994].

          4.3: Form of Indenture  between IntelCom Group Inc. and  Bankers Trust
               Company for 7% Convertible Subordinated Redeemable Notes due 1998
               [Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit   4.3  to  Registration
               Statement on Form S-1, File No. 33-75636].

          4.4: Form of Indenture between  IntelCom Group Inc. and Bankers  Trust
               Company  for   7%   Simple  Interest   Convertible   Subordinated
               Redeemable Notes  due 1998 [Incorporated by  reference to Exhibit
               4.4 to Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 33-75636].

          4.5: Note  Purchase  Agreement, dated  as  of  July  14,  1995,  among
               IntelCom  Group  (U.S.A.),  Inc.,  IntelCom  Group  Inc.,  Morgan
               Stanley  Group  Inc.  ("MS  Group")  (the  "Initial  Purchaser"),
               Princes  Gate Investors,  L.P.,  Acorn Partnership I,  L.P.,  PGI
               Investments  Limited,   PGI  Sweden  AB,  and   Gregor  von  Opel
               (collectively,  together   with   the  Initial   Purchaser,   the
               "Committed Purchasers") and MS Group, as agent for the Purchasers
               (as  such term is defined therein)  [Incorporated by reference to
               Exhibit 4.1 to Form 8-K, as filed on August 2, 1995].

          4.6: Warrant  Agreement,  dated  as  of   July  14,  1995,  among  the
               Registrant,   the  Committed   Purchasers,  and   IntelCom  Group
               (U.S.A.), Inc.,  as Warrant  Agent [Incorporated by  reference to
               Exhibit 4.2 to Form 8-K, as filed on August 2, 1995].

          4.7: Indenture,  dated  as of  August  8, 1995,  among  IntelCom Group
               (U.S.A.), Inc.,  IntelCom Group  Inc. and Norwest  Bank Colorado,
               National Association [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to
               Quarterly  Report on  Form 10-Q  for the  quarter ended  June 30,
               1995, as filed on August 10, 1995].

          4.8: Warrant Agreement, dated  as of August  8, 1995 between  IntelCom
               Group  Inc.  and  Norwest  Bank  Colorado,  National  Association
               [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit  4.3 to Quarterly Report on
               Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1995, as filed on August
               10, 1995].

          4.9: Warrant Agreement  Amendment, dated  as of  August 8, 1995  among
               IntelCom  Group Inc.,  Morgan Stanley  Group, Inc.,  Princes Gate
               Investors,  L.P.,  IntelCom  Group  (U.S.A.),  Inc.,  and certain
               subsidiaries of  IntelCom Group  (U.S.A.), Inc.  [Incorporated by
               reference to Exhibit 4.4 to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
               quarter ended June 30, 1995, as filed on August 10, 1995].

         4.10: Indenture, dated as of April 30, 1996, among  IntelCom Group
               (U.S.A.),  Inc.,  IntelCom  Group   Inc.  and  Norwest  Bank
               Colorado, National Association [Incorporated by reference to
               Exhibit 4.13 to Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No.
               333-04569].

         4.11: Registration Rights Agreement, dated  April 30, 1996,  among
               IntelCom  Group  (U.S.A.),  Inc.,  IntelCom  Group Inc.  and
               Morgan Stanely & Co. Incorporated [Incorporated by reference
               to Exhibit 4.14 to Registration Statement on Form  S-4, File
               No. 333-04569].

         4.12: Form of Old Note.

         4.13: Form of New Note.*

         4.14: Form  of Letter  of  Transmittal with  respect  to the  Note
               Exchange Offer.*

                                       II-2
     <PAGE>

          4.15:     Indenture, dated  as of March 11, 1997,  among ICG Holdings,
                    Inc., ICG  Communications, Inc.  and Norwest Bank  Colorado,
                    National Association.

          4.16:     Registration Rights  Agreement, dated March  11, 1997, among
                    ICG  Holdings, Inc.,  ICG  Communications,  Inc. and  Morgan
                    Stanley  &  Co.  Incorporated  with respect  to  the  Senior
                    Discount Notes.

          4.17:     Registration  Rights Agreement, dated  March 11, 1997, among
                    ICG  Holdings, Inc. and  Morgan Stanley  & Co.  Incorporated
                    with  respect to  the Preferred Stock.

          4.18:     Form of Old Preferred Stock Certificate.

          4.19:     Form of New Preferred Stock Certificate.*

          4:20:     Form  of Letter of Transmittal with respect to the Preferred
                    Stock Exchange Offer.*

     (5)  Opinion regarding legality.
          ---------------------------

          5.1: Opinion of Reid & Priest LLP.*


     (8)  Opinion regarding tax matters.
          ------------------------------

          8.1: Opinion of Reid & Priest LLP.*


     (10) Material Contracts.  Not Applicable.
          ------------------

     (12) Statement re Computation of Ratios.  Not Applicable.
          ----------------------------------

     (15) Letter re Unaudited Interim Financial Statements.  Not Applicable.
          ------------------------------------------------

     (23) Consents.
          --------

          23.1:     Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP.

          23.2:     Consent of Reid & Priest LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).*

          23.3:     Consent of Connecticut  Research [Incorporated by  reference
                    to Annual Report on  Form 10-K for the year  ended September
                    30, 1994, as filed on December 27, 1994].

     (24) Power of Attorney.
          -----------------

          24.1 Power of Attorney with respect to ICG Holdings, Inc. (included on
               the signature page hereto).

          24.2 Power  of  Attorney  with  respect to  ICG  Communications,  Inc.
               (included on the signature page hereto).

     (25) Statement of Eligibility of Trustee.
          ------------------------------------

          25.1:     Form T-1  Statement of Eligibility  and Qualification  under
                    the  Trust Indenture Act  of 1939 of  Norwest Bank Colorado,
                    National Association.*


          ______________________
          * To be filed by amendment.

                                       II-3
     <PAGE>

     ITEM 22. UNDERTAKINGS.

          Insofar  as   indemnification  for   liabilities  arising   under  the
     Securities  Act of  1933  may  be  permitted  to  directors,  officers  and
     controlling persons of the Company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or
     otherwise,  the  Company has  been  advised  that  in  the opinion  of  the
     Securities and  Exchange Commission such indemnification  is against public
     policy as expressed  in the Act  and is, therefore,  unenforceable. In  the
     event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than
     the payment  by the  Company of  expenses incurred or  paid by  a director,
     officer or controlling  person of the Company in the  successful defense of
     any action, suit  or proceeding) is asserted  by such director, officer  or
     controlling person  in connection with the securities being registered, the
     Company will,  unless in the  opinion of  its counsel the  matter has  been
     settled  by  controlling  precedent,  submit  to  a  court  of  appropriate
     jurisdiction the  question whether such  indemnification by  it is  against
     public policy  as expressed in the  Securities Act and will  be governed by
     the final adjudication of such issue.

          The undersigned Registrants hereby undertake:

          (1)  To respond  to requests for  information that is  incorporated by
               reference into the prospectus  pursuant to Items 4, 10(b),  11 or
               13  of this  Form,  within one  business day  of receipt  of such
               request, and  to send the  incorporated documents by  first class
               mail  or other  equally prompt  means. This  includes information
               contained in documents  filed subsequent to the effective date of
               the Registration Statement through the  date of responding to the
               request;

          (2)  To supply  by means of a post-effective amendment all information
               concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved
               therein,  that was  not  the  subject  of  and  included  in  the
               registration statement when it became effective;

          (3)  To  file, during any  period in which  offers or sales  are being
               made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement;

                 (i)     To include any prospectus required by Section  10(a)(3)
                         of the Securities Act of 1933;

                (ii)     To  reflect  in  the  prospectus any  facts  or  events
                         arising after  the effective  date of the  registration
                         statement (or the most recent  post-effective amendment
                         thereof)  which,  individually  or  in  the  aggregate,
                         represent a  fundamental change in  the information set
                         forth in the registration statement;

               (iii)     To include any material information with respect to the
                         plan of  distribution not  previously disclosed in  the
                         registration  statement or any  material change to such
                         information in the registration statement;

          (4)  That,  for the  purpose of  determining any  liability  under the
               Securities Act of 1933,  each such post-effective amendment shall
               be  deemed to  be a  new registration  statement relating  to the
               securities offered  therein, and the offering  of such securities
               at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering
               thereof.

          (5)  To  remove  from  registration   by  means  of  a  post-effective
               amendment  any of  the securities  being registered  which remain
               unsold at the termination of the offering;

          (6)  That,  for  purposes  of  determining  any  liability  under  the
               Securities Act of  1933, each filing  of the Registrant's  annual
               report  pursuant to  Section  13(a) or  15(d)  of the  Securities
               Exchange  Act of 1934 (and,  where applicable, each  filing of an
               employee benefit  plan's annual report pursuant  to Section 15(d)
               of the Securities Exchange  Act of 1934) that is  incorporated by
               reference in the registration  statement shall be deemed to  be a
               new  registration statement  relating  to the  securities offered
               therein, and the offering  of such securities at that  time shall
               be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

                                       II-4
     <PAGE>

                                      SIGNATURES

          Pursuant  to the requirement of the Securities Act, the Registrant has
     duly caused this  registration statement to be signed on  its behalf by the
     undersigned, thereunto duly authorized,  in the City and County  of Denver,
     State of Colorado, on March 31, 1997.

                                   ICG HOLDINGS, INC.


                                   By: /s/ J. Shelby Bryan
                                      -------------------------------------
                                          J. Shelby Bryan
                                          Chairman of the Board, President
                                          and Chief Executive Officer

          KNOW  ALL  MEN BY  THESE PRESENTS,  that  each person  whose signature
     appears  below under the  heading "Signature"  constitutes and  appoints J.
     Shelby Bryan  and James D. Grenfell, or either of them, his true and lawful
     attorney-in-fact  and  agent  with  full  power  of  substitution  and  re-
     substitution, for  him and  in his name,  place and  stead, in any  and all
     capacities,  to  sign  any  or  all  amendments  (including  post-effective
     amendments) to this  Registration Statement, and to file the same, with all
     exhibits thereto,  and other  documents in connection  therewith, with  the
     Securities  and Exchange  Commission,  granting  said attorney-in-fact  and
     agent, and  each of them, full power  and authority to do  and perform each
     and every  act and thing requisite  and necessary to be  done in connection
     with the above premises, as fully for all  intents and purposes as he might
     or  could  do in  person, hereby  ratifying  and confirming  all  that said
     attorney-in-fact   and  agent,  or  any  of  them,  or  his  substitute  or
     substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

          Pursuant  to  the requirements  of the  Securities  Act of  1933, this
     registration  statement has  been signed  by the  following persons  in the
     capacities and on the dates indicated:

               Signature                  Title                 Date
               ----------                 -----                ------

       /s/ J. Shelby Bryan
      ---------------------------    Chairman of the       March 31, 1997
            J. Shelby Bryan          Board, President
                                   and Chief Executive
                                    Officer (Principal
                                    executive officer)

       /s/ James D. Grenfell
       --------------------------     Executive Vice       March 31, 1997
           James D. Grenfell            President,
                                     Chief Financial
                                    Officer, Treasurer
                                       and Director
                                        (Principal
                                    financial officer)

        /s/ Richard Bambach
       --------------------------   Vice President and     March 31, 1997
            Richard Bambach             Corporate
                                        Controller
                                        (Principal
                                   accounting officer)

        /s/ William J. Maxwell
       --------------------------        Director          March 31, 1997
           William J. Maxwell


       
       --------------------------        Director          March   , 1997
            Marc E. Maassen


        /s/ Mark S. Helwege
       --------------------------        Director          March 31, 1997
            Mark S. Helwege

                                       II-5
     <PAGE>

                                     SIGNATURES

               Pursuant  to   the  requirements  of  the   Securities  Act,  the
     Registrant  has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its
     behalf  by  the undersigned,  thereunto duly  authorized,  in the  City and
     County of Denver, State of Colorado, on March 31, 1997.

                                             ICG COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

                                             By: /s/ J. Shelby Bryan
                                                ----------------------------
                                                  J. Shelby Bryan
                                                  President, Chief Executive
                                                  Officer and Director

          KNOW  ALL  MEN BY  THESE PRESENTS,  that  each person  whose signature
     appears below  under the  heading "Signature"  constitutes and appoints  J.
     Shelby Bryan and James  D. Grenfell, or either of them, his true and lawful
     attorney-in-fact  and  agent  with  full  power  of  substitution  and  re-
     substitution,  for him and  in his name,  place and  stead, in any  and all
     capacities,  to  sign  any  or  all  amendments  (including  post-effective
     amendments) to this Registration  Statement, and to file the same, with all
     exhibits thereto, and  other documents  in connection  therewith, with  the
     Securities  and  Exchange Commission,  granting  said  attorney-in-fact and
     agent, and each  of them, full power  and authority to do and  perform each
     and every  act and thing requisite  and necessary to be  done in connection
     with the above premises, as fully for all intents and purposes as he  might
     or  could do  in  person, hereby  ratifying and  confirming  all that  said
     attorney-in-fact   and  agent,  or  any  of  them,  or  his  substitute  or
     substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

          Pursuant  to  the requirements  of the  Securities  Act of  1933, this
     Registration  Statement has  been signed  by the  following persons  in the
     capacities and on the dates indicated.

      Signature                          Title                 Date
      ---------                          ------                -----

       /s/ William J. Laggett            Chairman of the
      --------------------------------   Board of Directors    March 31, 1997
      William J. Laggett


       /s/ J. Shelby Bryan               President, Chief
      ---------------------------------  Executive Officer     March 31, 1997
      J. Shelby Bryan                    and Director
                                         (Principal executive
                                         officer)

       /s/ James D. Grenfell
      --------------------------------   Executive Vice
      James D. Grenfell                  President, Chief      March 31, 1997
                                         Financial Officer
                                         and Treasurer
                                         (Principal financial
                                         officer)


       /s/ Richard Bambach               Vice President and    March 31, 1997
      ---------------------------------  Corporate Controller
      Richard Bambach                    (Principal
                                         accounting officer)

      
      ---------------------------------  Director              March   , 1997
      Harry R. Herbst


       /s/ Jay E. Ricks
     ---------------------------------  Director              March 31, 1997
      Jay E. Ricks


       /s/ Stan McLelland
      ---------------------------------  Director              March 31, 1997
      Stan McLelland


       /s/ Leontis Teryazos
      ---------------------------------  Director              March 31, 1997
      Leontis Teryazos

                                       II-6
     <PAGE>


     Exhibit Index                                                  
     -------------                                                  

     (3)  Articles of Incorporation.
          --------------------------
          3.1: Second Amended Articles of Incorporation of ICG Holdings, Inc.

     (4)  Instruments defining the rights of security holders, including
          ---------------------------------------------------------------
          indentures.
          -----------
          4.12:     Form of Old Note.

          4.15:     Indenture, dated  as of March 11, 1997,  among ICG Holdings,
                    Inc., ICG  Communications, Inc.  and Norwest  Bank Colorado,
                    National Association.

          4.16:     Registration Rights Agreement,  dated March 11,  1997, among
                    ICG  Holdings,  Inc., ICG  Communications,  Inc.  and Morgan
                    Stanley &  Co. Incorporated with respect to the Senior
                    Discount Notes.

          4.17:     Registration Rights  Agreement, dated March  11, 1997, among
                    ICG  Holdings, Inc. and  Morgan Stanley  &  Co. Incorporated
                    with respect to the Preferred Stock.

          4.18:     Form of Old Preferred Stock Certificate.

     (23) Consents.
          ---------

          23.1:     Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP.

     (24) Power of Attorney.
          ------------------

          24.1:     Power  of  Attorney  with  respect  to  ICG  Holdings,  Inc.
                    (included in the signature page hereto). 

          24.2:     Power of  Attorney with respect to  ICG Communications, Inc.
                    (included in the signature page hereto). 



                                                           Exhibit 3.1


                             SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED
                              ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                          OF
                                  ICG HOLDINGS, INC.


               Pursuant to the provisions of the Colorado Business
          Corporation Act, ICG Holdings, Inc. (the "Corporation") adopts
          the following Second Amended and Restated Articles of
          Incorporation.  These articles correctly set forth the provisions
          of the Articles of Incorporation, as amended, and supersede the
          original Articles of Incorporation and all amendments thereto.

                                      ARTICLE I
                                      ---------

               The name of the Corporation is ICG HOLDINGS, INC.

                                      ARTICLE II
                                     -----------

               The period of its duration is perpetual.

                                     ARTICLE III
                                     ------------

               3.1  Purposes.  
                    --------- The nature, objects and purposes of the
          business to be transacted shall be as follows:

                    (a)  To own and operate.  
                         ------------------  To own and operate domestic
          and international telecommunications companies and
          telecommunications facilities, including, but not limited to,
          earth satellite stations, channels of communications, orbital
          satellite stations, satellite transponders, very small aperture
          satellite terminals ("VSAT") and systems, microwave radio
          transmission systems, fiber optic transmission systems,
          telecommunications cable, telecommunications conduits, telephone
          systems, and telecommunications systems of any kind.

                    (b)  To acquire business.  
                         --------------------     To acquire (whether for
          cash or in exchange for its assets or securities, or otherwise),
          operate and deal in other businesses of all types and interests
          therein.

                    (c)  To engage in other lawful business.  
                         ---------------------------------- To engage in
          any other lawful business or activity for which corporations may
          be incorporated under the laws of Colorado.

                                      ARTICLE IV
                                     -----------

               The aggregate number of shares of stock the Corporation is
          authorized to issue is 40,000 shares of a class designated as
          common stock, no par value per share, and 1,000,000 shares of a
          class designated as preferred stock, no par value per share, and
          the relative rights of the shares of each class are as follows:

               4.1  Common Stock.
                    -------------

                    (a)  The holders of common stock shall have and possess
          all rights as shareholders of the Corporation except as such
          rights may be limited by the preferences, privileges and voting
          powers, and the restrictions and limitations of the preferred
          stock.  All common stock, when duly issued, shall be fully paid
          and nonassessable.  The holders of common stock shall be entitled
          to receive such dividends as may be declared from time to time by
          the Board of Directors.  The holders of the common stock shall
          also be entitled to receive their pro rata share of the net
          assets of the Corporation upon dissolution.

                    (b)  The shares of such class of common stock shall
          have unlimited voting rights and shall constitute the sole voting
          group of the Corporation, except to the extent that any
          additional voting group or groups have been or may hereafter be
          established in accordance with the Colorado Business Corporation
          Act and except to the extent of the voting rights of the holders
          of preferred stock under Article IV.

                    (c)  Each shareholder of record shall have one vote for
          each share of common stock standing in his name on the books of
          the Corporation and entitled to vote, except that in the election
          of directors each shareholder shall have as many votes for each
          share held by him as there are directors to be elected and for
          whose election the shareholder has a right to vote.  Cumulative
          voting shall not be permitted in the election of directors or
          otherwise.

               4.2  Preferred Stock, Generally.
                    ---------------------------

                    The Corporation may divide and issue the preferred
          stock in series.  The preferred shares of each series when issued
          shall be designated to distinguish them from the shares of all
          other series.  The Board of Directors hereby is expressly vested
          with authority to divide the class of preferred stock into one or
          more series and to fix and determine by resolution the relative
          rights, limitations and preferences of the shares of any such
          series so established to the full extent permitted by these
          Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and the
          laws of the State of Colorado in respect of the following:

                    (a)  The number of shares to constitute such series,
          and the distinctive designations thereof;

                    (b)  The rate and preference of any dividends and the
          time of payment of any dividends, whether dividends are
          cumulative or noncumulative and the date from which any dividend
          shall accrue;

                    (c)  Whether shares may be redeemed and, if so, the
          redemption price and the terms and conditions of redemption;

                    (d)  The amount payable with respect to shares in the
          event of involuntary liquidation;

                    (e)  The amount payable with respect to shares in the
          event of voluntary liquidation;

                    (f)  Sinking fund or other provisions, if any, for the
          redemption or purchase of shares;

                    (g)  The terms and conditions on which shares may be
          converted, if the shares of any series are issued with the
          privilege of conversion;

                    (h)  Voting rights, if any; and

                    (i)  Any other relative rights and preferences of
          shares of such series, including without limitation any
          restriction on an increase in the number of shares of any series
          theretofore authorized and any limitations or restrictions of
          rights or powers to which shares of any future series shall be
          subject.

               4.2.1     Cumulative Exchangeable Redeemable Preferred
                         --------------------------------------------
          Stock; Statement of Designation of Preferences and Rights.
          ----------------------------------------------------------

               A series of preferred stock of the Corporation has been
          created with the designation and amount thereof and the voting
          powers, preferences and relative, optional and other special
          rights of the shares of such series, and the qualifications,
          limitations, or restrictions thereof, as follows:

               1.   Certain Definitions: 
                    -------------------      Set forth below are certain
          defined terms used in this Section 4.2.1.

               "Adjusted Consolidated Net Income" means, for any period,
          the aggregate net income (or loss) of the Corporation and its
          Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined in conformity
          with GAAP; provided that the following items shall be excluded in
          computing Adjusted Consolidated Net Income (without duplication):
          (i) the net income of any Person (other than net income
          attributable to a Restricted Subsidiary) in which any Person
          (other than the Corporation or any of its Restricted
          Subsidiaries) has a joint interest and the net income of any
          Unrestricted Subsidiary, except to the extent of the amount of
          dividends or other distributions actually paid to the Corporation
          or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries by such other Person or
          such Unrestricted Subsidiary during such period; (ii) solely for
          the purposes of calculating the amount of Restricted Payments
          that may be made pursuant to paragraph 11(b)(i)(3) of this
          Section 4.2.1 (and in such case, except to the extent includable
          pursuant to clause (i) above), the net income (or loss) of any
          Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Restricted
          Subsidiary or is merged into or consolidated with the Corporation
          or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or all or substantially all
          of the property and assets of such Person are acquired by the
          Corporation or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; (iii) the net
          income of any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent that the
          declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by
          such Restricted Subsidiary of such net income is not at the time
          permitted by the operation of the terms of its charter or any
          agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or
          governmental regulation applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary;
          (iv) any gains or losses (on an after-tax basis) attributable to
          Asset Sales; (v) except for purposes of calculating the amount of
          Restricted Payments that may be made pursuant to paragraph
          11(b)(i)(3) of this Section 4.2.1, any amount paid or accrued as
          dividends on preferred stock of the Corporation or any Restricted
          Subsidiary owned by Persons other than the Corporation and any of
          its Restricted Subsidiaries; and (vi) all extraordinary gains and
          extraordinary losses.

               "Affiliate"  means, as applied to any Person, any other
          Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or
          under direct or indirect common control with, such Person.  For
          purposes of this definition, "control" (including, with
          correlative meanings, the terms "controlling," "controlled by"
          and "under common control with"), as applied to any Person, means
          the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or
          cause the direction of the management and policies of such
          Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by
          contract or otherwise; provided that, with respect to the
          Corporation and any of its Subsidiaries, the term "Affiliate"
          shall be deemed to include Mr. William Becker, Mr. Lawrence
          Becker and any person related by blood or marriage to either of
          them.

               "Asset Acquisition" means (i) an investment by the
          Corporation or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any other
          Person pursuant to which such Person shall become a Restricted
          Subsidiary of the Corporation or shall be merged into or
          consolidated with the Corporation or any of its Restricted
          Subsidiaries; provided that such Person's primary business is
          related, ancillary or complementary to the businesses of the
          Corporation and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of such
          investment or (ii) an acquisition by the Corporation or any of
          its Restricted Subsidiaries of the property and assets of any
          Person other than the Corporation or any of its Restricted
          Subsidiaries that constitute substantially all of a division or
          line of business of such Person; provided that the property and
          assets acquired are related, ancillary or complementary to the
          businesses of the Corporation and its Restricted Subsidiaries on
          the date of such acquisition.

               "Asset Sale" means any sale, transfer or other disposition
          (including by way of merger, consolidation or sale-leaseback
          transactions) in one transaction or a series of related
          transactions by the Corporation or any of its Restricted
          Subsidiaries to any Person other than the Corporation or any of
          its Restricted Subsidiaries of (i) all or any of the Capital
          Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) all or substantially all
          of the property and assets of an operating unit or business of
          the Corporation or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii)
          any other property and assets of the Corporation or any of its
          Restricted Subsidiaries outside the ordinary course of business
          of the Corporation or such Restricted Subsidiary and, in each
          case, that is not governed by the provisions of paragraph 11(g)
          of this Section 4.2.1; provided that the meaning of "Asset Sale"
          shall not include (A) sales or other dispositions of inventory,
          receivables and other current assets, and (B) dispositions of
          assets of the Corporation or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries,
          in substantially simultaneous exchanges for consideration
          consisting of any combination of cash, Temporary Cash Investments
          and assets that are used or useful in the telecommunications
          business of the Corporation or its Restricted Subsidiaries, if
          such consideration has an aggregate fair market value
          substantially equal to the fair market value of the assets so
          disposed of; provided, however, that fair market value shall be
          determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the
          Corporation, whose determination shall be conclusive and
          evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors delivered to
          the Transfer Agent.

               "Average Life" means, at any date of determination with
          respect to any debt security, the quotient obtained by dividing
          (i) the sum of the products of (a) the number of years from such
          date of determination to the dates of each successive scheduled
          principal payment of such debt security and (b) the amount of
          such principal payment by (ii) the sum of all such principal
          payments.

               "Business Day" means any day except a Saturday, Sunday, or
          other day on which commercial banks in the City of New York, or
          in the city of the Transfer Agent Office, are authorized by law
          to close.

               "Capital Stock" means, with respect to any Person, any and
          all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents
          (however designated, whether voting or non-voting) in equity of
          such Person, whether now outstanding or issued after April 29,
          1996, including, without limitation, all common stock and
          preferred stock.

               "Capitalized Lease" means, as applied to any Person, any
          lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) of which
          the discounted present value of the rental obligations of such
          Person as lessee, in conformity with GAAP, is required to be
          capitalized on the balance sheet of such Person; and "Capitalized
          Lease Obligations" means the discounted present value of the
          rental obligations under any such Capitalized Lease.

               "Change of Control" means such time as (i) a "person" or
          "group" (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the
          Exchange Act) becomes the ultimate "beneficial owner" (as defined
          in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of Voting Stock having more
          than 40% of the voting power of the total Voting Stock of
          Holdings on a fully diluted basis; (ii) individuals who on the
          Closing Date constitute the Board of Directors of Holdings
          (together with any new directors whose election by the Board of
          Directors or whose nomination for election by Holdings'
          stockholders was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the
          members of the Board of Directors then in office who either were
          members of the Board of Directors on the Closing Date or whose
          election or nomination for election was previously so approved)
          cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the members of
          the Board of Directors then in office; or (iii) all of the common
          stock of the Corporation is not beneficially owned by Holdings;
          provided, however, that a Change of Control shall be deemed not
          to occur solely as a result of a Reorganization.

               "Closing Date" means the date on which the Exchangeable
          Preferred is originally issued.

               "Consolidated EBITDA" means, for any period, the sum of the
          amounts for such period of (i) Adjusted Consolidated Net Income,
          (ii) Consolidated Interest Expense, (iii) income taxes, to the
          extent such amount was deducted in calculating Adjusted
          Consolidated Net Income (other than income taxes (either positive
          or negative) attributable to extraordinary and non-recurring
          gains or losses on sales of assets), (iv) depreciation expense,
          to the extent such amount was deducted in calculating Adjusted
          Consolidated Net Income, (v) amortization expense, to the extent
          such amount was deducted in calculating Adjusted Consolidated Net
          Income, and (vi) all other non-cash items reducing Adjusted
          Consolidated Net Income (other than items that will require cash
          payments and for which an accrual or reserve is, or is required
          by GAAP to be, made), less all non-cash items increasing Adjusted
          Consolidated Net Income, all as determined on a consolidated
          basis for the Corporation and its Restricted Subsidiaries in
          conformity with GAAP; provided that, if any Restricted Subsidiary
          is not a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, Consolidated EBITDA
          shall be reduced (to the extent not otherwise reduced in
          accordance with GAAP) by an amount equal to (A) the amount of the
          Adjusted Consolidated Net Income attributable to such Restricted
          Subsidiary multiplied by (B) the quotient of (1) the number of
          shares of outstanding common stock of such Restricted Subsidiary
          not owned on the last day of such period by the Corporation or
          any of its Restricted Subsidiaries divided by (2) the total
          number of shares of outstanding common stock of such Restricted
          Subsidiary on the last day of such period.

               "Consolidated Interest Expense" means, for any period, the
          aggregate amount of interest in respect of Indebtedness
          (including amortization of original issue discount on any
          Indebtedness and the interest portion of any deferred payment
          obligation, calculated in accordance with the effective interest
          method of accounting; all commissions, discounts and other fees
          and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers'
          acceptance financing; the net costs associated with Interest Rate
          Agreements; and Indebtedness that is Guaranteed or secured by the
          Corporation or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) and all but
          the principal component of rentals in respect of Capitalized
          Lease Obligations paid, accrued or scheduled to be paid or to be
          accrued by the Corporation and its Restricted Subsidiaries during
          such period; excluding, however, without duplication, (i) any
          amount of such interest of any Restricted Subsidiary if the net
          income of such Restricted Subsidiary is excluded in the
          calculation of Adjusted Consolidated Net Income pursuant to
          clause (iii) of the definition thereof (but only in the same
          proportion as the net income of such Restricted Subsidiary is
          excluded from the calculation of Adjusted Consolidated Net Income
          pursuant to clause (iii) of the definition thereof) and (ii) any
          premiums, fees and expenses (and any amortization thereof)
          payable in connection with the offering of the 13 1/2% Notes and 
          the warrants issued therewith, the Senior Discount Notes and/or the
          Exchangeable Preferred, all as determined on a consolidated basis
          (without taking into account Unrestricted Subsidiaries) in
          conformity with GAAP.

               "Consolidated Net Worth" means, at any date of
          determination, stockholders' equity as set forth on the most
          recently available quarterly or annual consolidated balance sheet
          of the Corporation and its Restricted Subsidiaries (which shall
          be as of a date not more than 90 days prior to the date of such
          computation, and which shall not take into account Unrestricted
          Subsidiaries), less any amounts attributable to Redeemable Stock
          or any equity security convertible into or exchangeable for
          Indebtedness, the cost of treasury stock and the principal amount
          of any promissory notes receivable from the sale of the Capital
          Stock of the Corporation or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries,
          each item to be determined in conformity with GAAP (excluding the
          effects of foreign currency exchange adjustments under Financial
          Accounting Standards Board Statement of Financial Accounting
          Standards No. 52).

               "Currency Agreement" means any foreign exchange contract,
          currency swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement
          designed to protect the Corporation or any of its Restricted
          Subsidiaries against fluctuations in currency values to or under
          which the Corporation or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a
          party or a beneficiary on the Closing Date or becomes a party or
          a beneficiary thereafter.

               "Default"  means any event that is, or after notice or
          passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

               "Event of Default" means a Voting Rights Triggering Event as
          defined in paragraph 10(b) of this Section 4.2.1.

               "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
          amended.

               "FOTI" means Fiber Optic Technologies Inc., a Colorado
          corporation.

               "GAAP"  means generally accepted accounting principles in
          the United States of America as in effect as of August 8, 1995,
          including, without limitation, those set forth in the opinions
          and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the
          American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements
          and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or
          in such other statements by such other entity as approved by a
          significant segment of the accounting profession.  All ratios and
          computations contained in this Section 4.2.1 shall be computed in
          conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis, except that
          calculations made for purposes of determining compliance with the
          terms of the covenants and with other provisions of this Section
          4.2.1 shall be made without giving effect to (i) the amortization
          of any expenses incurred in connection with the offering of the
          13 1/2% Notes and the warrants issued therewith, the Senior 
          Discount Notes and/or the Exchangeable Preferred and (ii) except as
          otherwise provided, the amortization of any amounts required or
          permitted by Accounting Principles Board Opinion Nos. 16 and 17.

               "Guarantee" means any obligation, contingent or otherwise,
          of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any
          Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person and, without
          limiting the generality of the foregoing, any obligation, direct
          or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person (i) to
          purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or
          payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation of such other
          Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or
          by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities
          or services, to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement
          conditions or otherwise) or (ii) entered into for purposes of
          assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness or
          other obligation of the payment thereof or to protect such
          obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part);
          provided that the term "Guarantee" shall not include endorsements
          for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. 
          The term "Guarantee" used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

               "Holders"  means the registered holders of shares of
          Exchangeable Preferred.

               "Holdings,"  as used in this Section 4.2.1, means IntelCom
          Group, Inc., a Canadian federal corporation, or any successor
          thereto, and, if a Reorganization is completed, shall be deemed
          to refer also to "Newco" as defined in the definition of
          Reorganization.

               "Incur"  means, with respect to any Indebtedness, to incur,
          create, issue, assume, Guarantee or otherwise become liable for
          or with respect to, or become responsible for, the payment of,
          contingently or otherwise, such Indebtedness, including an
          Incurrence of Indebtedness by reason of the acquisition of more
          than 50% of the Capital Stock of any Person; provided that
          neither the accrual of interest nor the accretion of original
          issue discount shall be considered an Incurrence of Indebtedness.

               "Indebtedness" means, with respect to any Person at any date
          of determination (without duplication), (i) all indebtedness of
          such Person for borrowed money, (ii) all obligations of such
          Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar
          instruments, (iii) all obligations of such Person in respect of
          letters of credit or other similar instruments (including
          reimbursement obligations with respect thereto), (iv) all
          obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid
          purchase price of property or services, which purchase price is
          due more than six months after the date of placing such property
          in service or taking delivery and title thereto or the completion
          of such services, except trade payables, (v) all obligations of
          such Person as lessee under Capitalized Leases, (vi) all
          Indebtedness of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of
          such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such
          Person; provided that the amount of such Indebtedness shall be
          the lesser of (A) the fair market value of such asset at such
          date of determination and (B) the amount of such Indebtedness,
          (vii) all Indebtedness of other Persons Guaranteed by such Person
          to the extent such Indebtedness is Guaranteed by such Person and
          (viii) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition,
          obligations under Currency Agreements and Interest Rate
          Agreements.  The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date
          shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all
          unconditional obligations as described above and, with respect to
          contingent obligations, the maximum liability upon the occurrence
          of the contingency giving rise to the obligation, provided (i)
          that the amount outstanding at any time of any Indebtedness
          issued with original issue discount is the original issue price
          of such Indebtedness and (ii) that Indebtedness shall not include
          any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes.

               "Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio" means, as at any date of
          determination, the ratio of (i) the aggregate amount of
          Indebtedness of the Corporation and its Restricted Subsidiaries
          on a consolidated basis as at the date of determination (the
          "Determination Date") to (ii) the Consolidated EBITDA of the
          Corporation for the then most recent four full fiscal quarters
          for which reports have been filed pursuant to paragraph 11(i) of
          this Section 4.2.1 (such four full fiscal quarter period being
          referred to herein as the "Four Quarter Period"); provided that
          (x) pro forma effect shall be given to any Indebtedness Incurred
          from the beginning of the Four Quarter Period through the
          Determination Date (including any Indebtedness Incurred on the
          Determination Date), to the extent outstanding on the
          Determination Date, (y) if during the period commencing on the
          first day of such Four Quarter Period through the Determination
          Date (the "Reference Period"), the Corporation or any of the
          Restricted Subsidiaries shall have engaged in any Asset Sale,
          Consolidated EBITDA for such period shall be reduced by an amount
          equal to the EBITDA (if positive), or increased by an amount
          equal to the EBITDA (if negative), directly attributable to the
          assets which are the subject of such Asset Sale and any related
          retirement of Indebtedness as if such Asset Sale and related
          retirement of Indebtedness had occurred on the first day of such
          Reference Period or (z) if during such Reference Period the
          Corporation or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall have made
          any Asset Acquisition, Consolidated EBITDA of the Corporation
          shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as if such Asset
          Acquisition and any related financing had occurred on the first
          day of such Reference Period.  In calculating this ratio for
          purposes hereof, the amount of outstanding Indebtedness shall be
          deemed to include the liquidation preference of any preferred
          stock then outstanding.

               "Interest Rate Agreement" means any interest rate protection
          agreement, interest rate future agreement, interest rate option
          agreement, interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap
          agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedge
          agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to
          protect the Corporation or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
          against fluctuations in interest rates in respect of Indebtedness
          to or under which the Corporation or any of its Restricted
          Subsidiaries is a party or a beneficiary on the Closing Date or
          becomes a party or a beneficiary thereafter; provided that the
          notional principal amount thereof does not exceed the principal
          amount of the Indebtedness of the Corporation and its Restricted
          Subsidiaries that bears interest at floating rates.

               "Investment"  in any Person means any direct or indirect
          advance, loan or other extension of credit (including, without
          limitation, by way of Guarantee or similar arrangement; but
          excluding advances to customers in the ordinary course of
          business that are, in conformity with GAAP, recorded as accounts
          receivable on the balance sheet of the Corporation or its
          Restricted Subsidiaries) or capital contribution to (by means of
          any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment
          for property or services for the account or use of others), or
          any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, bonds, notes,
          debentures or other similar instruments issued by, such Person
          and shall include the designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as
          an Unrestricted Subsidiary.  For purposes of the definition of
          "Unrestricted Subsidiary" and paragraph 11(b) of this Section
          4.2.1, (i) "Investment" shall include the fair market value of
          the assets (net of liabilities) of any Restricted Subsidiary of
          the Corporation at the time that such Restricted Subsidiary of
          the Corporation is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary and
          shall exclude the fair market value of the assets (net of
          liabilities) of any Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time that such
          Unrestricted Subsidiary is designated a Restricted Subsidiary of
          the Corporation and (ii) any property transferred to or from an
          Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value
          at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined by the
          Board of Directors in good faith.

               "Lien" means any mortgage, pledge, security interest,
          encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including, without
          limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention
          agreement or lease in the nature thereof, any sale with recourse
          against the seller or any Affiliate of the seller, or any
          agreement to give any security interest).

               "MTN"  means Maritime Telecommunications Network, Inc., a
          Colorado corporation, and its successors.

               "Net Cash Proceeds" means (a) with respect to any Asset
          Sale, the proceeds of such Asset Sale in the form of cash or cash
          equivalents, including payments in respect of deferred payment
          obligations (to the extent corresponding to the principal, but
          not interest, component thereof) when received in the form of
          cash or cash equivalents (except to the extent such obligations
          are financed or sold with recourse to the Corporation or any
          Restricted Subsidiary of the Corporation) and proceeds from the
          conversion of other property received when converted to cash or
          cash equivalents, net of (i) brokerage commissions and other fees
          and expenses (including fees and expenses of counsel and
          investment bankers) related to such Asset Sale, (ii) provisions
          for all taxes (whether or not such taxes will actually be paid or
          are payable) as a result of such Asset Sale without regard to the
          consolidated results of operations of the Corporation and its
          Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (iii) payments made to
          repay Indebtedness or any other obligation outstanding at the
          time of such Asset Sale that either (A) is secured by a Lien on
          the property or assets sold or (B) is required to be paid as a
          result of such sale and (iv) appropriate amounts to be provided
          by the Corporation or any Restricted Subsidiary as a reserve
          against any liabilities associated with such Asset Sale,
          including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment
          benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters
          and liabilities under any indemnification obligations associated
          with such Asset Sale, all as determined in conformity with GAAP
          and (b) with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock,
          the proceeds of such issuance or sale in the form of cash or cash
          equivalents, including payments in respect of deferred payment
          obligations (to the extent corresponding to the principal, but
          not interest, component thereof) when received in the form of
          cash or cash equivalents (except to the extent such obligations
          are financed or sold with recourse to the Corporation or any
          Restricted Subsidiary) and proceeds from the conversion of other
          property received when converted to cash or cash equivalents, net
          of attorneys' fees, accountants' fees, underwriters' or placement
          agents' fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant
          and other fees incurred in connection with such issuance or sale
          and net of taxes paid or payable as a result thereof.

               "Offer to Purchase" means an offer to purchase shares of
          Exchangeable Preferred by the Corporation from the Holders
          commenced by mailing a notice to the Transfer Agent and each
          Holder stating: (i) the covenant pursuant to which the offer is
          being made and that all shares of Exchangeable Preferred validly
          tendered will be accepted for payment on a pro rata basis; (ii)
          the purchase price and the date of purchase (which shall be a
          Business Day no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from
          the date such notice is mailed) (the "Payment Date"); (iii) that
          any shares of Exchangeable Preferred not tendered will continue
          to accrue dividends pursuant to its terms; (iv) that, unless the
          Corporation defaults in the payment of the purchase price, any
          shares of Exchangeable Preferred accepted for payment pursuant to
          the Offer to Purchase shall cease to accrue dividends on and
          after the Payment Date; (v) that Holders electing to have any
          shares of Exchangeable Preferred purchased pursuant to the Offer
          to Purchase will be required to surrender the shares of
          Exchangeable Preferred together with a form entitled "Option of
          the Holder to Elect Purchase" (the form of which will be mailed
          with such notice) completed, to the paying agent at the address
          specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the
          Business Day immediately preceding the Payment Date; (vi) that
          Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the paying
          agent receives, not later than the close of business on the third
          Business Day immediately preceding the Payment Date, a telegram,
          facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of such
          Holder, the liquidation preference of the shares of Exchangeable
          Preferred delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder
          is withdrawing his election to have such shares of Exchangeable
          Preferred purchased; and (vii) that Holders whose shares of
          Exchangeable Preferred are being purchased only in part will be
          issued new shares of Exchangeable Preferred equal in liquidation
          preference to the unpurchased portion of the shares of
          Exchangeable Preferred surrendered; provided that each share of
          Exchangeable Preferred purchased and each new share of
          Exchangeable Preferred issued shall be in a principal amount of
          $1,000 or integral multiples thereof.  On the Payment Date, the
          Corporation shall (i) accept for payment on a pro rata basis
          shares of Exchangeable Preferred or portions thereof tendered
          pursuant to an Offer to Purchase; (ii) deposit with the paying
          agent money sufficient to pay the purchase price of all shares of
          Exchangeable Preferred or portions thereof so accepted; and (iii)
          deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Transfer Agent all
          shares of Exchangeable Preferred or portions thereof so accepted
          together with an Officers' Certificate specifying the shares of
          Exchangeable Preferred or portions thereof accepted for payment
          by the Corporation.  The paying agent shall promptly mail to the
          Holders of shares of Exchangeable Preferred so accepted, payment
          in an amount equal to the purchase price, and the Transfer Agent
          shall promptly authenticate and mail to such Holders new shares
          of Exchangeable Preferred equal in liquidation preference to any
          unpurchased portion of the shares of Exchangeable Preferred
          surrendered; provided that each share of Exchangeable Preferred
          purchased and each new share of Exchangeable Preferred issued
          shall be in a principal amount of $1,000 or integral multiples
          thereof.  The Corporation will publicly announce the results of
          an Offer to Purchase as soon as practicable after the Payment
          Date.  The Transfer Agent shall act as the paying agent for an
          Offer to Purchase.  The Corporation will comply with Rule 14e-1
          under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and
          regulations thereunder, to the extent such laws and regulations
          are applicable, in the event that the Corporation is required to
          repurchase shares of Exchangeable Preferred pursuant to an Offer
          to Purchase.

               "Ohio LINX" means ICG Ohio LINX, Inc., an Ohio corporation.

               "Permitted Investment" means (i) an Investment in a
          Restricted Subsidiary or a Person which will, upon the making of
          such Investment, become a Restricted Subsidiary or be merged or
          consolidated with or into or transfer or convey all or
          substantially all its assets to, the Corporation or a Restricted
          Subsidiary; provided that such Person's primary business is
          related, ancillary or complementary to the businesses of the
          Corporation and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of such
          Investment; (ii) a Temporary Cash Investment; (iii) payroll,
          travel and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at
          the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses in
          accordance with GAAP; (iv) loans or advances to employees made in
          the ordinary course of business in accordance with past practice
          of the Corporation or its Restricted Subsidiaries and that do not
          in the aggregate exceed $2 million at any time outstanding; (v)
          stock, obligations or securities received in satisfaction of
          judgments; and (vi) Indebtedness of Holdings owed to the
          Corporation, in an amount not to exceed the reasonable expenses
          of Holdings as a holding company that are actually incurred, and
          paid, by Holdings; provided that such Indebtedness of Holdings is
          evidenced by an unsubordinated promissory note that provides that
          it will be paid prior to any mandatory redemption of the
          Exchangeable Preferred if such payment would be necessary to
          effectuate such redemption.

               "Permitted Liens" means (i) Liens for taxes, assessments,
          governmental charges or claims that are being contested in good
          faith by appropriate legal proceedings promptly instituted and
          diligently conducted and for which a reserve or other appropriate
          provision, if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP
          shall have been made; (ii) statutory Liens of landlords and
          carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, suppliers, materialmen,
          repairmen or other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course
          of business and with respect to amounts not yet delinquent or
          being contested in good faith by appropriate legal proceedings
          promptly instituted and diligently conducted and for which a
          reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be
          required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made; (iii)
          Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of
          business in connection with workers' compensation, unemployment
          insurance and other types of social security; (iv) Liens incurred
          or deposits made to secure the performance of tenders, bids,
          leases, statutory or regulatory obligations, bankers'
          acceptances, surety and appeal bonds, government contracts,
          performance and return-of-money bonds and other obligations of a
          similar nature incurred in the ordinary course of business
          (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed money); (v)
          easements, rights of way, municipal and zoning ordinances and
          similar charges, encumbrances, title defects or other
          irregularities that do not materially interfere with the ordinary
          course of business of the Corporation or any of its Restricted
          Subsidiaries; (vi) Liens (including extensions and renewals
          thereof) upon real or personal property acquired after the
          Closing Date; provided that (a) such Lien is created solely for
          the purpose of securing Indebtedness Incurred, in accordance with
          paragraph 11(a) of this Section 4.2.1, (1) to finance the cost
          (including the cost of improvement or construction) of the item
          of property or assets subject thereto and such Lien is created
          prior to, at the time of or within six months after the later of
          the acquisition, the completion of construction or the
          commencement of full operation of such property or (2) to
          refinance any Indebtedness previously so secured, (b) the
          principal amount of the Indebtedness secured by such Lien does
          not exceed 100% of such cost and (c) any such Lien shall not
          extend to or cover any property or assets other than such item of
          property or assets and any improvements on such item; (vii)
          leases or subleases granted to others that do not materially
          interfere with the ordinary course of business of the Corporation
          and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; (viii) Liens
          encumbering property or assets under construction arising from
          progress or partial payments by a customer of the Corporation or
          its Restricted Subsidiaries relating to such property or assets;
          (ix) any interest or title of a lessor in the property subject to
          any Capitalized Lease or operating lease; (x) Liens arising from
          filing Uniform Commercial Code financing statements regarding
          leases; (xi) Liens on property of, or on shares of stock or
          Indebtedness of, any corporation existing at the time such
          corporation becomes, or becomes a part of, any Restricted
          Subsidiary; provided that such Liens do not extend to or cover
          any property or assets of the Corporation or any Restricted
          Subsidiary other than the property or assets acquired; (xii)
          Liens in favor of the Corporation or any Restricted Subsidiary;
          (xiii) Liens arising from the rendering of a final judgment or
          order against the Corporation or any Restricted Subsidiary that
          does not give rise to an Event of Default; (xiv) Liens securing
          reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit that
          encumber documents and other property relating to such letters of
          credit and the products and proceeds thereof; (xv) Liens in favor
          of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to
          secure payment of customs duties in connection with the
          importation of goods; (xvi) Liens encumbering customary initial
          deposits and margin deposits, and other Liens that are either
          within the general parameters customary in the industry and
          incurred in the ordinary course of business, in each case,
          securing Indebtedness under Interest Rate Agreements and Currency
          Agreements and forward contracts, options, future contracts,
          futures options or similar agreements or arrangements designed to
          protect the Corporation or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
          from fluctuations in the price of commodities; (xvii) Liens
          arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or
          similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into by the
          Corporation or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary
          course of business in accordance with the past practices of the
          Corporation and its Restricted Subsidiaries prior to the Closing
          Date; and (xviii) Liens on or sales of receivables.

                "Person" means an individual, a corporation, a partnership,
          a limited liability company, an association, a trust or any other
          entity or organization, including a government or political
          subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof.

               "Preferred stock" or "preferred stock" means, with respect
          to any Person, any and all shares, interests, participations or
          other equivalents (however designated, whether voting or non-
          voting) of such Person's preferred or preference stock, whether
          now outstanding or issued after April 29, 1996, including,
          without limitation, all series and classes of such preferred or
          preference stock.

               "Public Equity Offering" means a bona fide underwritten
          primary public offering of common stock of Holdings or the
          Corporation pursuant to an effective registration statement under
          the Securities Act.

               "Redeemable Stock" means any class or series of Capital
          Stock of any Person that by its terms or otherwise is (i)
          required to be redeemed prior to the mandatory redemption date of
          the shares of Exchangeable Preferred, (ii) redeemable at the
          option of the holder of such class or series of Capital Stock at
          any time prior to the mandatory redemption date of the shares of
          Exchangeable Preferred, or (iii) convertible into or exchangeable
          for Capital Stock referred to in clause (i) or (ii) above or
          Indebtedness having a scheduled maturity prior to the mandatory
          redemption date of the shares of Exchangeable Preferred; provided
          that any Capital Stock that would not constitute Redeemable Stock
          but for provisions thereof giving holders thereof the right to
          require such Person to repurchase or redeem such Capital Stock
          upon the occurrence of a "change of control" occurring prior to
          the mandatory redemption date of the shares of Exchangeable
          Preferred shall not constitute Redeemable Stock if the "change of
          control" provisions applicable to such Capital Stock are no more
          favorable to the holders of such Capital Stock than the
          provisions contained in the "Change of Control" provisions
          contained in paragraph 7(b) of this Section 4.2.1 and such
          Capital Stock specifically provides that such Person will not
          repurchase or redeem any such stock pursuant to such provision
          prior to the Corporation's repurchase of Exchangeable Preferred
          as provided in paragraph 7(b) of this Section 4.2.1.

               "Reorganization"  means the transaction or series of
          transactions in which the Voting Stock of Holdings is changed
          into or exchanged for Voting Stock of a corporation organized
          under the laws of any State in the United States ("Newco").

               "Restricted Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of the
          Corporation other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

                "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as
          amended.

               "Senior Discount Notes," as used in this Section 4.2.1,
          means the Senior Discount Notes Due 2006 of the Corporation,
          Guaranteed by Holdings on a senior unsecured basis and issued on
          the Closing Date.

               "Senior Discount Notes Indenture," as used in this Section
          4.2.1, means the Indenture dated as of the Closing Date among the
          Corporation, Holdings and the Trustee pursuant to which the
          Senior Discount Notes are issued.

               "StarCom" means StarCom International Optics Corporation, a
          British Columbia corporation, and its Subsidiaries.

               "Strategic Investor" means any Person engaged in the
          telecommunications business which has a net worth or equity
          market capitalization of at least $1 billion.

               "Strategic Investor Subordinated Indebtedness" means all
          Indebtedness of the Corporation owed to a Strategic Investor that
          is contractually subordinate in right of payment to the shares of
          Exchangeable Preferred to at least the following extent:  no
          payment of principal (or premium, if any) or interest on or
          otherwise payable in respect of such Indebtedness may be made
          (whether as a result of a default or otherwise) prior to the
          payment in full of all of the Corporation's obligations under the
          shares of Exchangeable Preferred; provided, however, that prior
          to the payment of such obligations, interest on Strategic
          Investor Subordinated Indebtedness may be payable solely in kind
          or in common stock (other than Redeemable Stock) of Holdings or
          the Corporation.

               "Subsidiary"  means, with respect to any Person, any
          corporation, association or other business entity of which more
          than 50% of the outstanding Voting Stock is owned, directly or
          indirectly, by such Person and one or more other Subsidiaries of
          such Person.

               "Temporary Cash Investment" means any of the following: (i)
          direct obligations of the United States of America or any agency
          thereof or obligations fully and unconditionally guaranteed by
          the United States of America or any agency thereof, (ii) time
          deposit accounts, certificates of deposit and money market
          deposits maturing within 270 days of the date of acquisition
          thereof, bankers' acceptances with maturities not exceeding 270
          days, and overnight bank deposits, in each case issued by or with
          a bank or trust company which is organized under the laws of the
          United States of America, any state thereof or any foreign
          country recognized by the United States, and which bank or trust
          company has capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating in
          excess of $100 million (or the foreign currency equivalent
          thereof) and has outstanding debt which is rated "A" (or such
          similar equivalent rating) or higher by at least one nationally
          recognized statistical rating organization (as defined in Rule
          436 under the Securities Act) or any money-market fund sponsored
          by a registered broker dealer or mutual fund distributor, (iii)
          repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for
          underlying securities of the types described in clause (i) above
          entered into with a bank meeting the qualifications described in
          clause (ii) above, (iv) commercial paper, maturing not more than
          180 days after the date of acquisition, issued by a corporation
          (other than an Affiliate of Holdings) organized and in existence
          under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof
          or any foreign country recognized by the United States of America
          with a rating at the time as of which any investment therein is
          made of "P-1" (or higher) according to Moody's Investors Service,
          Inc. or "A-1" (or higher) according to Standard & Poor's Ratings
          Group, and (v) securities with maturities of six months or less
          from the date of acquisition issued or fully and unconditionally
          guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United
          States of America, or by any political subdivision or taxing
          authority thereof, and rated at least "A" by Standard & Poor's
          Ratings Group or Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

               "13 1/2% Notes" means the 13 1/2% Senior Discount Notes Due
          2005 of the Corporation Guaranteed by Holdings on a senior
          unsecured basis.

               "13 1/2% Notes Indenture" means the Indenture dated as of
          August 8, 1995 among the Corporation, Holdings and the Trustee
          pursuant to which the Corporation issued the 13 1/2% Notes.

               "Transaction Date" means, with respect to the Incurrence of
          any Indebtedness by the Corporation or any of its Restricted
          Subsidiaries or the issuance of any Redeemable Stock of the
          Corporation, the date such Indebtedness is to be Incurred or such
          issuance is to be made and, with respect to any Restricted
          Payment, the date such Restricted Payment is to be made.

               "Transfer Agent" means American Stock Transfer and Trust
          Company, 40 Wall Street, 46th Floor, New York, New York 10005, or
          such other Person as may become the transfer agent with respect
          to the Exchangeable Preferred.

               "Transfer Agent Office" means the principal office of the
          Transfer Agent at any particular time, which office is, at the
          date hereof, located at 40 Wall Street, 46th Floor, New York, New
          York 10005.

               "Trustee"  means Norwest Bank Colorado, National
          Association, or such other Person as may become the trustee under
          the Indenture, the Senior Discount Notes Indenture, or the 13
          1/2% Notes Indenture, as the context requires.

               "Unrestricted Subsidiary" means (i) any Subsidiary of the
          Corporation that at the time of determination shall be designated
          an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors in the
          manner provided below and (ii) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted
          Subsidiary.  The Board of Directors may designate any Subsidiary
          of the Corporation (including any newly acquired or newly formed
          Subsidiary of the Corporation), to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary
          unless such Subsidiary owns any Capital Stock of, or owns or
          holds any Lien on any property of, the Corporation or any
          Restricted Subsidiary; provided that either (A) the Subsidiary to
          be so designated has total assets of $1,000 or less or (B) if
          such Subsidiary has assets greater than $1,000, that such
          designation would be permitted under paragraph 11(b) of this
          Section 4.2.1.  The Board of Directors may designate any
          Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the
          Corporation; provided that immediately after giving effect to
          such designation (x) the Corporation could Incur $1.00 of
          additional Indebtedness under paragraph 11(a)(i) of this Section
          4.2.1 and (y) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred
          and be continuing.  Any such designation by the Board of
          Directors shall be evidenced to the Transfer Agent by promptly
          filing with the Transfer Agent a copy of the resolution of the
          Board of Directors giving effect to such designation and an
          Officers' Certificate certifying that such designation complied
          with the foregoing provisions.

               "Voting Stock" means, with respect to any Person, Capital
          Stock of any class or kind ordinarily having the power to vote
          for the election of directors, managers or other voting members
          of the governing body of such Person.

               "Wholly Owned" means, with respect to any Subsidiary of any
          Person, such Subsidiary if all of the outstanding Capital Stock
          in such Subsidiary (other than any director's qualifying shares
          or Investments by foreign nationals mandated by applicable law)
          is owned by such Person or one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries
          of such Person.

               "Zycom" means Zycom Corporation, an Alberta, Canada
          corporation.

               2.   Designation Amount.  
                    ------------------  The distinctive serial designation
          of this series shall be "Cumulative Exchangeable Redeemable
          Preferred Stock" (as used in this Section 4.2.1, "Exchangeable
          Preferred").  The number of shares of Exchangeable Preferred
          shall initially be 150,000, which number may from time to time be
          increased (but not above the number that would cause the
          aggregate number of all shares of preferred stock of all series
          to exceed 1,000,000 shares) or decreased (but not below the
          number then outstanding) by the Board of Directors.  Shares of
          Exchangeable Preferred redeemed, purchased by the Corporation or
          exchanged for Exchange Debentures (as defined in paragraph 8(a)
          of this Section 4.2.1) shall be canceled and shall revert to
          authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock undesignated as
          to series; provided, however, that no such issued and reacquired
          shares of such series shall be reissued or sold as shares of
          Exchangeable Preferred unless reissued as a stock dividend on
          outstanding shares of Exchangeable Preferred.

               3.   Rank.  
                    -----     The Exchangeable Preferred shall, with
          respect to dividend rights and distribution rights on
          liquidation, winding-up and dissolution of the Corporation, rank
          (i) senior to all classes of common stock of the Corporation and
          to each other class of Capital Stock or series of preferred stock
          established after April 25, 1996, by the Board of Directors the
          terms of which do not expressly provide that it ranks senior to
          or on a parity with the Exchangeable Preferred as to dividend
          distributions and distributions upon the liquidation, winding-up
          and dissolution of the Corporation (collectively referred to with
          the common stock of the Corporation as "Junior Securities"); (ii)
          on a parity with any class of Capital Stock or series of
          preferred stock issued by the Corporation established after April
          25, 1996, by the Board of Directors, the terms of which expressly
          provide that such class or series will rank on a parity with the
          Exchangeable Preferred as to dividend distributions and
          distributions upon the liquidation, winding-up and dissolution of
          the Corporation (collectively referred to as "Parity
          Securities"); and (iii) subject to certain conditions described
          below, junior to each class of Capital Stock or series of
          preferred stock issued by the Corporation established after April
          25, 1996, by the Board of Directors, the terms of which expressly
          provide that such class or series will rank senior to the
          Exchangeable Preferred as to dividend distributions and
          distributions upon the liquidation, winding-up and dissolution of
          the Corporation (collectively referred to as "Senior
          Securities").  The Exchangeable Preferred will be subject to the
          issuance of series of Junior Securities, Parity Securities and
          Senior Securities; provided that the Corporation may not issue
          any new class of Senior Securities without the approval of the
          Holders of at least a majority of the shares of Exchangeable
          Preferred then outstanding, voting or consenting, as the case may
          be, separately as one class, except that without such approval of
          Holders of the Exchangeable Preferred, the Corporation may issue
          shares of Senior Securities (1) in exchange for, or the proceeds
          of which are used to redeem or repurchase, all, but not less than
          all, shares of Exchangeable Preferred then outstanding, or (2) in
          exchange for, or the proceeds of which are used to repay, any
          outstanding Indebtedness of the Corporation.

               4.   Dividends.
                    ---------

                    (a)  The Holders of shares of the Exchangeable
          Preferred shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared
          by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, out of funds
          legally available therefor, dividends at the annual rate of 14
          1/4% of the liquidation preference per share, subject to the
          provisions of paragraph 4(e) below.  Such dividends shall be
          cumulative, whether or not earned or declared, on a daily basis
          from the date of issuance of the Exchangeable Preferred, and
          shall be payable quarterly in arrears on February 1, May 1,
          August 1, and November 1 of each year commencing on August 1,
          1996 (each of such dates being a "dividend payment date"), with
          respect to the period commencing with the date of issuance of the
          particular shares of Exchangeable Preferred or the immediately
          preceding dividend payment date and ending on the day preceding
          such respective dividend payment date (each of such periods being
          a "dividend period"), to shareholders of record on the preceding
          January 15, April 15, July 15, and October 15, respectively
          (each, a "regular record date").  Any dividend payments made with
          respect to shares of Exchangeable Preferred on or before May 1,
          2001, may be made, in the sole discretion of the Board of
          Directors, in cash or in such number of additional fully paid and
          nonassessable shares of Exchangeable Preferred having an
          aggregate liquidation preference equal to the amount of such
          dividends, and the issuance of such additional shares of
          Exchangeable Preferred shall constitute full payment of such
          dividend.  All dividends paid with respect to shares of
          Exchangeable Preferred pursuant to this paragraph 4(a) shall be
          paid pro rata to the Holders entitled thereto.  The Corporation
          may, at the option of the Board of Directors, elect not to issue
          fractions of a share of Exchangeable Preferred ("Fractional
          Shares") in payment of any dividend in additional shares of
          Exchangeable Preferred.  In such event, in lieu of any Fractional
          Shares, each record Holder of Exchangeable Preferred otherwise
          entitled to receive a Fractional Share shall receive a payment in
          cash equal to such Holder's proportionate interest in the net
          proceeds from the sale or sales in the open market by the
          Transfer Agent or other agent selected by the Corporation, on
          behalf of all such Holders of the aggregate of all Fractional
          Shares otherwise payable as a dividend.  Such sale shall be
          effected promptly after the record date fixed for determining the
          Holders entitled to payment of the dividend.  All shares of
          Exchangeable Preferred issued as a dividend with respect to the
          Exchangeable Preferred will thereupon be duly authorized, validly
          issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free of all liens and
          charges.  After May 1, 2001, dividends on the Exchangeable
          Preferred shall be paid only in cash to the Holders of record at
          the close of business on the regular record date with respect to
          the applicable dividend payment date.

                    (b)  Accumulated unpaid dividends for any past dividend
          periods may be declared by the Board of Directors and paid on any
          date fixed by the Board of Directors, whether or not a regular
          dividend payment date, to Holders of record on the books of the
          Corporation on such record date as may be fixed by the Board of
          Directors.  Holders of Exchangeable Preferred will not be
          entitled to any dividends, whether payable in cash, property or
          stock, in excess of full cumulative dividends.  If any dividend
          (or portion thereof) payable on any dividend payment date on or
          before May 1, 2001, is not declared or paid in full in cash or in
          shares of Exchangeable Preferred as described in paragraph 4(a)
          above on such dividend payment date, the amount of the accrued
          and unpaid dividend will bear interest at the dividend rate on
          the Exchangeable Preferred, compounding quarterly from such
          dividend payment date until paid in full.  If any dividend (or
          portion thereof) payable on any dividend payment date after May
          1, 2001, is not declared or paid in full in cash on such dividend
          payment date, the amount of the accrued and unpaid dividend will
          bear interest at the dividend rate on the Exchangeable Preferred,
          compounding quarterly from such dividend payment date until paid
          in full.

                    (c)  So long as any shares of the Exchangeable
          Preferred are outstanding, the Corporation shall not (i) declare,
          pay or set apart for payment any dividend on any shares of Junior
          Securities or Parity Securities or (ii) make any payment on
          account of, or set apart for payment money for a sinking or other
          similar fund for, the purchase, redemption, retirement or other
          acquisition for value of any of, or redeem, purchase, retire or
          otherwise acquire for value any of, the Junior Securities or
          Parity Securities or any warrants, rights, calls or options
          exercisable for or convertible into any of the Junior Securities
          or Parity Securities or (iii) make any distribution in respect of
          the Junior Securities or Parity Securities or any warrants,
          rights, calls or options exercisable for or convertible into any
          of the Junior Securities or Parity Securities, in any such case
          either directly or indirectly, and whether in cash, obligations
          or shares of the Corporation or other property (other than
          distributions or dividends of a particular class or series of
          Junior Securities to holders of such Junior Securities or
          distributions or dividends of a particular class or series of
          Parity Securities to holders of such Parity Securities), and
          shall not permit any corporation or other entity directly or
          indirectly controlled by the Corporation to purchase, redeem or
          otherwise acquire for value any of the Junior Securities or
          Parity Securities or any warrants, rights, calls or options
          exercisable for or convertible into any of the Junior Securities
          or Parity Securities, unless, as to any of the actions described
          in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) above, prior to or concurrently
          with such declaration, payment, setting apart for payment,
          purchase, redemption, other acquisition for value or
          distribution, as the case may be, all accrued and unpaid
          dividends, if any, on shares of the Exchangeable Preferred not
          paid on the dates provided for in paragraphs 4(a) or 4(b) hereof
          (including accrued dividends, if any, not paid by reason of the
          terms and conditions of paragraph 4(d) hereof) shall have been
          paid or shall have been declared and, if payable in cash, a sum
          in cash set apart for such payment.  If full cumulative dividends
          on the Exchangeable Preferred are not so paid, the Exchangeable
          Preferred will share dividends pro rata with the Parity
          Securities.  If full cumulative dividends on the Exchangeable
          Preferred have not been so paid, the Exchangeable Preferred may
          not be optionally redeemed in part as provided in paragraph 6(d)
          of this Section 4.2.1.

                    (d)  Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the
          contrary, no cash dividends on shares of Exchangeable Preferred,
          or any other shares of Junior Securities or Parity Securities, or
          other series of the Corporation's preferred stock, shall be
          declared by the Board of Directors or paid or set apart for
          payment by the Corporation at such time as the terms and
          provisions of any contract or other agreement of the Corporation
          or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries entered into or assumed
          prior to, on, or after the Closing Date specifically prohibits
          such declaration, payment or setting apart for payment or
          provides that such declaration, payment or setting apart for
          payment would constitute a breach thereof or a default
          thereunder; provided, however, that nothing contained in this
          paragraph 4(d) shall be construed or deemed to require the Board
          of Directors to declare, or the Corporation to pay or set apart
          for payment, any cash dividends on shares of the Exchangeable
          Preferred, whether permitted by any of such agreements or not.

                    (e)  If, on or prior to November 1, 1996, the
          Corporation does not, as more fully provided in the Registration
          Rights Agreement with respect to the Exchangeable Preferred dated
          the Closing Date, either (i) consummate an offer by the
          Corporation to such Holders to exchange the Exchangeable
          Preferred for an issue of preferred stock of the Corporation with
          terms identical to the Exchangeable Preferred pursuant to an
          effective registration statement under the Securities Act with
          respect to such exchange offer, or (ii) file and cause to become
          effective under the Securities Act a shelf registration statement
          with respect to resales of the Exchangeable Preferred, then
          dividends, in addition to the dividends described in paragraph
          4(a) of this Section 4.2.1, will accrue at the annual rate of
          0.5% of the liquidation preference per share on the Exchangeable
          Preferred from November 1, 1996, payable in additional shares of
          Exchangeable Preferred quarterly in arrears on February 1, May 1,
          August 1, and November 1 of each year commencing on February 1,
          1997.

               5.   Liquidation Preference.
                    -----------------------
                    (a)  In the event of any voluntary or involuntary
          liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the affairs of the
          Corporation, then, before any distribution or payment shall be
          made to the holders of any Junior Securities, including common
          stock of the Corporation, the Holders of Exchangeable Preferred
          then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid, out of the assets
          of the Corporation available for distribution to its
          shareholders, an amount in cash equal to $1,000 for each share
          outstanding (which amount is hereinafter referred to as the
          "liquidation preference"), plus an amount in cash equal to all
          accrued and unpaid dividends and interest thereon to the date
          fixed for liquidation, dissolution or winding-up (including an
          amount equal to a prorated dividend for the period from the
          dividend payment date immediately preceding the date fixed for
          liquidation, dissolution or winding-up to the date fixed for
          liquidation, dissolution or winding-up).  Except as provided in
          the preceding sentence, Holders of Exchangeable Preferred shall
          not be entitled to any distribution in the event of liquidation,
          dissolution or winding-up of the affairs of the Corporation.  If
          the assets of the Corporation are not sufficient to pay in full
          the liquidation payments payable to the holders of outstanding
          shares of the Exchangeable Preferred and all other Parity
          Securities, then the holders of all such shares shall share
          ratably in any distribution of assets of the Corporation with
          respect to the Exchangeable Preferred and Parity Securities in
          accordance with the amount that would be payable on such
          distribution if the amounts to which the holders of outstanding
          shares of Exchangeable Preferred and all other Parity Securities
          are entitled were paid in full.  After payment of the full amount
          of the liquidation preference and accrued and unpaid dividends or
          interest to which each Holder is entitled, such Holders of shares
          of Exchangeable Preferred will not be entitled to any further
          participation in any distribution of the assets of the
          Corporation.

                    (b)  For purposes of this paragraph 5, a merger,
          consolidation or sale of substantially all of the Corporation's
          assets that complies with the provisions of paragraph 11(g) of
          this Section 4.2.1 shall not be deemed to be a voluntary or
          involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the
          Corporation.

               6.   Optional Redemption.
                    -------------------

                    (a)  Subject to subparagraph (d) of this paragraph 6,
          and subject to the legal availability of funds therefor and to
          any contractual and other restrictions with respect thereto, at
          any time on or after May 1, 2001, the Corporation, at the option
          of the Board of Directors, may redeem, in whole or in part, the
          shares of Exchangeable Preferred at the time outstanding, at any
          time or from time to time, upon notice given as provided in
          paragraph 9 of this Section 4.2.1, at the redemption prices
          (expressed as a percentage of the liquidation preference thereof)
          set forth below, plus an amount in cash equal to all accumulated
          and unpaid dividends (including an amount in cash equal to a
          prorated dividend for the period from the dividend payment date
          immediately prior to the redemption date to the redemption date,
          subject to the right of holders of preferred stock on a record
          date to receive dividends on a dividend payment date) if redeemed
          during the 12-month period beginning May 1 of each of the years
          set forth below:

                    YEAR                               PERCENTAGE
                    2001                               107.125%
                    2002                               104.750%
                    2003                               102.375%
                    2004 and thereafter                100.000%

                    (b)  In addition, but subject to subparagraph (d) of
          this paragraph 6, on or prior to May 1, 1999, the Corporation
          may, at the option of the Board of Directors from time to time,
          subject to the legal availability of funds therefor and to any
          contractual and other restrictions with respect thereto, redeem
          shares of Exchangeable Preferred having an aggregate liquidation
          preference of up to 35% of the aggregate liquidation preference
          of all shares of Exchangeable Preferred issued on the Closing
          Date, at a redemption price equal to 114 1/4% of the liquidation
          preference thereof (subject to the right of Holders of
          Exchangeable Preferred on relevant record dates to receive
          dividends due on relevant dividend payment dates), plus an amount
          in cash equal to a prorated dividend for the period from the
          dividend payment date immediately prior to the redemption date to
          the redemption date, with proceeds of one or more Public Equity
          Offerings of common stock of (A) the Corporation or (B) Holdings,
          provided that (i) with respect to a Public Equity Offering
          referred to in clause (B) above, cash proceeds of such Public
          Equity Offering in an amount sufficient to effect the redemption
          of Exchangeable Preferred to be so redeemed are contributed by
          Holdings to the Corporation prior to such redemption and used by
          the Corporation to effect such redemption and (ii) such
          redemption occurs within 180 days after consummation of such
          Public Equity Offering.

                    (c)  In the event of partial redemptions of
          Exchangeable Preferred, the shares to be redeemed will be
          determined pro rata, except that the Corporation may redeem such
          shares held by any Holder of fewer than 100 shares without regard
          to such pro rata redemption requirement.

                    (d)  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of
          paragraph 6(a) or (b) of this Section 4.2.1, unless the full
          cumulative dividends for all past dividend periods on all
          outstanding shares of Exchangeable Preferred shall have been paid
          or contemporaneously are declared and paid or set apart for
          payment (whether in cash or additional shares of Exchangeable
          Preferred, as permitted under paragraph 4(a) of this Section
          4.2.1), none of the shares of Exchangeable Preferred shall be
          redeemed pursuant to paragraph 6(a) or (b) of this Section 4.2.1
          unless all outstanding shares of Exchangeable Preferred are
          simultaneously redeemed and all such cumulative dividends are
          paid in cash contemporaneously with such redemption.

               7.   Mandatory Redemption.
                    --------------------

                    (a)   The Exchangeable Preferred will be subject to
          mandatory redemption (subject to the legal availability of funds
          therefor but without regard to any contractual or other
          restriction with respect thereto) in whole on May 1, 2007, at a
          price, payable in cash, equal to the liquidation preference
          thereof, plus all accumulated and unpaid dividends to the date of
          redemption. 

                    (b)  Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the
          Corporation will (subject to any contractual and other
          restrictions with respect thereto and to the legal availability
          of funds therefor) offer (the "Change of Control Offer") to each
          Holder of Exchangeable Preferred to repurchase all or any part of
          such Holder's Exchangeable Preferred at a cash purchase price
          equal to 101% of the liquidation preference thereof, plus an
          amount in cash equal to all accumulated and unpaid dividends per
          share to the date of purchase (including an amount in cash equal
          to a prorated dividend from the dividend payment date immediately
          preceding the date of purchase to the date of purchase).  The
          Change of Control Offer will be made within 30 days following a
          Change of Control, will remain open for at least 30 and not more
          than 40 days, and will be made in compliance with the
          requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other
          applicable securities laws and regulations.  Notwithstanding the
          foregoing, the Corporation will not make a Change of Control
          Offer if any of the Senior Discount Notes or 13 1/2% Notes are
          outstanding upon the occurrence of a Change of Control unless all
          of the Senior Discount Notes and 13 1/2% Notes tendered pursuant
          to the "change of control offers" with respect thereto are
          repurchased as a result of such Change of Control, in which case
          the date on which all Senior Discount Notes and 13 1/2% Notes
          (and any other Indebtedness or Senior Securities of the
          Corporation having provisions similar to Section 4.04(x) of the
          Senior Discount Notes Indenture) are so repurchased will be
          deemed to be the date on which such Change of Control shall have
          occurred.  

                    (c)  If the Corporation shall fail to discharge its
          obligation to redeem all outstanding shares of Exchangeable
          Preferred pursuant to paragraph 7(a) or (b) of this Section 4.2.1
          (the "Mandatory Redemption Obligation"), the Corporation shall
          discharge the Mandatory Redemption Obligation as soon as the
          Corporation is able to do so.  If and so long as any Mandatory
          Redemption Obligation with respect to the Exchangeable Preferred
          shall not be fully discharged, the Corporation shall not declare
          or pay any dividend or make any distribution on, or, directly or
          indirectly, purchase, redeem or satisfy any mandatory redemption,
          sinking fund or other similar obligations in respect of, Junior
          Securities or Parity Securities (other than as a result of a
          reclassification of Junior Securities or Parity Securities, or
          the exchange or conversion of one class or series of Junior
          Securities for or into another class or series of Junior
          Securities, or the exchange or conversion of one class or series
          of Parity Securities for or into another class or series of
          Parity Securities, or other than through the use of the proceeds
          of a substantially contemporaneous sale of other Junior
          Securities or Parity Securities and in any case not involving the
          payment of cash to holders of such securities) or any warrants,
          rights or options exercisable for or convertible into any of the
          Junior Securities or Parity Securities.

               8.   Exchange.
                    ---------

                    (a)  The Corporation may, at the sole option of the
          Board of Directors (subject to the legal availability of funds
          therefor), exchange all, but not less than all, of the shares of
          Exchangeable Preferred then outstanding, including any shares of
          Exchangeable Preferred issued as payment for dividends, for a new
          series of 14 1/4% Exchange Debentures due May 1, 2007, of the
          Corporation (the "Exchange Debentures") to be issued pursuant to
          the indenture (the "Indenture") qualified under the Trust
          Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, substantially in the form
          agreed to on the Closing Date, a copy of which is on file with
          and can be obtained from the Secretary of the Corporation on
          request, at any time following the date on which such exchange is
          permitted by the terms of the Senior Discount Notes Indenture,
          the 13 1/2% Notes Indenture, and the terms of all other then-
          existing Indebtedness of the Corporation and subject to the
          conditions contained in paragraph 8(b) below.  The Exchange
          Debentures will be issued in registered form, without coupons, be
          duly executed, authenticated as of the date on which the exchange
          is effective and dated the date of exchange.  In the event of an
          exchange, Holders of Exchangeable Preferred shall be entitled to
          receive on the date of exchange Exchange Debentures having an
          aggregate principal amount equal to (i) the total of the
          liquidation preference for each share of Exchangeable Preferred
          exchanged, plus (ii) an amount equal to all accrued but unpaid
          dividends payable on such share (including a prorated dividend
          for the period from the immediately preceding dividend payment
          date to the date of exchange).  In the event such exchange would
          result in the issuance of Exchange Debentures in a principal
          amount which is less than $1,000 or which is not an integral
          multiple of $1,000 (such principal amount less than $1,000 or the
          difference between such principal amount and the highest integral
          of $1,000 which is less than such principal amount, as the case
          may be, is hereinafter referred to as the "Fractional Principal
          Amount"), the Corporation may, subject to any restrictions in the
          Senior Discount Notes Indenture, the 13 1/2% Notes Indenture, and
          the terms of all other then-existing Indebtedness of the
          Corporation, at the option of the Board of Directors, pay cash to
          each Holder of Exchangeable Preferred in lieu of Fractional
          Principal Amounts of Exchange Debentures otherwise issuable upon
          exchange of the Exchangeable Preferred.  The Person entitled to
          receive the Exchange Debentures issuable upon exchange shall be
          treated for all purposes as the registered holder of such
          Exchange Debentures as of the date of exchange.  In accordance
          with paragraph 9 of this Section 4.2.1, the Corporation will mail
          to each Holder of Exchangeable Preferred written notice of its
          intention to exchange no less than 15 nor more than 60 days prior
          to the date of exchange.  

                    (b)  As a condition of the right of the Corporation to
          issue Exchange Debentures in exchange for the Exchangeable
          Preferred under paragraph 8(a) of this Section 4.2.1 on the date
          of exchange, (A) there shall be legally available funds
          sufficient therefor (including, without limitation, legally
          available funds sufficient therefor under Section 7-106-401 (or
          any successor provision) of the Colorado Business Corporation
          Act); (B) a registration statement relating to the Exchange
          Debentures shall have been declared effective under the
          Securities Act prior to such exchange and shall continue to be
          effective on the date of exchange, or the Corporation shall have
          obtained a written opinion of its counsel that an exemption from
          the registration requirements of the Securities Act is available
          for such exchange and that upon receipt of such Exchange
          Debentures pursuant to such an exchange made in accordance with
          such exemption, each holder of an Exchange Debenture that is not
          an Affiliate of the Corporation will not be subject to any
          restrictions imposed by the Securities Act upon the resale of
          such Exchange Debenture, and such exemption is relied upon by the
          Corporation for such exchange; (C) the Indenture and the Trustee
          thereunder shall have been qualified under the Trust Indenture
          Act of 1939, as amended; (D) immediately after giving effect to
          such exchange, no Default or Event of Default would exist; and
          (E) the Corporation shall have delivered to the Trustee under the
          Indenture a written opinion of counsel, dated the date of
          exchange, regarding the satisfaction of the conditions set forth
          in clauses (A), (B) and (C).  In the event that (i) the issuance
          of the Exchange Debentures is not permitted on the exchange date
          or (ii) any of the conditions set forth in clauses (A) through
          (E) of the preceding sentence are not satisfied on the exchange
          date, the Corporation shall use its best efforts to satisfy such
          conditions and effect such exchange as soon as practicable. 
          Prior to initiating the exchange referred to in paragraph (a)
          above, the Corporation shall certify, to the satisfaction of the
          trustees under the 13 1/2% Notes Indenture and the Senior
          Discount Notes Indenture, that such exchange is permitted under
          such respective Indentures.  The Corporation shall also provide
          such trustees with an Officer's Certificate setting forth with
          specificity the basis for the Corporation's conclusion that such
          exchange is so permitted.

               9.   Procedures for Redemption or Exchange.
                    --------------------------------------

                    (a)  In the event that fewer than all the outstanding
          shares of Exchangeable Preferred are to be redeemed, the number
          of shares to be redeemed shall be determined pro rata, except
          that in any redemption of fewer than all the outstanding shares
          of Exchangeable Preferred, the Corporation may redeem all shares
          held by any Holder of a number of shares of Exchangeable
          Preferred not to exceed 100 as may be specified by the
          Corporation.  In the event of partial redemptions of Exchangeable
          Preferred, new shares of Exchangeable Preferred having an
          aggregate liquidation preference equal to the unredeemed portion
          will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon
          cancellation of the original share certificate of Exchangeable
          Preferred without cost to such Holder.  On and after a redemption
          date, unless the Corporation defaults in the payment of the
          redemption price, dividends will cease to accrue on shares of
          Exchangeable Preferred called for redemption and all rights of
          Holders of such shares will terminate except for the right to
          receive the redemption price.  On the date fixed for exchange,
          the rights of Holders of the shares of Exchangeable Preferred
          exchanged shall cease, except the right to receive Exchange
          Debentures in exchange for their Exchangeable Preferred and cash
          or additional Exchange Debentures in payment of accrued but
          unpaid dividends on such shares to the date of exchange.

                    (b)  In the event that the Corporation shall redeem or
          exchange shares of Exchangeable Preferred, notice of every
          redemption or exchange of shares of Exchangeable Preferred shall
          be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, and mailed, in
          the case of exchange, not less than 15 nor more than 60 days
          prior to the exchange date, and, in the case of redemption, not
          less than 30 days nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption
          date, addressed to the Holders of record of the shares to be
          redeemed or exchanged at their respective last addresses as they
          shall appear on the books of the Corporation; provided, however,
          that failure to give such notice or any defect therein or in the
          mailing thereof shall not affect the validity of the proceeding
          for the redemption or exchange of any shares so to be redeemed or
          exchanged except as to the Holder to whom the Corporation has
          failed to give such notice or to whom notice was defective.  Each
          such notice shall state:  (i) the redemption or exchange date;
          (ii) the number of shares of Exchangeable Preferred to be
          redeemed or exchanged and, if less than all the shares held by
          such Holder are to be redeemed, the number of such shares or
          portion of the liquidation preference to be redeemed; (iii) the
          redemption price or exchange rate; (iv) the place or places where
          certificates for such shares are to be surrendered for payment of
          the redemption price or exchanged for the Exchange Debentures;
          and (v) that dividends on the shares to be redeemed or exchanged
          will cease to accrue on such redemption date or exchange date.

                    (c)  Notice having been mailed as aforesaid and
          provided that, on or before the redemption date or exchange date,
          as the case may be, specified in such notice, all duly
          authenticated and valid Exchange Debentures necessary for any
          such exchange shall have been provided by the Corporation and all
          funds necessary for such redemption or exchange shall have been
          set aside by the Corporation, separate and apart from its other
          funds, in trust for the pro rata benefit of the Holders of the
          shares so called for redemption or exchange, so as to be and to
          continue to be available therefor, then, from and after the
          redemption date or exchange date, as the case may be, dividends
          on the shares of Exchangeable Preferred so called for redemption
          or exchange, as the case may be, shall cease to accrue, and said
          shares shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and shall not
          have the status of shares of Exchangeable Preferred, and all
          rights of the Holders thereof as shareholders of the Corporation
          (except the right to receive from the Corporation the redemption
          price or the Exchange Debentures upon exchange and any accrued
          and unpaid dividends or the right to receive cash payments in
          lieu of fractional securities from the exchange agent or other
          agent selected by the Corporation) shall cease.  Upon surrender
          in accordance with said notice of the certificates for any shares
          so redeemed or exchanged (properly endorsed or assigned for
          transfer, if the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall so
          require and the notice shall so state), such shares shall be
          redeemed or exchanged by the Corporation at the redemption price
          or exchange rate aforesaid.

                    (d)  If such notice of redemption shall have been duly
          given and if, prior to the redemption date, the Corporation shall
          have irrevocably deposited the funds by the Corporation with such
          bank or trust company in trust for the pro rata benefit of the
          holders of the shares called for redemption, then,
          notwithstanding that any certificate for shares so called for
          redemption shall not have been surrendered for cancellation, from
          and after the time of such deposit, Holders of the shares of
          Exchangeable Preferred called for redemption shall cease to be
          shareholders with respect to such shares and thereafter such
          shares shall no longer be transferable on the books of the
          Corporation and such holders shall have no interest in or claim
          against the Corporation with respect to such shares (including
          dividends thereon accrued after such redemption date) except the
          right to receive payment of the redemption price (including all
          dividends accrued and unpaid to the date fixed for redemption)
          upon surrender of their certificates.  Any funds deposited and
          unclaimed at the end of two years from the date fixed for
          redemption shall be repaid to the Corporation upon its request,
          after which repayment the Holders of shares called for redemption
          shall look only to the Corporation for payment of the redemption
          price.  The aforesaid bank or trust company shall be organized
          and in good standing under the laws of the United States of
          America or of the State of Colorado shall have capital, surplus
          and undivided profits aggregating at least $100,000,000 according
          to its last published statement of condition, and shall be
          identified in the notice of redemption.  Any interest accrued on
          such funds shall be paid to the Corporation from time to time.

               10.  Voting Rights.
                    -------------

                    (a)  Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph 10
          or as otherwise from time to time provided by law, the Holders of
          shares of Exchangeable Preferred shall have no voting rights.

                    (b)  (i)   If and whenever (A) (1) dividends on the
          Exchangeable Preferred are in arrears and remain unpaid (or if
          after May 1, 2001, such dividends have not been paid in cash)
          with respect to four quarterly periods (whether or not
          consecutive), (2) the Corporation fails to discharge any
          redemption obligation with respect to the Exchangeable Preferred,
          (3) a breach or violation by the Corporation of the provisions of
          paragraph 8 of this Section 4.2.1 occurs, or the Corporation
          fails to exchange Debentures for the Exchangeable Preferred
          tendered for exchange on the exchange date, whether or not the
          Corporation satisfies the conditions to permit such exchange, (4)
          the Corporation fails to make a Change of Control Offer or cash
          payment with respect thereto if required by the provisions of
          paragraph 7(b) of this Section 4.2.1, (5) a breach or violation
          of any provision of paragraph 11 of this Section 4.2.1 occurs and
          is not remedied within 30 days after notice thereof to the
          Corporation by Holders of 25% or more of the liquidation
          preference of the Exchangeable Preferred then outstanding, or (6)
          a default occurs in the obligation to pay principal of, interest
          on or any other payment obligation when due (a "Payment Default")
          at final maturity, on one or more classes of Indebtedness of the
          Corporation or any Subsidiary of the Corporation, whether such
          Indebtedness exists on the Closing Date or is Incurred
          thereafter, having individually or in the aggregate an
          outstanding principal amount of $10 million or more, or any other
          Payment Default occurs on one or more such classes of
          Indebtedness and such class or classes of Indebtedness are
          declared due and payable prior to their respective maturities,
          and (B) in the case of clauses (A)(5) and (6) above, such event
          continues for a period of 180 days or more (each such event
          referred to as a "Voting Rights Triggering Event"), then the
          number of directors then constituting the Board of Directors of
          the Corporation shall be increased by two directors and the
          Holders of the majority of the then outstanding shares of
          Exchangeable Preferred, voting separately as a class, shall be
          entitled to elect the two additional directors at any annual
          meeting of shareholders or special meeting held in place thereof,
          or at a special meeting of the Holders of such shares of
          Exchangeable Preferred called as hereinafter provided.  For the
          purpose of determining the number of quarterly periods for which
          accrued dividends have not been paid, any accrued and unpaid
          dividend that is subsequently paid shall not be treated as
          unpaid.  Within 15 days of the time the Corporation becomes aware
          of the occurrence of any default referred to in clause (A)(6)
          above, the Corporation shall give notice thereof to Holders of
          the Exchangeable Preferred at their addresses as they appear on
          the records of the Transfer Agent.

                         (ii) Whenever a Voting Rights Triggering Event
          shall have occurred, voting rights of the Holders of shares of
          the Exchangeable Preferred may be exercised initially either at a
          special meeting of the Holders of Exchangeable Preferred, called
          as hereinafter provided, or at any annual meeting of shareholders
          held for the purpose of electing directors, and thereafter at
          each such annual meeting or by the written consent of the Holders
          of Exchangeable Preferred pursuant to Section 7-107-104 of the
          Colorado Business Corporation Act.  The term of office of any
          such elected directors shall expire at the next annual meeting of
          shareholders held for the purpose of electing directors, subject
          to a new election of two directors by the Holders of shares of
          Exchangeable Preferred at each successive annual meeting, but
          such voting right and the term of office of any such elected
          directors shall expire at such time as (A) all dividends
          accumulated on Exchangeable Preferred shall have been paid in
          full (and in the case of dividends payable with respect to any
          period after May 1, 2001, shall have been paid in full in cash)
          and (B) each failure, breach or default referred to in paragraph
          10(b)(i)(A)(2), (3), (4), (5), and (6) above is remedied.

                         (iii)     At any time after a Voting Rights
          Triggering Event shall have occurred and such voting rights shall
          not already have been initially exercised, a proper officer of
          the Corporation may, and upon the written request of any Holder
          of shares of Exchangeable Preferred (addressed to the Secretary
          at the principal office of the Corporation) shall, call a special
          meeting of the Holders of shares of Exchangeable Preferred for
          the election of the two directors to be elected by them as herein
          provided, such call to be made by notice similar to that provided
          in the Bylaws for a special meeting of the shareholders or as
          required by law.

                         (iv) Such meeting shall be held at the earliest
          practicable date upon the notice required for annual meetings of
          shareholders at the place for holding annual meetings of
          shareholders of the Corporation or, if none, at a place
          designated by the Secretary of the Corporation.  If such meeting
          shall not be called by a proper officer of the Corporation within
          30 days after the personal service of such written request upon
          the Secretary of the Corporation, or within 30 days after mailing
          the same within the United States, by registered mail, addressed
          to the Secretary of the Corporation at its principal office (such
          mailing to be evidenced by the registry receipt issued by the
          postal authorities), then the Holders of record of 10% of the
          shares of Exchangeable Preferred then outstanding may designate
          in writing a Holder of Exchangeable Preferred to call such
          meeting at the expense of the Corporation, and such meeting may
          be called by such person so designated upon the notice required
          for annual meetings of shareholders and shall be held at the same
          place as is elsewhere provided in this paragraph (10)(b)(iv) or
          at such other place as is selected by such person so designated. 
          Any Holder of Exchangeable Preferred that would be entitled to
          vote at any such meeting shall have access to the stock books of
          the Corporation for the purpose of causing a meeting of
          shareholders to be called pursuant to the provisions of this
          paragraph.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph,
          however, no such special meeting shall be called during a period
          within 90 days immediately preceding the date fixed for the next
          annual meeting of shareholders.

                         (v)  At any meeting held for the purpose of
          electing directors at which the Holders of Exchangeable Preferred
          shall have the right to elect directors as provided herein, the
          presence in person or by proxy of the Holders of the lesser of
          (A) a majority of the then outstanding shares of Exchangeable
          Preferred or (B) a percentage of the then outstanding shares of
          Exchangeable Preferred, which percentage is equal to the
          percentage of then outstanding shares of common stock then
          required to constitute a quorum for the election of directors by
          holders of common stock, shall be required and be sufficient to
          constitute a quorum of such class for the election of directors
          by such class.  At any such meeting or adjournment thereof
          (x) the absence of a quorum of the Holders of Exchangeable
          Preferred shall not prevent the election of directors other than
          those to be elected by the Holders of stock of such class and the
          absence of a quorum or quorums of the holders of Capital Stock
          entitled to elect such other directors shall not prevent the
          election of directors to be elected by the Holders of
          Exchangeable Preferred and (y) in the absence of a quorum of the
          holders of any class of stock entitled to vote for the election
          of directors, a majority of the holders present in person or by
          proxy of such class shall have the power to adjourn the meeting
          for the election of directors which the holders of such class are
          entitled to elect, from time to time, without notice (except as
          required by law) other than announcement at the meeting, until a
          quorum shall be present.

                         (vi) The term of office of all directors elected
          by the Holders of Exchangeable Preferred pursuant to paragraph
          (10)(b)(i) of this Section 4.2.1 in office at any time when the
          aforesaid voting rights are vested in the Holders of Exchangeable
          Preferred shall terminate upon the election of their successors
          at any meeting of shareholders for the purpose of electing
          directors.  Upon any termination of the aforesaid voting rights
          in accordance with paragraph (10)(b)(ii) of this Section 4.2.1,
          the term of office of all directors elected by the Holders of
          Exchangeable Preferred pursuant to paragraph (10)(b)(i) of this
          Section 4.2.1 then in office thereupon shall terminate and upon
          such termination the number of directors constituting the Board
          of Directors shall, without further action, be reduced by two,
          subject always to the increase of the number of directors
          pursuant to paragraph (10)(b)(i) of this Section 4.2.1 in case of
          the future right of the Holders of Exchangeable Preferred to
          elect directors as provided herein.

                         (vii)     In case of any vacancy occurring among
          the directors so elected, the remaining director who shall have
          been so elected may appoint a successor to hold office for the
          unexpired term of the director whose place shall be vacant unless
          and until such vacancy shall be filled by vote of the Holders
          entitled to elect the directors in accordance with paragraph
          10(b) of this Section 4.2.1.  If all directors so elected by the
          Holders of Exchangeable Preferred shall cease to serve as
          directors before their terms shall expire, the Holders of
          Exchangeable Preferred then outstanding may, at a special meeting
          of the Holders called as provided above, elect successors to hold
          office for the unexpired terms of the directors whose places
          shall be vacant.

                    (c)  In addition to any vote or consent of shareholders
          required by law, the consent of the Holders of at least a
          majority of the shares of Exchangeable Preferred at the time
          outstanding, voting or consenting, as the case may be, separately
          as one class given in person or by proxy, either in writing
          without a meeting or by vote at any meeting called for the
          purpose, shall be necessary for effecting or validating:

                         (i)  Except as provided in paragraph 13 of this
               Section 4.2.1, any amendment, alteration or repeal of any of
               the provisions of the Second Amended and Restated Articles
               of Incorporation, or of the Bylaws of the Corporation, which
               affects adversely the voting rights, rights, privileges, or
               preferences of the Holders of shares of Exchangeable
               Preferred or authorizes the issuance of any additional
               shares of Exchangeable Preferred (other than to pay
               dividends in kind on Exchangeable Preferred); provided,
               however, that the amendment of the provisions of the Second
               Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation so as to
               authorize or create, or to increase the authorized amount
               of, any of the Corporation's Junior Securities or to
               authorize the issuance of or to authorize or create any
               Parity Securities (up to the amount of authorized preferred
               stock) shall not be deemed to affect adversely the voting
               rights, rights, privileges, or preferences of the Holders of
               shares of Exchangeable Preferred;

                         (ii) Any amendment, alteration or repeal of any of
               the provisions of the Indenture; provided, however, that no
               such consent of the Holders of Exchangeable Preferred shall
               be required for such amendments as would be permitted under
               the terms of the Indenture without the consent of any of the
               holders of the Exchange Debentures; or

                         (iii)     The authorization or creation of, or the
               increase in the authorized amount of, any Senior Securities
               or shares of any class of any security convertible into
               shares of any Senior Securities; provided, however, that on
               or after May 1, 2001, no such consent of the Holders of
               Exchangeable Preferred shall be required if, at or prior to
               the time when such amendment, alteration or repeal is to
               take effect or when the issuance of any such Senior
               Securities or convertible security is to be made, as the
               case may be, provision is made, and funds are set aside, for
               the redemption of all shares of Exchangeable Preferred at
               the time outstanding.

               11.  Certain Covenants.
                    ------------------

                    (a)   Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of
          Preferred Stock.  

                         (i)  The Corporation will not, and will not permit
          any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, Incur any Indebtedness
          (other than the Senior Discount Notes, the Exchange Debentures
          and Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date) or issue any
          Redeemable Stock; provided that the Corporation may Incur
          Indebtedness or issue Redeemable Stock if, after giving effect to
          the Incurrence of such Indebtedness or the issuance of such
          Redeemable Stock and the receipt and application of the proceeds
          therefrom, the Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio would be greater than
          zero and less than 5:1.

                         (ii) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph
          11(a)(i) above, the Corporation and any Restricted Subsidiary
          (except as specified below) may Incur each and all of the
          following: (A) Indebtedness of the Corporation or any Restricted
          Subsidiary or Redeemable Stock of the Corporation outstanding at
          any time, which Indebtedness or Redeemable Stock generates gross
          proceeds to the Corporation of up to $900 million, less (without
          duplication) the gross proceeds of Indebtedness permanently
          repaid as provided under the "Limitation on Asset Sales" covenant
          contained in the 13 1/2% Notes Indenture and the Senior Discount
          Notes Indenture; (B) Indebtedness to Holdings, the Corporation or
          any of the Corporation's Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries;
          provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital
          Stock which results in any such Wholly Owned Restricted
          Subsidiary ceasing to be a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or
          any subsequent transfer of such Indebtedness (other than to
          Holdings, the Corporation or another Wholly Owned Restricted
          Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an
          Incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (B);
          (C) Indebtedness or Redeemable Stock issued in exchange for, or
          the net proceeds of which are used to refinance or refund, then
          outstanding Indebtedness or Redeemable Stock, other than
          Indebtedness Incurred or Redeemable Stock issued under clause
          (A), (B), (E), (F), (H), (I), (J) or (K) of this paragraph
          11(a)(ii), and any refinancings thereof in an amount not to
          exceed the amount so refinanced or refunded (plus premiums,
          accrued interest, accrued dividends, fees and expenses); provided
          that such new Indebtedness or Redeemable Stock, determined as of
          the date of Incurrence of such new Indebtedness or issuance of
          Redeemable Stock, does not mature prior to the stated maturity of
          the Indebtedness or have a mandatory redemption date prior to the
          Redeemable Stock to be refinanced or refunded, and the Average
          Life of such new Indebtedness is at least equal to the remaining
          Average Life of the Indebtedness to be refinanced or refunded;
          and provided further that in no event may Indebtedness or
          Redeemable Stock of the Corporation be refinanced by means of any
          Indebtedness or Redeemable Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of
          the Corporation pursuant to this clause (C); (D) Indebtedness (1)
          in respect of performance, surety or appeal bonds provided in the
          ordinary course of business, (2) under Currency Agreements and
          Interest Rate Agreements; provided that such agreements do not
          increase the Indebtedness of the obligor outstanding at any time
          other than as a result of fluctuations in foreign currency
          exchange rates or interest rates or by reason of fees,
          indemnities and compensation payable thereunder, and (3) arising
          from agreements providing for indemnification, adjustment of
          purchase price or similar obligations, or from Guarantees or
          letters of credit, surety bonds or performance bonds securing any
          obligations of the Corporation or any of its Restricted
          Subsidiaries pursuant to such agreements, in any case Incurred in
          connection with the disposition of any business, assets or
          Restricted Subsidiary of the Corporation (other than Guarantees
          of Indebtedness Incurred by any Person acquiring all or any
          portion of such business, assets or Restricted Subsidiary of the
          Corporation for the purpose of financing such acquisition), in a
          principal amount at maturity not to exceed the gross proceeds
          actually received by the Corporation or any Restricted Subsidiary
          in connection with such disposition; (E) Indebtedness or
          Redeemable Stock of the Corporation, to the extent the proceeds
          referred to below are contributed to the Corporation, not to
          exceed, at any one time outstanding, twice the amount of Net Cash
          Proceeds received by Holdings after the Closing Date from the
          issuance and sale of its Capital Stock (other than Redeemable
          Stock or preferred stock); provided that such Indebtedness does
          not mature prior to the final mandatory redemption date of the
          Exchangeable Preferred; (F) Strategic Investor Subordinated
          Indebtedness; (G) Indebtedness or Redeemable Stock of the
          Corporation, to the extent the proceeds thereof are immediately
          used after the Incurrence or issuance thereof to purchase
          Exchangeable Preferred tendered in a Change of Control Offer; (H)
          Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Corporation
          Incurred pursuant to any credit agreement of such Restricted
          Subsidiary in effect on August 8, 1995 (or any agreement
          refinancing Indebtedness under such credit agreement), up to the
          amount of the commitment under such credit agreement (including
          equipment leasing or financing agreements) on August 8, 1995;
          (I) Indebtedness of the Corporation, in an amount not to exceed
          $100 million at any one time outstanding, consisting of
          Capitalized Lease Obligations with respect to assets that are
          used or useful in the telecommunications business of the
          Corporation or its Restricted Subsidiaries; (J) Indebtedness or
          Redeemable Stock of any Person that becomes a Restricted
          Subsidiary of the Corporation after the Closing Date, which
          Indebtedness exists or, with respect to such Indebtedness for
          which there is a commitment to lend, at the time such Person
          becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and, with respect to such
          Indebtedness, the subsequent Incurrence thereof ("Acquired
          Indebtedness"), in an accreted amount not to exceed $50 million
          at any one time outstanding in the aggregate for all such
          Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that such Acquired Indebtedness
          does not exceed 65% of the consideration (calculated by including
          such Acquired Indebtedness as a part of such consideration) paid
          by the Corporation and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the
          acquisition of such Person; and (K) Indebtedness of the
          Corporation, in an amount not to exceed $30 million at any one
          time outstanding, consisting of letters of credit and similar
          arrangements used to support obligations of the Corporation or
          any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to the
          acquisition of (by purchase, lease or otherwise), construction
          of, or improvements on, assets that will be used or useful in the
          telecommunications business of the Corporation or its Restricted
          Subsidiaries.

                         (iii)     For purposes of determining any
          particular amount of Indebtedness under paragraphs 11(a)(i) or
          (ii) above, (A) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary of the
          Corporation incurred on or prior to the Closing Date pursuant to
          any credit agreement (including equipment leasing or financing
          agreements) of such Restricted Subsidiary in effect on August 8,
          1995, shall be treated as Incurred pursuant to paragraph
          11(a)(ii)(H) of this Section 4.2.1, and (B) Guarantees, Liens or
          obligations with respect to letters of credit supporting
          Indebtedness otherwise included in the determination of such
          particular amount shall not be included.  For purposes of
          determining compliance with the covenants contained in paragraphs
          11(a)(i) and (ii) above, in the event that an item of
          Indebtedness or Redeemable Stock meets the criteria of more than
          one of the types of Indebtedness or Redeemable Stock described in
          such clauses, the Corporation, in its sole discretion, shall
          classify such item of Indebtedness or Redeemable Stock and only
          be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness
          or Redeemable Stock in one of such clauses.

                    (b)  Limitation on Restricted Payments.  

                         (i)   So long as any shares of the Exchangeable
          Preferred are outstanding, the Corporation will not, and will not
          permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, (A)
          declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on Junior
          Securities held by Persons other than the Corporation or any of
          its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than dividends or
          distributions payable solely in shares of its or such Restricted
          Subsidiary's Junior Securities (other than Redeemable Stock) of
          the same class held by such holders or in options, warrants or
          other rights to acquire such shares of Junior Securities and
          other than pro rata dividends or distributions on common stock of
          Restricted Subsidiaries); (B) purchase, redeem, retire or
          otherwise acquire for value any shares of Junior Securities of
          the Corporation or any Restricted Subsidiary (including options,
          warrants or other rights to acquire such shares of Junior
          Securities) held by Persons other than the Corporation or any of
          its Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries (except for Junior
          Securities of MTN, StarCom, Ohio LINX, FOTI and Zycom to the
          extent the consideration therefor consists solely of common stock
          (other than Redeemable Stock) of Holdings or Junior Securities of
          the Corporation, in each case transferred in compliance with the
          Securities Act); or (C) make any Investment, other than a
          Permitted Investment, in any Person (such payments or any other
          actions described in clauses (i)(A) through (C) being
          collectively "Restricted Payments") if, at the time of, and after
          giving effect to, the proposed Restricted Payment: (1) an event
          referred to in clauses (1) through (6) of paragraph 10(b)(i)(A)
          of this Section 4.2.1 shall have occurred and be continuing, (2)
          the Corporation could not Incur at least $1.00 of Indebtedness
          under paragraph 11(a)(i) of this Section 4.2.1, (3) the aggregate
          amount expended for all Restricted Payments (the amount so
          expended, if other than in cash, to be determined in good faith
          by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be
          conclusive and evidenced by a board resolution) after April 29,
          1996 shall exceed the sum of (aa) 50% of the aggregate amount of
          the Adjusted Consolidated Net Income (or, if the Adjusted
          Consolidated Net Income is a loss, minus 100% of such amount)
          (determined by excluding income resulting from transfers of
          assets by the Corporation or a Restricted Subsidiary to an
          Unrestricted Subsidiary) accrued on a cumulative basis during the
          period (taken as one accounting period) beginning on the first
          day of the fiscal quarter immediately following the Closing Date
          and ending on the last day of the last fiscal quarter preceding
          the Transaction Date for which reports have been filed pursuant
          to paragraph 11(i) of this Section 4.2.1 plus (bb) the aggregate
          Net Cash Proceeds received by the Corporation after the Closing
          Date (x) from the issuance and sale, permitted hereunder, of
          Junior Securities (other than Redeemable Stock) to a Person who
          is not a Subsidiary of the Corporation, or from the issuance to a
          Person who is not a Subsidiary of the Corporation of any options,
          warrants or other rights to acquire Junior Securities of the
          Corporation (in each case, exclusive of any Redeemable Stock or
          any options, warrants or other rights that are redeemable at the
          option of the holder, or are required to be redeemed, prior to
          the stated maturity of the Exchangeable Preferred) or (y) as a
          capital contribution from Holdings plus (cc) an amount equal to
          the net reduction in Investments (other than reductions in
          Permitted Investments) in any Person resulting from payments of
          interest on Indebtedness, dividends, repayments of loans or
          advances, or other transfers of assets, in each case to the
          Corporation or any Restricted Subsidiary (except to the extent
          any such payment is included in the calculation of Adjusted
          Consolidated Net Income), or from redesignations of Unrestricted
          Subsidiaries as Restricted Subsidiaries (valued in each case as
          provided in the definition of "Investments"), not to exceed the
          amount of Investments previously made by the Corporation and its
          Restricted Subsidiaries in such Person or (4) dividends on the
          Exchangeable Preferred shall not have been paid in full as
          provided in paragraph 4 of this Section 4.2.1.

                         (ii) The provisions of paragraph 11(b)(i) above
          shall not be violated by reason of: (A) the payment of any
          dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof if,
          at said date of declaration, such payment would comply with
          paragraph 11(b)(i) above; (B) the repurchase, redemption or other
          acquisition of Junior Securities of the Corporation (or options,
          warrants or other rights to acquire such Junior Securities) and
          with respect to any Junior Securities, the payment of accrued
          dividends thereon, in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of a
          substantially concurrent issuance or sale of, shares of Junior
          Securities (other than Redeemable Stock) of the Corporation;
          provided that the redemption of any preferred stock pursuant to
          any mandatory redemption feature thereof and any redemption of
          any other Junior Securities and, in each case, the payment of
          accrued dividends thereon (or options, warrants or other rights
          to acquire such Junior Securities) and with respect to any Junior
          Securities, the payment of accrued dividends thereon, shall be
          deemed to be "substantially concurrent" with such issuance and
          sale if the required notice with respect to such redemption is
          irrevocably given by a date which is no later than five Business
          Days after receipt of the proceeds of such issuance and sale and
          such redemption and payment is consummated within the period
          provided for in the document governing such preferred stock or
          the documents governing the redemption of such other Junior
          Securities, as the case may be; (C) payments or distributions, in
          the nature of satisfaction of dissenters' rights, pursuant to or
          in connection with a consolidation, merger or transfer of assets
          that complies with the provisions of paragraph 11(g) of this
          Section 4.2.1; (D) Investments, not to exceed $10 million in the
          aggregate, each evidenced by a senior promissory note payable to
          the Corporation that provides that it will become due and payable
          prior to any required repurchase (including pursuant to an Offer
          to Purchase in connection with a Change of Control) of the
          Exchangeable Preferred; (E) Investments, not to exceed $5 million
          in the aggregate, that meet the requirements of clause (D) above;
          provided that the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall
          have determined, in good faith, that each such Investment under
          this clause (E) will enable the Corporation or one of its
          Restricted Subsidiaries to obtain additional business that it
          might not be able to obtain without the making of such
          Investment; (F) with respect to Junior Securities permitted to be
          issued and sold by the provisions of paragraph 11(d) of this
          Section 4.2.1, the payment (1) of dividends on such Junior
          Securities in additional shares of Junior Securities and (2) of
          cash dividends on such Junior Securities in an amount not to
          exceed the dividend rate thereon and accrued interest on unpaid
          dividends, in each case after May 1, 2001; (G) the repurchase, in
          the event of a Change of Control, of Junior Securities of the
          Corporation and Indebtedness of the Corporation into which such
          Junior Securities have been exchanged; provided that prior to
          repurchasing such Junior Securities or Indebtedness, the
          Corporation shall have made a Change of Control Offer to
          repurchase the shares of Exchangeable Preferred in accordance
          with the terms of paragraph 7(b) of this Section 4.2.1 (and an
          offer to repurchase other Indebtedness, if required by the terms
          thereof, in accordance with the indenture or other document
          governing such other Indebtedness) and shall have accepted and
          paid for any shares of Exchangeable Preferred (and other
          Indebtedness) properly tendered in connection with such Change of
          Control Offer for the shares of Exchangeable Preferred or change
          of control offer for such other Indebtedness; (H) the issuance of
          Junior Securities permitted to be issued hereunder in exchange
          for Indebtedness; provided that the Incurrence of such
          Indebtedness complies with the provisions of paragraph 11(a) of
          this Section 4.2.1; and (I) (1) the payment of a dividend or
          other transfer of funds to Holdings with a portion of the
          proceeds of the issuance of the Exchangeable Preferred, in an
          amount not to exceed the amount required to repurchase 916,666
          warrants to purchase common stock of Holdings and (2) the
          redemption of the 12% Redeemable Preferred Stock of Holdings, in
          each case, in accordance with the provisions of the documents
          governing such repurchase or redemption, provided that, except in
          the case of clause (A), no Default or Event of Default shall have
          occurred and be continuing or occur as a consequence of the
          actions or payments set forth in this paragraph 11(b)(ii).

                         (iii)     Each Restricted Payment permitted
          pursuant to paragraph 11(b)(ii) above (other than the Restricted
          Payments referred to in clauses (F)(1) and (H) thereof), and the
          Net Cash Proceeds from any issuance of Junior Securities referred
          to in clause (B) thereof, shall be included in calculating
          whether the conditions of clause (3) of paragraph 11(b)(i) of
          this Section 4.2.1 have been met with respect to any subsequent
          Restricted Payments.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event
          the proceeds of an issuance of Junior Securities are used for the
          redemption, repurchase or other acquisition of the Exchangeable
          Preferred, or Parity Securities, then the Net Cash Proceeds of
          such issuance shall be included in clause (3) of paragraph
          11(b)(i) of this Section 4.2.1 only to the extent such proceeds
          are not used for such redemption, repurchase or other acquisition
          of Exchangeable Preferred or Parity Securities.

                    (c)  Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment
          Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries.  So long as any
          shares of Exchangeable Preferred are outstanding, the Corporation
          will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to,
          create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective
          any consensual encumbrance or restriction of any kind on the
          ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to (i) pay dividends or make
          any other distributions permitted by applicable law on any
          Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary owned by the
          Corporation or any other Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) pay any
          Indebtedness owed to the Corporation or any other Restricted
          Subsidiary, (iii) make loans or advances to the Corporation or
          any other Restricted Subsidiary or (iv) transfer any of its
          property or assets to the Corporation or any other Restricted
          Subsidiary.  The foregoing provisions shall not restrict any
          encumbrances or restrictions: (i) existing on the Closing Date in
          any agreements in effect on the Closing Date, and any extensions,
          refinancings, renewals or replacements of such agreements;
          provided that the encumbrances and restrictions in any such
          extensions, refinancings, renewals or replacements are no less
          favorable in any material respect to the Holders of the
          Exchangeable Preferred than those encumbrances or restrictions
          that are then in effect and that are being extended, refinanced,
          renewed or replaced; (ii) existing under or by reason of
          applicable law; (iii) existing with respect to any Person or the
          property or assets of such Person acquired by the Corporation or
          any Restricted Subsidiary, existing at the time of such
          acquisition and not incurred in contemplation thereof, which
          encumbrances or restrictions are not applicable to any Person or
          the property or assets of any Person other than such Person or
          the property or assets of such Person so acquired; (iv) in the
          case of clause (iv) of the first sentence of this paragraph
          11(c), (A) that restrict in a customary manner the subletting,
          assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is a lease,
          license, conveyance or contract or similar property or asset, (B)
          existing by virtue of any transfer of, agreement to transfer,
          option or right with respect to, or Lien on, any property or
          assets of the Corporation or any Restricted Subsidiary not
          otherwise prohibited hereunder or (C) arising or agreed to in the
          ordinary course of business, not relating to any Indebtedness,
          and that do not, individually or in the aggregate, detract from
          the value of property or assets of the Corporation or any
          Restricted Subsidiary in any manner material to the Corporation
          or any Restricted Subsidiary; or (v) with respect to a Restricted
          Subsidiary and imposed pursuant to an agreement that has been
          entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially
          all of the Capital Stock of, or property and assets of, such
          Restricted Subsidiary.  Nothing contained in this paragraph 11(c)
          shall prevent the Corporation or any Restricted Subsidiary from
          (1) creating, incurring, assuming or suffering to exist any Liens
          otherwise permitted pursuant to paragraph 11(f) of this Section
          4.2.1 or (2) restricting the sale or other disposition of
          property or assets of the Corporation or any of its Restricted
          Subsidiaries that secure Indebtedness of the Corporation or any
          of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

                    (d)  Limitation on Issuances and Sale of Capital Stock
          of Restricted Subsidiaries.  The Corporation will not sell, and
          will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or
          indirectly, to issue or sell, any shares of Capital Stock of a
          Restricted Subsidiary (including options, warrants or other
          rights to purchase shares of such Capital Stock) except (i) to
          the Corporation or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary; (ii)
          issuances or sales to foreign nationals of shares of Capital
          Stock of foreign Restricted Subsidiaries, to the extent required
          by applicable law; (iii) if, immediately after giving effect to
          such issuance or sale, such Restricted Subsidiary would no longer
          constitute a Restricted Subsidiary; (iv) with respect to common
          stock of MTN, StarCom and Zycom; provided that the proceeds of
          any such sale under this clause (iv) shall be reinvested in the
          business of the Corporation and its Restricted Subsidiaries or
          used to repay Indebtedness of the Corporation or any of its
          Restricted Subsidiaries or Senior Securities; and (v) with
          respect to common stock of FOTI; provided that FOTI shall not
          retain any net proceeds from such sales or issuances in excess of
          $10 million in the aggregate and any net proceeds in excess of
          such $10 million shall be received by, or paid promptly by FOTI
          to, the Corporation or any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of
          the Corporation.

                    (e)  Limitation on Transactions with Shareholders and
          Affiliates.  The Corporation will not, and will not permit any
          Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, enter into,
          renew or extend any transaction (including, without limitation,
          the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of property or assets, or
          the rendering of any service) with any holder (or any Affiliate
          of such holder) of 5% or more of any class of Capital Stock of
          the Corporation or with any Affiliate of the Corporation or any
          Restricted Subsidiary, except upon fair and reasonable terms no
          less favorable to the Corporation or such Restricted Subsidiary
          than could be obtained, at the time of such transaction or at the
          time of the execution of the agreement providing therefor, in a
          comparable arm's-length transaction with a Person that is not
          such a holder or an Affiliate.  The foregoing limitation does not
          limit, and shall not apply to (i) transactions (A) approved by a
          majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors
          of the Corporation or (B) for which the Corporation or a
          Restricted Subsidiary delivers to the Transfer Agent a written
          opinion of a nationally recognized investment banking firm
          stating that the transaction is fair to the Corporation or such
          Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view; (ii) any
          transaction solely between the Corporation and any of its Wholly
          Owned Restricted Subsidiaries or solely between Wholly Owned
          Restricted Subsidiaries; (iii) the payment of reasonable and
          customary regular fees to directors of the Corporation who are
          not employees of the Corporation; (iv) any payments or other
          transactions pursuant to any tax-sharing agreement (or a similar
          agreement that is not materially adverse to the interests of
          Holders of the Exchangeable Preferred) between the Corporation
          and any other Person with which the Corporation files a
          consolidated tax return or with which the Corporation is part of
          a consolidated group for tax purposes; or (v) any Restricted
          Payments not prohibited by paragraph 11(b) of this Section 4.2.1. 
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, any transaction covered by the
          first sentence of this paragraph 11(e) and not covered by clauses
          (ii) through (iv) of the preceding sentence, the aggregate amount
          of which exceeds $2 million in value, must be approved or
          determined to be fair in the manner provided for in clause (i)(A)
          or (B) of the preceding sentence.

                    (f)  Limitation on Liens.  The Corporation will not,
          and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create, incur,
          assume or suffer to exist any Lien on any of its assets or
          properties, now or hereafter acquired, or any shares of Capital
          Stock of or Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary.  The
          foregoing limitation does not apply to (i) Liens existing on the
          Closing Date; (ii) Liens granted after the Closing Date on any
          assets or Capital Stock of the Corporation or its Restricted
          Subsidiaries created in favor of the Holders of the Exchangeable
          Preferred; (iii) Liens with respect to the assets of a Restricted
          Subsidiary granted by such Restricted Subsidiary to the
          Corporation or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary to secure
          Indebtedness owing to the Corporation or such other Restricted
          Subsidiary; (iv) Liens securing Indebtedness which is Incurred to
          refinance secured Indebtedness which is permitted to be Incurred
          under paragraph 11(a)(ii)(C) of this Section 4.2.1; provided that
          such Liens do not extend to or cover any property or assets of
          the Corporation or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the
          property or assets securing the Indebtedness being refinanced;
          (v) Liens with respect to assets or properties of any Person that
          becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date; provided
          that such Liens do not extend to or cover any assets or
          properties of the Corporation or any of its Restricted
          Subsidiaries other than the assets or properties of such Person
          subject to such Lien on the date such Person becomes a Restricted
          Subsidiary; and provided further that such Liens are not incurred
          in contemplation of, or in connection with, such Person becoming
          a Restricted Subsidiary; (vi) Permitted Liens; and (vii) Liens
          securing Indebtedness.

                    (g)  Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets.  The
          Corporation shall not consolidate with, merge with or into, or
          sell, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or
          substantially all of its property and assets (as an entirety or
          substantially an entirety in one transaction or a series of
          related transactions) to, any Person (other than a consolidation
          or merger with or into a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary with
          a positive net worth; provided that, in connection with any such
          merger or consolidation, no consideration (other than common
          stock in the surviving Person or the Corporation) shall be issued
          or distributed to the shareholders of the Corporation) or permit
          any Person to merge with or into the Corporation unless:  (i) the
          Corporation shall be the continuing Person, or the Person (if
          other than the Corporation) formed by such consolidation or into
          which the Corporation is merged or that acquired or leased such
          property and assets of the Corporation shall be a corporation
          organized and validly existing under the laws of the United
          States of America or any jurisdiction thereof and the
          Exchangeable Preferred shall be converted into or exchanged for
          and shall become shares of such successor company, having in
          respect of such successor or resulting company substantially the
          same powers, preferences and relative participating, optional or
          other special rights and the qualifications, limitations or
          restrictions thereon that the Exchangeable Preferred had
          immediately prior to such transaction; (ii) immediately after
          giving effect to such transaction, no event referred to under
          paragraph 10(b)(i)(A)(1) through (5) of this Section 4.2.1 or any
          default, breach or violation that would become such an event
          after the giving of notice, the passage of time or both, shall
          have occurred and be continuing; (iii) immediately after giving
          effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Corporation
          or any Person becoming the successor issuer of the Exchangeable
          Preferred, as the case may be, shall have a Consolidated Net
          Worth equal to or greater than the Consolidated Net Worth of the
          Corporation immediately prior to such transaction;
          (iv) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro
          forma basis the Corporation, or any Person becoming the successor
          issuer of the Exchangeable Preferred, as the case may be, could
          Incur at least $1.00 of Indebtedness under paragraph 11(a)(i) of
          this Section 4.2.1; and (v) the Corporation delivers to the
          Transfer Agent an Officers' Certificate (attaching the arithmetic
          computations to demonstrate compliance with clauses (iii) and
          (iv) above) and an opinion of counsel, in each case stating that
          such consolidation, merger or transfer complies with this
          provision and that all conditions precedent provided for herein
          relating to such transaction have been complied with; provided,
          however, that clauses (iii) and (iv) above shall not apply if, in
          the good faith determination of the Board of Directors of the
          Corporation evidenced by a board resolution, the principal
          purpose of such transaction is part of a plan to change the
          jurisdiction of incorporation of the Corporation to a different
          state of the United States; and provided further that any such
          transaction shall not have as one of its purposes the evasion of
          the foregoing limitations.

                    (h)  Senior Subordinated Indebtedness.  So long as any
          shares of Exchangeable Preferred are outstanding, the Corporation
          will not Incur any Indebtedness, other than the Exchange
          Debentures, that is expressly made subordinated in right of
          payment to any Senior Indebtedness (as defined in the Indenture)
          unless such Indebtedness, by its terms and by the terms of any
          agreement or instrument pursuant to which such Indebtedness is
          outstanding is expressly made pari passu with, or subordinate in
          right of payment to, the Exchange Debentures pursuant to
          provisions substantially similar to those contained in Article
          Eleven of the Indenture; provided that the foregoing limitations
          shall not apply to distinctions between categories of Senior
          Indebtedness that exist by reason of any Liens or Guarantees
          arising or created in respect of some but not all Senior
          Indebtedness.

                    (i)  Reports.  So long as any shares of Exchangeable
          Preferred are outstanding, the Corporation shall file with the
          Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") the annual
          reports, quarterly reports and the information, documents and
          other reports required to be filed by the Corporation with the
          Commission pursuant to Sections 13 or 15 of the Exchange Act,
          whether or not the Corporation has or is required to have a class
          of securities registered under the Exchange Act, at the time it
          is or would be required to file the same with the Commission and,
          within 15 days after the Corporation is or would be required to
          file such reports, information or documents with the Commission,
          shall mail such reports, information and documents to the
          Transfer Agent and to each Holder, or shall supply such reports
          to the Transfer Agent for forwarding to each Holder, at such
          Holder's address set forth on the register maintained by the
          Transfer Agent.

               12.  Transfer and Legending of Shares.  
                    --------------------------------   No transfer of
          shares of the Exchangeable Preferred shall be effective until
          such transfer is registered on the books of the Corporation. 
          Until registered under the Securities Act or the expiration of
          the time period referred to in Rule 144(k) (as then in effect)
          under the Securities Act, all shares of Exchangeable Preferred
          will bear the following legend:

               THIS PREFERRED STOCK HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE
               U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE
               "SECURITIES ACT"), AND ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED
               OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE
               ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH
               IN THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE.  BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF,
               THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A "QUALIFIED
               INSTITUTIONAL BUYER" (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE
               SECURITIES ACT), (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS
               ACQUIRING THIS PREFERRED STOCK IN AN OFFSHORE
               TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE
               SECURITIES ACT, OR (C) IT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL
               "ACCREDITED INVESTOR" (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1),
               (2), (3) OR (7) OF REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES
               ACT) (AN "INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR"), (2)
               AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT, WITHIN THE TIME PERIOD
               REFERRED TO UNDER RULE 144(k) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT
               AS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF THE TRANSFER OF THIS
               PREFERRED STOCK, RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS
               PREFERRED STOCK EXCEPT (A) TO INTELCOM GROUP (U.S.A.),
               INC. (THE "CORPORATION") OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B)
               TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH
               RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) OUTSIDE THE
               UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE
               WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) PURSUANT TO
               THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144
               UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (E) INSIDE THE
               UNITED STATES TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR
               THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES TO THE TRANSFER
               AGENT A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN
               REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE
               RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THIS PREFERRED STOCK (THE
               FORM OF WHICH LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRANSFER
               AGENT) OR (F) AFTER REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES
               ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON
               TO WHOM THIS PREFERRED STOCK IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE
               SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND.  IN
               CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF THIS PREFERRED STOCK
               WITHIN THE TIME PERIOD REFERRED TO ABOVE, THE HOLDER
               MUST EXECUTE A LETTER (THE FORM OF WHICH LETTER CAN BE
               OBTAINED FROM THE TRANSFER AGENT) RELATING TO THE
               MANNER OF SUCH TRANSFER AND SUBMIT THIS CERTIFICATE TO
               THE TRANSFER AGENT.  AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS
               "OFFSHORE TRANSACTION," "UNITED STATES" AND "U.S.
               PERSON" HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S
               UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.  THE [FIRST] AMENDED AND
               RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF THE CORPORATION
               CONTAINS A PROVISION REQUIRING THE TRANSFER AGENT TO
               REFUSE TO REGISTER ANY TRANSFER OF THIS PREFERRED STOCK
               IN VIOLATION OF THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

          The Corporation shall refuse to register any attempted transfer
          of shares of Exchangeable Preferred not in compliance with this
          paragraph 12.

               13.  Amendments and Waivers.
                    ------------------------ Notwithstanding any other
          provisions hereof and to the extent allowable from time to time
          by applicable law, the Board of Directors may, by duly adopted
          resolution, amend any of the provisions of the Second Amended and
          Restated Articles of Incorporation, without notice to or any
          consent or approval of any of the Holders of Exchangeable
          Preferred, for the following purposes:  

                    (1)  to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency in
          the Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation;
          provided that such amendment does not and will not adversely
          affect the interests of the Holders of Exchangeable Preferred in
          any material respect; or

                    (2)  to make any change that the Board of Directors
          determines in good faith does not materially and adversely affect
          the rights of any Holder of Exchangeable Preferred.  

          Except as provided in the preceding sentence, any right,
          preference, privilege or power of, or restriction provided for
          the benefit of, the Exchangeable Preferred set forth herein may
          be amended and the observance thereof may be waived (either
          generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or
          prospectively) only with the written consent of the Corporation
          and the affirmative vote or written consent of the Holders of at
          least a majority of the shares of Exchangeable Preferred then
          outstanding, and any amendment or waiver so effected shall be
          binding upon the Corporation and all Holders of the Exchangeable
          Preferred.

               14.  Rules of Construction.  
                    ---------------------    The descriptive headings in
          this Section 4.2.1 are inserted for convenience of reference only
          and are not intended to be part of or affect the meaning or
          interpretation of any provision of this Section 4.2.1.  Words
          used in this Section 4.2.1, regardless of the gender and number
          specifically used, shall be deemed and construed to include any
          other gender, masculine, feminine, or neuter, and any other
          number, singular or plural, as the context requires.  As used in
          this Section 4.2.1, the word "including" is not limiting, and the
          word "or" is not exclusive.

               4.2.2     Cumulative Exchangeable Redeemable Preferred
                         --------------------------------------------
          Stock; Statement of Designation of Preferences and Rights.
          ----------------------------------------------------------

               A series of preferred stock of the Corporation has been
          created with the designation and amount thereof and the voting
          powers, preferences and relative, optional and other special
          rights of the shares of such series, and the qualifications,
          limitations, or restrictions thereof, as follows:

               1.   Certain Definitions: 
                    ---------------------    Set forth below are certain
          defined terms used in this Section 4.2.2.

               "Adjusted Consolidated Net Income" means, for any period,
          the aggregate net income (or loss) of the Corporation and its
          Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined in conformity
          with GAAP; provided that the following items shall be excluded in
          computing Adjusted Consolidated Net Income (without duplication):
          (i) the net income of any Person (other than net income
          attributable to a Restricted Subsidiary) in which any Person
          (other than the Corporation or any of its Restricted
          Subsidiaries) has a joint interest and the net income of any
          Unrestricted Subsidiary, except to the extent of the amount of
          dividends or other distributions actually paid to the Corporation
          or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries by such other Person or
          such Unrestricted Subsidiary during such period; (ii) solely for
          the purposes of calculating the amount of Restricted Payments
          that may be made pursuant to paragraph 11(b)(i)(3) of this
          Section 4.2.2 (and in such case, except to the extent includable
          pursuant to clause (i) above), the net income (or loss) of any
          Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Restricted
          Subsidiary or is merged into or consolidated with the Corporation
          or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or all or substantially all
          of the property and assets of such Person are acquired by the
          Corporation or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; (iii) the net
          income of any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent that the
          declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by
          such Restricted Subsidiary of such net income is not at the time
          permitted by the operation of the terms of its charter or any
          agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or
          governmental regulation applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary;
          (iv) any gains or losses (on an after-tax basis) attributable to
          Asset Sales; (v) except for purposes of calculating the amount of
          Restricted Payments that may be made pursuant to paragraph
          11(b)(i)(C)(3) of this Section 4.2.2, any amount paid or accrued
          as dividends on preferred stock of the Corporation or any
          Restricted Subsidiary owned by Persons other than the Corporation
          and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and (vi) all
          extraordinary gains and extraordinary losses.

               "Affiliate"  means, as applied to any Person, any other
          Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or
          under direct or indirect common control with, such Person.  For
          purposes of this definition, "control" (including, with
          correlative meanings, the terms "controlling," "controlled by"
          and "under common control with"), as applied to any Person, means
          the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or
          cause the direction of the management and policies of such
          Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by
          contract or otherwise.

               "Asset Acquisition" means (i) an investment by the
          Corporation or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any other
          Person pursuant to which such Person shall become a Restricted
          Subsidiary of the Corporation or shall be merged into or
          consolidated with the Corporation or any of its Restricted
          Subsidiaries; provided that such Person's primary business is
          related, ancillary or complementary to the businesses of the
          Corporation and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of such
          investment or (ii) an acquisition by the Corporation or any of
          its Restricted Subsidiaries of the property and assets of any
          Person other than the Corporation or any of its Restricted
          Subsidiaries that constitutes substantially all of a division or
          line of business of such Person; provided that the property and
          assets acquired are related, ancillary or complementary to the
          businesses of the Corporation and its Restricted Subsidiaries on
          the date of such acquisition.

               "Asset Sale" means any sale, transfer or other disposition
          (including by way of merger, consolidation or sale-leaseback
          transactions) in one transaction or a series of related
          transactions by the Corporation or any of its Restricted
          Subsidiaries to any Person other than the Corporation or any of
          its Restricted Subsidiaries of (i) all or any of the Capital
          Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) all or substantially all
          of the property and assets of an operating unit or business of
          the Corporation or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii)
          any other property and assets of the Corporation or any of its
          Restricted Subsidiaries outside the ordinary course of business
          of the Corporation or such Restricted Subsidiary and, in each
          case, that is not governed by the provisions of paragraph 11(g)
          of this Section 4.2.2; provided that the meaning of "Asset Sale"
          shall not include (A) sales or other dispositions of inventory,
          receivables and other current assets, and (B) dispositions of
          assets of the Corporation or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries,
          in substantially simultaneous exchanges for consideration
          consisting of any combination of cash, Temporary Cash Investments
          and assets that are used or useful in the telecommunications
          business of the Corporation or its Restricted Subsidiaries, if
          such consideration has an aggregate fair market value
          substantially equal to the fair market value of the assets so
          disposed of; provided, however, that fair market value shall be
          determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the
          Corporation, whose determination shall be conclusive and
          evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors delivered to
          the Transfer Agent.

               "Average Life" means, at any date of determination with
          respect to any debt security, the quotient obtained by dividing
          (i) the sum of the products of (a) the number of years from such
          date of determination to the dates of each successive scheduled
          principal payment of such debt security and (b) the amount of
          such principal payment by (ii) the sum of all such principal
          payments.

               "Business Day" means any day except a Saturday, Sunday, or
          other day on which commercial banks in the City of New York, or
          in the city of the Transfer Agent Office, are authorized by law
          to close.

               "Capital Stock" means, with respect to any Person, any and
          all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents
          (however designated, whether voting or non-voting) in equity of
          such Person, whether now outstanding or issued after the date
          hereof, including, without limitation, all common stock and
          preferred stock.

               "Capitalized Lease" means, as applied to any Person, any
          lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) of which
          the discounted present value of the rental obligations of such
          Person as lessee, in conformity with GAAP, is required to be
          capitalized on the balance sheet of such Person; and "Capitalized
          Lease Obligations" means the discounted present value of the
          rental obligations under any such Capitalized Lease.

               "Change of Control" means such time as (i) a "person" or
          "group" (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the
          Exchange Act) becomes the ultimate "beneficial owner" (as defined
          in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of Voting Stock having more
          than 40% of the voting power of the total Voting Stock of ICG on
          a fully diluted basis; (ii) individuals who on the Closing Date
          constitute the Board of Directors of ICG (together with any new
          directors whose election by the Board of Directors or whose
          nomination for election by ICG's stockholders was approved by a
          vote of at least a majority of the members of the Board of
          Directors then in office who either were members of the Board of
          Directors on the Closing Date or whose election or nomination for
          election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to
          constitute a majority of the members of the Board of Directors
          then in office; or (iii) all of the common stock of the
          Corporation is not beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by
          ICG.

               "ChoiceCom" means CSW/ICG ChoiceCom, L.P., a Delaware
          limited partnership.

               "Closing Date" means the date on which the Exchangeable
          Preferred is originally issued.

               "Consolidated EBITDA" means, for any period, the sum of the
          amounts for such period of (i) Adjusted Consolidated Net Income,
          (ii) Consolidated Interest Expense, (iii) income taxes, to the
          extent such amount was deducted in calculating Adjusted
          Consolidated Net Income (other than income taxes (either positive
          or negative) attributable to extraordinary and non-recurring
          gains or losses or sales of assets), (iv) depreciation expense,
          to the extent such amount was deducted in calculating Adjusted
          Consolidated Net Income, (v) amortization expense, to the extent
          such amount was deducted in calculating Adjusted Consolidated Net
          Income, and (vi) all other non-cash items reducing Adjusted
          Consolidated Net Income (other than items that will require cash
          payments and for which an accrual or reserve is, or is required
          by GAAP to be, made), less all non-cash items increasing Adjusted
          Consolidated Net Income, all as determined on a consolidated
          basis for the Corporation and its Restricted Subsidiaries in
          conformity with GAAP; provided that, if any Restricted Subsidiary
          is not a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, Consolidated EBITDA
          shall be reduced (to the extent not otherwise reduced in
          accordance with GAAP) by an amount equal to (A) the amount of the
          Adjusted Consolidated Net Income attributable to such Restricted
          Subsidiary multiplied by (B) the quotient of (1) the number of
          shares of outstanding common stock of such Restricted Subsidiary
          not owned on the last day of such period by the Corporation or
          any of its Restricted Subsidiaries divided by (2) the total
          number of shares of outstanding common stock of such Restricted
          Subsidiary on the last day of such period.

               "Consolidated Interest Expense" means, for any period, the
          aggregate amount of interest in respect of Indebtedness
          (including amortization of original issue discount on any
          Indebtedness and the interest portion of any deferred payment
          obligation, calculated in accordance with the effective interest
          method of accounting; all commissions, discounts and other fees
          and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers'
          acceptance financing; the net costs associated with Interest Rate
          Agreements; and Indebtedness that is Guaranteed or secured by the
          Corporation or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) and all but
          the principal component of rentals in respect of Capitalized
          Lease Obligations paid, accrued or scheduled to be paid or to be
          accrued by the Corporation and its Restricted Subsidiaries during
          such period; excluding, however, without duplication, (i) any
          amount of such interest of any Restricted Subsidiary if the net
          income of such Restricted Subsidiary is excluded in the
          calculation of Adjusted Consolidated Net Income pursuant to
          clause (iii) of the definition thereof (but only in the same
          proportion as the net income of such Restricted Subsidiary is
          excluded from the calculation of Adjusted Consolidated Net Income
          pursuant to clause (iii) of the definition thereof) and (ii) any
          premiums, fees and expenses (and any amortization thereof)
          payable in connection with the offering of the 13 1/2% Notes and
          the warrants issued therewith, the 12 1/2% Notes, the 14 1/4%
          Exchangeable Preferred, the Senior Discount Notes and/or the
          Exchangeable Preferred, all as determined on a consolidated basis
          (without taking into account Unrestricted Subsidiaries) in
          conformity with GAAP.

               "Consolidated Net Worth" means, at any date of
          determination, stockholders' equity as set forth on the most
          recently available quarterly or annual consolidated balance sheet
          of the Corporation and its Restricted Subsidiaries (which shall
          be as of a date not more than 90 days prior to the date of such
          computation, and which shall not take into account Unrestricted
          Subsidiaries), less any amounts attributable to Redeemable Stock
          or any equity security convertible into or exchangeable for
          Indebtedness, the cost of treasury stock and the principal amount
          of any promissory notes receivable from the sale of the Capital
          Stock of the Corporation or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries,
          each item to be determined in conformity with GAAP (excluding the
          effects of foreign currency exchange adjustments under Financial
          Accounting Standards Board Statement of Financial Accounting
          Standards No. 52).

               "Currency Agreement" means any foreign exchange contract,
          currency swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement
          designed to protect the Corporation or any of its Restricted
          Subsidiaries against fluctuations in currency values to or under
          which the Corporation or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a
          party or a beneficiary on the Closing Date or becomes a party or
          a beneficiary thereafter.

               "Default"  means any event that is, or after notice or
          passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

               "Event of Default" means a Voting Rights Triggering Event as
          defined in paragraph 10(b) of this Section 4.2.2.

               "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
          amended.

               "FOTI" means Fiber Optic Technologies Inc., a Colorado
          corporation.

               "14 1/4% Exchangeable Preferred" means the 14 1/4%
          Cumulative Exchangeable Redeemable Preferred Stock mandatorily
          redeemable May 1, 2007 of the Corporation, and any shares of
          preferred stock issued as payment in kind dividends thereon.

               "GAAP"  means generally accepted accounting principles in
          the United States of America as in effect as of August 8, 1995,
          including, without limitation, those set forth in the opinions
          and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the
          American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements
          and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or
          in such other statements by such other entity as approved by a
          significant segment of the accounting profession.  All ratios and
          computations contained in this Section 4.2.2 shall be computed in
          conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis, except that
          calculations made for purposes of determining compliance with the
          terms of the covenants and with other provisions of this Section
          4.2.2 shall be made without giving effect to (i) the amortization
          of any expenses incurred in connection with the offering of the
          13 1/2% Notes and the warrants issued therewith, the 12 1/2%
          Notes, the 14 1/4% Exchangeable Preferred, the Senior Discount
          Notes and/or the Exchangeable Preferred and (ii) except as
          otherwise provided, the amortization of any amounts required or
          permitted by Accounting Principles Board Opinion Nos. 16 and 17.

               "Guarantee" means any obligation, contingent or otherwise,
          of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any
          Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person and, without
          limiting the generality of the foregoing, any obligation, direct
          or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person (i) to
          purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or
          payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation of such other
          Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or
          by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities
          or services, to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement
          conditions or otherwise) or (ii) entered into for purposes of
          assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness or
          other obligation of the payment thereof or to protect such
          obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part);
          provided that the term "Guarantee" shall not include endorsements
          for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. 
          The term "Guarantee" used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

               "Holders"  means the registered holders of shares of
          Exchangeable Preferred.

               "Holdings (Canada)" means ICG Holdings (Canada), Inc. and
          its successors and assigns.

               "ICG" means ICG Communications, Inc. and its successors and
          assigns.

               "Incur"  means, with respect to any Indebtedness, to incur,
          create, issue, assume, Guarantee or otherwise become liable for
          or with respect to, or become responsible for, the payment of,
          contingently or otherwise, such Indebtedness, including an
          Incurrence of Indebtedness by reason of the acquisition of more
          than 50% of the Capital Stock of any Person; provided that
          neither the accrual of interest nor the accretion of original
          issue discount shall be considered an Incurrence of Indebtedness.

               "Indebtedness" means, with respect to any Person at any date
          of determination (without duplication), (i) all indebtedness of
          such Person for borrowed money, (ii) all obligations of such
          Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar
          instruments, (iii) all obligations of such Person in respect of
          letters of credit or other similar instruments (including
          reimbursement obligations with respect thereto), (iv) all
          obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid
          purchase price of property or services, which purchase price is
          due more than six months after the date of placing such property
          in service or taking delivery and title thereto or the completion
          of such services, except Trade Payables, (v) all obligations of
          such Person as lessee under Capitalized Leases, (vi) all
          Indebtedness of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of
          such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such
          Person; provided that the amount of such Indebtedness shall be
          the lesser of (A) the fair market value of such asset at such
          date of determination and (B) the amount of such Indebtedness,
          (vii) all Indebtedness of other Persons Guaranteed by such Person
          to the extent such Indebtedness is Guaranteed by such Person and
          (viii) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition,
          obligations under Currency Agreements and Interest Rate
          Agreements.  The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date
          shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all
          unconditional obligations as described above and, with respect to
          contingent obligations, the maximum liability upon the occurrence
          of the contingency giving rise to the obligation, provided (i)
          that the amount outstanding at any time of any Indebtedness
          issued with original issue discount is the original issue price
          of such Indebtedness and (ii) that Indebtedness shall not include
          (A) any amount of money borrowed, at the time of the Incurrence
          of the related Indebtedness, for the purpose of prefunding any
          interest payable on such related Indebtedness or (B) any
          liability for federal, state, local or other taxes.

               "Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio" means, as at any date of
          determination, the ratio of (i) the aggregate amount of
          Indebtedness of the Corporation and its Restricted Subsidiaries
          on a consolidated basis as at the date of determination (the
          "Determination Date") to (ii) the Consolidated EBITDA of the
          Corporation for the then most recent four full fiscal quarters
          for which reports have been filed pursuant to paragraph 11(i) of
          this Section 4.2.2 (such four full fiscal quarter period being
          referred to herein as the "Four Quarter Period"); provided that
          (x) pro forma effect shall be given to any Indebtedness Incurred
          from the beginning of the Four Quarter Period through the
          Determination Date (including any Indebtedness Incurred on the
          Determination Date), to the extent outstanding on the
          Determination Date, (y) if during the period commencing on the
          first day of such Four Quarter Period through the Determination
          Date (the "Reference Period"), the Corporation or any of the
          Restricted Subsidiaries shall have engaged in any Asset Sale,
          Consolidated EBITDA for such period shall be reduced by an amount
          equal to the EBITDA (if positive), or increased by an amount
          equal to the EBITDA (if negative), directly attributable to the
          assets which are the subject of such Asset Sale and any related
          retirement of Indebtedness as if such Asset Sale and related
          retirement of Indebtedness had occurred on the first day of such
          Reference Period or (z) if during such Reference Period the
          Corporation or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall have made
          any Asset Acquisition, Consolidated EBITDA of the Corporation
          shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as if such Asset
          Acquisition and any related financing had occurred on the first
          day of such Reference Period.  In calculating this ratio for
          purposes hereof, the amount of outstanding Indebtedness shall be
          deemed to include the liquidation preference of any preferred
          stock then outstanding.

               "Interest Rate Agreement" means any interest rate protection
          agreement, interest rate future agreement, interest rate option
          agreement, interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap
          agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedge
          agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to
          protect the Corporation or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
          against fluctuations in interest rates in respect of Indebtedness
          to or under which the Corporation or any of its Restricted
          Subsidiaries is a party or a beneficiary on the Closing Date or
          becomes a party or a beneficiary thereafter; provided that the
          notional principal amount thereof does not exceed the principal
          amount of the Indebtedness of the Corporation and its Restricted
          Subsidiaries that bears interest at floating rates.

               "Investment"  in any Person means any direct or indirect
          advance, loan or other extension of credit (including, without
          limitation, by way of Guarantee or similar arrangement; but
          excluding advances to customers in the ordinary course of
          business that are, in conformity with GAAP, recorded as accounts
          receivable on the balance sheet of the Corporation or its
          Restricted Subsidiaries) or capital contribution to (by means of
          any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment
          for property or services for the account or use of others), or
          any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, bonds, notes,
          debentures or other similar instruments issued by, such Person
          and shall include the designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as
          an Unrestricted Subsidiary.  For purposes of the definition of
          "Unrestricted Subsidiary" and paragraph 11(b) of this Section
          4.2.2, (i) "Investment" shall include the fair market value of
          the assets (net of liabilities) of any Restricted Subsidiary of
          the Corporation at the time that such Restricted Subsidiary of
          the Corporation is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary and
          shall exclude the fair market value of the assets (net of
          liabilities) of any Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time that such
          Unrestricted Subsidiary is designated a Restricted Subsidiary of
          the Corporation and (ii) any property transferred to or from an
          Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value
          at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined by the
          Board of Directors in good faith.

               "Lien" means any mortgage, pledge, security interest,
          encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including, without
          limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention
          agreement or lease in the nature thereof, any sale with recourse
          against the seller or any Affiliate of the seller, or any
          agreement to give any security interest).

               "MTN"  means Maritime Telecommunications Network, Inc., a
          Colorado corporation, and its successors.

               "Net Cash Proceeds" means (a) with respect to any Asset
          Sale, the proceeds of such Asset Sale in the form of cash or cash
          equivalents, including payments in respect of deferred payment
          obligations (to the extent corresponding to the principal, but
          not interest, component thereof) when received in the form of
          cash or cash equivalents (except to the extent such obligations
          are financed or sold with recourse to the Corporation or any
          Restricted Subsidiary of the Corporation) and proceeds from the
          conversion of other property received when converted to cash or
          cash equivalents, net of (i) brokerage commissions and other fees
          and expenses (including fees and expenses of counsel and
          investment bankers) related to such Asset Sale, (ii) provisions
          for all taxes (whether or not such taxes will actually be paid or
          are payable) as a result of such Asset Sale without regard to the
          consolidated results of operations of the Corporation and its
          Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (iii) payments made to
          repay Indebtedness or any other obligation outstanding at the
          time of such Asset Sale that either (A) is secured by a Lien on
          the property or assets sold or (B) is required to be paid as a
          result of such sale and (iv) appropriate amounts to be provided
          by the Corporation or any Restricted Subsidiary as a reserve
          against any liabilities associated with such Asset Sale,
          including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment
          benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters
          and liabilities under any indemnification obligations associated
          with such Asset Sale, all as determined in conformity with GAAP
          and (b) with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock,
          the proceeds of such issuance or sale in the form of cash or cash
          equivalents, including payments in respect of deferred payment
          obligations (to the extent corresponding to the principal, but
          not interest, component thereof) when received in the form of
          cash or cash equivalents (except to the extent such obligations
          are financed or sold with recourse to the Corporation or any
          Restricted Subsidiary) and proceeds from the conversion of other
          property received when converted to cash or cash equivalents, net
          of attorneys' fees, accountants' fees, underwriters' or placement
          agents' fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant
          and other fees incurred in connection with such issuance or sale
          and net of taxes paid or payable as a result thereof.

               "Offer to Purchase" means an offer to purchase shares of
          Exchangeable Preferred by the Corporation from the Holders
          commenced by mailing a notice to the Transfer Agent and each
          Holder stating: (i) the covenant pursuant to which the offer is
          being made and that all shares of Exchangeable Preferred validly
          tendered will be accepted for payment on a pro rata basis; (ii)
          the purchase price and the date of purchase (which shall be a
          Business Day no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from
          the date such notice is mailed) (the "Payment Date"); (iii) that
          any shares of Exchangeable Preferred not tendered will continue
          to accrue dividends pursuant to its terms; (iv) that, unless the
          Corporation defaults in the payment of the purchase price, any
          shares of Exchangeable Preferred accepted for payment pursuant to
          the Offer to Purchase shall cease to accrue dividends on and
          after the Payment Date; (v) that Holders electing to have any
          shares of Exchangeable Preferred purchased pursuant to the Offer
          to Purchase will be required to surrender the shares of
          Exchangeable Preferred together with a form entitled "Option of
          the Holder to Elect Purchase" (the form of which will be mailed
          with such notice) completed, to the paying agent at the address
          specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the
          Business Day immediately preceding the Payment Date; (vi) that
          Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the paying
          agent receives, not later than the close of business on the third
          Business Day immediately preceding the Payment Date, a telegram,
          facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of such
          Holder, the liquidation preference of the shares of Exchangeable
          Preferred delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder
          is withdrawing his election to have such shares of Exchangeable
          Preferred purchased; and (vii) that Holders whose shares of
          Exchangeable Preferred are being purchased only in part will be
          issued new shares of Exchangeable Preferred equal to the
          liquidation preference of the unpurchased portion of the shares
          of Exchangeable Preferred surrendered; provided that each share
          of Exchangeable Preferred purchased and each new share of
          Exchangeable Preferred issued shall be in a principal amount of
          $1,000 or integral multiples thereof.  On the Payment Date, the
          Corporation shall (i) accept for payment on a pro rata basis
          shares of Exchangeable Preferred or portions thereof tendered
          pursuant to an Offer to Purchase; (ii) deposit with the paying
          agent money sufficient to pay the purchase price of all shares of
          Exchangeable Preferred or portions thereof so accepted; and (iii)
          deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Transfer Agent all
          shares of Exchangeable Preferred or portions thereof so accepted
          together with an Officers' Certificate specifying the shares of
          Exchangeable Preferred or portions thereof accepted for payment
          by the Corporation.  The paying agent shall promptly mail to the
          Holders of shares of Exchangeable Preferred so accepted, payment
          in an amount equal to the purchase price, and the Transfer Agent
          shall promptly authenticate and mail to such Holders new shares
          of Exchangeable Preferred equal in liquidation preference to any
          unpurchased portion of the shares of Exchangeable Preferred
          surrendered; provided that each share of Exchangeable Preferred
          purchased and each new share of Exchangeable Preferred issued
          shall be in a principal amount of $1,000 or integral multiples
          thereof.  The Corporation will publicly announce the results of
          an Offer to Purchase as soon as practicable after the Payment
          Date.  The Transfer Agent shall act as the paying agent for an
          Offer to Purchase.  The Corporation will comply with Rule 14e-1
          under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and
          regulations thereunder, to the extent such laws and regulations
          are applicable, in the event that the Corporation is required to
          repurchase shares of Exchangeable Preferred pursuant to an Offer
          to Purchase.

               "Ohio LINX" means ICG Ohio LINX, Inc., an Ohio corporation.

               "Permitted Investment" means (i) an Investment in a
          Restricted Subsidiary or a Person which will, upon the making of
          such Investment, become a Restricted Subsidiary or be merged or
          consolidated with or into or transfer or convey all or
          substantially all its assets to, the Corporation or a Restricted
          Subsidiary; provided that such Person's primary business is
          related, ancillary or complementary to the businesses of the
          Corporation and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of such
          Investment; (ii) a Temporary Cash Investment; (iii) payroll,
          travel and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at
          the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses in
          accordance with GAAP; (iv) loans or advances to employees made in
          the ordinary course of business in accordance with past practice
          of the Corporation or its Restricted Subsidiaries and that do not
          in the aggregate exceed $2 million at any time outstanding; (v)
          stock, obligations or securities received in satisfaction of
          judgments; (vi) Indebtedness of ICG or Holdings (Canada) owed to
          the Corporation, in an amount not to exceed the reasonable
          expenses of ICG or Holdings (Canada), as the case may be, as a
          holding company that are actually incurred, and paid, by ICG or
          Holdings (Canada); provided that such Indebtedness of ICG or
          Holdings (Canada), as the case may be, is evidenced by an
          unsubordinated promissory note that provides that it will be paid
          prior to any mandatory redemption of the Exchangeable Preferred
          if such payment would be necessary to effectuate such redemption;
          and (vii) Investments in an amount not to exceed, at any one time
          outstanding, all of the Net Cash Proceeds received by the
          Corporation from the sale of common stock of ICG (to a person
          other than one of ICG's Subsidiaries) after the Closing Date.

               "Permitted Liens" means (i) Liens for taxes, assessments,
          governmental charges or claims that are being contested in good
          faith by appropriate legal proceedings promptly instituted and
          diligently conducted and for which a reserve or other appropriate
          provision, if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP
          shall have been made; (ii) statutory Liens of landlords and
          carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, suppliers, materialmen,
          repairmen or other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course
          of business and with respect to amounts not yet delinquent or
          being contested in good faith by appropriate legal proceedings
          promptly instituted and diligently conducted and for which a
          reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be
          required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made; (iii)
          Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of
          business in connection with workers' compensation, unemployment
          insurance and other types of social security; (iv) Liens incurred
          or deposits made to secure the performance of tenders, bids,
          leases, statutory or regulatory obligations, bankers'
          acceptances, surety and appeal bonds, government contracts,
          performance and return-of-money bonds and other obligations of a
          similar nature incurred in the ordinary course of business
          (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed money); (v)
          easements, rights of way, municipal and zoning ordinances and
          similar charges, encumbrances, title defects or other
          irregularities that do not materially interfere with the ordinary
          course of business of the Corporation or any of its Restricted
          Subsidiaries; (vi) Liens (including extensions and renewals
          thereof) upon real or personal property acquired after the
          Closing Date; provided that (a) such Lien is created solely for
          the purpose of securing Indebtedness Incurred, in accordance with
          paragraph 11(a) of this Section 4.2.2, (1) to finance the cost
          (including the cost of improvement or construction) of the item
          of property or assets subject thereto and such Lien is created
          prior to, at the time of or within six months after the later of
          the acquisition, the completion of construction or the
          commencement of full operation of such property or (2) to
          refinance any Indebtedness previously so secured, (b) the
          principal amount of the Indebtedness secured by such Lien does
          not exceed 100% of such cost and (c) any such Lien shall not
          extend to or cover any property or assets other than such item of
          property or assets and any improvements on such item; (vii)
          leases or subleases granted to others that do not materially
          interfere with the ordinary course of business of the Corporation
          and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; (viii) Liens
          encumbering property or assets under construction arising from
          progress or partial payments by a customer of the Corporation or
          its Restricted Subsidiaries relating to such property or assets;
          (ix) any interest or title of a lessor in the property subject to
          any Capitalized Lease or operating lease; (x) Liens arising from
          filing Uniform Commercial Code financing statements regarding
          leases; (xi) Liens on property of, or on shares of stock or
          Indebtedness of, any corporation existing at the time such
          corporation becomes, or becomes a part of, any Restricted
          Subsidiary; provided that such Liens do not extend to or cover
          any property or assets of the Corporation or any Restricted
          Subsidiary other than the property or assets acquired; (xii)
          Liens in favor of the Corporation or any Restricted Subsidiary;
          (xiii) Liens arising from the rendering of a final judgment or
          order against the Corporation or any Restricted Subsidiary that
          does not give rise to an Event of Default; (xiv) Liens securing
          reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit that
          encumber documents and other property relating to such letters of
          credit and the products and proceeds thereof; (xv) Liens in favor
          of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to
          secure payment of customs duties in connection with the
          importation of goods; (xvi) Liens encumbering customary initial
          deposits and margin deposits, and other Liens that are either
          within the general parameters customary in the industry and
          incurred in the ordinary course of business, in each case,
          securing Indebtedness under Interest Rate Agreements and Currency
          Agreements and forward contracts, options, future contracts,
          futures options or similar agreements or arrangements designed to
          protect the Corporation or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
          from fluctuations in the price of commodities; (xvii) Liens
          arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or
          similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into by the
          Corporation or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary
          course of business in accordance with the past practices of the
          Corporation and its Restricted Subsidiaries prior to the Closing
          Date; and (xviii) Liens on or sales of receivables.

               "Person" means an individual, a corporation, a partnership,
          a limited liability company, an association, a trust or any other
          entity or organization, including a government or political
          subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof.

               "Preferred stock" or "preferred stock" means, with respect
          to any Person, any and all shares, interests, participations or
          other equivalents (however designated, whether voting or non-
          voting) of such Person's preferred or preference stock, whether
          now outstanding or issued after the date hereof, including,
          without limitation, all series and classes of such preferred or
          preference stock.

               "Public Equity Offering" means a bona fide underwritten
          primary public offering of common stock of ICG or the Corporation
          pursuant to an effective registration statement under the
          Securities Act.

               "Redeemable Stock" means any class or series of Capital
          Stock of any Person that by its terms or otherwise is (i)
          required to be redeemed prior to the mandatory redemption date of
          the shares of Exchangeable Preferred, (ii) redeemable at the
          option of the holder of such class or series of Capital Stock at
          any time prior to the mandatory redemption date of the shares of
          Exchangeable Preferred, or (iii) convertible into or exchangeable
          for Capital Stock referred to in clause (i) or (ii) above or
          Indebtedness having a scheduled maturity prior to the mandatory
          redemption date of the shares of Exchangeable Preferred; provided
          that any Capital Stock that would not constitute Redeemable Stock
          but for provisions thereof giving holders thereof the right to
          require such Person to repurchase or redeem such Capital Stock
          upon the occurrence of a "change of control" occurring prior to
          the mandatory redemption date of the shares of Exchangeable
          Preferred shall not constitute Redeemable Stock if the "change of
          control" provisions applicable to such Capital Stock are no more
          favorable to the holders of such Capital Stock than the
          provisions contained in the "Change of Control" provisions
          contained in paragraph 7(b) of this Section 4.2.2 and such
          Capital Stock specifically provides that such Person will not
          repurchase or redeem any such stock pursuant to such provision
          prior to the Corporation's repurchase of Exchangeable Preferred
          as provided in paragraph 7(b) of this Section 4.2.2.

               "Restricted Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of the
          Corporation other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

               "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as
          amended.

               "Senior Discount Notes," as used in this Section 4.2.2,
          means the Senior Discount Notes Due 2007 of the Corporation,
          Guaranteed by ICG on a senior unsecured basis and issued on the
          Closing Date.

               "Senior Discount Notes Indenture," as used in this Section
          4.2.2, means the Indenture dated as of the Closing Date among the
          Corporation, ICG and the Trustee pursuant to which the Senior
          Discount Notes are issued.

               "StarCom" means StarCom International Optics Corporation, a
          British Columbia corporation, and its Subsidiaries.

               "Strategic Investor" means any Person engaged in the
          telecommunications business which has a net worth or equity
          market capitalization of at least $1 billion.

               "Strategic Investor Subordinated Indebtedness" means all
          Indebtedness of the Corporation owed to a Strategic Investor that
          is contractually subordinate in right of payment to the shares of
          Exchangeable Preferred to at least the following extent:  no
          payment of principal (or premium, if any) or interest on or
          otherwise payable in respect of such Indebtedness may be made
          (whether as a result of a default or otherwise) prior to the
          payment in full of all of the Corporation's obligations under the
          shares of Exchangeable Preferred; provided, however, that prior
          to the payment of such obligations, interest on Strategic
          Investor Subordinated Indebtedness may be payable solely in kind
          or in common stock (other than Redeemable Stock) of ICG or the
          Corporation.

               "Subsidiary"  means, with respect to any Person, any
          corporation, association or other business entity of which more
          than 50% of the outstanding Voting Stock is owned, directly or
          indirectly, by such Person and one or more other Subsidiaries of
          such Person.

               "Temporary Cash Investment" means any of the following: (i)
          direct obligations of the United States of America or any agency
          thereof or obligations fully and unconditionally guaranteed by
          the United States of America or any agency thereof, (ii) time
          deposit accounts, certificates of deposit and money market
          deposits maturing within 270 days of the date of acquisition
          thereof, bankers' acceptances with maturities not exceeding 270
          days, and overnight bank deposits, in each case issued by or with
          a bank or trust company which is organized under the laws of the
          United States of America, any state thereof or any foreign
          country recognized by the United States, and which bank or trust
          company has capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating in
          excess of $100 million (or the foreign currency equivalent
          thereof) and has outstanding debt which is rated "A" (or such
          similar equivalent rating) or higher by at least one nationally
          recognized statistical rating organization (as defined in Rule
          436 under the Securities Act) or any money-market fund sponsored
          by a registered broker dealer or mutual fund distributor, (iii)
          repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for
          underlying securities of the types described in clause (i) above
          entered into with a bank meeting the qualifications described in
          clause (ii) above, (iv) commercial paper, maturing not more than
          180 days after the date of acquisition, issued by a corporation
          (other than an Affiliate of ICG) organized and in existence under
          the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or
          any foreign country recognized by the United States of America
          with a rating at the time as of which any investment therein is
          made of "P-1" (or higher) according to Moody's Investors Service,
          Inc. or "A-1" (or higher) according to Standard & Poor's Ratings
          Group, and (v) securities with maturities of six months or less
          from the date of acquisition issued or fully and unconditionally
          guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United
          States of America, or by any political subdivision or taxing
          authority thereof, and rated at least "A" by Standard & Poor's
          Ratings Group or Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

               "13 1/2% Notes" means the 13 1/2% Senior Discount Notes Due
          2005 of the Corporation Guaranteed by ICG and Holdings (Canada)
          on a senior unsecured basis.

               "13 1/2% Notes Indenture" means the Indenture dated as of
          August 8, 1995, as amended, among the Corporation, Holdings
          (Canada) and the Trustee pursuant to which the Corporation issued
          the 13 1/2% Notes.

               "Trade Payables" means, with respect to any Person, any
          accounts payable or any other debt or monetary obligation to
          trade creditors created, assumed or Guaranteed by such Person or
          any of its Subsidiaries arising in the ordinary course of
          business in connection with the acquisition of goods or services.

               "Transaction Date" means, with respect to the Incurrence of
          any Indebtedness by the Corporation or any of its Restricted
          Subsidiaries or the issuance of any Redeemable Stock of the
          Corporation, the date such Indebtedness is to be Incurred or such
          issuance is to be made and, with respect to any Restricted
          Payment, the date such Restricted Payment is to be made.

               "Transfer Agent" means American Stock Transfer and Trust
          Company, 40 Wall Street, 46th Floor, New York, New York 10005, or
          such other Person as may become the transfer agent with respect
          to the Exchangeable Preferred.

               "Transfer Agent Office" means the principal office of the
          Transfer Agent at any particular time, which office is, at the
          date hereof, located at 40 Wall Street, 46th Floor, New York, New
          York 10005.

               "Trustee"  means Norwest Bank Colorado, National
          Association, or such other Person as may become the trustee under
          the Indenture, the Senior Discount Notes Indenture, the 12 1/2%
          Notes Indenture or the 13 1/2% Notes Indenture, as the context
          requires.

               "12 1/2% Notes" means the 12 1/2% Senior Discount Notes due
          2006 of the Corporation guaranteed by ICG and Holdings (Canada)
          on a senior unsecured basis.

               "12 1/2% Notes Indenture" means the Indenture dated as of
          April 30, 1996, as amended, among the Corporation, Holdings
          (Canada) and the Trustee pursuant to which the Corporation issued
          the 12 1/2% Notes.

               "Unrestricted Subsidiary" means (i) any Subsidiary of the
          Corporation that at the time of determination shall be designated
          an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors in the
          manner provided below and (ii) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted
          Subsidiary.  The Board of Directors may designate any Restricted
          Subsidiary of the Corporation (including any newly acquired or
          newly formed Subsidiary of the Corporation), other than the
          Corporation or a Subsidiary that has given a Subsidiary
          Guarantee, to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such
          Subsidiary owns any Capital Stock of, or owns or holds any Lien
          on any property of, the Corporation or any Restricted Subsidiary;
          provided that either (A) the Subsidiary to be so designated has
          total assets of $1,000 or less or (B) if such Subsidiary has
          assets greater than $1,000, that such designation would be
          permitted under paragraph 11(b) of this Section 4.2.2.  The Board
          of Directors may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a
          Restricted Subsidiary of the Corporation; provided that
          immediately after giving effect to such designation (x) the
          Corporation could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under
          paragraph 11(a)(i) of this Section 4.2.2 and (y) no Default or
          Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.  Any such
          designation by the Board of Directors shall be evidenced to the
          Transfer Agent by promptly filing with the Transfer Agent a copy
          of the resolution of the Board of Directors giving effect to such
          designation and an Officers' Certificate certifying that such
          designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

               "Voting Stock" means, with respect to any Person, Capital
          Stock of any class or kind ordinarily having the power to vote
          for the election of directors, managers or other voting members
          of the governing body of such Person.

               "Wholly Owned" means, with respect to any Subsidiary of any
          Person, such Subsidiary if 98% or more of the outstanding Capital
          Stock in such Subsidiary (other than any director's qualifying
          shares or Investments by foreign nationals mandated by applicable
          law) is owned by such Person or one or more Wholly Owned
          Subsidiaries of such Person.

               "Zycom" means Zycom Corporation, an Alberta, Canada
          corporation.

               2.   Designation Amount.
                    ------------------  The distinctive serial designation
          of this series shall be "Cumulative Exchangeable Redeemable
          Preferred Stock" (as used in this Section 4.2.2, "Exchangeable
          Preferred").  The number of shares of Exchangeable Preferred
          shall initially be 200,000, which number may from time to time be
          increased (but not above the number that would cause the
          aggregate number of all shares of preferred stock of all series
          to exceed 1,000,000 shares) or decreased (but not below the
          number then outstanding) by the Board of Directors.  Shares of
          Exchangeable Preferred redeemed, purchased by the Corporation or
          exchanged for Exchange Debentures (as defined in paragraph 8(a)
          of this Section 4.2.2) shall be canceled and shall revert to
          authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock undesignated as
          to series; provided, however, that no such issued and reacquired
          shares of such series shall be reissued or sold as shares of
          Exchangeable Preferred unless reissued as a stock dividend on
          outstanding shares of Exchangeable Preferred.

               3.   Rank.
                    ----      The Exchangeable Preferred shall, with
          respect to dividend rights and distribution rights on
          liquidation, winding-up and dissolution of the Corporation, rank
          (i) senior to all classes of common stock of the Corporation and
          to each other class of Capital Stock or series of preferred stock
          established after March 6, 1997, by the Board of Directors the
          terms of which do not expressly provide that it ranks senior to
          or on a parity with the Exchangeable Preferred as to dividend
          distributions and distributions upon the liquidation, winding-up
          and dissolution of the Corporation (collectively referred to with
          the common stock of the Corporation as "Junior Securities"); (ii)
          on a parity with the 14 1/4% Exchangeable Preferred and any class
          of Capital Stock or series of preferred stock issued by the
          Corporation established after March 6, 1997 by the Corporation's
          Board of Directors, the terms of which expressly provide that
          such class or series will rank on a parity with the Exchangeable
          Preferred as to dividend distributions and distributions upon the
          liquidation, winding-up and dissolution of the Corporation
          (collectively referred to as "Parity Securities"); and (iii)
          subject to certain conditions described below, junior to each
          class of Capital Stock or series of preferred stock issued by the
          Corporation established after March 6, 1997 by the Corporation's
          Board of Directors, the terms of which expressly provide that
          such class or series will rank senior to the Exchangeable
          Preferred as to dividend distributions and distributions upon the
          liquidation, winding-up and dissolution of the Corporation
          (collectively referred to as "Senior Securities").  The
          Exchangeable Preferred will be subject to the issuance of series
          of Junior Securities, Parity Securities and Senior Securities;
          provided that the Corporation may not issue any new class of
          Senior Securities without the approval of the Holders of at least
          a majority of the shares of Exchangeable Preferred then
          outstanding, voting or consenting, as the case may be, separately
          as one class, except that without such approval of Holders of the
          Exchangeable Preferred, the Corporation may issue shares of
          Senior Securities (1) in exchange for, or the proceeds of which
          are used to redeem or repurchase, all, but not less than all,
          shares of Exchangeable Preferred then outstanding, or (2) in
          exchange for, or the proceeds of which are used to repay, any
          outstanding Indebtedness of the Corporation.

               4.   Dividends.
                    ---------

                    (a)  The Holders of shares of the Exchangeable
          Preferred shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared
          by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, out of funds
          legally available therefor, dividends at the annual rate of 14%
          of the liquidation preference per share, subject to the
          provisions of paragraph 4(e) below.  Such dividends shall be
          cumulative, whether or not earned or declared, on a daily basis
          from the date of issuance of the Exchangeable Preferred, and
          shall be payable quarterly in arrears on March 15, June 15,
          September 15, and December 15 of each year commencing on June 15,
          1997 (each of such dates being a "dividend payment date"), with
          respect to the period commencing with the date of issuance of the
          particular shares of Exchangeable Preferred or the immediately
          preceding dividend payment date and ending on the day preceding
          such respective dividend payment date (each of such periods being
          a "dividend period"), to shareholders of record on the preceding
          March 1, June 1, September 1, and December 1, respectively (each,
          a "regular record date").  Any dividend payments made with
          respect to shares of Exchangeable Preferred on or before March
          15, 2002, may be made, in the sole discretion of the Board of
          Directors of the Corporation, in cash or in such number of
          additional fully paid and nonassessable shares of Exchangeable
          Preferred having an aggregate liquidation preference equal to the
          amount of such dividends, and the issuance of such additional
          shares of Exchangeable Preferred shall constitute full payment of
          such dividend.  All dividends paid with respect to shares of
          Exchangeable Preferred pursuant to this paragraph 4(a) shall be
          paid pro rata to the Holders entitled thereto.  The Corporation
          may, at the option of the Board of Directors, elect not to issue
          fractions of a share of Exchangeable Preferred ("Fractional
          Shares") in payment of any dividend in additional shares of
          Exchangeable Preferred.  In such event, in lieu of any Fractional
          Shares, each record Holder of Exchangeable Preferred otherwise
          entitled to receive a Fractional Share shall receive a payment in
          cash equal to such Holder's proportionate interest in the net
          proceeds from the sale or sales in the open market by the
          Transfer Agent or other agent selected by the Corporation, on
          behalf of all such Holders of the aggregate of all Fractional
          Shares otherwise payable as a dividend.  Such sale shall be
          effected promptly after the record date fixed for determining the
          Holders entitled to payment of the dividend.  All shares of
          Exchangeable Preferred issued as a dividend with respect to the
          Exchangeable Preferred will thereupon be duly authorized, validly
          issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free of all liens and
          charges.  After March 15, 2002, dividends on the Exchangeable
          Preferred shall be paid only in cash to the Holders of record at
          the close of business on the regular record date with respect to
          the applicable dividend payment date.

                    (b)  Accumulated unpaid dividends for any past dividend
          periods may be declared by the Board of Directors and paid on any
          date fixed by the Board of Directors, whether or not a regular
          dividend payment date, to Holders of record on the books of the
          Corporation on such record date as may be fixed by the Board of
          Directors.  Holders of Exchangeable Preferred will not be
          entitled to any dividends, whether payable in cash, property or
          stock, in excess of full cumulative dividends.  If any dividend
          (or portion thereof) payable on any dividend payment date on or
          before March 15, 2002, is not declared or paid in full in cash or
          in shares of Exchangeable Preferred as described in paragraph
          4(a) above on such dividend payment date, the amount of the
          accrued and unpaid dividend will bear interest at the dividend
          rate on the Exchangeable Preferred, compounding quarterly from
          such dividend payment date until paid in full.  If any dividend
          (or portion thereof) payable on any dividend payment date after
          March 15, 2002, is not declared or paid in full in cash on such
          dividend payment date, the amount of the accrued and unpaid
          dividend will bear interest at the dividend rate on the
          Exchangeable Preferred, compounding quarterly from such dividend
          payment date until paid in full.

                    (c)  So long as any shares of the Exchangeable
          Preferred are outstanding, the Corporation shall not (i) declare,
          pay or set apart for payment any dividend on any shares of Junior
          Securities or Parity Securities or (ii) make any payment on
          account of, or set apart for payment money for a sinking or other
          similar fund for, the purchase, redemption, retirement or other
          acquisition for value of any of, or redeem, purchase, retire or
          otherwise acquire for value any of, the Junior Securities or
          Parity Securities or any warrants, rights, calls or options
          exercisable for or convertible into any of the Junior Securities
          or Parity Securities or (iii) make any distribution in respect of
          the Junior Securities or Parity Securities or any warrants,
          rights, calls or options exercisable for or convertible into any
          of the Junior Securities or Parity Securities, in any such case
          either directly or indirectly, and whether in cash, obligations
          or shares of the Corporation or other property (other than
          distributions or dividends of a particular class or series of
          Junior Securities to holders of such Junior Securities or
          distributions or dividends of a particular class or series of
          Parity Securities to holders of such Parity Securities), and
          shall not permit any corporation or other entity directly or
          indirectly controlled by the Corporation to purchase, redeem or
          otherwise acquire for value any of the Junior Securities or
          Parity Securities or any warrants, rights, calls or options
          exercisable for or convertible into any of the Junior Securities
          or Parity Securities, unless, as to any of the actions described
          in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) above, prior to or concurrently
          with such declaration, payment, setting apart for payment,
          purchase, redemption, other acquisition for value or
          distribution, as the case may be, all accrued and unpaid
          dividends, if any, on shares of the Exchangeable Preferred not
          paid on the dates provided for in paragraphs 4(a) or 4(b) hereof
          (including accrued dividends, if any, not paid by reason of the
          terms and conditions of paragraph 4(d) hereof) shall have been
          paid or shall have been declared and, if payable in cash, a sum
          in cash set apart for such payment.  If full cumulative dividends
          on the Exchangeable Preferred are not so paid, the Exchangeable
          Preferred will share dividends pro rata with the Parity
          Securities.  If full cumulative dividends on the Exchangeable
          Preferred have not been so paid, the Exchangeable Preferred may
          not be optionally redeemed in part as provided in paragraph 6(d)
          of this Section 4.2.2.

                    (d)  Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the
          contrary, no cash dividends on shares of Exchangeable Preferred,
          or any other shares of Junior Securities or Parity Securities, or
          other series of the Corporation's preferred stock, shall be
          declared by the Board of Directors or paid or set apart for
          payment by the Corporation at such time as the terms and
          provisions of any contract or other agreement of the Corporation
          or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries entered into or assumed
          prior to, on, or after the Closing Date specifically prohibits
          such declaration, payment or setting apart for payment or
          provides that such declaration, payment or setting apart for
          payment would constitute a breach thereof or a default
          thereunder; provided, however, that nothing contained in this
          paragraph 4(d) shall be construed or deemed to require the Board
          of Directors to declare, or the Corporation to pay or set apart
          for payment, any cash dividends on shares of the Exchangeable
          Preferred, whether permitted by any of such agreements or not.

                    (e)  If, on or prior to September 11, 1997, the
          Corporation does not, as more fully provided in the Registration
          Rights Agreement with respect to the Exchangeable Preferred dated
          the Closing Date, either (i) consummate an offer by the
          Corporation to such Holders to exchange the Exchangeable
          Preferred for an issue of preferred stock of the Corporation with
          terms identical to the Exchangeable Preferred pursuant to an
          effective registration statement under the Securities Act with
          respect to such exchange offer, or (ii) file and cause to become
          effective under the Securities Act a shelf registration statement
          with respect to resales of the Exchangeable Preferred, then
          dividends, in addition to the dividends described in paragraph
          4(a) of this Section 4.2.2, will accrue at the annual rate of
          0.5% of the liquidation preference per share on the Exchangeable
          Preferred from September 11, 1997, payable in additional shares
          of Exchangeable Preferred quarterly in arrears on March 15, June
          15, September 15, and December 15 of each year commencing on
          December 15, 1997.

               5.   Liquidation Preference.
                    -----------------------

                    (a)  In the event of any voluntary or involuntary
          liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the affairs of the
          Corporation, then, before any distribution or payment shall be
          made to the holders of any Junior Securities, including common
          stock of the Corporation, the Holders of Exchangeable Preferred
          then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid, out of the assets
          of the Corporation available for distribution to its
          shareholders, an amount in cash equal to $1,000 for each share
          outstanding (which amount is hereinafter referred to as the
          "liquidation preference"), plus an amount in cash equal to all
          accrued and unpaid dividends and interest thereon to the date
          fixed for liquidation, dissolution or winding-up (including an
          amount equal to a prorated dividend for the period from the
          dividend payment date immediately preceding the date fixed for
          liquidation, dissolution or winding-up to the date fixed for
          liquidation, dissolution or winding-up).  Except as provided in
          the preceding sentence, Holders of Exchangeable Preferred shall
          not be entitled to any distribution in the event of liquidation,
          dissolution or winding-up of the affairs of the Corporation.  If
          the assets of the Corporation are not sufficient to pay in full
          the liquidation payments payable to the holders of outstanding
          shares of the Exchangeable Preferred and all other Parity
          Securities, then the holders of all such shares shall share
          ratably in any distribution of assets of the Corporation with
          respect to the Exchangeable Preferred and Parity Securities in
          accordance with the amount that would be payable on such
          distribution if the amounts to which the holders of outstanding
          shares of Exchangeable Preferred and all other Parity Securities
          are entitled were paid in full.  After payment of the full amount
          of the liquidation preference and accrued and unpaid dividends or
          interest to which each Holder is entitled, such Holders of shares
          of Exchangeable Preferred will not be entitled to any further
          participation in any distribution of the assets of the
          Corporation.

                    (b)  For purposes of this paragraph 5, a merger,
          consolidation or sale of substantially all of the Corporation's
          assets that complies with the provisions of paragraph 11(g) of
          this Section 4.2.2 shall not be deemed to be a voluntary or
          involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the
          Corporation.

               6.   Optional Redemption.
                    --------------------

                    (a)  Subject to subparagraph (d) of this paragraph 6,
          and subject to the legal availability of funds therefor and to
          any contractual and other restrictions with respect thereto, at
          any time on or after March 15, 2002, the Corporation, at the
          option of the Board of Directors, may redeem, in whole or in
          part, the shares of Exchangeable Preferred at the time
          outstanding, at any time or from time to time, upon notice given
          as provided in paragraph 9 of this Section 4.2.2, at the
          redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of the liquidation
          preference thereof) set forth below, plus an amount in cash equal
          to all accumulated and unpaid dividends (including an amount in
          cash equal to a prorated dividend for the period from the
          dividend payment date immediately prior to the redemption date to
          the redemption date, subject to the right of holders of preferred
          stock on a record date to receive dividends on a dividend payment
          date) if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning March 15
          of each of the years set forth below:

                    YEAR                          PERCENTAGE
                    2002                          107.0000%
                    2003                          104.6667%
                    2004                          102.3333%
                    2005 and thereafter           100.0000%

                    (b)  In addition, but subject to subparagraph (d) of
          this paragraph 6, on or prior to March 15, 2000, the Corporation
          may, at the option of the Board of Directors from time to time,
          subject to the legal availability of funds therefor and to any
          contractual and other restrictions with respect thereto, redeem
          shares of Exchangeable Preferred having an aggregate liquidation
          preference of up to 35% of the aggregate liquidation preference
          of all shares of Exchangeable Preferred issued on the Closing
          Date, at a redemption price equal to 114% of the liquidation
          preference thereof (subject to the right of Holders of
          Exchangeable Preferred on relevant record dates to receive
          dividends due on relevant dividend payment dates), plus an amount
          in cash equal to a prorated dividend for the period from the
          dividend payment date immediately prior to the redemption date to
          the redemption date, with proceeds of one or more Public Equity
          Offerings of common stock of (A) the Corporation or (B) ICG,
          provided that (i) with respect to a Public Equity Offering
          referred to in clause (B) above, cash proceeds of such Public
          Equity Offering in an amount sufficient to effect the redemption
          of Exchangeable Preferred to be so redeemed are contributed by
          ICG to the Corporation prior to such redemption and used by the
          Corporation to effect such redemption and (ii) such redemption
          occurs within 180 days after consummation of such Public Equity
          Offering.

                    (c)  In the event of partial redemptions of
          Exchangeable Preferred, the shares to be redeemed will be
          determined pro rata, except that the Corporation may redeem such
          shares held by any Holder of fewer than 100 shares without regard
          to such pro rata redemption requirement.

                    (d)  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of
          paragraph 6(a) or (b) of this Section 4.2.2, unless the full
          cumulative dividends for all past dividend periods on all
          outstanding shares of Exchangeable Preferred shall have been paid
          or contemporaneously are declared and paid or set apart for
          payment (whether in cash or additional shares of Exchangeable
          Preferred, as permitted under paragraph 4(a) of this Section
          4.2.2), none of the shares of Exchangeable Preferred shall be
          redeemed pursuant to paragraph 6(a) or (b) of this Section 4.2.2
          unless all outstanding shares of Exchangeable Preferred are
          simultaneously redeemed and all such cumulative dividends are
          paid in cash contemporaneously with such redemption.

               7.   Mandatory Redemption.
                    ---------------------

                    (a)   The Exchangeable Preferred will be subject to
          mandatory redemption (subject to the legal availability of funds
          therefor but without regard to any contractual or other
          restriction with respect thereto) in whole on March 15, 2008, at
          a price, payable in cash, equal to the liquidation preference
          thereof, plus all accumulated and unpaid dividends to the date of
          redemption. 

                    (b)  Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the
          Corporation will (subject to any contractual and other
          restrictions with respect thereto and to the legal availability
          of funds therefor) offer (the "Change of Control Offer") to each
          Holder of Exchangeable Preferred to repurchase all or any part of
          such Holder's Exchangeable Preferred at a cash purchase price
          equal to 101% of the liquidation preference thereof, plus an
          amount in cash equal to all accumulated and unpaid dividends per
          share to the date of purchase (including an amount in cash equal
          to a prorated dividend from the dividend payment date immediately
          preceding the date of purchase to the date of purchase).  The
          Change of Control Offer will be made within 30 days following a
          Change of Control, will remain open for at least 30 and not more
          than 40 days, and will be made in compliance with the
          requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other
          applicable securities laws and regulations.  Notwithstanding the
          foregoing, the Corporation will not be required to make a Change
          of Control Offer if any of the Senior Discount Notes, 12 1/2%
          Notes or 13 1/2% Notes are outstanding upon the occurrence of a
          Change of Control unless all of the Senior Discount Notes, 12
          1/2% Notes and 13 1/2% Notes tendered pursuant to the "change of
          control offers" with respect thereto are repurchased as a result
          of such Change of Control, in which case the date on which all
          Senior Discount Notes, 12 1/2% Notes and 13 1/2% Notes (and any
          other Indebtedness or Senior Securities of the Corporation having
          provisions similar to Section 4.04(x) of the Senior Discount
          Notes Indenture) are so repurchased will be deemed to be the date
          on which such Change of Control shall have occurred.  
                    (c)  If the Corporation shall fail to discharge its
          obligation to redeem all outstanding shares of Exchangeable
          Preferred pursuant to paragraph 7(a) or (b) of this Section 4.2.2
          (the "Mandatory Redemption Obligation"), the Corporation shall
          discharge the Mandatory Redemption Obligation as soon as the
          Corporation is able to do so.  If and so long as any Mandatory
          Redemption Obligation with respect to the Exchangeable Preferred
          shall not be fully discharged, the Corporation shall not declare
          or pay any dividend or make any distribution on, or, directly or
          indirectly, purchase, redeem or satisfy any mandatory redemption,
          sinking fund or other similar obligations in respect of, Junior
          Securities or Parity Securities (other than as a result of a
          reclassification of Junior Securities or Parity Securities, or
          the exchange or conversion of one class or series of Junior
          Securities for or into another class or series of Junior
          Securities, or the exchange or conversion of one class or series
          of Parity Securities for or into another class or series of
          Parity Securities, or other than through the use of the proceeds
          of a substantially contemporaneous sale of other Junior
          Securities or Parity Securities and in any case not involving the
          payment of cash to holders of such securities) or any warrants,
          rights or options exercisable for or convertible into any of the
          Junior Securities or Parity Securities.

               8.   Exchange.
                    ---------

                    (a)  The Corporation may, at the sole option of the
          Board of Directors (subject to the legal availability of funds
          therefor), exchange all, but not less than all, of the shares of
          Exchangeable Preferred then outstanding, including any shares of
          Exchangeable Preferred issued as payment for dividends, for a new
          series of 14% Exchange Debentures due March 15, 2008, of the
          Corporation (the "Exchange Debentures") to be issued pursuant to
          the indenture (the "Indenture") qualified under the Trust
          Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, substantially in the form
          agreed to on the Closing Date, a copy of which is on file with
          and can be obtained from the Secretary of the Corporation on
          request, at any time following the date on which such exchange is
          permitted by the terms of the Senior Discount Notes Indenture,
          the 12 1/2% Notes Indenture, the 13 1/2% Notes Indenture, and the
          terms of all other then-existing Indebtedness of the Corporation
          and subject to the conditions contained in paragraph 8(b) below. 
          The Exchange Debentures will be issued in registered form,
          without coupons, be duly executed, authenticated as of the date
          on which the exchange is effective and be dated the date of
          exchange.  In the event of an exchange, Holders of Exchangeable
          Preferred shall be entitled to receive on the date of exchange
          Exchange Debentures having an aggregate principal amount equal to
          (i) the total of the liquidation preference for each share of
          Exchangeable Preferred exchanged, plus (ii) an amount equal to
          all accrued but unpaid dividends payable on such share (including
          a prorated dividend for the period from the immediately preceding
          dividend payment date to the date of exchange).  In the event
          such exchange would result in the issuance of Exchange Debentures
          in a principal amount which is less than $1,000 or which is not
          an integral multiple of $1,000 (such principal amount less than
          $1,000 or the difference between such principal amount and the
          highest integral of $1,000 which is less than such principal
          amount, as the case may be, is hereinafter referred to as the
          "Fractional Principal Amount"), the Corporation may, subject to
          any restrictions in the Senior Discount Notes Indenture, the 12
          1/2% Notes Indenture, the 13 1/2% Notes Indenture, and the terms
          of all other then-existing Indebtedness of the Corporation, at
          the option of the Board of Directors, pay cash to each Holder of
          Exchangeable Preferred in lieu of Fractional Principal Amounts of
          Exchange Debentures otherwise issuable upon exchange of the
          Exchangeable Preferred.  The Person entitled to receive the
          Exchange Debentures issuable upon exchange shall be treated for
          all purposes as the registered holder of such Exchange Debentures
          as of the date of exchange.  In accordance with paragraph 9 of
          this Section 4.2.2, the Corporation will mail to each Holder of
          Exchangeable Preferred written notice of its intention to
          exchange no less than 15 nor more than 60 days prior to the date
          of exchange.  

                    (b)  As a condition of the right of the Corporation to
          issue Exchange Debentures in exchange for the Exchangeable
          Preferred under paragraph 8(a) of this Section 4.2.2 on the date
          of exchange, (A) there shall be legally available funds
          sufficient therefor (including, without limitation, legally
          available funds sufficient therefor under Section 7-106-401 (or
          any successor provision) of the Colorado Business Corporation
          Act); (B) a registration statement relating to the Exchange
          Debentures shall have been declared effective under the
          Securities Act prior to such exchange and shall continue to be
          effective on the date of exchange, or the Corporation shall have
          obtained a written opinion of its counsel that an exemption from
          the registration requirements of the Securities Act is available
          for such exchange and that upon receipt of such Exchange
          Debentures pursuant to such an exchange made in accordance with
          such exemption, each holder of an Exchange Debenture that is not
          an Affiliate of the Corporation will not be subject to any
          restrictions imposed by the Securities Act upon the resale of
          such Exchange Debenture, and such exemption is relied upon by the
          Corporation for such exchange; (C) the Indenture and the Trustee
          thereunder shall have been qualified under the Trust Indenture
          Act of 1939, as amended; (D) immediately after giving effect to
          such exchange, no Default or Event of Default would exist; and
          (E) the Corporation shall have delivered to the Trustee under the
          Indenture a written opinion of counsel, dated the date of
          exchange, regarding the satisfaction of the conditions set forth
          in clauses (A), (B) and (C).  In the event that (i) the issuance
          of the Exchange Debentures is not permitted on the exchange date
          or (ii) any of the conditions set forth in clauses (A) through
          (E) of the preceding sentence are not satisfied on the exchange
          date, the Corporation shall use its best efforts to satisfy such
          conditions and effect such exchange as soon as practicable. 
          Prior to initiating the exchange referred to in paragraph (a)
          above, the Corporation shall certify, to the satisfaction of the
          trustees under the 13 1/2% Notes Indenture, the 12 1/2% Notes
          Indenture and the Senior Discount Notes Indenture, that such
          exchange is permitted under such respective Indentures.  The
          Corporation shall also provide such trustees with an Officer's
          Certificate setting forth with specificity the basis for the
          Corporation's conclusion that such exchange is so permitted.

               9.   Procedures for Redemption or Exchange.
                    --------------------------------------

                    (a)  In the event that fewer than all the outstanding
          shares of Exchangeable Preferred are to be redeemed, the number
          of shares to be redeemed shall be determined pro rata, except
          that in any redemption of fewer than all the outstanding shares
          of Exchangeable Preferred, the Corporation may redeem all shares
          held by any Holder of a number of shares of Exchangeable
          Preferred not to exceed 100 as may be specified by the
          Corporation.  In the event of partial redemptions of Exchangeable
          Preferred, new shares of Exchangeable Preferred having an
          aggregate liquidation preference equal to the unredeemed portion
          will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon
          cancellation of the original share certificate of Exchangeable
          Preferred without cost to such Holder.  On and after a redemption
          date, unless the Corporation defaults in the payment of the
          redemption price, dividends will cease to accrue on shares of
          Exchangeable Preferred called for redemption and all rights of
          Holders of such shares will terminate except for the right to
          receive the redemption price.  On the date fixed for exchange,
          the rights of Holders of the shares of Exchangeable Preferred
          exchanged shall cease, except the right to receive Exchange
          Debentures in exchange for their Exchangeable Preferred and cash
          or additional Exchange Debentures in payment of accrued but
          unpaid dividends on such shares to the date of exchange.

                    (b)  In the event that the Corporation shall redeem or
          exchange shares of Exchangeable Preferred, notice of every
          redemption or exchange of shares of Exchangeable Preferred shall
          be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, and mailed, in
          the case of exchange, not less than 15 nor more than 60 days
          prior to the exchange date, and, in the case of redemption, not
          less than 30 days nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption
          date, addressed to the Holders of record of the shares to be
          redeemed or exchanged at their respective last addresses as they
          shall appear on the books of the Corporation; provided, however,
          that failure to give such notice or any defect therein or in the
          mailing thereof shall not affect the validity of the proceeding
          for the redemption or exchange of any shares so to be redeemed or
          exchanged except as to the Holder to whom the Corporation has
          failed to give such notice or to whom notice was defective.  Each
          such notice shall state:  (i) the redemption or exchange date;
          (ii) the number of shares of Exchangeable Preferred to be
          redeemed or exchanged and, if less than all the shares held by
          such Holder are to be redeemed, the number of such shares or
          portion of the liquidation preference to be redeemed; (iii) the
          redemption price or exchange rate; (iv) the place or places where
          certificates for such shares are to be surrendered for payment of
          the redemption price or exchanged for the Exchange Debentures;
          and (v) that dividends on the shares to be redeemed or exchanged
          will cease to accrue on such redemption date or exchange date.

                    (c)  Notice having been mailed as aforesaid and
          provided that, on or before the redemption date or exchange date,
          as the case may be, specified in such notice, all duly
          authenticated and valid Exchange Debentures necessary for any
          such exchange shall have been provided by the Corporation and all
          funds necessary for such redemption or exchange shall have been
          set aside by the Corporation, separate and apart from its other
          funds, in trust for the pro rata benefit of the Holders of the
          shares so called for redemption or exchange, so as to be and to
          continue to be available therefor, then, from and after the
          redemption date or exchange date, as the case may be, dividends
          on the shares of Exchangeable Preferred so called for redemption
          or exchange, as the case may be, shall cease to accrue, and said
          shares shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and shall not
          have the status of shares of Exchangeable Preferred, and all
          rights of the Holders thereof as shareholders of the Corporation
          (except the right to receive from the Corporation the redemption
          price or the Exchange Debentures upon exchange and any accrued
          and unpaid dividends or the right to receive cash payments in
          lieu of fractional securities from the exchange agent or other
          agent selected by the Corporation) shall cease.  Upon surrender
          in accordance with said notice of the certificates for any shares
          so redeemed or exchanged (properly endorsed or assigned for
          transfer, if the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall so
          require and the notice shall so state), such shares shall be
          redeemed or exchanged by the Corporation at the redemption price
          or exchange rate aforesaid.

                    (d)  If such notice of redemption shall have been duly
          given and if, prior to the redemption date, the Corporation shall
          have irrevocably deposited the funds by the Corporation with such
          bank or trust company in trust for the pro rata benefit of the
          holders of the shares called for redemption, then,
          notwithstanding that any certificate for shares so called for
          redemption shall not have been surrendered for cancellation, from
          and after the time of such deposit, Holders of the shares of
          Exchangeable Preferred called for redemption shall cease to be
          shareholders with respect to such shares and thereafter such
          shares shall no longer be transferable on the books of the
          Corporation and such holders shall have no interest in or claim
          against the Corporation with respect to such shares (including
          dividends thereon accrued after such redemption date) except the
          right to receive payment of the redemption price (including all
          dividends accrued and unpaid to the date fixed for redemption)
          upon surrender of their certificates.  Any funds deposited and
          unclaimed at the end of two years from the date fixed for
          redemption shall be repaid to the Corporation upon its request,
          after which repayment the Holders of shares called for redemption
          shall look only to the Corporation for payment of the redemption
          price.  The aforesaid bank or trust company shall be organized
          and in good standing under the laws of the United States of
          America or of the State of Colorado shall have capital, surplus
          and undivided profits aggregating at least $100,000,000 according
          to its last published statement of condition, and shall be
          identified in the notice of redemption.  Any interest accrued on
          such funds shall be paid to the Corporation from time to time.

               10.  Voting Rights.
                    --------------

                    (a)  Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph 10
          or as otherwise from time to time provided by law, the Holders of
          shares of Exchangeable Preferred shall have no voting rights.

                    (b)  (i)   If and whenever (A) (1) dividends on the
          Exchangeable Preferred are in arrears and remain unpaid (or if
          after March 15, 2002, such dividends have not been paid in cash)
          with respect to four quarterly periods (whether or not
          consecutive), (2) the Corporation fails to discharge any
          redemption obligation with respect to the Exchangeable Preferred,
          (3) a breach or violation by the Corporation of the provisions of
          paragraph 8 of this Section 4.2.2 occurs, or the Corporation
          fails to exchange Debentures for the Exchangeable Preferred
          tendered for exchange on the exchange date, whether or not the
          Corporation satisfies the conditions to permit such exchange, (4)
          the Corporation fails to make a Change of Control Offer or cash
          payment with respect thereto if required by the provisions of
          paragraph 7(b) of this Section 4.2.2, (5) a breach or violation
          of any provision of paragraph 11 of this Section 4.2.2 occurs and
          is not remedied within 30 days after notice thereof to the
          Corporation by Holders of 25% or more of the liquidation
          preference of the Exchangeable Preferred then outstanding, or (6)
          a default occurs in the obligation to pay principal of, interest
          on or any other payment obligation when due (a "Payment Default")
          at final maturity, on one or more classes of Indebtedness of the
          Corporation or any Subsidiary of the Corporation, whether such
          Indebtedness exists on the Closing Date or is Incurred
          thereafter, having individually or in the aggregate an
          outstanding principal amount of $10 million or more, or any other
          Payment Default occurs on one or more such classes of
          Indebtedness and such class or classes of Indebtedness are
          declared due and payable prior to their respective maturities,
          and (B) in the case of clauses (A)(5) and (6) above, such event
          continues for a period of 180 days or more (each such event
          referred to as a "Voting Rights Triggering Event"), then the
          number of directors then constituting the Board of Directors of
          the Corporation shall be increased by two directors and the
          Holders of the majority of the then outstanding shares of
          Exchangeable Preferred, voting separately as a class, shall be
          entitled to elect the two additional directors at any annual
          meeting of shareholders or special meeting held in place thereof,
          or at a special meeting of the Holders of such shares of
          Exchangeable Preferred called as hereinafter provided.  For the
          purpose of determining the number of quarterly periods for which
          accrued dividends have not been paid, any accrued and unpaid
          dividend that is subsequently paid shall not be treated as
          unpaid.  Within 15 days of the time the Corporation becomes aware
          of the occurrence of any default referred to in clause (A)(6)
          above, the Corporation shall give notice thereof to Holders of
          the Exchangeable Preferred at their addresses as they appear on
          the records of the Transfer Agent.

                         (ii) Whenever a Voting Rights Triggering Event
          shall have occurred, voting rights of the Holders of shares of
          the Exchangeable Preferred may be exercised initially either at a
          special meeting of the Holders of Exchangeable Preferred, called
          as hereinafter provided, or at any annual meeting of shareholders
          held for the purpose of electing directors, and thereafter at
          each such annual meeting or by the written consent of the Holders
          of Exchangeable Preferred pursuant to Section 7-107-104 of the
          Colorado Business Corporation Act.  The term of office of any
          such elected directors shall expire at the next annual meeting of
          shareholders held for the purpose of electing directors, subject
          to a new election of two directors by the Holders of shares of
          Exchangeable Preferred at each successive annual meeting, but
          such voting right and the term of office of any such elected
          directors shall expire at such time as (A) all dividends
          accumulated on Exchangeable Preferred shall have been paid in
          full (and in the case of dividends payable with respect to any
          period after March 15, 2002, shall have been paid in full in
          cash) and (B) each failure, breach or default referred to in
          paragraph 10(b)(i)(A)(2), (3), (4), (5), and (6) above is
          remedied.

                         (iii)     At any time after a Voting Rights
          Triggering Event shall have occurred and such voting rights shall
          not already have been initially exercised, a proper officer of
          the Corporation may, and upon the written request of any Holder
          of shares of Exchangeable Preferred (addressed to the Secretary
          at the principal office of the Corporation) shall, call a special
          meeting of the Holders of shares of Exchangeable Preferred for
          the election of the two directors to be elected by them as herein
          provided, such call to be made by notice similar to that provided
          in the Bylaws for a special meeting of the shareholders or as
          required by law.

                         (iv) Such meeting shall be held at the earliest
          practicable date upon the notice required for annual meetings of
          shareholders at the place for holding annual meetings of
          shareholders of the Corporation or, if none, at a place
          designated by the Secretary of the Corporation.  If such meeting
          shall not be called by a proper officer of the Corporation within
          30 days after the personal service of such written request upon
          the Secretary of the Corporation, or within 30 days after mailing
          the same within the United States, by registered mail, addressed
          to the Secretary of the Corporation at its principal office (such
          mailing to be evidenced by the registry receipt issued by the
          postal authorities), then the Holders of record of 10% of the
          shares of Exchangeable Preferred then outstanding may designate
          in writing a Holder of Exchangeable Preferred to call such
          meeting at the expense of the Corporation, and such meeting may
          be called by such person so designated upon the notice required
          for annual meetings of shareholders and shall be held at the same
          place as is elsewhere provided in this paragraph (10)(b)(iv) or
          at such other place as is selected by such person so designated. 
          Any Holder of Exchangeable Preferred that would be entitled to
          vote at any such meeting shall have access to the stock books of
          the Corporation for the purpose of causing a meeting of
          shareholders to be called pursuant to the provisions of this
          paragraph.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph,
          however, no such special meeting shall be called during a period
          within 90 days immediately preceding the date fixed for the next
          annual meeting of shareholders.

                         (v)  At any meeting held for the purpose of
          electing directors at which the Holders of Exchangeable Preferred
          shall have the right to elect directors as provided herein, the
          presence in person or by proxy of the Holders of the lesser of
          (A) a majority of the then outstanding shares of Exchangeable
          Preferred or (B) a percentage of the then outstanding shares of
          Exchangeable Preferred, which percentage is equal to the
          percentage of then outstanding shares of common stock then
          required to constitute a quorum for the election of directors by
          holders of common stock, shall be required and be sufficient to
          constitute a quorum of such class for the election of directors
          by such class.  At any such meeting or adjournment thereof
          (x) the absence of a quorum of the Holders of Exchangeable
          Preferred shall not prevent the election of directors other than
          those to be elected by the Holders of stock of such class and the
          absence of a quorum or quorums of the holders of Capital Stock
          entitled to elect such other directors shall not prevent the
          election of directors to be elected by the Holders of
          Exchangeable Preferred and (y) in the absence of a quorum of the
          holders of any class of stock entitled to vote for the election
          of directors, a majority of the holders present in person or by
          proxy of such class shall have the power to adjourn the meeting
          for the election of directors which the holders of such class are
          entitled to elect, from time to time, without notice (except as
          required by law) other than announcement at the meeting, until a
          quorum shall be present.

                         (vi) The term of office of all directors elected
          by the Holders of Exchangeable Preferred pursuant to paragraph
          (10)(b)(i) of this Section 4.2.2 in office at any time when the
          aforesaid voting rights are vested in the Holders of Exchangeable
          Preferred shall terminate upon the election of their successors
          at any meeting of shareholders for the purpose of electing
          directors.  Upon any termination of the aforesaid voting rights
          in accordance with paragraph (10)(b)(ii) of this Section 4.2.2,
          the term of office of all directors elected by the Holders of
          Exchangeable Preferred pursuant to paragraph (10)(b)(i) of this
          Section 4.2.2 then in office thereupon shall terminate and upon
          such termination the number of directors constituting the Board
          of Directors shall, without further action, be reduced by two,
          subject always to the increase of the number of directors
          pursuant to paragraph (10)(b)(i) of this Section 4.2.2 in case of
          the future right of the Holders of Exchangeable Preferred to
          elect directors as provided herein.

                         (vii)     In case of any vacancy occurring among
          the directors so elected, the remaining director who shall have
          been so elected may appoint a successor to hold office for the
          unexpired term of the director whose place shall be vacant unless
          and until such vacancy shall be filled by vote of the Holders
          entitled to elect the directors in accordance with paragraph
          10(b) of this Section 4.2.2.  If all directors so elected by the
          Holders of Exchangeable Preferred shall cease to serve as
          directors before their terms shall expire, the Holders of
          Exchangeable Preferred then outstanding may, at a special meeting
          of the Holders called as provided above, elect successors to hold
          office for the unexpired terms of the directors whose places
          shall be vacant.

                    (c)  In addition to any vote or consent of shareholders
          required by law, the consent of the Holders of at least a
          majority of the shares of Exchangeable Preferred at the time
          outstanding, voting or consenting, as the case may be, separately
          as one class given in person or by proxy, either in writing
          without a meeting or by vote at any meeting called for the
          purpose, shall be necessary for effecting or validating:

                         (i)  Except as provided in paragraph 13 of this
               Section 4.2.2, any amendment, alteration or repeal of any of
               the provisions of the Second Amended and Restated Articles
               of Incorporation, or of the Bylaws of the Corporation, which
               affects adversely the voting rights, rights, privileges, or
               preferences of the Holders of shares of Exchangeable
               Preferred or authorizes the issuance of any additional
               shares of Exchangeable Preferred (other than to pay
               dividends in kind on Exchangeable Preferred); provided,
               however, that the amendment of the provisions of the Second
               Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation so as to
               authorize or create, or to increase the authorized amount
               of, any of the Corporation's Junior Securities or to
               authorize the issuance of or to authorize or create any
               Parity Securities (up to the amount of authorized preferred
               stock) shall not be deemed to affect adversely the voting
               rights, rights, privileges, or preferences of the Holders of
               shares of Exchangeable Preferred;

                         (ii) Any amendment, alteration or repeal of any of
               the provisions of the Indenture; provided, however, that no
               such consent of the Holders of Exchangeable Preferred shall
               be required for such amendments as would be permitted under
               the terms of the Indenture without the consent of any of the
               holders of the Exchange Debentures; or

                         (iii)     The authorization or creation of, or the
               increase in the authorized amount of, any Senior Securities
               or shares of any class of any security convertible into
               shares of any Senior Securities; provided, however, that on
               or after March 15, 2002, no such consent of the Holders of
               Exchangeable Preferred shall be required if, at or prior to
               the time when such amendment, alteration or repeal is to
               take effect or when the issuance of any such Senior
               Securities or convertible security is to be made, as the
               case may be, provision is made, and funds are set aside, for
               the redemption of all shares of Exchangeable Preferred at
               the time outstanding.

               11.  Certain Covenants.
                    -----------------

                    (a)   Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of
          Preferred Stock.  

                         (i)  The Corporation will not, and will not permit
          any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, Incur any Indebtedness
          (other than the Senior Discount Notes, the Exchange Debentures
          and Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date) or issue any
          Redeemable Stock; provided that the Corporation may Incur
          Indebtedness or issue Redeemable Stock if, after giving effect to
          the Incurrence of such Indebtedness or the issuance of such
          Redeemable Stock and the receipt and application of the proceeds
          therefrom, the Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio would be greater than
          zero and less than 5:1.

                         (ii) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph
          11(a)(i) above, the Corporation and any Restricted Subsidiary
          (except as specified below) may Incur each and all of the
          following: (A) Indebtedness of the Corporation or any Restricted
          Subsidiary or Redeemable Stock of the Corporation outstanding at
          any time, which Indebtedness or Redeemable Stock generates gross
          proceeds to the Corporation of up to $900 million, less (without
          duplication) the gross proceeds of Indebtedness permanently
          repaid as provided under the "Limitation on Asset Sales" covenant
          contained in the 13 1/2% Notes Indenture, the 12 1/2% Notes
          Indenture and the Senior Discount Notes Indenture; (B)
          Indebtedness to ICG, the Corporation or any of the Corporation's
          Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that any
          subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock which
          results in any such Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to
          be a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or any subsequent
          transfer of such Indebtedness (other than to ICG, the Corporation
          or another Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed,
          in each case, to constitute an Incurrence of such Indebtedness
          not permitted by this clause (B); (C) Indebtedness or Redeemable
          Stock issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are
          used to refinance or refund, then outstanding Indebtedness or
          Redeemable Stock, other than Indebtedness Incurred or Redeemable
          Stock issued under clause (A), (B), (E), (F), (H), (I), (J) or
          (K) of this paragraph 11(a)(ii), and any refinancings thereof in
          an amount not to exceed the amount so refinanced or refunded
          (plus premiums, accrued interest, accrued dividends, fees and
          expenses); provided that such new Indebtedness or Redeemable
          Stock, determined as of the date of Incurrence of such new
          Indebtedness or issuance of Redeemable Stock, does not mature
          prior to the stated maturity of the Indebtedness or have a
          mandatory redemption date prior to the Redeemable Stock to be
          refinanced or refunded, and the Average Life of such new
          Indebtedness is at least equal to the remaining Average Life of
          the Indebtedness to be refinanced or refunded; and provided
          further that in no event may Indebtedness or Redeemable Stock of
          the Corporation be refinanced by means of any Indebtedness or
          Redeemable Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Corporation
          pursuant to this clause (C); (D) Indebtedness (1) in respect of
          performance, surety or appeal bonds provided in the ordinary
          course of business, (2) under Currency Agreements and Interest
          Rate Agreements; provided that such agreements do not increase
          the Indebtedness of the obligor outstanding at any time other
          than as a result of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange
          rates or interest rates or by reason of fees, indemnities and
          compensation payable thereunder, and (3) arising from agreements
          providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or
          similar obligations, or from Guarantees or letters of credit,
          surety bonds or performance bonds securing any obligations of the
          Corporation or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to
          such agreements, in any case Incurred in connection with the
          disposition of any business, assets or Restricted Subsidiary of
          the Corporation (other than Guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred
          by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business,
          assets or Restricted Subsidiary of the Corporation for the
          purpose of financing such acquisition), in a principal amount at
          maturity not to exceed the gross proceeds actually received by
          the Corporation or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with
          such disposition; (E) Indebtedness or Redeemable Stock of the
          Corporation, to the extent the proceeds referred to below are
          contributed to the Corporation, not to exceed, at any one time
          outstanding, twice the amount of Net Cash Proceeds received by
          ICG after the Closing Date from the issuance and sale of its
          Capital Stock (other than Redeemable Stock or preferred stock);
          provided that such Indebtedness does not mature prior to the
          final mandatory redemption date of the Exchangeable Preferred;
          (F) Strategic Investor Subordinated Indebtedness;
          (G) Indebtedness or Redeemable Stock of the Corporation, to the
          extent the proceeds thereof are immediately used after the
          Incurrence or issuance thereof to purchase Exchangeable Preferred
          or preferred stock, as the case may be, tendered in a Change of
          Control Offer or a change of control offer, as the case may be;
          (H) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Corporation
          Incurred pursuant to any credit agreement of such Restricted
          Subsidiary in effect on August 8, 1995 (or any agreement
          refinancing Indebtedness under such credit agreement), up to the
          amount of the commitment under such credit agreement (including
          equipment leasing or financing agreements) on August 8, 1995;
          (I) Indebtedness of the Corporation, in an amount not to exceed
          $100 million at any one time outstanding, consisting of
          Capitalized Lease Obligations with respect to assets that are
          used or useful in the telecommunications business of the
          Corporation or its Restricted Subsidiaries; (J) Indebtedness or
          Redeemable Stock of any Person that becomes a Restricted
          Subsidiary of the Corporation after the Closing Date, which
          Indebtedness exists or, with respect to such Indebtedness for
          which there is a commitment to lend, at the time such Person
          becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and, with respect to such
          Indebtedness, the subsequent Incurrence thereof ("Acquired
          Indebtedness"), in an accreted amount not to exceed $50 million
          at any one time outstanding in the aggregate for all such
          Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that such Acquired Indebtedness
          does not exceed 65% of the consideration (calculated by including
          such Acquired Indebtedness as a part of such consideration) paid
          by the Corporation and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the
          acquisition of such Person; (K) Indebtedness of the Corporation,
          in an amount not to exceed $30 million at any one time
          outstanding, consisting of letters of credit and similar
          arrangements used to support obligations of the Corporation or
          any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to the
          acquisition of (by purchase, lease or otherwise), construction
          of, or improvements on, assets that will be used or useful in the
          telecommunications business of the Corporation or its Restricted
          Subsidiaries; and (L) Indebtedness Incurred to finance the cost
          (including the cost of design, development, construction,
          installation or integration) of assets, equipment or inventory
          used or useful in the telecommunications business of ICG or any
          of the Restricted Subsidiaries that is acquired by ICG or any of
          its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date.

                         (iii)     For purposes of determining any
          particular amount of Indebtedness under paragraphs 11(a)(i) or
          (ii) above, (A) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary of the
          Corporation incurred on or prior to the Closing Date pursuant to
          any credit agreement (including equipment leasing or financing
          agreements) of such Restricted Subsidiary in effect on August 8,
          1995, shall be treated as Incurred pursuant to paragraph
          11(a)(ii)(H) of this Section 4.2.2, and (B) Guarantees, Liens or
          obligations with respect to letters of credit supporting
          Indebtedness otherwise included in the determination of such
          particular amount shall not be included.  For purposes of
          determining compliance with the covenants contained in paragraphs
          11(a)(i) and (ii) above, in the event that an item of
          Indebtedness or Redeemable Stock meets the criteria of more than
          one of the types of Indebtedness or Redeemable Stock described in
          such clauses, the Corporation, in its sole discretion, shall
          classify such item of Indebtedness or Redeemable Stock and only
          be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness
          or Redeemable Stock in one of such clauses.

                    (b)  Limitation on Restricted Payments.  

                         (i)   So long as any shares of the Exchangeable
          Preferred are outstanding, the Corporation will not, and will not
          permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, (A)
          declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on Junior
          Securities held by Persons other than the Corporation or any of
          its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than dividends or
          distributions payable solely in shares of its or such Restricted
          Subsidiary's Junior Securities (other than Redeemable Stock) of
          the same class held by such holders or in options, warrants or
          other rights to acquire such shares of Junior Securities and
          other than pro rata dividends or distributions on common stock of
          Restricted Subsidiaries); (B) purchase, redeem, retire or
          otherwise acquire for value any shares of Junior Securities of
          the Corporation or any Restricted Subsidiary (including options,
          warrants or other rights to acquire such shares of Junior
          Securities) held by Persons other than the Corporation or any of
          its Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries (except for Junior
          Securities of ChoiceCom, MTN, StarCom, Ohio LINX, FOTI and Zycom
          to the extent the consideration therefor consists solely of
          common stock (other than Redeemable Stock) of ICG or Junior
          Securities of the Corporation, in each case transferred in
          compliance with the Securities Act); or (C) make any Investment,
          other than a Permitted Investment, in any Person (such payments
          or any other actions described in clauses (i)(A) through (C)
          being collectively "Restricted Payments") if, at the time of, and
          after giving effect to, the proposed Restricted Payment: (1) an
          event referred to in clauses (1) through (6) of paragraph
          10(b)(i)(A) of this Section 4.2.2 shall have occurred and be
          continuing, (2) the Corporation could not Incur at least $1.00 of
          Indebtedness under paragraph 11(a)(i) of this Section 4.2.2, (3)
          the aggregate amount expended for all Restricted Payments (the
          amount so expended, if other than in cash, to be determined in
          good faith by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall
          be conclusive and evidenced by a board resolution) after the date
          hereof shall exceed the sum of (aa) 50% of the aggregate amount
          of the Adjusted Consolidated Net Income (or, if the Adjusted
          Consolidated Net Income is a loss, minus 100% of such amount)
          (determined by excluding income resulting from transfers of
          assets by the Corporation or a Restricted Subsidiary to an
          Unrestricted Subsidiary) accrued on a cumulative basis during the
          period (taken as one accounting period) beginning on the first
          day of the fiscal quarter immediately following the Closing Date
          and ending on the last day of the last fiscal quarter preceding
          the Transaction Date for which reports have been filed pursuant
          to paragraph 11(i) of this Section 4.2.2 plus (bb) the aggregate
          Net Cash Proceeds received by the Corporation after the Closing
          Date (x) from the issuance and sale, permitted hereunder, of
          Junior Securities (other than Redeemable Stock) to a Person who
          is not a Subsidiary of the Corporation, or from the issuance to a
          Person who is not a Subsidiary of the Corporation of any options,
          warrants or other rights to acquire Junior Securities of the
          Corporation (in each case, exclusive of any Redeemable Stock or
          any options, warrants or other rights that are redeemable at the
          option of the holder, or are required to be redeemed, prior to
          the stated maturity of the Exchangeable Preferred) or (y) as a
          capital contribution from ICG plus (cc) an amount equal to the
          net reduction in Investments (other than reductions in Permitted
          Investments) in any Person resulting from payments of interest on
          Indebtedness, dividends, repayments of loans or advances, or
          other transfers of assets, in each case to the Corporation or any
          Restricted Subsidiary (except to the extent any such payment is
          included in the calculation of Adjusted Consolidated Net Income),
          or from redesignations of Unrestricted Subsidiaries as Restricted
          Subsidiaries (valued in each case as provided in the definition
          of "Investments"), not to exceed the amount of Investments
          previously made by the Corporation and its Restricted
          Subsidiaries in such Person or (4) dividends on the Exchangeable
          Preferred shall not have been paid in full as provided in
          paragraph 4 of this Section 4.2.2.

                         (ii) The provisions of paragraph 11(b)(i) above
          shall not be violated by reason of: (A) the payment of any
          dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof if,
          at said date of declaration, such payment would comply with
          paragraph 11(b)(i) above; (B) the repurchase, redemption or other
          acquisition of Junior Securities of the Corporation (or options,
          warrants or other rights to acquire such Junior Securities) and
          with respect to any Junior Securities, the payment of accrued
          dividends thereon, in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of a
          substantially concurrent issuance or sale of, shares of Junior
          Securities (other than Redeemable Stock) of the Corporation;
          provided that the redemption of any preferred stock pursuant to
          any mandatory redemption feature thereof and any redemption of
          any other Junior Securities and, in each case, the payment of
          accrued dividends thereon (or options, warrants or other rights
          to acquire such Junior Securities) and with respect to any Junior
          Securities, the payment of accrued dividends thereon, shall be
          deemed to be "substantially concurrent" with such issuance and
          sale if the required notice with respect to such redemption is
          irrevocably given by a date which is no later than five Business
          Days after receipt of the proceeds of such issuance and sale and
          such redemption and payment is consummated within the period
          provided for in the document governing such preferred stock or
          the documents governing the redemption of such other Junior
          Securities, as the case may be; (C) payments or distributions, in
          the nature of satisfaction of dissenters' rights, pursuant to or
          in connection with a consolidation, merger or transfer of assets
          that complies with the provisions of paragraph 11(g) of this
          Section 4.2.2; (D) Investments, not to exceed $10 million in the
          aggregate, each evidenced by a senior promissory note payable to
          the Corporation that provides that it will become due and payable
          prior to any required repurchase (including pursuant to an Offer
          to Purchase in connection with a Change of Control) of the
          Exchangeable Preferred; (E) Investments, not to exceed $5 million
          in the aggregate, that meet the requirements of clause (D) above;
          provided that the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall
          have determined, in good faith, that each such Investment under
          this clause (E) will enable the Corporation or one of its
          Restricted Subsidiaries to obtain additional business that it
          might not be able to obtain without the making of such
          Investment; (F) with respect to Junior Securities permitted to be
          issued and sold by the provisions of paragraph 11(d) of this
          Section 4.2.2, the payment (1) of dividends on such Junior
          Securities in additional shares of Junior Securities and (2) of
          cash dividends on such Junior Securities in an amount not to
          exceed the dividend rate thereon and accrued interest on unpaid
          dividends, in each case after May 1, 2001; (G) the repurchase, in
          the event of a Change of Control, of Junior Securities of the
          Corporation and Indebtedness of the Corporation into which such
          Junior Securities have been exchanged; provided that prior to
          repurchasing such Junior Securities or Indebtedness, the
          Corporation shall have made a Change of Control Offer to
          repurchase the shares of Exchangeable Preferred in accordance
          with the terms of paragraph 7(b) of this Section 4.2.2 (and an
          offer to repurchase other Indebtedness, if required by the terms
          thereof, in accordance with the indenture or other document
          governing such other Indebtedness) and shall have accepted and
          paid for any shares of Exchangeable Preferred (and other
          Indebtedness) properly tendered in connection with such Change of
          Control Offer for the shares of Exchangeable Preferred or change
          of control offer for such other Indebtedness; and (H) the
          issuance of Indebtedness permitted to be issued hereunder in
          exchange for preferred stock; provided that the Incurrence of
          such Indebtedness complies with the provisions of paragraph 11(a)
          of this Section 4.2.2;  provided that, except in the case of
          clause (A), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred
          and be continuing or occur as a consequence of the actions or
          payments set forth in this paragraph 11(b)(ii).

                         (iii)     Each Restricted Payment permitted
          pursuant to paragraph 11(b)(ii) above (other than the Restricted
          Payments referred to in clauses (F)(1) and (H) thereof), and the
          Net Cash Proceeds from any issuance of Junior Securities referred
          to in clause (B) thereof, shall be included in calculating
          whether the conditions of clause (3) of paragraph 11(b)(i) of
          this Section 4.2.2 have been met with respect to any subsequent
          Restricted Payments.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event
          the proceeds of an issuance of Junior Securities are used for the
          redemption, repurchase or other acquisition of the Exchangeable
          Preferred, or Parity Securities, then the Net Cash Proceeds of
          such issuance shall be included in clause (3) of paragraph
          11(b)(i)(C) of this Section 4.2.2 only to the extent such
          proceeds are not used for such redemption, repurchase or other
          acquisition of Exchangeable Preferred or Parity Securities.

                    (c)  Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment
          Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries.  So long as any
          shares of Exchangeable Preferred are outstanding, the Corporation
          will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to,
          create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective
          any consensual encumbrance or restriction of any kind on the
          ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to (i) pay dividends or make
          any other distributions permitted by applicable law on any
          Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary owned by the
          Corporation or any other Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) pay any
          Indebtedness owed to the Corporation or any other Restricted
          Subsidiary, (iii) make loans or advances to the Corporation or
          any other Restricted Subsidiary or (iv) transfer any of its
          property or assets to the Corporation or any other Restricted
          Subsidiary.  The foregoing provisions shall not restrict any
          encumbrances or restrictions: (i) existing on the Closing Date in
          any agreements in effect on the Closing Date, and any extensions,
          refinancings, renewals or replacements of such agreements;
          provided that the encumbrances and restrictions in any such
          extensions, refinancings, renewals or replacements are no less
          favorable in any material respect to the Holders of the
          Exchangeable Preferred than those encumbrances or restrictions
          that are then in effect and that are being extended, refinanced,
          renewed or replaced; (ii) existing under or by reason of
          applicable law; (iii) existing with respect to any Person or the
          property or assets of such Person acquired by the Corporation or
          any Restricted Subsidiary, existing at the time of such
          acquisition and not incurred in contemplation thereof, which
          encumbrances or restrictions are not applicable to any Person or
          the property or assets of any Person other than such Person or
          the property or assets of such Person so acquired; (iv) in the
          case of clause (iv) of the first sentence of this paragraph
          11(c), (A) that restrict in a customary manner the subletting,
          assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is a lease,
          license, conveyance or contract or similar property or asset, (B)
          existing by virtue of any transfer of, agreement to transfer,
          option or right with respect to, or Lien on, any property or
          assets of the Corporation or any Restricted Subsidiary not
          otherwise prohibited hereunder or (C) arising or agreed to in the
          ordinary course of business, not relating to any Indebtedness,
          and that do not, individually or in the aggregate, detract from
          the value of property or assets of the Corporation or any
          Restricted Subsidiary in any manner material to the Corporation
          or any Restricted Subsidiary; or (v) with respect to a Restricted
          Subsidiary and imposed pursuant to an agreement that has been
          entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially
          all of the Capital Stock of, or property and assets of, such
          Restricted Subsidiary.  Nothing contained in this paragraph 11(c)
          shall prevent the Corporation or any Restricted Subsidiary from
          (1) creating, incurring, assuming or suffering to exist any Liens
          otherwise permitted pursuant to paragraph 11(f) of this Section
          4.2.2 or (2) restricting the sale or other disposition of
          property or assets of the Corporation or any of its Restricted
          Subsidiaries that secure Indebtedness of the Corporation or any
          of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

                    (d)  Limitation on Issuances and Sale of Capital Stock
          of Restricted Subsidiaries.  The Corporation will not sell, and
          will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or
          indirectly, to issue or sell, any shares of Capital Stock of a
          Restricted Subsidiary (including options, warrants or other
          rights to purchase shares of such Capital Stock) except (i) to
          the Corporation or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary; (ii)
          issuances or sales to foreign nationals of shares of Capital
          Stock of foreign Restricted Subsidiaries, to the extent required
          by applicable law; (iii) if, immediately after giving effect to
          such issuance or sale, such Restricted Subsidiary would no longer
          constitute a Restricted Subsidiary; (iv) with respect to common
          stock of ChoiceCom, MTN, StarCom and Zycom; provided that the
          proceeds of any such sale under this clause (iv) shall be
          reinvested in the business of the Corporation and its Restricted
          Subsidiaries or used to repay Indebtedness of the Corporation or
          any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or Senior Securities; and (v)
          with respect to common stock of FOTI; provided that FOTI shall
          not retain any net proceeds from such sales or issuances in
          excess of $10 million in the aggregate and any net proceeds in
          excess of such $10 million shall be received by, or paid promptly
          by FOTI to, the Corporation or any Wholly Owned Restricted
          Subsidiary of the Corporation.

                    (e)  Limitation on Transactions with Shareholders and
          Affiliates.  The Corporation will not, and will not permit any
          Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, enter into,
          renew or extend any transaction (including, without limitation,
          the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of property or assets, or
          the rendering of any service) with any holder (or any Affiliate
          of such holder) of 5% or more of any class of Capital Stock of
          the Corporation or with any Affiliate of the Corporation or any
          Restricted Subsidiary, except upon fair and reasonable terms no
          less favorable to the Corporation or such Restricted Subsidiary
          than could be obtained, at the time of such transaction or at the
          time of the execution of the agreement providing therefor, in a
          comparable arm's-length transaction with a Person that is not
          such a holder or an Affiliate.  The foregoing limitation does not
          limit, and shall not apply to (i) transactions (A) approved by a
          majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors
          of the Corporation or (B) for which the Corporation or a
          Restricted Subsidiary delivers to the Transfer Agent a written
          opinion of a nationally recognized investment banking firm
          stating that the transaction is fair to the Corporation or such
          Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view; (ii) any
          transaction solely between the Corporation and any of its Wholly
          Owned Restricted Subsidiaries or solely between Wholly Owned
          Restricted Subsidiaries; (iii) the payment of reasonable and
          customary regular fees to directors of the Corporation who are
          not employees of the Corporation; (iv) any payments or other
          transactions pursuant to any tax-sharing agreement (or a similar
          agreement that is not materially adverse to the interests of
          Holders of the Exchangeable Preferred) between the Corporation
          and any other Person with which the Corporation files a
          consolidated tax return or with which the Corporation is part of
          a consolidated group for tax purposes; or (v) any Restricted
          Payments not prohibited by paragraph 11(b) of this Section 4.2.2. 
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, any transaction covered by the
          first sentence of this paragraph 11(e) and not covered by clauses
          (ii) through (iv) of the preceding sentence, the aggregate amount
          of which exceeds $2 million in value, must be approved or
          determined to be fair in the manner provided for in clause (i)(A)
          or (B) of the preceding sentence.

                    (f)  Limitation on Liens.  The Corporation will not,
          and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create, incur,
          assume or suffer to exist any Lien on any of its assets or
          properties, now or hereafter acquired, or any shares of Capital
          Stock of or Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary.  The
          foregoing limitation does not apply to (i) Liens existing on the
          Closing Date; (ii) Liens granted after the Closing Date on any
          assets or Capital Stock of the Corporation or its Restricted
          Subsidiaries created in favor of the Holders of the Exchangeable
          Preferred; (iii) Liens with respect to the assets of a Restricted
          Subsidiary granted by such Restricted Subsidiary to the
          Corporation or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary to secure
          Indebtedness owing to the Corporation or such other Restricted
          Subsidiary; (iv) Liens securing Indebtedness which is Incurred to
          refinance secured Indebtedness which is permitted to be Incurred
          under paragraph 11(a)(ii)(C) of this Section 4.2.2; provided that
          such Liens do not extend to or cover any property or assets of
          the Corporation or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the
          property or assets securing the Indebtedness being refinanced;
          (v) Liens with respect to assets or properties of any Person that
          becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date; provided
          that such Liens do not extend to or cover any assets or
          properties of the Corporation or any of its Restricted
          Subsidiaries other than the assets or properties of such Person
          subject to such Lien on the date such Person becomes a Restricted
          Subsidiary; and provided further that such Liens are not incurred
          in contemplation of, or in connection with, such Person becoming
          a Restricted Subsidiary; (vi) Permitted Liens; and (vii) Liens
          securing Indebtedness.

                    (g)  Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets.  The
          Corporation shall not consolidate with, merge with or into, or
          sell, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or
          substantially all of its property and assets (as an entirety or
          substantially an entirety in one transaction or a series of
          related transactions) to, any Person (other than a consolidation
          or merger with or into a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary with
          a positive net worth; provided that, in connection with any such
          merger or consolidation, no consideration (other than common
          stock in the surviving Person or the Corporation) shall be issued
          or distributed to the shareholders of the Corporation) or permit
          any Person to merge with or into the Corporation unless:  (i) the
          Corporation shall be the continuing Person, or the Person (if
          other than the Corporation) formed by such consolidation or into
          which the Corporation is merged or that acquired or leased such
          property and assets of the Corporation shall be a corporation
          organized and validly existing under the laws of the United
          States of America or any jurisdiction thereof and the
          Exchangeable Preferred shall be converted into or exchanged for
          and shall become shares of such successor company, having in
          respect of such successor or resulting company substantially the
          same powers, preferences and relative participating, optional or
          other special rights and the qualifications, limitations or
          restrictions thereon that the Exchangeable Preferred had
          immediately prior to such transaction; (ii) immediately after
          giving effect to such transaction, no event referred to under
          paragraph 10(b)(i)(A)(1) through (5) of this Section 4.2.2 or any
          default, breach or violation that would become such an event
          after the giving of notice, the passage of time or both, shall
          have occurred and be continuing; (iii) immediately after giving
          effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Corporation
          or any Person becoming the successor issuer of the Exchangeable
          Preferred, as the case may be, shall have a Consolidated Net
          Worth equal to or greater than the Consolidated Net Worth of the
          Corporation immediately prior to such transaction;
          (iv) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro
          forma basis the Corporation, or any Person becoming the successor
          issuer of the Exchangeable Preferred, as the case may be, could
          Incur at least $1.00 of Indebtedness under paragraph 11(a)(i) of
          this Section 4.2.2; and (v) the Corporation delivers to the
          Transfer Agent an Officers' Certificate (attaching the arithmetic
          computations to demonstrate compliance with clauses (iii) and
          (iv) above) and an opinion of counsel, in each case stating that
          such consolidation, merger or transfer complies with this
          provision and that all conditions precedent provided for herein
          relating to such transaction have been complied with; provided,
          however, that clauses (iii) and (iv) above shall not apply if, in
          the good faith determination of the Board of Directors of the
          Corporation evidenced by a board resolution, the principal
          purpose of such transaction is part of a plan to change the
          jurisdiction of incorporation of the Corporation to a different
          state of the United States; and provided further that any such
          transaction shall not have as one of its purposes the evasion of
          the foregoing limitations.

                    (h)  Senior Subordinated Indebtedness.  So long as any
          shares of Exchangeable Preferred are outstanding, the Corporation
          will not Incur any Indebtedness, other than the Exchange
          Debentures, that is expressly made subordinated in right of
          payment to any Senior Indebtedness (as defined in the Indenture)
          unless such Indebtedness, by its terms and by the terms of any
          agreement or instrument pursuant to which such Indebtedness is
          outstanding is expressly made pari passu with, or subordinate in
          right of payment to, the Exchange Debentures pursuant to
          provisions substantially similar to those contained in Article
          Eleven of the Indenture; provided that the foregoing limitations
          shall not apply to distinctions between categories of Senior
          Indebtedness that exist by reason of any Liens or Guarantees
          arising or created in respect of some but not all Senior
          Indebtedness.

                    (i)  Reports.  So long as any shares of Exchangeable
          Preferred are outstanding, the Corporation shall file with the
          Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") the annual
          reports, quarterly reports and the information, documents and
          other reports required to be filed by the Corporation with the
          Commission pursuant to Sections 13 or 15 of the Exchange Act,
          whether or not the Corporation has or is required to have a class
          of securities registered under the Exchange Act, at the time it
          is or would be required to file the same with the Commission and,
          within 15 days after the Corporation is or would be required to
          file such reports, information or documents with the Commission,
          shall mail such reports, information and documents to the
          Transfer Agent and to each Holder, or shall supply such reports
          to the Transfer Agent for forwarding to each Holder, at such
          Holder's address set forth on the register maintained by the
          Transfer Agent.

               12.  Transfer and Legending of Shares.
                    --------------------------------   No transfer of
          shares of the Exchangeable Preferred shall be effective until
          such transfer is registered on the books of the Corporation. 
          Until registered under the Securities Act or the expiration of
          the time period referred to in Rule 144(k) (as then in effect)
          under the Securities Act, all shares of Exchangeable Preferred
          will bear the following legend:

               THIS PREFERRED STOCK HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE
               U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE
               "SECURITIES ACT"), AND ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED
               OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE
               ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH
               IN THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE.  BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF,
               THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A "QUALIFIED
               INSTITUTIONAL BUYER" (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE
               SECURITIES ACT), (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS
               ACQUIRING THIS PREFERRED STOCK IN AN OFFSHORE
               TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE
               SECURITIES ACT, OR (C) IT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL
               "ACCREDITED INVESTOR" (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1),
               (2), (3) OR (7) OF REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES
               ACT) (AN "INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR"), (2)
               AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT, WITHIN THE TIME PERIOD
               REFERRED TO UNDER RULE 144(k) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT
               AS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF THE TRANSFER OF THIS
               PREFERRED STOCK, RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS
               PREFERRED STOCK EXCEPT (A) TO ICG HOLDINGS, INC. (THE
               "CORPORATION") OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) TO A
               QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE
               144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) OUTSIDE THE UNITED
               STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH
               RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) PURSUANT TO THE
               EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER
               THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (E) INSIDE THE
               UNITED STATES TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR
               THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES TO THE TRANSFER
               AGENT A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN
               REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE
               RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THIS PREFERRED STOCK (THE
               FORM OF WHICH LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRANSFER
               AGENT) OR (F) AFTER REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES
               ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON
               TO WHOM THIS PREFERRED STOCK IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE
               SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND.  IN
               CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF THIS PREFERRED STOCK
               WITHIN THE TIME PERIOD REFERRED TO ABOVE, THE HOLDER
               MUST EXECUTE A LETTER (THE FORM OF WHICH LETTER CAN BE
               OBTAINED FROM THE TRANSFER AGENT) RELATING TO THE
               MANNER OF SUCH TRANSFER AND SUBMIT THIS CERTIFICATE TO
               THE TRANSFER AGENT.  AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS
               "OFFSHORE TRANSACTION," "UNITED STATES" AND "U.S.
               PERSON" HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S
               UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.  THE SECOND AMENDED AND
               RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF THE CORPORATION
               CONTAINS A PROVISION REQUIRING THE TRANSFER AGENT TO
               REFUSE TO REGISTER ANY TRANSFER OF THIS PREFERRED STOCK
               IN VIOLATION OF THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

          The Corporation shall refuse to register any attempted transfer
          of shares of Exchangeable Preferred not in compliance with this
          paragraph 12.

               13.  Amendments and Waivers.
                    -----------------------  Notwithstanding any other
          provisions hereof and to the extent allowable from time to time
          by applicable law, the Board of Directors may, by duly adopted
          resolution, amend any of the provisions of the Second Amended and
          Restated Articles of Incorporation, without notice to or any
          consent or approval of any of the Holders of Exchangeable
          Preferred, for the following purposes:  

                    (1)  to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency in
          the First Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation;
          provided that such amendment does not and will not adversely
          affect the interests of the Holders of Exchangeable Preferred in
          any material respect; or

                    (2)  to make any change that the Board of Directors
          determines in good faith does not materially and adversely affect
          the rights of any Holder of Exchangeable Preferred.  

          Except as provided in the preceding sentence, any right,
          preference, privilege or power of, or restriction provided for
          the benefit of, the Exchangeable Preferred set forth herein may
          be amended and the observance thereof may be waived (either
          generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or
          prospectively) only with the written consent of the Corporation
          and the affirmative vote or written consent of the Holders of at
          least a majority of the shares of Exchangeable Preferred then
          outstanding, and any amendment or waiver so effected shall be
          binding upon the Corporation and all Holders of the Exchangeable
          Preferred.

               14.  Rules of Construction.
                    ---------------------    The descriptive headings in
          this Section 4.2.2 are inserted for convenience of reference only
          and are not intended to be part of or affect the meaning or
          interpretation of any provision of this Section 4.2.2.  Words
          used in this Section 4.2.2, regardless of the gender and number
          specifically used, shall be deemed and construed to include any
          other gender, masculine, feminine, or neuter, and any other
          number, singular or plural, as the context requires.  As used in
          this Section 4.2.2, the word "including" is not limiting, and the
          word "or" is not exclusive.

                                      ARTICLE V
                                      ----------

               Cumulative voting of shares of stock is not permitted.

               Shareholders shall not have preemptive rights to acquire
          additional unissued or treasury shares of the Corporation.  The
          Corporation may issue and sell shares of its stock to its
          officers, directors or employees without first offering such
          shares to its shareholders for such consideration and upon such
          terms and conditions as shall be approved by the Board of
          Directors and without approval by the shareholders of the
          Corporation.

                                      ARTICLE VI
                                     -----------

               The Board of Directors may cause any shares issued by the
          Corporation to be issued subject to such lawful restrictions,
          qualifications, limitations or special rights as they deem fit,
          which restrictions, qualifications, limitations or special rights
          shall be created by provisions in the Bylaws of the Corporation
          or in the duly adopted resolutions of the Board of Directors;
          provided that notice of such special restrictions,
          qualifications, limitations or special rights must appear on the
          certificate evidencing ownership of such shares.

                                     ARTICLE VII
                                     ------------

               Subject to the provisions of Sections 4.2.1 and 4.2.2 of
          Article IV, meetings of shareholders may be held at such time and
          place as the Bylaws shall provide.  A majority of the shares
          entitled to vote represented in person or by proxy shall
          constitute a quorum at any meeting of the shareholders.

                                     ARTICLE VIII
                                     ------------

               Subject to the provisions of Sections 4.2.1 and 4.2.2 of
          Article IV, the number of directors to be elected at the annual
          meeting of shareholders or at a special meeting called for the
          election of directors shall not be less than three, nor more than
          nine, the exact number to be fixed by the Bylaws; provided,
          however, that there need be only as many directors as there are
          shareholders in the event that the outstanding shares are held of
          record by fewer than three shareholders.

                                      ARTICLE IX
                                      ----------

               A director of this Corporation shall not be personally
          liable to the Corporation or its shareholders for monetary
          damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director except that
          this provision shall not limit the liability of a director to the
          Corporation or to its shareholders for monetary damages for: 
          (i) any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the
          Corporation or to its shareholders; (ii) acts or omissions not in
          good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing
          violation of law; (iii) acts specified in Section 7-108-403 of
          the Colorado Business Corporation Act as the same may be amended
          from time to time; or (iv) any transaction from which the
          director derived an improper personal benefit.  If the Colorado
          Business Corporation Act is amended to authorize corporate
          actions further limiting or eliminating the personal liability of
          directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation
          shall be limited or eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by
          the Colorado Business Corporation Act, as so amended.

               Any repeal or modification of the foregoing Article IX by
          the shareholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect
          any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing
          at the time of such repeal or modification.

                                      ARTICLE X
                                      ----------

               The officers, directors and other members of management of
          this Corporation shall be subject to the doctrine of corporate
          opportunities only insofar as it applies to business
          opportunities in which this Corporation has expressed an interest
          as determined from time to time by the Corporation's Board of
          Directors as evidenced by resolutions appearing in the
          Corporation's Minutes.  When such areas of interest are
          delineated, all such business opportunities within such areas of
          interest which come to the attention of the officers, directors
          and other members of management of this Corporation shall be
          disclosed promptly to this Corporation and made available to it. 
          The Board of Directors may reject any business opportunity
          presented to it and thereafter any officer, director or other
          member of management may avail himself/herself of such
          opportunity.  Until such time as this Corporation, through its
          Board of Directors, has designated an area of interest, the
          officers, directors and other members of management of this
          Corporation shall be free to engage in such areas of interest on
          their own and this doctrine shall not limit the rights of any
          officer, director or other member of management of this
          Corporation to continue a business existing prior to the time
          that such area of interest is designated by this Corporation. 
          This provision shall not be construed to release any employee of
          the Corporation (other than an officer, director or member of
          management) from any duties which he/she may have to the
          Corporation.

                                      ARTICLE XI
                                      ----------

               Any of the directors or officers of this Corporation shall
          not, in the absence of fraud, be disqualified by his/her office
          from dealing or contracting with this Corporation whether as
          vendor, purchaser or otherwise, nor shall any firm, association,
          or Corporation of which he/she shall be a member, or in which
          he/she may be pecuniarily interested in any manner be
          disqualified.  No director or officer, nor any firm, association
          or corporation with which he/she is connected as aforesaid shall
          be liable to account to this Corporation or its shareholders for
          any profit realized by him/her from or through any such
          transaction or contract; it being the express purpose and intent
          of this Article to permit this Corporation to buy from, sell to,
          or otherwise deal with partnerships, firms or corporations of
          which the directors and officers of this Corporation, or any one
          or more of them, may be members, directors, or officers, or in
          which they or any of them have pecuniary interests; and the
          contracts of this Corporation, in the absence of fraud, shall not
          be void or voidable or affected in any manner by reason of any
          such membership.  The interested director or directors may be
          counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of
          the Board of Directors or a committee thereof authorizing,
          approving, or ratifying any such contract or transaction. 
          Further, the vote of any such interested director at a meeting of
          the Board of Directors or committee thereof authorizing,
          approving or ratifying any such contract or transaction may be
          counted if his/her relationship or interest with respect to any
          such contract or transaction (i) is disclosed and such
          transaction or contract is authorized, approved or ratified by a
          majority of the directors without counting the vote or consent of
          such interested director, or (ii) is disclosed to the
          shareholders of the Corporation and authorized, approved or
          ratified by the shareholders by vote or written consent, or
          (iii) such contract or transaction is fair and reasonable to the
          Corporation.

                                     ARTICLE XII
                                     ------------

               When with respect to any action to be taken by shareholders
          of this Corporation, the Colorado Business Corporation Act
          requires the vote or concurrence of the holders of two-thirds of
          the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon, or of any class
          or series, such action may be taken by the vote or concurrence of
          a majority of such shares or class or series thereof.

                                     ARTICLE XIII
                                     ------------

               Subject to repeal by action of the shareholders, the Board
          of Directors of this Corporation is authorized to adopt, confirm,
          ratify, alter, amend, rescind and repeal Bylaws or any portion
          thereof from time to time.

                                     ARTICLE XIV
                                     -----------

               The address of the Corporation's registered office is 9605
          E. Maroon Circle, Englewood, Colorado 80112 and the name of the
          registered agent at such address is James D. Grenfell.




                                                           Exhibit 4.12


                                    [FACE OF NOTE]

                                  ICG HOLDINGS, INC.

                        11 5/8% Senior Discount Note Due 2007

                                                       [CUSIP] [CINS]           
                                                                    ----------


     No.                                                            $_________


               The following information is supplied for purposes of Sections
     1273 and 1275 of the Internal Revenue Code:


     Issue Date:    March 11, 1997

     Yield to maturity for period from Issue Date to March 15, 2007:  11.62%
     (rounded to two decimal places), compounded semiannually on March 15 and
     September 15 commencing March 11, 1997 (computed without giving effect to
     the additional payments of interest in the event the issuer fails to
     commence the exchange offer and fails to cause the shelf registration
     statement to be declared effective, each as referred to on the reverse
     hereof)

     Original issue discount under Section 1273 of the Internal Revenue Code
     (for each $1,000 principal amount at maturity):   $1,013.59

     Issue Price (for each $1,000 principal amount at maturity):  $567.66

               ICG HOLDINGS, INC., a Colorado corporation (the "Company", which
     term includes any successor under the Indenture hereinafter referred to),
     for value received, promises to pay to [            ], or its registered 
                                             ------------
     assigns, the principal sum of [     ] ($[     ]) on March 15, 2007.
                                    -----     -----

               Interest Payment Dates:  March 15 and September 15, commencing
     September 15, 2002.

               Regular Record Dates:  March 1 and September 1.



    <PAGE> 



               Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note
     set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all
     purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be signed
     manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized officers.


     Date:  [               ]               ICG HOLDINGS, INC.
             ---------------


                                            By:

                                               --------------------------------
                                               Name:
                                               Title:

     Attest:
                Name:
                Title:



                  (Form of Trustee's Certificate of Authentication)

     This is one of the 11 5/8% Senior Discount Notes due 2007 described in the
     within-mentioned Indenture.


                                            NORWEST BANK COLORADO,
                                            NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee


                                            By:
                                               --------------------------------
                                                     Authorized Signatory

    <PAGE> 



                                [REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE]

                                  ICG HOLDINGS, INC.

                        11 5/8% Senior Discount Note due 2007



     1.   Principal and Interest.
           ----------------------

               The Company will pay the principal of this 11 5/8% Senior
     Discount Note due 2007 (the "Note") on March 15, 2007.

               The Company promises to pay interest on the principal amount of
     this Note on each Interest Payment Date, as set forth below, at the rate
     per annum shown above.

               Interest will be payable semiannually (to the holders of record
     of the Notes at the close of business on the March 1 or September 1
     immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date) on each Interest Payment
     Date, commencing September 15, 2002; provided that no interest shall accrue
     on the principal amount of this Note prior to March 15, 2002 and no
     interest shall be paid on this Note prior to September 15, 2002, except as
     provided in the next paragraph.

               If an exchange offer registered under the Securities Act is not
     consummated, and a shelf registration statement under the Securities Act
     with respect to resales of the Notes is not declared effective by the
     Commission, on or before September 11, 1997 in accordance with the terms of
     the Registration Rights Agreement dated March 11, 1997 among the Company,
     the Guarantor and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, interest (in addition
     to the accrual of original discount during the period ending March 15, 2002
     and in addition to the interest otherwise due on the Notes after such date)
     will accrue, at an annual rate of 0.5% of the Accreted Value on the
     preceding Semi-Annual Accrual Date on the Notes, from September 11, 1997,
     payable in cash semiannually, in arrears, on each March 15 and
     September 15, commencing March 15, 1998.  The Holder of this Note is
     entitled to the benefits of such Registration Rights Agreement.

               From and after March 15, 2002, interest on the Notes will accrue
     from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no
     interest has been paid, from March 15, 2002; provided that, if there is no
     existing default in the payment of interest and this Note is authenticated
     between a Regular Record Date referred to on the face hereof and the next
     succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such Interest
     Payment Date.  Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of
     twelve 30-day months.

               The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal and premium,
     if any, and interest on overdue installments of interest, to the extent
     lawful, at a rate per annum that is 2% in excess of the rate otherwise
     payable.

     2.   Method of Payment.
          -----------------

               The Company will pay principal as provided above and interest
     (except defaulted interest) on the principal amount of the Notes as
     provided above on each March 15 and September 15 to the persons who are
     Holders (as reflected in the Security Register at the close of business on
     such March 1 and September 1, immediately preceding the Interest Payment
     Date), in each case, even if the Note is cancelled on registration of
     transfer or registration of exchange after such record date; provided that,
     with respect to the payment of principal, the Company will not make payment
     to the Holder unless this Note is surrendered to a Paying Agent.

               The Company will pay principal, premium, if any, and as provided
     above, interest in money of the United States that at the time of payment
     is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.  However, the
     Company may pay principal, premium, if any, and interest by its check
     payable in such money.  It may mail an interest check to a Holder's
     registered address (as reflected in the Security Register).  If a payment
     date is a date other than a Business Day at a place of payment, payment may
     be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day and
     no interest shall accrue for the intervening period.

     3.   Paying Agent and Registrar.
          --------------------------

               Initially, the Trustee will act as authenticating agent, Paying
     Agent and Registrar.  The Company may change any authenticating agent,
     Paying Agent or Registrar without notice.  The Company, any Subsidiary or
     any Affiliate of any of them may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or
     co-Registrar.

     4.   Indenture; Issuance of Additional Notes.
          ---------------------------------------

               The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of
     March 11, 1997 (the "Indenture"), among the Company, ICG Communications,
     Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Guarantor"), and Norwest Bank Colorado,
     National Association, as trustee (the "Trustee").  Capitalized terms herein
     are used as defined in the Indenture unless otherwise indicated.  The terms
     of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of
     the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act.  The Notes are
     subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and
     the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of all such terms.  To the extent
     permitted by applicable law, in the event of any inconsistency between the
     terms of this Note and the terms of the Indenture, the terms of the
     Indenture shall control.

               The Notes are general unsecured obligations of the Company.  The
     Indenture provides for an initial original issuance of an aggregate
     principal amount at maturity of Notes  of $176,000,000, plus any Exchange
     Securities that may be issued pursuant to the Registration Rights
     Agreement, and, subject to Article Four of the Indenture, the issuance from
     time to time of additional Notes under the Indenture.

     5.   Redemption.
          ----------

               The Notes will be redeemable, at the Company's option, in whole
     or in part, at any time and from time to time on or after March 15, 2002
     and prior to maturity, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' prior
     notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder's last address as it
     appears in the Security Register, at the following Redemption Prices
     (expressed in percentages of their principal amount at maturity), plus
     accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption Date (subject to the
     right of Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date that is on
     or prior to the Redemption Date to receive interest due on an Interest
     Payment Date that is on or prior to the Redemption Date) if redeemed during
     the 12-month period commencing on March 15 of the applicable year set forth
     below:

                                             Redemption
                    Year                         Price    
                    ----                     -------------
                    2002                     105.81250% 
                    2003                     102.90625
                    2004 and thereafter      100.00000

               In addition, at any time on or prior to March 15, 2000, the
     Company may, at its option from time to time, redeem Securities having an
     aggregate principal amount of up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount
     of all Securities issued, at a redemption price equal to 111 5/8% of the
     Accreted Value thereof on the Redemption Date, with proceeds of one or more
     Public Equity Offerings of Common Stock of (A) the Guarantor or (B) the
     Company, provided that (i) with respect to a Public Equity Offering
     referred to in clause (A) above, cash proceeds of such Public Equity
     Offering in an amount sufficient to effect the redemption of Securities to
     be so redeemed are contributed by the Guarantor to the Company prior to
     such redemption and used by the Company to effect such redemption and
     (ii) such redemption occurs within 180 days after consummation of such
     Public Equity Offering.

     6.   Notice of Redemption.
          --------------------

               Notice of any optional redemption will be mailed at least 30 days
     but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of
     Notes to be redeemed at his last address as it appears in the Security
     Register.  Notes in original denominations larger than $1,000 may be
     redeemed in part.  On and after the Redemption Date, interest ceases to
     accrue on Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption, unless the
     Company defaults in the payment of the Redemption Price.

     7.   Repurchase upon Change in Control.
          ---------------------------------

               Upon the occurrence of any Change of Control, each Holder shall
     have the right to require the repurchase of its Notes by the Company in
     cash pursuant to the offer described in the Indenture at a purchase price
     equal to 101% of the Accreted Value thereof plus accrued and unpaid
     interest, if any, to the date of purchase (the "Change of Control
     Payment").

               A notice of such Change of Control will be mailed within 30 days
     after any Change of Control occurs to each Holder at his last address as it
     appears in the Security Register.  Notes in original denominations larger
     than $1,000 may be sold to the Company in part.  On and after the date of
     the Change of Control Payment, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or
     portions of Notes surrendered for purchase by the Company, unless the
     Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment.

     8.   Denominations; Transfer; Exchange.
          ---------------------------------

               The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations
     of $1,000 of principal amount at maturity and multiples of $1,000 in excess
     thereof.  A Holder may register the transfer or exchange of Notes in
     accordance with the Indenture.  The Registrar may require a Holder, among
     other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents
     and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the
     Indenture.  The Registrar need not register the transfer or exchange of any
     Notes selected for redemption.  Also, it need not register the transfer or
     exchange of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes
     to be redeemed is made.

     9.   Persons Deemed Owners.
          ---------------------

               A Holder shall be treated as the owner of a Note for all
     purposes.

     10.  Unclaimed Money.
          ---------------

               If money for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or
     interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee and the Paying Agent
     will pay the money back to the Company at its request.  After that, Holders
     entitled to the money must look to the Company for payment, unless an
     abandoned property law designates another Person, and all liability of the
     Trustee and such Paying Agent with respect to such money shall cease.

     11.  Discharge Prior to Redemption or Maturity.
          -----------------------------------------

               If the Company or the Guarantor deposits with the Trustee money
     or U.S. Government Obligations sufficient to pay the then outstanding
     principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on the Notes (a) to
     redemption or maturity, the Company will be discharged from the Indenture
     and the Notes, except in certain circumstances for certain sections
     thereof, and (b) to the Stated Maturity, the Company and the Guarantor will
     be discharged from certain covenants set forth in the Indenture.

     12.  Amendment; Supplement; Waiver.
          -----------------------------

               Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes may be
     amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a
     majority in principal amount at maturity of the Notes then outstanding, and
     any existing default or compliance with any provision may be waived with
     the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount at
     maturity of the Notes then outstanding.  Without notice to or the consent
     of any Holder, the parties thereto may amend or supplement the Indenture or
     the Notes to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect or
     inconsistency and make any change that does not materially and adversely
     affect the rights of any Holder.

     13.  Restrictive Covenants.
          ---------------------

               The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the
     Company and the Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries, among other
     things, to Incur Indebtedness, make Restricted Payments, use the proceeds
     from Asset Sales, engage in transactions with Affiliates or, with respect
     to each of the Company and the Guarantor, merge, consolidate or transfer
     substantially all of its assets.  Within 45 days after the end of each
     fiscal quarter (90 days after the end of the last fiscal quarter of each
     year), the Company must report to the Trustee on compliance with such
     limitations.

     14.  Successor Persons.
          -----------------

               When a successor person or other entity assumes all the
     obligations of its predecessor under the Notes and the Indenture, the
     predecessor person will be released from those obligations.

     15.  Defaults and Remedies.
          ---------------------

               The following events constitute "Events of Default" under the
     Indenture:  (a) default in the payment of principal of (or premium, if any,
     on) any Note when the same becomes due and payable at maturity, upon
     acceleration, redemption or otherwise; (b) default in the payment of
     interest on any Note when the same becomes due and payable, and such
     default continues for a period of 30 days; (c) the Company or the Guarantor
     defaults in the performance of or breaches any other covenant or agreement
     of the Company or the Guarantor in the Indenture or under the Notes and
     such default or breach continues for a period of 30 consecutive days after
     written notice by the Trustee or the Holders of 25% or more in aggregate
     principal amount at maturity of the Notes; (d) there occurs with respect to
     any issue or issues of Indebtedness of the Company, the Guarantor or any
     Significant Subsidiary having an outstanding principal amount at maturity
     of $10 million or more in the aggregate for all such issues of all such
     Persons, whether such Indebtedness now exists or shall hereafter be
     created, (I) an event of default that has caused the holder thereof to
     declare such Indebtedness to be due and payable prior to its Stated
     Maturity and such Indebtedness has not been discharged in full or such
     acceleration has not been rescinded or annulled within 30 days of such
     acceleration and/or (II) the failure to make a principal payment at the
     final (but not any interim) fixed maturity and such defaulted payment shall
     not have been made, waived or extended within 30 days of such payment
     default; (e) any final judgment or order (not covered by insurance) for the
     payment of money in excess of $10 million in the aggregate for all such
     final judgments or orders against all such Persons (treating any
     deductibles, self-insurance or retention as not so covered) shall be
     rendered against the Company, the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary
     and shall not be paid or discharged, and there shall be any period of 30
     consecutive days following entry of the final judgment or order that causes
     the aggregate amount for all such final judgments or orders outstanding and
     not paid or discharged against all such Persons to exceed $10 million
     during which a stay of enforcement of such final judgment or order, by
     reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect; (f) a
     court having jurisdiction in the premises enters a decree or order for (A)
     relief in respect of the Company, the Guarantor or any Significant
     Subsidiary in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy,
     insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, (B) appointment
     of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or
     similar official of the Company, the Guarantor or any Significant
     Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property and assets of
     the Company, the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary or (C) the winding
     up or liquidation of the affairs of the Company, the Guarantor or any
     Significant Subsidiary and, in each case, such decree or order shall remain
     unstayed and in effect for a period of 30 consecutive days; or (g) the
     Company, the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary (A) commences a
     voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar
     law now or hereafter in effect, or consents to the entry of an order for
     relief in an involuntary case under any such law, (B) consents to the
     appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee,
     custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of the Company, the
     Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of
     the property and assets of the Company, the Guarantor or any Significant
     Subsidiary or (C) effects any general assignment for the benefit of
     creditors.  

               If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified
     in clause (f) or (g) above that occurs with respect to the Company or the
     Guarantor) occurs and is continuing under the Indenture, the Trustee or the
     Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount at maturity of the
     Notes, then outstanding, by written notice to the Company (and to the
     Trustee if such notice is given by the Holders), may, and the Trustee at
     the request of such Holders shall, declare the Accreted Value of, premium,
     if any, and accrued interest, if any, on the Notes to be immediately due
     and payable.

               If an Event of Default, as defined in the Indenture, occurs and
     is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal
     amount at maturity of the Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and
     payable.  If a bankruptcy or insolvency default with respect to the Company
     or any Restricted Subsidiary occurs and is continuing, the Notes
     automatically become due and payable.  Holders may not enforce the
     Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture.  The Trustee
     may require indemnity satisfactory to it before it enforces the Indenture
     or the Notes.  Subject to certain limitations, Holders of at least a
     majority in principal amount at maturity of the Notes then outstanding may
     direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power.

     16.  Guarantee.
          ---------

               The Company's obligations under the Notes are fully and
     irrevocably guaranteed by the Guarantor.

     17.  Trustee Dealings with Company or Guarantor.
         ------------------------------------------

               The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other
     capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from and perform services for
     the Company, the Guarantor or their Affiliates and may otherwise deal with
     the Company, the Guarantor or their Affiliates as if it were not the
     Trustee.

     18.  No Recourse Against Others.
          --------------------------

               No incorporator or any past, present or future partner,
     shareholder, other
     equity holder, officer, director, employee or controlling person as such,
     of the Company or the Guarantor or of any successor Person shall have any
     liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantor under the
     Notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by
     reason of, such obligations or their creation.  Each Holder by accepting a
     Note waives and releases all such liability.  The waiver and release are
     part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes.

     19.  Authentication.
          --------------

               This Note shall not be valid until the Trustee or authenticating
     agent signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this
     Note.

     20.  Abbreviations.
          -------------

               Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an
     assignee, such as:  TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by
     the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not
     as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian) and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to
     Minors Act).

               The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and
     without charge a copy of the Indenture.  Requests may be made to ICG
     Holdings, Inc., 9605 East Maroon Circle, P.O. Box 6742, Englewood,
     Colorado, 80155-6742, Attention:  Chief Financial Officer.


                              [FORM OF TRANSFER NOTICE]


               FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned registered holder hereby
     sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto

     Insert Taxpayer Identification No.
     ----------------------------------

                                                                                
     -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      
     ---------------------------------

     Please print or typewrite name and address including zip code of assignee
                                                                                
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        
     -----------------------------------

     the within Note and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting
     and appointing                                                             
                    ----------------------------------------------------------
             attorney to transfer said Note on the books of the Company with 
     -------
     full power of substitution in the premises.


                       [THE FOLLOWING PROVISION TO BE INCLUDED
                  ON ALL SECURITIES OTHER THAN EXCHANGE SECURITIES,
                      UNLEGENDED OFFSHORE GLOBAL SECURITIES AND
                       UNLEGENDED OFFSHORE PHYSICAL SECURITIES]

          In connection with any transfer of this Note occurring prior to the
     date which is the earlier of (i) the date of an effective Registration or
     (ii) the end of the period referred to in Rule 144(k) under the Securities
     Act, the undersigned confirms that without utilizing any general
     solicitation or general advertising that:

                                     [Check One]
                                      ---------

     [  ] (a)  this Note is being transferred in compliance with the exemption
               from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
               provided by Rule 144A thereunder.

                                          or
                                          --

     [  ] (b)  this Note is being transferred other than in accordance with
               (a) above and documents are being furnished which comply with the
               conditions of transfer set forth in this Note and the Indenture.

     If none of the foregoing boxes is checked, the Trustee or other Registrar
     shall not be obligated to register this Note in the name of any Person
     other than the Holder hereof unless and until the conditions to any such
     transfer of registration set forth herein and in Section 2.08 of the
     Indenture shall have been satisfied.

     Date:
          ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                              NOTICE:  The signature to this assignment must
                              correspond with the name as written upon the face
                              of the within-mentioned instrument in every
                              particular, without alteration or any change
                              whatsoever.



     TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (a) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

          The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this
     Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises
     sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a "qualified
     institutional buyer" within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities
     Act of 1933, as amended, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in
     reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such
     information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant
     to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it
     is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned's foregoing
     representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided
     by Rule 144A.

     Dated:
           --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   NOTICE:  To be executed by an executive
                                   officer

    <PAGE> 


                          OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE


               If you wish to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant
     to Section 4.11 or Section 4.12 of the Indenture, check the Box:  [ ]

               If you wish to have a portion of this Note purchased by the
     Company pursuant to Section 4.11 or Section 4.12 of the Indenture, state
     the amount (in principal amount at maturity):  $                   .
                                                     -------------------

     Date:                      
            -----------------

     Your Signature:  
                    -----------------------------------------------------------
              (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

     Signature Guarantee:  
                           ------------------------------




                                                           Exhibit 4.15  


                                 ICG HOLDINGS, INC.,
                                             as Issuer


                              ICG COMMUNICATIONS, INC.,
                                             as Guarantor


                                         and


                     NORWEST BANK COLORADO, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
                                             as Trustee





                                                       
                               ------------------------

                                      Indenture

                              Dated as of March 11, 1997
                                                      
                              -------------------------


                        11 5/8% Senior Discount Notes due 2007


    <PAGE> 

                                CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE
                                ---------------------



     TIA Sections                             Indenture Sections
     ------------                             ------------------

     <Section> 310(a)(1) . . . . . . . . . .         7.10
         (a)(2)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         7.10
         (b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         7.08
     <Section> 313(c)  . . . . . . . . . . .         7.06; 11.02
     <Section> 314(a)  . . . . . . . . . . .         4.18; 11.02
         (a)(4)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         4.17; 11.02
         (c)(1)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         11.03
         (c)(2)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         11.03
         (e) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         11.04
     <Section> 315(b)  . . . . . . . . . . .         7.05; 11.02
     <Section> 316(a)(1)(A)  . . . . . . . .         6.05
         (a)(1)(B) . . . . . . . . . . . . .         6.04
         (b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         6.07
     <Section> 317(a)(1) . . . . . . . . . .         6.08
         (a)(2)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         6.09
     <Section> 318(a)  . . . . . . . . . . .         11.01
         (c) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         11.01

     Note:     The Cross-Reference Table shall not for any purpose be deemed to
               be a part of the Indenture.


    <PAGE> 


                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS 
                                  ----------------- 
                                                                          Page
                                                                          ----

     RECITALS OF THE COMPANY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

                                     ARTICLE ONE
                      DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

       SECTION 1.01.  Definitions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1
       SECTION 1.02.  Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act  . .  22
       SECTION 1.03.  Rules of Construction  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22

                                     ARTICLE TWO
                                    THE SECURITIES

       SECTION 2.01.  Form and Dating  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
       SECTION 2.02.  Restrictive Legends  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24
       SECTION 2.03.  Execution, Authentication and Denominations  . . . . .  26
       SECTION 2.04.  Registrar and Paying Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28
       SECTION 2.05.  Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust  . . . . . . . . .  28
       SECTION 2.06.  Transfer and Exchange  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
       SECTION 2.07.  Book-Entry Provisions for Global Securities  . . . . .  30
       SECTION 2.08.  Special Transfer Provisions  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  32
       SECTION 2.09.  Replacement Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  34
       SECTION 2.10.  Outstanding Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  35
       SECTION 2.11.  Temporary Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  36
       SECTION 2.12.  Cancellation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  36
       SECTION 2.13.  CUSIP Numbers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  36
       SECTION 2.14.  Defaulted Interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  36

                                    ARTICLE THREE
                                      REDEMPTION

       SECTION 3.01.  Right of Redemption  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  37
       SECTION 3.02.  Notices to Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  37
       SECTION 3.03.  Selection of Securities to Be Redeemed . . . . . . . .  38
       SECTION 3.04.  Notice of Redemption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  38
       SECTION 3.05.  Effect of Notice of Redemption . . . . . . . . . . . .  39
       SECTION 3.06.  Deposit of Redemption Price  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  39
       SECTION 3.07.  Payment of Securities Called for Redemption  . . . . .  40
       SECTION 3.08.  Securities Redeemed in Part  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  40

                                     ARTICLE FOUR
                                      COVENANTS

       SECTION 4.01.  Payment of Securities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  40
       SECTION 4.02.  Maintenance of Office or Agency  . . . . . . . . . . .  41
       SECTION 4.03.  Limitation on Indebtedness . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  41
       SECTION 4.04.  Limitation on Restricted Payments  . . . . . . . . . .  45
       SECTION 4.05.  Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions
                    Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries  . . . . . . . . . . .  48
       SECTION 4.06.  Limitation on the Issuances and Sale of Capital Stock of
                    Restricted Subsidiaries  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  50
       SECTION 4.07.  Limitation on Issuances of Guarantees by Restricted
                    Subsidiaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  50
       SECTION 4.08.  Limitation on Transactions with Shareholders and
                    Affiliates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  51
       SECTION 4.09.  Limitation on Liens  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  52
       SECTION 4.10.  Limitation on Sale-Leaseback Transactions  . . . . . .  53
       SECTION 4.11.  Limitation on Asset Sales  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  54
       SECTION 4.12.  Repurchase of Securities upon a Change of Control  . .  55
       SECTION 4.13.  Existence  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  55
       SECTION 4.14.  Payment of Taxes and Other Claims  . . . . . . . . . .  55
       SECTION 4.15.  Maintenance of Properties and Insurance  . . . . . . .  55
       SECTION 4.16.  Notice of Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  56
       SECTION 4.17.  Compliance Certificates  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  56
       SECTION 4.18.  Commission Reports and Reports to Holders  . . . . . .  57
       SECTION 4.19.  Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws  . . . . . . .  57

                                     ARTICLE FIVE
                                SUCCESSOR CORPORATION

       SECTION 5.01.  When Company and Guarantor May Merge, Etc. . . . . . .  58
       SECTION 5.02.  Successor Substituted  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  59

                                     ARTICLE SIX
                                 DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

       SECTION 6.01.  Events of Default  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  59
       SECTION 6.02.  Acceleration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  61
       SECTION 6.03.  Other Remedies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  61
       SECTION 6.04.  Waiver of Past Defaults  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  62
       SECTION 6.05.  Control by Majority  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  62
       SECTION 6.06.  Limitation on Suits  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  62
       SECTION 6.07.  Rights of Holders to Receive Payment . . . . . . . . .  63
       SECTION 6.08.  Collection Suit by Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  63
       SECTION 6.09.  Trustee May File Proofs of Claim . . . . . . . . . . .  63
       SECTION 6.10.  Priorities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  64
       SECTION 6.11.  Undertaking for Costs  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  64
       SECTION 6.12.  Restoration of Rights and Remedies . . . . . . . . . .  64
       SECTION 6.13.  Rights and Remedies Cumulative . . . . . . . . . . . .  65
       SECTION 6.14.  Delay or Omission Not Waiver . . . . . . . . . . . . .  65

                                    ARTICLE SEVEN
                                       TRUSTEE

       SECTION 7.01.  General  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  65
       SECTION 7.02.  Certain Rights of Trustee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  65
       SECTION 7.03.  Individual Rights of Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . .  67
       SECTION 7.04.  Trustee's Disclaimer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  67
       SECTION 7.05.  Notice of Default  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  67
       SECTION 7.06.  Reports by Trustee to Holders  . . . . . . . . . . . .  67
       SECTION 7.07.  Compensation and Indemnity . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  67
       SECTION 7.08.  Replacement of Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  68
       SECTION 7.09.  Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.  . . . . . . . . . .  69
       SECTION 7.10.  Eligibility  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  69
       SECTION 7.11.  Money Held in Trust  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  69
       SECTION 7.12.  Withholding Taxes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  69

                                    ARTICLE EIGHT
                                DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE

       SECTION 8.01.  Termination of Company's Obligations . . . . . . . . .  70
       SECTION 8.02.  Defeasance and Discharge of Indenture  . . . . . . . .  71
       SECTION 8.03.  Defeasance of Certain Obligations  . . . . . . . . . .  73
       SECTION 8.04.  Application of Trust Money . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  75
       SECTION 8.05.  Repayment to Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  75
       SECTION 8.06.  Reinstatement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  75
       SECTION 8.07.  Insiders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  76

                                     ARTICLE NINE
                         AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS

       SECTION 9.01.  Without Consent of Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  76
       SECTION 9.02.  With Consent of Holders  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  77
       SECTION 9.03.  Revocation and Effect of Consent . . . . . . . . . . .  78
       SECTION 9.04.  Notation on or Exchange of Securities  . . . . . . . .  78
       SECTION 9.05.  Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc. . . . . . . . . . . .  79
       SECTION 9.06.  Conformity with Trust Indenture Act  . . . . . . . . .  79

                                     ARTICLE TEN
                               GUARANTEE OF SECURITIES

       SECTION 10.01.  Security Guarantee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  79
       SECTION 10.02.  Obligations Unconditional . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  80
       SECTION 10.03.  Notice to Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  81
       SECTION 10.04.  This Article Not to Prevent Events of Default . . . .  81
       SECTION 10.05.  Net Worth Limitation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  81

                                    ARTICLE ELEVEN
                                    MISCELLANEOUS

       SECTION 11.01.  Trust Indenture Act of 1939 . . . . . . . . . . . . .  81
       SECTION 11.02.  Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  82
       SECTION 11.03.  Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent  .  83
       SECTION 11.04.  Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion . . . .  83
       SECTION 11.05.  Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent or Registrar . . . . .  84
       SECTION 11.06.  Payment Date Other Than a Business Day  . . . . . . .  84
       SECTION 11.07.  Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction . . . . . .  84
       SECTION 11.08.  No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements . . . .  84
       SECTION 11.09.  No Recourse Against Others  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  84
       SECTION 11.10.  Successors  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  85
       SECTION 11.11.  Duplicate Originals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  85
       SECTION 11.12.  Separability  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  85
       SECTION 11.13.  Table of Contents, Headings, Etc. . . . . . . . . . .  85

     EXHIBIT A    Form of Security   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1
     EXHIBIT B    Form of Certificate  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-1
     EXHIBIT C    Form of Certificate to Be Delivered in Connection with
                    Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S   . . . . . . . . . . C-1
     EXHIBIT D    Form of Certificate to Be Delivered in Connection with
                    Transfers to Non-QIB Accredited Investors  . . . . . . . D-1


     ----------------------------
     Note:        The Table of Contents shall not for any purposes be deemed to
                  be a part of the Indenture.


    <PAGE> 


              INDENTURE, dated as of March 11, 1997, among ICG HOLDINGS, INC.,
     a Colorado corporation, as Issuer (the "Company"), ICG COMMUNICATIONS,
                                             -------
     INC., a Delaware corporation, as Guarantor (the "Guarantor"), and NORWEST 
                                                      ---------
     BANK COLORADO, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee (the "Trustee").
                                                           -------

                               RECITALS OF THE COMPANY

                   The Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery
     of this Indenture to provide for the initial original issuance of
     $176,000,000 aggregate principal amount at maturity of the Company's 11
     5/8% Senior Discount Notes due 2007 (the "Securities"), and the issuance
                                               ----------
     from time to time of additional Securities, issuable as provided in this
     Indenture.  All things necessary to make this Indenture a valid agreement
     of the Company and the Guarantor, in accordance with its terms, have been
     done, and the Company and the Guarantor have done all things necessary to
     make the Securities, when executed by the Company and the Guarantor and
     authenticated and delivered by the Trustee hereunder and duly issued by the
     Company, the valid obligations of the Company and the Guarantor as
     hereinafter provided.

              This Indenture will, upon the effectiveness of the registration
     statement provided for under the Registration Rights Agreement, be subject
     to, and governed by, the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as
     amended, that are required to be a part of and to govern indentures
     qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

              For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the
     Securities by the Holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed,
     for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders, as follows.


                                     ARTICLE ONE
                      DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

               SECTION 1.01.  Definitions.
                              -----------

               "Accreted Value" means, for any Specified Date, the amount
     provided below for each $1,000 principal amount at maturity of Securities: 

               (i)  if the Specified Date occurs on one of the following dates
          (each a "Semi-Annual Accrual Date"), the Accreted Value will equal the
                  ------------------------
          amount set forth below for such Semi-Annual Accrual Date: 

               SEMI-ANNUAL ACCRUAL DATE  ACCRETED VALUE
               ------------------------  ---------------
                    March 11, 1997         $567.660
                         
                September 15, 1997         $601.410
                         
                    March 15, 1998         $636.366
                         
                September 15, 1998         $673.355
                         
                    March 15, 1999         $712.493
                         
                September 15, 1999         $753.907
                         
                    March 15, 2000         $797.727
                         
                September 15, 2000         $844.095
                         
                    March 15, 2001         $893.157
                         
                September 15, 2001         $945.072
                         
                    March 15, 2002       $1,000.000

              (ii) if the Specified Date occurs before the first Semi-Annual
         Accrual Date, the Accreted Value will equal the sum of (a) the
         original issue price and (b) an amount equal to the product of (1) the
         Accreted Value for the first Semi-Annual Accrual Date less the
         original issue price multiplied by (2) a fraction, the numerator of
         which is the number of days from the issue date of the Securities to
         the Specified Date, using a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months, and
         the denominator of which is the number of days elapsed from the issue
         date of the Securities to the first Semi-Annual Accrual Date, using a
         360-day year of twelve 30-day months; 

              (iii)     if the Specified Date occurs between two Semi-Annual
         Accrual Dates, the Accreted Value will equal the sum of (a) the
         Accreted Value for the Semi-Annual Accrual Date immediately preceding
         such Specified Date and (b) an amount equal to the product of (1) the
         Accreted Value for the immediately following Semi-Annual Accrual Date
         less the Accreted Value for the immediately preceding Semi-Annual
         Accrual Date multiplied by (2) a fraction, the numerator of which is
         the number of days from the immediately preceding Semi-Annual Accrual
         Date to the Specified Date, using a 360-day year of twelve 30-day
         months, and the denominator of which is 180; or 

              (iv) if the Specified Date occurs after the last Semi-Annual
         Accrual Date, the Accreted Value will equal $1,000. 

              "Acquired Indebtedness" has the meaning provided in
     Section 4.03(a).

              "Adjusted Consolidated Net Income" means, for any period, the
     aggregate net income (or loss) of the Guarantor and its Restricted
     Subsidiaries for such period determined in conformity with GAAP; provided
     that the following items shall be excluded in computing Adjusted
     Consolidated Net Income (without duplication): (i) the net income of any
     Person (other than net income attributable to a Restricted Subsidiary) in
     which any Person (other than the Guarantor or any of its Restricted
     Subsidiaries) has a joint interest and the net income of any Unrestricted
     Subsidiary, except to the extent of the amount of dividends or other
     distributions actually paid to the Guarantor or any of its Restricted
     Subsidiaries by such other Person or such Unrestricted Subsidiary during
     such period; (ii) solely for the purposes of calculating the amount of
     Restricted Payments that may be made pursuant to clause (C) of the first
     paragraph of Section 4.04 (and in such case, except to the extent
     includable pursuant to clause (i) above), the net income (or loss) of any
     Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is
     merged into or consolidated with the Guarantor or any of its Restricted
     Subsidiaries or all or substantially all of the property and assets of such
     Person are acquired by the Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (iii) the net income of any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent that the
     declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such
     Restricted Subsidiary of such net income is not at the time permitted by
     the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument,
     judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation
     applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary; (iv) any gains or losses (on an
     after-tax basis) attributable to Asset Sales; (v) except for purposes of
     calculating the amount of Restricted Payments that may be made pursuant to
     clause (C) of the first paragraph of Section 4.04, any amount paid or
     accrued as dividends on preferred stock of the Guarantor or any Restricted
     Subsidiary owned by Persons other than the Guarantor and any of its
     Restricted Subsidiaries; and (vi) all extraordinary gains and extraordinary
     losses. 

              "Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets" means the total
     amount of assets of the Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries (less
     applicable depreciation, amortization and other valuation reserves), except
     to the extent resulting from write-ups of capital assets (excluding write-
     ups in connection with accounting for acquisitions in conformity with
     GAAP), after deducting therefrom (i) all current liabilities of the
     Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding intercompany items)
     and (ii) all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents, unamortized debt
     discount and expense and other like intangibles, all as set forth on the
     most recently available quarterly or annual consolidated balance sheet of
     the Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries, prepared in conformity with
     GAAP. 

              "Affiliate" means, as applied to any Person, any other Person
     directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or
     indirect common control with, such Person.  For purposes of this
     definition, "control" (including, with correlative meanings, the terms
     "controlling," "controlled by" and "under common control with"), as applied
     to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power
     to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such
     Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or
     otherwise. 

              "Agent" means any Registrar, Paying Agent, authenticating agent
     or co-Registrar.

              "Agent Members" has the meaning provided in Section 2.07(a).

              "Asset Acquisition" means (i) an investment by the Guarantor or
     any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any other Person pursuant to which
     such Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary of the Guarantor or shall
     be merged into or consolidated with the Guarantor or any of its Restricted
     Subsidiaries; provided that such Person's primary business is related,
     ancillary or complementary to the businesses of the Guarantor and its
     Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of such investment or (ii) an
     acquisition by the Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of the
     property and assets of any Person other than the Guarantor or any of its
     Restricted Subsidiaries that constitute substantially all of a division or
     line of business of such Person; provided that the property and assets
     acquired are related, ancillary or complementary to the businesses of the
     Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of such acquisition. 

              "Asset Sale" means any sale, transfer or other disposition
     (including by way of merger, consolidation or sale-leaseback transactions)
     in one transaction or a series of related transactions by the Guarantor or
     any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any Person other than the Guarantor
     or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of (i) all or any of the Capital
     Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) all or substantially all of the
     property and assets of an operating unit or business of the Guarantor or
     any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) any other property and assets
     of the Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries outside the ordinary
     course of business of the Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary and, in
     each case, that is not governed by the provisions of Article Five; provided
     that the meaning of "Asset Sale" shall not include (A) sales or other
     dispositions of inventory, receivables and other current assets, and (B)
     dispositions of assets of the Guarantor or any of its Restricted
     Subsidiaries, in substantially simultaneous exchanges for consideration
     consisting of any combination of cash, Temporary Cash Investments and
     assets that are used or useful in the telecommunications business of the
     Guarantor or its Restricted Subsidiaries, if such consideration has an
     aggregate fair market value substantially equal to the fair market value of
     the assets so disposed of; provided, however, that fair market value shall
     be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose
     determination shall be conclusive and evidenced by a Board Resolution
     delivered to the Trustee; and provided further that any cash or Temporary
     Cash Investments received by the Guarantor or any of its Restricted
     Subsidiaries pursuant to any transaction described in clause (B) above
     shall be applied in accordance with clause (A) or (B) of the first
     paragraph of Section 4.11. 

              "Average Life" means, at any date of determination with respect
     to any debt security, the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the
     products of (a) the number of years from such date of determination to the
     dates of each successive scheduled principal payment of such debt security
     and (b) the amount of such principal payment by (ii) the sum of all such
     principal payments. 

              "Board of Directors" means the Board of Directors of the Company
     or the Guarantor as required by the context or any committee of such Board
     of Directors duly authorized to act under this Indenture.

              "Board Resolution" means a copy of a resolution, certified by the
     Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Company or the Guarantor as
     required by the context to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors
     and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and
     delivered to the Trustee.

              "Business Day" means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or other
     day on which commercial banks in The City of New York, or in the city of
     the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, are authorized by law to close.

              "Capital Stock" means, with respect to any Person, any and all
     shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated,
     whether voting or non-voting) in equity of such Person, whether now
     outstanding or issued after the date of this Indenture, including, without
     limitation, all Common Stock and preferred stock. 

              "Capitalized Lease" means, as applied to any Person, any lease of
     any property (whether real, personal or mixed) of which the discounted
     present value of the rental obligations of such Person as lessee, in
     conformity with GAAP, is required to be capitalized on the balance sheet of
     such Person; and "Capitalized Lease Obligations" means the discounted
     present value of the rental obligations under such lease. 

              "Change of Control" means such time as (i) a "person" or "group"
     (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act)
     becomes the ultimate "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the
     Exchange Act) of Voting Stock having more than 40% of the voting power of
     the total Voting Stock of the Guarantor on a fully diluted basis; (ii)
     individuals who on the Closing Date constitute the Board of Directors of
     the Guarantor (together with any new directors whose election by the Board
     of Directors or whose nomination for election by the Guarantor's
     stockholders was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the members
     of the Board of Directors then in office who either were members of the
     Board of Directors on the Closing Date or whose election or nomination for
     election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a
     majority of the members of the Board of Directors then in office; or (iii)
     all of the Common Stock of the Company is not beneficially owned by the
     Guarantor.

              "Change of Control Offer" has the meaning provided in Section
     4.04(ix). 

              "ChoiceCom" means CSW/ICG ChoiceCom, L.P., a Delaware limited
     partnership. 

              "Closing Date" means the date on which the Securities are
     originally issued under this Indenture. 

              "Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as
     from time to time constituted, created under the Exchange Act or, if at any
     time after the execution of this instrument such Commission is not existing
     and performing the duties now assigned to it under the TIA, then the body
     performing such duties at such time.

              "Common Stock" means, with respect to any Person, any and all
     shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated,
     whether voting or non-voting) of such Person's common equity interests,
     whether now outstanding or issued after the date of this Indenture,
     including, without limitation, all series and classes of such common equity
     interests, but excluding all equity interests entitled to a preference with
     respect to dividends or distributions or upon liquidation.

              "Company" means the party named as such in the first paragraph of
     this Indenture until a successor replaces it pursuant to Article Five of
     this Indenture and thereafter means the successor.

              "Company Order" means a written request or order signed in the
     name of the Company (i) by its Chairman, a Vice Chairman, its President or
     a Vice President and (ii) by its Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, its
     Secretary or an Assistant Secretary and delivered to the Trustee; provided,
     however, that such written request or order may be signed by any two of the
     officers or directors listed in clause (i) above in lieu of being signed by
     one of such officers or directors listed in such clause (i) and one of the
     officers listed in clause (ii) above.

              "Consolidated EBITDA" means, for any period, the sum of the
     amounts for such period of (i) Adjusted Consolidated Net Income, (ii)
     Consolidated Interest Expense, (iii) income taxes, to the extent such
     amount was deducted in calculating Adjusted Consolidated Net Income (other
     than income taxes (either positive or negative) attributable to
     extraordinary and non-recurring gains or losses or sales of assets), (iv)
     depreciation expense, to the extent such amount was deducted in calculating
     Adjusted Consolidated Net Income, (v) amortization expense, to the extent
     such amount was deducted in calculating Adjusted Consolidated Net Income,
     and (vi) all other non-cash items reducing Adjusted Consolidated Net Income
     (other than items that will require cash payments and for which an accrual
     or reserve is, or is required by GAAP to be, made), less all non-cash items
     increasing Adjusted Consolidated Net Income, all as determined on a
     consolidated basis for the Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries in
     conformity with GAAP; provided that, if any Restricted Subsidiary is not a
     Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, Consolidated EBITDA shall be reduced
     (to the extent not otherwise reduced in accordance with GAAP) by an amount
     equal to (A) the amount of the Adjusted Consolidated Net Income
     attributable to such Restricted Subsidiary multiplied by (B) the quotient
     of (1) the number of shares of outstanding Common Stock of such Restricted
     Subsidiary not owned on the last day of such period by the Guarantor or any
     of its Restricted Subsidiaries divided by (2) the total number of shares of
     outstanding Common Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary on the last day of
     such period. 

              "Consolidated Indebtedness" means the aggregate amount of
     Indebtedness of the Guarantor, the Company and their Restricted
     Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

              "Consolidated Interest Expense" means, for any period, the
     aggregate amount of interest in respect of Indebtedness (including
     amortization of original issue discount on any Indebtedness and the
     interest portion of any deferred payment obligation, calculated in
     accordance with the effective interest method of accounting; all
     commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to
     letters of credit and bankers' acceptance financing; the net costs
     associated with Interest Rate Agreements; and Indebtedness that is
     Guaranteed or secured by the Guarantor or any of its Restricted
     Subsidiaries) and all but the principal component of rentals in respect of
     Capitalized Lease Obligations paid, accrued or scheduled to be paid or to
     be accrued by the Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such
     period; excluding, however, without duplication, (i) any amount of such
     interest of any Restricted Subsidiary if the net income of such Restricted
     Subsidiary is excluded in the calculation of Adjusted Consolidated Net
     Income pursuant to clause (iii) of the definition thereof (but only in the
     same proportion as the net income of such Restricted Subsidiary is excluded
     from the calculation of Adjusted Consolidated Net Income pursuant to clause
     (iii) of the definition thereof) and (ii) any premiums, fees and expenses
     (and any amortization thereof) payable in connection with the offering of
     the 13 1/2% Notes and the warrants issued therewith, the 12 1/2% Notes, the
     14 1/4% Preferred Stock, the Securities and/or the Exchangeable Preferred
     Stock, all as determined on a consolidated basis (without taking into
     account Unrestricted Subsidiaries) in conformity with GAAP. 

              "Consolidated Net Worth" means, at any date of determination,
     stockholders' equity as set forth on the most recently available quarterly
     or annual consolidated balance sheet of the Guarantor and its Restricted
     Subsidiaries (which shall be as of a date not more than 90 days prior to
     the date of such computation, and which shall not take into account
     Unrestricted Subsidiaries), less any amounts attributable to Redeemable
     Stock or any equity security convertible into or exchangeable for
     Indebtedness, the cost of treasury stock and the principal amount of any
     promissory notes receivable from the sale of the Capital Stock of the
     Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, each item to be determined
     in conformity with GAAP (excluding the effects of foreign currency exchange
     adjustments under Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement of
     Financial Accounting Standards No. 52). 

              "Corporate Trust Office" means the office of the Trustee at which
     the corporate trust business of the Trustee shall, at any particular time,
     be principally administered, which office is, at the date of this
     Indenture, located at 1740 Broadway, Denver, Colorado 80274-8693,
     Attention:  Corporate Trust and Escrow Services.

              "Currency Agreement" means any foreign exchange contract,
     currency swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed
     to protect the Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries against
     fluctuations in currency values to or under which the Guarantor or any of
     its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party or a beneficiary on the date of this
     Indenture or becomes a party or a beneficiary thereafter.

              "Default" means any event that is, or after notice or passage of
     time or both would be, an Event of Default.

              "Depositary" shall mean The Depository Trust Company, its
     nominees, and their respective successors.

              "Event of Default" has the meaning provided in Section 6.01.

              "Excess Proceeds" has the meaning provided in Section 4.11.

              "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
     amended.

              "Exchange Securities" means any securities of the Company
     containing terms identical to the Securities (except that such Exchange
     Securities (i) shall be registered under the Securities Act, (ii) will not
     provide for an increase in the rate of interest (other than with respect to
     overdue amounts) and (iii) will not contain terms with respect to transfer
     restrictions) that are issued and exchanged for the Securities pursuant to
     the Registration Rights Agreement and this Indenture.

              "Exchangeable Preferred Stock" means the Preferred Stock of the
     Company issued on the Closing Date and any shares of Preferred Stock issued
     as payment in kind dividends thereon.

              "FOTI" means Fiber Optic Technologies Inc., a Colorado
     corporation. 

              "14 1/4% Preferred Stock" means the 14 1/4% Exchangeable
     Preferred Stock mandatorily redeemable May 1, 2007 of the Company, and any
     shares of preferred stock issued as payment in kind dividends thereon. 

              "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles in the
     United States of America as in effect as of August 8, 1995, including,
     without limitation, those set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of
     the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified
     Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial
     Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity
     as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession. All
     ratios and computations contained in this Indenture shall be computed in
     conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis, except that
     calculations made for purposes of determining compliance with the terms of
     the covenants and with other provisions of this Indenture shall be made
     without giving effect to (i) the amortization of any expenses incurred in
     connection with the offering of the 13 1/2% Notes and the warrants issued
     therewith, the 12 1/2% Notes, the 14 1/4% Preferred Stock, the Securities
     and/or the Exchangeable Preferred Stock and (ii) except as otherwise
     provided, the amortization of any amounts required or permitted by
     Accounting Principles Board Opinion Nos. 16 and 17. 

              "Global Securities" has the meaning provided in Section 2.01.

              "Guarantee" means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any
     Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other
     obligation of any other Person and, without limiting the generality of the
     foregoing, any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of
     such Person (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the
     purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation of such other
     Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by
     agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services,
     to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise)
     or (ii) entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the
     obligee of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof or
     to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in
     part); provided that the term "Guarantee" shall not include endorsements
     for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term
     "Guarantee" used as a verb has a corresponding meaning. 

              "Guaranteed Indebtedness" has the meaning provided in Section
     4.07.

              "Guarantor" means the party named as such in the first paragraph
     of this Indenture until a successor replaces it pursuant to Article Five of
     this Indenture and thereafter means the successor.

              "Holder" or "Securityholder" means the registered holder of any
     Security. 

              "Holdings (Canada)" means ICG Holdings (Canada), Inc. and its
     successors and assigns. 

              "Incur" means, with respect to any Indebtedness, to incur,
     create, issue, assume, Guarantee or otherwise become liable for or with
     respect to, or become responsible for, the payment of, contingently or
     otherwise, such Indebtedness, including an Incurrence of Indebtedness by
     reason of the acquisition of more than 50% of the Capital Stock of any
     Person; provided that neither the accrual of interest nor the accretion of
     original issue discount shall be considered an Incurrence of Indebtedness.
     The term "Incurrence" has a corresponding meaning. 

              "Indebtedness" means, with respect to any Person at any date of
     determination (without duplication), (i) all indebtedness of such Person
     for borrowed money, (ii) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds,
     debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (iii) all obligations of
     such Person in respect of letters of credit or other similar instruments
     (including reimbursement obligations with respect thereto), (iv) all
     obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of
     property or services, which purchase price is due more than six months
     after the date of placing such property in service or taking delivery and
     title thereto or the completion of such services, except Trade Payables,
     (v) all obligations of such Person as lessee under Capitalized Leases, (vi)
     all Indebtedness of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such
     Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person;
     provided that the amount of such Indebtedness shall be the lesser of (A)
     the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination and (B)
     the amount of such Indebtedness, (vii) all Indebtedness of other Persons
     Guaranteed by such Person to the extent such Indebtedness is Guaranteed by
     such Person and (viii) to the extent not otherwise included in this
     definition, obligations under Currency Agreements and Interest Rate
     Agreements. The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be
     the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as
     described above and, with respect to contingent obligations, the maximum
     liability upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the
     obligation, provided (i) that the amount outstanding at any time of any
     Indebtedness issued with original issue discount is the original issue
     price of such Indebtedness and (ii) that Indebtedness shall not include (A)
     any amount of money borrowed, at the time of the Incurrence of the related
     Indebtedness, for the purpose of pre-funding any interest payable on such
     related Indebtedness or (B) any liability for federal, state, local or
     other taxes. 

              "Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio" means, as at any date of
     determination, the ratio of (i) the Consolidated Indebtedness as at the
     Transaction Date to (ii) the Consolidated EBITDA of the Guarantor for the
     then most recent four full fiscal quarters for which reports have been
     filed pursuant to Section 4.18 (such four full fiscal quarter period being
     referred to herein as the "Four Quarter Period"); provided that (x) pro
                                -------------------
     forma effect shall be given to any Indebtedness Incurred from the beginning
     of the Four Quarter Period through the Transaction Date (including any
     Indebtedness Incurred on the Transaction Date), to the extent outstanding
     on the Transaction Date, (y) if during the period commencing on the first
     day of such Four Quarter Period through the Transaction Date (the
     "Reference Period"), the Guarantor, the Company or any of the Restricted 
      ----------------
     Subsidiaries shall have engaged in any Asset Sale, Consolidated EBITDA for
     such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the EBITDA (if
     positive), or increased by an amount equal to the EBITDA (if negative),
     directly attributable to the assets which are the subject of such Asset
     Sale and any related retirement of Indebtedness as if such Asset Sale and
     related retirement of Indebtedness had occurred on the first day of such
     Reference Period or (z) if during such Reference Period the Guarantor, the
     Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall have made any Asset
     Acquisition, Consolidated EBITDA of the Guarantor shall be calculated on a
     pro forma basis as if such Asset Acquisition and any related financing had
     occurred on the first day of such Reference Period. 

              "Indenture" means this Indenture as originally executed or as it
     may be amended or supplemented from time to time by one or more indentures
     supplemental to this Indenture entered into pursuant to the applicable
     provisions of this Indenture.

              "Institutional Accredited Investor" shall mean an institution
     that is an "accredited investor" as that term is defined in Rule 501(a)(1),
     (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act.

              "Interest Payment Date" means each semiannual interest payment
     date on March 15 and September 15 of each year, commencing September 15,
     2002.

              "Interest Rate Agreement" means any interest rate protection
     agreement, interest rate future agreement, interest rate option agreement,
     interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate
     collar agreement, interest rate hedge agreement or other similar agreement
     or arrangement designed to protect the Guarantor or any of its Restricted
     Subsidiaries against fluctuations in interest rates in respect of
     Indebtedness to or under which the Guarantor or any of its Restricted
     Subsidiaries is a party or a beneficiary on the date of this Indenture or
     becomes a party or a beneficiary hereafter; provided that the notional
     principal amount thereof does not exceed the principal amount of the
     Indebtedness of the Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries that bears
     interest at floating rates.

              "Investment" in any Person means any direct or indirect advance,
     loan or other extension of credit (including, without limitation, by way of
     Guarantee or similar arrangement; but excluding advances to customers in
     the ordinary course of business that are, in conformity with GAAP, recorded
     as accounts receivable on the balance sheet of the Guarantor or its
     Restricted Subsidiaries) or capital contribution to (by means of any
     transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or
     services for the account or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition
     of Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other similar instruments
     issued by, such Person and shall include the designation of a Restricted
     Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary.  For purposes of the definition
     of "Unrestricted Subsidiary" and Section 4.04, (i) "Investment" shall
     include the fair market value of the assets (net of liabilities) of any
     Restricted Subsidiary of the Guarantor at the time that such Restricted
     Subsidiary of the Guarantor is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary and
     shall exclude the fair market value of the assets (net of liabilities) of
     any Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time that such Unrestricted Subsidiary
     is designated a Restricted Subsidiary of the Guarantor and (ii) any
     property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued
     at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as
     determined by the Board of Directors in good faith. 

              "Lien" means any mortgage, pledge, security interest,
     encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including, without limitation, any
     conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature
     thereof, any sale with recourse against the seller or any Affiliate of the
     seller, or any agreement to give any security interest). 

              "MTN" means Maritime Telecommunications Network, Inc., a Colorado
     corporation, and its successors. 

              "Net Cash Proceeds" means (a) with respect to any Asset Sale, the
     proceeds of such Asset Sale in the form of cash or cash equivalents,
     including payments in respect of deferred payment obligations (to the
     extent corresponding to the principal, but not interest, component thereof)
     when received in the form of cash or cash equivalents (except to the extent
     such obligations are financed or sold with recourse to the Guarantor or any
     Restricted Subsidiary of the Guarantor) and proceeds from the conversion of
     other property received when converted to cash or cash equivalents, net of
     (i) brokerage commissions and other fees and expenses (including fees and
     expenses of counsel and investment bankers) related to such Asset Sale,
     (ii) provisions for all taxes (whether or not such taxes will actually be
     paid or are payable) as a result of such Asset Sale without regard to the
     consolidated results of operations of the Guarantor and its Restricted
     Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (iii) payments made to repay Indebtedness
     or any other obligation outstanding at the time of such Asset Sale that
     either (A) is secured by a Lien on the property or assets sold or (B) is
     required to be paid as a result of such sale and (iv) appropriate amounts
     to be provided by the Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary of the
     Guarantor as a reserve against any liabilities associated with such Asset
     Sale, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment
     benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters and
     liabilities under any indemnification obligations associated with such
     Asset Sale, all as determined in conformity with GAAP and (b) with respect
     to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock, the proceeds of such issuance or
     sale in the form of cash or cash equivalents, including payments in respect
     of deferred payment obligations (to the extent corresponding to the
     principal, but not interest, component thereof) when received in the form
     of cash or cash equivalents (except to the extent such obligations are
     financed or sold with recourse to the Guarantor or any Restricted
     Subsidiary of the Guarantor) and proceeds from the conversion of other
     property received when converted to cash or cash equivalents, net of
     attorney's fees, accountants' fees, underwriters' or placement agents'
     fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees
     incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or
     payable as a result thereof. 

              "Non-U.S. Person" means a person who is not a U.S. person, as
     defined in Regulation S.

              "Offer to Purchase" means an offer to purchase Securities by the
     Company from the Holders commenced by mailing a notice to the Trustee and
     each Holder stating: (i) the covenant pursuant to which the offer is being
     made and that all Securities validly tendered will be accepted for payment
     on a pro rata basis; (ii) the purchase price and the Payment Date; (iii)
     that any Security not tendered will continue to accrue interest pursuant to
     its terms; (iv) that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the
     purchase price, any Security accepted for payment pursuant to the Offer to
     Purchase shall cease to accrue interest on and after the Payment Date; (v)
     that Holders electing to have a Security purchased pursuant to the Offer to
     Purchase will be required to surrender the Security, together with the form
     entitled "Option of the Holder to Elect Purchase" on the reverse side of
     the Security completed, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the
     notice prior to the close of business on the Business Day immediately
     preceding the Payment Date; (vi) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw
     their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of
     business on the third Business Day immediately preceding the Payment Date,
     a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of such
     Holder, the principal amount of Securities delivered for purchase and a
     statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such
     Securities purchased; and (vii) that Holders whose Securities are being
     purchased only in part will be issued new Securities equal in principal
     amount to the unpurchased portion of the Securities surrendered; provided
     that each Security purchased and each new Security issued shall be in a
     principal amount of $1,000 or integral multiples thereof. On the Payment
     Date, the Company shall (i) accept for payment on a pro rata basis
     Securities or portions thereof tendered pursuant to an Offer to Purchase;
     (ii) deposit with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the purchase
     price of all Securities or portions thereof so accepted; and (iii) deliver,
     or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee all Securities or portions thereof
     so accepted together with an Officers' Certificate specifying the
     Securities or portions thereof accepted for payment by the Company. The
     Paying Agent shall promptly mail to the Holders of Securities so accepted
     payment in an amount equal to the purchase price, and the Trustee shall
     promptly authenticate and mail to such Holders a new Security equal in
     principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Security surrendered;
     provided that each Security purchased and each new Security issued shall be
     in a principal amount of $1,000 or integral multiples thereof.  The Company
     will publicly announce the results of an Offer to Purchase as soon as
     practicable after the Payment Date. The Trustee shall act as the Paying
     Agent for an Offer to Purchase.  The Company will comply with Rule 14e-1
     under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations
     thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable, in the
     event that the Company is required to repurchase Securities pursuant to an
     Offer to Purchase. 

              "Officer" means, with respect to the Company or the Guarantor,
     (i) the Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice President or the
     Chief Financial Officer and (ii) the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer,
     or the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary.

              "Officers' Certificate" means a certificate signed by one Officer
     listed in clause (i) of the definition thereof and one Officer listed in
     clause (ii) of the definition thereof; provided, however, that any such
     certificate may be signed by any two of the Officers listed in clause (i)
     of the definition thereof in lieu of being signed by one Officer listed in
     clause (i) of the definition thereof and one Officer listed in clause (ii)
     of the definition thereof.  Each Officers' Certificate (other than
     certificates provided pursuant to TIA Section 314(a)(4)) shall include the
     statements provided for in TIA Section 314(e).

              "Offshore Global Security" has the meaning provided in Section
     2.01.

              "Offshore Physical Securities" has the meaning provided in
     Section 2.01.

              "Ohio LINX" means ICG Ohio LINX, Inc., an Ohio corporation.

              "Opinion of Counsel" means a written opinion signed by legal
     counsel who may be an employee of or counsel to the Company.  Each such
     Opinion of Counsel shall include the statements provided for in TIA Section
     314(e).

              "Outstanding Securities" has the meaning provided in
     Section 2.10.

              "Paying Agent" has the meaning provided in Section 2.04, except
     that, for the purposes of Article Eight, the Paying Agent shall not be the
     Company or a Subsidiary of the Company or an Affiliate of any of them.  The
     term "Paying Agent" includes any additional Paying Agent.

              "Payment Date" means the date of purchase, which shall be a
     Business Day no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date a
     notice is mailed pursuant to an Offer to Purchase.

              "Permitted Investment" means (i) an Investment in a Restricted
     Subsidiary or a Person which will, upon the making of such Investment,
     become a Restricted Subsidiary or be merged or consolidated with or into or
     transfer or convey all or substantially all its assets to, the Guarantor or
     a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such person's primary business is
     related, ancillary or complementary to the businesses of the Guarantor and
     its Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of such Investment; (ii) a
     Temporary Cash Investment; (iii) payroll, travel and similar advances to
     cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to
     be treated as expenses in accordance with GAAP; (iv) loans or advances to
     employees made in the ordinary course of business in accordance with past
     practice of the Guarantor or its Restricted Subsidiaries and that do not in
     the aggregate exceed $2 million at any time outstanding; (v) stock,
     obligations or securities received in satisfaction of judgments; and (vi)
     Investments in an amount not to exceed, at any one time outstanding, all of
     the net cash proceeds received by the Guarantor from the sale of its Common
     Stock (to a Person other than one of its Subsidiaries) after the Closing
     Date. 

              "Permitted Liens" means (i) Liens for taxes, assessments,
     governmental charges or claims that are being contested in good faith by
     appropriate legal proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted
     and for which a reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be
     required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made; (ii) statutory Liens
     of landlords and carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, suppliers, materialmen,
     repairmen or other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business
     and with respect to amounts not yet delinquent or being contested in good
     faith by appropriate legal proceedings promptly instituted and diligently
     conducted and for which a reserve or other appropriate provision, if any,
     as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made; (iii)
     Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in
     connection with workers' compensation, unemployment insurance and other
     types of social security; (iv) Liens incurred or deposits made to secure
     the performance of tenders, bids, leases, statutory or regulatory
     obligations, bankers' acceptances, surety and appeal bonds, government
     contracts, performance and return-of-money bonds and other obligations of a
     similar nature incurred in the ordinary course of business (exclusive of
     obligations for the payment of borrowed money); (v) easements, rights of
     way, municipal and zoning ordinances and similar charges, encumbrances,
     title defects or other irregularities that do not materially interfere with
     the ordinary course of business of the Guarantor or any of its Restricted
     Subsidiaries; (vi) Liens (including extensions and renewals thereof) upon
     real or personal property acquired after the Closing Date; provided that
     (a) such Lien is created solely for the purpose of securing Indebtedness
     Incurred, in accordance with Section 4.03, (1) to finance the cost
     (including the cost of improvement or construction) of the item of property
     or assets subject thereto and such Lien is created prior to, at the time of
     or within six months after the later of the acquisition, the completion of
     construction or the commencement of full operation of such property or (2)
     to refinance any Indebtedness previously so secured, (b) the principal
     amount of the Indebtedness secured by such Lien does not exceed 100% of
     such cost and (c) any such Lien shall not extend to or cover any property
     or assets other than such item of property or assets and any improvements
     on such item; (vii) leases or subleases granted to others that do not
     materially interfere with the ordinary course of business of the Guarantor
     and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; (viii) Liens encumbering
     property or assets under construction arising from progress or partial
     payments by a customer of the Guarantor or its Restricted Subsidiaries
     relating to such property or assets; (ix) any interest or title of a lessor
     in the property subject to any Capitalized Lease or operating lease; (x)
     Liens arising from filing Uniform Commercial Code financing statements
     regarding leases; (xi) Liens on property of, or on shares of stock or
     Indebtedness of, any corporation existing at the time such corporation
     becomes, or becomes a part of, any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that
     such Liens do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the
     Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the property or assets
     acquired; (xii) Liens in favor of the Guarantor or any Restricted
     Subsidiary; (xiii) Liens arising from the rendering of a final judgment or
     order against the Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Guarantor
     that does not give rise to an Event of Default; (xiv) Liens securing
     reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit that encumber
     documents and other property relating to such letters of credit and the
     products and proceeds thereof; (xv) Liens in favor of customs and revenue
     authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties
     in connection with the importation of goods; (xvi) Liens encumbering
     customary initial deposits and margin deposits, and other Liens that are
     either within the general parameters customary in the industry and incurred
     in the ordinary course of business, in each case, securing Indebtedness
     under Interest Rate Agreements and Currency Agreements and forward
     contracts, options, future contracts, futures options or similar agreements
     or arrangements designed to protect the Guarantor or any of its Restricted
     Subsidiaries from fluctuations in the price of commodities; (xvii) Liens
     arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar
     arrangements for the sale of goods entered into by the Guarantor or any of
     its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business in
     accordance with the past practices of the Guarantor and its Restricted
     Subsidiaries prior to the Closing Date; and (xviii) Liens on or sales of
     receivables. 

              "Person" means an individual, a corporation, a partnership, a
     limited liability company, an association, a trust or any other entity or
     organization, including a government or political subdivision or an agency
     or instrumentality thereof.

              "Physical Securities" has the meaning provided in Section 2.01.

              "Preferred stock" or "preferred stock" means, with respect to any
     Person, any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents
     (however designated, whether voting or non-voting) of such Person's
     preferred or preference stock, whether now outstanding or issued after the
     date of this Indenture, including, without limitation, all series and
     classes of such preferred or preference stock. 

              "principal" of a debt security, including the Securities, means
     the principal amount due on the Stated Maturity as shown on such debt
     security.

              "Private Placement Legend" means the legend initially set forth
     on the Securities in the form set forth in Section 2.02.

              "Public Equity Offering" means a bona fide underwritten primary
     public offering of Common Stock of the Guarantor or the Company pursuant to
     an effective registration statement under the Securities Act. 

              "QIB" means a "qualified institutional buyer" as defined in Rule
     144A.

              "Redeemable Stock" means any class or series of Capital Stock of
     any Person that by its terms or otherwise is (i) required to be redeemed
     prior to the Stated Maturity of the Securities, (ii) redeemable at the
     option of the holder of such class or series of Capital Stock at any time
     prior to the Stated Maturity of the Securities or (iii) convertible into or
     exchangeable for Capital Stock referred to in clause (i) or (ii) above or
     Indebtedness having a scheduled maturity prior to the Stated Maturity of
     the Securities; provided that any Capital Stock that would not constitute
     Redeemable Stock but for provisions thereof giving holders thereof the
     right to require such Person to repurchase or redeem such Capital Stock
     upon the occurrence of an "asset sale" or "change of control" occurring
     prior to the Stated Maturity of the Securities shall not constitute
     Redeemable Stock if the "asset sale" or "change of control" provisions
     applicable to such Capital Stock are no more favorable to the holders of
     such Capital Stock than the provisions contained in Sections 4.11 and 4.12
     and such Capital Stock specifically provides that such Person will not
     repurchase or redeem any such stock pursuant to such provision prior to the
     Guarantor's repurchase of such Securities as are required to be repurchased
     pursuant to the provisions of Sections 4.11 and 4.12.

              "Redemption Date", when used with respect to any Security to be
     redeemed, means the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this
     Indenture.

              "Redemption Price", when used with respect to any Security to be
     redeemed, means the price at which such Security is to be redeemed pursuant
     to this Indenture.

              "Registrar" has the meaning provided in Section 2.04.

              "Registration Rights Agreement" means the Registration Rights
     Agreement, dated March 11, 1997, among the Company, the Guarantor and
     Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated relating to the Securities.

              "Registration Statement" means the Registration Statement as
     defined and described in the Registration Rights Agreement.

              "Regular Record Date" for the interest payable on any Interest
     Payment Date means the March 1 or September 1 (whether or not a Business
     Day), as the case may be, next preceding such Interest Payment Date.

              "Regulation S" means Regulation S under the Securities Act.

              "Responsible Officer", when used with respect to the Trustee,
     means the chairman or any vice chairman of the board of directors, the
     chairman or any vice chairman of the executive committee of the board of
     directors, the chairman of the trust committee, the president, any vice
     president, any assistant vice president, the secretary, any assistant
     secretary, the treasurer, any assistant treasurer, the cashier, any
     assistant cashier, any trust officer or assistant trust officer, the
     controller or any assistant controller or any other officer of the Trustee
     customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the
     above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular
     corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred
     because of his or her knowledge of and familiarity with the particular
     subject.

              "Restricted Payments" has the meaning provided in Section 4.04.

              "Restricted Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of the Guarantor
     other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

              "Rule 144A" means Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

              "Securities" means any of the securities, as defined in the first
     paragraph of the recitals hereof, that are authenticated and delivered
     under this Indenture.  For all purposes of this Indenture, the term
     "Securities" shall include any Exchange Securities to be issued and
     exchanged for any Securities pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement
     and this Indenture and, for purposes of this Indenture, all Securities and
     Exchange Securities shall vote together as one series of Securities under
     this Indenture.

              "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

              "Security Guarantee" means the unconditional guarantee of the
     Securities by the Guarantor, as set forth in Article 10.

              "Security Register" has the meaning provided in Section 2.04.

              "Significant Subsidiary" means, at any date of determination, any
     Restricted Subsidiary of the Guarantor that, together with its
     Subsidiaries, (i) for the most recent fiscal year of the Guarantor,
     accounted for more than 10% of the consolidated revenues of the Guarantor
     and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) as of the end of such fiscal year,
     was the owner of more than 10% of the consolidated assets of the Guarantor
     and its Restricted Subsidiaries, all as set forth on the most recently
     available consolidated financial statements of the Guarantor for such
     fiscal year. 

              "Specified Date" means any redemption date, any date of purchase
     for any purchase of Securities pursuant to Section 4.11 or 4.12 or any date
     on which the Securities are due and payable after an Event of Default. 

              "StarCom" means StarCom International Optics Corporation, a
     British Columbia corporation, and its subsidiaries. 

              "Stated Maturity" means, (i) with respect to any debt security,
     the date specified in such debt security as the fixed date on which the
     final installment of principal of such debt security is due and payable and
     (ii) with respect to any scheduled installment of principal of or interest
     on any debt security, the date specified in such debt security as the fixed
     date on which such installment is due and payable. 

              "Strategic Investor" means any Person engaged in the
     telecommunications business which has a net worth or equity market
     capitalization of at least $1 billion. 

              "Strategic Investor Subordinated Indebtedness" means all
     Indebtedness of the Company owed to a Strategic Investor that is
     contractually subordinate in right of payment to the Securities to at least
     the following extent: no payment of principal (or premium, if any) or
     interest on or otherwise payable in respect of such Indebtedness may be
     made (whether as a result of a default or otherwise) prior to the payment
     in full of all of the Guarantor's and the Company's obligations under the
     Securities, provided, however, that prior to the payment of such
     obligations, interest on Strategic Investor Subordinated Indebtedness may
     be payable solely in kind or in Common Stock (other than Redeemable Stock)
     of the Guarantor. 

              "Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person, any corporation,
     association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the
     outstanding Voting Stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person
     and one or more other Subsidiaries of such Person. 

              "Subsidiary Guarantee" has the meaning provided in Section 4.07.

              "Temporary Cash Investment" means any of the following: (i)
     direct obligations of the United States of America or any agency thereof or
     obligations fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the United States of
     America or any agency thereof, (ii) time deposit accounts, certificates of
     deposit and money market deposits maturing within 270 days of the date of
     acquisition thereof, bankers' acceptances with maturities not exceeding 270
     days, and overnight bank deposits, in each case issued by or with a bank or
     trust company which is organized under the laws of the United States of
     America, any state thereof or any foreign country recognized by the United
     States, and which bank or trust company has capital, surplus and undivided
     profits aggregating in excess of $100 million (or the foreign currency
     equivalent thereof) and has outstanding debt which is rated "A" (or such
     similar equivalent rating) or higher by at least one nationally recognized
     statistical rating organization (as defined in Rule 436 under the
     Securities Act) or any money-market fund sponsored by a registered broker
     dealer or mutual fund distributor, (iii) repurchase obligations with a term
     of not more than 30 days for underlying securities of the types described
     in clause (i) above entered into with a bank meeting the qualifications
     described in clause (ii) above, (iv) commercial paper, maturing not more
     than 180 days after the date of acquisition, issued by a corporation (other
     than an Affiliate of the Guarantor) organized and in existence under the
     laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or any foreign
     country recognized by the United States of America with a rating at the
     time as of which any investment therein is made of "P-1" (or higher)
     according to Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or "A-1" (or higher) according
     to Standard & Poor's Ratings Group, and (v) securities with maturities of
     six months or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully and
     unconditionally guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the
     United States of America, or by any political subdivision or taxing
     authority thereof, and rated at least "A" by Standard & Poor's Ratings
     Group or Moody's Investors Service, Inc. 

              "13 1/2% Notes" means the 13 1/2% Senior Discount Notes due 2005
     of the Company guaranteed by Holdings (Canada) and the Guarantor on a
     senior unsecured basis. 

              "TIA" or "Trust Indenture Act" means the Trust Indenture Act of
     1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code <Section><Section> 77aaa-77bbb), as in
     effect on the date this Indenture was executed, except as provided in
     Section 9.06.

              "Trade Payables" means, with respect to any Person, any accounts
     payable or any other debt or monetary obligation to trade creditors
     created, assumed or Guaranteed by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries
     arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the
     acquisition of goods or services. 

              "Transaction Date" means, with respect to the Incurrence of any
     Indebtedness by the Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, the
     date such Indebtedness is to be Incurred and, with respect to any
     Restricted Payment, the date such Restricted Payment is to be made. 

              "Trustee" means the party named as such in the first paragraph of
     this Indenture until a successor replaces it in accordance with the
     provisions of Article Seven of this Indenture and thereafter means such
     successor.

              "12 1/2% Notes" means the 12 1/2% Senior Discount Notes due 2006
     of the Company guaranteed by Holdings (Canada) and the Guarantor on a
     senior unsecured basis. 

              "United States Bankruptcy Code" means the Bankruptcy Reform Act
     of 1978, as amended and as codified in Title 11 of the United States Code,
     as amended from time to time hereafter, or any successor federal bankruptcy
     law.

              "U.S. Global Security" has the meaning provided in Section 2.01.

              "U.S. Government Obligations" means securities that are (i)
     direct obligations of the United States of America for the payment of which
     its full faith and credit is pledged or (ii) obligations of a Person
     controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of
     the United States of America the payment of which is unconditionally
     guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of
     America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the
     option of the issuer thereof at any time prior to the Stated Maturity of
     the Securities, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a
     bank or trust company as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government
     Obligation or a specific payment of interest on or principal of any such
     U.S. Government Obligation held by such custodian for the account of the
     holder of a depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law)
     such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount
     payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received
     by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligation or the
     specific payment of interest on or principal of the U.S. Government
     Obligation evidenced by such depository receipt.

              "U.S. Person" has the meaning ascribed thereto in Rule 902 under
     the Securities Act.

              "U.S. Physical Securities" has the meaning provided in Section
     2.01.

              "Unrestricted Subsidiary" means (i) any Subsidiary of the
     Guarantor that at the time of determination shall be designated an
     Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors in the manner provided
     below and (ii) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of
     Directors may designate any Restricted Subsidiary of the Guarantor
     (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary of the Guarantor),
     other than the Company or a Subsidiary that has given a Subsidiary
     Guarantee, to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary owns any
     Capital Stock of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, the
     Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that either (A) the
     Subsidiary to be so designated has total assets of $1,000 or less or (B) if
     such Subsidiary has assets greater than $1,000, that such designation would
     be permitted under Section 4.04. The Board of Directors may designate any
     Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Guarantor;
     provided that immediately after giving effect to such designation (x) the
     Guarantor could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under the first
     paragraph of Section 4.03(a) and (y) no Default or Event of Default shall
     have occurred and be continuing. Any such designation by the Board of
     Directors shall be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly filing with the
     Trustee a copy of the Board Resolution giving effect to such designation
     and an Officers' Certificate certifying that such designation complied with
     the foregoing provisions. 

              "Voting Stock" means, with respect to any Person, Capital Stock
     of any class or kind ordinarily having the power to vote for the election
     of directors, managers or other voting members of the governing body of
     such Person. 

              "Wholly Owned" means, with respect to any Subsidiary of any
     Person, such Subsidiary if 98% or more of the outstanding Capital Stock in
     such Subsidiary (other than any director's qualifying shares or Investments
     by foreign nationals mandated by applicable law) is owned by such Person or
     one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person. 

              "Zycom" means Zycom Corporation, an Alberta, Canada corporation. 

              SECTION 1.02.  Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. 
                             -------------------------------------------------
     Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is
     incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.  The
     following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

              "indenture securities" means the Securities;

              "indenture security holder" means a Holder or a Securityholder;

              "indenture to be qualified" means this Indenture;

              "indenture trustee" or "institutional trustee" means the Trustee;
         and

              "obligor" on the indenture securities means the Company, the
         Guarantor or any other obligor on the Securities.

              All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by
     the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by a rule
     of the Commission and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings
     assigned to them therein.

              SECTION 1.03.  Rules of Construction.  Unless the context 
                             ---------------------
     otherwise requires:

              (i)  a term has the meaning assigned to it;

              (ii) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning
         assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

              (iii)     "or" is not exclusive;

              (iv) words in the singular include the plural, and words in the
         plural include the singular;

              (v)  provisions apply to successive events and transactions;

              (vi) "herein," "hereof" and other words of similar import refer
         to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article,
         Section or other subdivision; and

              (vii)     all references to Sections or Articles refer to
         Sections or Articles of this Indenture unless otherwise indicated.


                                     ARTICLE TWO
                                    THE SECURITIES

              SECTION 2.01.  Form and Dating.  The Securities and the Trustee's
                             ---------------
     certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form annexed
     hereto as Exhibit A.  The Securities may have such appropriate insertions,
     omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted
     by the Indenture and may have letters, notations, legends or endorsements
     required by law, stock exchange agreements to which the Company is subject
     or usage.  Any portion of the text of any Security may be set forth on the
     reverse thereof, with an appropriate reference thereto on the face of the
     Security.  The Company shall approve the form of the Securities and any
     notation, legend or endorsement on the Securities.  Each Security shall be
     dated the date of its authentication.

              The terms and provisions contained in the form of the Securities
     annexed hereto as Exhibit A shall constitute, and are hereby expressly
     made, a part of this Indenture.  Each of the Company, the Guarantor and the
     Trustee, by its execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agrees
     to the terms and provisions of the Securities applicable to it and to be
     bound thereby.

              Securities offered and sold in reliance on Rule 144A shall be
     issued in the form of one or more permanent global Securities in registered
     form, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A (the "U.S. Global 
                                                                 ------------
     Security"), deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, 
     --------
     duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as
     hereinafter provided.  The aggregate principal amount at maturity of a U.S.
     Global Security may from time to time be increased or decreased by
     adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the
     Depositary or its nominee, as hereinafter provided.

              Securities offered and sold in offshore transactions in reliance
     on Regulation S shall be issued in the form of one or more single permanent
     global Securities in registered form substantially in the form set forth in
     Exhibit A (the "Offshore Global Security") deposited with the Trustee, as 
                     ------------------------
     custodian for the Depositary, duly executed by the Company and
     authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided.  The aggregate
     principal amount at maturity of an Offshore Global Security may from time
     to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made in the records of the
     Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary or its nominee, as herein
     provided.

              Securities which are offered and sold to Institutional Accredited
     Investors which are not QIBs (excluding Non-U.S. Persons) shall be issued
     in the form of permanent certificated Securities in registered form in
     substantially the form set forth in Exhibit A (the "U.S. Physical 
                                                         --------------
     Securities").  Securities issued pursuant to Section 2.07 in exchange for 
     ----------
     interests in a U.S. Global Security or an Offshore Global Security shall be
     in the form of U.S. Physical Securities or in the form of permanent
     certificated Securities in registered form substantially in the form set
     forth in Exhibit A (the "Offshore Physical Securities"), respectively.
                              ----------------------------

              The Offshore Physical Securities and U.S. Physical Securities are
     sometimes collectively herein referred to as the "Physical Securities".  
                                                       -------------------
     U.S. Global Securities and Offshore Global Securities are sometimes
     referred to as the "Global Securities".
                         -----------------

              The definitive Securities shall be typed, printed, lithographed
     or engraved or produced by any combination of these methods or may be
     produced in any other manner permitted by the rules of any securities
     exchange on which the Securities may be listed, all as determined by the
     officers executing such Securities, as evidenced by their execution of such
     Securities.

              SECTION 2.02.  Restrictive Legends.  Unless and until a Security 
                              -------------------
     is exchanged for an Exchange Security or otherwise disposed of in
     connection with an effective Registration Statement pursuant to the
     Registration Rights Agreement, (i) each U.S. Global Security and each U.S.
     Physical Security shall bear the legend, set forth below on the face
     thereof and (ii) each Offshore Physical Security and the Offshore Global
     Security shall bear the legend set forth below on the face thereof until at
     least 41 days after the Closing Date and receipt by the Company and the
     Trustee of a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto.

         THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF
         1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE
         OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR
         BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING
         SENTENCE.  BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT
         (A) IT IS A "QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER" (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A
         UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS
         ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH
         REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (C) IT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL
         "ACCREDITED INVESTOR" (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7)
         OF REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (AN "INSTITUTIONAL
         ACCREDITED INVESTOR"), (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT, WITHIN THE TIME
         PERIOD REFERRED TO IN RULE 144(k) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AS IN
         EFFECT ON THE  DATE OF THE TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE, RESELL OR OTHERWISE
         TRANSFER THIS NOTE EXCEPT (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY
         THEREOF, (B) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL
         BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,
         (C) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE
         WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION
         FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF
         AVAILABLE), (E) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO AN INSTITUTIONAL
         ACCREDITED INVESTOR THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES TO THE
         TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND
         AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (THE
         FORM OF WHICH LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) AND IF SUCH
         TRANSFER IS IN RESPECT OF AN ACCRETED VALUE OF NOTES AT THE TIME OF
         TRANSFER OF LESS THAN $250,000, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO
         THE COMPANY THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES
         ACT OR (F) AFTER REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, AND (3) AGREES
         THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE IS TRANSFERRED A
         NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND.  IN CONNECTION WITH
         ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE WITHIN THE TIME PERIOD REFERRED TO ABOVE,
         THE HOLDER MUST CHECK THE APPROPRIATE BOX SET FORTH ON THE REVERSE
         HEREOF RELATING TO THE MANNER OF SUCH TRANSFER AND SUBMIT THIS
         CERTIFICATE TO THE TRUSTEE.  AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS "OFFSHORE
         TRANSACTION", "UNITED STATES" AND "U.S. PERSON" HAVE THE MEANINGS
         GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.  THE INDENTURE
         CONTAINS A PROVISION REQUIRING THE TRUSTEE TO REFUSE TO REGISTER ANY
         TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN VIOLATION OF THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

              Each Global Security, whether or not an Exchange Security, shall
     also bear the following legend on the face thereof:

         UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF
         THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR
         REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED
         IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS
         IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY
         TRUST COMPANY OR SUCH OTHER REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST
         COMPANY OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
         REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (AND ANY PAYMENT
         HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS
         REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST
         COMPANY), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR
         OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED
         OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

         TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN
         WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF CEDE & CO. OR TO A
         SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR'S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF
         PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS
         MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 2.08
         OF THE INDENTURE.

               SECTION 2.03.  Execution, Authentication and Denominations.  The 
                              -------------------------------------------
     initial original issuance under this Indenture shall be an amount equal to
     $176,000,000 aggregate principal amount at maturity, and, subject to
     Article Four, the Company may from time to time issue additional
     Securities, the aggregate principal amount of which additional Securities
     that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited.

               The Securities shall be executed by an Officer of the Company
     listed in clause (i) of the definition of Officer herein and attested by an
     Officer of the Company listed in clause (i) or clause (ii) of the
     definition of Officer herein.  The signature of any of these Officers on
     the Securities may be by facsimile or manual signature in the name and on
     behalf of the Company.

               If an Officer whose signature is on a Security no longer holds
     that office at the time the Trustee or authenticating agent authenticates
     the Security, the Security shall be valid nevertheless.

               A Security shall not be valid until the Trustee or authenticating
     agent manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Security. 
     The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Security has been
     authenticated under this Indenture.

               Pursuant to and based upon a Company Order, the Trustee or an
     authenticating agent shall authenticate for original issue Securities
     registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary
     or other Person, as specified in the Company Order, and shall deliver such
     Global Securities to the Depositary or pursuant to the Depositary's
     instructions or to such other Person; provided that the Trustee shall be
     entitled to receive an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel of
     the Company in connection with such authentication of Securities.  The
     Opinion of Counsel shall, if requested by the Trustee, be to the effect
     that:

               (a)  the form and terms of such Securities have been established
          by or pursuant to a Board Resolution or an indenture supplemental
          hereto in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture;

               (b)  such supplemental indenture, if any, when executed and
          delivered by the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee, will
          constitute a valid and binding obligation of the Company and the
          Guarantor;

               (c)  such Securities, when authenticated and delivered by the
          Trustee and issued by the Company in the manner and subject to any
          conditions specified in such Opinion of Counsel, will constitute valid
          and binding obligations of the Company in accordance with their terms
          and will be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture, subject to
          bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization,
          moratorium and similar laws of general applicability relating to or
          affecting creditors' rights and to general equity principles; and

               (d)  the Company has been duly incorporated in, and is a validly
          existing corporation in good standing under the laws of, the State of
          Colorado.

     Such Company Order shall specify the amount of Securities to be
     authenticated and the date on which the original issue of Securities is to
     be authenticated.  The aggregate principal amount at maturity of Securities
     outstanding at any time may not exceed the amount set forth above except
     for Securities authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer
     of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Securities pursuant to
     Section 2.06, 2.09, 2.10 or 2.11.

               The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent to authenticate
     Securities.  An authenticating agent may authenticate Securities whenever
     the Trustee may do so.  Each reference in this Indenture to authentication
     by the Trustee includes authentication by such authenticating agent.  An
     authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with the
     Company or an Affiliate of the Company.

               The Securities shall be issuable only in registered form without
     coupons and only in denominations of $1,000 in principal amount at maturity
     and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

               SECTION 2.04.  Registrar and Paying Agent.  The Company shall 
                               --------------------------
     maintain an office or agency where Securities may be presented for
     registration of transfer or for exchange (the "Registrar"), an office or
                                                    ---------
     agency where Securities may be presented for payment (the "Paying Agent")
                                                                ------------
     and an office or agency where notices and demands to or upon the Company in
     respect of the Securities and this Indenture may be served, which shall be
     in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York.  The Company shall cause
     the Registrar to keep a register of the Securities and of their transfer
     and exchange (the "Security Register").  The Company may have one or more 
                        -----------------
     co-Registrars and one or more additional Paying Agents.

               The Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with
     any Agent not a party to this Indenture.  The agreement shall implement the
     provisions of this Indenture that relate to such Agent.  The Company shall
     give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the name and address of any
     such Agent and any change in the address of such Agent.  If the Company
     fails to maintain a Registrar, Paying Agent and/or agent for service of
     notices and demands, the Trustee shall act as such Registrar, Paying Agent
     and/or agent for service of notices and demands for so long as such failure
     shall continue.  The Company may remove any Agent upon written notice to
     such Agent and the Trustee; provided that no such removal shall become
     effective until (i) the acceptance of an appointment by a successor Agent
     to such Agent as evidenced by an appropriate agency agreement entered into
     by the Company and such successor Agent and delivered to the Trustee or
     (ii) notification to the Trustee that the Trustee shall serve as such Agent
     until the appointment of a successor Agent in accordance with clause (i) of
     this proviso.  The Company, any Subsidiary of the Company, or any Affiliate
     of any of them may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-Registrar, and/or
     agent for service of notice and demands; provided, however, that neither
     the Company, a Subsidiary of the Company nor an Affiliate of any of them
     shall act as Paying Agent in connection with the defeasance of the
     Securities or the discharge of this Indenture under Article Eight.

               The Company initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar, Paying
     Agent, authenticating agent and agent for service of notice and demands. 
     If, at any time, the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Registrar shall make
     available to the Trustee on or before each Interest Payment Date and at
     such other times as the Trustee may reasonably request, the names and
     addresses of the Holders as they appear in the Security Register.

               SECTION 2.05.  Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.  Not later 
                              -----------------------------------
     than 10:00 a.m. New York City time on each due date of the principal of,
     premium, if any, and interest on any Securities, the Company shall deposit
     with the Paying Agent money in immediately available funds sufficient to
     pay such principal, premium, if any, and interest so becoming due.  The
     Company shall require each Paying Agent, if any, other than the Trustee to
     agree in writing that such Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit
     of the Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the
     payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Securities
     (whether such money has been paid to it by the Company or any other obligor
     on the Securities), and that such Paying Agent shall promptly notify the
     Trustee of any default by the Company (or any other obligor on the
     Securities) in making any such payment.  The Company at any time may
     require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and
     account for any funds disbursed, and the Trustee may at any time during the
     continuance of any payment default, upon written request to a Paying Agent,
     require such Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to
     account for any funds disbursed.  Upon doing so, the Paying Agent shall
     have no further liability for the money so paid over to the Trustee.  If
     the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any Affiliate of any of
     them acts as Paying Agent, it will, on or before each due date of any
     principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Securities, segregate and
     hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders a sum of money
     sufficient to pay such principal, premium, if any, or interest so becoming
     due until such sum of money shall be paid to such Holders or otherwise
     disposed of as provided in this Indenture, and will promptly notify the
     Trustee of its action or failure to act as required by this Section 2.05.

               SECTION 2.06.  Transfer and Exchange.  The Securities are 
                              ---------------------
     issuable only in registered form.  A Holder may transfer a Security by
     written application to the Registrar stating the name of the proposed
     transferee and otherwise complying with the terms of this Indenture.  No
     such transfer shall be effected until, and such transferee shall succeed to
     the rights of a Holder only upon registration of the transfer by the
     Registrar in the Security Register.  Prior to the registration of any
     transfer by a Holder as provided herein, the Company, the Trustee, and any
     agent of the Company shall treat the person in whose name the Security is
     registered as the owner thereof for all purposes whether or not the
     Security shall be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee, nor any
     such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.  Furthermore, any
     Holder of a Global Security shall, by acceptance of such Global Security,
     agree that transfers of beneficial interests in such Global Security may be
     effected only through a book-entry system maintained by the Depositary (or
     its agent), and that ownership of a beneficial interest in the Security
     shall be required to be reflected in a book entry.  When Securities are
     presented to the Registrar or a co-Registrar with a request to register the
     transfer or to exchange them for an equal principal amount at maturity of
     Securities of other authorized denominations (including on exchange of
     Securities for Exchange Securities), the Registrar shall register the
     transfer or make the exchange as requested if its requirements for such
     transactions are met; provided that no exchanges of Securities for Exchange
     Securities shall occur until a Registration Statement shall have been
     declared effective by the Commission and that any Securities that are
     exchanged for Exchange Securities shall be cancelled by the Trustee.  To
     permit registrations of transfers and exchanges in accordance with the
     terms, conditions and restrictions hereof, the Company shall execute and
     the Trustee shall authenticate Securities at the Registrar's request.  No
     service charge shall be made to any Holder for any registration of transfer
     or exchange or redemption of the Securities, but the Company may require
     payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar
     governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such
     transfer taxes or other similar governmental charge payable upon transfers,
     exchanges or redemptions pursuant to Section 2.11, 3.08, 4.11, 4.12 or
     9.04).

               The Registrar shall not be required (i) to issue, register the
     transfer of or exchange any Security during a period beginning at the
     opening of business 15 days before the day of the mailing of a notice of
     redemption of Securities selected for redemption under Section 3.03 or
     Section 3.08 and ending at the close of business on the day of such
     mailing, or (ii) to register the transfer of or exchange any Security so
     selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion
     of any Security being redeemed in part.

               SECTION 2.07.  Book-Entry Provisions for Global Securities. 
                              -------------------------------------------
      (a)  Each U.S. Global Security and Offshore Global Security initially
     shall (i) be registered in the name of the Depositary for such Global
     Securities or the nominee of such Depositary, (ii) be delivered to the
     Trustee as custodian for such Depositary and (iii) bear legends as set
     forth in Section 2.02.

               Members of, or participants in, the Depositary ("Agent Members")
                                                                -------------
     shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global
     Security held on their behalf by the Depositary, or the Trustee as its
     custodian, or under any Global Security, and the Depositary may be treated
     by the Company, the Guarantor, the Trustee and any agent of the Company,
     the Guarantor or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Security
     for all purposes whatsoever.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein
     shall prevent the Company, the Guarantor, the Trustee or any agent of the
     Company, the Guarantor or the Trustee, from giving effect to any written
     certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or
     impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of
     customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a beneficial
     owner of any Security.

               (b)  Transfers of a Global Security shall be limited to transfers
     of such  Global Security in whole, but not in part, to the Depositary, its
     successors or their respective nominees.  Interests of beneficial owners in
     a Global Security may be transferred in accordance with the applicable
     rules and procedures of the Depositary and the provisions of Section 2.08. 
     In addition, Offshore Physical Securities shall be transferred to all
     beneficial owners in exchange for their beneficial interests in a U.S.
     Global Securities or an Offshore Global Security, respectively, if (i) the
     Depositary notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue
     as Depositary for the U.S. Global Securities or the Offshore Global
     Securities, as the case may be, and a successor depositary is not appointed
     by the Company within 90 days of such notice or (ii) an Event of Default
     has occurred and is continuing and the Registrar has received a request to
     the foregoing effect from the Depositary.

               (c)  Any beneficial interest in one of the Global Securities that
     is transferred to a person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in
     the other Global Security will, upon transfer, cease to be an interest in
     such Global Security and become an interest in the other Global Security
     and, accordingly, will thereafter be subject to all transfer restrictions,
     if any, and other procedures applicable to beneficial interests in such
     other Global Security for as long as it remains such an interest.

               (d)  In connection with any transfer pursuant to paragraph (b) of
     this Section of a portion of the beneficial interests in a U.S. Global
     Security to beneficial owners who are required to hold U.S. Physical
     Securities, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date
     and a decrease in the principal amount at maturity of such U.S. Global
     Security in an amount equal to the principal amount at maturity of the
     beneficial interest in such U.S. Global Security to be transferred, and the
     Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, one
     or more U.S. Physical Securities of like tenor and amount.

               (e)  In connection with the transfer of the entire set of U.S.
     Global Securities or Offshore Global Securities to beneficial owners
     pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section, the U.S. Global Securities or
     Offshore Global Securities, as the case may be, shall be deemed to be
     surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Company shall execute,
     and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, to each beneficial owner
     identified by the Depositary in exchange for its beneficial interest in the
     U.S. Global Securities or Offshore Global Securities, as the case may be,
     an equal aggregate principal amount at maturity of U.S. Physical Securities
     or Offshore Physical Securities, as the case may be, of authorized
     denominations.

               (f)  Any U.S. Physical Security delivered in exchange for an
     interest in a U.S. Global Security pursuant to paragraph (b) or (d) of this
     Section shall, except as otherwise provided by paragraph (f)(i)(x) and
     paragraph (d) of Section 2.08, bear the legend regarding transfer
     restrictions applicable to the U.S. Physical Security set forth in
     Section 2.02.

               (g)  The registered holder of a Global Security may grant proxies
     and otherwise authorize any person, including Agent Members and persons
     that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a
     Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Securities.

               (h)  QIBs that are beneficial owners of interests in a Global
     Security may receive Physical Securities (which shall bear the Private
     Placement Legend if required by Section 2.02) in accordance with the
     procedures of the Depositary.  In connection with the execution,
     authentication and delivery of such Physical Securities, the Registrar
     shall reflect on its books and records a decrease in the principal amount
     of the relevant Global Security equal to the principal amount of such
     Physical Securities and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall
     authenticate and deliver one or more Physical Securities having an equal
     aggregate principal amount.

               SECTION 2.08.  Special Transfer Provisions.  Unless and until a 
                            ---------------------------
     Security is exchanged for an Exchange Security in connection with an
     effective Registration Statement pursuant to the Registration Rights
     Agreement, the following provisions shall apply:

               (a)  Transfers to QIBs.  The following provisions shall apply 
                    -----------------
     with respect to the registration of any proposed transfer of a U.S.
     Physical Security or an interest in a U.S. Global Security to a QIB
     (excluding Non-U.S. Persons):

               (i)  If the Security to be transferred consists of (x) U.S.
          Physical Securities, the Registrar shall register the transfer if such
          transfer is being made by a proposed transferor who has checked the
          box provided for on the form of Security stating, or has otherwise
          advised the Company and the Registrar in writing, that the sale has
          been made in compliance with the provisions of Rule 144A to a
          transferee who has signed the certification provided for on the form
          of Security stating, or has otherwise advised the Company and the
          Registrar in writing, that it is purchasing the Security for its own
          account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole
          investment discretion and that it and any such account is a QIB within
          the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being
          made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received
          such information regarding the Company as it has requested pursuant to
          Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that
          it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing
          representations in order to claim the exemption from registration
          provided by Rule 144A or (y) an interest in a U.S. Global Security,
          the transfer of such interest may be effected only through the book
          entry system maintained by the Depositary.

               (ii) If the proposed transferor is an Agent Member, and the
          Security to be transferred consists of U.S. Physical Securities, upon
          receipt by the Registrar of the documents referred to in clause (i)
          and instructions given in accordance with the Depositary's and the
          Registrar's procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and
          records the date and an increase in the principal amount at maturity
          of such U.S. Global Security in an amount equal to the principal
          amount at maturity of the U.S. Physical Securities to be transferred,
          and the Trustee shall cancel the Physical Security so transferred.

               (b)  Transfers of Interests in Offshore Global Securities or 
                    --------------------------------------------------------
     Offshore Physical Securities to U.S. Persons.  The following provisions 
     --------------------------------------------
     shall apply with respect to any transfer of interests in Offshore Global
     Securities or Offshore Physical Securities to U.S. Persons:  

               (i)  prior to the removal of the Private Placement Legend from
          Offshore Global Securities or Offshore Physical Securities pursuant to
          Section 2.02, the Registrar shall refuse to register such transfer;
          and 

               (ii) after such removal, the Registrar shall register the
          transfer of any such Security without requiring any additional
          certification.

               (c)  Transfers to Non-U.S. Persons at Any Time.  The following 
                    -----------------------------------------
     provisions shall apply with respect to any transfer of a Security to a Non-
     U.S. Person:

               (i)  The Registrar shall register any proposed transfer to any
          Non-U.S. Person if the Security to be transferred is a U.S. Physical
          Security or an interest in a U.S. Global Security only upon receipt of
          a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C from the proposed
          transferor.

               (ii) (a) If the proposed transferor is an Agent Member holding a
          beneficial interest in a U.S. Global Security, upon receipt by the
          Registrar of (x) the documents required by paragraph (i) and
          (y) instructions in accordance with the Depositary's and the
          Registrar's procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and
          records the date and a decrease in the principal amount at maturity of
          such U.S. Global Security in an amount equal to the principal amount
          at maturity of the beneficial interest in the U.S. Global Security to
          be transferred, and (b) if the proposed transferee is an Agent Member,
          upon receipt by the Registrar of instructions given in accordance with
          the Depositary's and the Registrar's procedures, the Registrar shall
          reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the
          principal amount at maturity of such Offshore Global Security in an
          amount equal to the principal amount at maturity of the U.S. Physical
          Securities or the U.S. Global Securities, as the case may be, to be
          transferred, and the Trustee shall cancel the Physical Security, if
          any, so transferred or decrease the amount of the U.S. Global
          Securities.

               (d)  Private Placement Legend.  Upon the transfer, exchange or 
                    ------------------------
     replacement of Securities not bearing the Private Placement Legend, the
     Registrar shall deliver Securities that do not bear the Private Placement
     Legend.  Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Securities bearing
     the Private Placement Legend, the Registrar shall deliver only Securities
     that bear the Private Placement Legend unless either (i) the Private
     Placement Legend is no longer required by Section 2.02, (ii) there is
     delivered to the Registrar an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to
     the Company and the Trustee to the effect that neither such legend nor the
     related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain
     compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act or (iii) the Private
     Placement Legend is no longer required by Section 2.02.

               (e)  General.  By its acceptance of any Security bearing the 
                    -------
     Private Placement Legend, each Holder of such a Security acknowledges the
     restrictions on transfer of such Security set forth in this Indenture and
     in the Private Placement Legend and agrees that it will transfer such
     Security only as provided in this Indenture.  The Registrar shall not
     register a transfer of any Security unless such transfer complies with the
     restrictions on transfer of such Security set forth in this Indenture.  In
     connection with any transfer of Securities to an Institutional Accredited
     Investor, each Holder agrees by its acceptance of the Securities to furnish
     the Registrar or the Company such certifications, legal opinions or other
     information as either of them may reasonably require to confirm that such
     transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or a transaction not
     subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act; provided
     that the Registrar shall not be required to determine (but may rely on a
     determination made by the Company with respect to) the sufficiency of any
     such certifications, legal opinions or other information.

               (f)  Transfers to Non-QIB Institutional Accredited Investors.  
                    -------------------------------------------------------
     The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration of
     any proposed transfer of a Security to any Institutional Accredited
     Investor which is not a QIB (excluding Non-U.S. Persons):

               (i)  The Registrar shall register the transfer of any Security,
          whether or not such Security bears the Private Placement Legend, if
          (x) the requested transfer is after the time period referred to in
          Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act as in effect with respect to such
          transfer or (y) the proposed transferee has delivered to the Registrar
          (A) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto and
          (B) if the aggregate Accreted Value of the Securities being
          transferred is less than $250,000 at the time of such transfer, an
          Opinion of Counsel acceptable to the Company that such transfer is in
          compliance with the Securities Act.

               (ii) If the proposed transferor is an Agent Member holding a
          beneficial interest in a U.S. Global Security, upon receipt by the
          Registrar of (x) the documents, if any, required by paragraph (i) and
          (y) instructions given in accordance with the Depositary's and the
          Registrar's procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and
          records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of such U.S.
          Global Security in an amount equal to the principal amount of the
          beneficial interest in the U.S. Global Security to be transferred, and
          the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and
          deliver, one or more U.S. Physical Securities of like tenor and
          amount.

               The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and
     other written communications received pursuant to Section 2.07 or this
     Section 2.08.  The Company shall have the right to inspect and make copies
     of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any
     reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable written notice to the
     Registrar.

               SECTION 2.09.  Replacement Securities.  If a mutilated Security 
                            ----------------------
     is surrendered to the Trustee or if the Holder claims that the Security has
     been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Company shall issue and the
     Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Security of like tenor and
     principal amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding;
     provided that the requirements of the second paragraph of Section 2.10 are
     met.  If required by the Trustee or the Company, an indemnity bond must be
     furnished that is sufficient in the judgment of both the Trustee and the
     Company to protect the Company, the Trustee or any Agent from any loss that
     any of them may suffer if a Security is replaced.  The Company may charge
     such Holder for its expenses and the expenses of the Trustee in replacing a
     Security.  In case any such mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken
     Security has become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in
     its discretion may pay such Security instead of issuing a new Security in
     replacement thereof.

               Every replacement Security is an additional obligation of the
     Company and shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.

               SECTION 2.10.  Outstanding Securities.  Securities outstanding at
                            ----------------------
     any time are all Securities that have been authenticated by the Trustee
     except for those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation
     and those described in this Section 2.10 as not outstanding (the
     "Outstanding Securities").
      ----------------------

               If a Security is replaced pursuant to Section 2.09, it ceases to
     be outstanding unless and until the Trustee and the Company receive proof
     reasonably satisfactory to them that the replaced Security is held by a
     bona fide purchaser.

               If the Paying Agent (other than the Company or an Affiliate of
     the Company) holds on the maturity date money sufficient to pay Securities
     payable on that date, then on and after that date such Securities cease to
     be outstanding and interest on them shall cease to accrue.

               A Security does not cease to be outstanding because the Company
     or one of its Affiliates holds such Security, provided, however, that, in
     determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount at
     maturity of the outstanding Securities have given any request, demand,
     authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, Securities
     owned by the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any
     Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor shall be disregarded and
     deemed not to be outstanding, except that, in determining whether the
     Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand,
     authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Securities which
     the Trustee knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded.  Securities so
     owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as outstanding
     if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee's
     right so to act with respect to such Securities and that the pledgee is not
     the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of
     the Company or of such other obligor.

               SECTION 2.11.  Temporary Securities.  Until definitive Securities
                            --------------------
     are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee shall
     authenticate temporary Securities.  Temporary Securities shall be
     substantially in the form of definitive Securities but may have insertions,
     substitutions, omissions and other variations determined to be appropriate
     by the Officers executing the temporary Securities, as evidenced by their
     execution of such temporary Securities.  If temporary Securities are
     issued, the Company will cause definitive Securities to be prepared without
     unreasonable delay.  After the preparation of definitive Securities, the
     temporary Securities shall be exchangeable for definitive Securities upon
     surrender of the temporary Securities at the office or agency of the
     Company designated for such purpose pursuant to Section 4.02, without
     charge to the Holder.  Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more
     temporary Securities the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall
     authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a like principal amount at
     maturity of definitive Securities of authorized denominations.  Until so
     exchanged, the temporary Securities shall be entitled to the same benefits
     under this Indenture as definitive Securities.

               SECTION 2.12.  Cancellation.  The Company at any time may deliver
                            ------------
     to the Trustee for cancellation any Securities previously authenticated and
     delivered hereunder which the Company may have acquired in any manner
     whatsoever, and may deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Securities
     previously authenticated hereunder which the Company has not issued and
     sold.  The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any
     Securities surrendered to them for transfer, exchange or payment.  The
     Trustee shall cancel all Securities surrendered for transfer, exchange,
     payment or cancellation and shall destroy them in accordance with its
     normal procedure.  The Company shall not issue new Securities to replace
     Securities it has paid in full or delivered to the Trustee for
     cancellation.

               SECTION 2.13.  CUSIP Numbers.  The Company in issuing the 
                            -------------
     Securities may use "CUSIP" and "CINS" numbers (if then generally in use),
     and the Trustee shall use CUSIP numbers or CINS numbers, as the case may
     be, in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders;
     provided that any such notice shall state that no representation is made as
     to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or
     as contained in any notice of redemption or exchange and that reliance may
     be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the
     Securities.

               SECTION 2.14.  Defaulted Interest.  If the Company defaults in a
                            ------------------
     payment of interest on the Securities, it shall pay, or shall deposit with
     the Paying Agent money in immediately available funds sufficient to pay the
     defaulted interest, plus (to the extent lawful)  interest on the defaulted
     interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record
     date.  A special record date, as used in this Section 2.14 with respect to
     the payment of any defaulted interest, shall mean the 15th day next
     preceding the date fixed by the Company for the payment of defaulted
     interest, whether or not such day is a Business Day.  At least 15 days
     before the subsequent special record date, the Company shall mail to each
     Holder and to the Trustee a notice that states the subsequent special
     record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest to be
     paid.


                                    ARTICLE THREE
                                      REDEMPTION

               SECTION 3.01.  Right of Redemption.  (a)  The Securities may be 
                            -------------------
     redeemed at the election of the Company, in whole or in part, at any time
     and from time to time on or after March 15, 2002 and prior to maturity,
     upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' prior notice mailed by first-
     class mail to each Holder's last address as it appears in the Security
     Register, at the following Redemption Prices (expressed in percentages of
     their principal amount at maturity), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if
     any, to the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on
     the relevant Regular Record Date that is on or prior to the Redemption Date
     to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date that is on or prior to
     the Redemption Date) if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on
     March 15 of the applicable year set forth below:

                                             Redemption
                    Year                         Price    
                    ----                     -------------
                    2002                     105.81250% 
                    2003                     102.90625
                    2004 and thereafter      100.00000

               (b)  In addition, at any time on or prior to March 15, 2000, the
     Company may, at its option from time to time, redeem Securities having an
     aggregate principal amount of up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount
     of all issued Securities, at a redemption price equal to 111 5/8% of the
     Accreted Value thereof on the Redemption Date, with proceeds of one or more
     Public Equity Offerings of Common Stock of (A) the Guarantor or (B) the
     Company, provided that (i) with respect to a Public Equity Offering
     referred to in clause (A) above, cash proceeds of such Public Equity
     Offering in an amount sufficient to effect the redemption of Securities to
     be so redeemed are contributed by the Guarantor to the Company prior to
     such redemption and used by the Company to effect such redemption and
     (ii) such redemption occurs within 180 days after consummation of such
     Public Equity Offering.

               SECTION 3.02.  Notices to Trustee.  If the Company elects to 
                            ------------------
     redeem Securities pursuant to Section 3.01, it shall notify the Trustee in
     writing of the Redemption Date and the principal amount at maturity of
     Securities to be redeemed.

               The Company shall give each notice provided for in this Section
     3.02 in an Officers' Certificate at least 60 days before the Redemption
     Date (unless a shorter period shall be satisfactory to the Trustee).

               SECTION 3.03.  Selection of Securities to Be Redeemed.  If less 
                            --------------------------------------
     than all of the Securities are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee
     shall select the Securities to be redeemed in compliance with the
     requirements, as certified to it by the Company, of the principal national
     securities exchange, if any, on which the Securities are listed or, if the
     Securities are not listed on a national securities exchange, on a pro rata
     basis or by lot; provided that no Securities of $1,000 in principal amount
     at maturity or less shall be redeemed in part.

               The Trustee shall make the selection from the Securities
     outstanding and not previously called for redemption.  Securities in
     denominations of $1,000 in principal amount at maturity may only be
     redeemed in whole.  The Trustee may select for redemption portions (equal
     to $1,000 in principal amount at maturity or any integral multiple thereof)
     of Securities that have denominations larger than $1,000 in principal
     amount at maturity.  Provisions of this Indenture that apply to Securities
     called for redemption also apply to portions of Securities called for
     redemption.  The Trustee shall notify the Company and the Registrar
     promptly in writing of the Securities or portions of Securities to be
     called for redemption.

               SECTION 3.04.  Notice of Redemption.  With respect to any
                            --------------------
     redemption of Securities pursuant to Section 3.01, at least 30 days but not
     more than 60 days before a Redemption Date, the Company shall mail a notice
     of redemption by first class mail to each Holder whose Securities are to be
     redeemed.

               The notice shall identify the Securities to be redeemed and shall
     state:

               (i)  the Redemption Date;

               (ii) the Redemption Price;

               (iii)     the name and address of the Paying Agent;

               (iv) that Securities called for redemption must be surrendered to
          the Paying Agent in order to collect the Redemption Price;

               (v)  that, unless the Company defaults in making the redemption
          payment, interest on Securities called for redemption ceases to accrue
          on and after the Redemption Date and the only remaining right of the
          Holders is to receive payment of the Redemption Price plus accrued
          interest to the Redemption Date upon surrender of the Securities to
          the Paying Agent;

               (vi) that, if any Security is being redeemed in part, the portion
          of the principal amount at maturity (equal to $1,000 in principal
          amount at maturity or any integral multiple thereof) of such Security
          to be redeemed and that, on and after the Redemption Date, upon
          surrender of such Security, a new Security or Securities in principal
          amount at maturity equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be
          reissued; and

               (vii)     that, if any Security contains a CUSIP number as
          provided in Section 2.13, no representation is being made as to the
          correctness of the CUSIP number either as printed on the Securities or
          as contained in the notice of redemption and that reliance may be
          placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the
          Securities.

               At the Company's request (which request may be revoked by the
     Company at any time prior to the time at which the Trustee shall have given
     such notice to the Holders), made in writing to the Trustee at least
     60 days (or such shorter period as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee)
     before a Redemption Date, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption
     in the name and at the expense of the Company.  If, however, the Company
     gives such notice to the Holders, the Company shall concurrently deliver to
     the Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that such notice has been
     given.

               SECTION 3.05.  Effect of Notice of Redemption.  Once notice of 
                            ------------------------------
     redemption is mailed, Securities called for redemption become due and
     payable on the Redemption Date and at the Redemption Price.  Upon surrender
     of any Securities to the Paying Agent, such Securities shall be paid at the
     Redemption Price, plus accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date.  

               Notice of redemption shall be deemed to be given when mailed,
     whether or not the Holder receives the notice.  In any event, failure to
     give such notice, or any defect therein, shall not affect the validity of
     the proceedings for the redemption of Securities held by Holders to whom
     such notice was properly given.

               SECTION 3.06.  Deposit of Redemption Price.  On or prior to any 
                            ---------------------------
     Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if
     the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in
     trust as provided in Section 2.05) money sufficient to pay the Redemption
     Price of and accrued interest on all Securities to be redeemed on that date
     other than Securities or portions thereof called for redemption on that
     date that have been delivered by the Company to the Trustee for
     cancellation.

               SECTION 3.07.  Payment of Securities Called for Redemption.  If 
                              -------------------------------------------
     notice of redemption has been given in the manner provided above, the
     Securities or portion of Securities specified in such notice to be redeemed
     shall become due and payable on the Redemption Date at the Redemption Price
     stated therein, together with accrued interest to such Redemption Date, and
     on and after such date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of
     such Securities at the Redemption Price and accrued interest to the
     Redemption Date, in which case the principal, until paid, shall bear
     interest from the Redemption Date at the rate prescribed in the
     Securities), such Securities shall cease to accrue interest.  Upon
     surrender of any Security for redemption in accordance with a notice of
     redemption, such Security shall be paid and redeemed by the Company at the
     Redemption Price, together with accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption
     Date; provided that installments of interest whose Stated Maturity is on or
     prior to the Redemption Date shall be payable to the Holders registered as
     such at the close of business on the relevant Regular Record Date.

               SECTION 3.08.  Securities Redeemed in Part.  Upon surrender of
                            ---------------------------
     any Security that is redeemed in part, the Company shall execute and the
     Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder a new Security equal
     in principal amount at maturity to the unredeemed portion of such
     surrendered Security.


                                     ARTICLE FOUR
                                      COVENANTS

               SECTION 4.01.  Payment of Securities.  The Company shall pay the 
                            ---------------------
     principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Securities on the dates
     and in the manner provided in the Securities and this Indenture.  An
     installment of principal, premium, if any, or interest shall be considered
     paid on the date due if the Trustee or Paying Agent (other than the
     Company, a Subsidiary of the Company, or any Affiliate of any of them)
     holds on that date money designated for and sufficient to pay the
     installment.  If the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any
     Affiliate of any of them, acts as Paying Agent, an installment of
     principal, premium, if any, or interest shall be considered paid on the due
     date if the entity acting as Paying Agent complies with the last sentence
     of Section 2.05.  As provided in Section 6.09, upon any bankruptcy or
     reorganization procedure relative to the Company, the Trustee shall serve
     as the Paying Agent and conversion agent, if any, for the Securities.

               The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal, premium, if
     any, and interest on overdue installments of interest, to the extent
     lawful, at the rate per annum specified in the Securities.

               SECTION 4.02.  Maintenance of Office or Agency.  The Company will
                            -------------------------------
     maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York an office or
     agency where Securities may be surrendered for registration of transfer or
     exchange or for presentation for payment and where notices and demands to
     or upon the Company in respect of the Securities and this Indenture may be
     served.  The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the
     location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency.  If at
     any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or
     agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such
     presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the
     address of the Trustee set forth in Section 11.02.

               The Company may also from time to time designate one or more
     other offices or agencies where the Securities may be presented or
     surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind
     such designations; provided that no such designation or rescission shall in
     any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or
     agency in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York for such purposes.
     The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such
     designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such
     other office or agency.

               The Company hereby initially designates the Corporate Trust
     Office of the Trustee, located in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New
     York, as such office of the Company in accordance with Section 2.04.

               SECTION 4.03.  Limitation on Indebtedness.  (a)  The Guarantor 
                            --------------------------
     will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, Incur
     any Indebtedness (other than the Securities, the Guarantor's Guarantee
     thereof and Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date); provided that the
     Guarantor and the Company may Incur Indebtedness if, after giving effect to
     the Incurrence of such Indebtedness and the receipt and application of the
     proceeds therefrom, the Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio would be greater than
     zero and less than 5:1.

               Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Guarantor and any Restricted
     Subsidiary (except as specified below) may Incur each and all of the
     following:

               (i)  Indebtedness of the Guarantor or the Company outstanding at
          any time, which Indebtedness generates gross proceeds to the Guarantor
          or the Company of up to $400 million, less the gross proceeds of
          Indebtedness permanently repaid as provided under Section 4.11;
          provided that (A) Indebtedness generating gross proceeds to the
          Guarantor or the Company of up to $150 million may be Incurred under
          this clause (i) with no additional requirements and (B) prior to, or
          contemporaneously with, the Incurrence of Indebtedness generating all
          or any part of the remaining $250 million of gross proceeds referred
          to under this clause (i), the Guarantor or the Company shall have
          issued or shall issue preferred stock (which has a final stated
          redemption date later than the Stated Maturity of the 13 1/2% Notes)
          generating an amount of gross proceeds equal to or greater than the
          amount of Indebtedness so Incurred and (x) with respect to preferred
          stock issued on the same date as Indebtedness Incurred under this
          clause (a)(i)(B), having a dividend rate of no more than 2.75
          percentage points higher than the interest rate on the Indebtedness so
          Incurred, and (y) with respect to preferred stock issued at any other
          time which will be applied to satisfy the criteria under this clause
          (a)(i)(B), having a secondary market yield, on the same date as the
          Indebtedness so Incurred, which a nationally recognized investment
          banking firm certifies to the Trustee is no more than 2.75 percentage
          points higher than the interest rate on the Indebtedness that is being
          Incurred pursuant to this clause (a)(i)(B);

               (ii) Indebtedness to the Guarantor or any of its Wholly Owned
          Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that any subsequent issuance or
          transfer of any Capital Stock which results in any such Wholly Owned
          Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Wholly Owned Restricted
          Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of such Indebtedness (other than
          to the Guarantor or another Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary) shall
          be deemed, in each case, to constitute an Incurrence of such
          Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (ii);

               (iii)     Indebtedness issued in exchange for, or the net
          proceeds of which are used to refinance or refund, then outstanding
          Indebtedness, other than Indebtedness Incurred under clause (i), (ii),
          (v), (vi), (viii), (ix), (xi) or (xii) of this paragraph, and any
          refinancings thereof in an amount not to exceed the amount so
          refinanced or refunded (plus premiums, accrued interest, fees and
          expenses); provided that Indebtedness the proceeds of which are used
          to refinance or refund the Securities or Indebtedness that is pari
          passu with, or subordinated in right of payment to, the Securities or
          the Security Guarantee shall only be permitted under this clause (iii)
          if (A) in case the Securities are refinanced in part or the
          Indebtedness to be refinanced is pari passu with the Securities or the
          Security Guarantee, as the case may be, such new Indebtedness, by its
          terms or by the terms of any agreement or instrument pursuant to which
          such new Indebtedness is outstanding, is expressly made pari passu
          with, or subordinate in right of payment to, the remaining Securities
          or the Security Guarantee, as the case may be, (B) in case the
          Indebtedness to be refinanced is subordinated in right of payment to
          the Securities or the Security Guarantee, as the case may be, such new
          Indebtedness, by its terms or by the terms of any agreement or
          instrument pursuant to which such new Indebtedness is issued or
          remains outstanding, is expressly made subordinate in right of payment
          to the Securities or the Security Guarantee, as the case may be, at
          least to the extent that the Indebtedness to be refinanced is
          subordinated to the Securities or the Security Guarantee, as the case
          may be and (C) such new Indebtedness, determined as of the date of
          Incurrence of such new Indebtedness, does not mature prior to the
          Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness to be refinanced or refunded, and
          the Average Life of such new Indebtedness is at least equal to the
          remaining Average Life of the Indebtedness to be refinanced or
          refunded; and provided further that in no event may Indebtedness of
          the Guarantor or the Company be refinanced by means of any
          Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Guarantor or the
          Company, as the case may be, pursuant to this clause (iii);

               (iv) Indebtedness (A) in respect of performance, surety or appeal
          bonds provided in the ordinary course of business, (B) under Currency
          Agreements and Interest Rate Agreements; provided that such agreements
          do not increase the Indebtedness of the obligor outstanding at any
          time other than as a result of fluctuations in foreign currency
          exchange rates or interest rates or by reason of fees, indemnities and
          compensation payable thereunder, and (C) arising from agreements
          providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar
          obligations, or from Guarantees or letters of credit, surety bonds or
          performance bonds securing any obligations of the Company or any of
          its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to such agreements, in any case
          Incurred in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or
          Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than Guarantees of
          Indebtedness Incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of
          such business, assets or Restricted Subsidiary of the Company for the
          purpose of financing such acquisition), in a principal amount at
          maturity not to exceed the gross proceeds actually received by the
          Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such
          disposition; 

               (v)  Indebtedness of the Guarantor or, to the extent the proceeds
          referred to below are contributed to the Company, the Company not to
          exceed, at any one time outstanding, twice the amount of Net Cash
          Proceeds received by the Guarantor after the Closing Date from the
          issuance and sale of its Capital Stock (other than Redeemable Stock);
          provided that such Indebtedness does not mature prior to the Stated
          Maturity of the Securities and has an Average Life longer than the
          Securities;

               (vi) Strategic Investor Subordinated Indebtedness; 

               (vii)     Indebtedness of the Guarantor or the Company, to the
          extent the proceeds thereof are immediately used after the Incurrence
          thereof to purchase Securities, 13 1/2% Notes and/or 12 1/2% Notes
          tendered in an Offer to Purchase or an offer to purchase, as the case
          may be, made as a result of a Change of Control or a change of
          control, as the case may be; 

               (viii)    Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary of the
          Guarantor Incurred pursuant to any credit agreement (including
          equipment leasing or financing agreements) of such Restricted
          Subsidiary in effect on August 8, 1995 (or any agreement refinancing
          Indebtedness under such credit agreement), up to the amount of the
          commitment under such credit agreement on August 8, 1995; 

               (ix) Indebtedness of the Guarantor or the Company, in an amount
          not to exceed $100 million at any one time outstanding, consisting of
          Capitalized Lease Obligations with respect to assets that are used or
          useful in the telecommunications business of the Guarantor or its
          Restricted Subsidiaries; 

               (x)  Indebtedness Incurred to defease the Securities; 

               (xi) Indebtedness of any Person that becomes a Restricted
          Subsidiary of the Guarantor after March 31, 1996, which Indebtedness
          exists or for which there is a commitment to lend at the time such
          Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and subsequent Incurrences
          thereof ("Acquired Indebtedness"), in an accreted amount not to exceed
                  ---------------------
          $50 million at any one time outstanding in the aggregate for all such
          Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that such Acquired Indebtedness does
          not exceed 65% of the consideration (calculated by including the
          Acquired Indebtedness as a part of such consideration) for the
          acquisition of such Person; 

               (xii)     Indebtedness of the Guarantor or the Company, in an
          amount not to exceed $30 million at any one time outstanding,
          consisting of letters of credit and similar arrangements used to
          support obligations of the Guarantor or any of its Restricted
          Subsidiaries with respect to the acquisition of (by purchase, lease or
          otherwise), construction of, or improvements on, assets that will be
          used or useful in the telecommunications business of the Guarantor or
          its Restricted Subsidiaries; and 

               (xiii)    Indebtedness Incurred to finance the cost (including
          the cost of design, development, construction, installation or
          integration) of assets, equipment or inventory used or useful in the
          telecommunications business of the Guarantor or any of its Restricted
          Subsidiaries that is acquired by the Guarantor or any of its
          Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date. 

               (b)  For purposes of determining any particular amount of
     Indebtedness under this Section 4.03, (1) Indebtedness of any Restricted
     Subsidiary of the Guarantor Incurred on or prior to the Closing Date
     pursuant to any credit agreement (including equipment leasing or financing
     agreements) of such Restricted Subsidiary in effect on the Closing Date
     shall be treated as Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(a)(viii), (2) any
     Liens granted pursuant to the equal and ratable provisions referred to in
     the first paragraph of Section 4.09 shall not be treated as Indebtedness
     and (3) Guarantees, Liens or obligations with respect to letters of credit
     supporting Indebtedness otherwise included in the determination of such
     particular amount shall not be included.  For purposes of determining
     compliance with this Section 4.03, in the event that an item of
     Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the types of
     Indebtedness described in clauses (i) through (xiii) of Section 4.03(a),
     the Company, in its sole discretion, shall classify such item of
     Indebtedness and only be required to include the amount and type of such
     Indebtedness in one of such clauses.

               Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.03, (i) the
     maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Guarantor or any Restricted
     Subsidiary may Incur pursuant to this Section 4.03 shall not be deemed to
     be exceeded due solely to fluctuations in the exchange rates of currencies
     and (ii) the Guarantor and the Company may not Incur any Indebtedness that
     is expressly subordinated to any other Indebtedness of the Guarantor or the
     Company, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness, by its terms or the
     terms of any agreement or instrument pursuant to which such Indebtedness is
     outstanding, is also expressly made subordinate to the Security Guarantee
     or the Securities, as the case may be, at least to the extent that such
     Indebtedness is subordinated to such other Indebtedness; provided that the
     limitation in this clause (ii) shall not apply to distinctions between
     categories of unsubordinated Indebtedness which exist by reason of (a) any
     liens or other encumbrances arising or created in respect of some but not
     all unsubordinated Indebtedness, (b) intercreditor agreements between
     holders of different classes of unsubordinated Indebtedness or (c)
     different maturities or prepayment provisions.

               SECTION 4.04.  Limitation on Restricted Payments.  So long as any
                            ---------------------------------
     of the Securities are outstanding, the Guarantor will not, and will not
     permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, (i) declare or
     pay any dividend or make any distribution on its Capital Stock held by
     Persons other than the Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
     (other than dividends or distributions payable solely in shares of its or
     such Restricted Subsidiary's Capital Stock (other than Redeemable Stock) of
     the same class held by such holders or in options, warrants or other rights
     to acquire such shares of Capital Stock and other than pro rata dividends
     or distributions on Common Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries), (ii)
     purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value any shares of
     Capital Stock of the Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary (including
     options, warrants or other rights to acquire such shares of Capital Stock)
     held by Persons other than the Guarantor or any of its Wholly Owned
     Restricted Subsidiaries (except for Capital Stock of ChoiceCom, MTN,
     StarCom, Ohio LINX, FOTI and Zycom to the extent the consideration therefor
     consists solely of Common Stock (other than Redeemable Stock) of the
     Guarantor transferred in compliance with the Securities Act), (iii) make
     any voluntary or optional principal payment, or voluntary or optional
     redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for
     value, of Indebtedness of the Company or the Guarantor that is subordinated
     in right of payment to the Securities or the Security Guarantee, as the
     case may be, or (iv) make any Investment, other than a Permitted
     Investment, in any Person (such payments or any other actions described in
     clauses (i) through (iv) being collectively "Restricted Payments") if, at
                                                  -------------------
     the time of, and after giving effect to, the proposed Restricted Payment:
     (A) a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing,
     (B) the Guarantor could not Incur at least $1.00 of Indebtedness under the
     first paragraph of Section 4.03(a) or (C) the aggregate amount expended for
     all Restricted Payments (the amount so expended, if other than in cash, to
     be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, whose determination
     shall be conclusive and evidenced by a Board Resolution) after the date of
     this Indenture shall exceed the sum of (1) 50% of the aggregate amount of
     the Adjusted Consolidated Net Income (or, if the Adjusted Consolidated Net
     Income is a loss, minus 100% of such amount) (determined by excluding
     income resulting from transfers of assets by the Guarantor or a Restricted
     Subsidiary to an Unrestricted Subsidiary) accrued on a cumulative basis
     during the period (taken as one accounting period) beginning on the first
     day of the fiscal quarter immediately following the Closing Date and ending
     on the last day of the last fiscal quarter preceding the Transaction Date
     for which reports have been filed pursuant to Section 4.18 plus (2) the
     aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received by the Guarantor after the Closing
     Date from the issuance and sale permitted by this Indenture of its Capital
     Stock (other than Redeemable Stock) to a Person who is not a Subsidiary of
     the Guarantor, or from the issuance to a Person who is not a Subsidiary of
     the Guarantor of any options, warrants or other rights to acquire Capital
     Stock of the Guarantor (in each case, exclusive of any Redeemable Stock or
     any options, warrants or other rights that are redeemable at the option of
     the holder, or are required to be redeemed, prior to the Stated Maturity of
     the Securities) plus (3) an amount equal to the net reduction in
     Investments (other than reductions in Permitted Investments) in any Person
     resulting from payments of interest on Indebtedness, dividends, repayments
     of loans or advances, or other transfers of assets, in each case to the
     Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary (except to the extent any such
     payment is included in the calculation of Adjusted Consolidated Net
     Income), or from redesignations of Unrestricted Subsidiaries as Restricted
     Subsidiaries (valued in each case as provided in the definition of
     "Investments"), not to exceed the amount of Investments previously made by
     the Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Person. 

               The foregoing provision shall not be violated by reason of: 

               (i)  the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of
          declaration thereof if, at said date of declaration, such payment
          would comply with the foregoing paragraph; 

               (ii) the redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition
          or retirement for value of Indebtedness that is subordinated in right
          of payment to the Securities or the Security Guarantee, as the case
          may be, including premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest,
          with the proceeds of, or in exchange for, Indebtedness Incurred under
          clause (iii) of the second paragraph of Section 4.03(a); 

               (iii)     the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition of
          Capital Stock of the Guarantor or the Company (or options, warrants or
          other rights to acquire such Capital Stock) and with respect to any
          preferred stock of the Company, the payment of accrued dividends
          thereon in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of a substantially
          concurrent issuance or sale of, shares of Capital Stock (other than
          Redeemable Stock) of the Guarantor or the Company; provided that the
          redemption of any preferred stock and the payment of accrued dividends
          thereon pursuant to any mandatory redemption feature thereof and any
          redemption of any other Capital Stock and with respect to any
          preferred stock, the payment of accrued dividends thereon (or options,
          warrants or other rights to acquire such Capital Stock) shall be
          deemed to be "substantially concurrent" with such issuance and sale if
          the required notice with respect to such redemption is irrevocably
          given by a date which is no later than five Business Days after
          receipt of the proceeds of such issuance and sale and such redemption
          and payment is consummated within the period provided for in the
          documents providing for the redemption of such preferred stock or the
          documents governing the redemption of such other Capital Stock, as the
          case may be; 

               (iv) the acquisition of Indebtedness of the Company or the
          Guarantor which is subordinated in right of payment to the Securities
          or the Security Guarantee, as the case may be, in exchange for, or out
          of the proceeds of, a substantially concurrent offering of, shares of
          the Capital Stock of the Guarantor (other than Redeemable Stock); 

               (v)  payments or distributions, in the nature of satisfaction of
          dissenters' rights, pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation,
          merger or transfer of assets that complies with the provisions of this
          Indenture applicable to mergers, consolidations and transfers of all
          or substantially all of the property and assets of the Company or the
          Guarantor; 

               (vi) Investments, not to exceed $10 million in the aggregate,
          each evidenced by a senior promissory note payable to the Company that
          provides that it will become due and payable prior to (or, in the case
          of acceleration, concurrently with) any required repayment (including
          pursuant to an Offer to Purchase in connection with a Change of
          Control) of the Securities; 

               (vii)     Investments, not to exceed $5 million in the aggregate,
          that meet the requirements of clause (vi) of this Section 4.04;
          provided that the Board of Directors of the Guarantor shall have
          determined, in good faith, that each such Investment under this clause
          (vii) will enable the Guarantor, the Company or one of their
          Restricted Subsidiaries to obtain additional business that it might
          not be able to obtain without the making of such Investment; 

               (viii)    with respect to preferred stock permitted to be issued
          and sold under Section 4.06 of this Indenture, the payment (A) of
          dividends on such preferred stock in additional shares of preferred
          stock and (B) of cash dividends on such preferred stock and accrued
          interest on unpaid dividends, in each case after May 1, 2001; 

               (ix) the repurchase, in the event of a Change of Control, of
          preferred stock of the Company or the Guarantor and Indebtedness of
          the Company or the Guarantor into which such preferred stock has been
          exchanged; provided that prior to repurchasing such preferred stock or
          Indebtedness, the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, shall
          have made an offer (the "Change of Control Offer") to repurchase the
                                    -----------------------
          Securities in accordance with the terms of this Indenture (and an
          offer to repurchase other Indebtedness, if required by the terms
          thereof, in accordance with the indenture or other document governing
          such other Indebtedness) and shall have accepted and paid for any
          Securities (and other Indebtedness) properly tendered in connection
          with such Change of Control Offer for the Securities or change of
          control offer for such other Indebtedness; and

               (x)  the issuance of Indebtedness permitted to be issued under
          this Indenture in exchange for preferred stock; provided that the
          Incurrence of such Indebtedness complies with Section 4.03;

     provided that, except in the case of clauses (i) and (iii), no Default or
     Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or occur as a
     consequence of the actions or payments set forth therein. 

               Each Restricted Payment permitted pursuant to the preceding
     paragraph (other than the Restricted Payment referred to in clauses (ii),
     (viii)(A) and (x) thereof), and the Net Cash Proceeds from any issuance of
     Capital Stock referred to in clause (iii) or (iv) shall be included in
     calculating whether the conditions of clause (C) of the first paragraph of
     this Section 4.04 have been met with respect to any subsequent Restricted
     Payments.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the proceeds of an
     issuance of Capital Stock of the Guarantor are used for the redemption,
     repurchase or other acquisition of the Securities, or Indebtedness that is
     pari passu with the Securities, then the Net Cash Proceeds of such issuance
     shall be included in clause (C) of the first paragraph of this Section 4.04
     only to the extent such proceeds are not used for such redemption,
     repurchase or other acquisition of such Indebtedness. 

               SECTION 4.05.  Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment 
                            -----------------------------------------
     Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries.  So long as any Securities 
     ----------------------------------------------
     are outstanding, the Guarantor will not, and will not permit any Restricted
     Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become
     effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction of any kind on the
     ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to (i) pay dividends or make any other
     distributions permitted by applicable law on any Capital Stock of such
     Restricted Subsidiary owned by the Guarantor or any other Restricted
     Subsidiary, (ii) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Guarantor or any other
     Restricted Subsidiary, (iii) make loans or advances to the Guarantor or any
     other Restricted Subsidiary or (iv) transfer any of its property or assets
     to the Guarantor or any other Restricted Subsidiary. 

               The foregoing provisions shall not restrict any encumbrances or
     restrictions: 

               (i)  existing on the Closing Date in this Indenture or any other
          agreement in effect on the Closing Date, and any extensions,
          refinancings, renewals or replacements of such agreements; provided
          that the encumbrances and restrictions in any such extensions,
          refinancings, renewals or replacements are no less favorable in any
          material respect to the Holders than those encumbrances or
          restrictions that are then in effect and that are being extended,
          refinanced, renewed or replaced; 

               (ii) existing under or by reason of applicable law; 

               (iii)     existing with respect to any Person or the property or
          assets of such Person acquired by the Guarantor or any Restricted
          Subsidiary, existing at the time of such acquisition and not incurred
          in contemplation thereof, which encumbrances or restrictions are not
          applicable to any Person or the property or assets of any Person other
          than such Person or the property or assets of such Person so acquired;

               (iv) in the case of clause (iv) of the first paragraph of this
          Section 4.05, (A) that restrict in a customary manner the subletting,
          assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is a lease,
          license, conveyance or contract or similar property or asset, (B)
          existing by virtue of any transfer of, agreement to transfer, option
          or right with respect to, or Lien on, any property or assets of the
          Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise prohibited by
          this Indenture or (C) arising or agreed to in the ordinary course of
          business, not relating to any Indebtedness, and that do not,
          individually or in the aggregate, detract from the value of property
          or assets of the Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary in any manner
          material to the Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

               (v)  with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary and imposed pursuant
          to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition
          of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock of, or property and
          assets of, such Restricted Subsidiary; or 

               (vi) imposed pursuant to preferred stock of the Company issued
          under clause (vi) of Section 4.06, or exchange debentures or exchange
          notes of the Company issued in exchange therefor; provided that
          (A) such restrictions may include a prohibition (x) on payments on
          Capital Stock upon liquidation, winding-up and dissolution of the
          Company and (y) on the payment of dividends on and the making of any
          distribution on, or the purchase, redemption, retirement or other
          acquisition for value of Capital Stock of the Company if dividends or
          other amounts on such preferred stock are unpaid and (B) any
          restrictions imposed pursuant to preferred stock of the Company other
          than pursuant to clause (A) shall be no more restrictive than the
          restrictions contained in this Indenture (assuming that references to
          the Guarantor in this Indenture were replaced with references to the
          Company). 

               Nothing contained in this Section 4.05 shall prevent the
     Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary from (1) creating, incurring,
     assuming or suffering to exist any Liens otherwise permitted in Section
     4.09 or (2) restricting the sale or other disposition of property or assets
     of the Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that secure
     Indebtedness of the Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 

               SECTION 4.06.  Limitation on the Issuances and Sale of Capital
                            -----------------------------------------------
     Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries.  The Guarantor will not sell, and will 
     --------------------------------
     not permit any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to issue or
     sell, any shares of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary (including
     options, warrants or other rights to purchase shares of such Capital Stock)
     except (i) to the Guarantor or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary; (ii)
     issuances or sales to foreign nationals of shares of Capital Stock of
     foreign Restricted Subsidiaries, to the extent required by applicable law;
     (iii) if, immediately after giving effect to such issuance or sale, such
     Restricted Subsidiary would no longer constitute a Restricted Subsidiary;
     (iv) with respect to Common Stock of ChoiceCom, MTN, StarCom and Zycom;
     provided that the proceeds of any such sale under clause (iv) shall be
     applied in accordance with clause (A) or (B) of the first paragraph of
     Section 4.11; (v) with respect to Common Stock of FOTI; provided that FOTI
     shall not retain any net proceeds from such sales or issuances in excess of
     $10 million in the aggregate and any net proceeds in excess of such $10
     million shall be received by, or paid promptly by FOTI to, the Guarantor,
     the Company or any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Guarantor; and
     (vi) with respect to (A) preferred stock of the Company having an initial
     liquidation preference of up to $250 million and (B) any preferred stock of
     the Company issued as dividends on such preferred stock; provided that such
     preferred stock does not require the payment of cash dividends prior to May
     1, 2001. 

               SECTION 4.07.  Limitation on Issuances of Guarantees by 
                            -----------------------------------------
     Restricted Subsidiaries.  The Guarantor will not permit any Restricted 
     -----------------------
     Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to Guarantee any Indebtedness of the
     Company or any Indebtedness of the Guarantor ("Guaranteed Indebtedness"), 
                                                    -----------------------
     unless (i) such Restricted Subsidiary simultaneously executes and delivers
     a supplemental indenture to this Indenture providing for a Guarantee (a
     "Subsidiary Guarantee") of payment of the Securities by such Restricted 
      --------------------
     Subsidiary and (ii) such Restricted Subsidiary waives and will not in any
     manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any rights of
     reimbursement, indemnity or subrogation or any other rights against the
     Guarantor, the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary as a result of
     any payment by such Restricted Subsidiary under its Subsidiary Guarantee;
     provided that this paragraph shall not be applicable to any Guarantee of
     any Restricted Subsidiary that (x) existed at the time such Person became a
     Restricted Subsidiary and (y) was not Incurred in connection with, or in
     contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary.  If the
     Guaranteed Indebtedness is (A) pari passu with the Securities or the
     Security Guarantee, then the Guarantee of such Guaranteed Indebtedness
     shall be pari passu with, or subordinated to, the Subsidiary Guarantee or
     (B) subordinated to the Securities or the Security Guarantee, then the
     Guarantee of such Guaranteed Indebtedness shall be subordinated to the
     Subsidiary Guarantee at least to the extent that the Guaranteed
     Indebtedness is subordinated to the Securities or the Security Guarantee,
     as the case may be. 

               Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Subsidiary Guarantee by a
     Restricted Subsidiary shall provide by its terms that it shall be
     automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon (i) any
     sale, exchange or transfer, to any Person not an Affiliate of the Guarantor
     of all of the Company's and each Restricted Subsidiary's Capital Stock in,
     or all or substantially all the assets of, such Restricted Subsidiary
     (which sale, exchange or transfer is not prohibited by this Indenture) or
     (ii) the release or discharge of the Guarantee which resulted in the
     creation of such Subsidiary Guarantee, except a discharge or release by or
     as a result of payment under such Guarantee. 

               SECTION 4.08.  Limitation on Transactions with Shareholders and 
                            -------------------------------------------------
     Affiliates.  The Guarantor will not, and will not permit any Restricted 
     ----------
     Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, enter into, renew or extend any
     transaction (including, without limitation, the purchase, sale, lease or
     exchange of property or assets, or the rendering of any service) with any
     holder (or any Affiliate of such holder) of 5% or more of any class of
     Capital Stock of the Guarantor or with any Affiliate of the Guarantor or
     any Restricted Subsidiary, except upon fair and reasonable terms no less
     favorable to the Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary than could be
     obtained, at the time of such transaction or at the time of the execution
     of the agreement providing therefor, in a comparable arm's-length
     transaction with a Person that is not such a holder or an Affiliate. 

               The foregoing limitation does not limit, and shall not apply to:

               (i)   transactions (A) approved by a majority of the
          disinterested members of the Board of Directors or (B) for which the
          Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary delivers to the Trustee a written
          opinion of a nationally recognized investment banking firm stating
          that the transaction is fair to the Guarantor or such Restricted
          Subsidiary from a financial point of view; 

               (ii) any transaction solely between the Guarantor and any of its
          Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries or solely between Wholly Owned
          Restricted Subsidiaries; 

               (iii)     the payment of reasonable and customary regular fees to
          directors of the Guarantor, the Company or Holdings (Canada) who are
          not employees of the Guarantor, the Company or Holdings (Canada); 

               (iv) any payments or other transactions pursuant to any tax-
          sharing agreement between the Guarantor and any other Person with
          which the Guarantor files a consolidated tax return or with which the
          Guarantor is part of a consolidated group for tax purposes; or 

               (v)  any Restricted Payments not prohibited by Section 4.04. 

               Notwithstanding the foregoing, any transaction covered by the
     first paragraph of this Section 4.08 and not covered by clauses (ii)
     through (iv) of this paragraph, the aggregate amount of which exceeds $2
     million in value, must be approved or determined to be fair in the manner
     provided for in clause (i)(A) or (B) of this Section 4.08. 

               SECTION 4.09.  Limitation on Liens.  The Guarantor will not, and
                            -------------------
     will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or
     suffer to exist any Lien on any of its assets or properties of any
     character, or any shares of Capital Stock or Indebtedness of any Restricted
     Subsidiary, without making effective provision for all of the Securities
     (or, in the case of a Lien on assets or properties of the Guarantor, the
     Security Guarantee) and all other amounts due under this Indenture to be
     directly secured equally and ratably with (or, if the obligation or
     liability to be secured by such Lien is subordinated in right of payment to
     the Securities or the Security Guarantee, prior to) the obligation or
     liability secured by such Lien. 

               The foregoing limitation does not apply to:

               (i)  Liens existing on the Closing Date; 

               (ii) Liens granted after the Closing Date on any assets or
          Capital Stock of Holdings (Canada), the Company or any of their
          Restricted Subsidiaries created in favor of the Holders; 

               (iii)     Liens with respect to the assets of a Restricted
          Subsidiary granted by such Restricted Subsidiary to the Guarantor or a
          Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary to secure Indebtedness owing to the
          Guarantor or such other Restricted Subsidiary; 

               (iv) Liens securing Indebtedness which is Incurred to refinance
          secured Indebtedness which is permitted to be Incurred under clause
          (iii) of the second paragraph of Section 4.03(a); provided that such
          Liens do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the
          Guarantor, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the
          property or assets securing the Indebtedness being refinanced; 

               (v)  Liens with respect to assets or properties of any Person
          that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date; provided
          that such Liens do not extend to or cover any assets or properties of
          the Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries other than the
          assets or properties of such Person subject to such Lien on the date
          such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; and provided further that
          such Liens are not incurred in contemplation of, or in connection
          with, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary; 

               (vi) Permitted Liens; or 

               (vii)     Liens, solely in favor of Acquired Indebtedness, on
          Capital Stock of Persons that become Restricted Subsidiaries of the
          Guarantor after the Closing Date. 

               SECTION 4.10.  Limitation on Sale-Leaseback Transactions.  The 
                            -----------------------------------------
     Guarantor will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter
     into any sale-leaseback transaction involving any of its assets or
     properties whether now owned or hereafter acquired, whereby the Guarantor
     or a Restricted Subsidiary sells or transfers such assets or properties and
     then or thereafter leases such assets or properties or any part thereof or
     any other assets or properties which the Guarantor or such Restricted
     Subsidiary, as the case may be, intends to use for substantially the same
     purpose or purposes as the assets or properties sold or transferred. 

               The foregoing restriction does not apply to any sale-leaseback
     transaction if:

               (i)  the lease is for a period, including renewal rights, of not
          in excess of three years; 

               (ii) the lease secures or relates to industrial revenue or
          pollution control bonds; 

               (iii)     the transaction is between the Guarantor and any Wholly
          Owned Restricted Subsidiary or between Wholly Owned Restricted
          Subsidiaries; or 

               (iv) the Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary, within six
          months after the sale or transfer of any assets or properties is
          completed, applies an amount not less than the net proceeds received
          from such sale in accordance with clause (A) or (B) of the first
          paragraph of Section 4.11.
      
               SECTION 4.11.  Limitation on Asset Sales.  The Guarantor will 
                            -------------------------
     not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, consummate any Asset
     Sale, unless (i) the consideration received by the Guarantor or such
     Restricted Subsidiary is at least equal to the fair market value of the
     assets sold or disposed of and (ii) at least 75% of the consideration
     received consists of cash or Temporary Cash Investments.  In the event and
     to the extent that the Net Cash Proceeds received by the Guarantor or its
     Restricted Subsidiaries from one or more Asset Sales occurring on or after
     the Closing Date in any period of 12 consecutive months exceed 10% of
     Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets (determined as of the date
     closest to the commencement of such 12-month period for which a
     consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries has been
     prepared), then the Guarantor shall or shall cause the relevant Restricted
     Subsidiary to (i) within six months after the date Net Cash Proceeds so
     received exceed 10% of Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets (A) apply
     an amount equal to such excess Net Cash Proceeds to permanently repay
     unsubordinated Indebtedness of the Guarantor or the Company, or
     Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary other than the Company, in each
     case owing to a Person other than the Guarantor or any of its Restricted
     Subsidiaries or (B) invest an equal amount, or the amount not so applied
     pursuant to clause (A) (or enter into a definitive agreement committing to
     so invest within six months after the date of such agreement), in property
     or assets of a nature or type or that are used in a business (or in a
     company having property and assets of a nature or type, or engaged in a
     business) similar or related to the nature or type of the property and
     assets of, or the business of, the Guarantor and its Restricted
     Subsidiaries existing on the date of such investment (as determined in good
     faith by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive
     and evidenced by a Board Resolution) and (ii) apply (no later than the end
     of the six-month period referred to in clause (i)) such excess Net Cash
     Proceeds (to the extent not applied pursuant to clause (i)) as provided in
     the following paragraphs of this Section 4.11.  The amount of such excess
     Net Cash Proceeds required to be applied (or to be committed to be applied)
     during such six-month period as set forth in clause (i) of the preceding
     sentence and not applied as so required by the end of such period shall
     constitute "Excess Proceeds." 
                ---------------

               If, as of the first day of any calendar month, the aggregate
     amount of Excess Proceeds not theretofore subject to an Offer to Purchase
     pursuant to this Section 4.11 totals at least $10 million, the Company must
     commence, not later than the fifteenth Business Day of such month, and
     consummate an Offer to Purchase from the Holders on a pro rata basis an
     aggregate Accreted Value of Securities equal to the Excess Proceeds on such
     date, at a purchase price equal to 101% of the Accreted Value of the
     Securities, plus, in each case, accrued interest (if any) to the date of
     purchase. 

               SECTION 4.12.  Repurchase of Securities upon a Change of Control.
                              -------------------------------------------------
     The Company must commence, within 30 days of the occurrence of a Change of
     Control, and consummate an Offer to Purchase for all Securities then
     outstanding, at a purchase price equal to 101% of the Accreted Value
     thereof, plus accrued interest (if any) to the date of purchase. Prior to
     the mailing of the notice to Holders commencing such Offer to Purchase, but
     in any event within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company
     covenants to (i) repay in full all indebtedness of the Company that would
     prohibit the repurchase of the Securities pursuant to such Offer to
     Purchase or (ii) obtain any requisite consents under instruments governing
     any such indebtedness of the Company to permit the repurchase of the
     Securities.  The Company shall first comply with the covenant in the
     preceding sentence before it shall be required to repurchase the Securities
     pursuant to this Section 4.12.

               SECTION 4.13.  Existence.  Subject to Articles Four and Five of 
                            ---------
     this Indenture, the Guarantor will do or cause to be done all things
     necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence and
     the existence of each of its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with the
     respective organizational documents of the Guarantor and each such
     Subsidiary and the rights (whether pursuant to charter, partnership
     certificate, agreement, statute or otherwise), material licenses and
     franchises of the Guarantor and each such Subsidiary; provided that the
     Guarantor shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or
     franchise, or the existence of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than itself
     and the Company), if the maintenance or preservation thereof is no longer
     desirable in the conduct of the business of the Guarantor and its
     Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole.  In addition, the Guarantor
     agrees to take such actions, within a reasonable time after the Closing
     Date (and in any event prior to any proceeding initiated regarding the
     dissolution of the Guarantor), as may be necessary to ensure that it shall
     be in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its
     incorporation.

               SECTION 4.14.  Payment of Taxes and Other Claims.  The Guarantor
                            ---------------------------------
     will pay or discharge and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay or
     discharge, or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become
     delinquent (i) all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges
     levied or imposed upon (a) the Guarantor or any such Subsidiary, (b) the
     income or profits of any such Subsidiary which is a corporation or (c) the
     property of the Guarantor or any such Subsidiary and (ii) all material
     lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies that, if unpaid, might by
     law become a lien upon the property of the Guarantor or any such
     Subsidiary; provided that the Guarantor shall not be required to pay or
     discharge, or cause to be paid or discharged, any such tax, assessment,
     charge or claim the amount, applicability or validity of which is being
     contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate
     reserves have been established.

               SECTION 4.15.  Maintenance of Properties and Insurance.  The 
                            ---------------------------------------
     Guarantor will cause all properties used or useful in the conduct of its
     business or the business of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, to be
     maintained and kept in good condition, repair and working order and
     supplied with all necessary equipment and will cause to be made all
     necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements
     thereof, all as in the judgment of the Guarantor may be necessary so that
     the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly and
     advantageously conducted at all times; provided that nothing in this
     Section 4.15 shall prevent the Guarantor or any such Subsidiary from
     discontinuing the use, operation or maintenance of any of such properties
     or disposing of any of them, if such discontinuance or disposal is, in the
     judgment of the Guarantor, desirable in the conduct of the business of the
     Guarantor or such Subsidiary.

               The Guarantor will provide or cause to be provided, for itself
     and its Restricted Subsidiaries, insurance (including appropriate self-
     insurance) against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against
     by corporations similarly situated and owning like properties, including,
     but not limited to, products liability insurance and public liability
     insurance, with reputable insurers or with the government of the United
     States of America, or an agency or instrumentality thereof, in such
     amounts, with such deductibles and by such methods as shall be customary
     for corporations similarly situated in the industry in which the Guarantor
     or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is then conducting
     business.

               SECTION 4.16.  Notice of Defaults.  In the event that the Company
                            ------------------
     or the Guarantor becomes aware of any Default or Event of Default the
     Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, promptly after it becomes
     aware thereof, will give written notice thereof to the Trustee.

               SECTION 4.17.  Compliance Certificates.  (a)  Each of the Company
                            -----------------------
     and the Guarantor shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the
     end of the Guarantor's fiscal year, an Officers' Certificate stating
     whether or not the signers know of any Default or Event of Default that
     occurred during such fiscal year.  Such certificates shall contain a
     certification from the principal executive officer, principal financial
     officer or principal accounting officer of the Company or the Guarantor, as
     the case may be, that a review has been conducted of the activities of the
     Company, the Guarantor and the Restricted Subsidiaries and the Company's,
     the Guarantor's and the Restricted Subsidiaries' performance under this
     Indenture and that the Guarantor and the Company have complied with all
     conditions and covenants under this Indenture.  For purposes of this
     Section 4.17, such compliance shall be determined without regard to any
     period of grace or requirement of notice provided under this Indenture.  If
     they do know of such a Default or Event of Default, the certificate shall
     describe any such Default or Event of Default and its status.  

               (b)  The Guarantor shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days
     after the end of its fiscal year, a certificate signed by the Guarantor's
     independent certified public accountants stating (i) that their audit
     examination has included a review of the terms of this Indenture and the
     Securities as they relate to accounting matters, (ii) that they have read
     the most recent Officers' Certificate delivered to the Trustee pursuant to
     paragraph (a) of this Section 4.17 and (iii) whether, in connection with
     their audit examination, anything came to their attention that caused them
     to believe that the Company or Guarantor, as the case may be, was not in
     compliance with any of the terms, covenants, provisions or conditions of
     Article Four and Section 5.01 of this Indenture as they pertain to
     accounting matters and, if any Default or Event of Default has come to
     their attention, specifying the nature and period of existence thereof;
     provided that such independent certified public accountants shall not be
     liable in respect of such statement by reason of any failure to obtain
     knowledge of any such Default or Event of Default that would not be
     disclosed in the course of an audit examination conducted in accordance
     with generally accepted auditing standards in effect at the date of such
     examination.

               (c)  Within 90 days of the end of each of the Guarantor's fiscal
     years, the Guarantor shall deliver to the Trustee a list of all Significant
     Subsidiaries.  The Trustee shall have no duty with respect to any such list
     except to keep it on file and available for inspection by the Holders.

               SECTION 4.18.  Commission Reports and Reports to Holders.  
                            -----------------------------------------
     Whether or not the Company or the Guarantor is required to file reports
     with the Commission, if any Securities are outstanding, the Company and the
     Guarantor shall file with the Commission all such reports and other
     information as they would be required to file with the Commission by
     Section 13(a) or 15(d) under the Exchange Act.  The Company shall supply
     the Trustee and each Holder, or shall supply to the Trustee for forwarding
     to each Holder, without cost to such Holder, copies of such reports or
     other information.

               SECTION 4.19.  Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws.  Each of 
                            ---------------------------------------
     the Company and the Guarantor covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully
     do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner
     whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension
     law or any usury law or other law that would prohibit or forgive the
     Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, from paying all or any
     portion of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Securities
     as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in
     force, or that may affect the covenants or the performance of this
     Indenture; and (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) each of the
     Company and the Guarantor hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage
     of any such law and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the
     execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and
     permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been
     enacted.


                                     ARTICLE FIVE
                                SUCCESSOR CORPORATION

               SECTION 5.01.  When Company and Guarantor May Merge, Etc.  
                            -----------------------------------------
     Neither the Company nor the Guarantor shall consolidate with, merge with or
     into, or sell, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or
     substantially all of its property and assets (as an entirety or
     substantially an entirety in one transaction or a series of related
     transactions) to, any Person (other than a consolidation or merger with or
     into a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary with a positive net worth;
     provided that, in connection with any such merger or consolidation, no
     consideration (other than Common Stock in the surviving Person, the Company
     or the Guarantor) shall be issued or distributed to the stockholders of the
     Company or the Guarantor) or permit any Person to merge with or into the
     Company or the Guarantor unless:

               (i)  the Company or the Guarantor shall be the continuing Person,
          or the Person (if other than the Company or the Guarantor) formed by
          such consolidation or into which the Company or the Guarantor is
          merged or that acquired or leased such property and assets of the
          Company or the Guarantor shall be a corporation organized and validly
          existing under the laws of the United States of America or any
          jurisdiction thereof and shall expressly assume, by a supplemental
          indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, all of the
          obligations of the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, under
          this Indenture;

               (ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no
          Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

               (iii)     immediately after giving effect to such transaction on
          a pro forma basis, the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be,
          or any Person becoming the successor obligor of the Securities or the
          Security Guarantee, as the case may be, shall have a Consolidated Net
          Worth equal to or greater than the Consolidated Net Worth of the
          Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, immediately prior to
          such transaction; 

               (iv) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro
          forma basis the Company, or any Person becoming the successor obligor
          of the Securities, as the case may be, could Incur at least $1.00 of
          Indebtedness under the first paragraph of Section 4.03(a); and

               (v)  the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate
          (attaching the arithmetic computations to demonstrate compliance with
          clauses (iii) and (iv) of this Section 5.01) and an Opinion of
          Counsel, in each case stating that such consolidation, merger or
          transfer and such supplemental indenture complies with this provision
          and that all conditions precedent provided for herein relating to such
          transaction have been complied with;

     provided, however, that clauses (iii) and (iv) of this Section 5.01 do not
     apply if, in the good faith determination of the Board of Directors of the
     Guarantor, whose determination shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution,
     the principal purpose of such transaction is part of a plan to change the
     jurisdiction of incorporation of the Company or the Guarantor to a state of
     the United States; and provided further that any such transaction shall not
     have as one of its purposes the evasion of the foregoing limitations.

               SECTION 5.02.  Successor Substituted.  Upon any consolidation or
                            ---------------------
     merger, or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of all or
     substantially all of the property and assets of the Company or the
     Guarantor in accordance with Section 5.01 of this Indenture, the successor
     Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Company or the
     Guarantor is merged or to which such sale, conveyance, transfer or other
     disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may
     exercise every right and power of, the Company or the Guarantor, as the
     case may be, under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor
     Person had been named as the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be,
     herein.


                                     ARTICLE SIX
                                 DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

               SECTION 6.01.  Events of Default.  An "Event of Default" shall 
                            -----------------       ----------------
     occur with respect to the Securities if:

               (a)  the Company defaults in the payment of the principal of (or
          premium, if any, on) any Security when the same becomes due and
          payable at maturity, upon acceleration, redemption or otherwise;

               (b)  the Company defaults in the payment of interest on any
          Security when the same becomes due and payable, and such default
          continues for a period of 30 days;

               (c)  the Company or the Guarantor defaults in the performance of
          or breaches any other covenant or agreement of the Company or the
          Guarantor in this Indenture or under the Securities and such default
          or breach continues for a period of 30 consecutive days after written
          notice to the Company or the Guarantor by the Trustee or the Holders
          of 25% or more in aggregate principal amount at maturity of the
          Securities;

               (d)  there occurs with respect to any issue or issues of
          Indebtedness of the Company, the Guarantor or any Significant
          Subsidiary having an outstanding principal amount at maturity of $10
          million or more in the aggregate for all such issues of all such
          Persons, whether such Indebtedness now exists or shall hereafter be
          created, (I) an event of default that has caused the holder thereof to
          declare such Indebtedness to be due and payable prior to its Stated
          Maturity and such Indebtedness has not been discharged in full or such
          acceleration has not been rescinded or annulled within 30 days of such
          acceleration and/or (II) the failure to make a principal payment at
          the final (but not any interim) fixed maturity and such defaulted
          payment shall not have been made, waived or extended within 30 days of
          such payment default;

               (e)  any final judgment or order (not covered by insurance) for
          the payment of money in excess of $10 million in the aggregate for all
          such final judgments or orders against all such Persons (treating any
          deductibles, self-insurance or retention as not so covered) shall be
          rendered against the Company, the Guarantor or any Significant
          Subsidiary and shall not be paid or discharged, and there shall be any
          period of 30 consecutive days following entry of the final judgment or
          order that causes the aggregate amount for all such final judgments or
          orders outstanding and not paid or discharged against all such Persons
          to exceed $10 million during which a stay of enforcement of such final
          judgment or order, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall
          not be in effect;

               (f)  a court having jurisdiction in the premises enters a decree
          or order for (A) relief in respect of the Company, the Guarantor or
          any Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case under any applicable
          bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in
          effect, (B) appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee,
          custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of the Company,
          the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary or for all or
          substantially all of the property and assets of the Company, the
          Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary or (C) the winding up or
          liquidation of the affairs of the Company, the Guarantor or any
          Significant Subsidiary and, in each case, such decree or order shall
          remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 30 consecutive days; or

               (g)  the Company, the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary
          (A) commences a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy,
          insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or
          consents to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case
          under any such law, (B) consents to the appointment of or taking
          possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee,
          sequestrator or similar official of the Company, the Guarantor or any
          Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property
          and assets of the Company, the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary
          or (C) effects any general assignment for the benefit of creditors.

               SECTION 6.02.  Acceleration.  If an Event of Default (other than 
                              ------------
     an Event of Default specified in clause (f) or (g) of Section 6.01 that
     occurs with respect to the Company or the Guarantor) occurs and is
     continuing under this Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25%
     in aggregate principal amount at maturity of the Securities, then
     outstanding, by written notice to the Company (and to the Trustee if such
     notice is given by the Holders), may, and the Trustee at the request of
     such Holders shall, declare the Accreted Value of, premium, if any, and
     accrued interest, if any, on the Securities to be immediately due and
     payable.  Upon a declaration of acceleration, such Accreted Value of,
     premium, if any, and accrued interest, if any, shall be immediately due and
     payable.  In the event of a declaration of acceleration because an Event of
     Default set forth in clause (d) of Section 6.01 has occurred and is
     continuing, such declaration of acceleration shall be automatically
     rescinded and annulled if the event of default triggering such Event of
     Default pursuant to clause (d) shall be remedied or cured by the Company,
     the Guarantor or the relevant Significant Subsidiary or waived by the
     holders of the relevant Indebtedness within 60 days after the declaration
     of acceleration with respect thereto.  If an Event of Default specified in
     clause (f) or (g) of Section 6.01 occurs with respect to the Company or the
     Guarantor, the Accreted Value of, premium, if any, and accrued interest, if
     any, on the Securities then outstanding shall ipso facto become and be
     immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the
     part of the Trustee or any Holder.

               At any time after such a declaration of acceleration, but before
     a judgment or decree for the payment of the money due has been obtained by
     the Trustee, the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount at
     maturity of the outstanding Securities by written notice to the Company and
     to the Trustee may waive all past Defaults and rescind and annul such
     declaration of acceleration and its consequences if (a) the Company or the
     Guarantor has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay
     (i) all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder and the reasonable
     compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its
     agents and counsel, (ii) all overdue interest on all Securities, (iii) the
     principal of and premium, if any, on any Securities that have become due
     otherwise than by such declaration or occurrence of acceleration and
     interest thereon at the rate prescribed therefor by such Securities, and
     (iv) to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest upon
     overdue interest at the rate prescribed therefor by such Securities,
     (b) all existing Events of Default, other than the non-payment of the
     Accreted Value of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on the Securities
     that have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been
     cured or waived and (c) the rescission would not conflict with any judgment
     or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction.

               SECTION 6.03.  Other Remedies.  If an Event of Default occurs and
                             --------------
     is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy by proceeding at
     law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of, premium, if any,
     or interest on the Securities or to enforce the performance of any
     provision of the Securities or this Indenture.

               The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess
     any of the Securities or does not produce any of them in the proceeding.

               SECTION 6.04.  Waiver of Past Defaults.  Subject to Sections 
                            -----------------------
     6.02, 6.07 and 9.02, the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount
     at maturity of the outstanding Securities, by notice to the Trustee, may
     waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences, except
     a Default in the payment of the Accreted Value of, premium, if any, or
     accrued interest on any Security as specified in clause (a) or (b) of
     Section 6.01 or in respect of a covenant or provision of this Indenture
     which cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the holder of
     each outstanding Security affected.  Upon any such waiver, such Default
     shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be
     deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such
     waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default
     or impair any right consequent thereto.

               SECTION 6.05.  Control by Majority.  The Holders of at least a 
                            -------------------
     majority in aggregate principal amount at maturity of the outstanding
     Securities may direct the time, method and place of conducting any
     proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust
     or power conferred on the Trustee; provided that the Trustee may refuse to
     follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture, that may
     involve the Trustee in personal liability, or that the Trustee determines
     in good faith may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of Holders not
     joining in the giving of such direction; and provided further that the
     Trustee may take any other action it deems proper that is not inconsistent
     with any directions received from Holders of Securities pursuant to this
     Section 6.05.

               SECTION 6.06.  Limitation on Suits.  A Holder may not institute
                             -------------------
     any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture or
     the Securities, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any
     other remedy hereunder, unless:

               (i)  such Holder has previously given to the Trustee written
          notice of a continuing Event of Default;

               (ii) the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount at
          maturity of outstanding Securities shall have made written request to
          the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of
          Default in its own name as Trustee hereunder;

               (iii)     such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee
          indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any costs,
          liabilities or expenses to be incurred in compliance with such
          request;

               (iv) the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice,
          request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute any such
          proceeding; and

               (v)  during such 60-day period, the Holders of a majority in
          aggregate principal amount at maturity of the outstanding Securities
          have not given the Trustee a direction that is inconsistent with such
          written request.

               For purposes of Section 6.05 of this Indenture and this Section
     6.06, the Trustee shall comply with TIA Section 316(a) in making any
     determination of whether the Holders of the required aggregate principal
     amount at maturity of outstanding Securities have concurred in any request
     or direction of the Trustee to pursue any remedy available to the Trustee
     or the Holders with respect to this Indenture or the Securities or
     otherwise under the law.

               A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of
     another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over such other
     Holder.

               SECTION 6.07.  Rights of Holders to Receive Payment.  
                            ------------------------------------
     Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any
     Holder of a Security to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any,
     or interest accrued on such Holder's Security on or after the respective
     due dates expressed on such Security, or to bring suit for the enforcement
     of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be
     impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

               SECTION 6.08.  Collection Suit by Trustee.  If an Event of 
                            --------------------------
     Default in payment of principal, premium or interest specified in clause
     (a), (b) or (c) of Section 6.01 occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may
     recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against
     the Company or any other obligor of the Securities for the whole amount of
     principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest remaining unpaid, together
     with interest on overdue principal, premium, if any, and, to the extent
     that payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments
     of interest, in each case at the rate specified in the Securities, and such
     further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of
     collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements
     and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

               SECTION 6.09.  Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.  The Trustee may
                            --------------------------------
     file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary
     or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any
     claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances
     of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the
     Trustee under Section 7.07) and the Holders allowed in any judicial
     proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor of the
     Securities), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and
     empowered to collect and receive any monies, securities or other property
     payable or deliverable upon conversion or exchange of the Securities or
     upon any such claims and to distribute the same, and any custodian,
     receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar
     official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each
     Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the
     Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the
     Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable
     compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its
     agent and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section
     7.07.  Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to empower the Trustee to
     authorize or consent to, or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder, any
     plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting
     the Securities or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the
     Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such
     proceeding.

               SECTION 6.10.  Priorities.  If the Trustee collects any money 
                            ----------
     pursuant to this Article Six, it shall pay out the money in the following
     order:

               First:  to the Trustee for all amounts due under Section 7.07;

               Second:  to Holders for amounts then due and unpaid for principal
          of, premium, if any, and interest on the Securities in respect of
          which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected,
          ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the
          amounts due and payable on such Securities for principal, premium, if
          any, and interest, respectively; and

               Third:  to the Company or any other obligors of the Securities,
          as their interests may appear, or as a court of competent jurisdiction
          may direct.

               The Trustee, upon prior written notice to the Company, may fix a
     record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this
     Section 6.10.

               SECTION 6.11.  Undertaking for Costs.  In any suit for the 
                            ---------------------
     enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit
     against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a
     court may require any party litigant in such suit to file an undertaking to
     pay the costs of the suit, and the court may assess reasonable costs,
     including reasonable attorneys' fees, against any party litigant in the
     suit having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or
     defenses made by the party litigant.  This Section 6.11 does not apply to a
     suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07 of this
     Indenture, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount at
     maturity of the outstanding Securities.

               SECTION 6.12.  Restoration of Rights and Remedies.  If the 
                            ----------------------------------
     Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or
     remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or
     abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee
     or to such Holder, then, and in every such case, subject to any
     determination in such proceeding, the Company, the Trustee and the Holders
     shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions
     hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Company, the
     Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had
     been instituted.

               SECTION 6.13.  Rights and Remedies Cumulative.  Except as
                            ------------------------------
     otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated,
     destroyed, lost or wrongfully taken Securities in Section 2.09, no right or
     remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders
     is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right
     and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in
     addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or
     hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise.  The assertion or
     employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not
     prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate
     right or remedy.

               SECTION 6.14.  Delay or Omission Not Waiver.  No delay or 
                            ----------------------------
     omission of the Trustee or of any Holder to exercise any right or remedy
     accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or
     constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence
     therein.  Every right and remedy given by this Article Six or by law to the
     Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often
     as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case
     may be.


                                    ARTICLE SEVEN
                                       TRUSTEE

               SECTION 7.01.  General.  The duties and responsibilities of the 
                            -------
     Trustee shall be as provided by the TIA and as set forth herein. 
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, no provision of this Indenture shall require
     the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any
     financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or
     in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable
     grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity
     against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.  Whether or
     not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture
     relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording
     protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this
     Article Seven.

               SECTION 7.02.  Certain Rights of Trustee.  Subject to TIA 
                            -------------------------
     Sections 315(a) through (d):

               (i)  the Trustee may rely and shall be protected in acting or
          refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement,
          instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent,
          order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other
          paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed
          or presented by the proper person.  The Trustee need not investigate
          any fact or matter stated in the document and may in good faith
          conclusively rely as to the truth of the statements and the
          correctness of the opinions therein;

               (ii) before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may
          require an Officers' Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel, which shall
          conform to Section 11.04.  The Trustee shall not be liable for any
          action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such
          certificate, opinion and/or an accountants' certificate if required
          under the TIA;

               (iii)     the Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents
          and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any
          agent appointed with due care;

               (iv) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of
          the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or
          direction of any of the Holders, unless such Holders shall have
          offered to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory
          to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be
          incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction;

               (v)  the Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or
          omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or
          within its rights or powers or for any action it takes or omits to
          take in accordance with the direction of the Holders of a majority in
          principal amount at maturity of the Outstanding Securities relating to
          the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy
          available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred
          upon the Trustee, under this Indenture; provided that the Trustee's
          conduct does not constitute gross negligence or bad faith;

               (vi) whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee
          shall deem it desirable that a making be proved or established prior
          to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee
          (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the
          absence of bad faith on its part, rely upon an Officer's Certificate;
          and

               (vii)     the Trustee shall not be bound to make any
          investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution,
          certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request,
          direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of
          indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its
          discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such
          facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall
          determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be
          entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company
          personally or by agent or attorney.

               SECTION 7.03.  Individual Rights of Trustee.  The Trustee, in its
                            ----------------------------
     individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of
     Securities and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with
     the same rights it would have if it were not the Trustee.  Any Agent may do
     the same with like rights.  However, the Trustee is subject to TIA Sections
     310(b) and 311.

               SECTION 7.04.  Trustee's Disclaimer.  The Trustee (i) makes no
                            --------------------
     representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the
     Securities, (ii) shall not be accountable for the Company's use or
     application of the proceeds from the Securities and (iii) shall not be
     responsible for any statement in the Securities other than its certificate
     of authentication.

               SECTION 7.05.  Notice of Default.  If any Default or any Event of
                            -----------------
     Default occurs and is continuing and if such Default or Event of Default is
     known to a trust officer of the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to each
     Holder in the manner and to the extent provided in TIA Section 313(c)
     notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs,
     unless such Default or Event of Default has been cured; provided, however,
     that, except in the case of a default in the payment of the principal of,
     premium, if any, or interest on any Security, the Trustee shall be
     protected in withholding such notice if and so long as the board of
     directors, the executive committee or a trust committee of directors and/or
     Responsible Officers of the Trustee in good faith determine that the
     withholding of such notice is in the interest of the Holders.

               SECTION 7.06.  Reports by Trustee to Holders.  Within 60 days
                            -----------------------------
     after each May 15, beginning with May 15, 1997, the Trustee shall mail to
     each Holder as provided in TIA Section 313(c) a brief report that complies
     with TIA Section 313(a) dated as of such May 15, if required by TIA Section
     313(a).

               SECTION 7.07.  Compensation and Indemnity.  The Company shall pay
                            --------------------------
     to the Trustee such compensation as shall be agreed upon in writing for its
     services.  The compensation of the Trustee shall not be limited by any law
     on compensation of a trustee of an express trust.  The Company shall
     reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket
     expenses and advances incurred or made by the Trustee.  Such expenses shall
     include the reasonable compensation and expenses of the Trustee's agents
     and counsel.

               The Company shall indemnify the Trustee for, and hold it harmless
     against, any loss or liability or expense incurred by it without negligence
     or bad faith on its part in connection with the acceptance or
     administration of this Indenture and its duties under this Indenture and
     the Securities, including the costs and expenses of defending itself
     against any claim or liability and of complying with any process served
     upon it or any of its officers in connection with the exercise or
     performance of any of its powers or duties under this Indenture and the
     Securities.

               To secure the Company's payment obligations in this Section 7.07,
     the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Securities on all money or
     property held or collected by the Trustee, in its capacity as Trustee,
     except money or property held in trust to pay principal of, premium, if
     any, and interest on particular Securities.

               If the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after the
     occurrence of an Event of Default specified in clause (f) or (g) of Section
     6.01, the expenses and the compensation for the services will be intended
     to constitute expenses of administration under Title 11 of the United
     States Bankruptcy Code or any applicable federal or state law for the
     relief of debtors.

               SECTION 7.08.  Replacement of Trustee.  A resignation or removal
                            ----------------------
     of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become
     effective only upon the successor Trustee's acceptance of appointment as
     provided in this Section 7.08.

               The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Company in
     writing at least 30 days prior to the date of the proposed resignation. 
     The Holders of a majority in principal amount at maturity of the
     outstanding Securities may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee
     in writing and may appoint a successor Trustee with the consent of the
     Company.  The Company may at any time remove the Trustee, by Company Order
     given at least 30 days prior to the date of the proposed removal.

               If the Trustee resigns or is removed, or if a vacancy exists in
     the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a
     successor Trustee.  Within one year after the successor Trustee takes
     office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount at maturity of the
     outstanding Securities may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the
     successor Trustee appointed by the Company.  If the successor Trustee does
     not deliver its written acceptance required by the next succeeding
     paragraph of this Section 7.08 within 30 days after the retiring Trustee
     resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company or the Holders of
     a majority in principal amount at maturity of the outstanding Securities
     may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a
     successor Trustee.

               A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its
     appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company.  Immediately after
     the delivery of such written acceptance, subject to the lien provided in
     Section 7.07, (i) the retiring Trustee shall transfer all property held by
     it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, (ii) the resignation or removal of
     the retiring Trustee shall become effective and (iii) the successor Trustee
     shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this
     Indenture.  A successor Trustee shall mail notice of its succession to each
     Holder.

               If the Trustee is no longer eligible under Section 7.10, any
     Holder who satisfies the requirements of TIA Section 310(b) may petition
     any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the
     appointment of a successor Trustee.

               The Company shall give notice of any resignation and any removal
     of the Trustee and each appointment of a successor Trustee to all Holders. 
     Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee and the address
     of its Corporate Trust Office.

               Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this
     Section 7.08, the Company's obligation under Section 7.07 shall continue
     for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

               SECTION 7.09.  Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.  If the Trustee
                            --------------------------------
     consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or
     substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation
     or national banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee
     corporation or national banking association without any further act shall
     be the successor Trustee with the same effect as if the successor Trustee
     had been named as the Trustee herein.

               SECTION 7.10.  Eligibility.  This Indenture shall always have a
                            -----------
     Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA Section 310(a)(1).  The
     Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $25,000,000
     as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

               SECTION 7.11.  Money Held in Trust.  The Trustee shall not be 
                            -------------------
     liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may
     agree with the Company.  Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be
     segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law and except
     for money held in trust under Article Eight of this Indenture.

               SECTION 7.12.  Withholding Taxes.  The Trustee, as agent for the 
                            -----------------
     Company, shall exclude and withhold from each payment of principal and
     interest and other amounts due hereunder or under the Securities any and
     all withholding taxes applicable thereto as required by law.  The Trustee
     agrees to act as such withholding agent and, in connection therewith,
     whenever any present or future taxes or similar charges are required to be
     withheld with respect to any amounts payable in respect of the Securities,
     to withhold such amounts and timely pay the same to the appropriate
     authority in the name of and on behalf of the holders of the Securities,
     that it will file any necessary withholding tax returns or statements when
     due, and that, as promptly as possible after the payment thereof, it will
     deliver to each holder of a Security appropriate documentation showing the
     payment thereof, together with such additional documentary evidence as such
     holders may reasonably request from time to time.


                                    ARTICLE EIGHT
                                DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE

               SECTION 8.01.  Termination of Company's Obligations.  Except as 
                            ------------------------------------
     otherwise provided in this Section 8.01, the Company may terminate its
     obligations under the Securities and this Indenture if:

               (i)  all Securities previously authenticated and delivered (other
          than destroyed, lost or stolen Securities that have been replaced or
          Securities that are paid pursuant to Section 4.01 or Securities for
          whose payment money or securities have theretofore been held in trust
          and thereafter repaid to the Company, as provided in Section 8.05)
          have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation and the Company
          has paid all sums payable by it hereunder; or

               (ii) (A) the Securities mature within one year or all of them are
          to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements
          satisfactory to the Trustee for giving the notice of redemption,
          (B) the Company or the Guarantor irrevocably deposits in trust with
          the Trustee during such one-year period, under the terms of an
          irrevocable trust agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the
          Trustee, as trust funds solely for the benefit of the Holders for that
          purpose, money or U.S. Government Obligations sufficient (in the
          opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public
          accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to
          the Trustee), without consideration of any reinvestment of any
          interest thereon, to pay principal, premium, if, any, and interest on
          the Securities to maturity or redemption, as the case may be, and to
          pay all other sums payable by it hereunder, (C) no Default or Event of
          Default with respect to the Securities shall have occurred and be
          continuing on the date of such deposit, (D) such deposit will not
          result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under,
          this Indenture or any other agreement or instrument to which the
          Company or the Guarantor is a party or by which it is bound and (E)
          the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and
          an Opinion of Counsel, in each case stating that all conditions
          precedent provided for herein relating to the satisfaction and
          discharge of this Indenture have been complied with.

               With respect to the foregoing clause (i), the Company's
     obligations under Section 7.07 shall survive.  With respect to the
     foregoing clause (ii), the Company's obligations in Sections 2.02, 2.03,
     2.04, 2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 2.08, 2.09, 2.14, 4.01, 4.02, 7.07, 7.08, 8.04,
     8.05 and 8.06 shall survive until the Securities are no longer outstanding.
     Thereafter, only the Company's obligations in Sections 7.07, 8.05 and 8.06
     shall survive.  After any such irrevocable deposit, the Trustee upon
     request shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of the Company's
     obligations, as the case may be, under the Securities and this Indenture
     except for those surviving obligations specified above.

               SECTION 8.02.  Defeasance and Discharge of Indenture.  The 
                            -------------------------------------
     Company will be deemed to have paid and will be discharged from any and all
     obligations in respect of the Securities on the 123rd day (or, to the
     extent applicable under clause (D) below, one year) after the date of the
     deposit referred to in clause (A) of this Section 8.02 if:

               (A)  with reference to this Section 8.02, the Company or the
          Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be irrevocably
          deposited with the Trustee (or another trustee satisfying the
          requirements of Section 7.10 of this Indenture) and conveyed all
          right, title and interest for the benefit of the Holders, under the
          terms of an irrevocable trust agreement in form and substance
          satisfactory to the Trustee as trust funds in trust, specifically
          pledged to the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders as security for
          payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on
          the Securities, and dedicated solely to, the benefit of the Holders,
          in and to (1) money in an amount, (2) U.S. Government Obligations
          that, through the payment of interest, premium, if any, and principal
          in respect thereof in accordance with their terms, will provide, not
          later than one day before the due date of any payment referred to in
          this clause (A), money in an amount or (3) a combination thereof in an
          amount sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of
          independent public accountants expressed in a written certification
          thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge, without
          consideration of the reinvestment of such interest and after payment
          of all federal, state and local taxes or other charges and assessments
          in respect thereof payable by the Trustee, the principal of, premium,
          if any, and accrued interest on the outstanding Securities at the
          Stated Maturity of such principal or interest; provided that the
          Trustee shall have been irrevocably instructed to apply such money or
          the proceeds of such U.S. Government Obligations to the payment of
          such principal, premium, if any, and interest with respect to the
          Securities;

               (B)  such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or
          constitute a default under, this Indenture or any other agreement or
          instrument to which the Company or the Guarantor is a party or by
          which it is bound;

               (C)  immediately after giving effect to such deposit on a pro
          forma basis, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
          continuing on the date of such deposit; and no Default or Event of
          Default shall occur during the period ending on the 123rd day (or one
          year) after such date of deposit and such deposit shall not result in
          a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other
          agreement to which the Company or the Guarantor is a party or by which
          the Company or the Guarantor is bound;

               (D)  the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee (1) either
          (x) a ruling directed to the Trustee received from the Internal
          Revenue Service to the effect that the Holders will not recognize
          income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of
          the Company's exercise of its option under this Section 8.02 and will
          be subject to federal income tax on the same amount and in the same
          manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such
          option had not been exercised or (y) an Opinion of Counsel to the same
          effect as the ruling described in clause (x) above accompanied by a
          ruling to that effect published by the Internal Revenue Service,
          unless there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax
          law since the date of this Indenture such that a ruling from the
          Internal Revenue Service is no longer required and (2) an Opinion of
          Counsel to the effect that (x) the creation of the defeasance trust
          does not violate the Investment Company Act of 1940 and (y) after the
          passage of 123 days following the deposit (except, with respect to any
          trust funds for the account of any Holder who may be deemed to be an
          "insider" for purposes of the United States Bankruptcy Code, after one
          year following the deposit), the trust funds will not be subject to
          the effect of Section 547 of the United States Bankruptcy Code or
          Section 15 of the New York Debtor and Creditor Law in a case commenced
          by or against the Company or the Guarantor under either such statute,
          and either (I) the trust funds will no longer remain the property of
          the Company or the Guarantor (and therefore will not be subject to the
          effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or
          similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally) or (II) if a court
          were to rule under any such law in any case or proceeding that the
          trust funds remained property of the Company or the Guarantor
          (a) assuming such trust funds remained in the possession of the
          Trustee prior to such court ruling to the extent not paid to the
          Holders, the Trustee will hold, for the benefit of the Holders, a
          valid and perfected security interest in such trust funds that is not
          avoidable in bankruptcy or otherwise except for the effect of Section
          552(b) of the United States Bankruptcy Code on interest on the trust
          funds accruing after the commencement of a case under such statute and
          (b) the Holders will be entitled to receive adequate protection of
          their interests in such trust funds if such trust funds are used in
          such case or proceeding;

               (E)  if the Securities are then listed on a national securities
          exchange, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion
          of Counsel to the effect that such deposit defeasance and discharge
          will not cause the Securities to be delisted; and

               (F)  the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers'
          Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, in each case stating that all
          conditions precedent provided for herein relating to the defeasance
          contemplated by this Section 8.02 have been complied with.

               Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to the end of the 123-day
     (or one year) period referred to in clause (D)(2)(y) of this Section 8.02,
     none of the Company's obligations under this Indenture shall be discharged.
     Subsequent to the end of such 123-day (or one year) period with respect to
     this Section 8.02, the Company's obligations in Sections 2.02, 2.03, 2.04,
     2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 2.08, 2.09, 2.14, 4.01, 4.02, 7.07, 7.08, 8.05 and 8.06
     shall survive until the Securities are no longer outstanding.  Thereafter,
     only the Company's obligations in Sections 7.07, 8.05 and 8.06 shall
     survive.  If and when a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service or an
     Opinion of Counsel referred to in clause (D)(1) of this Section 8.02 may be
     provided specifically without regard to, and not in reliance upon, the
     continuance of the Company's obligations under Section 4.01, then the
     Company's obligations under such Section 4.01 shall cease upon delivery to
     the Trustee of such ruling or Opinion of Counsel and compliance with the
     other conditions precedent provided for herein relating to the defeasance
     contemplated by this Section 8.02.

               After any such irrevocable deposit, the Trustee upon request
     shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of the Company's and the
     Guarantor's obligations under the Securities and this Indenture except for
     those surviving obligations in the immediately preceding paragraph.

               SECTION 8.03.  Defeasance of Certain Obligations.  The Company
                            ---------------------------------
     and the Guarantor may omit to comply with any term, provision or condition
     set forth in clauses (iii) and (iv) of Section 5.01 and Sections 4.03
     through 4.18, and clause (c) of Section 6.01 with respect to clauses (iii)
     and (iv) of Section 5.01 and Sections 4.03 through 4.18, and clauses (d)
     and (e) of Section 6.01 shall be deemed not to be Events of Default, in
     each case with respect to the outstanding Securities if:

               (i)  with reference to this Section 8.03, the Company or the
          Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be irrevocably
          deposited with the Trustee (or another trustee satisfying the
          requirements of Section 7.10) and conveyed all right, title and
          interest to the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders, under the
          terms of an irrevocable trust agreement in form and substance
          satisfactory to the Trustee as trust funds in trust, specifically
          pledged to the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders as security for
          payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on
          the Securities, and dedicated solely to, the benefit of the Holders,
          in and to (A) money in an amount, (B) U.S. Government Obligations
          that, through the payment of interest and principal in respect thereof
          in accordance with their terms, will provide, not later than one day
          before the due date of any payment referred to in this clause (i),
          money in an amount or (C) a combination thereof in an amount
          sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of
          independent public accountants expressed in a written certification
          thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge, without
          consideration of the reinvestment of such interest and after payment
          of all federal, state and local taxes or other charges and assessments
          in respect thereof payable by the Trustee, the principal of, premium,
          if any, and accrued interest on the outstanding Securities on the
          Stated Maturity of such principal or interest; provided that the
          Trustee shall have been irrevocably instructed to apply such money or
          the proceeds of such U.S. Government Obligations to the payment of
          such principal, premium, if any, and interest with respect to the
          Securities;

               (ii) such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or
          constitute a default under, this Indenture or any other agreement or
          instrument to which the Company or the Guarantor is a party or by
          which it is bound;

               (iii)     no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and
          be continuing on the date of such deposit;

               (iv) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of
          Counsel to the effect that (A) the creation of the defeasance trust
          does not violate the Investment Company Act of 1940, (B) the Holders
          have a valid first-priority security interest in the trust funds, (C)
          the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income
          tax purposes as a result of such deposit and the defeasance of the
          obligations referred to in the first paragraph of this Section 8.03
          and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amount and in
          the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if
          such deposit and defeasance had not occurred and (D) after the passage
          of 123 days following the deposit (except, with respect to any trust
          funds for the account of any Holder who may be deemed to be an
          "insider" for purposes of the United States Bankruptcy Code, after one
          year following the deposit), the trust funds will not be subject to
          the effect of Section 547 of the United States Bankruptcy Code or
          Section 15 of the New York Debtor and Creditor Law in a case commenced
          by or against the Company or the Guarantor under either such statute,
          and either (1) the trust funds will no longer remain the property of
          the Company or the Guarantor (and therefore will not be subject to the
          effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or
          similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally) or (2) if a court
          were to rule under any such law in any case or proceeding that the
          trust funds remained property of the Company or the Guarantor
          (x) assuming such trust funds remained in the possession of the
          Trustee prior to such court ruling to the extent not paid to the
          Holders, the Trustee will hold, for the benefit of the Holders, a
          valid and perfected security interest in such trust funds that is not
          avoidable in bankruptcy or otherwise (except for the effect of Section
          552(b) of the United States Bankruptcy Code on interest on the trust
          funds accruing after the commencement of a case under such statute),
          (y) the Holders will be entitled to receive adequate protection of
          their interests in such trust funds if such trust funds are used in
          such case or proceeding and (z) no property, rights in property or
          other interests granted to the Trustee or the Holders in exchange for,
          or with respect to, such trust funds will be subject to any prior
          rights of holders of other Indebtedness of the Company or the
          Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries;

               (v)  if the Securities are then listed on a national securities
          exchange, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion
          of Counsel to the effect that such deposit defeasance and discharge
          will not cause the Securities to be delisted; and

               (vi) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers'
          Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, in each case stating that all
          conditions precedent provided for herein relating to the defeasance
          contemplated by this Section 8.03 have been complied with.

               SECTION 8.04.  Application of Trust Money.  Subject to Section 
                            --------------------------
     8.06, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall hold in trust money or U.S.
     Government Obligations deposited with it pursuant to Section 8.01, 8.02 or
     8.03, as the case may be, and shall apply the deposited money and the money
     from U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with the Securities and this
     Indenture to the payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on
     the Securities; but such money need not be segregated from other funds
     except to the extent required by law.

               SECTION 8.05.  Repayment to Company.  Subject to Sections 7.07, 
                            --------------------
     8.01, 8.02 and 8.03, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall promptly pay to
     the Company upon request set forth in an Officers' Certificate any excess
     money held by them at any time and thereupon shall be relieved from all
     liability with respect to such money.  The Trustee and the Paying Agent
     shall pay to the Company upon request any money held by them for the
     payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest that remains unclaimed
     for two years; provided that the Trustee or such Paying Agent before being
     required to make any payment may cause to be published at the expense of
     the Company once in a newspaper of general circulation in the City of New
     York or mail to each Holder entitled to such money at such Holder's address
     (as set forth in the Security Register) notice that such money remains
     unclaimed and that after a date specified therein (which shall be at least
     30 days from the date of such publication or mailing) any unclaimed balance
     of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company.  After payment
     to the Company, Holders entitled to such money must look to the Company for
     payment as general creditors unless an applicable law designates another
     Person, and all liability of the Trustee and such Paying Agent with respect
     to such money shall cease.

               SECTION 8.06.  Reinstatement.  If the Trustee or Paying Agent is
                            -------------
     unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with
     Section 8.01, 8.02 or 8.03, as the case may be, by reason of any legal
     proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or
     governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such
     application, the Company's and the Guarantor's obligations under this
     Indenture and the Securities shall be revived and reinstated as though no
     deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.01, 8.02 or 8.03, as the case
     may be, until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to
     apply all such money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with
     Section 8.01, 8.02 or 8.03, as the case may be; provided that, if the
     Company or the Guarantor has made any payment of principal of, premium, if
     any, or interest on any Securities because of the reinstatement of its
     obligations, the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, shall be
     subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Securities to receive such
     payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee
     or Paying Agent.

               SECTION 8.07.  Insiders.  With respect to the determination of 
                            --------
     the Persons constituting beneficial owners of Securities and whether any
     such Person is an "insider" for purposes of Sections 8.02(D)(2)(y) and
     8.03(iv)(D), the Trustee may rely on an Officers' Certificate.


                                     ARTICLE NINE
                         AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS

               SECTION 9.01.  Without Consent of Holders.  The Company, the 
                            --------------------------
     Guarantor, when authorized by resolutions of their Boards of Directors, and
     the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Securities
     without notice to or the consent of any Holder:

               (1)  to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency in this
          Indenture; provided that such amendments or supplements shall not
          adversely affect the interests of the Holders in any material respect;

               (2)  to comply with Article Five;

               (3)  to comply with any requirements of the Commission in
          connection with the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA;

               (4)  to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment
          hereunder by a successor Trustee; or

               (5)  to make any change that, in the opinion of the Board of
          Directors of the Company evidenced by a Board Resolution, does not
          materially and adversely affect the rights of any Holder.

               SECTION 9.02.  With Consent of Holders.  Subject to Sections 6.04
                            -----------------------
     and 6.07 and without prior notice to the Holders, the Company, the
     Guarantor, when authorized by their Boards of Directors (as evidenced by a
     Board Resolution), and the Trustee may amend this Indenture and the
     Securities with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in
     principal amount at maturity of the Securities then outstanding, and the
     Holders of a majority in principal amount at maturity of the Securities
     then outstanding by written notice to the Trustee may waive future
     compliance by the Company or the Guarantor with any provision of this
     Indenture or the Securities.

               Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 9.02, without the
     consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver, including a waiver
     pursuant to Section 6.04, may not:

               (i)  change the Stated Maturity of the principal of, or any
          installment of interest on, any Security, or reduce the principal
          amount at maturity thereof or the rate of interest thereon or any
          premium payable upon the redemption thereof, or adversely affect any
          right of repayment at the option of any Holder of any Security, or the
          currency in which, any Security or any premium or the interest thereon
          is payable, or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement
          of any such payment on or after the Stated Maturity thereof (or, in
          the case of redemption, on or after the Redemption Date);

               (ii) reduce the percentage in principal amount at maturity of
          outstanding Securities the consent of whose Holders is required for
          any such supplemental indenture, for any waiver of compliance with
          certain provisions of this Indenture or certain Defaults and their
          consequences provided for in this Indenture;

               (iii)     waive a Default in the payment of principal of,
          premium, if any, or interest on, any Security;

               (iv) release the Guarantor from its Security Guarantee; or

               (v)  modify any of the provisions of this Section 9.02, except to
          increase any such percentage or to provide that certain other
          provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the
          consent of the Holder of each outstanding Security affected thereby.

               It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under
     this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment,
     supplement or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves
     the substance thereof.

               After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02
     becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the Holders affected thereby a
     notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver.  The Company
     will mail supplemental indentures to Holders upon request.  Any failure of
     the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however,
     in any way impair or affect the validity of any such supplemental indenture
     or waiver.

               SECTION 9.03.  Revocation and Effect of Consent.  Until an 
                            --------------------------------
     amendment or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder is a
     continuing consent by the Holder and every subsequent Holder of a Security
     or portion of a Security that evidences the same debt as the Security of
     the consenting Holder, even if notation of the consent is not made on any
     Security.  However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the
     consent as to its Security or portion of its Security.  Such revocation
     shall be effective only if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation
     before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective.  An
     amendment, supplement or waiver shall become effective on receipt by the
     Trustee of written consents from the Holders of the requisite percentage in
     principal amount at maturity of the outstanding Securities.

               The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date
     for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any
     amendment, supplement or waiver.  If a record date is fixed, then,
     notwithstanding the last two sentences of the immediately preceding
     paragraph, those persons who were Holders at such record date (or their
     duly designated proxies) and only those persons shall be entitled to
     consent to such amendment, supplement or waiver or to revoke any consent
     previously given, whether or not such persons continue to be Holders after
     such record date.  No such consent shall be valid or effective for more
     than 90 days after such record date.

               After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it
     shall bind every Holder unless it is of the type described in any of
     clauses (i) through (v) of Section 9.02.  In case of an amendment or waiver
     of the type described in clauses (i) through (v) of Section 9.02, the
     amendment or waiver shall bind each Holder who has consented to it and
     every subsequent Holder of a Security that evidences the same indebtedness
     as the Security of the consenting Holder.

               SECTION 9.04.  Notation on or Exchange of Securities.  If an 
                            -------------------------------------
     amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Security, the
     Trustee may require the Holder to deliver it to the Trustee.  The Trustee
     may place an appropriate notation on the Security about the changed terms
     and return it to the Holder and the Trustee may place an appropriate
     notation on any Security thereafter authenticated.  Alternatively, if the
     Company or the Trustee so determines, the Company in exchange for the
     Security shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Security that
     reflects the changed terms.

               SECTION 9.05.  Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc.  The Trustee 
                            -------------------------------
     shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon,
     an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of any amendment,
     supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article Nine is authorized
     or permitted by this Indenture.  Subject to the preceding sentence, the
     Trustee shall sign such amendment, supplement or waiver if the same does
     not adversely affect the rights of the Trustee.  The Trustee may, but shall
     not be obligated to, execute any such amendment, supplement or waiver that
     affects the Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture
     or otherwise.

               SECTION 9.06.  Conformity with Trust Indenture Act.  Every 
                            -----------------------------------
     supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article Nine shall conform
     to the requirements of the TIA as then in effect.


                                     ARTICLE TEN
                               GUARANTEE OF SECURITIES

               SECTION 10.01.  Security Guarantee.  Subject to the provisions of
                             ------------------
     this Article Ten, the Guarantor hereby fully, unconditionally and
     irrevocably guarantees to each Holder and to the Trustee on behalf of the
     Holders:  (i) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if
     any, on and interest on each Security, when and as the same shall become
     due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, the due
     and punctual payment of interest on the overdue principal of and interest,
     if any, on the Securities, to the extent lawful, and the due and punctual
     performance of all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the
     Trustee, all in accordance with the terms of such Security and this
     Indenture and (ii) in the case of any extension of time of payment or
     renewal of any Securities or any of such other obligations, that the same
     will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the
     terms of the extension or renewal, at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or
     otherwise.  The Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of
     payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of merger or bankruptcy
     of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the
     Company, the benefit of discussion, protest or notice with respect to any
     such Security or the debt evidenced thereby and all demands whatsoever, and
     covenants that this Security Guarantee will not be discharged as to any
     such Security except by payment in full of the principal thereof and
     interest thereon and as provided in Section 8.01 and Section 8.02 (subject
     to Section 8.06).  The maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be
     accelerated as provided in Article Six for the purposes of this Article
     Ten.  In the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations
     as provided in Article Six, such obligations (whether or not due and
     payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantor for the
     purpose of this Article Ten.  In addition, without limiting the foregoing
     provisions, upon the effectiveness of an acceleration under Article Six,
     the Trustee shall promptly make a demand for payment on the Securities
     under the Security Guarantee provided for in this Article Ten.

               If the Trustee or the Holder of any Security is required by any
     court or otherwise to return to the Company or the Guarantor, or any
     custodian, receiver, liquidator, trustee, sequestrator or other similar
     official acting in relation to the Company or the Guarantor, any amount
     paid to the Trustee or such Holder in respect of a Security, this Security
     Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in
     full force and effect.  The Guarantor further agrees, to the fullest extent
     that it may lawfully do so, that, as between it, on the one hand, and the
     Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, the maturity of the obligations
     guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article Six hereof for
     the purposes of this Security Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay,
     injunction or other prohibition extant under any applicable bankruptcy law
     preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations Guaranteed
     hereby.

               The Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any claim or other rights
     which it may now or hereafter acquire against the Company that arise from
     the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of its obligations under
     this Security Guarantee and this Indenture, including, without limitation,
     any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution,
     indemnification, any right to participate in any claim or remedy of the
     Holders against the Company or any collateral which any such Holder or the
     Trustee on behalf of such Holder hereafter acquires, whether or not such
     claim, remedy or right arises in equity, or under contract, statute or
     common law, including, without limitation, the right to take or receive
     from the Company, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by
     set-off or in any other manner, payment or security on account of such
     claim or other rights.  If any amount shall be paid to the Guarantor in
     violation of the preceding sentence and the principal of, premium, if any,
     and accrued interest on the Securities shall not have been paid in full,
     such amount shall be deemed to have been paid to the Guarantor for the
     benefit of, and held in trust for the benefit of, the Holders, and shall
     forthwith be paid to the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders to be
     credited and applied upon the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued
     interest on the Securities.  The Guarantor acknowledges that it will
     receive direct and indirect benefits from the issuance of the Securities
     pursuant to this Indenture and that the waivers set forth in this Section
     10.01 are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

               The Security Guarantee set forth in this Section 10.01 shall not
     be valid or become obligatory for any purpose with respect to a Security
     until the certificate of authentication on such Security shall have been
     signed by or on behalf of the Trustee.

               SECTION 10.02.  Obligations Unconditional.  Subject to Section 
                             -------------------------
     10.05, nothing contained in this Article Ten or elsewhere in this Indenture
     or in the Securities is intended to or shall impair, as among the Guarantor
     and the holders of the Securities, the obligation of the Guarantor, which
     is absolute and unconditional, upon failure by the Company, to pay to the
     holders of the Securities the principal of, premium, if any, and interest
     on the Securities as and when the same shall become due and payable in
     accordance with their terms, or is intended to or shall affect the relative
     rights of the holders of the Securities and creditors of the Guarantor, nor
     shall anything herein or therein prevent the holder of any Security or the
     Trustee on their behalf from exercising all remedies otherwise permitted by
     applicable law upon default under this Indenture.

               Without limiting the foregoing, nothing contained in this Article
     Ten will restrict the right of the Trustee or the holders of the Securities
     to take any action to declare the Security Guarantee to be due and payable
     prior to the Stated Maturity of the Securities pursuant to Section 6.02 or
     to pursue any rights or remedies hereunder.

               SECTION 10.03.  Notice to Trustee.  The Guarantor shall give
                             -----------------
     prompt written notice to the Trustee of any fact known to the Guarantor
     which would prohibit the making of any payment to or by the Trustee in
     respect of the Security Guarantee pursuant to the provisions of this
     Article Ten.

               SECTION 10.04.  This Article Not to Prevent Events of Default.  
                             ---------------------------------------------
     The failure to make a payment on account of principal of, premium, if any,
     or interest on the Securities by reason of any provision of this Article
     will not be construed as preventing the occurrence of an Event of Default.

               SECTION 10.05.  Net Worth Limitation.  Notwithstanding any other
                             --------------------
     provision of this Indenture or the Securities, the Security Guarantee shall
     not be enforceable against the Guarantor in an amount in excess of the net
     worth of the Guarantor at the time that determination of such net worth is,
     under applicable law, relevant to the enforceability of the Security
     Guarantee.  Such net worth shall include any claim of the Guarantor against
     the Company for reimbursement and any claim against any grantor of a
     Subsidiary Guarantee for contribution.


                                    ARTICLE ELEVEN
                                    MISCELLANEOUS

               SECTION 11.01.  Trust Indenture Act of 1939.  Prior to the 
                             ---------------------------
     effectiveness of the Registration Statement, this Indenture shall
     incorporate and be governed by the provisions of the TIA that are required
     to be part of and to govern indentures qualified under the TIA.  After the
     effectiveness of the Registration Statement, this Indenture shall be
     subject to the provisions of the TIA that are required to be a part of this
     Indenture and shall, to the extent applicable, be governed by such
     provisions.

               SECTION 11.02.  Notices.  Any notice or communication shall be 
                             -------
     sufficiently given if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first
     class mail addressed as follows:

               if to the Company:
               -----------------

                    ICG Holdings, Inc.
                    9605 East Maroon Circle
                    P.O. Box 6742
                    Englewood, Colorado  80155-6742
                    Attention:  President

               if to the Guarantor:
               -------------------

                    ICG Communications, Inc.
                    9605 East Maroon Circle
                    P.O. Box 6742
                    Englewood, Colorado  80155-6742
                    Attention:  President

               if to the Trustee:
               -----------------

                    Norwest Bank Colorado, National Association
                    1740 Broadway
                    Denver, Colorado  80274-8693
                    Attention:  Corporate Trust and Escrow Services

               The Company, the Guarantor or the Trustee by notice to the other
     may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or
     communications.

               Any notice or communication mailed to a Holder shall be mailed to
     him at his address as it appears on the Security Register by first class
     mail and shall be sufficiently given to him if so mailed within the time
     prescribed.  Copies of any such communication or notice to a Holder shall
     also be mailed to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

               Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any
     defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other
     Holders.  Except for a notice to the Trustee, which is deemed given only
     when received, and except as otherwise provided in this Indenture, if a
     notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided in this Section
     11.02, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

               Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such
     notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such
     notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the
     equivalent of such notice.  Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed
     with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the
     validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.

               In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service or by
     reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to give such notice by
     mail, then such notification as shall be made with the approval of the
     Trustee shall constitute a sufficient notification for every purpose
     hereunder.

               SECTION 11.03.  Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions 
                             -----------------------------------------
     Precedent.  Upon any request or application by the Company or the Guarantor
     ---------
     to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company or the
     Guarantor shall furnish to the Trustee:

               (i)  an Officers' Certificate stating that, in the opinion of the
          signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this
          Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

               (ii) an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such
          Counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with.

               SECTION 11.04.  Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.  
                             ---------------------------------------------
     Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or
     covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include:

               (i)  a statement that each person signing such certificate or
          opinion has read such covenant or condition and the definitions herein
          relating thereto;

               (ii) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the
          examination or investigation upon which the statement or opinion
          contained in such certificate or opinion is based;

               (iii)     a statement that, in the opinion of each such person,
          he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to
          enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such
          covenant or condition has been complied with; and

               (iv) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of each
          such person, such condition or covenant has been complied with;
          provided, however, that, with respect to matters of fact, an Opinion
          of Counsel may rely on an Officers' Certificate or certificates of
          public officials.

               SECTION 11.05.  Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent or Registrar.  The
                             -------------------------------------------
     Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders.
     The Paying Agent or Registrar may make reasonable rules for its functions.

               SECTION 11.06.  Payment Date Other Than a Business Day.  If an 
                             --------------------------------------
     Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, Change of Control Payment Date,
     Excess Proceeds Payment Date, Stated Maturity or date of maturity of any
     Security shall not be a Business Day, then payment of principal of,
     premium, if any, or interest on such Security, as the case may be, need not
     be made on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day
     with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date,
     Change of Control Payment Date, Excess Proceeds Payment Date, or Redemption
     Date, or at the Stated Maturity or date of maturity of such Security;
     provided that no interest shall accrue for the period from and after such
     Interest Payment Date, Change of Control Payment Date, Excess Proceeds
     Payment Date, Redemption Date, Stated Maturity or date of maturity, as the
     case may be.

               SECTION 11.07.  Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction.  The 
                             -----------------------------------------
     laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts to be performed
     entirely in that state shall govern this Indenture and the Securities. 
     Each of the Guarantor and the Company agrees to submit to the jurisdiction
     of any federal or state court located in the City of New York in any suit,
     action or proceeding with respect to this Indenture or the Securities and
     for actions brought under the U.S. federal or state securities laws brought
     in any such court.

               SECTION 11.08.  No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.  
                             ---------------------------------------------
     This Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture, loan or debt
     agreement of the Company, the Guarantor or any Subsidiary of the Guarantor.
     Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret
     this Indenture.

               SECTION 11.09.  No Recourse Against Others.  No recourse for the 
                             --------------------------
     payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any of the
     Securities, or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof,
     and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of the
     Company or the Guarantor contained in this Indenture, or in any of the
     Securities, or because of the creation of any Indebtedness represented
     thereby, shall be had against any incorporator or against any past, present
     or future partner, shareholder, other equityholder, officer, director,
     employee or controlling person, as such, of the Company or the Guarantor or
     of any successor Person, either directly or through the Company or the
     Guarantor or any successor Person, whether by virtue of any constitution,
     statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty
     or otherwise; it being expressly understood that all such liability is
     hereby expressly waived and released as a condition of, and as a
     consideration for, the execution of this Indenture and the issue of the
     Securities.

               SECTION 11.10.  Successors.  All agreements of the Company in 
                               ----------
     this Indenture and the Securities shall bind its successors.  All
     agreements of the Guarantor in this Indenture and the Securities shall bind
     its successors.  All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind
     its successors.

               SECTION 11.11.  Duplicate Originals.  The parties may sign any 
                             -------------------
     number of copies of this Indenture.  Each signed copy shall be an original,
     but all of them together represent the same agreement.

               SECTION 11.12.  Separability.  In case any provision in this
                             ------------
     Indenture or in the Securities shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable,
     the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall
     not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

               SECTION 11.13.  Table of Contents, Headings, Etc.  The Table of 
                             --------------------------------
     Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections
     of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are
     not to be considered a part hereof and shall in no way modify or restrict
     any of the terms and provisions hereof.


    <PAGE> 


                                      SIGNATURES

               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture
     to be duly executed, all as of the date first written above.


                                         ICG HOLDINGS, INC.


                                         By:  /s/ James D. Grenfell
                                             ---------------------------------
                                            Name:  James D. Grenfell
                                            Title:  Executive Vice President,
                                                    Chief Financial Officer
                                                    and Treasurer



                                         ICG COMMUNICATIONS, INC.


                                         By: /s/ James D. Grenfell
                                            ----------------------------------
                                            Name:  James D. Grenfell
                                            Title:  Executive Vice President,
                                                    Chief Financial Officer
                                                    and Treasurer



                                         NORWEST BANK COLORADO,
                                         NATIONAL ASSOCIATION


                                         By: /s/ Amy E. Buck           
                                            --------------------------------
                                            Name:  Amy E. Buck
                                            Title: Vice President




    <PAGE> 

                                                                    EXHIBIT A
                                                                    ---------


                                    [FACE OF NOTE]

                                  ICG HOLDINGS, INC.

                        11 5/8% Senior Discount Note Due 2007

                                                       [CUSIP] [CINS]           
                                                                    ----------


     No.                                                            $_________


               The following information is supplied for purposes of Sections
     1273 and 1275 of the Internal Revenue Code:


     Issue Date:    March 11, 1997

     Yield to maturity for period from Issue Date to March 15, 2007:  11.62%
     (rounded to two decimal places), compounded semiannually on March 15 and
     September 15 commencing March 11, 1997 (computed without giving effect to
     the additional payments of interest in the event the issuer fails to
     commence the exchange offer and fails to cause the shelf registration
     statement to be declared effective, each as referred to on the reverse
     hereof)

     Original issue discount under Section 1273 of the Internal Revenue Code
     (for each $1,000 principal amount at maturity):   $1,013.59

     Issue Price (for each $1,000 principal amount at maturity):  $567.66

               ICG HOLDINGS, INC., a Colorado corporation (the "Company", which
     term includes any successor under the Indenture hereinafter referred to),
     for value received, promises to pay to [            ], or its registered 
                                             ------------
     assigns, the principal sum of [     ] ($[     ]) on March 15, 2007.
                                    -----     -----

               Interest Payment Dates:  March 15 and September 15, commencing
     September 15, 2002.

               Regular Record Dates:  March 1 and September 1.



    <PAGE> 



               Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note
     set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all
     purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be signed
     manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized officers.


     Date:  [               ]               ICG HOLDINGS, INC.
             ---------------


                                            By:

                                               --------------------------------
                                               Name:
                                               Title:

     Attest:
                Name:
                Title:



                  (Form of Trustee's Certificate of Authentication)

     This is one of the 11 5/8% Senior Discount Notes due 2007 described in the
     within-mentioned Indenture.


                                            NORWEST BANK COLORADO,
                                            NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee


                                            By:
                                               --------------------------------
                                                     Authorized Signatory

    <PAGE> 



                                [REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE]

                                  ICG HOLDINGS, INC.

                        11 5/8% Senior Discount Note due 2007



     1.   Principal and Interest.
           ----------------------

               The Company will pay the principal of this 11 5/8% Senior
     Discount Note due 2007 (the "Note") on March 15, 2007.

               The Company promises to pay interest on the principal amount of
     this Note on each Interest Payment Date, as set forth below, at the rate
     per annum shown above.

               Interest will be payable semiannually (to the holders of record
     of the Notes at the close of business on the March 1 or September 1
     immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date) on each Interest Payment
     Date, commencing September 15, 2002; provided that no interest shall accrue
     on the principal amount of this Note prior to March 15, 2002 and no
     interest shall be paid on this Note prior to September 15, 2002, except as
     provided in the next paragraph.

               If an exchange offer registered under the Securities Act is not
     consummated, and a shelf registration statement under the Securities Act
     with respect to resales of the Notes is not declared effective by the
     Commission, on or before September 11, 1997 in accordance with the terms of
     the Registration Rights Agreement dated March 11, 1997 among the Company,
     the Guarantor and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, interest (in addition
     to the accrual of original discount during the period ending March 15, 2002
     and in addition to the interest otherwise due on the Notes after such date)
     will accrue, at an annual rate of 0.5% of the Accreted Value on the
     preceding Semi-Annual Accrual Date on the Notes, from September 11, 1997,
     payable in cash semiannually, in arrears, on each March 15 and
     September 15, commencing March 15, 1998.  The Holder of this Note is
     entitled to the benefits of such Registration Rights Agreement.

               From and after March 15, 2002, interest on the Notes will accrue
     from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no
     interest has been paid, from March 15, 2002; provided that, if there is no
     existing default in the payment of interest and this Note is authenticated
     between a Regular Record Date referred to on the face hereof and the next
     succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such Interest
     Payment Date.  Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of
     twelve 30-day months.

               The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal and premium,
     if any, and interest on overdue installments of interest, to the extent
     lawful, at a rate per annum that is 2% in excess of the rate otherwise
     payable.

     2.   Method of Payment.
          -----------------

               The Company will pay principal as provided above and interest
     (except defaulted interest) on the principal amount of the Notes as
     provided above on each March 15 and September 15 to the persons who are
     Holders (as reflected in the Security Register at the close of business on
     such March 1 and September 1, immediately preceding the Interest Payment
     Date), in each case, even if the Note is cancelled on registration of
     transfer or registration of exchange after such record date; provided that,
     with respect to the payment of principal, the Company will not make payment
     to the Holder unless this Note is surrendered to a Paying Agent.

               The Company will pay principal, premium, if any, and as provided
     above, interest in money of the United States that at the time of payment
     is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.  However, the
     Company may pay principal, premium, if any, and interest by its check
     payable in such money.  It may mail an interest check to a Holder's
     registered address (as reflected in the Security Register).  If a payment
     date is a date other than a Business Day at a place of payment, payment may
     be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day and
     no interest shall accrue for the intervening period.

     3.   Paying Agent and Registrar.
          --------------------------

               Initially, the Trustee will act as authenticating agent, Paying
     Agent and Registrar.  The Company may change any authenticating agent,
     Paying Agent or Registrar without notice.  The Company, any Subsidiary or
     any Affiliate of any of them may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or
     co-Registrar.

     4.   Indenture; Issuance of Additional Notes.
          ---------------------------------------

               The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of
     March 11, 1997 (the "Indenture"), among the Company, ICG Communications,
     Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Guarantor"), and Norwest Bank Colorado,
     National Association, as trustee (the "Trustee").  Capitalized terms herein
     are used as defined in the Indenture unless otherwise indicated.  The terms
     of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of
     the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act.  The Notes are
     subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and
     the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of all such terms.  To the extent
     permitted by applicable law, in the event of any inconsistency between the
     terms of this Note and the terms of the Indenture, the terms of the
     Indenture shall control.

               The Notes are general unsecured obligations of the Company.  The
     Indenture provides for an initial original issuance of an aggregate
     principal amount at maturity of Notes  of $176,000,000, plus any Exchange
     Securities that may be issued pursuant to the Registration Rights
     Agreement, and, subject to Article Four of the Indenture, the issuance from
     time to time of additional Notes under the Indenture.

     5.   Redemption.
          ----------

               The Notes will be redeemable, at the Company's option, in whole
     or in part, at any time and from time to time on or after March 15, 2002
     and prior to maturity, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' prior
     notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder's last address as it
     appears in the Security Register, at the following Redemption Prices
     (expressed in percentages of their principal amount at maturity), plus
     accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption Date (subject to the
     right of Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date that is on
     or prior to the Redemption Date to receive interest due on an Interest
     Payment Date that is on or prior to the Redemption Date) if redeemed during
     the 12-month period commencing on March 15 of the applicable year set forth
     below:

                                             Redemption
                    Year                         Price    
                    ----                     -------------
                    2002                     105.81250% 
                    2003                     102.90625
                    2004 and thereafter      100.00000

               In addition, at any time on or prior to March 15, 2000, the
     Company may, at its option from time to time, redeem Securities having an
     aggregate principal amount of up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount
     of all Securities issued, at a redemption price equal to 111 5/8% of the
     Accreted Value thereof on the Redemption Date, with proceeds of one or more
     Public Equity Offerings of Common Stock of (A) the Guarantor or (B) the
     Company, provided that (i) with respect to a Public Equity Offering
     referred to in clause (A) above, cash proceeds of such Public Equity
     Offering in an amount sufficient to effect the redemption of Securities to
     be so redeemed are contributed by the Guarantor to the Company prior to
     such redemption and used by the Company to effect such redemption and
     (ii) such redemption occurs within 180 days after consummation of such
     Public Equity Offering.

     6.   Notice of Redemption.
          --------------------

               Notice of any optional redemption will be mailed at least 30 days
     but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of
     Notes to be redeemed at his last address as it appears in the Security
     Register.  Notes in original denominations larger than $1,000 may be
     redeemed in part.  On and after the Redemption Date, interest ceases to
     accrue on Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption, unless the
     Company defaults in the payment of the Redemption Price.

     7.   Repurchase upon Change in Control.
          ---------------------------------

               Upon the occurrence of any Change of Control, each Holder shall
     have the right to require the repurchase of its Notes by the Company in
     cash pursuant to the offer described in the Indenture at a purchase price
     equal to 101% of the Accreted Value thereof plus accrued and unpaid
     interest, if any, to the date of purchase (the "Change of Control
     Payment").

               A notice of such Change of Control will be mailed within 30 days
     after any Change of Control occurs to each Holder at his last address as it
     appears in the Security Register.  Notes in original denominations larger
     than $1,000 may be sold to the Company in part.  On and after the date of
     the Change of Control Payment, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or
     portions of Notes surrendered for purchase by the Company, unless the
     Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment.

     8.   Denominations; Transfer; Exchange.
          ---------------------------------

               The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations
     of $1,000 of principal amount at maturity and multiples of $1,000 in excess
     thereof.  A Holder may register the transfer or exchange of Notes in
     accordance with the Indenture.  The Registrar may require a Holder, among
     other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents
     and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the
     Indenture.  The Registrar need not register the transfer or exchange of any
     Notes selected for redemption.  Also, it need not register the transfer or
     exchange of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes
     to be redeemed is made.

     9.   Persons Deemed Owners.
          ---------------------

               A Holder shall be treated as the owner of a Note for all
     purposes.

     10.  Unclaimed Money.
          ---------------

               If money for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or
     interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee and the Paying Agent
     will pay the money back to the Company at its request.  After that, Holders
     entitled to the money must look to the Company for payment, unless an
     abandoned property law designates another Person, and all liability of the
     Trustee and such Paying Agent with respect to such money shall cease.

     11.  Discharge Prior to Redemption or Maturity.
          -----------------------------------------

               If the Company or the Guarantor deposits with the Trustee money
     or U.S. Government Obligations sufficient to pay the then outstanding
     principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on the Notes (a) to
     redemption or maturity, the Company will be discharged from the Indenture
     and the Notes, except in certain circumstances for certain sections
     thereof, and (b) to the Stated Maturity, the Company and the Guarantor will
     be discharged from certain covenants set forth in the Indenture.

     12.  Amendment; Supplement; Waiver.
          -----------------------------

               Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes may be
     amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a
     majority in principal amount at maturity of the Notes then outstanding, and
     any existing default or compliance with any provision may be waived with
     the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount at
     maturity of the Notes then outstanding.  Without notice to or the consent
     of any Holder, the parties thereto may amend or supplement the Indenture or
     the Notes to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect or
     inconsistency and make any change that does not materially and adversely
     affect the rights of any Holder.

     13.  Restrictive Covenants.
          ---------------------

               The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the
     Company and the Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries, among other
     things, to Incur Indebtedness, make Restricted Payments, use the proceeds
     from Asset Sales, engage in transactions with Affiliates or, with respect
     to each of the Company and the Guarantor, merge, consolidate or transfer
     substantially all of its assets.  Within 45 days after the end of each
     fiscal quarter (90 days after the end of the last fiscal quarter of each
     year), the Company must report to the Trustee on compliance with such
     limitations.

     14.  Successor Persons.
          -----------------

               When a successor person or other entity assumes all the
     obligations of its predecessor under the Notes and the Indenture, the
     predecessor person will be released from those obligations.

     15.  Defaults and Remedies.
          ---------------------

               The following events constitute "Events of Default" under the
     Indenture:  (a) default in the payment of principal of (or premium, if any,
     on) any Note when the same becomes due and payable at maturity, upon
     acceleration, redemption or otherwise; (b) default in the payment of
     interest on any Note when the same becomes due and payable, and such
     default continues for a period of 30 days; (c) the Company or the Guarantor
     defaults in the performance of or breaches any other covenant or agreement
     of the Company or the Guarantor in the Indenture or under the Notes and
     such default or breach continues for a period of 30 consecutive days after
     written notice by the Trustee or the Holders of 25% or more in aggregate
     principal amount at maturity of the Notes; (d) there occurs with respect to
     any issue or issues of Indebtedness of the Company, the Guarantor or any
     Significant Subsidiary having an outstanding principal amount at maturity
     of $10 million or more in the aggregate for all such issues of all such
     Persons, whether such Indebtedness now exists or shall hereafter be
     created, (I) an event of default that has caused the holder thereof to
     declare such Indebtedness to be due and payable prior to its Stated
     Maturity and such Indebtedness has not been discharged in full or such
     acceleration has not been rescinded or annulled within 30 days of such
     acceleration and/or (II) the failure to make a principal payment at the
     final (but not any interim) fixed maturity and such defaulted payment shall
     not have been made, waived or extended within 30 days of such payment
     default; (e) any final judgment or order (not covered by insurance) for the
     payment of money in excess of $10 million in the aggregate for all such
     final judgments or orders against all such Persons (treating any
     deductibles, self-insurance or retention as not so covered) shall be
     rendered against the Company, the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary
     and shall not be paid or discharged, and there shall be any period of 30
     consecutive days following entry of the final judgment or order that causes
     the aggregate amount for all such final judgments or orders outstanding and
     not paid or discharged against all such Persons to exceed $10 million
     during which a stay of enforcement of such final judgment or order, by
     reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect; (f) a
     court having jurisdiction in the premises enters a decree or order for (A)
     relief in respect of the Company, the Guarantor or any Significant
     Subsidiary in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy,
     insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, (B) appointment
     of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or
     similar official of the Company, the Guarantor or any Significant
     Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property and assets of
     the Company, the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary or (C) the winding
     up or liquidation of the affairs of the Company, the Guarantor or any
     Significant Subsidiary and, in each case, such decree or order shall remain
     unstayed and in effect for a period of 30 consecutive days; or (g) the
     Company, the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary (A) commences a
     voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar
     law now or hereafter in effect, or consents to the entry of an order for
     relief in an involuntary case under any such law, (B) consents to the
     appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee,
     custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of the Company, the
     Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of
     the property and assets of the Company, the Guarantor or any Significant
     Subsidiary or (C) effects any general assignment for the benefit of
     creditors.  

               If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified
     in clause (f) or (g) above that occurs with respect to the Company or the
     Guarantor) occurs and is continuing under the Indenture, the Trustee or the
     Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount at maturity of the
     Notes, then outstanding, by written notice to the Company (and to the
     Trustee if such notice is given by the Holders), may, and the Trustee at
     the request of such Holders shall, declare the Accreted Value of, premium,
     if any, and accrued interest, if any, on the Notes to be immediately due
     and payable.

               If an Event of Default, as defined in the Indenture, occurs and
     is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal
     amount at maturity of the Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and
     payable.  If a bankruptcy or insolvency default with respect to the Company
     or any Restricted Subsidiary occurs and is continuing, the Notes
     automatically become due and payable.  Holders may not enforce the
     Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture.  The Trustee
     may require indemnity satisfactory to it before it enforces the Indenture
     or the Notes.  Subject to certain limitations, Holders of at least a
     majority in principal amount at maturity of the Notes then outstanding may
     direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power.

     16.  Guarantee.
          ---------

               The Company's obligations under the Notes are fully and
     irrevocably guaranteed by the Guarantor.

     17.  Trustee Dealings with Company or Guarantor.
         ------------------------------------------

               The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other
     capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from and perform services for
     the Company, the Guarantor or their Affiliates and may otherwise deal with
     the Company, the Guarantor or their Affiliates as if it were not the
     Trustee.

     18.  No Recourse Against Others.
          --------------------------

               No incorporator or any past, present or future partner,
     shareholder, other
     equity holder, officer, director, employee or controlling person as such,
     of the Company or the Guarantor or of any successor Person shall have any
     liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantor under the
     Notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by
     reason of, such obligations or their creation.  Each Holder by accepting a
     Note waives and releases all such liability.  The waiver and release are
     part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes.

     19.  Authentication.
          --------------

               This Note shall not be valid until the Trustee or authenticating
     agent signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this
     Note.

     20.  Abbreviations.
          -------------

               Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an
     assignee, such as:  TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by
     the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not
     as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian) and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to
     Minors Act).

               The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and
     without charge a copy of the Indenture.  Requests may be made to ICG
     Holdings, Inc., 9605 East Maroon Circle, P.O. Box 6742, Englewood,
     Colorado, 80155-6742, Attention:  Chief Financial Officer.


                              [FORM OF TRANSFER NOTICE]


               FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned registered holder hereby
     sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto

     Insert Taxpayer Identification No.
     ----------------------------------

                                                                                
     --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      
     ---------------------------------

     Please print or typewrite name and address including zip code of assignee
                                                                                
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        
     -----------------------------------

     the within Note and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting
     and appointing                                                             
                    ------------------------------------------------------------
             attorney to transfer said Note on the books of the Company with 
     -------
     full power of substitution in the premises.


                       [THE FOLLOWING PROVISION TO BE INCLUDED
                  ON ALL SECURITIES OTHER THAN EXCHANGE SECURITIES,
                      UNLEGENDED OFFSHORE GLOBAL SECURITIES AND
                       UNLEGENDED OFFSHORE PHYSICAL SECURITIES]

          In connection with any transfer of this Note occurring prior to the
     date which is the earlier of (i) the date of an effective Registration or
     (ii) the end of the period referred to in Rule 144(k) under the Securities
     Act, the undersigned confirms that without utilizing any general
     solicitation or general advertising that:

                                     [Check One]
                                         ---------

     [  ] (a)  this Note is being transferred in compliance with the exemption
               from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
               provided by Rule 144A thereunder.

                                          or
                                          --

     [  ] (b)  this Note is being transferred other than in accordance with
               (a) above and documents are being furnished which comply with the
               conditions of transfer set forth in this Note and the Indenture.

     If none of the foregoing boxes is checked, the Trustee or other Registrar
     shall not be obligated to register this Note in the name of any Person
     other than the Holder hereof unless and until the conditions to any such
     transfer of registration set forth herein and in Section 2.08 of the
     Indenture shall have been satisfied.

     Date:
          ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                              NOTICE:  The signature to this assignment must
                              correspond with the name as written upon the face
                              of the within-mentioned instrument in every
                              particular, without alteration or any change
                              whatsoever.



     TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (a) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

          The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this
     Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises
     sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a "qualified
     institutional buyer" within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities
     Act of 1933, as amended, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in
     reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such
     information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant
     to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it
     is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned's foregoing
     representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided
     by Rule 144A.

     Dated:
           --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   NOTICE:  To be executed by an executive
                                   officer

    <PAGE> 


                          OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE


               If you wish to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant
     to Section 4.11 or Section 4.12 of the Indenture, check the Box:  [ ]

               If you wish to have a portion of this Note purchased by the
     Company pursuant to Section 4.11 or Section 4.12 of the Indenture, state
     the amount (in principal amount at maturity):  $                   .
                                                     -------------------

     Date:                      
            -----------------

     Your Signature:  
                    -----------------------------------------------------------
              (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

     Signature Guarantee:  
                           ------------------------------

    <PAGE> 



                                                                     EXHIBIT B
                                                                       ---------


                                 Form of Certificate
                                 -------------------



     Norwest Bank Colorado, N.A.                                          , 19  
                                                             ---------- --    --
     1740 Broadway
     Denver, Colorado  80274-8693
     Attention:  Corporate Trust and Escrow Services

                   Re:  ICG Holdings, Inc. (the "Company")
                        11 5/8% Senior Discount Notes
                        due 2007 (the "Securities")             
                        ----------------------------------------

     Ladies and Gentlemen:

                   This letter relates to U.S. $                principal amount
                                                ---------------
     at maturity of Securities represented by a Note (the "Legended Note") which
     bears a legend outlining restrictions upon transfer of such Legended Note. 
     Pursuant to Section 2.02 of the Indenture (the "Indenture") dated as of
     March 11, 1997 relating to the Securities, we hereby certify that we are
     (or we will hold such Securities on behalf of) a person outside the United
     States to whom the Securities could be transferred in accordance with Rule
     904 of Regulation S promulgated under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as
     amended.  Accordingly, you are hereby requested to exchange the legended
     certificate for an unlegended certificate representing an identical
     principal amount at maturity of Securities, all in the manner provided for
     in the Indenture.

                   You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and
     are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any
     interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official
     inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.  Terms used in this
     certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S.

                                        Very truly yours,

                                        [Name of Holder]



                                        By:
                                           ------------------------------------
                                                   Authorized Signature


    <PAGE> 
                                                                     EXHIBIT C
                                                                     ---------



                         Form of Certificate to Be Delivered
                            in Connection with Transfers 
                              Pursuant to Regulation S      
                         -----------------------------------




     Norwest Bank Colorado, N.A.                                          , 19  
                                                             ---------- --    --
     1740 Broadway
     Denver, Colorado  80274-8693
     Attention:  Corporate Trust and Escrow Services

                   Re:  ICG Holdings, Inc. (the "Company")
                        11 5/8% Senior Discount Notes
                        due 2007 (the "Securities")            
                        ---------------------------------------

     Ladies and Gentlemen:

                   In connection with our proposed sale of U.S.$                
                                                                 ------------
     aggregate principal amount at maturity of the Securities, we confirm that
     such sale has been effected pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S
     under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and, accordingly, we
     represent that:

                   (1)  the offer of the Securities was not made to a person in
     the United States;

                   (2)  at the time the buy order was originated, the transferee
              was outside the United States or we and any person acting on our
              behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the
              United States;

                   (3)  no directed selling efforts have been made by us in the
              United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b)
              or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S, as applicable; and

                   (4)  the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade
              the registration requirements of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933.

                   You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and
     are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any
     interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official
     inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.  Terms used in this
     certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S.

                                                Very truly yours,

                                                [Name of Transferor]


                                                By:
                                                   ----------------------------
                                                       Authorized Signature

    <PAGE> 


                                                                    EXHIBIT D
                                                                    ---------

                              Form of Certificate to Be
                             Delivered in Connection with
                      Transfers to Non-QIB Accredited Investors
                      -----------------------------------------





     Norwest Bank Colorado, N.A.                                       , 19 
                                                           ---------- --    --
     1740 Broadway
     Denver, Colorado  80274-8693
     Attention:  Corporate Trust and Escrow Services

                   Re:  ICG Holdings, Inc. (the "Company")
                        11 5/8% Senior Discount Notes
                        due 2007 (the "Securities")            
                        ---------------------------------------

     Dear Sirs:

                   In connection with our proposed purchase of $
                                                            -----------
     aggregate principal amount of the Securities, we confirm that:

                   1.   We understand that any subsequent transfer of the
              Securities is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set
              forth in the Indenture dated as of March 11, 1997 relating to the
              Securities (the "Indenture") and the undersigned agrees to be
              bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the
              Securities except in compliance with, such restrictions and
              conditions and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
              "Securities Act").

                   2.   We understand that the offer and sale of the Securities
              have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the
              Securities may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the
              following sentence.  We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of
              any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that
              if we should sell any Securities, we will do so only (A) to the
              Company or any subsidiary thereof, (B) in accordance with
              Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a "qualified institutional
              buyer" (as defined therein), (C) to an institutional "accredited
              investor" (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer,
              furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer)
              to you and to the Company a signed letter substantially in the
              form of this letter, (D) outside the United States in accordance
              with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E)
              pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act,
              or (F) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the
              Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any person
              purchasing any of the Securities from us a notice advising such
              purchaser that resales of the Securities are restricted as stated
              herein.

                   3.   We understand that, on any proposed resale of any
              Securities, we will be required to furnish to you and the Company
              such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you
              and the Company may reasonably require to confirm that the
              proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions.  We
              further understand that the Securities purchased by us will bear a
              legend to the foregoing effect.

                   4.   We are an institutional "accredited investor" (as
              defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under
              the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in
              financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the
              merits and risks of our investment in the Securities, and we and
              any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the
              economic risk of our or its investment.

                   5.   We are acquiring the Securities purchased by us for our
              own account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an
              institutional "accredited investor") as to each of which we
              exercise sole investment discretion.

                   You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and
     are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any
     interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official
     inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

                                                Very truly yours,

                                                [Name of Transferee]


                                                By:
                                                   ----------------------------
                                                       Authorized Signature



                                                           Exhibit 4.16

          -----------------------------------------------------------------





                            REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT




                                 Dated March 11, 1997




                                        among




                              ICG COMMUNICATIONS, INC.,



                                  ICG HOLDINGS, INC.


                                         and


                          MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED





          -----------------------------------------------------------------


    <PAGE> 



                            REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT



                    THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is
          made and entered into March 11, 1997, among ICG HOLDINGS, INC., a
          Colorado corporation ("Holdings"), ICG COMMUNICATIONS, INC., a
          Delaware corporation ("ICG"), and MORGAN STANLEY & CO.
          INCORPORATED (the "Placement Agent").

                    This Agreement is made pursuant to the Placement
          Agreement dated March 6, 1997, among Holdings, ICG and the
          Placement Agent (the "Placement Agreement"), which provides for
          the sale by Holdings and ICG to the Placement Agent
          of (i) 100,000 shares of Holdings' 14% Exchangeable Preferred
          Stock, which will be mandatorily redeemable in 2008 (the
          "Shares"), as set forth in the Second Amended and Restated
          Articles of Incorporation of Holdings and will be exchangeable,
          at the option of Holdings, in whole but not in part, into Senior
          Subordinated Exchange Debentures due 2008 (the "Exchange
          Debentures") to be issued, if applicable, pursuant to an
          Indenture to be dated as of the date of such exchange (the
          "Exchange Indenture") and (ii) $176,000,000 million aggregate
          principal amount at maturity of 11 % Senior Discount Notes due
          2007 of Holdings (the "Notes") issued pursuant to the provisions
          of an Indenture to be dated as of the date hereof (the
          "Indenture") among Holdings, ICG and Norwest Bank Colorado,
          National Association, as trustee (in such capacity, the
          "Trustee").  The obligations of Holdings under the Notes and the
          Indenture, and under the Exchange Debentures and the Exchange
          Indenture when issued, will be guaranteed by ICG on a senior
          unsecured basis and a senior subordinated unsecured basis,
          respectively, pursuant to the terms of the Indenture (the "Note
          Guarantee") and the Exchange Indenture, respectively.  In order
          to induce the Placement Agent to enter into the Placement
          Agreement, Holdings and ICG have agreed to provide to the
          Placement Agent and its direct and indirect transferees the
          registration rights with respect to the Notes and the Note
          Guarantee set forth in this Agreement.  The execution of this
          Agreement is a condition to the closing under the Placement
          Agreement.

                    In consideration of the foregoing, the parties hereto
          agree as follows:

                    1.   Definitions.
                         -----------

                    As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized
          defined terms shall have the following meanings:

                    "1933 Act" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as
                     --------
               amended from time to time.

                    "1934 Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of
                     --------
               1934, as amended from time to time.

                    "Accreted Value" shall have the meaning set forth in
                     --------------
               the Indenture.

                    "Closing Date" hall mean the Closing Date as defined in
                     ------------
               the Placement Agreement.

                    "Exchange Offer" shall mean the exchange offer by
                     --------------
               Holdings of Exchange Notes for Registrable Notes pursuant to
               Section 2(a) hereof.

                    "Exchange Offer Registration" shall mean a registration
                     ---------------------------
               under the 1933 Act effected pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof.

                    "Exchange Offer Registration Statement" shall mean an
                     -------------------------------------
               exchange offer registration statement on Form S-4 (or, if
               applicable, on another appropriate form) and all amendments
               and supplements to such registration statement, in each case
               including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits
               thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.

                    "Exchange Notes" shall mean securities issued by
                     --------------
               Holdings and guaranteed by ICG under the Indenture
               containing terms identical to the Notes (except that
               (i) interest thereon shall accrue from the last date on
               which interest was paid on the Notes or, if no such interest
               has been paid, from March 15, 2002 and (ii) the Exchange
               Notes will not provide for an increase in the rate of
               interest and will not contain terms with respect to transfer
               restrictions) and to be offered to Holders of Notes in
               exchange for Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer.

                    "Holder" shall mean the Placement Agent, for so long as
                     ------
               it owns any Registrable Notes, and each of its successors,
               assigns and direct and indirect transferees who become
               registered owners of Registrable Notes under the Indenture;
               provided that for purposes of Sections 4 and 5 of this
               --------
               Agreement, the term "Holder" shall include Participating
               Broker-Dealers (as defined in Section 4(a)).

                    "Holdings" shall have the meaning set forth in the
                     --------
               preamble and shall also include Holdings' successors.

                    "ICG" shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble
                     ---
               and shall also include ICG's successors.

                    "Indenture" shall have the meaning set forth in the
                     ---------
               preamble.

                    "Majority Holders" shall mean the Holders of a majority
                     ----------------
               of the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Registrable
               Notes; provided that whenever the consent or approval of
                      --------
               Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Notes is
               required hereunder, Registrable Notes held by Holdings or
               any of its affiliates (as such term is defined in Rule 405
               under the 1933 Act) (other than the Placement Agent or
               subsequent holders of Registrable Notes if such subsequent
               holders are deemed to be such affiliates solely by reason of
               their holding of such Registrable Notes) shall not be
               counted in determining whether such consent or approval was
               given by the Holders of such required percentage or amount.

                    "Person" shall mean an individual, partnership,
                     ------
               corporation, trust or unincorporated organization, or a
               government or agency or political subdivision thereof.

                    "Placement Agent" shall have the meaning set forth in
                     ---------------
               the preamble.

                    "Placement Agreement" shall have the meaning set forth
                     -------------------
               in the preamble.

                    "Prospectus" shall mean the prospectus included in a
                     ----------
               Registration Statement, including any preliminary
               prospectus, and any such prospectus as amended or
               supplemented by any prospectus supplement, including a
               prospectus supplement with respect to the terms of the
               offering of any portion of the Registrable Notes covered by
               a Shelf Registration Statement, and by all other amendments
               and supplements to such prospectus, and in each case
               including all material incorporated by reference therein.

                    "Registrable Notes" shall mean the Notes; provided,
                     -----------------                        --------
               however, that the Notes shall cease to be Registrable Notes
               -------
               (i) when a Registration Statement with respect to such Notes
               shall have been declared effective under the 1933 Act and
               such Notes shall have been disposed of pursuant to such
               Registration Statement, (ii) when such Notes have been sold
               to the public pursuant to Rule 144(k) (or any similar
               provision then in force, but not Rule 144A) under the 1933
               Act or (iii) when such Notes shall have ceased to be
               outstanding.

                    "Registration Expenses" shall mean any and all expenses
                     ---------------------
               incident to performance of or compliance by Holdings and ICG
               with this Agreement, including without limitation:  (i) all
               SEC, stock exchange or National Association of Securities
               Dealers, Inc. registration and filing fees, (ii) all fees
               and expenses incurred in connection with compliance with
               state securities or blue sky laws (including reasonable fees
               and disbursements of counsel for any Underwriters or Holders
               in connection with blue sky qualification of any of the
               Exchange Notes or Registrable Notes), (iii) all expenses of
               any Persons in preparing or assisting in preparing, word
               processing, printing and distributing any Registration
               Statement, any Prospectus, any amendments or supplements
               thereto, any underwriting agreements, securities sales
               agreements and other documents relating to the performance
               of and compliance with this Agreement, (iv) all rating
               agency fees, if any, (v) all fees and disbursements relating
               to the qualification of the Indenture under applicable
               securities laws, (vi) the fees and disbursements of the
               Trustee and its counsel, (vii) the fees and disbursements of
               counsel for Holdings and ICG and, in the case of a Shelf
               Registration Statement, the fees and disbursements of one
               counsel for the Holders (which counsel shall be selected by
               the Majority Holders and which counsel may also be counsel
               for the Placement Agent) and (viii) the fees and
               disbursements of the independent public accountants of
               Holdings and ICG, including the expenses of any special
               audits or "cold comfort" letters required by or incident to
               such performance and compliance, but excluding fees and
               expenses of counsel to the Underwriters (other than fees and
               expenses set forth in clause (ii) above) or the Holders and
               underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes,
               if any, relating to the sale or disposition of Registrable
               Notes by a Holder.

                    "Registration Statement" shall mean any registration
                     ----------------------
               statement of Holdings and ICG that covers any of the
               Exchange Notes or Registrable Notes pursuant to the
               provisions of this Agreement and all amendments and
               supplements to any such Registration Statement, including
               post-effective amendments, in each case including the
               Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all
               material incorporated by reference therein.

                    "SEC" shall mean the Securities and Exchange
                     ---
               Commission.

                    "Shelf Registration" shall mean a registration effected
                     ------------------
               pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof.

                    "Shelf Registration Statement" shall mean a "shelf"
                     ----------------------------
               registration statement of Holdings and ICG pursuant to the
               provisions of Section 2(b) of this Agreement which covers
               all of the Registrable Notes on an appropriate form under
               Rule 415 under the 1933 Act, or any similar rule that may be
               adopted by the SEC, and all amendments and supplements to
               such registration statement, including post-effective
               amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained
               therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated
               by reference therein.

                    "Trustee" shall have the meaning set forth in the
                     -------
               preamble. 

                    "Underwriters" shall have the meaning set forth in
                     ------------
               Section 3 hereof.

                    "Underwritten Registration" or "Underwritten Offering"
                     -------------------------      ---------------------
               shall mean a registered offering in which Registrable Notes
               are sold to an Underwriter for reoffering to the public.

                    2.   Registration Under the 1933 Act.
                         -------------------------------

                    (a)  To the extent not prohibited by any applicable law
          or applicable interpretation of the Staff of the SEC, Holdings
          and ICG shall cause to be filed an Exchange Offer Registration
          Statement covering the offer by Holdings and ICG to the Holders
          to exchange all of the Registrable Notes for Exchange Notes, to
          have such Registration Statement declared effective by the SEC
          and remain effective until the closing of the Exchange Offer and
          to consummate the Exchange Offer on or prior to September 11,
          1997.  Holdings and ICG shall commence the Exchange Offer
          promptly after the Exchange Offer Registration Statement has been
          declared effective by the SEC and use their best efforts to have
          the Exchange Offer consummated on or prior to September 11, 1997. 
          Holdings and ICG shall commence the Exchange Offer by mailing the
          related exchange offer Prospectus and accompanying documents to
          each Holder stating, in addition to such other disclosures as are
          required by applicable law:

                    (i)  that the Exchange Offer is being made pursuant to
               this Agreement and that all Registrable Notes validly
               tendered will be accepted for exchange;

                    (ii) the dates of acceptance for exchange (which shall
               be a period of at least 30 days from the date such notice is
               mailed) (the "Exchange Dates");

                    (iii)     that any Registrable Note not tendered will
               remain outstanding and continue to accrete in value (until
               March 15, 2002 and thereafter will accrue interest), but
               will not retain any rights under this Agreement;

                    (iv) that Holders electing to have a Registrable Note
               exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be required to
               surrender such Registrable Note, together with the enclosed
               letters of transmittal, to the institution and at the
               address (located in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of
               New York) specified in the notice prior to the close of
               business on the last Exchange Date; and

                    (v)  that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their
               election, not later than the close of business on the last
               Exchange Date, by sending to the institution and at the
               address (located in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of
               New York) specified in the notice a telegram, telex,
               facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of
               such Holder, the principal amount of Registrable Notes
               delivered for exchange and a statement that such Holder is
               withdrawing his election to have such Notes exchanged.

                    As soon as practicable after the last Exchange Date,
          Holdings shall:

                    (i)  accept for exchange Registrable Notes or portions
               thereof tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the
               Exchange Offer; and

                    (ii) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee
               for cancellation all Registrable Notes or portions thereof
               so accepted for exchange by Holdings and issue, and cause
               the Trustee to promptly authenticate and mail to each
               Holder, an Exchange Note equal in principal amount to the
               principal amount of the Registrable Notes surrendered by
               such Holder.

          Holdings and ICG shall use their best efforts to complete the
          Exchange Offer as provided above and shall comply with the
          applicable requirements of the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act and other
          applicable laws and regulations in connection with the Exchange
          Offer.  The Exchange Offer shall not be subject to any
          conditions, other than that the Exchange Offer does not violate
          applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the Staff of
          the SEC.  Holdings shall inform the Placement Agent of the names
          and addresses of the Holders to whom the Exchange Offer is made,
          and the Placement Agent shall have the right, subject to
          applicable law, to contact such Holders and otherwise facilitate
          the tender of Registrable Notes in the Exchange Offer.

                    (b)  In the event that (i) Holdings and ICG determine
          that the Exchange Offer Registration provided for in Section 2(a)
          above is not available or may not be consummated as soon as
          practicable after the last Exchange Date because it would violate
          applicable law or the applicable interpretations of the Staff of
          the SEC, (ii) the Exchange Offer is not for any other reason
          consummated on or prior to September 11, 1997 or (iii) in the
          opinion of counsel for the Placement Agent a Registration
          Statement must be filed and a Prospectus must be delivered by the
          Placement Agent in connection with any offering or sale of
          Registrable Notes, Holdings and ICG shall use their best efforts
          to cause to be filed as soon as practicable after such
          determination, date or notice of such opinion of counsel is given
          to Holdings and ICG, as the case may be, a Shelf Registration
          Statement providing for the sale by the Holders of all of the
          Registrable Notes and to have such Shelf Registration Statement
          declared effective by the SEC.  In the event Holdings and ICG are
          required to file a Shelf Registration Statement solely as a
          result of the matters referred to in clause (iii) of the
          preceding sentence, Holdings and ICG shall file and have declared
          effective by the SEC both an Exchange Offer Registration
          Statement pursuant to Section 2(a) with respect to all
          Registrable Notes and a Shelf Registration Statement (which may
          be a combined Registration Statement with the Exchange Offer
          Registration Statement) with respect to offers and sales of
          Registrable Notes held by the Placement Agent after completion of
          the Exchange Offer.  Holdings and ICG agree to use their best
          efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously
          effective until the period referred to in Rule 144(k) or until
          all of the Registrable Notes covered by the Shelf Registration
          Statement have been sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration
          Statement.  Holdings and ICG further agree to supplement or amend
          the Shelf Registration Statement if required by the rules,
          regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form
          used by Holdings and ICG for such Shelf Registration Statement or
          by the 1933 Act or by any other rules and regulations thereunder
          for shelf registration or if reasonably requested by a Holder
          with respect to information relating to such Holder, and to use
          their best efforts to cause any such amendment to become
          effective and such Shelf Registration Statement to become usable
          as soon as practicable thereafter.  Holdings and ICG agree to
          furnish to the Holders of Registrable Notes copies of any such
          supplement or amendment promptly after its being used or filed
          with the SEC.

                    (c)  Holdings and ICG shall pay all Registration
          Expenses in connection with the registration pursuant to Section
          2(a) or Section 2(b).  Each Holder shall pay all underwriting
          discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to
          the sale or disposition of such Holder's Registrable Notes
          pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement.

                    (d)  An Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant
          to Section 2(a) hereof or a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant
          to Section 2(b) hereof will not be deemed to have become
          effective unless it has been declared effective by the SEC;
          provided, however, that, if, after it has been declared
          --------  -------
          effective, the offering of Registrable Notes pursuant to a Shelf
          Registration Statement is interfered with by any stop order,
          injunction or other order or requirement of the SEC or any other
          governmental agency or court, such Registration Statement will be
          deemed not to have become effective during the period of such
          interference until the offering of Registrable Notes pursuant to
          such Registration Statement may legally resume.  As provided for
          in the Indenture, in the event the Exchange Offer is not
          consummated and the Shelf Registration Statement is not declared
          effective on or prior to September 11, 1997, interest  (in
          addition to the accrual of original issue discount during the
          period ending March 15, 2002 and in addition to the interest
          otherwise due on the Notes after such date) will accrue, at an
          annual rate of 0.5% of Accreted Value on the preceding semiannual
          payment date, on the Notes from September 11, 1997, payable in
          cash semiannually in arrears on each March 15 and September 15,
          commencing March 15, 1998; provided that if a Shelf Registration
                                     --------
          Statement is required solely by the matters referred to in clause
          (iii) of the first sentence of Section 2(b), such increase in
          interest rate shall be payable only to the Placement Agent, with
          respect to Notes held by it, and only with respect to any period
          (after September 11, 1997) during which such Shelf Registration
          Statement is not effective.

                    (e)  Without limiting the remedies available to the
          Placement Agent and the Holders, Holdings and ICG acknowledge
          that any failure by Holdings and ICG to comply with their
          respective obligations under Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof
          may result in material irreparable injury to the Placement Agent
          or the Holders for which there is no adequate remedy at law, that
          it will not be possible to measure damages for such injuries
          precisely and that, in the event of any such failure, the
          Placement Agent or any Holder may obtain such relief as may be
          required to specifically enforce Holdings' and ICG's obligations
          under Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof.

                    3.   Registration Procedures.
                         -----------------------

                    In connection with the obligations of Holdings and ICG
          with respect to the Registration Statements pursuant to
          Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof, Holdings and ICG shall as
          expeditiously as possible:

                    (a)  prepare and file with the SEC a Registration
               Statement on the appropriate form under the 1933 Act, which
               form (x) shall be selected by Holdings and ICG and
               (y) shall, in the case of a Shelf Registration, be available
               for the sale of the Registrable Notes by the selling Holders
               thereof and (z) shall comply as to form in all material
               respects with the requirements of the applicable form and
               include all financial statements required by the SEC to be
               filed therewith, and use their best efforts to cause such
               Registration Statement to become effective and remain
               effective in accordance with Section 2 hereof;

                    (b)  prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and
               post-effective amendments to each Registration Statement as
               may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement
               effective for the applicable period and cause each
               Prospectus to be supplemented by any required prospectus
               supplement and, as so supplemented, to be filed pursuant to
               Rule 424 under the 1933 Act; to keep each Prospectus current
               during the period described under Section 4(3) and Rule 174
               under the 1933 Act that is applicable to transactions by
               brokers or dealers with respect to the Registrable Notes or
               Exchange Notes;

                    (c)  in the case of a Shelf Registration, furnish to
               each Holder of Registrable Notes, to counsel for the
               Placement Agent, to counsel for the Holders and to each
               Underwriter of an Underwritten Offering of Registrable
               Notes, if any, without charge, as many copies of each
               Prospectus, including each preliminary Prospectus, and any
               amendment or supplement thereto and such other documents as
               such Holder or Underwriter may reasonably request, in order
               to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the
               Registrable Notes; and Holdings and ICG consent to the use
               of such Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto
               in accordance with applicable law by each of the selling
               Holders of Registrable Notes and any such Underwriters in
               connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable
               Notes covered by and in the manner described in such
               Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto in
               accordance with applicable law;

                    (d)  use their best efforts to register or qualify, by
               the time the applicable Registration Statement is declared
               effective by the SEC, the Registrable Notes under all
               applicable state securities or "blue sky" laws of such
               jurisdictions as any Holder of Registrable Notes covered by
               a Registration Statement shall reasonably request in
               writing, to cooperate with such Holder in connection with
               any filings required to be made with the National
               Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. and do any and all
               other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or
               advisable to enable such Holder to consummate the
               disposition in each such jurisdiction of such Registrable
               Notes owned by such Holder; provided, however, that neither
                                           --------  -------
               Holdings nor ICG shall be required to (i) qualify as a
               foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any
               jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to
               qualify but for this Section 3(d), (ii) file any general
               consent to service of process or (iii) subject itself to
               taxation in any such jurisdiction if it is not otherwise so
               subject;

                    (e)  in the case of a Shelf Registration, notify each
               Holder of Registrable Notes, counsel for the Holders and
               counsel for the Placement Agent promptly and, if requested
               by any such Holder or counsel, confirm such advice in
               writing (i) when a Registration Statement has become
               effective and when any post-effective amendment thereto has
               been filed and becomes effective, (ii) of any request by the
               SEC or any state securities authority for amendments and
               supplements to a Registration Statement and Prospectus or
               for additional information after the Registration Statement
               has become effective, (iii) of the issuance by the SEC or
               any state securities authority of any stop order suspending
               the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or the
               initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, (iv) if,
               between the effective date of a Registration Statement and
               the closing of any sale of Registrable Notes covered
               thereby, the representations and warranties of Holdings and
               ICG contained in any underwriting agreement, securities
               sales agreement or other similar agreement, if any, relating
               to the offering cease to be true and correct in all material
               respects or if Holdings and ICG receive any notification
               with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the
               Registrable Notes for sale in any jurisdiction or the
               initiation of any proceeding for such purpose, (v) of the
               happening of any event during the period a Shelf
               Registration Statement is effective which makes any
               statement made in such Registration Statement or the related
               Prospectus untrue in any material respect or which requires
               the making of any changes in such Registration Statement or
               Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not
               misleading and (vi) of any determination by Holdings and ICG
               that a post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement
               would be appropriate;

                    (f)  make every reasonable effort to obtain the
               withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of a
               Registration Statement at the earliest possible moment and
               provide immediate notice to each Holder of the withdrawal of
               any such order;

                    (g)  in the case of a Shelf Registration, furnish to
               each Holder of Registrable Notes, without charge, at least
               one conformed copy of each Registration Statement and any
               post-effective amendment thereto (without documents
               incorporated therein by reference or exhibits thereto,
               unless requested);

                    (h)  in the case of a Shelf Registration, cooperate
               with the selling Holders of Registrable Notes to facilitate
               the timely preparation and delivery of certificates
               representing Registrable Notes to be sold and not bearing
               any restrictive legends and enable such Registrable Notes to
               be in such denominations (consistent with the provisions of
               the Indenture) and registered in such names as the selling
               Holders may reasonably request at least two business days
               prior to the closing of any sale of Registrable Notes;

                    (i)  in the case of a Shelf Registration, upon the
               occurrence of any event contemplated by Section 3(e)(v)
               hereof, use their best efforts to prepare a supplement or
               post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement or the
               related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by
               reference or file any other required document so that, as
               thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the Registrable
               Notes, such Prospectus will not contain any untrue statement
               of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
               necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the
               circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. 
               Holdings and ICG agree to notify the Holders to suspend use
               of the Prospectus as promptly as practicable after the
               occurrence of such an event, and the Holders hereby agree to
               suspend use of the Prospectus until Holdings and ICG have
               amended or supplemented the Prospectus to correct such
               misstatement or omission;

                    (j)  within a reasonable time prior to the filing of
               any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any amendment to
               a Registration Statement or amendment or supplement to a
               Prospectus or any document which is to be incorporated by
               reference into a Registration Statement or a Prospectus
               after initial filing of a Registration Statement, provide
               copies of such document to the Placement Agent and its
               counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement,
               the Holders and their counsel) and make such representatives
               of Holdings and ICG as shall be reasonably requested by the
               Placement Agent or its counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf
               Registration Statement, the Holders or their counsel)
               available for discussion of such document, and shall not at
               any time file or make any amendment to the Registration
               Statement, any Prospectus or any amendment of or supplement
               to a Registration Statement or a Prospectus or any document
               which is to be incorporated by reference into a Registration
               Statement or a Prospectus, of which the Placement Agent and
               its counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration
               Statement, the Holders and their counsel) shall not have
               previously been advised and furnished a copy or to which the
               Placement Agent or its counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf
               Registration Statement, the Holders or their counsel) shall
               object, except for any amendment or supplement or document
               (a copy of which has been previously furnished to the
               Placement Agent and its counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf
               Registration Statement, the Holders and their counsel))
               which counsel to Holdings and ICG shall advise Holdings and
               ICG, in the form of a written legal opinion, is required in
               order to comply with applicable law; the Placement Agent
               agrees that, if it receives timely notice and drafts under
               this clause (j), it will not take actions or make objections
               pursuant to this clause (j) such that Holdings and ICG are
               unable to comply with their obligations under Section 2(a);

                    (k)  obtain a CUSIP number and, if applicable, a CINS
               number, for all Exchange Notes or Registrable Notes, as the
               case may be, not later than the first effective date of a
               Registration Statement;

                    (l)  cause the Indenture to be qualified under the
               Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the "TIA"), in
               connection with the registration of the Exchange Notes or
               Registrable Notes, as the case may be, cooperate with the
               Trustee and the Holders to effect such changes to the
               Indenture as may be required for the Indenture to be so
               qualified in accordance with the terms of the TIA and
               execute, and use their best efforts to cause the Trustee to
               execute, all documents as may be required to effect such
               changes and all other forms and documents required to be
               filed with the SEC to enable the Indenture to be so
               qualified in a timely manner;

                    (m)  in the case of a Shelf Registration, make
               available for inspection by a representative of the Holders
               of the Registrable Notes, any Underwriter participating in
               any disposition pursuant to such Shelf Registration
               Statement, and attorneys and accountants designated by the
               Holders, at reasonable times and in a reasonable manner, all
               financial and other records, pertinent documents and
               properties of Holdings and ICG, and cause the respective
               officers, directors and employees of Holdings and ICG to
               supply all information reasonably requested by any such
               representative, Underwriter, attorney or accountant in
               connection with a Shelf Registration Statement;

                    (n)  in the case of a Shelf Registration, use their
               best efforts to cause all Registrable Notes to be listed on
               any securities exchange or any automated quotation system on
               which similar securities issued by Holdings and ICG are then
               listed if requested by the Majority Holders, to the extent
               such Registrable Notes satisfy applicable listing
               requirements;

                    (o)  use their best efforts to cause the Exchange Notes
               or Registrable Notes, as the case may be, to be rated by two
               nationally recognized statistical rating organizations (as
               such term is defined in Rule 436(g)(2) under the 1933 Act);

                    (p)  if reasonably requested by any Holder of
               Registrable Notes covered by a Registration Statement, (i)
               promptly incorporate in a Prospectus supplement or post-
               effective amendment such information with respect to such
               Holder as such Holder reasonably requests to be included
               therein and (ii) make all required filings of such
               Prospectus supplement or such post-effective amendment as
               soon as Holdings and ICG have received notification of the
               matters to be incorporated in such filing; and

                    (q)  in the case of a Shelf Registration, enter into
               such customary agreements and take all such other actions in
               connection therewith (including those requested by the
               Holders of a majority of the Registrable Notes being sold)
               in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such
               Registrable Notes including, but not limited to, an
               Underwritten Offering and in such connection, (i) to the
               extent possible, make such representations and warranties to
               the Holders and any Underwriters of such Registrable Notes
               with respect to the business of Holdings, ICG and their
               subsidiaries, the Registration Statement, Prospectus and
               documents incorporated by reference or deemed incorporated
               by reference, if any, in each case, in form, substance and
               scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in
               underwritten offerings and confirm the same if and when
               requested, (ii) obtain opinions of counsel to Holdings and
               ICG (which counsel and opinions, in form, scope and
               substance, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Holders
               and such Underwriters and their respective counsel)
               addressed to each selling Holder and Underwriter of
               Registrable Notes, covering the matters customarily covered
               in opinions requested in underwritten offerings,
               (iii) obtain "cold comfort" letters from the independent
               certified public accountants of Holdings and ICG (and, if
               applicable, any other certified public accountant of any
               business acquired by Holdings or ICG for which financial
               statements and financial data are or are required to be
               included in the Registration Statement) addressed to each
               selling Holder and Underwriter of Registrable Notes, such
               letters to be in customary form and covering matters of the
               type customarily covered in "cold comfort" letters in
               connection with underwritten offerings, and (iv) deliver
               such documents and certificates as may be reasonably
               requested by the Holders of a majority in principal amount
               of the Registrable Notes being sold or the Underwriters, and
               which are customarily delivered in underwritten offerings,
               to evidence the continued validity of the representations
               and warranties of Holdings and ICG made pursuant to clause
               (i) above and to evidence compliance with any customary
               conditions contained in an underwriting agreement. 

                    In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, Holdings
          and ICG may require each Holder of Registrable Notes to furnish
          to Holdings and ICG such information regarding the Holder and the
          proposed distribution by such Holder of such Registrable Notes as
          Holdings and ICG may from time to time reasonably request in
          writing.  

                    In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, each
          Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from Holdings and
          ICG of the happening of any event of the kind described in
          Section 3(e)(v) hereof, such Holder will forthwith discontinue
          disposition of Registrable Notes pursuant to a Registration
          Statement until such Holder's receipt of the copies of the
          supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 3(i)
          hereof, and, if so directed by Holdings and ICG, such Holder will
          deliver to Holdings and ICG (at its expense) all copies in its
          possession, other than permanent file copies then in such
          Holder's possession, of the Prospectus covering such Registrable
          Notes current at the time of receipt of such notice.  If Holdings
          and ICG shall give any such notice to suspend the disposition of
          Registrable Notes pursuant to a Registration Statement, Holdings
          and ICG shall extend the period during which the Registration
          Statement shall be maintained effective pursuant to this
          Agreement by the number of days during the period from and
          including the date of the giving of such notice to and including
          the date when the Holders shall have received copies of the
          supplemented or amended Prospectus necessary to resume such
          dispositions.

                    The Holders of Registrable Notes covered by a Shelf
          Registration Statement who desire to do so may sell such
          Registrable Notes in an Underwritten Offering.  In any such
          Underwritten Offering, the investment banker or investment
          bankers and manager or managers (the "Underwriters") that will
          administer the offering will be selected by the Majority Holders
          of the Registrable Notes included in such offering.

                    4.   Participation of Broker-Dealers in Exchange Offer.
                         -------------------------------------------------

                    (a)  The Staff of the SEC has taken the position that
          any broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own
          account in the Exchange Offer in exchange for Notes that were
          acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making or
          other trading activities (a "Participating Broker-Dealer"), may
          be deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of the 1933
          Act and must deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the
          1933 Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes.

                    Holdings and ICG understand that it is the Staff's
          position that if the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer
          Registration Statement includes a plan of distribution containing
          a statement to the above effect and the means by which
          Participating Broker-Dealers may resell the Exchange Notes,
          without naming the Participating Broker-Dealers or specifying the
          amount of Exchange Notes owned by them, such Prospectus may be
          delivered by Participating Broker-Dealers to satisfy their
          prospectus delivery obligation under the 1933 Act in connection
          with resales of Exchange Notes for their own accounts, so long as
          the Prospectus otherwise meets the requirements of the 1933 Act.

                    (b)  In light of the above, notwithstanding the other
          provisions of this Agreement, Holdings and ICG agree that the
          provisions of this Agreement as they relate to a Shelf
          Registration shall also apply to an Exchange Offer Registration
          to the extent, and with such reasonable modifications thereto as
          may be, reasonably requested by the Placement Agent or by one or
          more Participating Broker-Dealers, in each case as provided in
          clause (ii) below, in order to expedite or facilitate the
          disposition of any Exchange Notes by Participating Broker-Dealers
          consistent with the positions of the Staff recited in
          Section 4(a) above; provided that:
                              --------

                    (i)  Holdings and ICG shall not be required to amend or
               supplement the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer
               Registration Statement, as would otherwise be contemplated
               by Section 3(i) of this Agreement, for a period exceeding 60
               days after the last Exchange Date (as such period may be
               extended pursuant to the penultimate paragraph of Section 3
               of this Agreement) and Participating Broker-Dealers shall
               not be authorized by Holdings and ICG to deliver and shall
               not deliver such Prospectus after such period in connection
               with the resales contemplated by this Section 4; and

                    (ii) the application of the Shelf Registration
               procedures set forth in Section 3 of this Agreement to an
               Exchange Offer Registration, to the extent not required by
               the positions of the Staff of the SEC or the 1933 Act and
               the rules and regulations thereunder, will be in conformity
               with the reasonable request to Holdings and ICG by the
               Placement Agent or with the reasonable request in writing to
               Holdings and ICG by one or more broker-dealers who certify
               to the Placement Agent, Holdings and ICG in writing that
               they anticipate that they will be Participating Broker-
               Dealers; and provided further that, in connection with such
                            -------- -------
               application of the Shelf Registration procedures set forth
               in Section 3 of this Agreement to an Exchange Offer
               Registration, Holdings and ICG shall be obligated (x) to
               deal only with one entity representing the Participating
               Broker-Dealers, which shall be the Placement Agent unless it
               elects not to act as such representative, (y) to pay the
               fees and expenses of only one counsel representing the
               Participating Broker-Dealers, which shall be counsel to the
               Placement Agent unless such counsel elects not to so act and
               (z) to cause to be delivered only one, if any, "cold
               comfort" letter with respect to the Prospectus in the form
               existing on the last Exchange Date and with respect to each
               subsequent amendment or supplement, if any, effected during
               the period specified in clause (i) above.

                    (c)  The Placement Agent shall have no liability to
          Holdings, ICG or any Holder with respect to any request that it
          may make pursuant to Section 4(b) above.

                    5.   Indemnification and Contribution.
                         --------------------------------

                    (a)  Each of Holdings and ICG agrees, jointly and
          severally, to indemnify and hold harmless the Placement Agent,
          each Holder and each Person, if any, who controls the Placement
          Agent or any Holder within the meaning of either Section 15 of
          the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, or is under common
          control with, or is controlled by, the Placement Agent or any
          Holder, from and against all losses, claims, damages and
          liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other
          expenses reasonably incurred by the Placement Agent, any Holder
          or any such controlling or affiliated Person in connection with
          defending or investigating any such action or claim) caused by
          any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material
          fact contained in any Registration Statement (or any amendment
          thereto) pursuant to which Exchange Notes or Registrable Notes
          were registered under the 1933 Act, including all documents
          incorporated therein by reference, or caused by any omission or
          alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be
          stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
          misleading, or caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue
          statement of a material fact contained in any Prospectus (as
          amended or supplemented if Holdings and ICG shall have furnished
          any amendments or supplements thereto), or caused by any omission
          or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary to
          make the statements therein in light of the circumstances under
          which they were made not misleading, except insofar as such
          losses, claims, damages or liabilities are caused by any such
          untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or
          omission based upon information relating to the Placement Agent
          or any Holder furnished to Holdings and ICG in writing by the
          Placement Agent or any selling Holder expressly for use therein. 
          In connection with any Underwritten Offering permitted by Section
          3 of this Agreement, Holdings and ICG will also indemnify the
          Underwriters, if any, selling brokers, dealers and similar
          securities industry professionals participating in the
          distribution, their officers and directors and each Person who
          controls such Persons (within the meaning of the 1933 Act and the
          1934 Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to
          the indemnification of the Holders, if requested in connection
          with any Registration Statement.

                    (b)  Each Holder agrees, severally and not jointly, to
          indemnify and hold harmless Holdings, ICG, the Placement Agent
          and the other selling Holders, and each of their respective
          directors, officers who sign the Registration Statement and each
          Person, if any, who controls Holdings, ICG, the Placement Agent
          and any other selling Holder within the meaning of either Section
          15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act to the same
          extent as the foregoing indemnity from Holdings and ICG to the
          Placement Agent and the Holders, but only with reference to
          information relating to such Holder furnished to Holdings and ICG
          in writing by such Holder expressly for use in any Registration
          Statement (or any amendment thereto) or any Prospectus (or any
          amendment or supplement thereto).

                    (c)  In case any proceeding (including any governmental
          investigation) shall be instituted involving any Person in
          respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to either
          paragraph (a) or paragraph (b) above, such Person (the
          "indemnified party") shall promptly notify the Person against
          whom such indemnity may be sought (the "indemnifying party") in
          writing and the indemnifying party, upon request of the
          indemnified party, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory
          to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party and
          any others the indemnifying party may designate in such
          proceeding and shall pay the fees and disbursements of such
          counsel related to such proceeding.  In any such proceeding, any
          indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel,
          but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense
          of such indemnified party unless (i) the indemnifying party and
          the indemnified party shall have mutually agreed to the retention
          of such counsel or (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding
          (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnifying
          party and the indemnified party and representation of both
          parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual
          or potential differing interests between them.  It is understood
          that the indemnifying party shall not, in connection with any
          proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be
          liable for (a) the fees and expenses of more than one separate
          firm (in addition to any local counsel) for the Placement Agent
          and all Persons, if any, who control the Placement Agent within
          the meaning of either Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of
          the 1934 Act, (b) the fees and expenses of more than one separate
          firm (in addition to any local counsel) for Holdings and ICG,
          their directors, their officers who sign the Registration
          Statement and each Person, if any, who controls Holdings or ICG
          within the meaning of either such Section and (c) the fees and
          expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local
          counsel) for all Holders and all Persons, if any, who control any
          Holders within the meaning of either such Section, and that all
          such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. 
          In such case involving the Placement Agent and Persons who
          control the Placement Agent, such firm shall be designated in
          writing by the Placement Agent.  In such case involving the
          Holders and such Persons who control Holders, such firm shall be
          designated in writing by the Majority Holders.  In all other
          cases, such firm shall be designated by ICG.  The indemnifying
          party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding
          effected without its written consent but, if settled with such
          consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the
          indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party from
          and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or
          judgment.  Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time
          an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party
          to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of
          counsel as contemplated by the second and third sentences of this
          paragraph, the indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable
          for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written
          consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days
          after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request
          and (ii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed the
          indemnified party for such fees and expenses of counsel in
          accordance with such request prior to the date of such
          settlement.  No indemnifying party shall, without the prior
          written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement
          of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which such
          indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity
          could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party,
          unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such
          indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the
          subject matter of such proceeding.

                    (d)  If the indemnification provided for in paragraph
          (a) or paragraph (b) of this Section 4 is unavailable to an
          indemnified party or insufficient in respect of any losses,
          claims, damages or liabilities, then each indemnifying party
          under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified
          party thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable
          by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims,
          damages or liabilities in such proportion as is appropriate to
          reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party or parties
          on the one hand and of the indemnified party or parties on the
          other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that
          resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well
          as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative
          fault of Holdings, ICG and the Holders shall be determined by
          reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged
          untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged
          omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied
          by Holdings and ICG or by the Holders and the parties' relative
          intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to
          correct or prevent such statement or omission.  The Holders'
          respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section
          5(d) are several in proportion to the respective principal amount
          of Registrable Notes of such Holder that were registered pursuant
          to a Registration Statement.  

                    (e)  Holdings, ICG and each Holder agree that it would
          not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section
          5 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method
                               --- ----
          of allocation that does not take account of the equitable
          considerations referred to in paragraph (d) above.  The amount
          paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the
          losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in paragraph
          (d) above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations
          set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred
          by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or
          defending any such action or claim.  Notwithstanding the
          provisions of this Section 5, no Holder shall be required to
          contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total
          price at which Registrable Notes were sold by such Holder exceeds
          the amount of any damages that such Holder has otherwise been
          required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue
          statement or omission or alleged omission.  No Person guilty of
          fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f)
          of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any
          Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. 
          The remedies provided for in this Section 5 are not exclusive and
          shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be
          available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.

                    (f)  Survival.  The indemnity and contribution
                         --------
          provisions contained in this Section 5 shall remain operative and
          in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of
          this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of
          the Placement Agent, any Holder or any person controlling the
          Placement Agent or any Holder, or by or on behalf of Holdings,
          ICG, their officers or directors or any Person controlling
          Holdings or ICG, (iii) acceptance of any of the Exchange Notes
          and (iv) any sale of Registrable Notes pursuant to a Shelf
          Registration Statement.

                    6.   Miscellaneous.
                         -------------

                    (a)  No Inconsistent Agreements.  Neither Holdings nor
                         --------------------------
          ICG has entered into, and on or after the date of this Agreement
          will not enter into, any agreement which is inconsistent with the
          rights granted to the Holders of Registrable Notes in this
          Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof.  The
          rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way
          conflict with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to
          the holders of Holdings' or ICG's other issued and outstanding
          securities under any such agreements.

                    (b)  Amendments and Waivers.  The provisions of this
                         ----------------------
          Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be
          amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to
          departures from the provisions hereof may not be given unless
          Holdings and ICG have obtained the written consent of Holders of
          at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
          outstanding Registrable Notes affected by such amendment,
          modification, supplement, waiver or consent; provided, however,
                                                       --------  -------
          that no amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consents
          to any departure from the provisions of Section 5 hereof shall be
          effective as against any Holder of Registrable Notes unless
          consented to in writing by such Holder.

                    (c)  Notices.  All notices and other communications
                         -------
          provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by
          hand-delivery, registered first-class mail, telex, telecopier, or
          any courier guaranteeing overnight delivery (i) if to a Holder,
          at the most current address given by such Holder to Holdings and
          ICG by means of a notice given in accordance with the provisions
          of this Section 6(c), which address initially is, with respect to
          the Placement Agent, the address set forth in the Placement
          Agreement; (ii) if to Holdings, initially at Holdings' address
          set forth in the Indenture and thereafter at such other address,
          notice of which is given in accordance with the provisions of
          this Section 6(c); and if to ICG, initially at ICG's address set
          forth in the Indenture and thereafter at such other address,
          notice of which is given in accordance with the provisions of
          this Section 6(c).

                    All such notices and communications shall be deemed to
          have been duly given:  at the time delivered by hand, if
          personally delivered; five business days after being deposited in
          the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if
          telexed; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the
          next business day if timely delivered to an air courier
          guaranteeing overnight delivery.

                    Copies of all such notices, demands, or other
          communications shall be concurrently delivered by the person
          giving the same to the Trustee, at the address specified in the
          Indenture.

                    (d)  Successors and Assigns.  This Agreement shall
                         ----------------------
          inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors,
          assigns and transferees of each of the parties, including,
          without limitation and without the need for an express
          assignment, subsequent Holders; provided that nothing herein
                                          --------
          shall be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other
          disposition of Registrable Notes in violation of the terms of the
          Placement Agreement.  If any transferee of any Holder shall
          acquire Registrable Notes, in any manner, whether by operation of
          law or otherwise, such Registrable Notes shall be held subject to
          all of the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding
          such Registrable Notes such person shall be conclusively deemed
          to have agreed to be bound by and to perform all of the terms and
          provisions of this Agreement and such person shall be entitled to
          receive the benefits hereof.  The Placement Agent (solely in its
          capacity as Placement Agent) shall have no liability or
          obligation to Holdings or ICG with respect to any failure by a
          Holder to comply with, or any breach by any Holder of, any of the
          obligations of such Holder under this Agreement.

                    (e)  Purchases and Sales of Notes.  Holdings and ICG
                         ----------------------------
          shall not, and shall use their best efforts to cause their
          affiliates (as defined in Rule 405 under the 1933 Act) not to,
          purchase and then resell or otherwise transfer any Notes.

                    (f)  Third Party Beneficiary.  The Holders shall be
                         -----------------------
          third party beneficiaries to the agreements made hereunder
          between Holdings and ICG, on the one hand, and the Placement
          Agent, on the other hand, and each Holder shall have the right to
          enforce such agreements directly to the extent it deems such
          enforcement necessary or advisable to protect its rights or the
          rights of Holders hereunder.

                    (g)  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed
                         ------------
          manually or by facsimile in any number of counterparts, each of
          which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all
          of which taken together shall constitute one and the same
          agreement.

                    (h)  Headings.  The headings in this Agreement are for
                         --------
          convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise
          affect the meaning hereof.

                    (i)  Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction.  The
                         -----------------------------------------
          laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts to be
          performed entirely in that state shall govern this Agreement. 
          Each of ICG and Holdings agrees to submit to the jurisdiction of
          any federal or state court located in the City of New York in any
          suit, action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement and for
          actions brought under the U.S. federal or state securities laws
          brought in any such court.  

                    (j)  Severability.  In the event that any one or more
                         ------------
          of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in
          any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the
          validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in
          every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained
          herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.


          <PAGE>


                    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this
          Agreement as of the date first written above.


                                       ICG HOLDINGS, INC.


                                       By /s/ James D. Grenfell
                                         ----------------------------------
                                         Name:  James D. Grenfell
                                         Title:  Executive Vice President,
                                                 Chief Financial Officer 
                                                 and Treasurer


                                       ICG COMMUNICATIONS, INC.


                                       By /s/ James D. Grenfell
                                         ---------------------------------
                                         Name:  James D. Grenfell
                                         Title:  Executive Vice President,
                                                 Chief Financial Officer
                                                 and Treasurer

          Confirmed and accepted as of
            the date first above written:

          MORGAN STANLEY & CO. 
             INCORPORATED


          By  /s/ James B. Avery
             ------------------------------
             Name:  James B. Avery
             Title:  Vice President





                                                           Exhibit 4.17

                                                           
          ----------------------------------------------------------------






                            REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT





                                 Dated March 11, 1997





                                       between



                                  ICG HOLDINGS, INC.




                                         and



                          MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED




          ----------------------------------------------------------------


    <PAGE> 



                            REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT



                    THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is
          made and entered into March 11, 1997, between ICG HOLDINGS, INC.,
          a Colorado corporation ("Holdings"), and MORGAN STANLEY & CO.
          INCORPORATED (the "Placement Agent").

                    This Agreement is made pursuant to the Placement
          Agreement dated March 6, 1997, among Holdings, ICG and the
          Placement Agent (the "Placement Agreement"), which provides for
          the sale by Holdings and ICG to the Placement Agent of
          (i) 100,000 shares of Holdings' 14% Exchangeable Preferred Stock,
          which will be mandatorily redeemable in 2008 (the "Shares"), as
          set forth in the Second Amended and Restated Articles of
          Incorporation of Holdings (the "Amended Articles"), and will be
          exchangeable, at the option of Holdings, in whole but not in
          part, into Senior Subordinated Exchange Debentures due 2008 (the
          "Exchange Debentures") to be issued, if applicable, pursuant to
          an Indenture to be dated as of the date of such exchange (the
          "Exchange Indenture") and (ii) $176,000,000 million aggregate
          principal amount at maturity of 11 5/8% Senior Discount Notes due
          2007 of Holdings (the "Notes") issued pursuant to the provisions
          of an Indenture to be dated as of the date hereof (the
          "Indenture") among Holdings, ICG and Norwest Bank Colorado,
          National Association, as trustee.  The obligations of Holdings
          under the Notes and the Indenture, and under the Exchange
          Debentures and the Exchange Indenture when issued, will be
          guaranteed by ICG on a senior unsecured basis and a senior
          subordinated unsecured basis, respectively, pursuant to the terms
          of the Indenture and the Exchange Indenture, respectively.  In
          order to induce the Placement Agent to enter into the Placement
          Agreement, Holdings has agreed to provide to the Placement Agent
          and its direct and indirect transferees the registration rights
          with respect to the Shares set forth in this Agreement.  The
          execution of this Agreement is a condition to the closing under
          the Placement Agreement.

                    In consideration of the foregoing, the parties hereto
          agree as follows:

                    1.   Definitions.
                         -----------

                    As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized
          defined terms shall have the following meanings:

                    "1933 Act" 
                    ---------      shall mean the Securities Act of 1933,
               as amended from time to time.

                    "1934 Act" 
                     --------      shall mean the Securities Exchange Act
               of 1934, as amended from time to time.

                    "Amended Articles" 
                    -----------------   shall have the meaning set forth in
               the preamble.

                    "Closing Date" 
                     ------------  shall mean the Closing Date as defined
               in the Placement Agreement.

                    "Exchange Debentures" 
                     -------------------     shall have the meaning set
               forth in the preamble.

                    "Exchange Indenture" 
                     ------------------ shall have the meaning set forth in
               the preamble.
           
                    "Exchange Offer" 
                     ---------------    shall mean the exchange offer by
               Holdings of Exchange Shares for Registrable Shares pursuant
               to Section 2(a) hereof.

                    "Exchange Offer Registration" 
                     ---------------------------  shall mean a registration
               under the 1933 Act effected pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof.

                    "Exchange Offer Registration Statement" 
                     -------------------------------------  shall mean an
               exchange offer registration statement on Form S-4 (or, if
               applicable, on another appropriate form) and all amendments
               and supplements to such registration statement, in each case
               including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits
               thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.

                    "Exchange Shares" 
                     ---------------    shall mean securities issued by
               Holdings containing terms identical to the Shares (except
               that such Exchange Shares shall bear no legend and shall be
               free from restrictions on transfers), to be offered to
               Holders of Shares in exchange for Shares pursuant to the
               Exchange Offer.

                    "Holder" 
                     ------   shall mean the Placement Agent, for so long
               as it owns any Registrable Shares, and each of its
               successors, assigns and direct and indirect transferees who
               become registered owners of Registrable Shares under the
               Amended Articles; provided that for purposes of Sections 4 
                                 --------  and 5 of this Agreement, the
               term "Holder" shall include Participating Broker-Dealers (as
               defined in Section 4(a)).

                    "Holdings" 
                     -------- shall have the meaning set forth in the
               preamble and shall also include Holdings' successors.

                    "ICG" 
                     ----     shall mean ICG Communications, Inc., a
               Delaware corporation and its successors.

                    "Majority Holders" 
                     ----------------   shall mean the Holders of a
               majority of the aggregate liquidation preference of
               outstanding Registrable Shares; provided that whenever the
                                               -------- consent or approval
               of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Shares
               is required hereunder, Registrable Shares held by Holdings
               or any of its affiliates (as such term is defined in Rule
               405 under the 1933 Act) (other than the Placement Agent or
               subsequent holders of Registrable Shares if such subsequent
               holders are deemed to be such affiliates solely by reason of
               their holding of such Registrable Shares) shall not be
               counted in determining whether such consent or approval was
               given by the Holders of such required percentage or amount.

                    "Person" 
                     ------   shall mean an individual, partnership,
               corporation, trust or unincorporated organization, or a
               government or agency or political subdivision thereof.

                    "Placement Agent" 
                     ---------------    shall have the meaning set forth in
               the preamble.

                    "Placement Agreement" 
                     -------------------     shall have the meaning set
               forth in the preamble.

                    "Prospectus" 
                     ----------    shall mean the prospectus included in a
               Registration Statement, including any preliminary
               prospectus, and any such prospectus as amended or
               supplemented by any prospectus supplement, including a
               prospectus supplement with respect to the terms of the
               offering of any portion of the Registrable Shares covered by
               a Shelf Registration Statement, and by all other amendments
               and supplements to such prospectus, and in each case
               including all material incorporated by reference therein.

                    "Registrable Shares" 
                     ------------------ shall mean the Shares, including
               any additional Shares paid as dividends; provided, however,
                                                        --------  -------
               that the Shares shall cease to be Registrable Shares (i)
               when a Registration Statement with respect to such Shares
               shall have been declared effective under the 1933 Act and
               such Shares shall have been disposed of pursuant to such
               Registration Statement, (ii) when such Shares have been sold
               to the public pursuant to Rule 144(k) (or any similar
               provision then in force, but not Rule 144A) under the 1933
               Act or (iii) when such Shares shall have ceased to be
               outstanding.

                    "Registration Expenses" 
                     ---------------------   shall mean any and all
               expenses incident to performance of or compliance by
               Holdings with this Agreement, including without limitation: 
               (i) all SEC, stock exchange or National Association of
               Securities Dealers, Inc. registration and filing fees, (ii)
               all fees and expenses incurred in connection with compliance
               with state securities or blue sky laws (including reasonable
               fees and disbursements of counsel for any Underwriters or
               Holders in connection with blue sky qualification of any of
               the Exchange Shares or Registrable Shares), (iii) all
               expenses of any Persons in preparing or assisting in
               preparing, word processing, printing and distributing any
               Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any amendments or
               supplements thereto, any underwriting agreements, securities
               sales agreements and other documents relating to the
               performance of and compliance with this Agreement, (iv) all
               rating agency fees, if any, (v) the fees and disbursements
               of counsel for Holdings and, in the case of a Shelf
               Registration Statement, the fees and disbursements of one
               counsel for the Holders (which counsel shall be selected by
               the Majority Holders and which counsel may also be counsel
               for the Placement Agent) and (vi) the fees and disbursements
               of the independent public accountants of Holdings, including
               the expenses of any special audits or "cold comfort" letters
               required by or incident to such performance and compliance,
               but excluding fees and expenses of counsel to the
               Underwriters (other than fees and expenses set forth in
               clause (ii) above) or the Holders and underwriting discounts
               and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the
               sale or disposition of Registrable Shares by a Holder.

                    "Registration Statement" 
                     ----------------------  shall mean any registration
               statement of Holdings that covers any of the Exchange Shares
               or Registrable Shares pursuant to the provisions of this
               Agreement and all amendments and supplements to any such
               Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments,
               in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all
               exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference
               therein.

                    "SEC" 
                     --- shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

                    "Shelf Registration" 
                     ------------------ shall mean a registration effected
               pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof.

                    "Shelf Registration Statement" 
                     ---------------------------- shall mean a "shelf"
               registration statement of Holdings pursuant to the
               provisions of Section 2(b) of this Agreement which covers
               all of the Registrable Shares on an appropriate form under
               Rule 415 under the 1933 Act, or any similar rule that may be
               adopted by the SEC, and all amendments and supplements to
               such registration statement, including post-effective
               amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained
               therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated
               by reference therein.

                    "Transfer Agent" 
                     --------------     shall mean American Stock Transfer
               and Trust Company.

                    "Trustee" 
                     -------  shall mean the trustee with respect to the
               Exchange Debentures  under the Exchange Indenture.

                    "Underwriters" 
                     ------------  shall have the meaning set forth in
               Section 3 hereof.

                    "Underwritten Registration" or "Underwritten Offering"
                     -------------------------      -------------------
               shall mean a registered offering in which Registrable Shares
               are sold to an Underwriter for reoffering to the public.

                    2.   Registration Under the 1933 Act.
                         -------------------------------

                    (a)  To the extent not prohibited by any applicable law
          or applicable interpretation of the Staff of the SEC, Holdings
          shall cause to be filed an Exchange Offer Registration Statement
          covering the offer by Holdings to the Holders to exchange all of
          the Registrable Shares for Exchange Shares, to have such
          Registration Statement declared effective by the SEC and remain
          effective until the closing of the Exchange Offer and to
          consummate the Exchange Offer on or prior to September 11, 1997. 
          Holdings shall commence the Exchange Offer promptly after the
          Exchange Offer Registration Statement has been declared effective
          by the SEC and use its best efforts to have the Exchange Offer
          consummated on or prior to September 11, 1997.  Holdings shall
          commence the Exchange Offer by mailing the related exchange offer
          Prospectus and accompanying documents to each Holder stating, in
          addition to such other disclosures as are required by applicable
          law:

                    (i)  that the Exchange Offer is being made pursuant to
               this Agreement and that all Registrable Shares validly
               tendered will be accepted for exchange;

                    (ii) the dates of acceptance for exchange (which shall
               be a period of at least 30 days from the date such notice is
               mailed) (the "Exchange Dates");

                    (iii)     that any Registrable Shares not tendered will
               remain outstanding and shall accumulate dividends at the
               initial rate borne by the Registrable Shares and, other than
               Registrable Shares referred to in Section 2(b)(iii) below,
               will not retain any rights under this Agreement;

                    (iv) that Holders electing to have Registrable Shares
               exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be required to
               surrender such Registrable Shares, together with the
               enclosed letters of transmittal, to the institution and at
               the address (located in the Borough of Manhattan, The City
               of New York) specified in the notice prior to the close of
               business on the last Exchange Date; and

                    (v)  that Holders will be entitled to withdraw its
               election, not later than the close of business on the last
               Exchange Date, by sending to the institution and at the
               address (located in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of
               New York) specified in the notice a telegram, telex,
               facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of
               such Holder, the principal amount of Registrable Shares
               delivered for exchange and a statement that such Holder is
               withdrawing his election to have such Registrable Shares
               exchanged.

                    As soon as practicable after the last Exchange Date,
          Holdings shall:

                    (i)  accept for exchange Registrable Shares or portions
               thereof tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the
               Exchange Offer; and

                    (ii) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Transfer
               Agent for cancellation all Registrable Shares or portions
               thereof so accepted for exchange by Holdings and issue, and
               cause the Transfer Agent to promptly authenticate and mail
               to each Holder, an Exchange Share equal in principal amount
               to the principal amount of the Registrable Shares
               surrendered by such Holder.

          Holdings shall use its best efforts to complete the Exchange
          Offer as provided above and shall comply with the applicable
          requirements of the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act and other applicable
          laws and regulations in connection with the Exchange Offer.  The
          Exchange Offer shall not be subject to any conditions, other than
          that the Exchange Offer does not violate applicable law or any
          applicable interpretation of the Staff of the SEC.  Holdings
          shall inform the Placement Agent of the names and addresses of
          the Holders to whom the Exchange Offer is made, and the Placement
          Agent shall have the right, subject to applicable law, to contact
          such Holders and otherwise facilitate the tender of Registrable
          Shares in the Exchange Offer.

                    (b)  In the event that (i) Holdings determines that the
          Exchange Offer Registration provided for in Section 2(a) above is
          not available or may not be consummated as soon as practicable
          after the last Exchange Date because it would violate applicable
          law or the applicable interpretations of the Staff of the SEC,
          (ii) the Exchange Offer is not for any other reason consummated
          on or prior to September 11, 1997 or (iii) in the opinion of
          counsel for the Placement Agent a Registration Statement must be
          filed and a Prospectus must be delivered by the Placement Agent
          in connection with any offering or sale of Registrable Shares,
          Holdings shall use its best efforts to cause to be filed as soon
          as practicable after such determination, date or notice of such
          opinion of counsel is given to Holdings, a Shelf Registration
          Statement providing for the sale by the Holders of all of the
          Registrable Shares and to have such Shelf Registration Statement
          declared effective by the SEC.  In the event Holdings is required
          to file a Shelf Registration Statement solely as a result of the
          matters referred to in clause (iii) of the preceding sentence,
          Holdings shall file and have declared effective by the SEC both
          an Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(a)
          with respect to all Registrable Shares and a Shelf Registration
          Statement (which may be a combined Registration Statement with
          the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) with respect to offers
          and sales of Registrable Shares held by the Placement Agent after
          completion of the Exchange Offer.  Holdings agrees to use its
          best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement
          continuously effective until the period referred to in Rule
          144(k) or until all of the Registrable Shares covered by the
          Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to the Shelf
          Registration Statement.  Holdings further agrees to supplement or
          amend the Shelf Registration Statement if required by the rules,
          regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form
          used by Holdings for such Shelf Registration Statement or by the
          1933 Act or by any other rules and regulations thereunder for
          shelf registration or if reasonably requested by a Holder with
          respect to information relating to such Holder, and to use its
          best efforts to cause any such amendment to become effective and
          such Shelf Registration Statement to become usable as soon as
          practicable thereafter.  Holdings agrees to furnish to the
          Holders of Registrable Shares copies of any such supplement or
          amendment promptly after its being used or filed with the SEC.

                    (c)  Holdings shall pay all Registration Expenses in
          connection with the registration pursuant to Section 2(a) or
          Section 2(b).  Each Holder shall pay all underwriting discounts
          and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale
          or disposition of such Holder's Registrable Shares pursuant to
          the Shelf Registration Statement.

                    (d)  An Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant
          to Section 2(a) hereof or a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant
          to Section 2(b) hereof will not be deemed to have become
          effective unless it has been declared effective by the SEC;
          provided, however, that if, after it has been declared effective,
          --------  ------- the offering of Registrable Shares pursuant to
          a Shelf Registration Statement is interfered with by any stop
          order, injunction or other order or requirement of the SEC or any
          other governmental agency or court, such Registration Statement
          will be deemed not to have become effective during the period of
          such interference until the offering of Registrable Shares
          pursuant to such Registration Statement may legally resume.  As
          provided for in the Amended Articles, in the event the Exchange
          Offer is not consummated and the Shelf Registration Statement is
          not declared effective on or prior to September 11, 1997,
          dividends will accrue, at an annual rate of 0.5% of the
          liquidation preference thereof, on the Shares from September 11,
          1997, payable in additional Shares quarterly in arrears on each
          March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15, commencing
          December 15, 1997; provided that if a Shelf Registration 
                             -------- Statement is required solely as a
          result of the matters referred to in clause (iii) of the first
          sentence of Section 2(b), such increase in dividends shall be
          payable only to the Placement Agent, with respect to Shares held
          by it, and only with respect to any period (after September 11,
          1997) during which such Shelf Registration Statement is not
          effective.

                    (e)  Without limiting the remedies available to the
          Placement Agent and the Holders, Holdings acknowledges that any
          failure by Holdings to comply with its obligations under
          Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof may result in material
          irreparable injury to the Placement Agent or the Holders for
          which there is no adequate remedy at law, that it will not be
          possible to measure damages for such injuries precisely and that,
          in the event of any such failure, the Placement Agent or any
          Holder may obtain such relief as may be required to specifically
          enforce Holdings' obligations under Section 2(a) and Section 2(b)
          hereof.

                    3.   Registration Procedures.
                         ------------------------

                    In connection with the obligations of Holdings with
          respect to the Registration Statements pursuant to Section 2(a)
          and Section 2(b) hereof, Holdings shall as expeditiously as
          possible:

                    (a)  prepare and file with the SEC a Registration
               Statement on the appropriate form under the 1933 Act, which
               form (x) shall be selected by Holdings and (y) shall, in the
               case of a Shelf Registration, be available for the sale of
               the Registrable Shares by the selling Holders thereof and
               (z) shall comply as to form in all material respects with
               the requirements of the applicable form and include all
               financial statements required by the SEC to be filed
               therewith, and use its best efforts to cause such
               Registration Statement to become effective and remain
               effective in accordance with Section 2 hereof;

                    (b)  prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and
               post-effective amendments to each Registration Statement as
               may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement
               effective for the applicable period and cause each
               Prospectus to be supplemented by any required prospectus
               supplement and, as so supplemented, to be filed pursuant to
               Rule 424 under the 1933 Act; to keep each Prospectus current
               during the period described under Section 4(3) and Rule 174
               under the 1933 Act that is applicable to transactions by
               brokers or dealers with respect to the Registrable Shares or
               Exchange Shares;

                    (c)  in the case of a Shelf Registration, furnish to
               each Holder of Registrable Shares, to counsel for the
               Placement Agent, to counsel for the Holders and to each
               Underwriter of an Underwritten Offering of Registrable
               Shares, if any, without charge, as many copies of each
               Prospectus, including each preliminary Prospectus, and any
               amendment or supplement thereto and such other documents as
               such Holder or Underwriter may reasonably request, in order
               to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the
               Registrable Shares; and Holdings consents to the use of such
               Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto in
               accordance with applicable law by each of the selling
               Holders of Registrable Shares and any such Underwriters in
               connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable
               Shares covered by and in the manner described in such
               Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto in
               accordance with applicable law;

                    (d)  use its best efforts to register or qualify, by
               the time the applicable Registration Statement is declared
               effective by the SEC, the Registrable Shares under all
               applicable state securities or "blue sky" laws of such
               jurisdictions as any Holder of Registrable Shares covered by
               a Registration Statement shall reasonably request in
               writing, to cooperate with such Holder in connection with
               any filings required to be made with the National
               Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. and do any and all
               other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or
               advisable to enable such Holder to consummate the
               disposition in each such jurisdiction of such Registrable
               Shares owned by such Holder; provided, however, that
                                            --------  ------- Holdings
               shall not be required to (i) qualify as a foreign
               corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction
               where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for
               this Section 3(d), (ii) file any general consent to service
               of process or (iii) subject itself to taxation in any such
               jurisdiction if it is not otherwise so subject;

                    (e)  in the case of a Shelf Registration, notify each
               Holder of Registrable Shares, counsel for the Holders and
               counsel for the Placement Agent promptly and, if requested
               by any such Holder or counsel, confirm such advice in
               writing (i) when a Registration Statement has become
               effective and when any post-effective amendment thereto has
               been filed and becomes effective, (ii) of any request by the
               SEC or any state securities authority for amendments and
               supplements to a Registration Statement and Prospectus or
               for additional information after the Registration Statement
               has become effective, (iii) of the issuance by the SEC or
               any state securities authority of any stop order suspending
               the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or the
               initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, (iv) if,
               between the effective date of a Registration Statement and
               the closing of any sale of Registrable Shares covered
               thereby, the representations and warranties of Holdings
               contained in any underwriting agreement, securities sales
               agreement or other similar agreement, if any, relating to
               the offering cease to be true and correct in all material
               respects or if Holdings receives any notification with
               respect to the suspension of the qualification of the
               Registrable Shares for sale in any jurisdiction or the
               initiation of any proceeding for such purpose, (v) of the
               happening of any event during the period a Shelf
               Registration Statement is effective which makes any
               statement made in such Registration Statement or the related
               Prospectus untrue in any material respect or which requires
               the making of any changes in such Registration Statement or
               Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not
               misleading and (vi) of any determination by Holdings that a
               post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement would
               be appropriate;

                    (f)  make every reasonable effort to obtain the
               withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of a
               Registration Statement at the earliest possible moment and
               provide immediate notice to each Holder of the withdrawal of
               any such order;

                    (g)  in the case of a Shelf Registration, furnish to
               each Holder of Registrable Shares, without charge, at least
               one conformed copy of each Registration Statement and any
               post-effective amendment thereto (without documents
               incorporated therein by reference or exhibits thereto,
               unless requested);

                    (h)  in the case of a Shelf Registration, cooperate
               with the selling Holders of Registrable Shares to facilitate
               the timely preparation and delivery of certificates
               representing Registrable Shares to be sold and not bearing
               any restrictive legends and enable such Registrable Shares
               to be in such denominations (consistent with the provisions
               of the Amended Articles) and registered in such names as the
               selling Holders may reasonably request at least two business
               days prior to the closing of any sale of Registrable Shares;

                    (i)  in the case of a Shelf Registration, upon the
               occurrence of any event contemplated by Section 3(e)(v)
               hereof, use its best efforts to prepare a supplement or
               post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement or the
               related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by
               reference or file any other required document so that, as
               thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the Registrable
               Shares, such Prospectus will not contain any untrue
               statement of a material fact or omit to state a material
               fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of
               the circumstances under which they were made, not
               misleading.  Holdings agrees to notify the Holders to
               suspend use of the Prospectus as promptly as practicable
               after the occurrence of such an event, and the Holders
               hereby agree to suspend use of the Prospectus until Holdings
               has amended or supplemented the Prospectus to correct such
               misstatement or omission;

                    (j)  within a reasonable time prior to the filing of
               any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any amendment to
               a Registration Statement or amendment or supplement to a
               Prospectus or any document which is to be incorporated by
               reference into a Registration Statement or a Prospectus
               after initial filing of a Registration Statement, provide
               copies of such document to the Placement Agent and its
               counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement,
               the Holders and its counsel) and make such representatives
               of Holdings as shall be reasonably requested by the
               Placement Agent or its counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf
               Registration Statement, the Holders or its counsel)
               available for discussion of such document, and shall not at
               any time file or make any amendment to the Registration
               Statement, any Prospectus or any amendment of or supplement
               to a Registration Statement or a Prospectus or any document
               which is to be incorporated by reference into a Registration
               Statement or a Prospectus, of which the Placement Agent and
               its counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration
               Statement, the Holders and its counsel) shall not have
               previously been advised and furnished a copy or to which the
               Placement Agent or its counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf
               Registration Statement, the Holders or its counsel) shall
               object, except for any amendment or supplement or document
               (a copy of which has been previously furnished to the
               Placement Agent and its counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf
               Registration Statement, the Holders and its counsel)) which
               counsel to Holdings shall advise Holdings, in the form of a
               written legal opinion, is required in order to comply with
               applicable law; the Placement Agent agrees that, if it
               receives timely notice and drafts under this clause (j), it
               will not take actions or make objections pursuant to this
               clause (j) such that Holdings is unable to comply with its
               obligations under Section 2(a);

                    (k)  obtain a CUSIP number and, if applicable, a CINS
               number, for all Exchange Shares or Registrable Shares, as
               the case may be, not later than the first effective date of
               a Registration Statement;

                    (l)  cause the Exchange Indenture to be qualified under
               the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the "TIA"), in
               connection with the registration of the Exchange Shares or
               Registrable Shares, as the case may be, cooperate with the
               Trustee and the Holders to effect such changes to the
               Exchange Indenture as may be required for the Exchange
               Indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of
               the TIA and execute, and use its best efforts to cause the
               Trustee to execute, all documents as may be required to
               effect such changes and all other forms and documents
               required to be filed with the SEC to enable the Exchange
               Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner;

                    (m)  in the case of a Shelf Registration, make
               available for inspection by a representative of the Holders
               of the Registrable Shares, any Underwriter participating in
               any disposition pursuant to such Shelf Registration
               Statement, and attorneys and accountants designated by the
               Holders, at reasonable times and in a reasonable manner, all
               financial and other records, pertinent documents and
               properties of Holdings, and cause the officers, directors
               and employees of Holdings to supply all information
               reasonably requested by any such representative,
               Underwriter, attorney or accountant in connection with a
               Shelf Registration Statement;

                    (n)  in the case of a Shelf Registration, use its best
               efforts to cause all Registrable Shares to be listed on any
               securities exchange or any automated quotation system on
               which similar securities issued by Holdings are then listed
               if requested by the Majority Holders, to the extent such
               Registrable Shares satisfy applicable listing requirements;

                    (o)  use its best efforts to cause the Exchange Shares
               or Registrable Shares, as the case may be, to be rated by
               two nationally recognized statistical rating organizations
               (as such term is defined in Rule 436(g)(2) under the 1933
               Act);

                    (p)  if reasonably requested by any Holder of
               Registrable Shares covered by a Registration Statement, (i)
               promptly incorporate in a Prospectus supplement or post-
               effective amendment such information with respect to such
               Holder as such Holder reasonably requests to be included
               therein and (ii) make all required filings of such
               Prospectus supplement or such post-effective amendment as
               soon as Holdings has received notification of the matters to
               be incorporated in such filing; and

                    (q)  in the case of a Shelf Registration, enter into
               such customary agreements and take all such other actions in
               connection therewith (including those requested by the
               Holders of a majority of the Registrable Shares being sold)
               in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such
               Registrable Shares including, but not limited to, an
               Underwritten Offering and in such connection, (i) to the
               extent possible, make such representations and warranties to
               the Holders and any Underwriters of such Registrable Shares
               with respect to the business of Holdings and its
               subsidiaries, the Registration Statement, Prospectus and
               documents incorporated by reference or deemed incorporated
               by reference, if any, in each case, in form, substance and
               scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in
               underwritten offerings and confirm the same if and when
               requested, (ii) obtain opinions of counsel to Holdings
               (which counsel and opinions, in form, scope and substance,
               shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Holders and such
               Underwriters and its  counsel) addressed to each selling
               Holder and Underwriter of Registrable Shares, covering the
               matters customarily covered in opinions requested in
               underwritten offerings, (iii) obtain "cold comfort" letters
               from the independent certified public accountants of
               Holdings (and, if applicable, any other certified public
               accountant of any business acquired by Holdings for which
               financial statements and financial data are or are required
               to be included in the Registration Statement) addressed to
               each selling Holder and Underwriter of Registrable Shares,
               such letters to be in customary form and covering matters of
               the type customarily covered in "cold comfort" letters in
               connection with underwritten offerings, and (iv) deliver
               such documents and certificates as may be reasonably
               requested by the Holders of a majority in principal amount
               of the Registrable Shares being sold or the Underwriters,
               and which are customarily delivered in underwritten
               offerings, to evidence the continued validity of the
               representations and warranties of Holdings made pursuant to
               clause (i) above and to evidence compliance with any
               customary conditions contained in an underwriting agreement.


                    In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, Holdings
          may require each Holder of Registrable Shares to furnish to
          Holdings such information regarding the Holder and the proposed
          distribution by such Holder of such Registrable Shares as
          Holdings may from time to time reasonably request in writing.  

                    In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, each
          Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from Holdings of
          the happening of any event of the kind described in Section
          3(e)(v) hereof, such Holder will forthwith discontinue
          disposition of Registrable Shares pursuant to a Registration
          Statement until such Holder's receipt of the copies of the
          supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 3(i)
          hereof, and, if so directed by Holdings, such Holder will deliver
          to Holdings (at its expense) all copies in its possession, other
          than permanent file copies then in such Holder's possession, of
          the Prospectus covering such Registrable Shares current at the
          time of receipt of such notice.  If Holdings shall give any such
          notice to suspend the disposition of Registrable Shares pursuant
          to a Registration Statement, Holdings shall extend the period
          during which the Registration Statement shall be maintained
          effective pursuant to this Agreement by the number of days during
          the period from and including the date of the giving of such
          notice to and including the date when the Holders shall have
          received copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus
          necessary to resume such dispositions.

                    The Holders of Registrable Shares covered by a Shelf
          Registration Statement who desire to do so may sell such
          Registrable Shares in an Underwritten Offering.  In any such
          Underwritten Offering, the investment banker or investment
          bankers and manager or managers (the "Underwriters") that will
          administer the offering will be selected by the Majority Holders
          of the Registrable Shares included in such offering.

                    4.   Participation of Broker-Dealers in Exchange Offer.
                         --------------------------------------------------

                    (a)  The Staff of the SEC has taken the position that
          any broker-dealer that receives Exchange Shares for its own
          account in the Exchange Offer in exchange for Shares that were
          acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making or
          other trading activities (a "Participating Broker-Dealer"), may
          be deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of the 1933
          Act and must deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the
          1933 Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Shares.

                    Holdings understands that it is the Staff's position
          that if the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer
          Registration Statement includes a plan of distribution containing
          a statement to the above effect and the means by which
          Participating Broker-Dealers may resell the Exchange Shares,
          without naming the Participating Broker-Dealers or specifying the
          amount of Exchange Shares owned by them, such Prospectus may be
          delivered by Participating Broker-Dealers to satisfy their
          prospectus delivery obligation under the 1933 Act in connection
          with resales of Exchange Shares for their own accounts, so long
          as the Prospectus otherwise meets the requirements of the 1933
          Act.

                    (b)  In light of the above, notwithstanding the other
          provisions of this Agreement, Holdings agrees that the provisions
          of this Agreement as they relate to a Shelf Registration shall
          also apply to an Exchange Offer Registration to the extent, and
          with such reasonable modifications thereto as may be, reasonably
          requested by the Placement Agent or by one or more Participating
          Broker-Dealers, in each case as provided in clause (ii) below, in
          order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of any Exchange
          Shares by Participating Broker-Dealers consistent with the
          positions of the Staff recited in Section 4(a) above; provided
                                                                --------
          that:

                    (i)  Holdings shall not be required to amend or
               supplement the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer
               Registration Statement, as would otherwise be contemplated
               by Section 3(i) of this Agreement, for a period exceeding 60
               days after the last Exchange Date (as such period may be
               extended pursuant to the penultimate paragraph of Section 3
               of this Agreement) and Participating Broker-Dealers shall
               not be authorized by Holdings to deliver and shall not
               deliver such Prospectus after such period in connection with
               the resales contemplated by this Section 4; and

                    (ii) the application of the Shelf Registration
               procedures set forth in Section 3 of this Agreement to an
               Exchange Offer Registration, to the extent not required by
               the positions of the Staff of the SEC or the 1933 Act and
               the rules and regulations thereunder, will be in conformity
               with the reasonable request to Holdings by the Placement
               Agent or with the reasonable request in writing to Holdings
               by one or more broker-dealers who certify to the Placement
               Agent and Holdings in writing that they anticipate that they
               will be Participating Broker-Dealers; and provided further
                                                         -------- -------
               that, in connection with such application of the Shelf
               Registration procedures set forth in Section 3 of this
               Agreement to an Exchange Offer Registration, Holdings shall
               be obligated (x) to deal only with one entity representing
               the Participating Broker-Dealers, which shall be the
               Placement Agent unless it elects not to act as such
               representative, (y) to pay the fees and expenses of only one
               counsel representing the Participating Broker-Dealers, which
               shall be counsel to the Placement Agent unless such counsel
               elects not to so act and (z) to cause to be delivered only
               one, if any, "cold comfort" letter with respect to the
               Prospectus in the form existing on the last Exchange Date
               and with respect to each subsequent amendment or supplement,
               if any, effected during the period specified in clause (i)
               above.

                    (c)  The Placement Agent shall have no liability to
          Holdings or any Holder with respect to any request that it may
          make pursuant to Section 4(b) above.

                    5.   Indemnification and Contribution.
                         --------------------------------

                    (a)  Holdings agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the
          Placement Agent, each Holder and each Person, if any, who
          controls the Placement Agent or any Holder within the meaning of
          either Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act,
          or is under common control with, or is controlled by, the
          Placement Agent or any Holder, from and against all losses,
          claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation,
          any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Placement
          Agent, any Holder or any such controlling or affiliated Person in
          connection with defending or investigating any such action or
          claim) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement
          of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement (or
          any amendment thereto) pursuant to which Exchange Shares or
          Registrable Shares were registered under the 1933 Act, including
          all documents incorporated therein by reference, or caused by any
          omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact
          required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
          therein not misleading, or caused by any untrue statement or
          alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any
          Prospectus (as amended or supplemented if Holdings shall have
          furnished any amendments or supplements thereto), or caused by
          any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact
          necessary to make the statements therein in light of the
          circumstances under which they were made not misleading, except
          insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities are caused
          by any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue
          statement or omission based upon information relating to the
          Placement Agent or any Holder furnished to Holdings in writing by
          the Placement Agent or any selling Holder expressly for use
          therein.  In connection with any Underwritten Offering permitted
          by Section 3 of this Agreement, Holdings will also indemnify the
          Underwriters, if any, selling brokers, dealers and similar
          securities industry professionals participating in the
          distribution, their officers and directors and each Person who
          controls such Persons (within the meaning of the 1933 Act and the
          1934 Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to
          the indemnification of the Holders, if requested in connection
          with any Registration Statement.

                    (b)  Each Holder agrees, severally and not jointly, to
          indemnify and hold harmless Holdings, the Placement Agent and the
          other selling Holders, and each of their directors, officers who
          sign the Registration Statement and each Person, if any, who
          controls Holdings, the Placement Agent and any other selling
          Holder within the meaning of either Section 15 of the 1933 Act or
          Section 20 of the 1934 Act to the same extent as the foregoing
          indemnity from Holdings to the Placement Agent and the Holders,
          but only with reference to information relating to such Holder
          furnished to Holdings in writing by such Holder expressly for use
          in any Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or any
          Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto).

                    (c)  In case any proceeding (including any governmental
          investigation) shall be instituted involving any Person in
          respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to either
          paragraph (a) or paragraph (b) above, such Person (the
          "indemnified party") shall promptly notify the Person against
          whom such indemnity may be sought (the "indemnifying party") in
          writing and the indemnifying party, upon request of the
          indemnified party, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory
          to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party and
          any others the indemnifying party may designate in such
          proceeding and shall pay the fees and disbursements of such
          counsel related to such proceeding.  In any such proceeding, any
          indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel,
          but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense
          of such indemnified party unless (i) the indemnifying party and
          the indemnified party shall have mutually agreed to the retention
          of such counsel or (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding
          (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnifying
          party and the indemnified party and representation of both
          parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual
          or potential differing interests between them.  It is understood
          that the indemnifying party shall not, in connection with any
          proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be
          liable for (a) the fees and expenses of more than one separate
          firm (in addition to any local counsel) for the Placement Agent
          and all Persons, if any, who control the Placement Agent within
          the meaning of either Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of
          the 1934 Act, (b) the fees and expenses of more than one separate
          firm (in addition to any local counsel) for Holdings, its
          directors, its officers who sign the Registration Statement and
          each Person, if any, who controls Holdings within the meaning of
          either such Section and (c) the fees and expenses of more than
          one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all
          Holders and all Persons, if any, who control any Holders within
          the meaning of either such Section, and that all such fees and
          expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred.  In such case
          involving the Placement Agent and Persons who control the
          Placement Agent, such firm shall be designated in writing by the
          Placement Agent.  In such case involving the Holders and such
          Persons who control Holders, such firm shall be designated in
          writing by the Majority Holders.  In all other cases, such firm
          shall be designated by Holdings.  The indemnifying party shall
          not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected
          without its written consent but, if settled with such consent or
          if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying
          party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party from and against
          any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. 
          Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an
          indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to
          reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel
          as contemplated by the second and third sentences of this
          paragraph, the indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable
          for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written
          consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days
          after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request
          and (ii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed the
          indemnified party for such fees and expenses of counsel in
          accordance with such request prior to the date of such
          settlement.  No indemnifying party shall, without the prior
          written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement
          of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which such
          indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity
          could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party,
          unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such
          indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the
          subject matter of such proceeding.

                    (d)  If the indemnification provided for in paragraph
          (a) or paragraph (b) of this Section 4 is unavailable to an
          indemnified party or insufficient in respect of any losses,
          claims, damages or liabilities, then each indemnifying party
          under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified
          party thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable
          by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims,
          damages or liabilities in such proportion as is appropriate to
          reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party or parties
          on the one hand and of the indemnified party or parties on the
          other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that
          resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well
          as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative
          fault of Holdings and the Holders shall be determined by
          reference  to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged
          untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged
          omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied
          by Holdings or by the Holders and the parties' relative intent,
          knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or
          prevent such statement or omission.  The Holders' obligations to
          contribute pursuant to this Section 5(d) are several in
          proportion to the  principal amount of Registrable Shares of such
          Holder that were registered pursuant to a Registration Statement. 

                    (e)  Holdings and each Holder agree that it would not
          be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 5
          were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of
                             --- ---- allocation that does not take account
          of the equitable considerations referred to in paragraph (d)
          above.  The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a
          result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to
          in paragraph (d) above shall be deemed to include, subject to the
          limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses
          reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with
          investigating or defending any such action or claim. 
          Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5, no Holder shall
          be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by
          which the total price at which Registrable Shares were sold by
          such Holder exceeds the amount of any damages that such Holder
          has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or
          alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.  No
          Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning
          of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to
          contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such
          fraudulent misrepresentation.  The remedies provided for in this
          Section 5 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or
          remedies which may otherwise be available to any indemnified
          party at law or in equity.

                    (f)  Survival.  
                         --------- The indemnity and contribution
          provisions contained in this Section 5 shall remain operative and
          in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of
          this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of
          the Placement Agent, any Holder or any person controlling the
          Placement Agent or any Holder, or by or on behalf of Holdings,
          its officers or directors or any Person controlling Holdings,
          (iii) acceptance of any of the Exchange Shares and (iv) any sale
          of Registrable Shares pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement.

                    6.   Miscellaneous.
                         --------------

                    (a)  No Inconsistent Agreements.  
                         --------------------------    Holdings has not
          entered into, and on or after the date of this Agreement will not
          enter into, any agreement which is inconsistent with the rights
          granted to the Holders of Registrable Shares in this Agreement or
          otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof.  The rights
          granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with
          and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders
          of Holdings' other issued and outstanding securities under any
          such agreements.

                    (b)  Amendments and Waivers.  
                         ----------------------   The provisions of this
          Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be
          amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to
          departures from the provisions hereof may not be given unless
          Holdings has obtained the written consent of Holders of at least
          a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding
          Registrable Shares affected by such amendment, modification,
          supplement, waiver or consent; provided, however, that no
                                         --------  ------- amendment,
          modification, supplement, waiver or consents to any departure
          from the provisions of Section 5 hereof shall be effective as
          against any Holder of Registrable Shares unless consented to in
          writing by such Holder.

                    (c)  Notices.  
                         --------  All notices and other communications
          provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by
          hand-delivery, registered first-class mail, telex, telecopier, or
          any courier guaranteeing overnight delivery (i) if to a Holder,
          at the most current address given by such Holder to Holdings by
          means of a notice given in accordance with the provisions of this
          Section 6(c), which address initially is, with respect to the
          Placement Agent, the address set forth in the Placement
          Agreement; (ii) if to Holdings, initially at 9605 East Maroon
          Circle, P.O. Box 6742, Englewood, Colorado 80155-6742 and
          thereafter at such other address, notice of which is given in
          accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c).

                    All such notices and communications shall be deemed to
          have been duly given:  at the time delivered by hand, if
          personally delivered; five business days after being deposited in
          the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if
          telexed; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the
          next business day if timely delivered to an air courier
          guaranteeing overnight delivery.

                    Copies of all such notices, demands, or other
          communications shall be concurrently delivered by the person
          giving the same to the Transfer Agent, at 40 Wall Street, 46th
          Floor, New York, New York 10005.

                    (d)  Successors and Assigns.
                         ----------------------   This Agreement shall
          inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors,
          assigns and transferees of each of the parties, including,
          without limitation and without the need for an express
          assignment, subsequent Holders; provided that nothing herein
                                          -------- shall be deemed to
          permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of
          Registrable Shares in violation of the terms of the Placement
          Agreement.  If any transferee of any Holder shall acquire
          Registrable Shares, in any manner, whether by operation of law or
          otherwise, such Registrable Shares shall be held subject to all
          of the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such
          Registrable Shares such person shall be conclusively deemed to
          have agreed to be bound by and to perform all of the terms and
          provisions of this Agreement and such person shall be entitled to
          receive the benefits hereof.  The Placement Agent (solely in its
          capacity as Placement Agent) shall have no liability or
          obligation to Holdings with respect to any failure by a Holder to
          comply with, or any breach by any Holder of, any of the
          obligations of such Holder under this Agreement.

                    (e)  Purchases and Sales of Shares.  
                         ------------------------------     Holdings shall
          not, and shall use its best efforts to cause its affiliates (as
          defined in Rule 405 under the 1933 Act) not to, purchase and then
          resell or otherwise transfer any Shares.

                    (f)  Third Party Beneficiary.
                         -----------------------  The Holders shall be
          third party beneficiaries to the agreements made hereunder
          between Holdings, on the one hand, and the Placement Agent, on
          the other hand, and each Holder shall have the right to enforce
          such agreements directly to the extent it deems such enforcement
          necessary or advisable to protect its rights or the rights of
          Holders hereunder.

                    (g)  Counterparts.  
                         -------------  This Agreement may be executed
          manually or by facsimile in any number of counterparts, each of
          which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all
          of which taken together shall constitute one and the same
          agreement.

                    (h)  Headings.  
                         --------- The headings in this Agreement are for
          convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise
          affect the meaning hereof.

                    (i)  Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction.  
                         -----------------------------------------    The
          laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts to be
          performed entirely in that state shall govern this Agreement. 
          Holdings agrees to submit to the jurisdiction of any federal or
          state court located in The City of New York in any suit, action
          or proceeding with respect to this Agreement and for actions
          brought under the U.S. federal or state securities laws brought
          in any such court.  

                    (j)  Severability.  
                         ------------   In the event that any one or more
          of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in
          any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the
          validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in
          every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained
          herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.


                    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this
          Agreement as of the date first written above.



                                                  ICG HOLDINGS, INC.


                                                  By /s/ James D. Grenfell
                                                    -------------------------
                                                     Name: James D. Grenfell
                                                     Title: Executive Vice 
                                                            President, Chief 
                                                            Financial Officer
                                                            and Treasurer


          Confirmed and accepted as of
            the date first above written:

          MORGAN STANLEY & CO. 
             INCORPORATED


          By /s/ James B. Avery
            ------------------------------
             Name: James B. Avery
             Title:  Vice President




                                                               Exhibit 4.18
                                                            CUSIP 449247303


                                  State of Colorado



                                  ICG HOLDINGS, INC.

                  Cumulative Exchangeable Redeemable Preferred Stock

               THIS CERTIFIES THAT               [specimen]              is
                                   --------------------------------------
          the registered holder of    xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx Exchangeable
                                   ----------------------------------------
          Preferred (no par value)          Shares transferable only on the
          ---------------------------------
          books of the Corporation by the holder hereof in person or by
          Attorney upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed.

               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Corporation has caused this
          Certificate to be signed by its duly authorized officers and its
          Corporate Seal to be hereunto affixed this     11th      day of
                                                     -------------
                  March         A.D.   1997 
          --------------------       -------


          _____________________________      _____________________________
          Executive Vice President                     Secretary


          Countersigned and Registered:  American Stock Transfer and Trust
          Company
                                                             Transfer Agent


          By:_______________________________________
                    Authorized Officer


          <PAGE>


          THIS PREFERRED STOCK HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S.
          SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), AND
          ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES
          OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS
          SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF,
          THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A "QUALIFIED
          INSTITUTIONAL BUYER" (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE
          SECURITIES ACT, (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS
          PREFERRED STOCK IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH
          REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (C) IT IS AN
          INSTITUTIONAL "ACCREDITED INVESTOR" (AS DEFINED IN RULE
          501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) OR REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES
          ACT) (AN "INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR"), (2) AGREES THAT IT
          WILL NOT, WITHIN THE TIME PERIOD REFERRED TO UNDER RULE 144(k)
          UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF THE TRANSFER
          OF THIS PREFERRED STOCK, RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS
          PREFERRED STOCK EXCEPT (A) TO ICG HOLDINGS, INC OR ANY SUBSIDIARY
          THEREOF, (B) TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE
          WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) OUTSIDE THE UNITED
          STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904
          UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM
          REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF
          AVAILABLE), (E) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO AN INSTITUTIONAL
          ACCREDITED INVESTOR THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES TO
          THE TRANSFER AGENT A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN
          REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON
          TRANSFER OF THIS PREFERRED STOCK (THE FORM OF WHICH LETTER CAN BE
          OBTAINED FROM THE TRANSFER AGENT) OR (F) AFTER REGISTRATION UNDER
          THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH
          PERSON TO WHOM THIS PREFERRED STOCK IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE
          SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. IN CONNECTION WITH
          ANY TRANSFER OF THIS PREFERRED STOCK WITHIN THE TIME PERIOD
          REFERRED TO ABOVE, THE HOLDER MUST EXECUTE A LETTER (THE FORM OF
          WHICH LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRANSFER AGENT) RELATING TO
          THE MANNER OF SUCH TRANSFER AND SUBMIT THIS CERTIFICATE TO THE
          TRANSFER AGENT. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS "OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,"
          "UNITED STATES" AND "U.S. PERSON" HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM
          BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. THE SECOND AMENDED AND
          RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION CONTAINS A PROVISION REQUIRING
          THE TRANSFER AGENT TO REFUSE TO REGISTER ANY TRANSFER OF THIS
          PREFERRED STOCK IN VIOLATION OF THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

          UPON WRITTEN REQUEST, ICG HOLDINGS, INC. WILL FURNISH TO THE
          SHAREHOLDER, WITHOUT CHARGE, A SUMMARY OF THE DESIGNATIONS,
          PREFERENCES, LIMITATIONS AND RELATIVE RIGHTS APPLICABLE TO THIS
          PREFERRED STOCK.


               For Value Received, _____ hereby sell, assign and transfer
          unto ____________________________ Shares represented by the
          within Certificate and do hereby irrevocably constitute and
          appoint ________________________________________________
          Attorney to transfer the said Shares on the books of the within
          named Corporation with full power of substitution in the
          premises.

               Dated __________________________   19____


                    In presence of


          ______________________________     ______________________________

                       NOTICE, THE SIGNATURE OF THIS ASSIGNMENT
                  MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE
                FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE, IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT
                  ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT, OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.



                                                           Exhibit 23.1




                           CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
                           -------------------------------



          THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
          ICG COMMUNICATIONS, INC.:

          We  consent to  incorporation  by reference  in the  registration
          statement  on Form S-4 of ICG Communications, Inc., of our reports
          relating   to   the   consolidated   balance   sheets   of    ICG
          Communications, Inc.  and subsidiaries  as of September  30, 1995
          and 1996  and  December 31,  1996, and  the related  consolidated
          statements  of  operations, stockholders'  equity  (deficit), and
          cash flows for  each of the years in the  three-year period ended
          September 30, 1996, and the three-month period ended December 31,
          1996, and the  related financial statement  schedule, and to  the
          reference  to  our  firm  under  the  heading  "Experts"  in  the
          prospectus.

          Our report refers to a change during the year ended September 30,
          1996 in the Company's method of accounting for long-term telecom 
          services contracts.


                                                  /s/ KPMG Peat Marwick LLP

                                                  KPMG PEAT MARWICK LLP


          Denver, Colorado
          March 31, 1997





© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission